Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Plans
BUP2013 - 00184 & SIT2013 - 00019 DWG. DRAWING DESCRIPTION t 2R3VI4SION6 7 INDEX COUNT Tt.t LIFE SAFETY 001 1 Tom, MED T1.2 LIFE SAFETY PLAN 002 2 jKH`j�1 'LLiill\Y/iCi SITE Sp7.1 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN AND DETAILS 0 050 3 C1.1 COVER SHEET 101 4 JUL 2.2 2013 e� C1.2 SURVEY 44 7 102 5 BriamU� E&Sr ® C1.3 GENERAL NOTES 103 6 1U1�'ll_ o D C2.1 DEMOLITION AND EROSION CONTROL PLAN 104 7 rc C2.3 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS 105 8 Architect aff or C3.1 SITE AND UTILITY PLAN 106 9 ow #0457 Renovation > m C4.1 PAVING, GRADING& DRAINAGE PLAN 107 11 211 East Broad Street Greenville, 75 29601 D U C6.1 PAVING, GRADING& DRAINAGE DETALefter 108 17 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 D D D 9 CS1 DARDEN CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS Attached 109 12 LIABILITY a CS2 DARDEN CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS Pem7itNumber: 170 13 The City of Tigard and its 10330 SW GRoad CS3 DARDEN CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS A 111 14 employees shall not be n n n O n� �O ���� CS4 DARDEN CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS 112 15 responsible for discrepancies D u^ul ILrLJLII V D D CS5 DARDEN CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS 113 16 which may appear herein. Tigard , OR 97223 w L1.7 LANDSCAPE PLAN 150 17ARCHITECT'S PROJECT o n L1.2 LANDSCAPE DETAILS 151 18 11139 CO =€ L2.1 IRRIGATION PLAN � 152 19 Z a L2.2 IRRIGATION DETAILS 153 20 DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH: GENERAL NOTES OWNER FURNISHED SCHEDULE Lsi LS SPECIFICATIONS 154 21 D1.1 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN 201 22 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE: 2010 EDITION A. APPROVED PLANS SHALL BE KEPT IN A PLAN BOX AND SHALL NOT BE USED BY WORKMEN. ALL CONSTRUCTION SETS OWNER SUPPLIED ITEM RECEIVED INSTALLED FINAL CONNECTION REF. DWG'S NOTES D1.2 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN 202 23 f OREGON PLUMBING SPECIALTY CODE: 2011 EDITION SHALL REFLECT SAME INFORMATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE COMPLETE SET OF PLANS ON THE PREMISES IN D2.1 DEMOLITION ELEVATIONS 203 24 ti5� ffll GOOD CONDITION AT ALL TIMES.THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL ADDENDA AND CHANGE ORDERS. DIVISION 4 EXTERIOR STONE VENEER CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR - A5.1, A5.2, OREGON ELECTRICAL SPECIALTY CODE: 2011 EDITION A9 SERIES EXI A EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN 204 25 Red Lobste OREGON MECHANICAL SPECIALTY CODE: 2010 EDITION B. DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT Al.1 DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN 20.5 26 q BRI S.T3Ifi- DIVISION 5 STAINLESS CORNER GUARDS AND WALL CLADDING CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR A7.2, FS-1p • CHAPTER 11 OF THE OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE: 2010 EDITION INTENDED.THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CLARIFY ANY SUCH DISCREPANCIES WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO COMMENCING A1.2 NOTED FLOOR PLAN 206 27 , DIVISION 6 WOOD TRELLIS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR NFPA LIFE SAFETY CODE 101: 2009 EDITION WORK. A1.3 FLOOR FINISH PLAN a 207 28 5714 ADAAG W/ANSI Al 17.1 : 2010 EDITION C. STATED DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GRAPHICS, DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE LOCATIONS. THE WAINSCOT SIDINGIWOOD&LAMINATE PANELING/TRIM CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR - Al A SEATING PLAN a 208 29 0 OWNER SHALL BE NOTIFIED OF ANY SUCH DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONTINUING WITH WORK. MILLWORK PACKAGE&INTERIOR STANDING/RUNNING TRIM CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR - A10.1,A10.2 A1.5 MEZZANINE PLANS AND DETAILS 209 30 yl OF O?t}> CABINETRY CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR - A10.1,A10.2 A2.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 210 31 7/16!201 ))3 ARCHITECT OF RECORD D. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER AND CONFORM TO ALL RECOMMENDATIONS AND FINDINGS AS SET FORTH IN SOILS A2.2 DIMENSIONED CEILING PLAN 211 32 EVALUATION SHEET.THE OWNER AND/OR ARCHITECT ACCEPTS NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE GRANITEISOLID SURFACES CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR A8.1. A8.2, A8.3 A2.3 MEZZANINE CEILING PLAN AND CEILING DETAILS 0 212 33 ARCHITECT LICENSE# TELEPHONE FINDINGS OR FOR THE FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS, GRADING,TRENCHING, ETC. -CONTACT OWNER FOR INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO THE CONTINUATION OF WORK SHOULD ANY UNUSUAL CONDITIONS BECOME APPARENT DURING GRADING OR BAR TOP CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR A8.2,A8.3 A3.1 ROOF PLAN 0 213 34 Brian S.Thomas 5714 864232-8200 FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING ELEVATIONS AND LOCATIONS TO BE JOINTED SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE INTERIOR DECORATIVE WROUGHT IRON RAIL, BRASS CAPS, CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR - ABA A4.1 DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS 0 214 35 Neu '�I1 CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IF THEY DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS,THE CONTRACTOR AND ASSOCIATED SHORT WOOD POST A4.2 WINDOW SCHEDULE AND DETAILS U�I � � - 215 36 SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER SO THAT MODIFICATIONS CAN BE MADE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. A4.3 INTERIOR FINISH PLAN AND SCHEDULE 00 216 37 CITY OF TIGARD OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND CONSTRUCTION TYPE FLAG POLE&FLAGS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR sp1.7 E. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES WHETHER SHOWN HEREIN OR W A5.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 0 0 217 38 Approved.}� Rc�a�.....[ DIVISION 8 INTERIOR WOOD DOORS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR - A4.1 A5.2 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 0 0 P18 39 Conditionally Approved..-[ OCCUPANCY(Chapter 3) CONSTRUCTION TYPE SPRINKLE RED NOT AND TO PROTECT THEM FROM DAMAGE.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THE EXPENSE OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT � L A2- RESTAURANT VB YES OF UTILITIES OR OTHER PROPERTY DAMAGED BY OPERATIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK. WOOD AND METAL CLAD WOOD DOORS(EXTERIOR) CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR - A4.1,A4.2 #4 � See Letterto:Follow..................[ ] QU A6.1 BUILDING SECTIONS 219 LLI Attached.-...........[ 1 2 F. G.C.TO PROVIDE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT WINDOW PACKAGE CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR A4.2 A7.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 0 220 41 PermitNumber:��2bt� ALLOWABLE AREA (TABLE 503) COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS, LAYOUT AND RELATED DATA TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND FIRE MARSHALL FOR DOOR HARDWARE(FOR DOORS 01,02,03 ONLY) CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR A4.1 #8 = A7.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 0 221 42 Address APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SPRINKLER DRAWINGS TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. IN A7.3 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 0 222 43 $y Date: STORY OCCUPANCY ACTUAL ALLOWABLE SPRINKLER OPEN SPACE ALLOWABLE ADDITION CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY RESEARCH FIRE SPRINKLER REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, SHUTTERS FOR WINDOWS, PRE-FINISHED CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR Q o AREA AREA(At) (IS) (If) AREA(Aa) INCLUDING ANY INTERPRETATION OF APPLICABLE NFPA STANDARDS.THE CONTRACT INCLUDES ALL FIRE SPRINKLER A8.1 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN& ELEVATIONS 223 44 �' WORK REQUIRED, INCLUDING PROTECTION OF EAVES,CEILING SPACES, ETC. IF REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. DIVISION 9 CARPET AND ADHESIVES OWNER OWNER A7.3 q8.2 ENLARGED BAR PLANS AND ELEVATIONS 224 45 s .rprOVed Mans e� 1 A2 8338 6000 18000 3000 27000 WALL TILE AND DECORATIVE TRIM CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR A4.3 A8.3 BAR DETAILS 225 46 shall be on jab site M G. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REFER TO THESE DOCUMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF ALL OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS,ALL N ITEMS NOT MARKED AS'OWNER SUPPLIED'ARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, FLOOR TILE, GROUT,WATERPROOFING CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR A7.3 #5 A8.4 ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS 226 47 I ALL ITEMS ARE TO BE INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. A9.1 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS � 227 48 .S ALLOWABLE HEIGHT (TABLE 503) DIVISION 10 DECORATIVE INTERIOR SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR OWNER #3 REVIEWED FOR 3 H. FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS NOT SHOWN, USE THE MANUFACTURER'S APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS/DATA SHEETS IN CONSTRUCTION SIGN CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR A9.2 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS 228 49 A9.3 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS 229 50 CODE COMPLIANCE STORY OCCUPANCY ACTUAL ALLOWABLE ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. OPENING BANNERS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR HEIGHT HEIGHT A9.4 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS 230 51 3 I. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO ANY WORK AND SHALL BE EXTERIOR SIGNS AND LED BORDER CONTRACTOR OWNER A9.5 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS 231 52 1 A2 26'-0" 40'-0" RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK AND MATERIALS INCLUDING THOSE FURNISHED BY SUBCONTRACTORS. CONTRACTOR A10.1 MILLWORK DETAILS 232 53 o SHALL ACCEPT PREMISES AS FOUND. OWNER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONDITION OF THE EXISTING SITE DIVISION 11 WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER CONTRACTOR OWNER CONTRACTOR FS1 A10.2 MILLWORK DETAILS 233 54 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING (TABLE 601) OR EXISTING STRUCTURES AT THE TIME OF BIDDING OR THEREAFTER. REFRIGERATION LINES CONTRACTOR OWNER ASI SPECIFICATIONS 234 55 E CHEF'S TABLES, PRE-WIRED CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR J. ALL UTILITY TAP FEES WILL BE PAID FOR BY OWNER.ALL REQUIRED PERMIT FEES TO BE PAID FOR BY THE G.C. G.C. WILL AS2 SPECIFICATIONS 23�` 56 PQ a BUILDING ELEMENT REQUIRED PROVIDED BE REIMBURSED BY OWNER AT COST. 57 UPS CONTRACTOR OWNER AS3 SPECIFICATIONS 236 STRUCTURALFRAME 0 0 K. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND COORDINATE LOCATION OF FLOOR POS-WIFI CONTRACTOR OWNER AS4 SPECIFICATIONS 237 58 EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS 0 0 SINKS, FLOOR DRAINS, SLOPES/SLAB DEPRESSIONS AND RAISED CURBS, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING STUBOUTS,AND ALL AS5 SPECIFICATIONS 238 C1// OTHER WORK UNDER THIS SCOPE OF RESPONSIBILITY RELATED TO THIS EQUIPMENT. CO2 CONTRACTOR OWNER S0.0 GENERAL NOTES 301 60 D w INTERIOR BEARING WALLS 0 0 O SAFE CONTRACTOR OWNER A1.2,A8.4 o � s0.1 DEMOLITION PLANS 302 61 w EXTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS 0 0 L. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COMPLETE SECURITY OF THE SITE WHILE JOB IS IN PROGRESS AND Q UNTIL JOB IS COMPLETED. STAINLESS STEEL CUSTOM KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR 0_ S1.0 FOUNDATION PLAN 000 303 62 QQ 3 INTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS 0 0 19 BUY-OUT KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR S2.0 FOUNDATION DETAILS 304 63 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION 0 0 M. ALL DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM PREMISES AND ALL AREAS SHALL BE LEFT IN A CLEAN (BROOM)CONDITION AT ALL S2.1 MEZZANINE FRAMING PLAN 305 64 O MISC. STAINLESS STEEL CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR z a ROOF CONSTRUCTION 0 0 TIMES. W S3.0 MAIN ROOF FRAMING PLAN 306 65 COFFEE,CAPPUCCINO,TEA MACHINES CONTRACTOR OWNER H o N. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF THE OCCUPANTS AND WORKERS S3.1 HIGH ROOF FRAMING PLAN 307 66 w 2 AT ALL TIMES. EQUIPMENT GAS HOSES AND RESTRAINING CABLES CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR S4.0 ROOF FRAMING SECTIONS 308 67 o MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD (TABLE 1004.1 .1) > O. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY WATER, POWER AND TOILET FACILITIES AS REQUIRED. KITCHEN PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR S4.1 ROOF FRAMING SECTIONS 309 68 L L M FLOOR FUNCTION OF AREA/TOTAL AREAIOCCUPANT OCCUPANT LOAD ROOFTOP REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT OWNER CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR/OWNER A3.1 #2 54.2 ROOF FRAMING SECTIONS 310 69 � SPACE P. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING, RECEIVING, UNLOADING, UNCRATING AND INSPECTING, FS1.1 FS EQUIPMENT FLOOR PLAN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 0 0 401 70 O ASSEMBLY 120" 18"/OCCUPANT 7 SOAP AND CHEMICAL DISPENSERS CONTRACTOR OWNER #7 STORING, INSTALLATION AND HOOK-UP OF ALL FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND OTHER OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS U.N.O., FS2.1 FS EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR REFERENCE ONLY 0 0 402 71 LWI GROUND FIXED-WAITING EXCEPT PLANTS. SODA SYSTEM CONTRACTOR OWNER FS3.1 FS DRAIN LOCATIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 403 72 a ASSEMBLY 105 NSF 5 NSF/OCCUPANT 21 ILL GROUND Q. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AND SHALL REPLACE OR REMEDY ANY FAULTY, IMPROPER OR TELEVISIONS AND BRACKETS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR A8.2,A8.3 FS3.2 FS WATER REQUIREMENTS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 0 404 73 o STANDING INFERIOR MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WHICH SHALL APPEAR WITHIN ONE(1)YEAR OR AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED FORA FS3.3 FS ELECTRICAL ROUGH-IN PLAN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 0 405 74 ASSEMBLY 4512" 24'/OCCUPANT 188 WATER SOFTENER CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR Z GROUND SPECIFIC COMPONENT AFTER THE COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. EXCEPTION: Lu FS3.4 FS KDS/SIMON PLAN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 406 75 �j -- FIXED-BOOTH (THE ROOFING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND MAINTAIN AGREEMENT CO-SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO STAINLESS STEEL TROUGH DRAINS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR - - ASSEMBLY 595 NSF 15 NSF/OCCUPANT 40 MAINTAIN THE ROOFING IN A WATERTIGHT CONDITION FOR A PERIOD OF TWO (2)YEARS STARTING AFTER DATE OF FINAL d FS3.5 FS GAS REQUIREMENTS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 407 76 GROUND BAR GLASS RACKS, BAR FOOTRAIL CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR A8.2, A8.3 FS3.6 FS EXHAUST HOOD LOCATIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 0 408 77 / UNCONC. TURNOVER INSPECTION.) � 1 Q KITCHEN 1750 GSF 200 GSF/OCCUPANT 9 WATER FILTERS OWNER OWNER OWNER 0 FS3.7 FS SODA LINE AND CO2 CHASE LAYOUT FOR REFERENCE ONLY 409 78 ) GROUND COMMERCIAL R. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO LABEL ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS, SOUND EQUIPMENT, PLUMBING VALVES,AND DIVISION 12 LOBSTER TANK, DECOR,WINDOW VALANCE,ARTWORK CONTRACTOR OWNER - FS3.8 FS SLAB CONDITIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 410 79 m ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT. PLASTIC PHENOLIC ENGRAVED PLATE SCREWED ON. MEZZANINE ASSEMBLY 510 NSF 15 NSF/OCCUPANT 34 VANITY MIRRORS CONTRACTOR OWNER qg.7 FS3.9 FS CRITICAL DIMS AND ELEVATION KEY FOR REFERENCE ONLY 411 80 UNCONC. S. ALL ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF LEGALLY H 299 CONSTITUTED AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. BOOTHS,TABLES,CHAIRS, BAR STOOLS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR - Al A FS4.1 FS ELEVATIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 412 81 TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD FS4.2 FS ELEVATIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 413 82 � C/i INTERIOR PLANT PACKAGE CONTRACTOR OWNER - P1.1 PLUMBING SCHEDULES 501 83 T. THE OWNER WILL REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES FOR CONFORMANCE WITH DESIGN CONCEPT OF THE PROJECT. Issue Date: 3-23 2012 @ THE OWNER AND/OR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL OF A SEPARATE ITEM SHALL NOT INDICATE APPROVAL OF AN ASSEMBLY IN EXTERIOR WAITING BENCHES CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR P1.2 PLUMBING DETAILS 502 84 m` EGRESS WIDTH REQUIREMENTS (1005.1 ) WHICH THE ITEM FUNCTIONS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED BY THESE DOCUMENTS WINDOW TREATMENTS CONTRACTOR OWNER - P1.3 PLUMBING DETAILS 503 85 o WITHIN TEN DAYS FROM DATE OF SIGNING CONTRACT WITH RED LOBSTER AND/OR GIVEN NOTICE TO PROCEED. U P1.4 PLUMBING DETAILS 504 ss REVISION INFORMATION >, FLOOR/SPACE SPRINKLER OCCUPANTS WIDTWPERSON WIDTH REQ. WIDTH PROV. OFFICE FURNITURE OWNER OWNER - Z U. DECORATIVE MATERIALS,WALL HANGINGS, ETC.,SHALL BE NON- FLAMMABLE OR FLAMEPROOF PER STATE FIRE m P2.1 PLUMBING WASTE AND VENT PIPING PLAN 505 87 1 4-16-2012 Q_ FLOOR STAIR FLOOR STAIR FLOOR STAIR MARSHALL REQUIREMENTS. DIVISION 15 HOODS, EXHAUST FAN SYSTEM CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR P2.2 PLUMBING WATER AND GAS PIPING PLAN 506 88 0 Q GROUND YES 299 .2 N/A 60" N/A 144" N/A HOODS ANSUL SYSTEM CONTRACTOR OWNER OWNER � P2.3 PLUMBING WASTE AND WATER PIPING PLAN 507 89 Architectural Update V. MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATION OF INTERIOR FINISH SHALL CONFORM TO THE BUILDING CODE AND LOCAL O. s MEZZANINE YES 3444" 36"' 44" 48" GOVERNING BUILDING CODES/ORDINANCES. ALL AMERICAN PLYWOOD PRODUCTS SHALL BE CLASS"C"OR CLASS III HVAC ROOFTOP UNITS,TEMPERATURE SENSORS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR P3.1 PLUMBING ROOF PLAN 508 90 2 6-17-2013 RATING U.N.O. P4.1 PLUMBING ISOMETRICS 509 91 Owner Changes v PER 1009.1, EXCEPTION 1, STAIRWAYS SERVING OCCUPANT LOADS LESS THAN 50,SHALL HAVE A WIDTH COKE SYSTEM CONTRACTOR OWNER R OF NOT LESS THAN 36" P4.2 PLUMBING ISOMETRICS 510 92 3 7-01-2013 U) W. PIPES AND DUCTS EXCEEDING ONE THIRD THE SLAB OR WALL THICKNESS SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN STRUCTURAL BEER SYSTEM CONTRACTOR OWNER P4.3 PLUMBING ISOMETRICS 511 93 CONCRETE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED. SEE MECHANICAL AND/OR ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF Owner Changes c WATER HEATERS AND INSTALLATION KIT CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR psi PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 512 94 EXIT REQUIREMENTS (TABLE 1021 .1 ) SLEEVES,ACCESSORIES, ETC. TEST AND BALANCE HOODS CONTRACTOR OWNER PS2 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 513 95 �IPROVEI!}tAli�- p FLOOR/SPACE OCCUPANTS EXITS NOTES X. HOT WATER TEMPERATURE AT ALL SINKS TO BE ADJUSTED SO AS NOT TO EXCEED 120 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. INCLUDE UN-ATTAC9E7t CURBS FOR A/C UNITS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR [qFPSl FIRE PROTECTION, GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS 601 96 SO IW_AT11A 11001-1 N t REQ. PROV. Y. ALL BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION IS ADMINISTERED BY DARDEN RESTAURANTS CONSTRUCTION DEPARTMENT. DIVISION 16 TELEPHONES, INSIDE TELEPHONE WIRING& SYSTEM CONTRACTOR OWNER OWNER #1 ~p FIRE PROTECTION CRITERIA PLAN 602 97 UCTURALCALC$ ARCHITECT AND/OR CONSULTANTS SHOULD NOT BE CONTACTED DIRECTLY. iz of FIRE PROTECTION CRITERIA PLAN 0 603 98 +4-C'E REPO GROUND 299 2 3 CPI PANEL WITH DIMMER CONTROL CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR '�^rr FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS 604 99 34 1 1 PER TABLE 1015.1, ONE EXIT IS MEN Z. IT IS THE INTENT OF THE ARCHITECT THAT THIS WORK BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING ALARM SYSTEMS CONTRACTOR OWNER OWNER FA Series AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THIS TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION AND OCCUPANCY. AC1.1 MECHANICAL NOTES AND SCHEDULES 701 100 `>1 MEZZANINE ALLOWED FOR OCCUPANCY TYPE A LIGHTING MOTION SENSORS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR AC1.2 MECHANICAL DETAILS 702 101 a WITH 49 OCCUPANTS OR LESS AND 0 250'OR LESS TRAVEL DISTANCE AA. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY,LOCATE AND BUILD INTO THE WORK ALL INSERTS, ANCHORS,ANGLES, PLATES, OPENINGS, AC1.3 MECHANICAL DETAILS 703 102 U SLEEVES, HANGERS,SLAB DEPRESSIONS AND PITCHES AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO ATTACH AND ACCOMMODATE OTHER SOUND SYSTEM CONTRACTOR OWNER OWNER WORK. AC2.1 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN 0 704 103 BUG ATTRACTORS CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR J Q AC3.1 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN 0 � 705 104 PLUMBING FIXTURES (TABLE 29-A) BB. ALL DETAILS AND SECTIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE TYPICAL AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURES(VARIOUS) CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR E2.1 #9 U AC3.2 MECHANICAL MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN 0 706 105 APPLY TO ANY SIMILAR SITUATION ELSEWHERE IN THE WORK EXCEPT WHERE A DIFFERENT DETAIL IS SHOWN. POINT OF SALE SYSTEM OWNER OWNER OWNER #6 Q AC4.1 CPI HVAC WIRING DIAGRAM FOR REFERENCE ONLY 707 106 OFFICE COPY OCCUPANCY WATER CLOSETS LAVATORIES = AC5.1 KITCHEN HOOD DETAILS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 708 107 LOAD CC. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURE AND SEQUENCE TO INSURE THE U (30 SF PER REQ. PROV. REQ. PROV. SAFETY OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENT PARTS DURING ERECTION. Lu AC5.2 KITCHEN HOOD DETAILS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 709 108 Restaurant#: 0457 AC5.3 KITCHEN HOOD DETAILS FOR REFERENCE ONL Y 710 709 OCCUPANT) M F M F M F M F DD. AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK, CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT ONE COPY OF"AS BUILT" DRAWINGS TO RED LOBSTER AND ONE AC5.4 MECHANICAL HOOD ANSUL SYSTEM FOR REFERENCE ONLY 717 110 4020/30=134 2 2 2* 2 2 2 2 2 COPY TO ARCHITECT. NOTES: 1. G.C.TO PROVIDE CONDUIT. LB 2. G.C.TO INSTALL CURBS AND SET UNITS ON CURBS. POWER TO UNITS BY G.C. REFRIGERATION BY VENDOR. ACS1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 712 111 67 M 167 F EE. AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK,CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT ONE COPY OF FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS AND 3. ADA SIGNS FOR RESTROOMS BY G.C. MISC. STICK ON SIGNS, DESIGNATING VARIOUS UTILITY ROOMS AND DELIVERY ACS2 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 713 112 RED LOBSTER 457 1750/200=9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MANUALS TO RED LOBSTER AS OUTLINED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 11400. HOURS,THAT ARE FURNISHED BY OWNER TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. FE4.2 ELECTRICAL LEGEND, FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND NOTE 801 113 RENOVATION 5 M/5 F 4. DOORS PROVIDED BY OWNERS VENDOR ARE ALSO FURNISHED WITH COMPLETE HARDWARE PACKAGE. FF. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO UNCRATE BAR/VANITY TOPS AND TO CLOSELY INSPECT THE CONTENTS AT TIME OF 5. ALL SETTING MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED BY OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL DETAILS 802 7 74 1 WC, 1 URINAL PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 29-A FOOTNOTE 3 DELIVERY. IF BAR/VANITY TOP IS DAMAGED, G.0 TO NOTE THIS ON THE CARRIER BILL OF LADING PRIOR TO DELIVERY 6. G.C. TO PROVIDE ALL ROUGH INS ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 803 115 DRIVER LEAVING. ANY DAMAGES NOT REPORTED WILL BE CONSIDERED TO HAVE OCCURRED AFTER DELIVERY AND WILL 7. SOAP DISPENSERS IN GUEST RESTROOMS ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. J ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN g04116BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. 8. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL HARDWARE FOR ALL STEEL DOORS AND INTERIOR WOOD DOORS EXCEPT DOOR NO. 2. U ELECTRICAL POS AND SYSTEMS PLAN 805 117 10330 9. REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E2.7 FOR SPECIFIC OWNER FURNISHED FIXTURES. W ELECTRICAL POS AND SYSTEMS NOTES AND OFFICE ELEVS gp6 116 GG. THE TOP OF SLAB ELEVATION DENOTED AS 100'-00' ON ALL ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS IS FOR SOUTHWEST REFERENCE PURPOSES.THIS REFERENCE ELEVATION MUST BE FIELD ADJUSTED TO MATCH THE ACTUAL FINISHED FLOOR 0 E4.5 MEZZANINE LIGHTING, POWER AND DATA PLANS 807 119LU G R E E N B U RG ROAD ELEVATION DENOTED ON THE CIVIL DOCUMENTS. LU E5.1 ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN W gOg 120 E6.1 ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULES a 809 121 w ES1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 810 122 ES2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 811 123 FA1.1 FIRE ALARM COVER PAGE FOR REFERENCE ONLY 901 124 TIGARD, OR FA1.2 FIRE ALARM LAYOUT FOR REFERENCE ONLY 902 125 Q FA1.3 FIRE ALARM RISER PAGE FOR REFERENCE ONLY 903 126 IY FA1.4 FIRE ALARM INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 904 127 Drawing U FA1.5 FIRE ALARM ELECTRICAL LAYOUT FOR REFERENCE ONLY 905 128 CONTACTS z FA1.6 FIRE ALARM PANEL DETAILS FOR REFERENCE ONLY 906 129 TITLE SHEET FA2.1 INTRUSION ALARM LAYOUT FOR REFERENCE ONLY 907 130 Architect Civil Engineer Owner Zoning Plannin Buildin Health Fire Brian S. Thomas, Architect Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. Darden Restaurants, Inc. Tigard Zoning Department Tigard Planning Department City of Tigard Building Dept Washington County Tualatin Valley Fire & Rescue 211 East Broad Street 765 The City Drive, Suite 400 1000 Darden Center Drive Permit Center Building Permit Center Building Permit Center Building Dept of Health & Human Services 11945 SW 70th Avenue Greenville, SC 29601 Orange, CA 92868 Orlando, FL 32837 13125 SW Hall Blvd 13125 SW Hall Blvd 13125 SW Hall Blvd Environmental Health Program Tigard, OR 97223 864.232.8200 Phone (714) 939-1030 Phone 407.245.4000 Phone Tigard, OR 97223 Tigard, OR 97223 Tigard, OR 97223 155 North First Avenue, Suite 160 503.649.8577 Phone 864.232.7587 Fax Contact: Tyler Holst Contact: Shawn Rodel 503.718.2421 Phone 503.718.2421 Phone 503.718.2436 Phone Hillsboro, OR 97124 Contact: John Wolf T 1 1 Contact: Adam Roberts Contact: Cheryl Caines Contact: Cheryl Caines Contact: Dan Nelson 503.846.8722 Phone Contact: Ana Noyola LEGEND: Brian S . Thomas , Architect RM 36"CLEAR AISLE 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 1864.232.7587 o ® E A I """ 44"CLEAR AISLE 11 ��� ��� U, � LA ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 11139 73'-8" TRAVEL DISTANCE TO MAIN FLOOR EXIT xx xx" xx OCCUPANTS ALLOWED PER EXIT — — � LA U ACTUAL EXIT WIDTH , ACTUAL OCCUPANT LOAD PER EXIT G�S�rLt1 1RC"jyfT�. ------------ - w n AV U o i M p � I I fr 57 14 a is OF O10 O I 7/16!2013 0! ZZANINE LIFE SAFETY PLAN 1%4" =1 ' 0" LA ! [..t..r[�2....0..` ... ..L: .<..... .. .`.n. ... / .... I / I ! zl.i ....�..!/ f.Ce i �..F.... / <...� ..�C..C.F.f.. / 711 ;pr ic� TYP _ LJ a; o - Lj CID - LI rQ p N -- -- - F Q LA LA71 O y 0 s I 0 0 Lj Q 0 . : ... . ... : ....... 2 r=� 0 V-7 C TYP TRAVEL DISTANCE 7 >�� EXIT 68 -10 25 wn 9 48" 49 121i 2 Ll U LYr a EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE � 145 72" 360 �; � � 73 8 ® I Issue Date: 3-23-2012 U �� ? REVISION INFORMATION U ' 7 7 �>J,, 7 2 6-17-2013 o a Owner Changes CM6...J 6..] < m D I W , U 0 / J rF=2`n rf- n 4 Ll L� Restaurant #: 0457 --------------- -- -------- T RED LOBSTER 457 TYP r:; I RENOVATION 1' 7" 10330 LLjLL ®LLLL TYP ® .r_ �,�� .. ... /. _� �� .., ; . _. ; ... .... SOUTHWEST GREENBURG ROAD f fz TIGARD, OR Drawing LIFE SAFETY PLAN 2 EXIT T1 m2 1 LIFE SAFETY PLAN 145 72" 360 TO BUILDING w TO SIDEWALK MANUFACTURED STONE VENEER. REFER TO EXTERIOR MAN FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPEC. GENERAL NOTES , P t El. "„F,?. ' ? 2 Viz'... ut a %628 1. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL O \ UPLIGHT INSTALLED ON SIDE / I z INFORMATION AND DIMENSIONS. ADJACENT TO BUILDING. REFER ” ht " ` _ s « Brian S . Thomas TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 2. REFER TO LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS FOR Architect O �- , •- Y" f ADDITIONAL INFORMATION { '> `•^ \ 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 \ 25'ALUMINUM FLAGPOLE WITH z' \ YARDARM PROVIDED BY �zT. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 ., KEY NOTES: \ OWNER -.. \ uwt. ALUMINUM FLASH COLLAR. LANDSCAPE AREA. REFER TO LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. PROVIDED BY OWNER. SEAL PER14 O O \ \ > 4-p MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS ,Z \\ \\ 2 NEW CONCRETE WALK. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. PLAN G \ \� \\ 3 EXISTING CONCRETE WALK TO BE THOROUGHLY t � - i, a\. CLEANED BY GC. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: a= \ \\ \ 4 FIRE DEPT CONNECTION PER CIVIL DRAWINGS \, 25'ALUMINUM FLAGPOLE WITH YARD ....•• « \ 11139 ALUMINUM FLASH COLLAR. ` \. ARM PROVIDED BY OWNER \t PROVIDED BY OWNER. SEAL PER 4'-0" { �' `• � `� 5 EXISTING CONCRETE PAD TO BE THOROUGHLY MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS I _-` >> �\ CLEANED BY GC . 2_p g 1_p q METAL SHIMS SUPPLIED BY GENERAL { pv � \ \\ 6 WAITING BENCH - FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. MANUFACTURED STONE 4'-0" MANUFACTURED STONE CONTRACTOR TO SECURE FLAGPOLE IN = \ a M \ VENEER. REFER TO EXTERIOR VENEER. REFER TO EXTERIOR TUBE ) S ® � T `� � .' � � �\ � EXISTING RAMP TO BE MODIFIED FOR CURRENT CODE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPEC. FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPEC. ' b s COMPLIANCE.. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS MULCH BED N LIGHT FIXTURE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL ,' �G. \ NEW 1%SLOPE 1%SLOPE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE 12"WIDE x10" DEEP ,'} •/ O � i ' \� OUNDE'R SEPARATE PERMIT, REFERTO DETAIL 4/SPt EXISTING ' 4. I:ililzl\i. IIIc) PACK WITH SAND LEAVE OUT IN CONCRETE TO ALLOW ti p' )� � +3 � ADJUSTMENT FOR FIXTURE. GROUT AFTER POLE O EXISTING ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER REFER TO ELECTRICAL s INSTALLATION \ SOLID AROUND HOUSING PER / DRAWINGS SIC y' //� MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS i _ i " O 5714 } S' (8)#5 REINFORCING /// // //_ n,' 1/2" DRAINAGE WEEP TO REAR SIDE OF ' 10 EXISTING GREASE INTERCEPTOR REFER TO PLUMBING N \ \\ \\ \ \ \\ \\ / \ f" \\�. ` DRAWINGS. 7� k ; VERTICALLY. \ \� is 01"1 ELEVATION N / a ii \/ BASE. ' t ,t \ 11 EXISTING GAS METER REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. OF ELEVATION %\\//\\//\\ — % ° i// S ❑❑ 2 O 7/16/2013 \ GRAVEL FILLED DRAINAGE BED. � •__- � �'\o` w , ,,,,•• ��� 12 TAKE OUT" PARKING SPOTS, REFER TO 3/SP1.1 FOR ° /\ FOUNDATION SLEEVE. 16 GAUGE HOT 14 O SIGNAGE DETAIL _µ ': \ � \ DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL BY OWNER. a 5 is O ` y O CC 13 FLAG POLE. REFER TO DETAIL 1/SP1.1 \/\ STEEL CENTERING WEDGES BY OWNER WIND SPEED FOOTING DEPTH #3 TIES @ 12"O.C. N - • - a //\� ' 17 y' 90 MPH 5'-6" /\ \ \\/\\/ \\ �� /\ 1/4"STEEL BASE PLATE BY OWNER s O io - 1a SECURITY MIRROR. REFER TO DETAIL 6/SP1.1. 100 MPH 5'-9" \//\\/\\ \ \ _1� Y :iC`. / / \\ is f , 110 MPH 6'-3" #3 TIES @ 2"O.C. \ \/\�/\ - - / //\/ 1/4"STEEL SUPPORT PLATE WELDED TO _ - 2 is s TYP. ' \ A «••• EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING AREA. REFER TO CIVIL 120 MPH 6'-6" /\\/\ /\ rr ;. .II , \\/\ / / GROUND SPIKE BY OWNER. _ x < 15 130 MPH 6'-9" COMPACTED \//\\//\\ \\ - / \/\ DRAWINGS. 140 MPH T-3' GRAVEL \/\//\/ _ _ ; / //\\ \j�/ Vii; s :T y`; SILICONE SEALER OVER CONCRETE SLAB. SILOXANE _ ;�c� �n'b) a .:.vim 150 MPH 7'_6" \ \\\\\ 1 ,> / / / / / /// /� D '//// t EXTENTS AT ENTRY WITH OWNER. « a 7 n 3 16 #19410 AS MANUFACTURED BY CORONADO. VERIFY 12 \/\\, FLAGPOLE NOTES INCLUDE ONE 4'X6' U.S.STAR ; yR •--„,,�� EMBROIDERED FLAG AND TWO 3X5 t7 10 SPACE BIKE RACK. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. OREGON STATE S. ALL FLAGS SUPPLIED BY OWNER. y iz ..«. 15 .. O SECTION ' 12 ,= t FLAGPOLE DETAIL 'Fi f” `>`..•r. F s i r } v ,t tr } tt g t x: rs 1 � � iF � � t �i` ! }2{ ^_�, { t t t [` ! 3 / i• �\ � . �i xY .,x� HLAs• z t t 2+-•---« 2 z fx 1;:, }t � �, i �, +' F. E _ ..,t•. .1„--��. .. ....«.-- «....« j8......�w.M....e1. ....,.....«.�A... ,..e....... _fit., ...—F %F' .r /. ...: .... i x s�` } cn cn WEATHER RESILIENT CONVEX N SECURITY MIRROR MOUNT AT 0- ANGLE PERPENDICULAR TO REAR o ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN � 2 DOOR. � no 4' DIA. STD. PIPE. GC TO PAINT E-PT-3 QQ "TAKE OUT PARKING" SIGNAGE 4 v BY OWNER INSTALLED BY GC VERIFY WITH ° 9 N 0 SIGNAGE 15" STEEL AUTOMOTIVE p Q ( MONUMENT SIGN, REFER\\ ;" .z RIM EPDXY P51NT \ \ i TO SIGN DRAWINGS. \�� �. WHITE � � � � SL 0 3'DIA. GALV. ST POST PAINTED ( y� 7 �` UNDER SEPARATE COVER ` T TO MATCH BLDG FACADE 11� \ m 6" DIA. GV STD ST PIPE-FILL W/ o CONC. I 1 w N cn ID � 1/2" EXP. JOINT N CONC WALK 1/4'THICK BENT STL. PL. \ I / i _ - T MOUNTING BRACKET W/(43\� / 1/2'—LAGS INTO SOLID v 0 3000 PSI POURED CONCRETE BLOCKING 8(5)AUTOMOTIVE N METAL CABINET BY // f WHEEL MOUNTING STUDS FOUNDATION, SIZED AS SHOWN Q t SIGNAGE COMPANY U ' ' •a^` STONE VENEER OVER EXISTING BASE. REFER TO AUTO WHEEL N o M O EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE.-,,,",,, N �. _ E v CONCRETE FOOTINGZZI 0 ` 3/8"x 8" STEEL BAR THRU POST f.' N C WHEEL MOUNTS DIRECTLY TO WALL 6 Issue Date: 3-23-2012 cc � / � SECURITY MIRROR POST DETAIL 1/2"=V-0" 0 1's' - REVISION INFORMATION r ELEVATION SECTION , i 2 6-17-2013 am 0- Owner Changes 0 0 HOSE a� s ,., LAG BOLTS(5)W/WASHER N N U) 3 TAKE OUT PARKING SIGN 4 MONUMENT SIGN DETAIL 5 HOSEREEL DETAIL e3 3/4"=1 ' 0" 1/2"=1 ' 0" NOT TO SCALE CIO a� H t s rn 1 T CL0 O U - CMU. PAINT E-PT-2 777i TENSION SPRING ON INTERIOR SIDE OF GATE [ NEW PERSONNEL REFER TO DETAIL 13/SP2.1 4"X3" STEEL TUBE GATE . REFER TO DETAIL 8/SP1.1 #: 7 7" KING KONG BARREL HINGE HOSE REEL . REFER 4" 44-2000-KONG AS MANUFACTURED TO DETAIL 5/SP7.1 NEW KING KONG BARREL HINGE BY KING ARCHITECTURAL METALS Restaurant 045 REFER TO DETAIL 13/SP2.1 1-800-542-2379 OPA PEN RED LOBSTER 457 NEW BOLLARD, TYP. REFER TO RENOVATION _ _'•' DETAIL 10/SP1.1 � °P TUBE STEEL POST. REFER TO 4" PVC SLIP CAP, SEAL WITH Ito8 13/SP2.1. SILICONE O O r`rq ,� SPt.t TOTAL LENGTH = 11'-9' (8'-0 METAL TENSION SPRING WITH EYE BOLTS 0330 ABOVE +3'-9' BELOW GRADE) 7 ATTACHED TO TOP OF GATE AND WALL. BOLLARD- S DIAMETER ` ADJUST TO MAX CLOSING FORCE OF STANDARD STEEL PIPE BOLLARD. ' m 1. 51JUST TO w SP1.1 GC TO PAINT SOUTHWEST 2' 4'-0' 0' 4'-0" 3'-4" GREENBURG ROAD i q FILL BOLLARD WITH 3000 PSI SECURITY v N vCONCRETE, PEA GRAVEL MIX MIRROR. 60 z REFER TO KING KONG BARREL HINGE 1'X1'STEEL TUBE DIAGONAL BRACING A1.2 f° REFER TO DETAIL 13/SP2.1 3"X3" STEEL ANGLE GATE FRAME TIGARD, OR 1.25'X1.25'STEEL ANGLE 3/4%, (1 1/2 EXISTING DUMPSTER F WELDED TO STEEL TUBE 3/4" STEEL PULL 12" 0. CONCRETE FOOTING WELDED TO DOORDrawing 4"X3'STEEL TUBE 3000 PSI POURED CON j I j FOUNDATION, SIZED A: ARCHITECTURAL EXISTING WALL 42"A.F.F { %• F TUBE STEEL POST. REFER TO 3/4'STEEL PULL rL OF PULL CO f WELDED TO DOOR . EXISTING GATES.; �\ SITE PLAN 13/SP2.1. LJ LJ TOTAL LENGTH = 11'-9" (8'-0"" : 4" REFER TO 9/SP1.1 `, e CLEAN AND PAINT. ;\ L ----J L____J ABOVE +3'-9" BELOW GRADE) 1' 6" DIA REFER TO ELEVATIONS. 125'X1.25"STEEL ANGLE WELDED TO GATE FRAME PERSONNEL GATE ELEVATION PERSONNEL GATE DETAIL GATE PULL DETAIL BOLLARD DETAIL TRASH ENCLOSURE PLAN 7 1/2"=1'-0" $ 3/4"=1 '-0" 9 1-1/2"=1 '-0" 10 1/2"=1'-0" 11 1/4"=1 '-0" spiel ti c Q CONSTRUCTION P ° ° FOR ��❑ •. Kimley-Horn I D and Associates, Inc. 02012 ° 765 THE CITY DRIVE SUITE 400 t RED ORANGE,CA 0000 696 (714)939-1030 LOBSTER mrf' w:f KHA PROJECT# 095800015 � I LOCATED I N DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: � 1 o J 10300 SW GREENBURG RD MELIBE S. THOMAS. PE REGISTRATION NUMBER: 85751 c ` `o E F TIGARD , WASHINGTON COUNTY , OREGON T DATE: 03/23/2012 0 0 a PROJECT LOCATION -5� . ° WASHINGTON COUNTY 0 0 Sheet List Table PROJECT TEAM wY_ Sheet Number Sheet TitleRAI E C1 .1 COVER SHEET _ OWNER/DEVELOPER CIVIL ENGINEER of t JOHN KEEN TYLER HOLST z C1 .2 SURVEY N AND D RESTAURANTS, INC. KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. C1 .3 GENERAL NOTES .9 d 1000 DARDEN CENTER DRIVE 765 THE CITY DRIVE, SUITE 400 ORLANDO, FL ORANGE, CA92sss C2.1 DEMOLITION AND EROSION CONTROL PLAN 9 (407) 245-4297 (714) 705-1328 0 N " FAX (407) 241-5821 FAx (714) 938-9488 C2.3 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS Ong `o o JKEEN@DARDEN.COM TYLER.HOLST@ KIMLEY HORN.COM C3.1 SITE AND UTILITY PLAN ARCHITECT LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT C4.1 PAVING, GRADING, AND DRAINAGE PLAN wBRIAN THOMAS PAT HART, RLA N0 DP3ARCHITECTS KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. /, C6.1 PAVING, GRADING, AND DRAINAGE DETAILS fag� 211 E. BROAD STREET 401 B STREET, SUITE 600 yvvf% CS-1DARDEN CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS ►����,1 Lu L E GREENVILLE, SC 29601 SAN DIEGO, CA 921 01-421 8 J) 'o (ssa) 232-8200 (619) 234-9411 CS2 DARDEN CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS �y" BTHOMAS@DP3ARCHITECTS.COM FAX (619) 234-9433 CS3 DARDEN CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS PAT.HART@KIMLEY-HORN.COM � "� '� � Y SURVEYOR s ��- CS4 DARDEN CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS �� >u E; a JOHN WADE 'a CS5 DARDEN CIVIL SPECIFICATIONS SUMMIT LAND SURVEYORS, LLC PO BOX 230149 TIGARD, OR 97281 Issue Date: 3/23/2012 ~ L W ° _ ; REVISION INFORMATION VICINITY W LIST OF CONTACTS N.T.S."ORTH PROJECT LOCATION 0 U ° d a STORMWATER BUILDING DIVISION ELECTRIC PROVIDER CABLE PROVIDER CLEAN WATER SERVICES CITY OF TIGARD PORTLAND GAS AND ELECTRIC COMCAST CABLE j 2550 SW HILLSBORO HIGHWAY 13125 SW HALL BLVD. 3700 SE 17TH AVE, (503) 261-744000NTACT: NAME a HILLSBORO, OR 97123 TIGARD, OR 97223 PORTLAND, OR 97202 CONTACT: TBD 0 (503) 681-5100 (503) 718-2448 (503) 736-5450 N o CONTACT:TBD CONTACT: MIKE VAN DOMELEN CONTACT: TBD 0 o NATURAL GAS PROVIDER oHEALTH WATER NW NATURAL GAS TELEPHONE PROVIDER Q r WASHINGTON COUNTY HEALTH CITY OF TIGARD 220 NW 2ND AVE AT&T LNS -o Y, 155 N FIRST AVE, SUITE 200 13125 SW HALL BLVD. PORTLAND, OR 97209 (800)261-7440 `0 m HILLSBORO, OR 97124 TIGARD, OR 97223 503-220-2357 CONTACT:TBD o (503) 846-8722 (503) 718-2609 CONTACT: DAVID BENTON CONTACT: TOBY HARRIS CONTACT: JOHN GOODRICH ° JOHNG@TIGARD-OR.GOV E SANITARY SEWER FIRE PREVENTION Restaurant #: 457 C) CLEAN WATER SERVICE PLANNING AND ZONING TUALITAN VALLEY FIRE RESCUE o '- 2550 SW HILLSBORO HIGHWAY 11945 SW 70TH AVE 0 o CITY OF TIGARD 'Cj) o HILLSBORO, OR 97123 13125 SW HALL BLVD. TIGARD OR 97233 03) 649-8577 % E (503) 639-4171 TBD TIGARD, OR 97223 CONTACT DREW DEBOIS RED LOBSTER CONTACT d (503) 718-2434 DREW.DEBOIS@TVFR.COM o m CONTACT: GARY PAGENSTECHER TIGARD o A GARYP@TIGARD OR.GOV a� a PREPARED BY: PROTOTYPE N.A. iWASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON LU J Kimley-Horn C) S ❑_ and Associates, Inc. ISSUANCE DATE: 3/23/2012 DRAWING al t LATEST REVISION DATE: 3/23/2012 Elf UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT COVER SHEET iu CALL: TOLL FREE E v 811 3TWO WORKING DAYS C1 . 1 o BEFORE YOU DIG t o 1 t' STORM DRAIN MANHOLE RIM EL=200.46' 1 FLOW LINE EL=1 96.01' / 1 CITY OF TIGARD ZONING DATA 1 UTILITY COMPANIES SERVICING: THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN THE CITY OFTIGARD ZONING i ti DESIGNATION UE-1"(MIXED USE PL YM S ; COM CAST CABLE COMM. MNGMT, LLC (503)261-7440 ELECT o FRONTIER R COM UNICATIONS (407)539-0445 r FLOOD ZONE o :" LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS (877)366-8344 a MCI (800)624-9675 PURSUANT TO FLOOD HAZARDS MAP PANEL NUMBER 4102760509C, EFFECTIVE iDATE JANUARY 18, 2005, THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS WITHIN "ZONE X". THIS o NW NATURAL (503)220-2415 c t t OREGON D O T ELECTRICAL (503)969-3183 AREA IS DETERM IN ED TO BE OUTSIDE THE 0.2%ANNUAL CHANCE FLOOD PLANE. `o f - PORTLAND GENERAL ELECTRIC (503)255-4634 QLN-QW EST LOCAL NETW RK (503)261-7440 ALTA/ACSM LAND TITLE SURVEY E N / ® :f> LYNCH RMEL 198.31' AT&TONS (800)252-1133 RED LOBSTER, LINCOLN CENTER � . Y �� . . t CITY OF TIGARD UTILITIES (503)718-2591 o £ `- F -- TUALATIN VALLEY WATER DIST (503)969-8655 - - - - to ---- TIM E WARNER TELECOM (503 261-7440 TOWN IN THE SOUTH, RANGE 1/4 OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4 OF SECTION 35, � . .r • -- ) LOCATED PI SOUTH, RANGEI WEST,OF THE WILLAMETTE MERIDIAN XO COMMUNICATIONS (503)261-7440 CITY OF TIGARD, WASHINGTON COUNTY, OREGON o 1_ _ SEWER MANHOLE. + LAN735LiRVEYQRS t. RIM EL=198.15, �w......:_. o / i PREPARED FOR DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC. I fs 2588 o ' ' :. _ _ _ f_.�-• "' 9.9 — — SURVEYOR'S CERTIFICATE - s Q m _. \ MANHOLE 0,r ^ -LYNCH CB - - - - - - ry.� RIM EL=199. 2' TO: DARDEN RESTAURANTS, INC.; d - - �.' - - �- „ - RIMEL=19826 - - - - - - - - FLOW LINE ELe19t 81''`. `F el � t a°6513,'E .,_--- -., _;PSR -Sd7 } 6a TOGETHER WITH THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS AND/OR ASSIGNS. m f THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THIS MAP OR PLAT AND THE SURVEY ON W HICH IT IS ® lam BASED WERE MADE IN ACCORDANCE W ITH THE 2011 M INIM UM STANDARD e a , c F' �.,., £ t' ` _ :A k `;� �\ DETAIL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTA/ACSM LAND TITLE SURVEYS,JOINTLY 1. s\r;p� 1/l /,a 1 - .� 't,{ .:>,;.53. �� - Kms. i ESTABLISHED AND ADOPTED BY ALTA AND NSPS, AND INCLUDES ITEMS 3, 5, 8, `o , I - :� t € r Y ._..t �, -� � \ 9 10 AND 11(b)OF TABLE -A-THEREOF. THE FIELD W ORK W AS COMPLETED ON .... 7/ - - I f� -1 F € t. ' f ?k .. _� : �Rr _\ s27 - . . OCTOBER 27, 2011. , y A-10 JOHN R.WADE i;' REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR NO. 59999 I f r� :I> �,I» - IN THE STATE OF OREGON /j `� RD - _..... , -" \\ \\-- DATE OF LAST REVISION :OCTOBER 31, 2011 / RD - -- \ '� DATE PRINTED :OCTOBER 31,2011 ; ,RD; f R9 _ \ \ c t r s SIDEWALK BUCKELING IN THIS AREA PROBABLY FROM c TREE ROOTS OF 36"PINE - - ` 1 1 'PI-36 '' ✓f r LYNCH CB W/A-FRAME GRATE V AND SUMP PUMP RIM EL=194.19' o _ tf i �r r i't t' MAJAP'8 f _ \ MA 6 NI HC ,. 1 ? ( ��� a Rnn L_iss.aa' \ GENERAL NOTES: � ILr= a .. r y - CONCRETE EL=196.74' 'Q. " t� �' ,�MA JAP $ f LO 12 \ \ �' �` 1. BENCHMARK INFORMATION. CITY OF TIGARD BENCHMARK NO. 251. A BRASS DISK IN THE CURB AT THE 00 SW CORNER OF THE INTERSECTION OF SW GREENBURG RD AND SW 95TH AVENUE. O _ r"•'$\ .' /. . r>. . . /'. . t + ;.\ ._ \+''v�i'' RED LOBSTER •- ELEVATION = 216.39'(NGVD 29) •t ! s' / ' 10330 SW GREENBURG ROAD / - , L CH CB QQ RD ,j LINCOLN CENTER, TIGARD, OR ;• - a \�: - RIM =198.22' - STORM DRAIN MAN MJ ° - \ 2. THE BOUNDARY AS DEPICTED HEREON IS PER SURVEY NUMBER 23627,WASHINGTON COUNTY SURVEY o / ' ! s --- TROUGH DRAIN - - RIM EL=198.02' E ; t ° r € y s RIM EL=196.30 - - " A -`, - - �' FLOW LINE.EL 191.06' RECORDS. ( 9 00 1 .. SIGN \$ �o v r; ° - ` ` ,% t ,;'� :` ;/ SEWER CLEANOUT ` LO-12 ,,it MA g"\ 3. BASIS OF BEARINGS STATEMENT: cb mo« ' RIM EL=196.25 : � - -c - - - - • ,rj - `\ ` GPS WAS USED TO ACQUIRE UNCONSTRAINED LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES BASED UPON WGS 64 (G1150) > \ a SEWER MANHOLE \ ' r ,'. ?- `}`- " - ? FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION - 1 `� RIM. EL=197.63'. . . - \. .` DATUM. TOPCON GPS SOFTWARE WAS USED TO CONVERT LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES TO A LOCAL DATUM FLOWLINE EL=185.52 \ PLANE UTILIZING THE NAD 83 OREGON NORTH ZONE COORDINATE SYSTEM. BEARINGS DEPICTED HEREON N tj t % _ - - r j 1 FINISH FLOOR EL=196.88' '. �� ° 508 ?':.i - - - / - - RELATE TO THE OREGON STATE PLANE GRID. THE DISTANCES DEPICTED HEREON ARE GROUND (NOT GRID). GRID DISTANCES CAN BE CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SCALE FACTOR OF 0.999921801 TO THE GROUND -^ `'•.Q .,,.,Tar.,..,... WN HEREON. [V `w SS RD `J:�' /f .-Lf ,t//,b:-;, ,, LO ......._ W_,- DISTANCES AS SHO O MJ RD :-/ /`..F : 1 � . 1`" _ cc. so ''., �" G Q f � I R rf ,> '_ . . E }. , _ , - _ � .. MQ[-20 -. }, - - C , '�. A2, - - - - - - -RD 4. AS OF THE DATE OF THIS MAPPING, THERE W ERE NO UNDERGROUND UTILITY PAINT MARKINGS TO MAP ,a FI-20 �� ��. �' CE-42 12" THE SUBSURFACE FRANCHISE UTILITIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO GAS, COMMUNICATION, ELECTRIC, fAV` - - ..._.... __.?4'DIAMETER __ .... - S'E�".. i . LYNCH CD - -----"" -- ---- --- I°: .I - CATV, AND FIBER-OPTIC. ALL SUBSURFACE FEATURES SHOWN HEREON HAVE BEEN MAPPED UTILIZING ABOVE -- _ s - LID — .:4 - _ � � RIM EL=196.79' W of - - %/- - ` u r ,.a "- r ,t : ? < - - -• ° GFIEASE TRAP LID >> - GROUND EVIDENCE OF EXISTING UTILITY STRUCTURES TOGETHER W ITH CONSTRUCTION AS-BUILT PLANS. NO > „ - - ..: . ° _.. -- EL=196.58' a = 96.15' . - : - . - --- - • � +� ACCURACY OF THE LOCATION AND/OR 0 > _ RIM--EL t - _': .� a • - - - -- : - - .' - �RIV�WAY .• -. n r n EXISTENCE IFOR SUBSURFACE FEATURES DUE O A LACK OF DIRECT KNOWLEDGE OF THEIR ACTUAL SIZE AND V) ='s` G N m - - - r - - - - - GREASE TRAP LID - - - GRERSE.TRAP'LID a - "ly .n` ,In LOCATION. r`: �. ^..�.. . RIId EL=1.96.11' •,x,. `o r , .RIM EL=196.10' U MANHOLE s f;>' - Q- FI-30 - �^ - '" .. - _ 5. CITY OF TIGARD GEO-TIE: RIM EL=193.16' - a HELD STATE PLANE COORDINATES N.)655391.69 & E.)7621105.56 ON CITY OF TIGARD CONTROL MONUMENT O o - -r s' �• f ""^- ',. - - - - - - _- GC 022-065.A COMBINED FACTOR OF 0.999898688 WAS APPLIED TO CONVERT TO GROUND COORDINATES OF r 21 77.75 t ji / R) REVISION Issue Date: 3/23/201 - 3 3 e REVISION INFORMATION MANHOLE ' o RIM EL=19267 LLI Y i / MA-9 t' > `o it u r ti- - €' - 'e r .... ' r' ,. - �..._....I ..... _._... x. ... _.............-------------- MA-8 gt TREE D E t ' , :. MANHOLE : - - TR o :/ >. , , P_ RIMEL=192.23' MA — . _ _ INT SURVEY LEGEND EXISTING FEATURES : ,` •`r ,` �� EXISTING SURVEY PO N 'a # r t. ;: -- /'FI-30€ ._, i'. ,r. . , : NUMBER O v r>. :l t -'.%�. . . r. t;. , , .... CONCRETE WALL t �8 gg MINOR CONTOUR -16/8-595100 MAJOR CONTOUR S r r MANHOLE. . - (n Y + ` w` ` SS SS SANITARYSEWER LINE w RIMEL=191.82' rt f ! /', --. -���, TREE TRUNK TREE TAG AS PAVEMENT(TYP)� . . . . . - . . . . . ' ABBREVIATION SIZE(S) NUMBER —SD—SD— STORM DRAIN LINE - - PHALTP EME c ;r. "i - f .a •,,, INCHES G G GAS LINE p a r MA 2V DECIDUOUS TREE —w—w si.... WATERLINE a Q c f _ t `�••-..,..�.. :.- - ::.<. ` k� _*�;. . s. i a —Com—Com— COMMUNICATIONS LINE U _ ra d MA-6 - i - '`i _ MA-6- s E E ELECTRIC LINE o .� f, 'r. EVERGREEN TREE FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION F , ,r' i0 ri :l t7i '� .. -- - --- ---. , '-' ....r . . . - Al ALDER TREE H ' a i s - - - - 't -a ® WATER METER/SERVICE (F 'i - , - AP APPLE TREE J €€ �% rte: t/ �- ` �: t ' - ;" AV ARBORVITAE ®AS ASPEN TREE WATER VAULT De o 3Q `,t w v 1` . '`i• ; ,; t , MA.-6. STORM DRAIN MANHOLE Restaurant#• 457 E {r j•. :Y�a MA-20 ;s �_�,;..:.. :,, I 1 y _ BI BIRCH T REE a, ,1 CATCH BASIN /AREA DRAIN '. . . ;. 8U BUSH CE CEDAR TREE OO SAN ITARY SEW ER M AN HOLE , , O - O CH CHERRY TREE UTILITY MANHOLE o c� : ; - /. / { ° CN CHESTNUT TREE u7 0 3s ® _, m CO COTTONWOOD TREE O� UTILITY CLEAN OUT p 5 - 11 1 f t ! ""` - - -- LYNCH CB _ ? DE DECIDUOUS TREE ® UTILITY VALVE RE R / v > MA 22 �'ti _ _ _ _ _ - - \ RIM_EL=191,38' - - _ _ - - - - - RIM EL=191.32 - DO DOGWOOD TREE ® UTILITY VAULT D LOBSTER rn d t - LYNCH CB =. - t _ f, /. > \ . . DL DRIP LINE TIGARD ..,..d.,._ i` i 1 % �. . i r es LYNCH CB - - _ _ fF;.. - - - ' i _ ii - li - ii _ i cR -/ i w \RIMEL=191.58' BERRIES EDGE OF BERRIES ® UTILITY PEDESTAL {, s' I�' ELM ELM TREE o m r > 11 MA-6 f. . I -� !T, I �� ' �'. . i i � i s MA-$. EV EVERGREEN TREE LIGHT POLE d r, Q s ; FI-181 ��, '\ i / -�` ♦ f. r :r._. - FB FILBERT TREE / GROUND LIGHT(LANDSCAPE) If _ r �. . _ _ �{ _ _ _ FI FIR TREE ` - ' �' s' e - - ` ( FR FRUIT TREE ® LIGHT SIGNAL JUNCTION BOX i _1, I . . _ 'ea FMA-20 a MA-16-=ats'. MA-16 CE . ..... ... (,a. _ _ . _ GRAPES VICE tCE 26: - ..CE a8 GUM GUMTREE ELECTRIC METER/SE _ CE-36 - ELECTRIC PEDESTALfl a HA HAW THORNE TREE PROTOTYPE N A > m _ HEDGE HEDGEC((DESCRIPTION) ® ELECTRIC VAULT WASHINGTON COUNTY EGO Z; ; - RIM LYNCH CB € 't,1};B+ HE HEMLOCK TREE - > d ' _ RIM EL=189.97' HO HOLLY TREE Q TELEPHONE MANHOLE OREGON -_ PGE LA LAURELTREE LLJ / COMMUNICATIONS PEDESTAL DRAWING J o -' PED, " I ATI NS VAULT , a � rr ` MAN HOLE 8 LO LOCUST TREE MD MADRONE TRE _....... f.,,___. ,.......,_ ;�.�...._.. _ �c+^y, MA 6 RIM EL=191.26' Of t .. .....u- - .:.>�, . .._c<;,,,,,_,,.W,„.--. \ I M A NUT TE TREE •; " �,,._.............`>1.""-""'�"" "" :Nc--•• ,.. �c1 . ..... �.. ...... ........_...._.4 aw z N88`57'13'W; OA OAK TREE d PLUM PLUM TREE EVERGREEN TREE �1; SEWER MANHOLE PI PINE TREE o / 13.90' . : v SIGN POST E o u" RIM EL=197.63' i POP POPLAR TREE FLOW LINE EL=1 87.90' i SP SPRUC REDWOOD OTREE EE ARD ROOF DRAIN ® SURVEY TRAVERSE POINTE TREES* TU u WNWAUTREE C1 a2 C o Q SURVEY FOUND MONUMENT 3 W 1 WILLOW TREE L L j p F ri GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES PAVING, GRADING AND DRAINAGE NOTES WATER AND SEWER UTILITY NOTES EROSION CONTROL NOTES (CONT.) 1. THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHOULD BE FAMILIAR WITH ALL STATE AND 1. ALL PAVING, CONSTRUCTION, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP WITHIN JURISDICTION'S 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT GRAVITY SEWER LATERALS, CLEANOUTS, 13. STABILIZATION PRACTICES SHOULD BE INITIATED AS SOON AS PRACTICAL, BUT IN NO g LOCAL REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO SITE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES PRIOR TO RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL OR COUNTY SPECIFICATIONS GRAVITY SEWER LINES, AND DOMESTIC WATER AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AS CASE MORE THAN 7 DAYS WHERE CONSTRUCTION HAS TEMPORARILY CEASED. a COMMENCING WORK. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM AS APPLICABLE TO THESE AND STANDARDS (LATEST EDITION)OR ODOT SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS (LATEST SHOWN ON THESE PLANS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY GOVERNING STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS. EDITION) IF NOT COVERED BY LOCAL OR COUNTY REGULATIONS. MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, TOOLS, MEANS OF TRANSPORTATION AND LABOR 14. DISTURBED PORTIONS OF THE SITE WHERE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY HAS ° NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK IN FULL AND COMPLETE ACCORDANCE WITH THE PERMANENTLY STOPPED SHALL BE STABILIZED. THESE AREAS SHALL BE STABILIZED NO 0 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING ALL MATERIAL AND LABOR 2. ALL UNPAVED AREAS IN EXISTING RIGHTS-OF-WAY DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHOWN, DESCRIBED AND REASONABLY INTENDED REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT LATER THAN 7 DAYS AFTER THE LAST CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY OCCURRED IN THESE ? TO CONSTRUCT THE FACILITY AS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED IN THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REGRADED AND REPAIRED TO EXISTING CONDITION OR BETTER. DOCUMENTS AND JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY REQUIREMENTS. IN THE EVENT THAT THE AREAS. ❑=❑ EDOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROPRIATE APPROVING AUTHORITIES, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT IN m SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAR AND GRUB ALL 3. TRAFFIC CONTROL ON ALL ODOT, LOCAL AND COUNTY RIGHTS-OF-WAY SHALL MEET THE AGREEMENT, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN. 15. IF THE ACTION OF VEHICLES TRAVELING OVER THE GRAVEL CONSTRUCTION AREAS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, REMOVING TREES, STUMPS, ROOTS, MUCK, REQUIREMENTS OF THE MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (U.S. ENTRANCES IS NOT SUFFICIENT TO REMOVE THE MAJORITY OF DIRT OR MUD, THEN THE Kimley-Horn r EXISTING PAVEMENT AND ALL OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIAL. DOT/FHA)AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE AND ANY LOCAL AGENCY HAVING 2. ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE THE TIRES MUST BE WASHED BEFORE THE VEHICLES ENTER A PUBLIC ROAD. IF WASHING IS and Associates, Inc. ©zo,z JURISDICTION. IN THE EVENT THAT THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS FOR UTILITY LOCATION AND USED, PROVISIONS MUST BE MADE TO INTERCEPT THE WASH WATER AND TRAP THE 3. EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ARE LOCATED ACCORDING TO THE INFORMATION AVAILABLE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT IN AGREEMENT, THE MOST COORDINATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NOTES CONTAINED IN THE GENERAL SEDIMENT BEFORE IT IS CARRIED OFF THE SITE. 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 0 TO THE ENGINEER AT THE TIME OF THE TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY AND HAVE NOT BEEN STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN. CONSTRUCTION SECTION OF THIS SHEET. ORANGE,CA 928W 16. ALL MATERIALS SPILLED, DROPPED, WASHED, OR TRACKED FROM VEHICLES ONTO (CA 's 714)939-1030 INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED BY THE OWNER OR THE ENGINEER. GUARANTEE IS NOT CA 00000696 MADE THAT ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE SHOWN OR THAT THE 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GRADE THE SITE TO THE ELEVATIONS INDICATED AND SHALL 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL DISTURBED VEGETATION IN KIND, UNLESS ROADWAYS OR INTO STORM DRAINS MUST BE REMOVED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. KHA PROJECT a 095800015 LOCATION OF THOSE SHOWN ARE ENTIRELY ACCURATE. FINDING THE ACTUAL LOCATION REGRADE WASHOUTS WHERE THEY OCCUR AFTER EVERY RAINFALL UNTIL AN SHOWN OTHERWISE. OF ANY EXISTING UTILITIES IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AND SHALL BE ADEQUATE STABILIZATION OCCURS. 17. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING SEDIMENT IN THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: DONE BEFORE COMMENCING ANY WORK IN THE VICINITY. FURTHERMORE,THE 4. DEFLECTION OF PIPE JOINTS AND CURVATURE OF PIPE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE DETENTION POND AND ANY SEDIMENT THAT MAY HAVE COLLECTED IN THE STORM CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL DAMAGES DUE TO THE 5. ALL OPEN AREAS WITHIN THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE COVERED WITH ROCK UNLESS MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. SECURELY CLOSE ALL OPEN ENDS OF PIPE AND SEWER DRAINAGE SYSTEMS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE STABILIZATION OF THE SITE. CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO EXACTLY LOCATE AND PRESERVE ANY AND ALL INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE LANDSCAPE PLAN. FITTINGS WITH A WATERTIGHT PLUG WHEN WORK IS NOT IN PROGRESS. THE INTERIOR o UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. THE OWNER OR ENGINEER WILL ASSUME NO LIABILITY FOR OF ALL PIPES SHALL BE CLEAN AND JOINT SURFACES WIPED CLEAN AND DRY AFTER 18. ON-SITE &OFF SITE SOIL STOCKPILE AND BORROW AREAS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM a ANY DAMAGES SUSTAINED OR COST INCURRED BECAUSE OF THE OPERATIONS IN THE 6. ALL AREAS INDICATED AS PAVEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PIPE HAS BEEN LOWERED INTO THE TRENCH. VALVES SHALL BE PLUMB AND EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION THROUGH IMPLEMENTATION OF BEST MANAGEMENT VICINITY OF EXISTING UTILITIES OR STRUCTURES, NOR FOR TEMPORARY BRACING AND THE TYPICAL PAVEMENT SECTIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. LOCATED ACCORDING TO THE PLANS. PRACTICES. STOCKPILE AND BORROW AREA LOCATIONS SHALL BE NOTED ON THE MELIBE S. THOMAS, PE SHORING OF SAME. IF IT IS NECESSARY TO SHORE, BRACE, SWING OR RELOCATE A EROSION CONTROL PLAN AND PERMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERAL PERMIT REGISTRATION NUMBER: 85751 o UTILITY, THE UTILITY COMPANY OR DEPARTMENT AFFECTED SHALL BE CONTACTED AND 7. WHERE EXISTING PAVEMENT IS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED, THE 5. ALL PHASES OF INSTALLATION, INCLUDING UNLOADING,TRENCHING, LAYING AND BACK REQUIREMENTS. THEIR PERMISSION OBTAINED REGARDING THE METHOD TO USE FOR SUCH WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL SAW CUT A MINIMUM 2" DEEP FOR A SMOOTH AND STRAIGHT JOINT FILLING, SHALL BE DONE IN A FIRST CLASS WORKMANLIKE MANNER. ALL PIPE AND AND REPLACE THE PAVEMENT WITH THE SAME TYPE AND DEPTH OF MATERIAL AS FITTINGS SHALL BE CAREFULLY STORED FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S 19. SLOPES SHALL BE LEFT IN A ROUGHENED CONDITION DURING THE GRADING PHASE TO E 4. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CONTACT THE VARIOUS UTILITY EXISTING OR AS INDICATED. RECOMMENDATIONS. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE COATING OR REDUCE RUNOFF VELOCITIES AND EROSION. r COMPANIES WHICH MAY HAVE BURIED OR AERIAL UTILITIES WITHIN OR NEAR THE LINING IN ANY D.I. PIPE FITTINGS. ANY PIPE OR FITTING WHICH IS DAMAGED OR WHICH DATE: 03/23/2012 n o CONSTRUCTION AREA BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL 8. WHERE NEW PAVEMENT MEETS THE EXISTING PAVEMENT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAS FLAWS OR IMPERFECTIONS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF THE ENGINEER OR OWNER, 20. DUE TO GRADE CHANGES DURING THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT,THE o ; PROVIDE 48 HOURS MINIMUM NOTICE TO ALL UTILITY COMPANIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING SAW CUT THE EXISTING PAVEMENT A MINIMUM 2" DEEP FOR A SMOOTH AND STRAIGHT RENDERS IT UNFIT FOR USE, SHALL NOT BE USED. ANY PIPE NOT SATISFACTORY FOR CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADJUSTING THE EROSION CONTROL o CONSTRUCTION. AN APPROXIMATE LIST OF THE UTILITY COMPANIES WHICH THE JOINT AND MATCH THE EXISTING PAVEMENT ELEVATION WITH THE PROPOSED USE SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED AND IMMEDIATELY REMOVED FROM THE JOB SITE, AND MEASURES (SILT FENCES, ETC.)TO PREVENT EROSION. o CONTRACTOR MUST CALL BEFORE COMMENCING WORK IS PROVIDED ON THE COVER PAVEMENT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. SHEET OF THESE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. THIS LIST SERVES AS A GUIDE ONLY AND IS 21. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE STABILIZED AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY, THIS NOT INTENDED TO LIMIT THE UTILITY COMPANIES WHICH THE CONTRACTOR MAY WISH 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL FILTER FABRIC OVER ALL DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 6. WATER FOR FIRE FIGHTING SHALL BE AVAILABLE FOR USE PRIOR TO COMBUSTIBLES INCLUDES BACK FILLING OF TRENCHES FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION AND PLACEMENT TO NOTIFY. FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION AND UNTIL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT BY BEING BROUGHT ON SITE. OF GRAVEL OR BITUMINOUS PAVING FOR ROAD CONSTRUCTION. I THE OWNER. ALL DRAINAGE STRUCTURES SHALL BE CLEANED OF DEBRIS AS REQUIRED C; d' S CONSTONTRACTOR SHALL BE RUCTION PERMITS AND BONDSS FREQULE OIREOBTAINING ALL D PRIOR TO CON8TRIRED UCTION. DURING AND AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION TO PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE FLOWS. 7. ALL UTILITY AND SHALL BE COMPLETORM DRAIN ELY BACK PICKENCHES LOCATED UNDER AREAS LED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GOVOERNING VE PAVING fag 10. IF DEWATERING IS REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY'S SPECIFICATIONS. IN THE EVENT THAT THE CONTRACT MAINTENANCEE=4 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE AVAILABLE AT THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES ONE COPY OF REQUIRED PERMITS.THE CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER AND THE DOCUMENTS AND THE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT IN N ; THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS INCLUDING PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION. AGREEMENT, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN. ALL MEASURES STATED ON THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN,AND IN THE o t REPORT AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND COPIES OF ANY REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN, SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN FULLY PERMITS. 11. STRIP TOPSOIL AND ORGANIC MATTER FROM ALL AREAS OF THE SITE AS REQUIRED. IN 8. UNDERGROUND LINES SHALL BE SURVEYED BY A STATE OF OREGON PROFESSIONAL FUNCTIONAL CONDITION UN TIL NO LONGER REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETED PHASE OF QQ A Ki ° SOME CASES TOPSOIL MAY BE STOCKPILED ON SITE FOR PLACEMENT WITHIN LAND SURVEYOR PRIOR TO BACK FILLING. WORK OR FINAL STABILIZATION OF THE SITE. ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION N d AREA BUT ONLY AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. ASCHEDULE 7. ANY DISCREPANCIES ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE LANDSCAPED S U O CONTROL MEASURES MAY BE CHECKED BY A QUALIFIED PERSON ON a o ATTENTION OF THE OWNER AND ENGINEER BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. NO FIELD 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ANY AND ALL TESTS REQUIRED THAT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE GOVERNING REQUIREMENTS, AND CLEANED AND 1 CHANGES OR DEVIATIONS FROM DESIGN ARE TO BE MADE WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL 12. FIELD DENSITY TESTS SHALL BE TAKEN AT INTERVALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL BY THE SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR ANY AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION. THESE TESTS MAY REPAIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: O o OF THE OWNER AND NOTIFICATION TO THE ENGINEER. JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY. INCLUDE, BUT MAY NOT BE LIMITED TO, INFILTRATION AND EXFILTRATION, TELEVISION N o INSPECTION AND A MANDREL TEST ON GRAVITY SEWER. A COPY OF THE TEST RESULTS 1. INLET PROTECTION DEVICES AND BARRIERS SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED a 8. ALL COPIES OF COMPACTION, CONCRETE AND OTHER REQUIRED TEST RESULTS ARE 13. ALL SLOPES AND AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE GRADED AS PER SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE UTILITY PROVIDER, OWNER AND JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY IF THEY SHOW SIGNS OF UNDERMINING, OR DETERIORATION. d TO BE SENT TO THE OWNER AND DESIGN ENGINEER OF RECORD DIRECTLY FROM THE PLANS. THE AREAS SHALL THEN BE STABILIZED BY MEANS AND METHODS APPROVED BY AS REQUIRED. Z E TESTING AGENCY. THE CITY OF TIGARD, OR. ANY AREAS DISTURBED FOR ANY REASON PRIOR TO FINAL 2. ALL SEEDED AREAS SHALL BE CHECKED REGULARLY TO SEE THAT A GOOD a ACCEPTANCE OF THE JOB SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EROSION CONTROL NOTES STAND IS MAINTAINED. AREAS SHOULD BE FERTILIZED, WATERED AND PMJw a 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING TO THE ENGINEER A ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL EARTHEN AREAS WILL BE COVERED WITH ROCK RESEEDED AS NEEDED. glg Z E CERTIFIED RECORD SURVEY SIGNED AND SEALED BY A PROFESSIONAL LAND OR MULCHED AS SHOWN ON THE LANDSCAPING PLAN. SURVEYOR REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF OREGON DEPICTING THE ACTUAL FIELD 1. THE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN ("SWPPP") IS COMPRISED OF THIS 3. SILT FENCES SHALL BE REPAIRED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITIONS IF DAMAGED. r7 ° LOCATION OF ALL CONSTRUCTED IMPROVEMENTS THAT ARE REQUIRED BY THE 14. ALL CUT OR FILL SLOPES SHALL BE 4 (HORIZONTAL) :1 (VERTICAL) OR FLATTER UNLESS EROSION CONTROL PLAN, THE STANDARD DETAILS, THE PLAN NARRATIVE, SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SILT FENCES WHEN IT REACHES o AT INCLUDED IN SPECIFICATIONS OF THE SWPPP, PLUS THE PERMIT AND JURISDICTIONAL AGENCIES FOR THE CERTIFICATION PROCESS. ALL SURVEY COSTS OTHERWISE SHOWN. ONE-HALF THE HEIGHT OF THE SILT FENCE. WILL BE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. ALL SUBSEQUENT REPORTS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS. o 15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONTROL OF DUST AND DIRT 2ALL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS INVOLVED WITH STORM WATER POLLUTION 4. THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A CONDITION WHICH . 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DOCUMENTING AND MAINTAINING RISING AND SCATTERING IN THE AIR DURING CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL PROVIDE PREVENTION SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION WILL PREVENT TRACKING OR FLOW OF MUD ONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAY. THIS AS-BUILT INFORMATION WHICH SHALL BE RECORDED AS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESSES WATER SPRINKLING OR OTHER SUITABLE METHODS OF CONTROL. THE CONTRACTOR MAY REQUIRE PERIODIC TOP DRESSING OF THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES AS PLAN AND THE STATE OF OREGON NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION 3 i OR AT THE COMPLETION OF APPROPRIATE CONSTRUCTION INTERVALS AND SHALL BE SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEM GENERAL PERMIT (NPDES PERMIT) AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THEIR CONDITIONS DEMAND. -o o RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AS-BUILT DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER FOR THE PURPOSE PROTECTION. CONTENTS. UJ ; OF CERTIFICATION TO JURISDICTIONAL AGENCIES AS REQUIRED. ALL AS-BUILT DATA 5. THE TEMPORARY PARKING AND STORAGE AREA SHALL BE KEPT IN GOOD Issue Date: 3/23/2012 YSHALL BE COLLECTED BY A STATE OF OREGON PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR 16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL REQUIRED MEASURES TO CONTROL TURBIDITY, CONDITION (SUITABLE FOR PARKING AND STORAGE). THIS MAY REQUIRE .2 WHOSE SERVICES ARE ENGAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE INSTALLATION OF TURBIDITY BARRIERS AT ALL 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMPLEMENT BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES AS REQUIRED BY PERIODIC TOP DRESSING OF THE TEMPORARY PARKING AS CONDITIONS LOCATIONS WHERE THE POSSIBILITY OF TRANSFERRING SUSPENDED SOLIDS INTO THE THE SWPPP. ADDITIONAL BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AS DEMAND. REVISION INFORMATION w 11. ANY WELLS DISCOVERED ON SITE THAT WILL HAVE NO USE MUST BE PLUGGED BY A RECEIVING WATER BODY EXISTS DUE TO THE PROPOSED WORK. TURBIDITY BARRIERS DICTATED BY CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER THROUGHOUT ALL w m LICENSED WELL DRILLING CONTRACTOR IN A MANNER APPROVED BY ALL MUST BE MAINTAINED IN EFFECTIVE CONDITION AT ALL LOCATIONS UNTIL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 6. OUTLET STRUCTURES IN THE SEDIMENTATION BASINS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN w JURISDICTIONAL AGENCIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED AND DISTURBED SOIL AREAS ARE STABILIZED. OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS AT ALL TIMES. SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ANY WELL ABANDONMENT PERMITS REQUIRED. THEREAFTER, THE CONTRACTOR MUST REMOVE THE BARRIERS. AT NO TIME SHALL 4. BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES(BMP'S) AND CONTROLS SHALL CONFORM TO FEDERAL, SEDIMENT BASINS OR TRAPS WHEN THE DESIGN CAPACITY HAS BEEN REDUCED v THERE BE ANY OFF-SITE DISCHARGE WHICH VIOLATES THE WATER QUALITY STANDARDS STATE, OR LOCAL REQUIREMENTS OR MANUAL OF PRACTICE, AS APPLICABLE. THE BY 55 CUBIC YARDS/ACRE. 5 a 12. ANY WELL DISCOVERED DURING EARTH MOVING OR EXCAVATION SHALL BE REPORTED OF THE GOVERNING CODE. CONTRACTOR SHALL IMPLEMENT ADDITIONAL CONTROLS AS DIRECTED BY THE aPERMITTING AGENCY OR OWNER. TO THE APPROPRIATE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCIES WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER DISCOVERY 7. ALL MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS SHALL BE DONE IN A TIMELY MANNER. U IS MADE. 17. EXPOSED SLOPES SHOULD BE STABILIZED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF COMPLETING FINAL 5. EROSION CONTROL PLAN MUST CLEARLY DELINEATE ALL STATE WATERS. PERMITS FOR j GRADING, AND AT ANY OTHER TIME AS NECESSARY,TO PREVENT EROSION, ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IMPACTING STATE WATERS OR REGULATED WETLANDS 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THAT THE PROPOSED SEDIMENTATION OR TURBID DISCHARGES. MUST BE MAINTAINED ON SITE AT ALL TIMES. r IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THE PLANS DO NOT CONFLICT WITH ANY KNOWN EXISTING V o OR OTHER PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS. IF ANY CONFLICTS ARE DISCOVERED, THE 18. THE CONTRACTOR MUST REVIEW AND MAINTAIN A COPY OF THE REQUIRED PERMITS 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MINIMIZE CLEARING TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PRACTICAL OR o CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PORTION OF COMPLETE WITH ALL CONDITIONS, ATTACHMENTS, EXHIBITS, AND PERMIT AS REQUIRED BY THE GENERAL PERMIT. PROJECT CLOSEOUT j =° THE SITE WORK THAT WOULD BE AFFECTED. FAILURE TO NOTIFY OWNER OF AN MODIFICATIONS IN GOOD CONDITION AT THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. THE COMPLETE IDENTIFIABLE CONFLICT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION RELIEVES OWNER PERMIT MUST BE AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW UPON REQUEST BY GOVERNING CONTRACTOR SHALL DENOTE ON PLAN THE TEMPORARY PARKING AND STORAGE AREA CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE NECESSARY ITEMS INCLUDING ANY TESTING, 7. OF ANY OBLIGATION TO PAY FOR A RELATED CHANGE ORDER. JURISDICTIONS. REPORTS, OR CERTIFICATION DOCUMENTS REQUIRED BY THE GOVERNING Q m WHICH SHALL ALSO BE USED AS THE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING AREA, JURISDICTIONS TO PROPERLY CLOSEOUT THE PROJECT BEFORE IT CAN BE DEEMED SEMPLOYEE PARKING AREA, AND AREA FOR LOCATING PORTABLE FACILITIES, OFFICE 19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ISLAND PLANTING AREAS AND OTHER PLANTING TRAILERS, AND TOILET FACILITIES. COMPLETE. o AREAS ARE NOT COMPACTED AND DO NOT CONTAIN ROAD BASE MATERIALS. THE ~ DEMOLITION NOTES CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO EXCAVATE AND REMOVE ALL UNDESIRABLE MATERIAL FROM g ALL WASH WATER (CONCRETE TRUCKS, VEHICLE CLEANING, EQUIPMENT CLEANING, J d ALL AREAS ON THE SITE TO BE PLANTED AND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL ETC.) SHALL BE DETAINED AND PROPERLY TREATED OR DISPOSED. o MANNER. 1. ALL MATERIAL REMOVED FROM THIS SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE DISPOSED OF 9. SUFFICIENT OIL AND GREASE ABSORBING MATERIALS AND FLOTATION BOOMS SHALL BE E BY THE CONTRACTOR IN A LEGAL MANNER. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL UNDERGROUND STORM WATER PIPING PER Restaurant #: 457 Lo MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. MAINTAINED ON SITE OR READILY AVAILABLE TO CONTAIN AND CLEAN-UP FUEL OR C) 2. REFER TO THE TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS OF EXISTING CHEMICAL SPILLS AND LEAKS. 0o 0 STRUCTURES, ETC., LOCATED WITHIN THE PROJECT SITE. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LO o ALL EXISTING BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, SLABS, CONCRETE, ASPHALT, DEBRIS PILES, 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DUST CONTROL ON SITE. THE USE OF o Cr SIGNS, AND ALL APPURTENANCES ARE TO BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE BY THE MOTOR OILS AND OTHER PETROLEUM BASED OR TOXIC LIQUIDS FOR DUST d CONTRACTOR AND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER AS PART OF THIS RECORD DRAWINGS SUPPRESSION OPERATIONS IS PROHIBITED. RED LOBSTER o CONTRACT. SOME ITEMS TO BE REMOVED MAY NOT BE DEPICTED ON THE TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY. REFER TO THE DEMOLITION PLAN FOR THE LIMITS OF ASPHALT 11. RUBBISH, TRASH, GARBAGE, LITTER, OR OTHER SUCH MATERIALS SHALL BE DEPOSITED T I GA R D o REMOVAL (THE EXISTING PARKING LOT IS TO REMAIN). IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S 1. WHERE LOCAL JURISDICTIONS REQUIRE RECORD DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INTO SEALED CONTAINERS. MATERIALS SHALL BE PREVENTED FROM LEAVING THE Q> RESPONSIBILITY TO VISIT THE SITE AND DETERMINE THE FULL EXTENT OF ITEMS TO BE PROVIDE TO THE ENGINEER AND OWNER COPIES OF A PAVING, GRADING AND DRAINAGE PREMISES THROUGH THE ACTION OF WIND OR STORM WATER DISCHARGE INTO REMOVED. IF ANY ITEMS ARE IN QUESTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE RECORD DRAWING AND A SEPARATE UTILITY RECORD DRAWING, BOTH PREPARED BY A DRAINAGE DITCHES OR WATERS OF THE STATE. OWNER PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF SAID ITEMS. OREGON REGISTERED SURVEYOR. THE RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL VERIFY ALL DESIGN PROTOTYPE N.A. INFORMATION INCLUDED ON THE DESIGN PLANS OF THE SAME NAME. 12. ALL STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES PRESENTED ON THE PLAN, 0 `d 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE DEMOLITION PLAN AND LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR SHALL BE INITIATED AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE. WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON / DEMOLITION/PRESERVATION OF EXISTING TREES. ALL TREES NOT SPECIFICALLY wSHOWN TO BE PRESERVED OR RELOCATED SHALL BE REMOVED AS A PART OF THIS o 0 CONTRACT. TREE PROTECTION FENCING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS NECESSARY PRIOR DRAWING al t TO ANY DEMOLITION. 0 s 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST GRADE OF ANY EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN. GENERAL NOTES Y d L d � O E 6 C d C O C1 .3 •3 � o �^ o € SYMBOLLEGEND PROPERTY LINE BUILDING AREA FOOTPRINT fl"" - EXISTING STORM DRAIN EXISTING SANITARY SEWER EXISTING ELECTRICAL E 0 SF SILT FENCE (SEE DETAIL ON SHEET C6.1) L Y — — — — — — CHAIN LINK CONSTRUCT FENCE _ s _ Kimley-Horn z ` INLET PROTECTION (SEE DETAIL ON SHEET C6.1) and Associates, Inc. 02012 8855'13'E T - -� 25.88- ----------- a � -... o L3' .o : - ;` -- 3 765 400 --_h R 7 p"2' ` T ORANGE,939-A 0392268 E E e/m WA CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (SEE DETAIL ON SHEET C6.1) CA n „h/ i i� / ,.M r i KHA PflOJECT#0 095800015 9 0�gg \ 2 }?€N? 3c •:,.. �` - .._ _ - p! DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: N - - - ' ?. ;.-#5.51'.. - •'< '\ N - �. k r �°''�-a, 4CHAIN LINK FENCE "� DEMOLITION NOTES: N <" / e 04 1. THE INTENT OF THE DEMOLITION PLAN IS TO DEPICT EXISTING FEATURES THAT Sr .o � \ � MELIBE S. THOMAS, PE 9 �\ ENCUMBER THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION AREA AND ARE SCHEDULED FOR ° �� \ \ a � aF REMOVAL. SOME INCIDENTAL ITEMS MAY HAVE BEEN INADVERTENTLY OMITTED FROM REGISTRATION NUMBER: 85751 o rf FENCE ` THE PLAN.THE CONTRACTOR IS ENCOURAGED TO THOROUGHLY INSPECT THE SITE AS SILT \ ,v, \ Z rA �� \ WELL AS REVIEW THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING PRICING. a " . r i• jO \ \ \ CONTRACTOR WILL NOT RECEIVE ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION FOR INCIDENTAL ITEMS IL y ` 1 �� / pA-�, � i / \\ \ NOT SHOWN ON THIS DEMOLITION PLAN. "o, ..,.. 7 ` 6 DATE: 03/23/2012 c..9 2. THIS DEMOLITION PLAN IS BASED ON AVAILABLE UTILITY INFORMATION AND MAY OR i e Tia l; F? i;,i4,'. .'r Jb *1C _'�- s f/ / : . . ll� ♦ ! \ - ` \" j;• j� i /n — INLET PROTECTION MAY NOT BE ALL INCLUSIVE FOR THIS SITE ANY UTILITIES ENCOUNTERED DURING O o " - ` ¢ )tN rt I Ci> .,:r F'�1AM[ : "=r€: C � ti \ �; \\ DEMOLITION THAT ARE NOT DEPICTED/ADDRESSED ON THIS DRAWING SHOULD BE v . . / , x rsr• AR �OOTPRINTIN ` �� Z 9 „` ; 1 3 „ BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE PROJECT ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. N \: �, P / \�%%\ \fit E <; \\ \ 1\ \\ 3. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN ALL DEMOLITION PERMITS. 4 j REFER TO ARCHITECT / ° 1.,,. NS FOR BUILD NGr: : Y; DEMOLITION I �.` b-� \ P1. ,; ,; `\ \ 4. ALL FEATURES IDENTIFIED ON THIS PIAN WHICH ARE LISTED TO BE DEMOLISHED ARE Y INLET PROTECTION \ \ TO BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE.AFTER DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE THE SITE SHALL BE DELIVERED IN A CONDITION SUITABLE FOR DEVELOPMENT. z y �� 3? r 3 . , +CA+? tt 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL LIMIT ALL DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES TO THOSE AREAS DELINEATED g3 f? r;: M. c;hai a rqt. ; ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE DEVELOPER 4 � fi / _: ,:':- ! E x # �� :.�.,- _ Rim - 19 OR AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS. 0 w ; / ¢ 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTROLLING AIRBORNE DUST AND POLLUTANTS tx s z \ 6> `-' { r� s t BY USING WATER SPRINKLING OR OTHER SUITABLE MEANS OF CONTROL. N o f \ .;. \ zo. 1! CONSTRUCTION ,:€a.: car..^r +€r.!... a r.t ,• —\ \ l ', �, ; t '.t 7. CONTRACTOR TO USE CARE IN HANDLING DEBRIS FROM SITE TO ENSURE THE SAFETY '...\ ` r y ENTRANCE y OF THE PUBLIC. HAUL ROUTE TO BE CLOSELY MONITORED FOR DEBRIS OR MATERIALS o ' _., oo TRACKED ONTO ADJOINING ROADWAYS, SIDEWALKS, ETC. ROADWAYS AND WALKWAYS O / is /%l' ` \% �� TO BE CLEARED DAILY OR AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN PUBLIC SAFETY. 3 a a„ «, "� > �`�,. �> 8. WHERE REMAINING, INLETS, MANHOLE COVERS, AND VALVE COVERS TO BE PROTECTED m �\� \ . IN PAVEMENT REMOVAL AREAS SEDIMENT TRAP � •,- ,g, a r; LrA 9. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR ALL WORK IN AND Q Lib E SF yp ° R ADJOINING DRIVE AISLES AND PEDESTRIAN PATHS OF TRAVEL. J �_. V :( - - - Q\\ O `o _ - CLOTH f. L F \ GREASE LID 10 ALONG PROJECT BOUNDARY. �-- � CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CHAIN LINK TEMPORARY FENCING WITH SHADE CLO z E NOTE 4 z p , 11. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM IN zo a \ n LANDSCAPE AREAS OF PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAP EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM SUCH THAT THE REMAINING SYSTEM SHALL CONTINUE o v TO FUNCTION PROPERLY. 1 LLJ e 1 CONTRACTOR MUST PROTECT THE PUBLIC AT ALL TIMES WITH FENCING, BARRICADES, II — 2 ENCLOSURES, ETC. AS APPROVED BY THE CITY OF TIGARD AND CONSTRUCTION Issue Date: 3/23/2012 Q t t <".r , MANAGER o ; REVISION INFORMATION 13 MAINTAINED FOR SURROUNDING PROPERTIES AT ALL w =. CONTINUOUS ACCESS SHALL BE J r` TIMES DURING DEMOLITION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. o / .. r : 1 w 14. SHOULD ANY DAMAGE BE INCURRED ON ANY OF THE SURROUNDING PAVEMENT, LE FOR ITS REMOVAL AND REPAIR �\ PER CITY STANDARDS. TRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE �M 0 0 P`n$ 1_pn r SLS• o rn a ASPHALT PAVEMENT(TYP) 1 SURVEY NOTES INFORMATION ON THE PLAN BASED UPON SUMMIT LAND r � �, SURVEYOR LC. PREPARED BY JOHN WADE, DATED :�' 1[11 ox 10/31/2011. S L v City Control o ,., `3 of Tigard Erosion «a• E ;„ ; To Schedule Inspections: I ��- J1 o ; - - '. ..... - Call (503) 639-4175 r a m ; : / �� II i _ - II II I� Initial inspection: ' / I Prwm*�uwecdon — I �� Final Inspection. a n I AtvmtwlreuNdt9 m e / II Restaurant #: 457 o / INLET PROTECTION LET PRO TION P�, 00 .INLET PROTECTION 00 a ii MA r � �,. � ^ Il�xr �� RED LOBSTER TIGARD Al : — — — — _ — — — INLET PROTECTION r NORTH . ; ^ v : , ' /\E tt{ e � `J , nEhfi a:. .f 3 ::• y ' ' PROTOTYPE N.A. _ _ _ - - � — R LE IN FEET II ,,. 0 0 :PGE o / I PED WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON N \�17' c RA D WING Q r '88 7-13-W w <, DEMOLITION AND p 390 UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT EROSION CONTROL Y t PLAN 01 /N �y o /p� CALL TOLL FREE E c o z/ 811 u TWO WORKING DAYS C2' 1 o m BEFORE YOU DIG o € ti c LOOPS SIZED FOR INLET GRATE SECURE LIFTING LOOPS TO DIVERSION RIDGE REQUIRED EXTRA STRENGTH FILTER FABRIC NEEDED 4 OR UNDER SURRWNDING SPACING OF WITHOUT WIRE MESH SU FILTER FABRIC '° 1" REBAR. LIFT LOWS SIZED FOR SURFACE. WHERE GRADE EXCEEDS 296 ' I`:`' POSTS TO BE MATERIAL °" FILTER BAG FROM R ARFOEBAR. USE 6-10 FEET APART m REBAR FOR A HANDLE ;�, INLET USING REBAR ::: .. ... 'Ill a FOR HANDLES. TO EMPTY FILTER EXISTING PAVED ROADWAY STEEL OR ;{, ;; •;_� :;{j SACK AT A WOOD POST e°¢; o OVERFLOW HOLES SEDIMENT .: °;\ � ::• }, •::. Fta\�� p �� ; \;. \ c (OPTIONAL) COLLECTION LTER FABRIC r �:::\\•r it.\\;}'•, } I_• o - •. \ii2o ••N. LOCATION. II II �?F •� •), III— SECTION A—A :; \:, `''•}- •. I };.. z GEOTETOILE BAG 2,X2"X3/4" 2"-3" CRUSHED STONE i. 1/4- BRIGHTLY COLOR ,•, ;,r •�{{ `r --ELM _ v / RUBBER < O}:} r.:, • ; " NYLON ROPE EXPANSION OVERFLOW WEIR _' `'•\ .... E BLACK TYP _ ..I:.:;v= 'Fi}}:a�;. �i}}: ...„ ? ate~}E'{Try YY ❑_❑ .o RESTRAINT oLyM” ) SEDIMENT TRAP SEE EROSION CONTROL —!.•` 10' MAX. SPACING HATH WIRE (MIN.) `•�•rV•.`�• J ° {�• ° • Kimley-Horn .,. SUPPLY WATER TO WASH PLAN FOR DESIGNED {_ FOR ADDITIONAL STRENGTH, WHEELS IF NECESSARY LOCATION. SUPPORT FENCE 6' MAX. SPACING FILTER FABRIC CAN BE and Associates, Inc. 02012 a r WITHOUT WIRE SUPPORT FENCE BACKFILL TRENCH ATTACHED TO A 6-INCH 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 '': a __4VP SCREEN A n WHICH HAS BEEN FASTENED ORANGE, CA 92868 t �- 0� R. 03 (0 Oh STEEL OR D O `O TO THE POSTS (714)939-1030 PONDING HEIGHT PONDING HEIGHT WOOD POCA 00000696 •' £ 0 36" HIGH SMAX. FILTER FABRIC m m � FILTER FABRIC MATERIAL KHA PROJECT# 095800015 a FLOW FLOW MJF` ATTACHED Z X SECURELY FASTENED TO " _ • � •- 4. m THE POSTS OR TO THE t/a" BRIGHTLY 2' DEEP SECURELY TO o �-ORED NYLON ELEVATION VIEW a SEDIMENT TRAP UPSTREAM SIDE =o USED WIRE MESH DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: s - ROPE �!. ATTACHING TWO SILT FENCES " EXPANSION PROFILE VIEW OF 30 \�J OF POST �v WOOD OR 0 ISOMETRIC VIEW RESTRAINT INSTALLED FILTER Q �? RUNOFF ■ c SACK O A A �RSTEEL POST APPROXIMATELY 8 INCHES 15 Ff W. ,`OI•' `+ OF FILTER FABRIC MATERIAL L....� "� .�" MUST EXTEND INTO A POST THE END "m 1. EMPTY FILTER SACK WHEN inrr ro xaun�ic nw �c n,exc�manw r�ac o I I TEMPORARY t �F}• '�": " ' •i1`` 0 o BRIGHTLY COLORED EXPANSION S ��TMO° uns CONSTRUCTION F t`-'.t.,: `' +''~• \'� � — POST OF 1HE ^y, m TRENCH AND BE ANCHORED— - �- .o RESTRAINT CAN NO LONGER BE SEEN. mAs aaerx�x Ian o-Aesx am tes < N .�,., H? r: F;; : WITH COMPACTED BACKFILL SECOND FENCE >- " 2. GEOTEXTILE WILL BE A WOVEN ° 110N Assn°o- i MUM o_ � - •1 ��`"� " � a O ENTRANCE XIT •• 01 POLYPROPYLENE FABRIC THAT MEETS uuud agar Aa(x o-sree 800 P9 �r Yi� ��i I MATERIAL INSIDE THE END 5' OR EXCEEDS REQUIREMENTS T THE W AM o-+m °° F i " �� , POST OF THE"' r RUNOFF FIRST FENCE MELIBE S. THOMAS, PE Z .,.. 4"TH C�PACTS Z \ e IPPAIxMT aAMlx 5� AM F4M w xx sE4c (n `i. >.' : •ie: ':;,i. ° SPECIFICATIONS TABLE. RLx RALE ASHY o-Nal w Fr X DIVERSION RIDGE WITH COMPACTED I., �` RAVEL ��•1?t i_ ROTATE BOTH REGISTRATION NUMBER: $5751 S, E 3. AN OIL ADSORBENT PAD OR PILLOW � TM Ian o-un °SBc-'{5O 4' PLAN VIEW :-_' BACKFILL ':. {1�` ^- -' POSTS AT LEAST ° CAN BE PURCHASED WHEN OIL 8mm"tE m xa n amw FAWW)srcrn°Ana T� NOTES: SPILLS ARE A CONCERN. raarmlca 1Esr It(I(ao (aas I m F(Rxa — 180 DEGREES IN aux(wac snmm(x Asn o-�w0 xn ua STANDARD DETAIL ALTERNATE DETAIL ACLOCKWISE 4. INSPECT PER REGULATORY aux mae f1OlxATpX Asn o-Osn m x NOTES: 1. SEDIMENT TRAP REQUIRED IF ANY SPRAYING OF EQUIPMENT OR TIRES TAKES TRENCH WIT}i NATIVE BACKFILL TRENCH WITH GRAVEL _� DIRECTION TO nx(cTUAe A$IM o-Aav Im U(s 1. THE ENTRANCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A CONDITION THAT WILL PREVENT PLACE PRIOR TO VEHICLES LEAVING SITE. E REQUIREMENTS. uwa'earsr Asn o-ms 4m M '•"' '^ CREATE A TIGHT O Y 5. THE WIDTH, "W", OF THE FILTER SACK °D AFAR AM°-wm w uu TRACKING OR FLOWING OF SEDIMENT ONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAY. THIS MAY NOTE: Z DIRECTION OF SEAL WITH THE w(msaxa Am o-Asss m x APPROXIMATELY 4" FABRIC MATERIAL 01 WILL MATCH TIE INSIDE WIDTH OF THE A� 0 sm sn�I M W REWIRE TOP DRESSING, REPAIR AND/OR CLEANOUT OF ANY MEASURES USED TO 2. PROVIDE SEDIMENT TRAP ON DOWN GRADIENT SIDE AS REQUIRED. RUNOFF WATERS � 1. INSPECT AND REPAIR FENCE AFTER EACH STORM EVENT AND REMOVE X 4" TRENCH j j j DRIVE BOTH DATE: 03/23/2012 GRATED INLET BOX. PEIYTTNTM Asn o-a(n t.s s¢ i TRAP SEDIMENT. SEDIMENT WHEN NECESSARY. _ [b 3. CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCING, JERSEY �'— POS75 t8 INCHES 9 6. THE DEPTH, 'D", OF THE FILTER SACK BARRIERS, OR BOTH ALONG THE SIDES OF THE CONSTRUCTION EXIT TO INTO THE GROUND 2. MEN NECESSARY, WHEELS SHALL BE CLEANED PRIOR TO ENTRANCE ONTO o WILL PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. PREVENT CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC FROM SHORT CIRCUITING/BYPASSING THE 2. REMOVED SEDIMENT SHALL BE DEPOSITED TO AN AREA THAT WILL NOT AND BURY FLAP N o BE BETWEEN 18 INCHES AND 36 INCHES. EXIT. CONTRIBUTE SEDIMENT OFF-SITE AND CAN BE PERMANENTLY STABIUZED. O o 7. THE LENGTH, "L", OF THE FILTER SACK 3. WHEN WASHING IS REQUIRED, IT SHALL BE DONE ON AN AREA STABILIZED WILL MATCH THE INSIDE LENGTH OF THE NTH CRUSHED STONE THAT DRAINS INTO AN APPROVED SEDIMENT TRAP OR 3. SILT FENCE SHALL BE PLACED ON SLOPE CONTOURS TO MAXIMIZE GRATED INLET BO> ILTER SACKS (GRATED INLETS) PONDING EFFICIENCY. N o SEDIMENT GRAVEL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE SEDIMENT TRAP AT ENTRANCE/EXIT SILT FENCE DETAIL SILT FENCE INSTALLATION DETAIL DO NOT USE ON ROADWAYS WHERE PONDING o MAY CAUSE TRAFFIC HAZARDS. I_II--1.=L�JII 0 r �l LS 0 J n� Ld '; W p 0 O ° r 0 y �� z Z E E 1 O O v U v° O Z H 0 5 IJ) c O ° NS C U W c U n Qfag 0 LIL V7n O E ° If O 0 Q " N w J_ � Q � H w W ° p v n J " Issue Date: 3/23/2012 z - 0 REVISION INFORMATION Z 0 o v w a N h U a I � a O 0 / V (n d 4) " Q) " L N o O T L 0 p ° p v Q u � c L O N V N Of w Of O I E Restaurant #: 457 Ln O " O O 0 U) RED LOBSTER o v TIGARD � M DfO " � a D " PROTOTYPE N.A. C) WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON / r w ° 0 DRAWING I v o y EROSION CONTROL / DETAILS r m N p E Y O c C2.3 C 0 •3 a O � p SYMBOL LEGEND CONSTRUCTION LEGEND y ACCESSIBLE ROUTE AO PROPERTY LINE (LOCATION PURPOSES ONLY-DO NOT PAINT) O CROSSWALK PER CITY STANDARDS. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE N / O EXIST. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE (TYP. OF 4) o ® u Op EXIST. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN AND PENALTY (TYP. OF 4) PARKING STALL COUNT a O ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL SIGN (SEE SHEET C6.1, FOR DETAIL) o EXIST. LIGHT POLE O 'TO GO" PARKING SIGN (TYP.OF 3) (REFER TO ARCH. PLANS) ® EXIST. MONUMENT SIGN (REFER TO SIGNAGE PLANS) TRANSFORMER PAD GO ❑=❑ E CONCRETE SIDEWALK (SEE PLAN FOR WIDTH) og.gooaoo DETECTABLE WARNING Kimley-Horn / og8%�a�o� O I CONNECT TO EXIST. CONCRETE 588°55'13'E - and Associates, Inc. 02012 25.88 —� EXIST THICKENED CONCRETE DUMPSTER PAD 765 400 y,lm 0 O DUMPSTER AREA (REFER TO ARCH. PLANS) CITY DRIVE, 0 z ^ R_12g s A \ - CONCRETE SIDEWALK J THE(714)939-1030UITE • K OR CAA 00000696 868 SQUARE Q° O BIKE RACK(POWDER COATED LBR5PING 10 SPACES) a h EXIST. THICKENED CONCRETE PAVEMENT u h KHA PROJECT# 095800015 As N \ ��" DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: S88°55'196E OA HT1 O EXIST. TRANSFORMER PAD _15.51' PROPERTY LINE N - \ O 0" CURB FACE WITH 3' WIDE DETECTABLE EXIST. STORM DRAIN WARNING SURFACE FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT 0 0 ® \ .� 3s EXIST. SANITARY SEWER O FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION MELIBE S. THOMAS, PE N " : Q vF -- EXIST. ELECTRIC REGISTRATION NUMBER: 85751 P. \ Op EXIST. LIGHT POLE (TYP.) (REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS) EXIST. GAS O BENCH (TYP. OF 4)(URBAN ACCESSORIES BAY BENCH ) Y EXIST. TELEPHONE r \ \ \ \\ O EXIST. GREASE TRAPS DATE: 03/23/2012 EXIST. GAS METER O FLAG POLE ° o \ r \ O STORM DRAIN (SEE SHEET C4.1) t 4� o / R3' \\ ` \ SITE DATA ME PROJECT DESCRIPTION REMODEL OF RED LOBSTER RESTAURANT i FRUN F=oLNE L08MR O U .\ LOCATION: SECTION 35 TOWNSHIP 1 S RANGE 1 W c>�ii L / R3 EXIST. PROTOTYPE S TYPE `� \ TAX LOT ID: 1003 II E s / SIGN 8.0' F.F.E 196.88' m ` ADDRESS: 10300 SW GREENBURG 9 7 TIGARD, OR 97223 4' E H 9s�3s\ / ZONING DISTRICT: MUE 1 - MIXED USE EMPLOYMENT/HIGH DENSITY O o 0 5 _ - f••. FLOOD ZONE: ZONE X, AS SHOWN ON FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT 8 A / 0 I �. \ `` -� -_- . AGENCY FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP COMMUNITY PANEL T � ®® 0 � ) L O NUMBER 41027605090 EFFECTIVE DATE JANUARY 18, 2005. o T 06 E ® ° ®' . ` I J ` \ SITE AREA: 255,301 S.F. 5.86 AC. o E 4 aw . EaL 11.0 C3 RPA F EX. ""1D ,� EL::: Z a s ..r. I ':,n�l Q / ' - MAX BUILDING HEIGHT ! Im • _ ( PROVIDED a � ,, MIN 2 STORIES ( ) REFER TO ARCH. PLANS REQUIRED « 23' / N LOT COVERAGE: REQUIRED PROVIDED Q EXIST. SIDEWALK y TOTAL SITE AREA N/A 255,301 S.F. 5.86 AC TO REMAIN TYP. - B �•u..••�� (TYP.) BUILDING AREA: N/A 8,584 S.F. (0.20 AC) n C (,` SETBACKS: REQUIRED PROVIDED O n o/� / �J' EXIST. PAVEMENT a o FRONT 0' NOT REQUIRED /ry MARKING (TYP',) II REAR 0' NOT REQUIRED "' 16 ) \\ SIDE ( 0' NOT REQUIRED Issue Date: 3/23/2012 3 L SIGNAGE (MONUMENT) 0 NOT REQUIRED D a MARY: T II M P REVISION INFORMATION PARKING SUM a II r \\ 8,584 SF RESTAURANT (12.4 STALLS/ 1000 SF) = 107 REQUIRED PARKING STALLS PER CITY CODE ,6 II w v 1 5/29/2013 OWNER CHANGES N c II j ADA PARKING FOR 101-150 PARKING SPACES PROVIDED = 5 ADA SPACED REQUIRED PER CITY CODE o PARKING TABLE: REQUIRED PROVIDED' STANDARD 103 SHARED a EXIST. CURB TO-GO N/A 3 o 2 TO REMAIN TYP. C EXIST. PAVEMENT, j .Y \ (TYP ) ACCESSIBLE 5 6 � EXIST. CURB STRIPING AND I� TOTAL 107 SHARED MARKINGS AREA TO REMAIN (TYP.) TO REMAIN « € I 'PARKING IS SHARED THROUGHOUT THE LINCOLN CENTER. THE PARKING COUNT 0 5 PROVIDED IS FOR AREA DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF THE RESTAURANT. II 19 II II ' / f u /� ��...... - - II I II NOTES o Q « r 1. SEE SHEET 04.1 FOR CURBING AND PAVING INFORMATION. o / II 19 `•. `ri I I I ° 2. SEE SHEET 06.1 FOR ACCESSIBILITY AND RAMP DETAILS. J /. i /� ---- ' ` ' ` `• ��) 3. ALL EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN, FOR UTILITY CONNECTION DETAILS o I / II REFER TO ARCH. PLANS . Ln ~ / 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND Restaurant #: 457 o / I APPURTENANCES FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. o p = c^ 00 ..- RM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND i' � n; II 5. THE LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES, STORM OTHER ABOVE AND BELOW-GRADE IMPROVEMENTS ARE APPROXIMATE AS Nv 19 / I SHOWN. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE THE RED LOBSTER EXACT LOCATION, SIZE AND INVERT ELEVATIONS OF SUCH PRIOR TO THE TIGARD , II START OF CONSTRUCTION. — v I� `,— 6. FIRE SERVICES TO BE CONSTRUCTED USING DR14 PLASTIC PIPE UNLESS — pp - ^ ` - •-II OTHERWISE NOTED. i , PROTOTYPE N.A. a ' 7. GREASE INTERCEPTOR RIMS WITHIN TRAFFIC AREAS TO BE H-20 RATED OR GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET o c / 1 f II BETTER. SEE PLUMBING PLANS FOR DETAIL. 0 10 20 40 WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON N « /Lijb ... -.... .. - — DRAWING _3 0 I u N8 8°5713-W O 5 13.90' ` GTON -; UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT SITE AND UTILITY PLAN Y t W a N � 43 4flRE o CALL: TOIL FREE 2/ 811 3 TWO WORKING DAYS C3' v K. BEFORE YOU DIG o SYMBOL LEGEND � 2g 0 co WAS'h� o� LIMIT OF GRADING b�N TON �—. HING SQUAR SLOPE ROAD b 8 8°5 5'13"E GB GRADE BREAK o — I — GRADED SWALE (1% MIN) E r \ STORM DRAIN PIPE = 0 r ` / E \ \ S \ .ia-► OVERLAND FLOW Kimley-Horn a \ and Associates, Inc. ©2012 o .. t 5 ALL GRADES OUTSIDE ` r �/ - �` v o°0°0000 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 � °°° °° DETECTABLE WARNING ORANGE,CA 92868 t OF GRADING LIMITS TO °°°°°° ° ' - 9 (714)939-1030 [. REMAIN AS EXISTING . ` / CA 00000696 STANDARD CONCRETE SIDEWALK E a �� Q __ -- ----- � KHA PROJECT# 095800015 t �� h 1.0% N o / 1pJ1' E— ...._ \ DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: 00 w EXISTING THICKENED CONCRETE PAVEMENT co CDN o0 oN - EXISTING STANDARD DUTY ASPHALT PAVEMENT 'O v MELIBE S. THOMAS, PE N E _ 196.21 �' \ / / f'4t `=vi EXISTING GRADES (FROM SURVEY) REGISTRATION NUMBER. 65751 / 1 1 F \ /, _ a Y 0-99:-Q.0.... '` !Y PROPOSED GRADE aktt {�_ ' DATE: 03/23/2012 � o FS FINISH SURFACE GRADE z o o \ FG a FINISH GRADE o / 19 . 1 T OH G oc-ox EXISTING DRAINAGE STRUCTURE NUMBER I co \' I CONSTRUCTION LEGEND o f rn J DOOR �. AO PROPERTY LINE C \ \�. a i • 19 0 \ OB EXISTING ACCESSIBLE RAMP (TYP.) (SEE DETAIL SHEET C6.1) DOOR ��' C� L /' \ Aa C EXISTING THICKENED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OQ Q O� a GRADED SWALE �� 9 TD) Ooh 0 O A p�p n IX-D2 \ ��- ../ O GRADING LIMITS r� n :5 [PRIM [PDga o L` O v E LOBS u ER O \ F PEDESTRIAN CROSSING. SEE DETAIL SHEET C6.1) o c i .. G \ EXIST. PROTOTYPE 1 / O CONNECT DOWNSPOUTS TO STORM DRAIN DOOR 3 d 8, 584 SF 1 F r \ \i', O ADJUST GRATE TO GRADE Z GN F.F.E 196.88 O Q � J E I 19 FS G I 6" PVC STORM DRAIN PIPE, 1%MINIMUM SLOPE a_ 4. SEE NOTE 5 JO CONNECT STORM DRAIN PIPE TO EXISTING CATCH BASIN W o a °.. 0 a m / A I A F Cr o ���� NOTES o o \ S Z o / a Q 1. CONTRACTOR TO CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURES WITH USF GRATES, RIMS o I DOOR 1 ; .• ' AND COVERS AS CALLED OUT OR APPROVED EQUAL. SHOP DRAWINGS ARE TO BE PROVIDED TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION. Issue Date: 3/23/2012 o = 1 1 F / / I • 'Y / • 2. CONTRACTOR TO REFER TO CITY OF TIGARD, OR CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. REVISION INFORMATION 3. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITY RINGS AND COVERS ON SITE ARE o \ HEAVY DUTY TRAFFIC RATED CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE DEFICIENT RINGS AND COVERS WITH HEAVY DUTY TRAFFIC RATED RINGS AND COVERS CONTRACTOR TO • " ADJUST RIM ELEVATIONS OF ANY UTILITIES THAT CHANGE IN ELEVATION DURING 196.25 FS u Q CONSTRUCTION. o n ` 4. ALL EXISTING PAVEMENT AND CONCRETE TO BE JOINED SHALL BE SAWCUT. % m = • ` 5. ALL NEW SIDEWALKS AND CROSSWALKS SHALL NOT EXCEED 2% CROSS SLOPE NOR 5% LONGITUDINALLY. IN CASES OF SIDEWALK„ O GRADES SHALL NOT EXCEED 2% IN ANY DIRECTION,LANDINGS ATB BUILDING ENTRANCES, 00 � ° — 0 6. EXISTING GRADES HAVE BEEN TAKEN FROM A SURVEY PREPARED BY SUMMIT LAND 0 j `o l -�195.[18 FC. SURVEYORS, LLC. DATED 10/31/2011 . \y 196.27 t 5; a 1 5,' -_k' : 7. SEE SHEET C6.1 FOR ACCESSIBILITY AND RAMP DETAILS. U c Q 2 O ti � V ............ F DRAINAGE STRUCTURE SCHEDULE Lo f.1.9. - F'~' Restaurant #: 457 S j ` , EX-D7 EX. GRATE INLET oar o PROP. GRATE EL. = 195.21 j .._ _... EX. GRATE INLET RED LOBSTER t Ex-D2 EX GRATE EL = 198.44± o � LL�7 TIGARD o � NORTH V. - -- O _ Q... _ ..... .. -_ ......._-_ _.. ...._ _ _ PROTOTYPE N.A. : GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET i y 0 5 10 20 WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON > g UJ o I o DRAWING of Q L PAVING, GRADING, Y UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT AND DRAINAGE PLAN E �y o a CALL: TOLL FREE cT 811 3 TWO WORKING DAYS C4. 1 o € BEFORE YOU DIG m 7. -70 BRUSH FINISH PER SPECIFICATIONS ...... . TYPE 1 PORTLAND :70 CEMENT CONCRETE, o VyMq MINIMUM DIMENSION COMPRESSIVE RAMP LOCATION A B STRENGTH AT 28 E 0" CURB FACE 4 % _ 5 r ATOUTSWING DOOR 44" 60" DAYS OF AT LEAST ❑�❑ o DETECTABLE WARNING AT INSWING/SLIDING DOOR 44" 48" /��/��/��/��/��� 3000 PSI Kimley-Horn 5 o (NOTE 3) \ NO DOORWAY 36" 36" 2" ��\��\��\��\��\� STABILIZED SUBGRADE � � � � �/ / COMPACTED TO 95% and Associates, Inc. 02012 E o �jjjjjj OF THE MODIFIED 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 r PROCTOR MAXIMUM ORANGE,CA 92868 DRY DENSITY PER (71 4)939-1 030 rn a AASHTO T-180. CA 00000696 a MIN. LBR 40 KHA PROJECT# 095800015 N �\ CONCRETE SIDEWALK SECTION �\ DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: o ACCESSIBLE RAMP DETAIL , scale: N.T.S. ref. C4.1 cs., N scale: N.T.S. ref. C3.1, C4.1 C6.t � o N 'u 0 L " 0 Q a MELIBE S. THOMAS, PE 0 c REGISTRATION NUMBER: 85751 V) o J = Q T Ld w E E p Y ao DATE: 03/23/2012 Z o Q n p a o Q oO Q r O O O O O O 0 z = 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q Z o 1'67 O O O O SEE SITE PLAN a 5 5 1.26 FT RIGHT STRAIGHT DUAL O a ; 0.45 DIRECTION E 1.67 AT TOP Z a �� 9 U o 1•D5" 0.9„ l USE APPROPRIATE ARROWS TO INDICATE O o 00 W AT BASE v Ld I w _' ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL. O 5 NOTE: TRUNCATED DOME PLAN w Cf) N NOTE: WHITE (REFLECTORIZED) SYMBOLS & BLUE BACKGROUND TRUNCATED DOMES BY r0.2" HIGH Q N " 60 NOTE: SIGNS SHALL BE MOUNTED SO THEY DO NOT PROJECT INTO NS 3 o ARMOR TILE, ADA-C-2448 + > �` PATH OF TRAVEL. IF THE SIGN PROJECTS INTO PATH OF TRAVEL, COLOR: PER CITY REQ. 7� THE SIGN SHALL BE MOUNTED W/ BOTTOM EDGE AT 80" MIN ABOVE CONTACT: PUBLIC WORKS THE GROUND SURFACE. w 0 d tl TYPICAL CURB w E TRUNCATED DOME SECTION 6" BLUE STRIPES FOR REFERENCE ONLY: APPROVE ALL ALTERATIONS W/ LOCAL BUILDING AGENCY. C) a ® 36" CENTERS a o TRUNCATED DOMES DETAIL PEDESTRIAN CROSSWALK STRIPING 4 ACCESSIBLE PATH SIGN Z scale: N.T.S. ref. C3.1 C6.1 scale: N.T.S. ref. C3.1 C6.1 scale: N.T.S. ref. C3.1 - Q m p � " z `o Z Q n U' " Z ; o = Issue Date: 3/23/2012 a 0- r o REVISION INFORMATION z 5 m a 0_ _ o (0 m U n 1. ALL ACCESSIBLE COMPONENTS CONSTRUCTED AS o TABLE OF SIDEWALK JOINTS PART OF THESE PLANS SHALL COMPLY WITH .� LOCATION OREGON BUILDING CODE. P.C. AND P.T. OF CURVES. 2-ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO ACCESSIBLE SPACES, A JUNCTION OF EXISTING AND BUILDING ENTRANCES, AND PUBLIC STREETS SHALL V) o NEW SIDEWALK. NOT EXCEED 5% RUNNING SLOPE AND 2% CROSS 2916" DIA. CADMIUM T 5'-0" CENTER TO CENTER SLOPE. PLATED STEEL BOLTS a- o B ON SIDEWALK. 3.UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS, THE oa WHERE SIDEWALK ABUTS MINIMUM CLEAR ROUTE SHALL BE 36" WIDE WITH A 3" DIA. GALVANIZED a C CONCRETE CURBS, DRIVEWAY 60" X 60" PASSING SPACE EVERY 200 FEET. STEEL POST j AND SIMILAR STRUCTURES 4. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES THROUGH PLANTERS SHALL BE (STANDARD PIPE) LEVEL WITH THE SURROUNDING PAVEMENT OR W/HEX NUTS PROVIDE CURB RAMPS AT EACH END WITH A 4" TYPE A J01 3,500 P.S.I. v MINIMUM 48" LEVEL LANDING IN BETWEEN. J P.T. 5. THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE IN FRONT OF PULL — IN CONCRETE 0 2X" DIA. GALVANIZED / PARKING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 44" WIDE AND 3 MIN. 5 FT. TO 7 FT. STEEL SLEEVE. ELEVAnON NOT REDUCED BY VEHICLE OVERHANGS, CURBING, E (DOUBLE EXTRA 3 Ln 3 / 5' PER PLAN SIGN POSTS, OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. ,'. Restaurant #: 457 STRONG PIPE) ;'.. E; A R/W LINE 6• ANY WALK THAT CROSSES OR ADJOINS A 24" VEHICULAR WAY NOT SEPARATED BY CURBS, 00 2% MAX. SLOPE A. :�:v n " RAILINGS, OR OTHER ELEMENTS SHALL BE DEFINED 0) EXISTING 2' o NEW SIDEWALK BY A CONTINUOUS 36" WIDE DETECTABLE WARNING. SIDEWALK 7.CURB RAMPS SHALL HAVE A DETECTABLE WARNING `'" 3" MIN. RED LOBSTER a TYPE B JOINT P.C. PLAN A SECTION A—A EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH AND DEPTH OF THE C " TYPE A JOINT RAMP CONSISTING OF CUSHIONED SURFACES MADE TIGARD o 1/4" 1/8" 1/2' OF RUBBER OR PLASTIC. GROOVED SURFACES ON BASE DETAIL IN LAWN a OUTDOOR CURB RAMPS ARE NOT PERMITTED. OR LANDSCAPED AREAS VERIFY LOCAL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE BUILDING 1/2" PREMOLDED DEPARTMENT. IF TRUNCATED DOMES ARE USED, SEE PROTOTYPE N.A. a EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL THIS SHEET. NOTE: -F v 1/ ' 1/2" 1/YR MATERIAL SEALED 8. SPECIAL RAMP RULES APPLY FOR ANY RISE p° o a WITH POLYURETHANE1. SIGNS IN BUILDING SIDEWALKS r SEALANT GREATER THAN 6" INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO > v RESTRICTION ON SLOPE, TOTAL RISE BETWEEN SHALL BE SET DIRECTLY IN THE WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON w p LANDINGS, AND USE OF HANDRAILS, PER F.B.0 CONCRETE AND SHALL UTILIZE 3" THE PRESENCE OF GROUNDWATER SHOULD BE C 11-4.8. DIAMETER SIGN POST PER THE ANTICIPATED ON THIS PROJECT. CONTRACTOR'S QI r TYPE A TYPE 8 TYPE C 9- PUBLIC SIDEWALK CURB RAMPS CONSTRUCTED SPECIFICATIONS BID SHALL INCLUDE CONSIDERATION FOR DRAWING C> SIDEWALK JOINTS WITHIN A PUBLIC RIGHT— OF —WAY. ADDRESSING THIS ISSUE. PAVING, GRADING, 10-WHEN ACCESSIBLE PARKING ABUTS CURB OR EDGE UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT AND DRAINAGE Y t CONCRETE SIDEWALK DETAIL s OF PAVEMENT, PLEASE REFER TO DETAIL FOR E scale: N.T.S. ref. C3.1, C4.t Cs., 11.CHAINGE INOLEOVELSTALL AONG DIMENSIONS ACCESONSBLE ROUTE S SIGNNBASE DETAILDETAILS C3.1 Cs.1 �J 'o� CALL: TOLL FREE ° E NOT TO EXCEED Y2" WITHOUT A RAMP. 811 U) o TWO WORKING DAYS C6' o BEFORE YOU DIG SECTION 02210 SECTION 02220 SITE EARTHWORK STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 4. Existing or remaining silty and slightly clayey to clayey fine sand materials, 5. Backfills shall be compacted to a density of not leas than 95 percent of B. Removal of Water. 3.03 COMPACTION AND DENSITIES Part 1.00 General as determined by the Owners Geotechnical Consultant, at or below the Part 1.00 General Its Maximum Modified Proctor Density In accordance with ASTM D-1557. 1. It Is a basic requirement of these specifications that excavations shall be A. Methods of control and testing of backfill construction to be employed in area of the building slab or foundations shall be removed and replaced Should tests indicate unsatisfactory results, compaction procedures shall free from water before pipe or structures are installed. this work are: d 1.01 WORK INCLUDED (if necessary) to a depth of 24-inches (minimum), as directed by the 1.01 WORK INCLUDED continue until subsequent teats indicate the stipulated requirements. 2. The Contractor shall provide all necessary pumps, underdrains, well-point 1. Maximum density of the material in trenches shall be determined by = A. The work specified in this Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials Owners Geotechnical Consultant, with suitable compacted structural A. The work specified in this Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials systems, and other means for removing water from trenches and other ASTMD-1557. m and equipment, and performing all operations required to complete the site materials. and equipment, and performing all operations required to complete the site END OF SECTION parts of the work. The Contractor shall continue dewatering operations B. Laboratory and field density testa which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are e preparation, earthwork and grading as shown on the Drawings and as 5. Muck, organic, silty and clayey sediments, or other unsuitable materials preparation, earthwork and grading as shown on the Drawings and as untl the badkflll has progressed to a sufficient depth over the pipe to necessary to establish compliance with the compaction requirements of these aspecified herein. This work shall include, but not be limited to: site clearing encountered under fill areae, structures, pavement areas, underground specified herein for construction of the storm drainage, sanitary sewer, and SECTION 02221 prevent flotation or movement of the pipe In the trench and so that it is specifications, will be conducted at the Owner's expense. Testa will be made 0 and grubbing; root-raking; stripping; removal of muck and other unsuitable water distribution system structures. This work shall Include, but not be TRENCHING, BACKFIWNG AND COMPACTION FOR UTILTY AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS above the natural water table. at de the and locations selected b the En ineer. utlitiea and/or as shown on the drawings, shall be excavated and removed P Y 9 A material; proof-rolling; earthwork for site grading, including dewatering, limited to site clearing and grubbing; stripping; dewatering; removal of muck 3. Water from the trenches and excavation shall be disposed of in such a C. Trench backfill that does not corn I with the s ecifled densities, as a as directed by the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant. Removal of unsuitable P Y P excavation, filling or backfilling, and compaction; supplying approved fill and other unauitable material; earthwork for grading around aterial; fin manner , will not cause In Jury to public health, to public or private Indicated b such teats, shall be reworked and recom acted until the material; final site radio and other related re utrementa. material In areas where buildinga are to be constructed shall induda the excavation; backflllfn cam action; su I n a roved fill material; final Part 1.00 General r art „ to the work cam )sled or in y P = 9 9. q g; r P. yi g pp pop y p progress, to the surface th the required compaction is secured, at be additional cost to the Owner. The o B. The erations s ecifled herein shall be erformed wfthtn the Ilmita Indicated area under the building and extend to a minimum of ten (10) feet beyond radio and other related re ulrements. atresia, or cause an y p costa for retesting such work shall be paid for by the Contractor. P P the buildin limits, or as directed b the En ineer. Removal of unsuitable g g' q y interference with the use of the acme b the ublic. c for site grading and other construction, as ehawn on the Drawings. 9 Y 9 B. The operations specified herein shall be performed within the Iimite indicated 1.01 WORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall submit his proposed methods of handling trench 0 C. The Contractor shall rovide ads uata rotection a ainst construction material in areas where pavement is to be placed shall include the area for site radio and other construction, as shown an the Drawin s. A. The work g p g• END OF SECTION P q P 9 9 g g apecifled in this Section conaiata of fumiahin all labor, materials water and locatlona at which the water call be dis osed of to the En loser activity for all existing structures and utlitles, above the surface or under the surfacing and extend to a minimum of five (5) feet beyond the C. The Contractor shall provide adequate protection against construction activity and equipment, and performing all operations required to complete the site for approval and shall receive approval before starting the excavation. The underground, including trees that are to remain, and other construction outside edges, or as directed by the Owners Geotechnical Consultant. At for all existing structures and utilities, above the surface or underground, preparation, earthwork and grading as shown on the Drawings and as Contractor shall obtain and pay for all additional required permits from SECTION 02232 _ E activities concurrently occurring on the site. locations where underground utilities (piping, etc.) are to be installed with including trees that are to remain, and other construction activities specified herein for construction of the utility and drainage systems state or local agencies for dewatering activities. GRANULAR SUBBASE MATERIAL r D. Should damage occur to any structure, utility or other facility from these a top (crown) elevation above the bottom surface of any unsuitable concurrently occurring on the site. consisting of piping and appurtenances. This work shall Include, but not be 4. Ladders or steps shall be provided for and used by workmen to enter and ❑_❑ 0 construction activities, repair or replacement to a condition equal to or material, removal shall be completed to a minimum width of three (3) D. Shouia damage occur to any structure, utility or other facility from these limited to: site claarirg cnd grubbing; stripping; dewatering; trenching; bed leave trenches. Part 1.00 General l/ T better than the original shall be Immediately made by the Contractor, at no feet outside the utility alignment. construction activities, repair or replacement to a condition equal or better preparation; removal of muck and other unauitable material; earthwork for 5. Pipe trenches for utility linea shall be excavated to a width within the Kimley-Horn cost to the Owner. 6. Muck, organic, silty and clayey sediments, and other unsuitable than the original shall be immediately made by the Contractor, at no coat to grading above and around utility and drainage system improvements; limits of the top of the pipe and the trench bottom so as to provide a 1.01 WORK INCLUDED o E. The Contractor must determine for himself the total volume of all fill material excavated under the requirements of this Section shall be the Owner. excavation; backfilling; compaction; supplying approved fill material; final site clearance on each side of the pipe barrel, measured to the face of the A. The work apecifled in this Section conaiata of the construction of a base and ASSooiateS, ane. ©2012 materials required for the project site. disposed of off-site, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or as E. Definitions: grading; and other related requirements. excavation or sheeting, kf used, of 8 inches to 12 inches. Where the pipe course composed of granular subbase material. It shall be constricted upon F. Definitions: 1. Maximum Densit Maximum wei ht In ounds er cubic foot of a a eclfic B. The operations specified herein shall be performed within the limits indicated size exceeds 12 inches, the clearance shall be from 12 inches to 18 the r ared sub rade in accordance with these 3 1. 0 en Areas: 0 en areae shall be those areas that do not include buildin directed by the Owner, at the Contractor's expense. Y• 9 P P P P eP 9 specross-sec and in 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 0 P P _ _ g B. Fills and Compaction material as determined b ASTM Teat Desi nation D-1557. for site grading and other co de uct e as shown on the Drawings. inched. All pipe trenches shall be excavated to a level 8 lnchea below the the Dr ori with the linea, radea, notes and t ical cross-sections shown on Y 9 Y 9 YP ORANGE,CA 92866 sites, paved areas, and street right of way and parking areas. 2. 0 timum Moisture: Percents a of water in a a stifle material at maximum C. The Contractor shall provide adequate protection against construction activity outside bottom of the proposed pipe barrel. the Drawin s 1. Suitable backfill or Ill material shall be prodded, placed and compacted e 9 P g 714 939-1030 '; 2. Maximum Dry Danaity. Maximum dry soil unit weight in pounds per cubic densit for all existing atructurea and ut(Iitiea, above the surface or underground, 6. Excavation for appurtenances shall be sufficient to protide a clearance ( � w foot at optimum moisture content of a specific material as determined by where unauitable material hoe been removed, and as required to perform Y• Including trees that are to remain, and other construction activities between their outer surfaces and the face of the excavation or sheeting, 1,02 QUALITY ASSURANCE CA 00000696 a construction and elevate the site to the finish grades, as shown on the ASTM Test Dealgnation D-1557 (Modified Procter). 1.02 RELATED WORK concurrently occurring on the site. If used, of not leas than 12 inches. Manhole excavations shall be carried A. Laboratory analysis shall be complete, and the material accepted by the KHA PROJECT# 095800015 Drawings. al Conlu to be used for fill shall be approved to the Owner's ep p En (neer rior to lacement. 0 3. Optimum Moisture Content: Percentage of water In a apeciflc sol material A. Section 02210 - Site Earthwork D. Should dame a occur to an structure, atilt or other facilit from these to sufficient d th to emit their construction on the undisturbed bottom g p p 0 Geotechnical Consultant prior to their placement. , a suitable fill material 9 Y Y Y m at maximum dry denalty. B. Section 02221- Trenchin Back-fillin and Com action for Utilit and construction activities, re air or r lacement to a condition ual or better of the excavation. source ie available within the Iimite t the project, the Owner may allow 9• 9 P Y P eP or 7. Materials removed from the trenches shall be stored and di osed of in Ca d the use thereof and shall deal nate the borrow elle whereb the Drainage Systema than the original shall be Immediately made by the Contractor, at no coat to sP Part 2.00 Products rn c 1.02 RELATED WORK l. y C. Section 2530 - Dewaterin S tem the Owner. such s manner that they call not interfere unduly with traffic on public Contractor may acquire the fill. If a suitable fill material source c not g Pop Y 2.01 MATERIALS A. Per local Transportation Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridge atresia and sidewalks and they shall not be placed on private r art . In O a available on the project tile; the Contractor shall famish the necessary E. Definitions: s w Construction, latest edition. congested areas, such materials that cannot be stored adjacent to the A. Deacri tion: All ranular subbase material shall tom I with state DOT additional suitable fill material to eom lets the work to the lines and 1.03 REFERENCE INFORMATION 1. Maximum Density. Maximum weight in pounds per cable foot of a specifle P 9 P Y a) 3 P A. If a eotechnical re ort ertainin to the site has been re ared, It ma be material as determined b ASTM Test Desi nation D-1557. trench or used immediately as backfill, shall be removed to places of specifications. a 1.03 REFERENCE INFORMATION grades Indicated on the Drawings. Off-site fill sources shall be tested and 9 P P 9 P D Y Y 9 storage, as approved by the Engineer. -5 m approved b the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant rior to movie an obtained from the Engineer upon request. 2. Optimum: Maiature: Percentage of water in a apeciflc material at B. Gradation: At least 97 percent (by weight) of the material shall pass a � w A. The following pertinent geotechnical investigation report hoe been prepared. Y P g y B. Contractor may obtain copies of standard apeclflcations from the City, at maximum denalty. 8. All materials suitable for use as backfill shall be hauled to and used in 3-1/2 Inch sieve and the material shall be graded uniformly down to dust. a The Contractor shall erform his own site observations nvesti ations as material on-site. areas where not ensu h suitable material is available from the excavation. P n 9 his own expense, for requirements of related standards. g The fine material shall consist entire) of dust of fracture. v necessar and obtain and review the contents of the referenced re ort to 2. Areas excavated a building and pavement a level a elevations, and Y S, = Y P excavated areas required to be filled shall be leveled, compacted, and 1.02 RELATED WORK 9. All excess suitable or unauitable material shall be disposed of as directed C. Quality. .0 o become familiar with the site subsurface soil and groundwater conditions. The tested rior to lacement of fill material. Com action shall be b means 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Section 02210 - Slte Earthwork by the Engineer. Material disposed of within the limits of the project shall 1. The granular subbase material shall be uniform in quality and shall not E requirements of the geotechnical report shall prevail where discrepancies of a vibratin drpum roller orb other suitable methods ca able of A. Density testa to adequately confirm the specified compaction shall be made B. Section 02220 - Structure Excavation and Backfill be finish graded upon completion of the work. Material to be removed contain cherty or other extremely bard pieced or lumps, balls or pockets o between the geotechnical report and the specifications exist. g Y P by a testing laboratory approved by the Owner, at the expense of the Owner, C. Section 02530 - Dewatering System from the pro' ct shall be hauled awe and dis osed of at the Contractor's of sand or cls size material in sufficient uantit as to be detrimental to x completing the work in an efficient manner. The vibratory drum roller shall Je Y P Y q Y E � 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE have a- minimum static drum weight of 20,000 pounds and be capable with reports therefrom submitted to the Owner documenting that the expense. prevent proper bonding, finishing or strength of the granular-subbase 0 e compaction requirements as outlined in this specification have been satisfied. 1.03 REFERENCE, INFORMATION 10. Trench Stabilization: No claim for extras, or additional a ent wll be material base. Granular subbase material shall be non lactic, and the A. Tts, si materials o be used for fill, determination of unsuitable sol di exerting n minimum Impact energy of untere pouring. Soft, pumping, P Ym P rn E g disturbed, unsuitable or yielding soils encountered during compaction shall If Initial density tests fail to meet the specifications, retesting shall be done A. Contractor may obtain the geotechnical reports) pertaining to the site from considered for coat incurred in the atabilizatton of trench bottoms which plasticity index shall not exceed 5. Y limits, denalty testing to adequately confirm the specified compaction, at the expense of the Contractor. Said tests shall be performed for each lift the Owner. are rendered soft or unstable as a result of construction methods, such roof-rollin and stri sub rade observations shall be made b a be brought to the attention of the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant to q p B. Contractor ma obtain a c of standards ecificationa from the Cit P p q 07 >, P 9 P 9 Y of fill, If more than one is re uired for the de th of fill, and shall be taken Geotechnical Consultant a roved b the Owner, at the ex ense of the determine whether over-excavation and replacement, of any of these types Y em P y, at as iti ro err a mode rate Part 3.00 Execution PP Y P where directed by the Engineer. Should teat results be unsatisfactory, the his own ex arae, for r uirementa of related atandarda. sheetln dewaterin or other causes. In no event shall i e be installed = Owner, with r Orta therefrom submitted to the Owner documentin that the of materials is required. A minimum of 10 overlapping passes in a P eq 9• 9 PP 0 eP 9 Contractor shall recompact the fill and protide supplemental testa for the when such co as ora exist and the Contractor shall correct such 3.01 PERFORMANCE N testin and tom action re utrementa as outlined In this ecification have cries-cross pattern shall be made with the vibratory drum roller to Initially q 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE conditions so as to protide proper bedding or foundations for the A. Trane ortin Granular Subbase Material: The ranular subbase material shall 9 P Q sP area in ueation. been satisfied. If initial densit tests fall to meet the s ecifications, retestin compact the subject areas. Compaction shall continue untl a minimum P 9 9 O a Y P g density equivalent to 95 percent of the Maximum Modified Proctor Density B. A sufficient time shall be allotted for the teatfng laboratory to perform all A, Danaity testa to adequately canflrm the opacified compaction shall be made proposed installations at no additional coat to the Owner. be transported to the point where it is to be used, over rock previously o shall be performed by the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant at the expense of control testa necessary to determine that proper fill material Is being used b a testin laborator a roved b the En (neer, at the ez ense of the B. Removal of Water. laced if racticable, and dun p g p a Is achieved in accordance with ASTM D-1557. Compaction shall be tested Y 9 Y PP Y 9 P p p ped on the end of the recedin s read. No o the Contractor. Said testa shall be performed for each lift of fill, If more and compaction la being obtained. The Contractor shall schedule backfilling Owner, with reports therefrom submitted to the Engineer documenting that 1. It Is a basic requirement of these specifications that excavations shall be hauling over the subgrade or dumping on the subgrade shall be done. M7 than one is re uired for the d th of fill, and shall be taken where directed for a minimum depth of three (3) foot below the excavated or stripped p g y the corn action re uirementa as outlined in this ecification have been free from water before i e or structures are Installed. B, q ep operations so as to ermit the makin of the necessar control tests for p q yp p p Spreadin Granular Subbase Material: N = r the En (neer. Should test results u lemental tes the Contractor shall surface in pavement areas, and a minimum of three (3) feet below ye p p g q yera satisfied. If initial densit tests fail to meet thea ecificationa, retestin shall 2. The Contractor shall rovide all necessar um s, underdrains, well- oink g 0 Y g Y. each la r rior to the lotto of subse rent la y p y p y p p p 1. The granular subbase material shall be spread uniformly, and all recom act the fill lift and allow for au lemental tests b the Geotechnical building areae. = P PP Y be done at the expense of the Contractor. Said testa shall be performed for systems, and other means for removing water from trenches and other segregated areas of floe or coarse rock shall be removed and replaced Q 0 o Consultant for the area In ueation. 3. The backfill and FlII materials shall be placed and compacted as apecifled part 2,00 Products q ep g p with well-graded rock. o B. A sufficient time shall begallotted for the Geotechnical Consultant to hereinafter. Fills shall be constructed of approved suitable material placed each left of fill, d more than one ig re uired for the d th of fill, and shall parka of the work. The Contractor shall continue epth ove o erations "' at a motature content near o be taken where directed by the Engineer. Should teat results be until the backfill has progressed to a sufficient depth over the pipe to 2. When the apecifled compacted thickness of the base is greater than 6 perform all control testa necessary to determine that proper fill material Is ptimum in successive uniform lifts of not 2.01 MATERIALS unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall recompact the fill and provide prevent flotation or movement of the pipe in the trench and so that It is Inches, the base shall be constructed in two courses. The thickness of the r being used and compaction Is being obtained. The Contractor shall schedule more than twelve (12) inches in depth loose measure, and compacted by A. Suitable materials for fills shall be classified as A-1, A-3, A-2-4, or supplemental teats for the area in question. above the natural water table. first course shall be approximately one-half the total thickness of the 3 filling operations so as to permit the making of the necessary control tests the use of a vibrating ateel wheel roller as described above, or other A-2-6 in accordance , with AASHTO Designation M-145 and shall be free B. A sufficient time shall be allotted for the testing laboratory to perform all 3. Water from the trenches and excavation shall be disposed of in such a finished base, or enough additional to bear the wei ht of the construction Z o for each layer prior to the placing of subsequent layers. All fill Iifta and all suitable method(s). Thickness of layers may be increased (to no greater from. vegetation, organic material, debris, trash, roots and similar deleterious control testa necessary to determine that proper fill material Is being used manner as will not cause injury to public health, to public or private equipment without disturbing the subgrade. 9 yy�� 0 F= `m stripped or cut subgrades (in pavement and building areas) shall be tested than 18 Inches loose) provided the equipment and methods used are material. Suitable materials for imported fills shall be classified as A-1 or and compaction is being obtained. The Contractor shall schedule backfilling property, to the work completed or in progress to the surface of the C. Compacting and Finishing Base: �k� Q _ on a general schedule of one (1) test per 7,500 to 10,000 square feet. proven by field density testing to be capable of compacting thicker layers A-3 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M-145 and shall consist of operations so as to permit the making of the necessary control testa for streets, or cause any Interference with the use of the same by the public. 1. General: I^I � O s Building floor slab subgrade shall be tested on a general schedule of one (1) to specified densities. Layer thickness shall be decreased if equipment and dean, granular soils and be free from vegetation, organic material, debris, each layer prior to the placing of subsequent layers. The Contractor shall submit his proposed methods of handling trench a. For single course base, after spreading is completed, the entire surface � " � D teat per 2,500 square feet. More frequent testing may be required, methods used are proven to be incapable of compacting layers to trash, roots and similar deleterious material. Not more than 15 percent by water and locations at which the water will be disposed of to the Engineer shall be scarified and than shaped so as to produce the required grade U 0 particularly In areas with previous falling density testa. specified densities. Where applicable, the first lift may be up to eighteen weight of fill material shall pass the U.S. No. 200 slew. Part 2.00 Products for approval and shall receive approval before starting the excavation. The and cross-section after compaction. \��J//^J) eO W 5 (18) Inches above the groundwater table, if approved by the Owner's B. Suitable Material To Be Placed In Water. Suitable material for fill to be Contractor shall obtain and pay for all additional required permits from b. For double course base, the first course shall be cleaned of foreign "' v OO 0_ ; Part 2.00 Products Geotechnical Consultant to serve as a working platform for the compaction placed in water shall be classified as A-1 or A-3 in accordance with 2.01 MATERIALS state or local agencies for dewatering activities. material, bladed and brought to a surface cross-section approximately In - equipment. The use of this procedure does not relieve the Contractor of AASHTO Designation M-145. Not more than 15 percent by weight of fill A. Suitable materials for fills shall be classified as A-1, A-3, A-2-4, or 4. Pumps and engines for dewatering systems shall be operated with mufflers parallel to that of the finished base. Prior to the spreading of any �Q J e 2.01 MATERIALS the requirement to achieve the specified density for a minimum depth of 1 material shall pass the U.S. No. 100 slew. A-2-6 in accordance, with AASHTO Designation M-145 and shall be free and at a minimum noise level suitable to a residential area. The material for the upper course, the density testa for the lower course M E A. Suitable materials for fills shall be classified as A-1, A-3, A-2-4, or or 2 feet below the natural rade de endin on the area. C. Unsuitable materials are classified as A-2-5, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, A-7 from ve etation, or anic material, debris, trash, roots and similar deleterious Contractor shall be res onsible for an nuisance created due to the > g p g g g P Y shall be made and the Engineer shall have determined that the required a A-2-6 In accordance with AASHTO Desi nation M-145 and shall be free 4. Fills shall be corn acted to a densit of not less than 95 ercent of Its and A-8 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M-145. material. Suitable materials for im orted fills shall be classified as A-1 or dis osal of water from his drains e s tem. corn action has been obtained. After the -) o 9 P Y P P P 9 Ye p apreading of the material far ( o e from vegetation, organic material, debris, trash, roots and similar deleterious maximum Modified Proctor Density as determined by ASTM D-1557. The D. Graded Limerodk: Material for backfill below precast structures shall be A-3 In accordance with AASHTO Designation M-145 and shall consist of C. Pipe Bedding: the second course Is completed, Its surface shall be finished and d w material. Suitable materials for im orted fills shall be classified as A-1 or sub rade materials immediatel below the buildin floor slab, footln s graded Iimerock equal to state DOT specifications. clean, ranular soils and be free from etation, or anic material, debris, 1. As described above, all k e trenches shall be excavated to a level 8 Z p g y g g , g va9 g P P shaped so as to produce the required grade and cross-section akar O o W 5 A-3 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M-145 and shall asocial of pavement base, subbase, and base shall be re-compacted to a minimum E. Select Material: Select material shall be suitable material that does not trash, roots and similar deleterious material. Not more than 15 percent by lnchea below the outside bottom of the proposed pipe barrel for rigid pipe compaction and free of scabs and laminations. O = dean, granular soils and be free from ve etation, or anic material, debris, of 98 ercent of ASTM D-1557 at rior to the Darden Conce t buildin contain any rock larger than that which will pass through a 3-Inch diameter wei ht of fill material shall ass the U.S. No. 200 sieve. and u to 4 inches above crown for flexible ADS or similar i e. The 2. Moisture Content: When the material does not have the ro er moisture 0 9 9 P N P P 9 9 P P ( ) PP P P � � rfn . trash roots and aimlar deleterious material. N m r 1 slab footln or avement subbase construction. Should teats indicate 9 B. Suitable Material To Be Placed In Water. Suitable material for fill to be resultin excavation shall b a of o e than 5 percent by g p g e b ckfllled with approved pipe bedding material, content to insure the required density, wetting or drying call be required. If u weight of fill material shall pass the U.S. No.2DO sieve. unsatisfactory results, compaction procedures shall continue until placed in water shall be classified as A-1 or A-3 in accordance with up to the level of the lower one-third of the proposed pipe barrel. This the material is deficient in moisture, water shall be added and uniformly �11 LIL = The use of FlII materials from on-site excavations, which ma contain more subse uent tests indicate the sti ulated re uirementa. Part 3.00 Execution AASHTO Desi nation M-145. Not more than 15 ercent b wet ht of fill backfill shall be tam ed and corn acted to rovide r er beddin for the mixed In b discin the base course to Its full de th. If the material o Y q P 9 9 P Y 9 P P P P oP 9 Y 9 P '0 than 15 percent fines passing the No. 200 slew, shall be approved in writing 5. Backfill soils placed adjacent to footings or walla below grade shall be material shall pass the U.S. No. 100 sieve. pipe and shall than be shaped to receive the pipe. Bedding shall be contains an excess of moisture, such excess shall be reduced or removed !n b the Owner rovided Geotechnical Consultant before an reuse. If allowed, carefully compacted with a light rubber-tired roller or vibrator late 3.01 PREPARATION C. Unsuitable materials are classified as A-2-5, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, A-7 rovided under the branch of all fittin s to furnish ads uate su ort and until the re uired moisture content is attained before beim corn acted. O Y P Y Y p A. Clearin a `e the location of placement and additional handling requirements for use of compactor to avoid damaging the footings or walla and shall be g. Grubbing, and Stripping and A-8 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M-145. bearing under the fitting. Badding mat9erlal for piping shall be pea rock, Wetting or drying operatlona shall Involve manlpulatfon of the entire width I a an material not meetin the above a ecified r uirementa for suitable corn acted to 98 ercent of ASTM D-1557 around footin a and slabs Clearing, grubbing, and stripping shall be performed In the areas where D. Granular Backfill Material: Material for backfill below recast structures shall drainfield limerodk, or similar materials as a roved b the En sneer. and de th of the base as a unit. 0 M o Y 9 P eq P P 9 ( ). P PP Y 9 P `o. materials, must be documented in writin b the testin laborator and and to 95 ercent of ASTM D-1557 a ainst below rade walls. Suitable required for the proper inatallatian of atructurea at locatlona shown an the be conform to state DOT a ecificationa Ltmerock acreenin s, sand or other suitable material from the excavation 3. Densit Re uirementa: As soon as � g y g y p g g p g y q proper conditions of motature are E a roved b the En loser rior to lacement of said material. sand fills laced In footln excavations above the bearfn level, and in Drawings. It shall Include the complete removal and satisfactory disposal of ma be used for beddin material when f e la installed above the natural attained, the material shall be tom acted to a densit of not less than i� Pi Y 9 P P P 9 9 Y 9 PP P Y B. Suitable Material To Be Placed In Water. Suitable material for fella to be other areas which are expected to protide support or foundation all timbere, brush, stumps, weeds, rubbfah, topsoil, and all other obstructions part 3.00 Execution water table. 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO Designation = laced in water shall be classified as A-1 or A-3 in accordance with resting on or protruding through the surface of the existing ground. 2. An excavation below the levels re uired for installation of the i e T-180. 0 P embedment canetraint (including all pipeline or utility excavations within Y 9 PP ���'��� 0' AASHTO Desi nation M-145. Not more than 15 ercent b wet ht of fill 8. Selective clearing shall be performed in areas shown on the Drawings or as 3.01 PREPARATION beddin shall be backfilled with a roved beddin material rovided b the 4. Densit Teats: 9 P Y 9 the structure and pavement areas), shall be placed in loose lifts not 9 PP 9 P Y Y 3 a material shall ass the U.S. No. 100 ale". required by the Owner, en order to save plantings, shrubbery, trees, utility A. Clearin grubbin pp g p p p p p p pp g p d op g y y P exceedin 12 lnchea and shall be tom acted to a minimum of 98 ercent g, g, and Stri in Contractor, tam ed, tom acted and aha ad to rodde ro err su ort for a. Darin final tom actin erations, If bladin of an areas is necessar � e C. Unsuitable materials are classified as A-2-5, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, A-7 9 P P poles, or structures. The above items, where designated by the Owner or Clearing, grubbing, and stripping shall be performed in the areas where the proposed pipe, at no additional cost to the Owner. to obtain the true grade and cross-section, the compacting operations In w of the maximum modified Proctor dry density (ASTMD-1557). En (neer, shall be trop )anted, relocated, braced, shored, or otherwise Z and A-8 in accordance with AASHTO Designatlom M-145. 6. Suitable fill materials contalntng silty, slightly clayey to cls floe sand g required for proper Installation of all piping and appurtenances at locations D. Backfills and Compaction for such areas shall be completed prior to making the density aeY protected and preserved. shown on the Drawings. It shall include the complete removal and 1. Backfilling of trenches shall not be allowed until the work has been determinations on the finished base. O materials which exhibit characteristics of high plasticity or wetness, spongy Part 3.00 Execution satisfactory disposal of all timbers, brush, stumps, weeds, rubbish, topsoil, approved by the Engineer, pressure tested if required, and the Engineer b. At least three densit determinations shall be made on each da 's final H v and/or unstable conditions, shall be sufficiently air-dried or adequately 3.02 PERFORMANCE and all other obstructions resting on or protruding through the surface of indicates that backfilling may proceed. Any work which Is covered or operations on each course, and the density determinations shall be Q o mixed with cleaner fine sands prior to use for fill. Placement of these A. Excavation: U a 3.01 PREPARATION the existing ground. concealed without the knowledge and consent of the Engineer shall be made at more frequent intervals If deemed necessary by the Engineer. o A. Clearin Grubbin and Strl in materials in fill areas shall be directed by the Owner's Geotechnical I. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of B. Selective clearin shall be erformed in areas shown on the Drawin s or as uncovered ore osed for in ection at no cost to the Owner. Partial LLL 9• 9• PP 9 9 P 9 xP aP 5. Correction of Defects: - n 1. Clearin rubbin and stri in shall ba erformed in the areas where Consultant, and such PoI materials shall be positioned within lower lift whatever substances encountered, to the dimensions required for r uired b the Owner, In order to save lantin s, shrubber , trees, utiltt backfill ma be made to restrain the I e durin ressure testin O 9. 9 9. PP 9 P eq Y P 9 Y Y Y P P 9 P 9• a. If at any time the subgrade material should become mixed with the W o required, Including ditches, paved areas, areas to be excavated, areas levels of high fill areas, with a top elevation a minimum of four (4) feet construction and as specified herein. All excavations shall be made by poles, or structures. The above items, where designated by the Owner or 2. Backfill material shall be suitable material as described herein. Backfill base course material, the Contractor shall dig out and remove the 3 where fill will be laced, and where structures will be erected. It shall below any proposed pavement surface or structure foundation or slob, open cut. En ineer, shall be trans lanted, material laced within 1 foot of ! in and a urtenances shall not contain 0_ P 9 P P P P 9 PP mixture, reshape and compact the aubgrade and replace the materials (n _ induda the complete removal and satisfactory disposal of all timbers, unless otherwise approved by the Owner's Geotechnical Consultant. 2. Slopes of temporary excavations below 4 feet deep should be eloped at relocated, braced, shored, or otherwise protected and preserved. any atones or rocks larger than 2 inches In diameter (1 inch for PVC removed with clean boas material, which shall be shaped and Issue Date: 3/23/2012 J r brush, stumps, weeds, rubbish, root-laden topsoil, and all other 7. Fine sands to alightly silty fine sands classified as suitable fill materials, 1.5 horizontal (H) to 1 vertical (V) or flatter and be protected from pipe) and no stones or rocks larger than 6 Inches in diameter will be compacted as specified above. 0 obstructions resting on or protruding through the surface of the existing as determined by the Owners Geotechnical Consultant, excavated from seepage and erosion. Temporary excavations greater than 10 feet should 3.02 PERFORMANCE permitted In any backfill. b. If cracks or checks appear in the base, either before or after priming, a ground. Whore excavation is designated within the areas to be cleared and on-site areas shall be placed In the upper levels In all fill areas. have side slopes of 2H: 1V or flatter or be properly sheeted and braced. A. Excavation: 3. If a sufficient quantity of suitable backfill material is not available from which in the opinion of the Engineer would impair the structural O grubbed, all stumps, roots and deleterious material thereby exposed, 8. The preceding specified placement and compaction shall be required within Excavation areas shall be properly sheeted and braced if required to 1. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of the trench or other excavations within the site of the work, the efficiency of the base course, the Contractor shall remove such cracks REVISION INFORMATION ° protruding through or appearing on the surface of the completed the specified areas, and to the depths described as follows: protect the safety of workmen, the general public, this or other work or whatever substances encountered, to the dimensions and depth shown on Contractor shall rovide additional material suitable for this u ose. The or checks b rescarif n resha in addin base material where Z P PrP Y ip 9• P 9• 9 Lky excavation, shall be removed to a depth of two feet minimum below the a. Structures (foundations and dabs): Under the complete structure and structures, or excavation walla. Excavation for the structures shall to the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. additional material shall be installed as specified herein. necessary and recompacting. p d excavated surface and replaced with suitable compacted backfill. Within all to a dimension ten (10) feet outside the maximum perimeter of the aufflcient to provide a clearance between their outer surfaces and the All excavations shall be made, by open cut, unless otherwise specified on 4. Suitable backfll material containing no atones or rocks larger than 2 D. Testing Surface: The finished surface of the base course shall be checked l .0 areas where clearing and grubbing Is to be done, all stumps, roots, and structure; from the re-corn acted surface u to an elevation face of the excavation, sheeting, or bracing, of not leas than 2 feet. the Drawings. All existing utilities such as pipes, poles and structures shall Inches shall be laced in 6-Inch la rs and thorou hl tam ed to a de th with a tem late cut to re uired crown and cross-section and with a 15-foot P P P P Ye 9 Y P P P q Q Materials encountered in the excavation which have a tendert to elou h v other debris projecting through or appearing ca the surface of the ground s eciflcall r uired for lacement of the structure slab or foundation. Y 9 be carefully supported and protected from Injury, and in ease of damage, of 12 lnchea over the t of the I e. Particular attention and care shall strai hied a laid orallel to the centerline of the road. All err uarittea Q c P Y M P op P P 9 9 P m or flow Into the excavation undermine the banks weaken the overt n 0 shall be removed to a depth of one (1) foot below the surface. Cleared, b. Pavement: The full area beneath the surfacing and extending five (5) Yt 9 they shall be restored or replaced at the Contractor's expense. be exercised In obtaining thorough support for the branch of all service greater than 1/4 inch shall be corrected by scarifying and removing or 0 rubbed and stri ed areas shall be in ectad and a roved b the strata, or are otherwise rendered unstable by the excavation operation 2. Where trench widths are limited b ri ht-of-wa and or easement widths, connection fittin s and corn action of the fill under the haunches of the addin ranular subbase material as ma be re uired, after which the entire 9 PP sP PP Y feet beyond the outside edges thereof•, from the surface of approved Y 9 Y / 9 P 9 9 Y 9 0 o Owners Geotechnical Consultant rior to an subse rent excavation or dean In- lace soil u to the bottom elevation of the boss or subbase shall be retained by sheeting, stabilkzation, grouting or other approved property Ifni restMctions, existing ad cent im rovements, or other e. Care shall be taken to reserve the all nment and p y q p p Ja p p'p p g gradient of the area shall be recompacted as apecifled herein before. U filling operatlona. course. Sol material within 18 Inches of the bottom of the subbase methods. restrictions, trench walls shall be kept vertical, and, if required to protect installed pipe. E. Thickness Determinations: a 2. Discing shall be performed within the limits of construction. Designated course, whether in situ or filled material, shall have not more than 12 3. Excavation for the structures shall be carried to an elevation one (1) foot the safety of workmen, the general public, this or other work or 5. After the backfill has been placed to a level 12 lnchea over the waterline 1. The thickness of the compacted granular subbase material shall be v discing areas shall be mowed and raked to remove cuttings prior to percent by weight of material pass the U.S. No. 200 slew. lower than the proposed outside bottom of the structure to provide space structures, or to maintain trench widths specified on the Drawings or or force main pipe, the remainder of the backfill shall be placed in layers, measured at intervals of not more than 2G0 feet or one test per 10,000 discin o erations. The deal nated areas shall be diaced two times such for the select backfill material. Any unsuitable material encountered below hereinafter s ecified, shall be r erl sheeted and braced. Where wood not to exceed 12 Inches, and corn acted with mechanical vibrators or a uare feet. Measurements shall be taken at various oints on the j 9 P 9 e. Sidewalks: For a width three cls feet planed each side of the walk; P Pte Y P q P u, w that the first ase is in a direction 90 de fees salla the second ase Droposed structures shall be removed and replaced with suitable material. sheetln or certain deal ria of ,ted sheetln are used, the sheetln shall other suitable a of merit, to obtain a densit of the backfilled material of cross-sections rior to thea I(eatlon of the a P 9 oPP P from the surface of approved clean in-place soil to the finish grade. 9 9 9 9 q P Y P PP prime coat. � a and discin erations shall be corn leted to a d th of 12-inches. Prior a placing the select backfill, the excavation shall be leveled so that be cut off w a level 2 feet above the pl e. the Installed I e and that not less than 98 ercent of eta maximum densit as hereinafter defined. 2. The measurements shall r. taken in holes throw h the base ci not less � 9 °P P ep d. Utl(ties (piping, etc.): For a width three (3) feet beyond each side of P P P P Y 9 w Surflelal soils to be removed from the dieted areae shall be laced onl In it is reasonably uniform over the area to be occupied by the structure. ortton below that level shall be left in lace. If interiodkin steel sheetln 6. After selected backfill has been laced toad th of 12 inches over the than 3 lnchea in diameter. Where the tom octad base is deficient b a r P Y the utility, from the surface of approved clean in-place soil to the P P 9 9 P ep P Y s non-structural or embankment/berm areas approved by the Engineer soils finish grade. 4. Excavation for structures shall be carried down a the bottom at the w used, i may be removed, prodding removal can be accomplished dtorn drainage and sanitary sewer pipe, backfilling shall proceed to a more than 1/2 Inch from the thickness called for on the Drawings, the N in diaced areas to be filled shall be tested for or anic or fillin b the structure where dewatering methods are such that r dry excavation without ipe bed the beddin i e or elf he co of the i e ty damn a la th of t lnchea over the i g b thein the cal vib material in 9-Inch Contractor shall correct such areas by scarifying to a depth a at least 3 � `0 9 9 Y 9. In areas of fill placement requiring greater than four feet or more of 9 9. P P 9 P P Y 9 P P P Y P 9 bottom is exposed and the naturally occurring material at this elevation to the i e beddin i e err all nment of the constructed utiltt caused la rg and thorou hl tom actin it with mechanical dbratora. Backfill in inches and adding granular material. The base shall be scarified and rock 0 0 Owners Geotechnical Consultant prior to any lin, or filling. If the organic structural fill where buildin structures or avement are r osed , the P P 9. P P 9 Y Ya e Y P 9 ( 9 D Pop ) leveled and left ready to receive the structure. b removal of sheetln shall be cause for re ctlon of the affected ortlon this ortion of the wkxk shall be eom acted to 95 f1 content exceeds 10 percent in areas to be paved, or 5 percent in building tom )sled 611 area shall be allowed to settle fora eriod of not less than Y 9 P P p percent of maximum added for a distance of 100 feet In each direction from the edge ui the 0 P P 5. Any water which accumulates t the m or pia of for structures shall y of the work. Not more than 100 feet es trench shall n o ened ahead of densit of the material a hereinafter defined. deficient area. The affected areas shall then be brow ht to the c uired areas, the surFlcial diaced soils shall be removed and placed In 60 da rior to construction of the buildin foundatlan construction or P Y 9 q Yc P 9 removed promptly by well point system or by other means satisfactory to I e la n erations at one time unless a renter len th of o en trench 7. After the backfill has been laced to a level 30 lnchea over the storm 0 o non-structural areas as indicated above. construction of the pavement base or subbase course. Settlement plates the En (neer in such a manner as to not cause In r to ublic health, to Is Yi 9 oP 9 9 P P state n compaction and to the required thickness and cross-section. D 3. Selective clearing shall be performed in areas shown on the Drawings or shall be inatallad b the Owners Geotechnical Consultant for monitor(n g y P is approved by the Engineer. drainage' and sanitary sewer pipe, the remainder of the backfill shall be F. Priming and Maintaining: c Y 9 ublic or rivate ro ert , to work corn leted or in ro ress. to the 3. In areas where trench widths are not limited b ri ht-of-wa Q e as required by the Owner, In order to save selected trees. The tree areas P P r P Y P P 9 y g y, and/Or placed in layers, net fo exceed 12 lnchea, and compacted with mechanical 1. The prime coat shall be applied only when the base meets the apecifled O purposes in higher fill areas. surface of the atreetd, or cause any interference with the use of the pop y g p p q P Y Y q oP designated to be saved shall be protected from construction equipment by 10. The Contractor shall maintain the surface of the fill to revent endin easement widths, r art line restrictions, exitus ad cent en nce of nts, vibrators or other suitable a of rcent to obtain a densit si the backfilled densit re ulrements and the motature content of the i half of the base a '- P P 9 same ed the public. Pumps and engines for dewatering systems shall be Includ, ,trench , structures and other utilities, and maintenance of material r not lege than 95 ercent of Its maximum densit as does not exceed im ercent in the o tale s motature content yi the base -0 „ the Contractor in a manner os shown on the Drawings or as approved by or collection of aurtace runoff and subs rent saturation of tom acted or g P P Y P P > the En (neer. P operated with mufflers and at a minimum noise level suitable to a trafFle, the trench sides may be sloped to a stable angle of repose of the hereinafter defined. material. At the time of priming, the base shall be firm and unyielding. 0 9 uncompacted laynre. When inclement weather can reasonably be expected residential area. The Contractor shall be responsible for any nwsance excavated material. A substantial) and safe) constructed movable shield, B. For storm drains a and sanitar sewer a in un awed areas outside the 2. The Contractor will be res onsible for assurin that the true crown and 0 4. Areas to be excavated or filled upon shall be stripped of grass, roots, durin off-shift hours, an uncom acted la shall be rolled to rovide a y Y 9 Y P P P P 9 rn 9 Y P Yer P created due to the disposal of water from hie drainage system. 'box' or 'mole' may be used in place of sheeting when the trench is right-of-way, the backfill shall be placed to a level 36 inches above the grade are maintained with no rutting or other distortion and that the > and any unsuitable material, if present, shall be completely removed. surface seal. Durin eriods of inclement weather, the Contractor shall �- 9 P 6. All excess suitable material shall be stock sled on-site at a location ,`e, Stripped materials suitable for topsoil shall be raked to remove materials control surface runoff in such a manner as to revent erosion of the fill P opened tmmedlately ahead of the shield and closed Immediately behind the crown of the pipe by placing the badkflll material In 9 Inch layers and base meets all the requfrementa at the time the surface course is P a roved b the Owner and En loser. Muck, or anic, alt and cls p p yi g p p Y P Y pp of larger than 2 lnchea in diameter and stockpiled on-site, ad directed by or silo a surfaces. ed y g 9 y YeY shields I e la n rbe pro inside the shield. tom acted er a minimum densit of b ercent of its maximum densit , a Iced. P sedimenta, and other unsuitable material excavated under the re ulrements the Owner. c 4. Ladders or steps shall be prodded for and used by workmen to enter and as hereinafter defined. The remaining backfill shall im placed in layers of 11. Should suitable excavated material exceed the backfill and fill of this Section shall be disposed of offsite, unless otherwise indicated on 5. Timber, stumps, roots, brush, rotten wood and other refuse and leave trenches. not more than 12 Inches and compacted to a minimum density of 95 END OF SECTION I °' unsuitable materials from clearin rubbtn and atrf in o erations shall requlrementa, said excess suitable fill shall be hauled off site to a location the Drawings or as directed by the Owner, at the Contractor's expense. 5. Pipe trenches for utility lines shall be excavated to a width within the percent of Its maximum density. E g. 9 g. PP 9 P approved by the Owner. B. Backfills and Com action Gy be diapoaed of either by burning or removal to an approved legal dump 12. Some t es of excavated unsuitable material ma be ode uatel mixed P limits of the top of the pipe and the trench bottom so as to protide a 9. Within paved areas of trench excavation, the base and surfacing shall be Restaurant #: 457 area. posed ei site is emit ed rodded the Contractor legal, all y q Y 1. The space between the proposed outside bottom of the structure and clearance on each side of the i e barrel, measured to the face of the reconstructed as ecifled under Section 02574 - Pavement Removal and O ;, 9 P P with suitable fill material and may be used in open areae of the project if the bottom of the excavation shall be backfilled with faded limerock and pP SECTION 02240 = necessary permits and prodded copies to the Owner. Burning, if permitted, 9 excavation or sheeting, If used, of 8 Inches to 12 inches. Where the pipe Replacement (granular material all the way up). O - approved in writing by the Owners Geotechntcal Consultant and Engineer. leveled to receive the ro osed structure. STABILIZED SUBGRADE shall be done at locations and at times as directed, in a manner that will P P size exceeds 12 lnchea, the clearance shall be from 12 lnchea to 18 10. No more than 800 feet of trench with ( e in lace shall be arils)) O o Unsuitable material to be mixed shall be raked to remove all matertala 2. Suitable backfill material shall be rodded, laced and tom acted around P P P P y s,0 avoid all hazards such as damage to existing structures, eonatruetlon P P P lnchea. All pipe trenches shall be excavated to a level 8 lnchea below the backfilled at any time. u) o progress, trees and vegetation, and interference with traffic. larger than two (2) inches in diameter prior to mixing. In no case shall the structures as required to FlII the excavated area up to finish grades, outside bottom of the proposed pipe barrel. E. Additional Excavation and Backfill: Part 1.00 General such mixed material be used to fill under structures, avements, sidewalks as shown on the Drawin a Materials to be used for fill shall be o roved rn Disposal by burning shall be kept under constant attendance until the fires P 9 PP 6. Excavation for appurtenances shall be sufficient to protide n clearance 1. Where unsuitable material, such as organic soils, roots, mulch, other O 5 have burned out or have been extingufehad and shall be done in or utilities. The extent of mixing and suitability of the material to be by the Engineer prior to their placement. If a suitable fill material source between their outer surfaces and the face of the excavation or sheeting, vegetable matter, or other material which, in the opinion of the 1.01 WORK INCLUDED mu compliance with all State and local laws and regulations relative to the mixed shall be approved by the Owners Geotechnical Consultant and the Is available within the limits of the project, the Owner may allow the use if used, of not less than 12 lnchea. Manhole excavations shall be serried Geotechnical Engineer, will result in unsatisfactory foundation conditions, is A. The work apecifled in this Section consists of the construction of a stabilized RED LOBSTER + t building of fires. Engineer. thereof and shall designate the borrow site whereby the Contractor may to sufficient depth to permit their construction on the undisturbed bottom encountered below the level of the proposed pipe bedding material, it shall aubgrade where indicated on the Drawings. Construction shall be to the ou 13. Mixed fill material, as specified above, shall be placed in layers of not acquire the fill. If a suitable fill material source is not available on the of the excavation. be wholly or partially removed as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer uniformity, density and bearing ratio specified hereinafter. Roadways, streets, 3.02 PERFORMANCE more than 12 inches in depth measured loose. When dry or as directed by project site; the Contractor shall furnish the necessary additional fill 7. Materials removed from the trenches shall be stored and disposed of In and diapoaed of off-site at the Contractors expense. Sheeting shall be and parking areas shall be stabilized to the depths and dimensions indicated TIGARD Do a A. Excavation the testing laboratory or Engineer, this layer shall be dlaced and harrowed material to complete the work to the lines and grades indicated on the an the Drawings. such a manner that they call not Interfere unduly with traffic on public Installed, if necessary, to ma(ntatn pipe trenches within the specified limits. + m 1. Excavation shall conform to the limits indicated on the Drawings or to break up large pieces of the material. The above density requirements Drawings. streets and sidewalks and they shall not be placed on private property. In The resulting excavation shall be backfilled with suitable backfill material, B. Deflnit(cas: The stabilizing shall be atone per state DOT or as described N a specified herein. This work shall include shaping and sloping and other shall not apply to unsuitable material placed. 3. Excavated areas below proposed structured shall be leveled, compacted congested areas, such materials that cannot be stored adjacent to the placed in 6 inch layers, tamped and compacted up to the level of the hereinafter. The required bearing ratio value shall be obtained either by � c work necessary in bringing the earthwork to the required grade, alignment C. Grading and tested prior to placement of the structure and any backfill material. trench or used immediately as backfill, shall be removed to places of bottom of the proposed pipe bedding material. Sufficient compaction of constructing the aubgrade of selected materials from the roadway and borrow rn and cross-section. 1. Grading shall be performed over the total construction area, as indicated Compaction shall be to a minimum density equivalent to 95 percent of store e, as a roved b the En (neer. areae, or by stabilizing the subgrade material by the addition and mixing In 9 PP Y 9 this material shall be performed to protect the proposed pipe against C . 2. All suitable materials removed from excavation areas shall be used as far on the Drawings. This wok shall include all cutting and filling necessary in the Maximum Modified Proctor Density in accordance with ASTM D-1557 8, All materials suitable for use as backfill shall be hauled to and used In of suitable stabilizing material. Such work shall be done in accordance with 0 e settlement. Conatructlon shall then proceed in accordance with the PROTOTYPE N.A. as racticable in future avement or buildin areas, or in the formation of order to comply with the elevations shown an the Drawings. and as tested for a minimum depth of two (2) feet below the bottom of areas where not enou h suitable material is available from the excavation. these s ecificationa, linea, radea, thicknesses and notes as elkown on the -0 p p g g provielona ere specified above. P 9 2. The final finish radio shall rodde a surface which fa within 0.1 foot of 0 embankments, subgrades, shoulders, building glias and other places ere 9 9 P structure dabs. 9. All excess suitable or unsuitable material shall li diapoaed of ere directed 2. Additional excavation shall of performed only when ordered by the Drawings. � o shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. All suitable the required elevations shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise approved 4. The backfill under and around atructurea shall be placed and compacted by the Engineer. Material disposed of within the Ilmita of the project shall Engineer. Where organic or other unauitable material is encountered in the 0 excavated material shall r considered r art of the Owner and shall by the Engineer. Finished grades shall be uniform between final contours, as specified hereinafter. Fills shall be constructed of suitable material be finish raded u on corn letion of the work. Material to be removed excavation, the Contractor shall brio the condition to the attention of 1.02 RELATED WORK P op Y 9 P P g WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON not be removed from the ro ert without ermission of the Owner. and shall not include abrupt changes in grade, potholes, or eroded areas. placed in succeeaive Iifta of not more than 12 Inches in depth loose A. Section 02210 - Slte Earthwork > o p p Y p from the project shall be hauled away and disposed of at the Contractors the Engineer and obtain hie determination as to whether or not the w 0 Excess excavated suitable material shall be stoc iled on-site ata Where grading meets with the ezieting aurtace, a smooth interface shall measure, and compacted by the use of a vlbrating steel wheal roller or = kp expense. material will require removal, prior to preparing the pipe bedding. O o location a roved b the Owner and En ineer. be provided. Roundingd shall be provided at the top and bottom of other suitable methods . Thickness of la s ma be increased rodded J a PP y g ( ) Yer Y P 10. Trench Stabilization: No claim for sttroc, ti additional payment will is F. Restoration eq Existing Surfaces: Paved and grassed areas disturbed by the 3. Suitable on-site excavated matertala contalnin atilt , and ell htl cls embankments, dikes or other breaks In grade. Around buildings and other the equipment and methods used are proven by field density teatfng to be considered for coat ina,rred in the stabilization of trench bottoms which g r g n yea operations required under this Section shill be restored to a condition equal DRAWING r to cls fine sands shall be sufFlcientl dried b aurtace s readin and structures, the finish grade shall slope away from walla in all directions at ca able of tom actin thicker la ra to ecifled densities. La r thickness Q yea y y p g P P 9 Ye dP ye are rendered soft or unstable as a result of construction methods, such to or better than the ezieting condition, or ere Indicated on the Drawings discin If necessar orb mixin with cleaner fine Banda rior to )f-inch per foot minimum for at least ten (10) feet. Allowance shall be shall be decreased If equipment and methods used are proven to be p p q and/or specified herein. 0 S 9 Y. Y 9 P • as im ro de e inane rate O _ reuse/placement fn fill areas, as directed by the Owners Geotechnical made in finish grading elevatlona for sodding or other surface treatment, incapable of compacting layers to specified densities. Where applicable, the sheeting, dewatering or other causes. In no event shall pipe be Installed DARDEN CIVIL / s Consultant. as indicated an the Drawings. first lift may be up to eighteen (18) inches above the groundwater table, when such conditions exist and the Contractor shall correct such r END OF SECTION if approved by the Engineer, to serve as a working platform for the conditions so as to protide proper bedding or foundations for the SPECIFICATIONS Y corn action a ui ment. The use of this rocedure does not relieve the P q P P proposed inatallatione at no additional coat to the Owner. ai 0 Contractor of the requirement to achieve the specified density for a $ minimum depth of one (1) foot below the natural grade. E O c e E CS1a o ; FOR INFORMATIONAL o IS PURPOSES ONLY SECTION 02276 SECTION 02507 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PRIME AND TACK COATS Part 2.00 Products Part 1.00 General Part 1.00 General C. Fine Aggregate: B. Continuous Mixing: The dried aggregate, prepared as described herein E. Thickness Requirements: The thickness of the compacted asphaltic concrete 1. Fine aggregate concrete shall consist of natural sand, stone screenings, before and proportioned to meet the job mix formula by volumetric surface course shall be determined by coring and shall be no lase than that 2.01 MATERIALS 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1.01 WORK INCLUDED slag screenings or a combination thereof, composed of dean, tough, measurement, shall be Introduced into the mixer. The hot asphalt cement shown on the Drawings. Any surface course found to be leas than the The articular t e of stabllzin material to be used shall be en A. The work specified in this Section consists of designing, providing, maintaining A. The work specified in this Section consists of an application of bituminous angular grains, free from clay, loam or other foreign matter. Stone or slag shall be Introduced Into the mixer in synchronization with the feeding of thickness shown on the Drawings by greater than J4-Inch shall be removed A. General p yp 9 c accordance with Para rah 2.01.E hereinafter and shall meet the following and removing temporary erosion and sedimentation controls as necessary. material on previously prepared bases and on existing pavement Surfaces in screenings shall be produced from materials complying with the abrasion aggregate. The quantity shall be measured by volume. Mixing shall be and replaced. 9 P the avemen no wu err re uirementa: B. Temporary erosion controls include, but are not limited to, grassing, accordance with these apeciflcationa and In conformity with the linea, grades, requirements for coaree aggregate specified above. aufFlelent to produce a thoroughly uniform and homogeneous mixture. F. Protection of Pavement: After the completion of p 9 u B. Use of Materials from Existing Base: mulching, seeding, watering and reaeeding on-site surfaces and spall and dimensions and notes shown w the Drawtnga. 2. Any screenings used in the combination of aggregate shall contain not C. General: The produce of the e w shall al heated and combined In such traffic of any kind shall be permitted on the pavement until It hoe set 6 1. When the utlization of materials from on existing base is called for, the borrow area surfaces, and providing interceptor ditches of ends of berms, more than ec percent of malarial passing the No.200 Steve and shall be a manner ere m produce i mixture which shall beat a temperature, when sufficiently to prevent rutting or other distortion. .o Engineer will direct the locations, placing and distribution of such Installing staked silt barriers or floating silt barriers at those locations which Port 2.00 Products washed if necessary to meet this requirement. discharged from the pugmlll a surge bin, between the Iimita of 230E and W materials, and this work shall be done prior to the spreading of any wll ensure that erosion and pollution during construction will be prevented in 3. The natural sand portion of the fine aggregate other than saeeninga shall 310F. 3.10 TESTING AND REPORTS a additional commercial or local materials. Removal of any section of accordance with state DOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge 2.01 MATERIALS be siliceous containing not more than 10 percent of material passing the A. Testing for pertortnance in accordance with these Specifications will be paid v existing base will not be required until the need for it in maintaining Construction. A . Prime Coat: Unless otherwise indicated, the material used for the prime No. 200 sieve. 3.04 TRANSPORTATION OF MIXTURE for by the Owner. The frequency of testing shall be a minimum of that `p traffic Is fulfilled. C. Contractor Is responsible for providing effective temporary erosion and coat shall be cutback Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall conform to 4. The fine aggregate, when tested by means of laboratory sieves, shall meet A. The mixture shall be transported In tight vehicles previously cleaned of all specified below and at the locations as directed by the Engineer. However, c 2. The utilization of materials from an existing base may be called for in sedimentation control measures during construction or until final controls the requirements specified in AASHTO Designation M-81. Unless otherwise the following requirements: foreign material and, If necessary, each load shall be covered with a any retesting necessary in areas not initially meeting these Specifications `o wmbination with the designated type of stabilizing. become effective, so ere to ensure that sedimentation and/or turbidity indicated, the use of either RC-70 or RC-250 shall be at the Contractors waterproof canvas cover of sufficient dimensions to protect it from weather shall be paid far by the Contractor. Passing Retained Percent conditions. The inside Surface of the truck bodies may be thinly coated with B. Prior to the start of the placing of the asphaltic concrete, the job mix _ C. Commercial Materials: problems are not created in the receiving water bodies. The Contractor shall option. Sieve Cn Sieve By Weight soapy water, or a mixture of water with not more than five percent of formula prepared by a certified material-testing laboratory shall be submitted � 1. General: Materials that are designated as Commercial Materials that are to be responsible for the correction of any erosion, shoaling, or water quality 8. Tack Coat: The material used for the tack coat shall be emulsified asphalt, E be used for stabilizing may be either commercial limerock, limerock problems that result from the construction or operation of the surface water Grade RS-2 and shall conform to the requirements specified in AASHTO No.a 90-100 lubricating oil, but no excess of either shall be used. After the truck bodies to and be approved by the Engineer. All job mix design formulas design shall o_o overburden or crushed shall, or state DOT specified. management system. Designation M-140. .a N - are coated and before any mixture is placed therein, they shall be raised so be current within the last 12 months. Y t No.1 N . - that all excess water will drain out. Kerosene, gasoline or similar products C. During construction of the asphaltic concrete wearing Surface, the following 0 2. Limeroat For calcic alk and limerock overburden, the percentage of D. Suffletent precautions shall es sake,3 during -lay,fuels, a bitumSze Ghe Kimley-Horn earbenatea of calcium and magnesium shall be at least 70, and the runoff of polluting aubatancea such ere silt, clay, fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium 2.02 EWIPMENT No.oro No.80 25-s0 shall not be used to prevent adhearon. testa must be completed and reports submitted to the Engineer before plasticity index shall not exceed 10. The gradation of both commercial chloride, or other polluting materials harmful to humans, fish, or other life, A. The pressure distributor used for placing the tack or prime coat shall be No.so No.200 8-40 acceptance can be given: limerock and limerock overburden shall be each that 97 percent of these into the supplies and surface waters of the State. Control measures must be equipped with pneumatic tires having sufficient width of rubber in contact No.zoo 0-10 3.05 LIMITATIONS FOR SPREADING 1. Extraction stability and gradation of combined aggregate -1 test per day. and Associates, Sale. ©2012 o_ materials will pass a 1-inch sieve. adequate to assure that turbidity In the receiving water will not be increased with the road surface to avoid breaking the bond of or forming a rut in the A. The mixture shall be spread only when the surface is properly prepared and Bitumen content, stability and gradation of aggregates to conform to 3. Crushed Shell: Crushed shell for this use shall be mollusk shell (i.e., in the receiving water more than 25 nephelometric turbidity units (NN). surface. The distance between the centers of openings of the outside is Intact, firm, cured and dry. No mixture shall be spread when the air intent of job mix formula. 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 dl will not S ectal recautions shall be taken In the use of constriction ui menti to nozzles of the spray bar shall be equal to the width of the application 5. Fine aggregate containing more than 1.00 percent of phosphate shall not temperature is less than 40F, or when the spreading cannot be finished and 2. Density and depth checks -1 test per 250 lineal feet of roadway ORANGE,CA 92868 0 oysters, mussels, dame, cemented coquina, etc.). Steamed sh p p e4 P com acted durin da f ht hours. The tem erature of the mix at the time of t be permitted. This shell shall meet the following requirements: prevent operations that promote erosion. required, within an allowable variation of 2 inches. The outside nozzle at be used. P 9 e 9 P (minimum 2 teats per street) and one test per teach Square yards of (CA 00006 6 s nt b wee ht of the total material shall ass a 3-1 2 E. Temporary sedimentation controls Include, but ore not limited to, silt dams, each end of the spray bar shall have an area of opening of not less than D. Mineral filler. spreading shall not be less than 230F. parking lot area. Minimum acceptable density for each course of asphaltic CA 00000696 a. At least en pence y g P / 1. Mineral filler shall consist of limerock dust, Portland cement, ala dust, concrete material shall be 95 ercent of the des) n unit wet ht in the b a inch screen and at least 50 percent by weight of the total material traps, tartare and appuntenaneea at the foot r sloped Surfaces which will sh percent, nor more than 75 percent in excess of the other nozzles which 9 P g g 1° KHA PROJECT# 095800075 a ensure that sedimentation ollutien will be either eliminated or molntained shall have uniform openings. When the application covers lase than the full hydrated Ilene or other inert mineral matter approved by the Engineer and 3.06 PLACING MIXTURE mix formula. shall be retained on the No. 4 Steve. P o b. Not mare than 20 percent by weight of the total material shall pass within acceptable Iimita as eatabliahed by the Owner. width, the normal opening of the end nozzle at the junction line may remain conforming to the following gradation requirements: A. Upon arrival, the mixture shall ba dumped Into an approve mac an ca m the No. 200 sieve. The determination of the percentage passing the F. Temporary erosion and sediment control measures shall Include effective the same as those of the interior nozzles. Total Passing No. 30 Sieve ..................................... 100 Percent spreader and immediately spread and struck off to the full width required END OF SECTION ,., means to maintain water ualit rior to dischar a from ro ct site. Total Passing No. 80 Sieve .1.............................. 95 Percent (Min.) and to such appropriate loose depth for each Successive course that when No. 200 sieve shall be made by washing the material over the Steve. 9 Y P 9 P k .... 65 Percent Min. the work is completed the required thickness or weight of mixture per square SECTION 02528 W d Part 3.00 Execution Total Passing ler 200 Sieve ........................... ( ) c. In the event that the shill meets the above requirements without 2. The mineral filler shall be thoroughly dry and free from lumps cenatating yard will be secured. An excess amount of mixture shall be carried ahead of CONCRETE SIDEWALK; CURB AND GUTTER, AND TRAFFlC SEPARATOR - O 1.02 RELATED WORK . w catering, crushing will not be required. 3.01 PREPARATION of the screed at all times. Hand raking shall be done behind the machine as e D. Local Material: A. Section 02270- Site Earthwork re uired. 1- A. Before a I n an bituminous material, all loose material, dust, dirt, and a re ations of fine articles. Ground hos hate will not be allowed as a q Part 1.00 General a) 0 1. General: Local materials used for stabilizing may be high-bearing-value B. Section 02932 - Seeding and Mulching PP i 9 Y 99 9 p p p B. In limited areas, where, on account of irregularities or unavoidable obstacles, -5, wsoils of sand-clay material. The material passing the 40-mesh slew shall C. Section 02934 - Sodding foreign material, which might prevent props bond with the eziating surface, mineral filler. w haw a liquid Iimtt not greater than 30 and a plastielty Index not greater shall be removed. Particular care shall be taken to clean the outer edges of the use of mechanical spreading and flnrahing equipment la Impracticable, the 1,01 WORK INCLUDED a 1.03 SUBMITTALS the strip to be treated In order to ensure that the prime or tack coat will 2.02 GENERAL COMPOS-ON OF MIXTURE mixture may be spread by hand, when so authorized by the Engineer. .. than 10. C. The mixture shall be laid one when the surface to be covered is dr and v 2. Blendin : No blendin of materials to meet these requirements will be A. The Contractor shall be required to submit to state and local agencies adhere. A. The bitumlmous mixture shall be composed of a combination of aggregate Y Y A.The work included in this Section conaiat, of famishing all labor, material, c g g only when weather conditions are aultable. All defective areas In the a ui ment and trans ortation for the construction of the concrete sidewalks, o ermitted unless authorized b the En ineer. When blendin Is ermitted, (with c to the Owner and En (neer for review and a roval the ro ram 8. When the rete r tack coat Is applied adjacent to curb and gutter, (coarse, flue, se mixtures thereof), mineral filler, if required, and bituminous Q P P p y g 9 p oPY 9 ) PP P 9 foundation shall be replaced in advance of laying the mixture. curb and utter, and traffic ere orator to the linea and rades as shown on c the blended material shall be tested and a roved before bein s read on far tem orar erosion and sediment control to be im lemented b the or any other concrete surface (except where they are to be covered with a material. The several aggregate fractions shall be sized, uniformly graded and 9 P 9 `o the roadwa sparking area. p ' g p q g ), p y pop g g 9 D. All structures which will be in actual contact with the asphaltic mixture, the Drawin a PP g p Contractor rior to commencin construction. All additional ermlts re uired bituminous wearin course such concrete surfaces shall be rotected b combined in such r ortions that the reaultin mixture will meet the radio 9 E = E. T e B Stabilization: by the agencies shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. heavy paper or other protective material while the prime or tack coat Is being and physical properties of the approved job mix formula In iformg the vertical faces of existing pawmenta, shall be painted with a yp uniform coating of asphalt material to provide a closely bonded, watertight 1,02 RELATED WORK 0) t. The type of materials, Commercial or Local, shall be at the Contractor's B. The approval by the state and local agency of the Contractor's program to applied. Any bituminous material deposited on such concrete surfaces shall be B. In all cases, the job mix formula shall be within the design ranges specified int E option. no way relieves the Contractor from the reaponability to meet all applicable removed immediately. j° A.Section 02210 - Site Earthwork z 2. No separate payment for stabilizing materials will be made. rules, regulations, and permitting conditions. Gradatbn Des n Ra a E. When necessary, due to the traffic requirements, the mixture shall t lard In B.Section 03000 - Concrete (Site Work) of 3.02 WEATHER LIMITATIONS Stripa fn such manner as ix provide for a passage of traffic. When the road a 3. Under this method, it shall be the Contractors responatbility that the 5eve Size Penxhtbyweigtt Passing Ice dosed tr traffic, the mixture may be laid the full width of pawmant, by 1,03 SUBMITTALS finished subgrade section meets the bearing value requirements, regardless Part 2.00 Products A. No bituminous material shall be applied when the air temperature Sit less maehtnes trawling in echelon. A.All materials a ecified shall be certified b the reducer or manufacturer that N `o of the quantity of stabilizing materials necessary to be added. Also under than SOF In the shade, s when the weather conditions in the condition of r Si 1 sen T P Y P F. Before any rdling to started, the surtace shall be checked, any inequalities the furnished material meets the a eciflc re uirementa of the s eeifteatiena. p o this method, full payment will be made for any areas where the existing 2.01 EROSION CONTROL the existing surface is unsuitable. In no case shall bituminous material be cinch 100 P q p N u sub-grade material, meet the design bearing value requirements without A. Materials to control erosion and sedimentation shall comply with Section 104 applied while rain is falling or when there is water on the surface to be V2 inch 88100 100 100 adjusted, and the drippings, fat sandy accumulations from the sated, and fat spots from any source. shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory part 2,00 Products a the addition of stabilizing additives, as well as areas where the Contractor of FOOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and FOOT covered. material. I+j o may elect to place select high-bearing materials from other source& Roadway and Traffic Design Standards, Index No. 103. N a a-� N v within the limits of the stabilizing. 3.03 APPLICATION OF PRIME COAT No.10 31-53 40-70 3550 3.07 COMPACTING MIXTURE 2.01 MATERIALS 0 4. After the aubgrade grading operatlen5 haw been substantially completed, 2.02 SEDIMENTATION CONTROL A. After the base has been finished; the full width of surface shall be swept a1 A. After the spreading, the mixture shall be rolled when it has set sufficiently A.Concrete: Concrete shall be Class B that conforms to the requirements of A. Install and maintain silt derma, tra s bariere, and other a urfenances as with a power broom supplemented with hand brooms and mechanical blowers 1 _ Section 03000 - Concrete (Site Work). 0 c the Contractor shall make his own determination as to the quantity (If P . pP or come to the proper condition to be rolled, and when the rolling does not g o necessary. Hay bales, which deteriorate, and filter stone which dislodges, shall prior to the application of the prime coat. Care shall be taken to remove all No 290 2-7 2-7 4-8 cause undue displacement. B.All other necessary materials shall comply with those described In Article 2.01 any) of stabilizing material, of the type selected by him, necessary for be replaced. loose dust, dirt and objectionable matter. If deemed necessary, the base 9 9 P g g of Section 03000 - Concrete (Site Work). N compliance with the bearing value requirements. The Contractor shall shall be lightly sprinWed with water Immediately in advance of the prime B. Rollin shall be in at the center and ro aces toward the outside, paraliden 0 notify the Engineer of the approximate quantity to be added, and the Part 3.00 Execution p ' pp' the cif tree 11 the roadway, uniformly lapping at least one-half of the IVU' spreading and mixing In of Such quantity of materials shall meet the coat. Ther nme coat shall be a red al the full width of the base. Part 3.00 Execution �v jj B. The temperature of the prime material shall be such as to ensure uniform C. Asphalt cement (Bitumen) shall conaiat of 4-1/2 to 9 percent by weight width of the roller. o approval of the Engineer as to uniformity and effectiveness. 3.01 PREPARATION C. The motion of the idler shall' at all times be slow enough to avoid 99 distribution. The material shall be applied with a pressure distributor as of the total mix as determined by job mix formula. For highly abaorptiw 3.01 PREPARATION displacement of the mixture, and any displacement shell at once be c A. Minimum rocedures for rassin are: specified abow. The amount to be applied shall be sufficient to coat the aggregates, the upper Ifmit may be raised. A. Subgrade Condition: LTJ < r Part 3.00 Execution P 9 9 corrected by the use e, rakes and freak mixture where required. The rdling Q 1. Scarify slopts to a depth of not less than six inches and remove large surface thoroughly and uniformly without any excess li form pools or to D. Where hand placing and finishing is permitted for email and irregular areas, shall Include transverse, longitudinal, diagonal and, where practicable, crescent 1.The finished aubgrade shall be maintained p a smooth, compact condition @a U - ATION clods, rock, stumps, roots larger than %-inch in diameter, and debris. flow off the base. Fa limerock base, the rate of application shall not be such as turnouts, crossovers, acceleration and deceleration lanes, ate., the and any areas that are disturbed prior to placing of the concrete she I be s 3.01 PREPAR rolling, ea may be necessary to obtain the specified density. � less than 0.10 gallons per square yard; for shell base, the rate of portion of the Grade No. 16 coarse aggregate retained on a No. 4 slew may restored aY Sha Contractor's expense. The subgrade shall be moist at the ea A. General: 2. Sow seed within twenty four (24) hours after the ground ie scarified with D. The seal rdling with steel-whealed rollers weighing from 5 tons to 12 tone nd seeders. applcation shall not be less than 0.15 gallons per square yard; for soil be omitted from the mixture and the percent by weight of the coaree shall follow as close behind the reader as is ossible without ickin u time the cencrete to placed. . Water shall be uniformly applied ahead of U o 1. Price to the beginning of stabilizing operations, the area to be stabilized either machanreal seed drills or rotary ba O w r cement base, the rate of application shall not be less than 0.75 gallons per aggregate passing the No. 4 slew and retained on the No. 10 slew Shall be � P P 9 p the pouring operations. Large rocks and other obatrictlons shall be � EL - shall haw been constructed to an elevation such that upon completion of 3. Apply mulch loosely and to a thickness of between 'r Inch and 1-1/2 displacing, or blistering the material. Rolling with the self-propelled square yard. within the range spicy Sa for the total coarse aggregate In the mix. removed to a minimum depth of 6 inches below the fibased aubgrade d � ; atabillzing operations the completed stabilized aubgrade cull conform to the inches. C. If the roadwa is to be o anted for use followin thea licatien of the E. Pro atiena of Silica Sand and Local Materials: Not mete than 25 ercent pneumatic-tired rollers shall follow as soon as possible and as close behind �� y p g pp p p elevation, and the apace ,hall be backfilled with sand, base course material Itnea, grades and cross-section shown 1n the plana. Prior to the spreading 4. Apply netting over mulched areas on eloped surfaces. the seal rolling as the heat of the mixture well permit. Thia rya shall be J � prime material, a light uniform appllcatton of clean sand shall be applied and by weight of the total aggregate used shall be silica sand or local materials. or other suitable material, which shall be thoroughly compacted by rdling of any additive stabilizing material, the surface of the subgrade shall be done such that the self-propelled traffic roller shall cover every area of the > E ximatel arallel to the lane of the ro osed idled. The sand shall be nonplastic, shall be free from silt and rode particles The silica sand shall conform to all requlrementa of apeciflcatons and the Surface with at least six passes. This final rolling shall be done before the or tamping. i o brought to a plane appro y p p p p g P 9 and shall not contain any sticks, vegetation, grass, roots or organic matter. local materials shall meet the requirements of state DOT Standard 2.The sub rade shall be accuratel trimmed to the re uired elewtton with a 1 a 5. Roll and water seeded areas in a manner that cull encoura e a routin of O a finished surface. pawmant temperature Ice lower than 140F, and shall ed continued until all 9 y q U a grade and growing of grass. Reseed areae which exhbft unsattafactory After the sand covering has been applied, the surface may be opened to gg1� i ,c r p ad and Bridge Conatrictfon (latest edition). inch tolerance. Ht it areas shall at trimmed o ro err elewtton. Low O v 2. The subgrade to be stabilized may be processed In one coaree, unless the rowth. Backfill and seed eroded areas. 2.03 FORFiIf� �OR �06 MIX roller marks or Sire marks are eliminated. Self-propelled, pneumatic-tired K-� 9 p P o Z equipment and methods being used do not provide the required uniformity, B. Floatin Silt Barriers: traffic• A. The general composition Iimita prescribed above are master ranges of rollers shall be used for the rolling of patching and leveling courses. At the areas may bl filled with suitable material and compacted to the specified w article size limitation, com action and other desired results, in which 9 option of the Contractor, a steel-wheeled roller ma be used to su lement denalty a filled with concrete integrally with the placing of the pavement. Q r D P 1. This work shall conaiat of installing, maintaining and removal of 3.04 APPLICATION OF TACK COAT tolerances to gowm mixtures made from any materlala meeting the y PP B.Settin Fortes• The forms shall be accuratel set to line and rade and such Of c case, the Engineer will direct that the processing be done In more than floating silt barriers to contain turbidity that may occur as the result of A. In eneral, a tack coat will not be used on rimed bases ext t In areas specifications, and they are maximum and minimum for all cases. A closer the self-propelled pneumatic-tired rollers, but not mete than one 9 Y 9 a one course. 9 P steel-wheeled roller ma be used in con nction with the necessar number that they neat flrtnly, throughout their entire length upon the compacted Q dredging, filling, dewatering, or other construction activities in Waters of which haw become excesaiwl dirt and cannot be cleaned or where the control appropriate to the job materials cull be required for the specific Y Ju Y e t1�L Q y y of ser ro elled neumatic-tired rollers. After final com action, the finished subgrade surface. Forma shall be Jointed neatly and tightly and braced to v the State or any of the eziating on-site lakes, panda, or storm-water prime hoe cured and lost all of its bonding effect. project in accordance with the job mix formula. fe P P P resist the ressure of the concrete and the finished o erations. The `0 3.02 APPLICATION g ys B. No tack coat ah all be a Ileal and, the rimed base or ionabl course has B No work shall be started until the Engineer has approved the job mix pavement shall at ed point have li density leas than 95 percent of the P P N mono ement a toms. pp p g all nment and rade of all forma shall be a roved before and Immediate) A. Stabilizing Material: 2. The t e of barrier used, the de to ent and maintenance of the bailer formula. laboratory compacted density. Rolling with the self-propelled pneumatic-tired 9 9 PP Y V) -v YP P Ym been cleaned and to free from sand, duet s other objectionable material. rior to the lacin of concrete. ` U 1. When additive stabilizing materials are required, the designated quantity shall be such as to minimize di ersion of turbid waters and will not C. Materials that will be used to make u thea roved b mix should be roller shall proceed at a speed from 6 to 10 miles per hour and the rate of P P 9 shall be read uniform over the area to be stabilized. C. The tack coat Shall be applied with a pressure distributor ie specified P m la C. SII fornin The ell form in method will be allowed, rovided that an I d aP Y cause an Increase in the existing permitted turbidity from the construction abow. It Shall be heated to a suitable consistent and a lied in a thin stockpiled In sufficient quantity to meet the demands for the entire project rolling shall not exceed 3,000 square yards per hour per roller. A sufficient P 9 P 9 P N o 2. When materials from an existing base are to be utilized In the stabilizing site into the receivin waters. Y pp number of self- r Bled neumatic-tired rollers shall be used so that the acceptable finished product, true to Zine, grade, and cross section Ie a .at a particular location, all of such materials shall be placed and spread g uniform layer at the rate between 0.02 gallons and 0.08 gallons per square in progress. If this is not practicable, care must be taken to ensure P oP P consistentl roduced. E prior to the addition of other ,Such zm additives. yard. adequate quality control of the materials used in each job mix. Should the rolling ratehshall not de c t cn feoin reach of the a Iacin withieration mnormum 9 Y P l� 9 3.02 PERFORMANCE D. The tack coat shall be applied sufficiently In advance of the laying of the source of supply for the materials used In the job mix be changed, a g y y p p g op D.Mlxin Concrete: Concrete shall be mixed in accordance with the v 3. Commercial stabilizing material shall be spread by the use of mechanical A, Should any of the temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures wearin surface to ermit drying, but shall not be applied so far in advance should the materials from the source vary appreciably from the materials result in excessive cooling of the mixture before the rolling is complete. In requirements of Section 03000 -Concrete (Site Work). c material spreaders except that where use of such equipment is not em to b the Contractor fail to reduce reaulte which com I with the g p used in the b mix formula, the mix formula must be altered the event that the rolling t5 not properly maintained to schedule as outlined ��2 01 o P yed Y P P Y or over such an area as to lose Its adhesiveness as a result of being practicable other means of spreading may be used, but only upon written re uirements of this ecification, the Contractor shall Immediatel take accordin I above, the laying operation shall be discontinued until the idling operations 3.02 INSTALLATION q cep Y covered wth dual a other foreign material. Suitable precautions shall be 9Y• -0 a approval by the Engineer of the proposed alYemate method. whatever steps necessary to correct the deficiency. taken by the Contracts to protect the surface while the tack coat is drying D. Combined dry aggregate gradation of the hot bins shall be within the haw caught up to the apreader(S). A.Placing Concrete: (�-��////�� w B. Mixing: and until the wearin surface Is a lied. followin limits of the mix formula: 1. The concrete shall be distributed on the subgrade to such depth that, Z 1. The mixing shall be done with rotary tillers, or other aultable equipment. 9 PP when It is consolidated and finished, the thickness required by the Drawings Ilr�A END OF SECTION E. In all places inaccessible to a roller, such as adjacent to curbs, headers, O � The area to be stabilized shall be thoroughly mixed throughout the entire siege size Tolerance Percent gutters, bridges, manholes, etc., the required compaction shall be secured will be obtdned at all pointe and the surface wall et ns point be below the H depth and width of the stabilizing limits. END OF SECTION grade bgrade d for the finished surtace. The concrete shall be deposited on Q m 2. The mixing operations, as specified, will be required regardless of whether SECTION 02285 one Test two rests Three tests with task a. Depressions which may develop before the completion of the Ute subgrade in a manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. o the exrstin soil, a an select sols laced within the limits of the TERMITE CONTROL SECTION 02512 oro rdling shall be remedied by loosening the mixture laid and adding new Placing of the concrete shall be continuous between transverse joints, U 9 Y P ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 12 inch e.o .5 2.9 material to bring Such depressions to a true surface. E eat stabilized sections, haw the required bearing value without the addition of Part 1,00 General without the tae of Intermediate bulkheads. n afabillzin materials. Part 1.00 General No.a s.o 3.5 2.9 F. Should any depressron5 remain after final compaction has been obtained the 2.Reinforcement shall be placed as shown on the Drawings and shall be U g mixture shall be removed sufficiently and new material added to form a true maintained at this location during the placing and finishing operations. w w C. Maximum Particle Size of Mixed Materials: At the completion of mixing, all 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES and even surface. 0 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK No.40 a.0 2.8 z.3 3.Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated against and along the faces of Issue Date: 3/23/2012 d particles of material within the Iimita of the area to be stabilized shall pose A. Soil poieonfng treatment. A. The work ecefled In this Section consists of the construction of as haltic G. The mixture, after compaction, shall be of the thickness shown on the !n eP P Na.m 3.o z.t t.7 all forma by means su vibrators. Vibrators shall not be pt n y o to come _ a 3-1/2 inch ring. Any particles not meeting this requirement shall be B. Warranty concrete surface courses composed of a mixture of aggregates, mineral filler Drawtnga, The surface, after compaction, at no place shall show am excess .. removed from the stabilized area or shall be broken down so as to meet No.20D 2D i s tz s contact with the aubgrade t a aide form. Vibration a any ane location J ,= and a halt cement ro err laid u on a re erred base, or a newt of nand r and any area showing such excess, ia other defect, shall n cut a aD P D Y P P P Y shall not continue so long as to produce puddling a the accumulation of 1 this requirement. 1.02 INTENT constructed binder course, in accordance with these ecifications and all out and replaced with fresh mixture and Immediately compacted to conform g REVISION INFORMATION s D. Compaction: After the mixing operations have been completed and A. To guard against termites and other common ground Insects detrimental to r uirementa of State D artment of Tran ortation t ndard Specifications E. After the job mix formula is established, each mix for the project shall meet with the surrounding area. Any mixture which becomes loose or broken, etrikin w rout s the surface. U requirements for bearing value, uniformity and particle size haw been wood construction. Materials mentioned in Part 2.00 of this Specification are aqn rades thickness and t ical the approved formula within the following tolerances: mixed or coated with dirt or in any way defective prior to laying the wearing B. Striking off, Consolidating and finishing Concrete: Immediately after the Z ° satisfied, the stabilized area shall be compacted, in accordance with suggested for use but shall not be used if disallowed by governing laws (latest edition) and in conformity with the eo, g YP Characteristic Tolerance course shall be removed and replaced with fresh mixture which shall be Placing, the concrete shall be struck off, consolidated and finished, to w Paragraph 3.03.8 hereinafter. The materials shall be compacted ata and/or ordinances. cross section shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall furnish Types I, S-1 or produce a finished product conforming to the cross-section, width and 0 c S-III asphaltic concrete as specified by the Drawings. Asphaltic concrete Asphalt Content (Extraction) d: 0.70% immediately compacted to conform with the surrounding area. surface finish required by the Drawings and Specifications. d moisture content permitting the specified compaction. If the moisture -Ti content of the material is im ro er for attainin the ecified densit , either pavement around drain inlets and catch basins shall conform to the following Asphalt Content (Printout) f 0.3016 H. Gasoline a of from rollers shall not be allowed to deposit on the pawmen C. Straightedging and Surface Corrections: Q P P 9 aP Y 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE provisions, except placing material may be by hand methods. Passing No. 10 Sieve d: 6.50% and any pavement damaged by Such deposits shall be removed and reploeed. 0 v water shall be added or the material shall be permitted to dry until the A. Applicator. 1. After floating has been completed and the excess water removed, but while o proper molature content for the specified compaeteon 1s reached. Com an a ecializin In soil treatment for termite control with five era Passing No. 200 Sieve t 3.00% I. Any mixture remaining unbonded after idling shall be removed and replaced. the concrete is still In a plastic state, the surface of the concrete shall be N e E. finish Gradin The tom feted stabilized sub rade shall be she ed to conform P y p 9 ye 1.02 RELATED WORK F. In no case shall a job mix that is within the tolerances stated above be 9: P 9 P documented experience. A. Section 02210 - Site Earthwork such that It falls out of the master range. 3.08 JOINTS tested for trueness with as accurate 10-foot straightedge. The in o with the finished lines, grades and cross-section indicated in the Drawtnga. B. Materials: straightedge shall be fumished by the Contractor. The straightedge Shall be U a the tae of elevation stakes a other B. Section 02234 - Sol Cement Base G. Samples of the mixture in tae will be taken as many timed daily as is A. Transwrae Joints: At the end of each da)1s work, a whenever the laying is held in successive positions parallel to the walk centerline, in contact with I I The aubgrade shall be checked by Provide certification that toxicants conform to requirements. C. Section 02240 - Stabilized Subgrade necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. The mixtures shall be maintained to be discontinued for such length of time as to allow the mixture to the aurfaee, and the whole area tested from one side of the slab to the a means approved by the Engineer. D. Work and materlala will conform to re uirements of the state for uniformly throughout the project within the above tolerances. become chilled, transverse joints shall be formed either by laying a board, N q other as necessary. The advance along the walk shall be In succeasiw a F. Requirements for Condition of Completed Subgrade: 1.04 REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS _ (l a est a ition Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction H. Job materials found tI haw chin th efo ma requiring a content of bituminous equal In thickness to the comparted thickness of the pavement, across the stages of not more than one-half the length of the straightedge. Any 1. After the stabilizing and compacting operations haw been completed, the A, Conform to governing authority requlrementa for applleation Ilcenaing and material less than is fndtcated in the formula resorbed abow, cull be width of ,tri bein s read and rdlin the mixture a ainst the board, or b U aai sub rade shall be fire and substantial) un ieldin to the extent that iY (latest edition) except that the use of recycled or milled asphalt cull not be P P 9 P 9 9 Y struckdons shall id Immediately filled with freshly mixed concrete and rn 9 Y r 9. authority to tae toxicant chemicals. re cted or ad ,ted to forma blend, which will roduce a balanced mixture usin a er or sand, rovided In either case the as halt is cut back to well struck-off, consdidafed and refinished. Hi h areas shall be cut down and +. m will su ort construction a ui ment and will have the bearin value permitted. In case of conflict between these apeci nsfor and State k ju P 9 P P P P y Pp q p 9 De artmant of Tran ortation Standard S ectflcatfona for Road and Bride under the terms of the formula. Where job materlala otherwise meeting bonded material of the required thickness before idthing additional asphalt. � o required by the Drawings. 1.05 SUBMITTALS P � P 9 a ecificationa are found, on account of hi hl abs tiw a other a acial B. Lon itudinal Joints: Where one a ortren of the width of avement fs to be reflniahed. Straightedge testing and surface correction shall continue until N 2. All soft and eldin material, and an other ortions of the sub rade that Construction (latest edition), the more stringent specification shall govem. P 9 l arP P 9 Y P P pp q g r 5 N 9 Y P 9 A. Product Data: characteristics, to produce an acceptable balanced mix only if the bituminouS laid and opened to traffic, longitudinal 'pinta shall be formed rolling the the entire surface a ears to conform to the re uired rade and In o will not compact readily, shall be removed and replaced with suitable Submit per SUBMITTALS Section; Indicate toxicants to be used, composition material content is increased over The amount specified, the mixture may be exposed edge of the strip Rrst laid. When the adjacent strip fa constructed, cross-section. All surface Irregularities exceeding 1/4 inch In 10 feet shall material and the whole sub rade bra ht to Ifni and rade, with ro err 1.03 WLabor ASSURANCE be corrected. 0 9 9 9 P P by percentage, dilution Schedule, and Intended application rate. Owners A, Laborator anal Is b a Certified Teatin Laborator en all materials shall be accepted provided that the job mix shall be adjusted to require the tae of the edge of the mixture to place shall be trtmmed back sl as to expose an D. Final Finish: For sidewalks, as soon a, the water sheen has allowance for subsequent compaction. acceptance is required prior to shipment. y y 9 y such additional bituminous material content. unsealed or granular vortical surface. When the strip first laid is closed to w a G. Maintenance Of Completed Subgrade: After the subgrade has been completed and the materials accepted by the Engineer prior to placement. disappeared and Just before the concrete becomes noan edgi all edgea, B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit per SUBMITTALS Section. I. The asphaltic content shall be such for the material used that when the traffic, the edge shall not be sealed, but shall be left vortical and the v completed as specified above, the Contractor shall maintain it free from ruts, B. The Contractor shall submit manufacturers Certificate of Compliance for mixture (s tested, in accordance with ASTIVI Designation D 1559, the stability adjacent strip placed against it without trimming. including expansion joint edges, shall be finished wHh an edging tool having a de ressions and an dame a reaultin from the haulin or handlin of a prowl of ,vin materials. radius of 1 4 inch and a Il ht broom finish shall be iwn to the surtace p P Y 9 9 9 9 1.06 WARANTEE p P 9 shall be at a maximum with an optimum asphalt cement content. Physical C. General: The exposed edge of the transwree joints, trimmed a formed as 9 g Q 0 materials, equipment, tools, etc. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to A. Bonded Guarantee which covers a ainst Invasion or r a ation of C. The Contractor shall submit a statement of source of materlala and design r erties of the mix shall be as shown in the followin table: rovided above, shall be ointed with a thin coat of hot as halt cement sit perpendicular to the forma. For curbs, as soon as the water sheen has 9 PW 9 PoP 9 P P P Sete becomes non lactic a I( ht broom U � maintain the required density until the subsequent base or pavement is in subterranean termites, damage to building or building contents caused by mix formula for approval poor to processing at the asphalt plant. rior to the la 'n of fresh surface course mixture ad cent The fresh disappeared and Juat before the con p g Mix Minimum Flow Mrimun tin P r 9 Ja finish shall be iven to the surface in the Ion itudinal direction of the curb. / 'N place. Such responalbilrty shall include any repairs, replacement, etc., of curb termites; repairs to balding a balding contents so caused, for a period of mixture shall be raked against the Joint and rolled. g 9 � and utter, sidewalk, etc., which ml ht become necessar in order to Part 2.00 Products Type Marshall (o.ot in.) vMA voids E. Joints-Sidewalks: ` 9 9 Y flw years after substantial completion; subject to annual renewal thereafter. Sraliuy Iq1 (%) 1. Transverse Construction Joints: Transwrae oenstricati Joints shall be 0 ori recompact the Subgrade in the swot of underwash or other damage 0' i occurring to the previously compacted aubgrade. Any such work required for Part 2,00 Products 2.01 MATERIALS rte 3.09 A. QUALITY CONTROL m recompaction shall be at the Contractor's expense. Ditches and drains shall A. Bltuminous Material: Asphalt cement, Viscoatty Grade AC-20, shall conform s-i t50o ata to 3-5 A. Surface Requirements: conducted at the end of all pours and at other Iocationa where the J w be constructed and maintained along the completed subgrade section to 2,01 TOXICANT CHEMICALS to the requlrementa of State Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge -w 1. For the purpose of testing the finished Surface, a 15-foot straightedge pouring operation are stopped for as long as 30 minutes. Construction and a standard template cut to the true cross section of the road shall joints, however, shall not be placed within five feet of any other transverse O Construction latest edition . i 1000 8-1a to 3-5 int or of either end of a section of walk. If sufficient concrete has not D_ 'o provide adequate drainage. A. Termidor, BASF - a I er manufacturer's recommendations. at all times be available on the work site. The Contractor shall provide or a pP y p B. Coarse Aggregate: designate sane employee whose duty is to handle the straightedge and been placed to farm a slab at least five feet long, the excess concrete, I v 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. The coarse aggregate shall be composed of dean, durable limerock. When Part 3.00 Execution tem fate In checkin all rolled surfaces, under the direction of the badt to the last preceding Joint, shall be removed. The Joints shall be P 9 Restaurant#: 457 A. Bearin Value Re uirementa: subjected to the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, (AASHTO T-96), the loss Engineer. formed by placing a wood or metal bulkhead accurately and securely In - ' 1. General: Bearinggvalue samples will be obtained and tested by the 2.02 MIXES shall not exceed 45 ercent. place, in a plane perpendicular to the profile and centerline of the walk. 0 A. Dilute toxicant chemical to a percent solution specified by manufacture. P 3.01 PREPARATION OF ASPHALTIC CEMENT 2. The finished surface shall t such that it veil not wry more than 1/4 O c Engineer at completion of satisfactory mixing of the atablized area. For 2. Extraneous Subetancea: All coaree aggregate shall be washed and free A. Tae asphalt cement shall be delivered to the asphalt plant at a temperature Inch from the template cut to the cross section of the road, not more Construction joints shall haw tooled edgea with a 1/4-inch radius. O - any area where the bearing value obtained is deficient from the value Part 3.00 Execution from disintegrated pieces, salt, alkali, vegetable matter and adherent not to exceed 3507 and shall be maintained within a range of 2307 to than 3/16 inch from the 15foot straightedge applied parallel to the center 2.Transverse Contraction Joints: Transverse contraction joints shall be formed O `a indicated (n the Drawings, in excess of the tolerances established herein, coating. 3507 in advance of mixing operations. Heating within these limits shall be line of the pavement. Any irregularity of the surface exceeding the abow at fiwfoot interwis, unless otherwise shown en the Drawtnga, and shall a7w additional stabilizing material shall be spread and mixed in accordance with 3.01 DELIVERY a. The weight of the extraneous substances shall not exceed the constant and wide fluctuations of temperature during a days production will Iimita shall be corrected. Depressions that may dewlap after the initial consist of planes of weakneae seated by an edging tool. The cut in the 0) a 3.02.8.1 & 2. This reprocessing shall be done for the full width of the following percentages: not be ermitted. rollin shall be remedied b loosenin or removin the mixture and addin fresh concrete shall be perpendicular to the surface of the walk, shall RED LOB ST E R A. Deliver materlala in original unopened manufacturer's packaging with labels P 9 Y 9 9 9 O c roadway being stabilized and longitudinally for a dtatanee of 50 feet Percent new material to brio the areas to a true surface. No skin atchin shall extend to a depth of edge inches below the top aurfaee and shall have m and seals identifying content. 9 P 9 beyond the limits of the area in which the bearing value is deficient The Coal and Lignite 1.00 3.02 PREPARATION OF AGGREGATES be done. Such portions of the completed pavement that are defective in Tran Inch radius tooled edgea. +m. t Contractor shall make his own determination of the quantity of additional Clay Lumps 0.05 A. Stockpling coarse aggregate shall be done in such a manner so the surface corn action or in corn osition, or that do not com with all 3.Tranawrse Expansion Joints: One-half inch expansion joints shall be T I GA R D 3.02 INSPECTION P p p Y formed b Iacin reformed int flier around all structures and at o -a stabilizing material to be used In reprocesa(ng. Cinders and Clinkers 0.05 a re ate will not se re ate. other re a A. Verify exposed soil surfaces are unfrozen, suffleiently dry to absorb toxicant, 99 9 9 9 qullem ixta e, these specifications, shall be taken up and replaced Y P 9 P la >_ B. Density Requirements: Soft Fragments 10.00 B. Alla re ,tea to be blended a ro ortloned shall be laced Ins orate pop y p 9 9 3 ready to receive treatment. Beginning of application means acceptance 99 9 P P P eP with suitable mixture, r err laid in accordance with these s ecfficationa Intervale not Cureedin utt feet, or a shown ra e town e a 1. General: Within the entire Iimita of the width and depth of the areas to Free Shells 1.00 bins at the cold h er and ro ortioned b means of calibrated ates or F. Joints-Curb, Curb and Gutter, and Traffic Se orator. 0 w means acceptance of sail conditions. ace P P Y 9 and at the expense of the Contractor. P �, a be stabilized, the minimum density acceptable at any lowtlen will be 98 Sticks (Wet) 0.03 other approved devices. When two a more aggregates are blended, the use B. Removing and Replacing: If correction is made by removing and replacing the 1. Tranawrse Construction Joints: Tranawrse conatrictfen joints shall be rn a percent of the maximum density as detertnlned by AASHTO T-180, Test 3.03 APPLICATION Material Passing No. 200 Sievel.75 of two or more bins shall be em Io d for the blendin of such material. 0 e Method D. b. In addition, the sum of the ercent, es of all materials listed abow p Ye 9 pawmant, the removal must be for the full depth of the course and extend constructed at the end to all pours and at other locations where e c A Safet)a P 9 C. The aggregates shall be heated and dried at the paving plant before entering at feast 50 feet on either side of the defective area, for the full width of pouring operations are stopped for ere long as 30 minutes. Construction a, C. Testing: Teats for the subgrade bearing capacity and compaction shall be shall not exceed 10 percent. Coarse aggregate containing any the mixer. The tem erature of thea re ,tea shall be so controlled that the p y lnts, however, shall not be laced within ten feet of an other transverse PROTOTYPE N.A. Apply materials In accord with recommended safety precautions for P g9 9 the avin lane. b P Y � m located no more than 300 feet apart and shall be staggered to the left, appreciable amount of phosphate Shall not be used. tem erature of the corn leted mixture at the lank will fall within the Int or at either end of a section of curb. If sufficient concrete has not a7 materlala used. P P P C. Overlaying: If correction la made by overlaying, the overlay shall cover the Jo right, and en the centerline of roadways, and at a frequency of one test per 3. Stone: Pre-Cenozoic limestone and dolomites shall not be used ere erntsable ran a allowed b these S ecificationa. An dried a re ,ted y p y g p 9. n7 v i 100 s tare rola of stabilized area In arkin areas, at locations to be B. Toxicant Chemicals: P 9 Y P Y g9 9 len th of the defective area and to err uniform) to a feathered a thickness been laced to forma slab at least ten feet Ion t e jocesa centre e, ,_ c q Ya P 9 Apply toxicant Immediately prior to installation of vapor barrier under crushed-atone aggregates, either coarse or fine, for wearing courses of contaminated with fuel oil shall be wasted. at a minimum distance of 50 feet on either aide of the defective area. The back to the last preceding joint, shall be removed. The Joints shall be 0 o determined by the Engineer. asphaltic concrete surface courses. This specifically includes materials from ovaria shall extend full width of the roadwa Care shall be taken to formed by placing a wood or metal bulkhead accurately and securely in Q slab-on-grade or finish grading outside foundation walls. Apply extra Y Y• WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON ye, treatment to structure penetrations, pipe, ducts, and other soil penetrations. the Ketona Dolomite (Cambrian), Newala Limestone (Lower Ordovician), 3.03 PREPARATION OF MIXTURE. maintain the specified cross slope. The mix used for the overlay may be place, in a plane perpendicular to the profile and centerline of the a END OF SECTION g ( pD ) 9 H Y PrP Y 9 yi 9 avement. Constriction into shall be sawed, in a manner similar to > a Apply en a coaree spray n ensure uniform distribution. Coordinate soil Ban or Umestone Mississi fan , and other formations of simian A. Batch Mixin ad' ,ted as necessar for this u ase b the En sneer. Owrla n will not be P M w c treatment at foundation perimeter with finish grading and landscaping work composition and origin occurring in central and northern Alabama and 1. The dried aggregate, prepared as described herein before and permitted, when the finished pavement surface is a friction course or abuts contraction joints, so that a groove will be formed for holding the joint to avoid disturbance of treated sol. Georgia. combined in batches to meet the Job mix formula by weighing each eonorete curbs. seeing compound. DRAWING I 4. Slag: Slag shall be clean, tough and durable. It may be either air-coded separate bin size, shall be conveyed to the empty mixer. D. Other Methods: For courses which will not be the final pavement surface, Q t 3.04 CLEAN-UP blast-fumace slag or phosphate slag. It shall be reasonably uniform in 2. The hot asphalt cement, accurately measured, shall then be introduced, correction of minor straightedge deficiencies by methods other than specified W " A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from denalty and quality, and free from deleterious substances other than as and the mixing continued until the mixture is thoroughly uniform and above may be approved by the Engineer. DARDEN CIVIL O � premises. permitted above. It shall contain not more than 1.5 percent of sulfur. The homogeneous. The total mixing time in no case shall be less than 35 -s dry-rodded weight ,half be not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot. The seconds. Each batch must be kept separate throughout the weighing and SPECIFICATIONS y; END OF SECTION loss, when the slag Is subjected to the Loa Angeles Abrasion Test, shall mixing operations. r not exceed 45 percent. 0 ui a' E a 0 CS2E ° o FOR INFORMATIONAL o m PURPOSES ONLY o Is 2.Trans"roe Contraction Joints: Transverse contraction pints shall be Part 1.00 General 2.07 FIRE HYDRANTS Part 1.00 General 3.03 INSTALLATION Part 1.00 Genual constructed at ten-foot intervals and shall consist of planes of weakness A.Fire hydrants shall be 5-1/4 Inch minimum valve opening and shall comply A. Pipe: created b sawin the surface of the hardened concrete. The cut shall be 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK with the current AWWA Standard Specification C502-O5 with fire hydrants for 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1. Gradient: Unes shall be laid straight and to grade, as Indicated on the 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Y 9 nal a urtenances as shown on the Drawin s water works service. Each h rant shall have 6-loch mechanical Joint ends A. The work included undo this Section consists of furnishing all material, Drawings, with a minimum of 36 inches of cover or deeper if required by A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing all necessary a or, lei perpendicular to the surtace f the pavement, and shall extend to a depth A. Furnish and install all valves a pp 9 Yd _ rb and one and one-half inches and as s ecified herein. with strapping Juga and shall open by fuming eountudodcwise. Flre hydrants equipment, tranapartatton, tools and labor to Install water mains, valves, local frost depth, maintained with respect to finish grade. materials, equipment and tranaportatlon for the construction of calve a, c be six inches blow the top of the cu P blow the utter. B. The equipment shall Include, but not be limited to, the following: shall be of ample length for 3-1/2 foot depth of bury, and be furnished with flttinga, specials, and other appurtenances, as shown on the Drawings or 2. Pipe Joint Deflection: Whenever it fa desirable to deflect pipe, the amount storm sewers, inlets and other drainage structures as shown on e raw ngs 9 m a. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to see that the 1. Gate valves a safety flange and compresalon type mato valve. It shall be provided with specified herein, inducing flushing, teating and aterlizing for a complete job of deflection ah all not exceed the maximum limits as shown in AWWA and spec a ere n. 4 sawing equipment does not damage the curb and to saw the transverse 2. Ball wives for PVC pipe two 2-1/2 inch hose nozzles and one 4-1/2 inch pumper nozzle, all having ready to operate. Standard Cl, y for ductile Iron pipe and the maximum Itmita as ° contraction joints as soon as the curb, and curb and gutter has 3. Check valves National Standard hose threads. Bronze nozzles shall have caps attached by Rejec ls: A by the manufacturer of PVC pipe. 7.02 RELATED WORK 1.02 RELATED WORK 3. Rejects: Any pipe found defective droll be immediately removed and A. Section 02210 -Site Earthwork. ,°°, hardened to the degree that tearing and raveling are not excessive and 4. Plug valves chains. Operating nuts shall be AWWA Standard (pentagonal, measuring 1-/2 A. Section 02210 - Site Earthwork replaced with sound pipe at the Contractors expense. B. Section 02220 -Structure Excawtton and Backfill. a before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking begins. If, at any time, 5. Air and vacuum wives Inch point to flat). Flre hydrants shall be equipped with self-oiling bonnet 6. Flre h rants 8. Section 02221- Trenching• Badkfllling and Compaction for Utility Systems 4. Anchors: Concrete throat blocks shall be placed at all bends, tees, plugs C. Section 02221 -Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction for Utility an uncontrolled cracking occurs, the Contractor will be required to modify yd and 'O-Ring' packing. Flre hydrants shall be painted in accordance with the C. Section 02530 - Dewatering System and other fittings to provide lateral support, except when restrained joints Drainage `o his methods. 7. Corporation stops a eciftcationa in a color to tortes enol to the resent standard of the cit S tams. c 3.Transverse Ex ansion Joints: One-half Inch ex ansion into shall be 8. Expaneton joints 9. Unions P P P Y D. Section 02640 - Valves and Appurtenances are apaified. Thrust blocks shall conform to the details shown on the Ye p P k having jurisdiction. E. Section 03000 - Concrete Drawings and shall be of Class C concrete. D. Section 02530 - Dewatering System. `o formed b lacin reformed int filler at the ends of each radius return, 10. Compression couplings E. Section 03000 -Concrete Slte Work . _ = y p g p jo 1.Hydrants shall be installed plumb and in true allgnmant with the connection B. Ductile Iron Pipe Joints: ( ) 3, around all structures, and at Intervale not exceedin 500 feet. 11. Hose bobs ❑_❑ 9 pipes to the water main. They shall be securely braced against the end of 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Mechanical Joints: All types of mechanical joint pipes shall be laid enol 4. Cleanin and Sealin Joints: Joints in utters which are to be sealed, 12. Hydraulic cushioned check wives g 9 9 the trench (undisturbed soil) with concrete throat blocks. The gravel or A. Design Requ(rementa: jointed In full conformance with manufacturers recommendations, which 1.03 SUBMITTALS E shall be filled with joint sealing material before the roadway is opened to 13. Pressure gauges x traffic and as soon after completion of the curing period as is feaslDle. crushed atone for the drain sump, followed by backfilling, shall be carefully 1. PVC water mains 4 Inches and larger in diameter shall be constructed shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval before work is A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings fu the following Items shall beam or Just prior to sealing, each Joint shall be thoroughly cloned of all foreign 7.02 DESCRIP?fON OF SYSTEttS placed and compacted. Installed hydrants shall be painted Ilme-yellow with cast or ductile 'ran flttinga. begun, approval. ° A. All of the a ui mint and materials s ecified hereto are Intended to be (Dupont 7744D or equivalent) for the final coat. Hydrant placement shall 2. PVC pipe shall not be used for water mains larger than 12 Inches in 2. Push-On Joints: Push-on joints shall be made in strict, complete 1. Grates and castings. im ey' orn material (including any membrane curing compound) and the joint faces q P P 9 p compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Lubricant, If 2. Precast structures. + > standard for use In controlling the flow of water, sewage, sludge, chemicals, not be at a distance reater than 18 feet from a a"d stabilized area, diameter. and Associates no. ©2012 - shall be clean and surface-dry when the sealer is applied. eta de endin on thea Iications. which can withstand the weight of a Class A pumper. The center of the 3. Water mains 4 inches to 12 inches to diameter shall be PVC or ductile 3. PI a and fittln s i aa. The sealing material shall be applied to each joint to P g pP steamer ort shall be 18 Inches above final rade. Steamer ort shall be iron as shown on the Drawin s. required, shall or an inert, nontoxic, water-soluble compound incapable of P 9 ° shown on the Drawin s and in accordance with B. All materials and manufacturers of sold materials shall meet the P 9 P 9 harboring, supporting, or culturing bacterial life. Lubricant Is as apecifted B. Manufacturer a certiflcatton of conformance to ASTM requlrementa for grate conform to the details 9 requirements of the utility agency that will maintain this system. Contractor correctly positioned for the proper connections as defined by the authority 4. Water mains larger than 12 Inches in diameter shall be ductile iron, unless by ANSI/NSF61. castings, precast structures, and drainage pipe. 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 the manufacturers recommendation. The pouring shall be done in such shall obtain a copy of the requirements from the agency. having juriadication. Hydrant valve shall be permanently connected to the otherwise noted on the Drawings. C. Concrete Encasement: ORANGE,CA 92668 o manner that the material will not be spilled on the exposed arfacea of water main tee with 'ATI Thread' rod locking retainer glands. 8. Storage: All pipe shall be stored on level ground, preferably tort or sand, 1. Concrete encasement shall be constructed in accordance with details 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS (71 41 939-1 030 the concrete. Any excess material on the surface of the concrete - 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS free of sharp objects which could damage the pipe. Stacking of pipe shall be shown on the Drawings and shall be constructed of Class C concrete. A. Existing Drainage System: Should the work indicated on the Draw ngs require JECT#0696 gutter shall be removed immediately and the gutter surface cleaned. of vas"a and a urtenances shall be a roduct of 2.08 CORPORATION STOPS AND CURB STOPS limited to a height that will not cause excessive deformation of the bottom 2. The points of beginning and ending of pipe encasement shall be not more connection to an exlating storm sewer system, the Contractor shall be KHA PROJECT# 095800015 w b. All cracks occurring in the gutter prior to its acceptance A. All of the types pp P well-established r utable firma who are full ex erienced and qualified in the A.Corporation stops and curb stops shall be all brass and bronze suitable for layers of pipes. Where necessary, due to ground conditions, the pipe shall be than 6 inches from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to responsible for maintaining sold system in operational order. a on roc or a shall be cleaned out and sealed as specified above, except that the eP Y P manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. The equipment shall 150 psi operating pressure, equipped with eonnattonN compatible with the stored on wooden sleepers, spaced suitably and of such width as not to uneven settlement of Its foundation a the affects of superimposed live shall also repair o replace any damaged portions of the axe ng a arm o cracks and fractures shall be completely filled with Joint sealer and any be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices connecting service pipe type, threaded in accordance with AWWA C800-05, allow deformation of the pipe at the point of contact with the deeper or sewer system to original or better condition. m excess filler material cut down level with the gutter surface. loads. and methods and shall comply with these apalftcationa as applicable. and shall be of sizes required and/or noted on the Drawings. between supporta. D. Service Connections: G. Curing: C. Pipe Inspection: The Contractor shall obtain from the pipe manufacturers a 1. Service connections of the size and type called for on the Drawings shall part 2.00 Products m c 7.After the finishin erations have been corn leted and as soon as the B. All materials and manufacturers of sold materials shall meet the certificate of inspection to the effect that the pipe and flttinga supplied haw 0 - 9 W P requirements of the utlity agency that will maintain this system. Contractor 2.09 EXPANSION JOINTS be provided per local utility standards. s of concrete has hardened sufficiently that marring of the surface will not shall obtain a copy of the requlrementa from the agency. A. Joints shall be of the arch type with the number of arches dependent on been Inspected at the plant and that they meet the requirements of these 2• Connections to water mains 4 inches and larger shall be mode by drilling 2.01 MATERIALS � r occur, the entire surface and the edges of the newly placed concrete shall 1,04 SUBMITTALS movement• as shown on Drawin s. The shall be constructed of multi le lies Specifications. All pipe will be inspected upon ddlvery and that which does A. Concrete Pi e: y y p p the appropriate size holes and Installing service saddles. SeMee to smaller P d e be covered and cured with membrane curing compound. n ineer within 30 da after execution of the contract a list of woven fabric, lm r nated with viton and reinforced with welded steel rings not conform to the requirements of these Specifications shall be rejected pipe sizes shall be accomplished by in-line fittings. 1. Concrete pipe shall be reinforced concrete culvert pipe confortning to ASTM -5, 0 2.Curing compound shall be uniformly applied to the surfaces to be cured, in A. Submit to the E g Ys Peg and must be immediatel removed from the site b the Contractor. Desi nation C-76, Table III, exce t when otherwise indicated on the w of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of Imbedded in the body. They shall haw flanges Integral with the body of Y Y 3. On curbed streets, the exact location for each service connection shall be 9 P m a single coat, continuous flim, at the rate of one gallon to not more than deliver of materials to the site. fabric-reinforced rubber• with ANSI 125 pound drilling, and a Hypolon coating D. All materials and manufacturers of sold materials shall meet the Drawings. Reinforced concrete horizontal elliptical pipe shall conform to the a marked by etching a cutting a 'W In the concrete curb. Where no curb 200 square feet• by a mechanical sprayer. B. Com lete she drawin s of all wives and a urtenances shall be submitted a lied at the factor for rotection from ozone-and weatherin Each and requirements of the utility agency that will own and maintain this system. requlrementa of ASTM Designation C-507, Class HE III. All concrete pipe T P P 9 pp pp y p g. exists a Iso planned, Iocationa shall be marked by a method approved by 3.Curing compound shall not be applied during periods of rainfall. Curing Contractor shall obtain a copy of the requlrementa form the agency. shall be furnished without liking holes. c to the Engineer for approval. flange shall be backed up with 3/8' thick galvanized steel retaining rings. the Engineer. 2. Concrete pipe joints shall haw a continuous 0-ring rubber gasket which c aompcund shall not be applied to the inside faces of joints tr be sealed. c Should the film become damaged from any cause within the required curing TOOLS Joints shall be installed In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Roadway Crossing: fits sou I in the annular s ace between the bawled surfaces of the 7.05 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1. Roadwa crosatn s which re etre ckin and barrio 9 y P o eriod the damn ed ortions shall be re aired immediatel with additional B.Control units (restraining rods) shall be installed If adequate anchoring Iso not y g q Ja g 9, es cont rmi on the ton us and roove ends of the 1 e to forth a flexible waterti ht int = P 9 P P y A.Special tools required for normal operation and maintenance shall be supplied A. Shop Drawings: In general, six er r app of the following shop drawings Drawings, shall use steel caring and •poking procedures conforming di the 9 9 P P 9 P E compound. Upon removal of aide fortes the sides of the slabs exposed practical, in accordance with the manufacturers standard installation shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to conatructlon: re uirements of the State De artment of Trona ortation havin riadiction under all conditions of service. There shall be not exposed metal in the O shall immediately be coated to provide a curing treatment equal to that with the equipment. instructions. Rods and plates should be steel, and rubber grommets should 0) a be used to lalate the rods from the lutea. 1. MITI test certtflcates and certified test reports on the pipe and flttinga. as outlined in Utility Accommodation Policy andp any supplements thereto. Joints. Qlfptical concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Typar (Style provided for the surface. P 2. Details of restrained and flexible joints Right-of-way property and surface conditions shall be restored at least 3401), or approved equal, with the material extending a minimum of two E Part 2.00 Products Y H. Form Removal: After the concrete has sufflctenUy set a minimum of 12 �, hours, the Contractor shall remove the fortes and shall backfill the s ace on 2.10 COMPRESSION COUPLINGS 4. Meter to equal to their original condition. (2) feet on both sides b the joint and a two 2 foot overlap on the p 4. Meter moults and boxes � 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 2. The Contractor shall maintain traffic on the roadway and shall keep all top. Pipe Jolnta and rubber gaskets shall conform to the requirements o each aide. The earth shall be compacted and graded in a satisfactory A. Compression couplings and compression fittings for piping 2 inches in 5. Valva and wave boxes A General: workmen and equipment clear of the pavement during the work. All safety ASTM C443. N c manner without damage to the concrete work. Honeycombs shall be filled diameter and smaller shall conform to ASA apecifleations for 150 psi rated 6. Service connection assemblies o t. All valva and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the regulattona of the Department of Transportation shall be complied with. B. Zinc Coated Corrugated Iron or Steel Culvert Pfpe: Zinc coated (galvanized) with sand cement mortar. Plastering will not be allowed on the face of the fittings. Coupling bodies shall be seamless steel, and fitting bodies shall be 7• Joint lubricant p c Drawings, and whenever possible, all equipment of the same type shall be 3. The top of the easing shall maintain a minimum 30-Inch clearance under corrugated Iron or steel culvert pipe, pipe arch and underdrain perforated N walk or curb. Rejected work shall be removed and replaced at the expense of malleable iron. Retainer rings shall be steel. Fittings for copper tubing shall 8. Restrained Jotnta o the Contractor. from one manufacturer. be conatrueted of brass. When pipe movement out of the coupling or fitting the roadway surface. Plastic skids for sliding the coria pipe through the pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO Designation M-36. 2. All wives and appurtenances shall haw the name of the maker and might occur, proper anchorage of the pipe must be provided. casing shall be spaced per the manufacturers recommendations and the Bituminous coated pipe shall also be in conformance with the requirements r' ° the working pressure far which they are designed coat in raised lettere Part 2.00 Products skids shall be ermanentl handed to the carter e. After the carrier of AASHTO Desi nation M-190, Type D full coated and full aved . B. Cast couplings shall be furnished for all piping greater than 2 inches in P Y PP 9 ( Y Y P N c END OF SECTION upon some appropriate part of the body. diameter, with middle tin s conatrueted of cast iron and follower tin a made pipe has been tested for leakage the ends shall be blacked with an C. Smooth Lined Polymer Coated Corrugated Metal Pipe. Smooth lined /�%// 9 g 2.01 MATERIALS 8-inch wall of brick masonr with a wee hole installed near the bottom corru ated I e shall be corn osed of a smooth liner and helical) caro ated l�+vl o SECTION 02530 from it ly rade malleable trop. The askets shall be corn pre confined and A. Ductile Iron Pi a and Flttin a Y P 9 P P P y 9 " � P Y � c DEWATERING SYSTEM 2.02 GATE VALVES g 9 9 P g ' 2 ° r water shall meet the re uirements of AWWA C509. Valva held firmly to position during tightening fa full sealing compression all around 1. Ductile Iron Pipe: Ductile Iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of n each wall. i cunt shall be Installed as indicated on the Drawings. shell integrally attached at helical lock seams spaced not more than nal A.Gate valves fo q the 1 e Cou lin a shall be rated for 150 ori workin reasure. F. Connection to Existing System: inches apart and extending from end to end of each length of pipe and shall o Part 1.00 Caneral P P - P 9 P 9 P �, shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure and a minimum 300-psi teat ANSI Standard A21.51/ C151. A minimum of gees 50 pipe shall be 7, All connections to exlating mains shall be made akar complete deainfection conform to the requlrementa of AASHTO Deaignatlon M-245. Metal aheeta ° 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK pressure. Valva shall be iron body, bronze-mounted, resilient seal double supplied• of the proposed system and shall be made under the direction of the shall be precoated on both surfaces and conform to the requirements of (/7 r disc, parallel set, and non rising stem type fitted with 0-Ring seals. The 2.11 UNIONS 2. Flttin s: A. In .neral the work ecified to this Section consists of supplying labor, A.Unions shall be 150 psi rated constructed of zinc-coated malleable Iron. 9 owners of the exlating system. Valva separating the mains befog Installed AASHTO Designation M-246, except the color need not be black. The total � Z g aP operating nuts shall be 2 Inches square. All valves shall open counter a. All ductle iron fittings shall be mechanical joint or single gasket O a materials and performing all work necessary to lower and central the Unions on water piping 2-1/2 inches In diameter and larger shall be ush-on t e with a minimum ressure ratio of 350 sl and shall from existing malas shall be operated by or under the direction ec said metal thickness of the n hown in th aheeta fa the shell and liner shall not - c roundwater levels and h rostatic ressures to permit all excavations and clockwise. Stuffing boxes shall be the 0-Rings type. Gate valvae shall be furnished with 125-pound ANSI standard flanged ends. Gaskets for flanged P P g P owner's representative. The cost of the work In making the connections be less than the gauge shown in the Drawings. � I� ~ a 9 P be erformed in the dr . mechanical joint, ANSI/AWWW C71l/A21.11, or flange joint, ANSI 876.1 Class lastic or leather. Unions shall not conform to the requlrementa of ANSI/AWWA A21.53/C153. shall be paid fa by the Contractor. D. Smooth lined Corrugated Aluminum Pipe: Smooth lined corrugated aluminum LLL��� """ b Q construction apecifted under this Contract to p Y unions shall bi of the beat quality fiber, p 125, as shown on the Drawings or specified. b. Mechanical Joint and/a single gasket push-on type fittings shall be 2. In the event any exlating uses will be without water while a connection is pipe shall be composed of a smooth liner and helically corrugated shell U = be concealed in walla, cellinga, a partitlona. r7 s B.All buried wives shall be fitted with cast Iron three-piece adjustable valor cement lined, seal coated and outside coated as apaified above fa being made, the Contractor shall notify them when the water will be integrally attached at helical ladle seams spaced not more than 30 Inches i( �, 00 C5 7.02 EXAMINATION ct THE SITE AND REFERENCE DOCUMENTS �l A. The Contractor shall take all the at s that he considers necessary to boxes. The bard shall be two-piece, crew type, having a 5-1/4 Inch shaft. ductle Iron pipe. fumed off and when ec eatim ay ave to will be resumed. In Nome apart and extending from end to end of each length - pipe h a a U ep 2.12 HOSE BIBBS land, gasket, belts ° ittona and the The upper section shall be complete with cast Iron cover. Comoro shall haw A.Hose bibbs shall be bronze bad with renewable tom oaltfon disc, screw-in 3. Joints: Mechanical joints consisting of bell, socket, g instances, these conneetiona may haw to be made at night. No esu shall conform to the requlrementa of AASHTO Designation M-196. The total metal � W r familiarize himself with the site eondttlons, the ground Bond Y P V) - roundwater conditions. 'WATER' for water cul"s and 'RECLAIM' for redalm valves coat into the top. bonnet and threaded Inlet. Potable water bibbs shall be 3/4 Inch or 1 inch and nota shall conform to ANSI/AWWA y ste 1, T-h Botta shall in high to without water service fa more than two hour a as allowed by the thickness of the aheeta for the shell and leer shall not be leas than the OQ d 3 B. The Contractor shall obtain permits as required by local, state, or other Val" boxes shall be provided with a concrete base as shown on the with vacuum breaker as noted on the Drawings. strength, annealed cast iron a low alloy steel, T-head type having local water utility. gauges Indicated in the Drawinge for the respective sizes. � 09 J 0 agencies having jurisdiction over dewatering activities. Drawings. Pour tee-bandied valve wrenches of suitable length shall be hexagonal nuts. Bolts and nuts shall be machined true and nuts shall be E. Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Culvert Plpe: Corrugated aluminum alloy cul"rt 9 E C. The Contractor shall obtain the eotechnlcal report(s) pertaining to the site furnished to operate all wawa within valva boxes. 2.13 HYDRAULIC CUSHIONED CHECK VALVES tapped at right angles to a smooth bearing surface. Single seal gasket 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL pipe, arch pipe and underdrain perforated pipe shall conform to the > n 9 C. Exposed wives shall be equipped with handwheels or chainwheds as shown A,Hydroulic controlled dosing check valves shall meet AWWAC-508 and shall be Push on type joints shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11. A. General: Written notice shall be given to the Engineer and to the agency requirements of AASHTO Designation M-196. O k9 Ly ° from the Owner Flan ed Iota shall conform to ANSI Standard BI6.1 125 LB. O 0 on the Drawings. Handwheels shall be of ample size and shall haw an constructed with a heavy cast iron body with a welded steel disc having a 9 1° °P Ye that will erste the s tem, tf different from the Owner, a minlmum of 48 F. Aluminum Coated Corrugated Steel Pfpe and Plpe Arch: Aluminium coated o v 4• Restrained Joints: Restrained ints ma be of the t es fabricated b the corru ated steel I e and i e arch shall conform to the re uirements of Z w Part 2.00 Products ARROW and the word 'OPEN' cast thereon to indicate the direction of rubber seating face, anon-tartest" shaft for attachment of counterweight j° Y W Y hours (excluding weekends) prior to any test for acceptance befog run. A 9 P P P P 9 LLI t opening. aim and lever, and a completely non-coroslw hydraulic cushioning chamber. various manufacturers, upon approval by the Engineer of details submitted representative of the Engineer shall be present during all testa for AASHTO Designation M-36 and shall be fabricated from sheet that conforms O D. Valves 12 Inches or larger shall be provided with bevel or spur genre It shall be deal ned for tnatallation on the pump discharge to absolutely by the Contractor. Restrained 'pints that require field welding will not be acts tante. The Contractor should determine that the sections to be tested to AASHTO Designation M-274. Corrugations and pipe gauge shall be as (/+� Not used act table. The thickness of the I e barrel remainin at rooves cut for P indicated in the Drawin s On each and of I e shall be two rolled annular \ k o depending on the position of the valve as indicated on the Drawings. The prevent the return of flow back through to the pump, and shall close at o °P P P 9 9 for acceptance will pass the required teats prior to giving the above notice 9 P P Q caro shall be housed in a reale toss of the extended kat a to ertnit restraint shall not be less than that required for the design wall thickness. to the En ineer. If an section fails to ass the tests for acts tante, the corrugations to facilitate band connection. Connecting bands shall be e p e Part 3.00 Execution 9 9 Y° YP P controlled rate to minimize the normal dosing surge. The hydraulic cushioning 9 Y P P a repacking the stuffing box of the wive without disassembly. Valves 16 Inches chamber shall be attached.to the side of the valve body externally and Joints using set screws will not be acceptable. Restrained •pints shall be Contractor shall make all repairs needed for the section to pass and retest minlmum 16-gauge thickness. 22 try co or lar er deal ned to lie horizontals shall be a ui ed with tellers to car furnished for 24 Inches and larger pipe at changes In direction of the the section Includin notlflcation as above. The Contractor shall bear all G. Corrugated Pipe Watertight Coupling Bands: a 3.01 METHOD 9 9 Y q PP Y be-constructed with a piston operating in a chamber that will permit the 9 A. Thor Contractor ma use an dewaterin method he deems feasible oro Ion the wet ht of the wed a throe hout its trawl. water main. 1. Smooth lined corru ated i e shall be field inted with a smooth lockin y y g g 9 9 9 wive to be operated without any metering action. The cushioning shall be by costs Incurred by the Owner and/a the Engineer for the retests and repairs 9 P P 1° 9 U ittona. E. Valve wrenches and extension stems shall be provided by the manufacturer. oil stored in an oil reservoir attached b iping, and fittings to the cushion 5. Gaskets: Gaskets shall be of vulcanized crude rubber or polyvinyl chloride to the main and appurtenances as required. band not leas than 12 inches wide for culverts with diameters of 8 inches as it results in working in the dry and stable soil cond y P Iastisal. Gaskets shall he" Iain tis unless otherwise ecified. Gaskets to 60 inches inclusive, and not less than 24 inches wide for culverts with Q u_ B. The Contractor shall Install the permanent site underdrain system during the chamber. The chamber shall be arranged to provide an adjustable closing P P P aP B. Flushing: All water mains shall be flushed to remove all sand and other diameters renter than 60 inches. r) 0 f the En (neer. 9 arty stages of construction to aid In controlling the groundwater during 2.03 BALL VALVES FOR PVC PIPE speed to meet the service requirements. shall meet ANSI/AWWA Ci11/A21.11. foreign matter. Flushing shall be terminated at the direction o 9 2. Cellular rubber gaskets shall eonfortn to ASTM Designation D-1056, sponge °- A.Ball wives for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1 with union, socket, thraded B. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC): The Contractor shall dispose of the flushing water without causing a nuisance E construction. 41 and shall be C. The Contractor shall conform and meet all conditions, obtain necessary or flanged ends as required. Ball valves shall be full port, full flow, all plastic 2,14 PRESSURE GAUGES 1. Pipe: or property damage. and expanded cellular rubber products, Grade No. SCE and re uirements of the re ulator a encies that haw jurisdiction. construction, 150 psi rated with Teflon seat seals and T-handles. inch thick fc rug inch depth all beati n and ide fa inches thick for 1 c permits q 9 Y 9 re A.Pressure gauges shall be direct mounted, cast aluminum case, with a4-1/2 a. PVC Pipe (4 Inches to 12 inches in diameter) shall be manufactured C. Hydroatattc Tests: O' ° xh st a tem of aedine and diesel en Inca fa dewatering pampa B. All valvae shall be mounted in such a position that vol" position Indicate Inch diameter dial and furnished with a clar loss cr tal window, 1/4-Inch from polyvinyl chloride resin conforming to ASTM Designation D1784. 1. All components of the water distribution system, Including fittings, inch depth corrugations and shall be 5 inches wide fa pipe 60 inches or D. Thee au ys g 9 9 Ya `o shall be a ui ed with mufflers, subject to the approval of the Engineer, said are plainly visible when standing on the floor. shut-off valve, and a bronze pressure snubber. Provide diaphragm seals Pipe of this material shall conform to AWWA C900. The pipe shall bear hydrants, connections and valvas of the water distribution system shall less lm diameter and 7 Inches wide for pipe over 60 Inches In diameter. q pp The asket shall be stretched not more than 20 ercent of its ori inal a mufflers so designed as to provide maximum noise suppression. In the event between shut-off valve and pressure gauge on all lines. All gauges shall be the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal for potable water pipe. remain uncovered until tested and accepted; provided, however, that pipe 9 F 9 In a the En (neer considers the muffling of gaedine or diesel driven pumps 2.04 CHECK VALVES circumference when seated on the i e ria to lacin the band. 0 9 eck calves for cast Iron and ductile Irai i e shall be swim t e and weatherproofed. The face dial shall be white finished aluminum with Jet-black Pipe shall haw a minimum dimension ratio number of 18 and shall be trenches under traveled streets or roods or in unstable soil conditions PP P P 9 Z °' uneatlafaetory, the Contractor shall be required to use electrically drI"n A. Ch P P 9 YP 3. Other aorto sated I e field Iota shall be coo led with bands that ¢ shall meet the material r uirements of AWWA S ecfflcation C500. The valvas graduations and fl urea. The face dial shall indicate the unite of pressure supplied-In atandord lengths of 20 feet. may be backfilled with the permission of the Engineer. No testing shall be 9 PP 1° P O dewatering pumps. If a portable generator is used, the exhaust gas system eQ P 9 shall be iron bad bronze mounted, sin le disc, 150 pal working water being measured (e.g., feet, Inches, etc.) a be dual scale. b. PVC Pipe (14 inches to 36 inches in diameter) shall be manufactured done until all concrete thrust blocking Iso in place and set. In teating, the conform to the requlrementa of AASHTO Deatgnation M-36 for steel pipe Q ' of said generator shall also be properly muffled and subject to the approval y 9 art of thea tem under test shall be filled with water and subjected to and M-796 for aluminum pipe. `o of the En (neer. pressure, nonshock, and hydrostatically tested at 300 psi. Ends shall be 125 fran polyvinyl chloride resin conforming to ASTM Designation 01784. P Ys H. Brick: Brick for drains a structures shall be dense, hard burned, shale a U 9 pound ANSI 816.1 flanges or 125 pound ANSI 82.1 threaded flttinga depending Part 3.00 Execution Pipe of this material shall conform to AWWA C905. The pipe shall bear a sustained pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The piping shall be 9 t+- upon location. the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal for potable water pipe. tested In sections between wI"s, thereby teating each valve for secure clay bridle conforming to ASTM Deatgnation C-32, Grade MM or C-82, Grade `a 3.02 DEWATERING REQUIREMENTS o flow throe h the line the disc shall hen li ht a ainat 3.01 INSTALLATION Pipe shall haw a dimension ratio number of 25 and a pressure class closure. While the piping is being filed with water, care shall be exercised MW, except that brick absorption shall be between five and twenty-flw U B. When there is n to emit the seta a of oar from extremities of the test section with grams of water absorbed in one minute by dried brick, set flat face down, In w e A. It Iso the Intent of these specifications that an adequate dewatering system iia seat In racttcall a vertical osit]on. When o en, the disc shall yswin A. All valves and appurtenances shall be Installed In the Iocationa shown, true rating of 165. Pressure class 235 shall meet DR18 and shall be supplied p P EL a be installed to lower and control the groundwater In order to permit P Y p P 9 to alignment and rigidly supported. In standard lengths of 20 feet. additional release cooks provided if required. The basic provisions of 1/8 Inch of water. !n excavation, construction, radio and the lacement of fill materials, all to clear of the waterway. Issue Date: 3/23/2012 9 9 P h k valva shall ha" bronze seat and boo rte s, stainless steel hinge B. Fire hydrants shall be set at the Iocationa designated by the Engineer and 2. Joints: Section 13, AWWA C-600 for ductile iron pipe and AWWA C-805 and I. Cement Mortar. Cement mortar for manhole construction shall be one part - ex a tion, c undo i candling a. The dewaterin s tem shall be ad erste C. C ec Y 9 Manual Number M-23 for PVC pipe, where applicable, shall apply. cement and two parts dean sharp sand to which may be added lime in the J t P ry g eq pins and bronze nuts on the bolts of belted covers. bedded On a firm tundation. Each h rant shall be set In true vertical - ata above and below the bottom of the r ere braced. Concrete thrust blocks shall be laced o• All Jolnte for PVC pipe 2 inches and larger shall be push-on type- - u to pre-drain the water bearing str II be oro constructed that disc grid bad sat ma eosil be alignment and p op y P joints. Joints shall conform to the requlrementa of ASTM Designation D 2. Teat pressure shall be maintained by pumping for at least 2 hours and amount of not over twenty-ft" percent volume of cement. It shall be mixed > t D. Valves she Y Y Y - excavation. cud and re laced without removin the wive from the line. Val"s shall between the back of the hydrant inlet and undisturbed soil at the end of p p y Pp _ until all eectiona under teat haw been checked for evidence of leakage. dry and then wetted to proper consistency for use. No mortars that ha" REVISION INFORMATI U Join and rC pi fa the than 2 ratio of the i e s remo p 9 Rate of lova shall not exceed that apaified hereinoker. stood for mora than one hour shall be used. B. The contractor shall be solely reaponsary for the push henw location and be fitted with an extended hinge arm with outside lever and spring or weight. the trench. Minimum bearing area droll be d shown on the Drawinge. Felt b. Joints in PVC pipe smaller than t tnchea shall be solvent welded In a depths hi the dewatering system necessary to accering s the work described concr o err shall , laced around the h rant elbow before socio 3. The Contractor shall proved. all labor, equipment and materials and shall Z E Check cul"s for small diameter PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1, Series 9 P P P Yd P 9 accordance with the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer. conduct all testing required, under the direction of the Engineer. No J. Concrete: Concrete shall conform to the requlrementa of Section 03000 - w under this section of the epecificationa. The dewatering shall he accomplished concrete. If directed, the hydrant shall be tied to the pipe with suitable rode C. Prestressed Concrete Pie PCP Pi e, flttin a and eciala shall conform to O d In a manner that will reduce the h rostatic head blow an excavation to BC with union, socket, threaded or flanged ends as required. F ( ) P g sue orate a ant will be made fa this work and the cost for this work Concrete and unless otherwise apaified, all concrete shall be Claes B. yd y or damps, either galvanized, painted, a otherwise rustproof treated. Concrete AWWA Standard C301, 'Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder p P Of '� the extent that the water level fn the construction area are a minimum of used fa backing shall not be leaner than 1 part cement, 2-1/2 parts sand, shall be included In the unit price quot.d In the proposal for the K. Precast Concrete Units: Precast concrete drainage structures shall be Q a two (2) feet below the prevailing excavation surface and any surface to be 2.05 PLUG VALVES Type, fa Water and Other Uquids.' Fittings and specials shall be Type 'B'. applicable item of work. Test shall be conducted in the presence of constructed in accordance with ASTM Designation C-478. The design and Q A.Plug valves fa sewer piping shall be non-lubricated eccentric plug type with and 5-1/2 parts stone. Hydrant paint shall be touched up as required after The pipe interior shall receive a bituminous seal coat as apaified in AWWA repreeentatiwa from the City, Owner and Protect Engineer, with 48 hours fabrication of precast unite shall be as shown on the Drawings and apaified `o compacted; will prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick conditions, or semi-steel bodies, resilient faced ler s, and welded nickel seats. Port aras installation. r7 softening of the foundation strata; cull matntafn stability of the aides and P g C704, unless other special proteetiw linings are apaified. Gaskets shall be of advance notice provided. herein. u shall be at least 80 percent of full pipe area. Valves shall be capable of C. Prior to tnatallation of cast couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned a material composition suitable for the specific service application. Pipe g g p p y p g In w bottom of the excavation; and will result in all construction operations being -ti ht shutoff at ressure differentials u to the full ratio of. the wave thorou hl for a distance of 8 tnchea. Use i e manufacturer I e lubricant 4. Water for Yfrom and r�e a shall be otaEn water rovided b the L Castture Place Units: Castcted lace concrete drains a Inlets an o er U u erformed in the dr drip g p p 9 9 Y PP PP design shall be in accordance with AWWA C301, fa the maximum operational Contractor from a source approved by the Engineer. structures shall be constructed according to the Drawings and in P Y• with pressure In either direction. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs, and washers that does not support bacterial growth and is non-toxic, water soluble, internal pressure and external loading. The Contractor shall submit sed D. Allowable Limits For Leakage: conformance with the applicable requirements of Section 03000 - Concrete. I a C. The Contractor shall promptly dispose of all water removed from the shall be zinc lated, exce t ex osed hardware for submer ed valves shall be im arts neither taste or odor to the cones d water and is ANS SF 61 dame e P P P 9 P Ye design calculations from the manufacturer to the Engineer. 1. The hydrostatic pressure testa shall be performed as hereto above Concrete for cast-in-place unite shall be Claes A. ° excavations in such a manner as will not endanger pubic health, 9 stainless steel. Valve bodies shall be fumished with 125 150- ound ANSI a roved as a asket lubricant. A follower and asket, in that order, shall be e wale under / P PP 9 g D. Copper Pipe: Copper pipe sur tubing for underground tnatallation shall be Type apaified and no tnatallation, or section thereof, will be acceptable until M. Castings: Coalinga for inlets and other items shall conform to the A pubikc a private property, or affect adversely any portion of th standard flan ed ends, or mechanical ints, as shown on the Drawin s. all ed over each i e to a distance of about 6 Inches from the end, and ° construction or completed or him or any other Contractor. Contractor shall 9 j° 9 PP P P K and conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation B 251. Flttings shall the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by Deatgnation A, Class 25. Castings shall be true to pattern in ern an m a Y P y B.All valves 20 Inches or larger shall be equipped with gear actuators. All the middle ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe end until it is be brass with a roved corn ression or flare t e connections. dimensions and free of ourin faults and other defects in ositions which . a obtain written permission from the Owner for an r err , Involved before earin shall be enclosed, suitable for runnin in ol, with seals rovided on r ere centered over the int. The other i e end shall be inserted into PP P the formulas: P 9 P a> a digging ditches or constructing watercourses for the removal of water. 9 9 9 P P °P Y 1° PP E. Galvanized Steel Pipe: would impair their strength or otherwise make them unfit for the aervtce a) t ater from the dewaterin a tem shall be coordinated with all shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. All shaft the middle ring and brought to proper position in relation to the pipe already 1. Pipe Material: Galvanized steel pipe shall be Schedule 40 and conform to Fa PVC Intended. No plugging or filling will be allowed. Casting patterns shall conform r D. The disposal of w 9 Ys bearings shall be furnished with permanently lubricated bronze bearing laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly in the the requirements of ASTM Designation A 120. L = NO x (P1 ]5 9 . to applicable portions of Section 02276 entitled Temporary Erosion and C rugae shown on the Drawin a bushings. Actuator shall darty indicate vol" position and on adjustable stop middle ring flares. After the bolts haw been inserted and all nuts ha" been 2. Flttings: Fittings for galvanized steel pipe shall be galvanized malleable 7400 N. Corrugated Polyethylene pipe with smooth interior shall be that manufactured c ° Sedimentation Control and the requirements of all regulatory agencies having shall be rovided. Conatmction of actuator housin shall be semi-steel. Plug made up flnger-tight, diametrically opposite nuts shall be progressively and O �. jurtsdictton. P 9 Iron pipe, 150 pound, Typa U, eonforning to Federal Specification L = allowable leakage in gallons per hour by ADVANCE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS (N-12) a equal. Pepe and Joints shall be 0- c E. If the dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to Inadequacy or failure valves installed such that actuators are 6 feet or more above the floor, shall uniformly tightened all around the joint, preferably by use of a torque wrench WW-P-521 � ° of the dewatering system, then loosening of the foundation strata, or be provided with chainwheela and chains. of the appropriate site and torque fa the bolts. 3. Joints: Joints shall be standard screw thread t e. N = number of Joints io the section tested watertight and moat ASTM D3212, AAHSTW M252, Type S , and AAHSTO Q ,u C. Where shown on the drawings, plug valves shall be Installed with extended D = nominal diameter u the pipe in aches M294, Type 'S'. e Instability of the dopes, or damage to the foundations or structures may F. Polyethylene Tubing: Polyethylene tubing for service Tines shall be municipal p _ awraga teat pressure maintained during the p a shafts and actuators. Actuators for extended shafts shall be mounted ar 3.02SHOP PAINTING service copper tube sized and approved for potable water use by the National leakage test in pounds per square Inch gouge Part 3.00 Execution c occur. The supply of all labor and materials, and the performance of all work 9 pp 9 Sanitation Foundation. Tubing shall bear the NSF seal and conform to the For DIP Q a floor stands where Indicated on the Drawin s or shall have removable A.Ferous surfaces of wives and a urtenances shall receive a coatin of neceasar to car out additional work for reinstatement sh the structures of U c Y y handwheels where floor stands are not called for. Six-inch dee"a shall be rust-Inhfbitlw primer. All pipe connection openings shall be capped to re uirements of AWWA C901 ASTM D 2737, and shall haw a minimum 3.01 PREPARATION 0 - foundation sol resulting from such Inadequacy or failure shall be undertaken q / L = 3. z (P1 K � w by the Contractor aubjat to the approval of the Engineer, and at no provided for extended shafts in all floors, and cowre shall be provided where prevent the entry of foreign matter prior to installation. pressure doss of 160 with DR 9. Polyethylene materials shall be PE 3406 733,200 A. gearing: The Contractor shall perform all necessary dearing operations for - necessary. Shafts shall be of adequate strength to operate the calve, and and shall conform, to ASTM D 3350. the Installation of the storm drainage structures, pipe and fittings as p u additional expense to the Owner. shall be 304 stainless steel where submer ed and carbon steel elsewhere. 3.03FlELD PAINTING L - allowable leakage In gallons per hour g G. Polyethylene Pressure Pipe: Polyethylene pressure pipe fa seMce linea shall S = length of tested pipe in feet apecifted In Section 02210 - Site Earthwork, Section 02220 - Structure END OF SECTION Floor stands shall be equipped with valve position indicators and a lock for be Iron pipe sized and approved for potable water use by the National D = nominal diameter of the pipe in Inches Excavation and Backfli, and Section 02221- Trenching, Backfilling and sur handwheel. A.All metal valves and appurtenances specified herein and exposed to view will Sanitation Foundation. Pipe shall bear the NSF seal and conform to the Compaction for Utility and Drainage Systema. J e SECTION 02577 D. All buried valves shall be furnished with three-piece coat iron adjustable be painted as part of the work. re uirements of AWWA C901 ASTM D 2239, and shall ha" a minimum a `o PAVEMENT MARKING valve boxes. The barrel shall be two- iece, screw t e, havin a 5-1 4 inch q / spaifled. The quantity used shall be measured by pumping from a 3.02 PERFORMANCE P YP 9 / pressure dasa of 160 with IDR 7. Polyethylene materials shall be PE 3406 calibrated container. I Part 1.00 General shaft. The upper s Intoe shall p. can box with cast Iron ideal Covers shall 3.04FlELD TESTING and shall conform to ASTM D 3350. haw 'SEWER' cask Into the top. Val" boxes shall be provided with concrete E. Comectlon of Work: Where leakage exceeds the allowable limit, as apecifted A. The Contractor shall perform all necessary operations, such as excava ion, E A.After installation• all valves and appurtenances shall be tested at least 1 herein before, the defective pipe or joints shall be located and repaired. If dewatering, foundation preparation for structures, pipe bedding, backfilling, ReStaU(allt #: 4rJ7 � 2 1.01 WORK INCLUDED base as shown on the Drawings Part 3.00 Execution the defective portions cannot be located, the Contractor shall remove and backfill compaction, etc., for the proper Installation of the atorm drainage A. The work Included In this Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, E.All plug valves shall be installed oro that the direction of flow through the hour at the waking pressure c ed. If anyj in the dasa of pipe, unless a reconstruct as much of the work as Is necessary in order to conform to the structures, pipe and flttinga as specified in Section 02220- cure pc different test pressure is specified. If any Joint item pro"a to be defect(", Excavation and Backfill, and Section 02221-Trenching, Backfilling, and O - transportation, equipment and incidentals required to provide painted calve is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.01 PREPARATION specified limits. Any visible leaks a any defective pipe or joint shall be O `o reflectorized traffic stripes, Including edge stripes and traffic guides as shown it shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer. A. Clearin The Contractor shall erforn all neceasar clearin o erations for Com action for Utilit and Drains e S tems. g: P Y 9 P repaired a replaced as directed by the Engineer awn though the total P Y 9 Ys 00 on the Drawings and specified herein. 2.06 AIR RELEASE VALVES - AIR AND VACUUM VALVES AND COMBINATION the Installation of the water pipe and appurtenances as specified In Section leakage is within the specified allowable limits. No additional payment will be B. Installation len o A. The air release valves and air and vacuum release valves shall be suitable 02221Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction for Utility Systems. made for the correction of defective work w for damage to other parts of 1. Laying Concrete Pipe: RED LOBSTER 0) END OF SECTION a. All i e shall be careful) laid true to the line and rade shown on the O c 1.02 SUBMITTAL for sewage or water, rated for a minimum 150 psi working pressure, and B. Cleanliness: The interior g the pipes shall bt thoroughly cleaned ep all the work reaultfng from such comectiw work. P P Y 9 .5 A. Certification of testing laboratory as to compliance with State DOT Standard shall he" a cast Iron body and cover, stainless steel float and trim, and foreign matter before being lowered Into the trach and shall be kept dean F. Olsinfection: Drawings. Any deviation from true alignment or grade which would result lea o Specifications for Highway and bridge Construction (latest edition). Buns-N seat. The fittings shall be thraded. Valva shall be furnished with during laying operations by means of plugs approved by the Engineer. 1. Before any potion of water distribution system is to be placed In service in a displacement from the namal position of the gasket of as much TIGARD " t backwash accessories. Valves shall meet AWWA C-507. Valves used in potable C it shall be dfsinfated in accordance with the requirements of AWWA as 1/4 Inch, or which would produce a gap exceeding 1 2 Inch between o m Part 2.00 Products water service shall be certified to NSF/ANSI 61 Drinking Water System 3.02 PERFORMANCE Standard C651, 'Disinfecting Waiter Maine'. sections or pipe for more than 1/3 of the circumference of the Inside L- c Components. Valve body and cover shall be constructed of ASTM A126 Claes A. The Contractor shall erform all neceasar o erations, such as excavation, 3 ° MATERIALS B cast Iron fa workin water pressure up to 300 psi. P y P 2. The disinfecting agent shall be free chlorine a aqueous solution, with of the pipe, will not be acceptable and where such occurs, the pipe o 2.01 9 eon tacti n fete eafornth. P o er festa teflon dofgtheawaterngi ea Bflll ecified In sustained concentration for 24 hours or more of not less than 50 porta shall be relaid without additional compensation. No mortar, joint mA. Traffic paint shall conform to the State DOT Standard Specifications for B. Check assembly air and vacuum release valves shall be able to allow air a p - P P P P sP per million, except for the Slug Method with 100 ppm chlorine. Chlorine compound, or other filler which would tend to restrict the flexibility of a) a HI hwa and Bride Construction (latest edition). gas to escape during the liquid filling process and to permit air to enter Section 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction for Utility Systems. may be derived from chlorine gas, or 70 percent (high teat) calcium the gasket joint shall be applied to the gap. Pipes having defects that 0_ = B. Thermoyplastic traffic stripes and markings shall conform with the State DOT when the system is drained, partially drained or flow is stopped, causing the B. Water in Excavation: Water shall not be allowed in the trenches while the h ochiorite HTH or Perchloron, or a ual . Administration ma be b an haw not caused their rejection are to be a laid that these defects will mStandard S ecifications for Highway and Bridge Construction (latest edition). system pressure to drop below atmospheric pressure. The wI"s shall be of pipes are being laid and/or tested. The Contractor shall not open more ( q ) Y y Y be o the upper half of the pipe. PROTOTYPE N.A. a P of the accurst methods described in AWWA Standard C651 as proposed by a> C. Glaea s here. for reflective suint shall confkxm with the State DOT Standard the large orifice• floating ball type. The body shall be of flanged gray cost trench than the available pumping facilities are able to dewater. The b. Before Installation of the pipe gasket, the gasket and the surface of P P t edition . iron construction with integral case seat and ball retaining rails. The ball shall the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Proposals as to method v Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction (latae ) Contractor shall assume responsibility for dieposfng of all water so as not to must be made to the Engineer prior to commencement of the disinfection the pipe joint. Inducing the gasket recess shall be elan and free from l7 c be a hollow steel sphere with a smooth covering of nitril rubber. The wive injure or interfere with the normal drainage of the territory, and so as to process grit, dirt, or other foreign matter at the time the joints are made. In WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON p ° shall be suitable for 150 psi walking pressure and a temperature of 185 not cause damage to existing structures. In no case shall the pipelines being order to facilitate closure of the joint, application of an approved w Part 3.00 Execution 3. Care shall be taken to provide disinfection to the total system. Following / degrees F. Flanged ends shall be integral with body casting, flat faced and installed be used as drains for such water, and the ends of the pipe shall contact with chlorine solution, the system shall be thoroughly flushed out. vegetable sap lubricant immediately prior to closing of the joint will be W3.07 APPLICATION drilled to ANSI 876.1, Gass 125 cast Iron standard. be kept properly and adequately blocked during construction by the use of Samples shall then be taken using sterile containers obtained from the permitted. p `o A. Equipment used, alignment• application and protection shall be in accordance stoppers appro"d by the Engineer. All necessary precautions shall be taken -� ° with the State DOT Standard Speciflcatione for Highway and Bridge to recant the entrance of mud, sand, or other obstructing matter into the authority having juriedlction. Samples shall be taken by the Contractor and DRAWING P delivered by him to the authority having jurisdiction or approved laboratory I a pipelines. for analysis. Q t Construction (latest edition). C. Geon up: During the progress of work, the Contractor shall clean up the 4. If samples do not demonstrate satisfactory results, the disinfection DARDEN CIVIL 0 R END OF SECTION O " work area as each section of pipe is completed and tested. Upon comp a on procedure shall be repeated until two series of satisfactory samples are / ; disposed oof t Il the atisfaction mof thea Engnee8f1aThe co plet dlworkwshall be obtdned; the period between such aeries of samples shall be a minimum Y t cleared and graded to a condition at least equal to that existing before the of 24 hears. SPECIFICATIONS start of construction. END OF SECTION u a) E " O C m or z, FOR INFORMATIONAL ��� •3 a PURPOSES ONLY a 0 I- SECTION 03000 CONCRETE (SITE WORK) c. All i es shall be laid with bells or rooves u hill. As the I es are laid D. Casio Pi e: Casio i P p g p p p g p g p pe shall be steel pipe that confortna to the D. Manholes/Concrete SWcturea: B. Limits of Infiltration, Exflltration and Testing: d. Summary of Practice Part 1.00 General throughout the work, they must be thoroughly cleaned and protected requirements of ASTM Designation A-139 Grade B and have a yield strength 1. Structures shall be leak-tight and constructed of precast units conforming 1. The allowable limits of infiltration, exfiltration or leakage for the entire All lift holes and any pipes entering the manhole are to be from dirt and water. No length of pipe shall be laid until the two of 35,000 psi. Joints for steel casing shall be single-butt weld and shall to the requirements of. ASTM Designation C-478 with reinforcement of system or any portion thereof, Including house service linea, shall not plugged. A 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK d preceding lengths have been thoroughly embedded In place so as to conform to AWWA Standard C-206. Casing pipe wall thickness for roadway Grade 40 bare and the following modifications thereto: exceed a rate of 0.1 gallon par foot of pipe per 24 hours for all sizes of vacuum will be drawn and the vacuum drop over a specified time A.The work Included In this Section consists of fumishing all materials, forms, c prevent any movement or disturbance of the finished joint. No walking crossings shall not be less than that listed in the following schedule: a. The minimum shell thickness shall be 8 Inches. pipe throughout the system. The allowable limits of infiltration or period to transportation and equipment, and performing all necessary labor to do all rn on or working over the pipes after they are laid, except as may be b. Concrete to be used in precast manholes shall be Type 11. exfiltration of manholes shall not exceed a rate of four gallons pr used to determine the acceptability of the manhole. the plain and reinforced concrete work shown on the Drawings, or incidental 0 necessary In tamping earth and refilling, will be permitted until they are Nominal Oetside Demeter(inches) Nominal Th"r,ess(inches) c. Lift rings shall be provided for handling precast structure sections. Only manhole pr 24 hour:. e. Significance and Use to the proper execution of the work, or as herein specified. 3 covered to a depth of one foot. Fill placed around the pipe shall be 18oriess 0.250 non-penetrating lift holes shall be permitted. Such holes shall be filled 2. Infiltration, if taken between any two adjacent manholes, shall not exceed This is not a routine test. The values recorded are applicable only to B.Composition: Concrete shall be composed of cement, fine aggregate, coarse o deposited on both sides simultaneously to approximately the same 20 0.281 with non\expndtwO shrink grout after installation of the structure 0.1 gallon par 24 hours per foot of pipe for all sizes and all locations. the aggregate, and water, so proportioned and mixed as to produce a plastic n elevation and uniformly compacted. Whenever the pipe laying is z, 0.344 sections. This testing of lines between adjacent manholes will not be required manhole being tested and at the time of testing. workable mixture in accordance with all requirements under this Section < discontinued, as at night, the unfinished end is to be securely protected 26 0375 d. The design of the structure shall include a precast base' of not less except to localize the position of a leak in a portion of the system that f. Preparation of the Manhole suitable to the specific conditions of placement. � from displacement due to caving of the banks or from other Injury and exceeds the allowable leaks a limit, or as directed b the En ineer. 1. All lift holes shall be lu ed. c 28 or 30 0.406 than 8 Inches In thickness poured monolithically with the bottom 9 Y 9 P 99 a a suitable stopper Is to be Inserted therein. section of the structure walls. 3. Any part or all of the system may be tested for Infiltration or exflltratfon, 2. All pipes entering the manhole shall be tempxarlly plugged, 1.02 SUBMITTALS 2. Laying Corugated Pipe: e. All openings and joints shall be sealed watertight with rubber gaskets as directed by the Engineer. Prior to testing for infltration, the system taking A.AII materials specified shall be certified by the producer or manufacturer that =o a. All corugated pipe shall be carefully laid, We to the Ilne and grade E. Pipe Adapters: meeting ASTM C-443. shall be pumped out so that normal infiltration conditions exist at the care to securely brace the pipes and plugs to prevent them from the furnished material meets the specific requirements of the specifications. shown on the Drawings. The pipe gasket and coupling band shall be. 1. Donut pipe adaptors shall be manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride f. The structure barrel, top and base sections shall have tongue and time of testing. The amounts of infiltration or exfiltration shall be being drawn _ a centered over the joint with the coupling bank bolts securely tightened (PVC) or polyurethane adaptable to similar or dissimilar pipes of the acme groove joints. determined by pumping into or out of calibrated drums, or by other into the manhole. Part 2.00 Products E without cutting the gasket. or different sizes. Donuts shall be as manufactured by Femce Joint Sealer g. Precast structure tops, If used, shall terminate at such elevations as approved methods. g. Procedure ❑_❑ Y b. Fill placed around the pipe shall be deposited on both sides Company, Dickey Company or approved equal. will permit concrete grade rings set In bitumastic sealer under the 4. The exfiltration test will be conducted by filling the portion of the system 1. The test head shall be placed at the top of the manhole in 2.01 MATERIALS 0 simultaneously .o, approximately the same elevation and uniformly 2. Flexible couplings ihcii be marmfaciured Flom Virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) aWeture frame to make allowance for future street grade adjustments. being tasted with water to a level which will provide: a minimum head on accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. A.Cement: T compacted. Whenever the pipe laying is discontinued, as at night, the or polyurethane adaptable to similar or dissimilar pipes of the same or h. Drop connections, where required on precast structures, shall be a service lateral connected to the test portion of 2 feet; or In the event 2. A vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn on the manhole, 1. Cement: Cement for all concrete shall be domestic Portland cement that Kimle -Horn unfinished end is to be securely protected from displacement due to different aizea. The flexible coupling shall be as manufactured by Femco manufactured with the aWcture dements at the casting yard. The there are no service laterals In the teat portion, a minimum difference fn the valve the vacuum line of the test head closed, and the vacuum conforms to the requirements of ASTM Designation C-150, Type I, Type II, caving of the banks or from other injury and a suitable stopper is to Joint Sealer Company, Can-Tex or approved equal and supplied with No. manufacturer shall submit for approval the method of drop elevation of 5 feet between the crown of the highest portion of the sewer pump shut off. The time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop unless noted otherwise on the structural drawings, or Type III cement, for and Associates Inc, ©20,2 o be Inserted therein. 304 stainless sled bands. conatruetion. and the test level. to 9 inches of mercury. high early strength concrete, shall be used only for special locations and I � 3. Drainage Structures: 3. Connection of gravity sewer Imes to precast manholes and wetwells shall 2. The interior and exterior walla shall be coasted with two applications of 5. Testa shall be conducted on portions of the system not 'exceeding three 3. The manhole shall pass If the time for the vacuum reading to only with the sewer manholes, wet wells and pump stations. 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 0 a. Concrete inlets or other structures shall be constructed in conformity be made by using a watertight resilient connector conforming to the .coal tar epoxy applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer. manhole runs or more than 1,000 feet of main sewer, or as otherwise drop from 10 Inches of mercury to 9 inches of mercury meets or 2.Only one brand of cement shall be used in any individual structure unless ORANGE CA 92868 w with the Drawings. Forma shall be designed and constructed so that requirements of ASTM Designation C-923. Interior surfaces shall be coated with a minimum dry ml thickness of 16 directed by the Engineer. Teats shall be run continuously for three hours. exceeds the values indicated In the table below. approved by the engineer. Cement which has become damaged, partially .g they may be removed without injury to the concrete and shall be left in F. Pie Flttin s: Unless otherwise a ecified, w branches shall be rovided in Where Infiltration or exfiltration exceeds the allowable limits also s ecified 4. Vacuum teat time shall be a minimum of one minute. set, cum or caked shall not be used, and the entire contents of the (714)939-1030 P 9 P Ye P mica, and exterior surfaces shall be coated with a minimum dry mil P PY � place for at least 24 hours after concrete is poured. Concrete shall be the gravity sewer main for service lateral cennectdona. Wyea shall be 6 Inches thickneea of 9 mils. herein, the defective pipe, joints, or other faulty construction shall be sack or container which contains such cement veil be rejected for use. No CA 00000696 thoroughly tamped and shall be cured for at least 5 days after removal inside diameter, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. All fittings shall 3. Shallow structures may substitute an eight-Inch precast reinforced slab on located and repaired by the Contractor. If the defective portions cannot Minimum Test Times for Various Manhole Diameters salvaged or reclaimed cement shall be used. KRA PROJECT fl 095800015 0 of forms. Honeycomb places shall be thoroughly cleaned, saturated with be of the same material as the pipe. Plugs for stub-outs shall be of the the top in lieu of the cone section. Slabs shall be laid In a full bed of be located, the Contractor shall remove and reconstruct as much of the B.Flne Aggregate:Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM n water and pointed up with mortar. same material as the pipe and gasketed with the same gasket material as mortar and pointed to form a dense joint. work as is necessary im order to conform to the specified allowable limits. C-33. - b. Precast Inlets or other structures may be used In cteu of cast-in-place the pipe joint. The plug shall be secured to withstand system test pressures. 4. Structure top slabs or cone sections shall be set between 3 Inches and Testing shall be performed as the job progresses and shall be Started Diameter(inches) C.Coarse Aggregate:Coarse aggregate shall conform to the reqmts. of ASTM U) 0 structures. Grates are to be set in place in mortar to the proper line G. Concrete and Reinforcing Steel: Concrete and reinforcing steel shall conform 12 Inches below bottom of structure cover frame. Where shown on the after 2,000 feet of pipe are laid. Depth C-33. rN and grade. to the requirements of Section 03000 - Concrete (Site Work). Concrete Drawings the Contractor shall provide a minimum of 3 inches to 6. The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials and shall (ft.) D.Water. Water shall be taken from a potable water supply and shall be fresh, a classes for the various purposes shall be as follows: accommodate future grade changes without disturbing structure. Where conduct all testing required, under the direction of the Engineer. No 30 33 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 clean and free of oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, and other deleterious m o 3.03 TESTING STRUCTURES 1. Manhole bottoms, Class A distance between bottom of structure cover frame and top of cone Is separate payment will be made for this work and the cost for this work 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 substances. « .N A. Leakage: The watertightness of manholes and inlets (except for bottomless 2. Precast manholes, Gass B (minimum) greater than 18 inches, riser unite shall be sawed to bring top of cone to shall be included in the unit price quoted In the proposal for the 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 E.Admixtures: No admixtures shall be used except by specific approval of the m types) may be tested, at the Engineer's option, at the time the structure fa 3. Pipe and riser encasement, Claes C within limits specified. Precast leveling rings for setting cast iron frames applicable item of work. 3 4 5 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 Engineer. When approved admixtures shall met the following minimum < completed and backfilled. The test procedure ie as fellows: 4. Protective slabs, Gass C over structures shall be a minimum of 2 inches thick and have one No. 2 7. Specifications for Sanitary Sewer Main Low Pressure Air Test Revised March 4 6 6 7 9 10 12 13 15 16 standards. n 1. FlII the structures with water to an elevation i foot below the start of the H. Castings: Gray iron castings for manhole frames, covers and other Items continuous reinforcing steel bar. Leveling rings shall not be used for more 2006 5 7 8 9 11 12 14 16 16 20 1. Air entraining agent: ASTM C-260. Q cone section with a minimum depth of 4 feet and a maximum depth of shall conform to the ASTM Designation A-48, Class 30. Castings shall be than 18 Inches of vertical adjustment. a. Scope 6 8 10 11 13 15 17 20 22 24 2.Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type D and free C 20 feet. true to pattern in form and dimensions and free of pouring faults and 5. Structure castings shall be fully bedded in mortar with adjustment brick This specification govems the testing of sanitary sewer mains by the 7 10 11 12 15 17 20 23 26 28 of chlorides. 0 2. Plug all Inlets and outlets with approved stoppers or plugs. other defects In positions which would impair their strength or otherwise courses placed between the frame and structure. The top of structure low pressure air teat (time pressure drop method). 8 11 12 14 17 20 23 26 29 33 F.Membrane Curing Compound: Membrane curing compound shall conform to E M 3. Record the water surface drop during a 15-minute period. The maximum make them unfit for the service intended. The seating surfaces between castings located in pavement, shoulder areas, and sidewalks shall be set b. General Requirements 10 14 15 18 21 25 29 33 36 41 the requirements of ASSHTO Designation M-148, Type 1-dear, or Type a L allowable drop in water surface is 1/2 Inch for each 15-minute period. If frames and covers shall be machined to fit true. No plugging or filling will be flush with grade. The top of structure castings located outside these 1. Sanitary sewer mains less than 18 inch diameter shall be 12 17 18 21 25 30 35 39 43 49 2-white pigmented. E the leakage exceeds this rate, the Contractor shall repair or replace the allowed. Lifting or 'pick' holes shall be provided, but shall not penetrate the areas shall be set 2 inches above grade unless otherwise shown an the low-pressure air tested for leaks upon the completion of the backfill 14 20 21 25 30 35 41 46 51 57 G.Expansion Joint Filler. IiCI Y structure so as to provide a structure which will meet the required cover. Costing patterns shall conform to those shown or indicated on the Drawings. and compaction operation. Sanitary sewer mains less than 8 inch 16 22 24 28 34 40 46 52 58 67 1. Preformed expansion joint filler shall be of the non-extruding and resilient n watertightness standards. Drawings. The words SANITARY SEWER shall be cast in all manhole covers. All 6. Precast structures that are installed in conjunction with PVC pipe shall and greater than 18 inch diameter will be tested for leaks per test 18 25 27 32 38 45 52 59 65 73 bituminous type and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO manhole frames and covers shall be traf c bearing to meet AASHTO H-20 utilize approved coupling adapters set in the concrete wall, as specified method determined/specified by RWU. 20 28 30 35 42 50 58 65 72 81 Designation M-213. N o END OF SECTION loadings. Frames shall. be suitable for the future addition of a cast iron ring herein before and Indicated on the Drawings. 2. The sanitary sewer manholes must passed the manhole vacuum 22 31 33 39 46 55 64 72 79 89 2.Expansion joint filler shall be gray neoprene sponge rubber that conforms O o for upward adjustment of the top elevation. 7. The invert channels shall be smooth and accurately shaped to a testing process and all sanitary sewer services must be complete 24 33 36 42 51 59 69 78 87 97 to AASHTO Designation M-153, Type I. cV n SECTION 02730 I. Brick: Brier for manhole construction shall be dense, hard burned, shale or semicircular bottom conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer with ends capped that are connected to said mains prior to the 26 36 39 46 55 64 75 85 94 105 H.Separation Board: Separation board shall be dosed call, non-extruding, PVC a SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEM cloy brick conforming toASTM Designation C-216, Grade SW, Size 31/2 Inch section. Steep slopes outside the Invert channels shall be avoided. low-pressure air test. 28 39 42 49 59 69 81 91 101 113 foam Grade No. 327 as manufactured by AC Hom, Inc., with a 20 psi M ° Part 1.00 General (W) x 8 inches (L) % 21/4 Inch (H). Changes in size and grade shall be made gradually and evenly. Changes in 3. The low-pressure air test method shall be in accordance with 30 42 45 53 63 74 87 98 108 121 maximum compressive strength to compress to 75 percent of thickness. N a the direction of the sewer or entering branch shall be a smooth curve ASTM F1417-92 Rea roved 2005 (.Membrane: Membrane shall be a 6-mil polyethylene film. c J. Cement Mortar. Cement mortar for manhole construction shall comply with ( pp ), except as specified otherwise J. Reinforcin Steel: ° 1.01 WORK INCLUDED ASTM Designation C-270, Type M, except that the cement shall be Portland with radius as long as practicable. Invert channels shall also be formed herein. 9 o for pipe stub-outs. 4. The Contractor shall remove all debris, soil and rocks from the 5. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be 1. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation c A. The work included In this Section onstruct of of gavity all labor, equipment Type I or 11 only. No mortars that have stood for more than one hour shall Q � 4 8. All annular spaces between atructura or wetwell walls and pipe coupling earlier sewer mains and manholes riot to the low- reasure air made by an approved method. The manhole shall then ba retested A-615, Deformed Grade 60, except where otherwfae indicated. and materials necessary for the construction of gravity sanitary sewer lines, be used. y p P a. The name of the manufacturer of the reinforcin ° pp p y p y pasta Bitumastic No. 300M, adopters shall be thoroughly plugged with Embeco No. 167 Mortar or test by a cleaning ball, high velocity Jet, deanin mandrel or other until a satisfactory test Is obtained. g sled shall be called H manholes, nd spec sewer connectlona and a urtenances as shown on the K. Coal Tar E ne . Coal tar a ox shall ov Ko 9 .o Drawfnga and specified herein. Tnemec TnemeTar No. 48-413 or approved equal. approved equal, nonahrink mortar, applied and cured in strict conformance means. 8. Use or failure of this vacuum teat shall not preclude acceptance out d the shop drawings together with a sketch showing the pattern of ,C L Joint Sealer. Joint sealer material for precast manhole structures shall be with the manufacturers recommendations so there will be no leakage 5. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and labor required, by appropriate water infiltration or exfiltration testing, (see Practice C the deformation, Including the mill mark. Z y'o 1.02 RELATED WORK cold adhesive preformedflexible plastic gaskets conforming with FOOT Standard around the pipe. The mortar shall be finished amooth and flush with the Including necessary piping/hoses, pneumatic plugs, compression 969), or other means. b. Bar reinforcement shall be accurately fabricated in accordance F A. Section 02210 - Site Earthwork. S ecifications for Road and Bride Construction latest edition Section p p, p g p p h. Precision and Blas with the test CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. The Contractor shall adjo(ntng Intortor and eztertor structure or wetwell wall surfaces. um reasure-re ulator valve, 9 ori resaure-relief valve, control 0 ~ ,cu- 8. Section 02220 - Structure Excavation and Backfill. P 9 ( )' E. Connections to Existing SWctures and Sewers: valves, resaure au es and second timer or oto watch. The test No justifiable statement can be made either on the recision or blas prepare and submit the necessary shop drawings and bar lista to the � Q 942-2. The joint sealer material shall be 'Ram-tisk, as manufactured by, p 9 9 P P En ineer. R9 Ly - C. Section 02221 - Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction. K.T. Snyder Co., Inc., or approved equal. 1. Various sewer lines shall be connected to existing manholes and pressure gauge shall have a maximum range of G-10 pounds per of this procedure, since the testsult merely states whether there is 9 D. Section 02530 - Dewaterin S tem. structures. Provisions have been made In some of the existing structures S uare Inch sl and the ressure au a fi ure intervals shall be a conformance to the criteria for the Success specified. 2.Welded wire fabric for concrete reinforcement shall conform to the � 0- L� 9 Y9 M. Non-Shrink Mortar. Non-shrink mortar for filling annular spaces between Q (P ) P 9 9 9 re uirements of ASTM Desi nation A-185 and shall be formed with smooth E. Section 03000 - Concrete (Site Work). precast manhole walla and for future connections and may require only the removal of a plug and maximum of 0.25 si increments. q 9 � U pipe coupling adapters shall be Embeco No. 167 P cold-drawn wire. w t Mortar ora roved ual. the connection of the proposed Zine, while other connections will require 6. The required low-pressure air test time shall be based upon the END OF SECTION oil PP eq cuttln Into the seriatim structure. The Contractor shall exercise care in 3.Cold-drawn wire for spirals shall be plain and shall conform to the rag000 p i. of ASTM Designation A-82 with a minimum yield strength of w �' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9 9 total length and diameter of sanitary sewer mato from manhole to SECTION 02751 O s cutting Into the existing structure and any damage done to the structure manhole sewer service lines are not Included . The minimum UTILITY IDENTIFICATION AND MARKINGS V) A. Details and shop drawings of the manholes, proposed pr be o the ed for this Part 3.00 Execution ( ) 70,000 pal. OQ d J c work, are Submitted to and o roved b the En (neer riot to the shall be repaired as required by the Engineer and at the Contractor's low- resaure air teat eriod is 7 minutes and 34 seconds. PP Y 9 P P P Part 1.00 General 4.Bar au orts: > >a manufacture of the units. Manholes which are not manufactured In strict 3.01 PREPARATION expense. Drop connections to existing manhdea shall be installed as 7• The low-pressure air teat shall be performed by the Contractor and a. Barpsu orts for reinforcin steel shall conform to the re uirements of 09 corn liance with thea roved she drawin s and these detailed on the Drawings for new construction. witnessed b the En ineer and the RWU ersonnel. The En ineer shall PP 9 q 9 a p pp p g epecificationa will be A. Bedding: Y 9 P 9 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 3 and shall be of a eight to O 0 ra cted. 2. The drop connection for existing manhole shall be constructed of SDR 35 furnish low- reasure air test r orts of sanitar sewer mains to the a b 1. Pipe Cradle: Upon satisfactory Installation of the pipe bedding, as specified P ep Y A.The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and installing furnish the concrete cover called for on Drawings. High chairs shall be Z B. The Contractor shall furnish she drawin s on all i e, Flttin s and other in Section 02221- Trenchin Backfillin and Com actin for Utilit and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe. Anchor straps. shall be not less than 3/16 Contractor and RWU. O d w P 9 PP 9 9. 9 P 9 Y Identification electronic marker balls, tape over the centerline of buried furnished for bent or top bare in solid slabs. Bar supports til be in O W r appurtenances to show conformity with plana and speciflcationa. Drainage Systema, a continuous trough for the pipe barrel shall ha formed. inch by 1 1/2 inches and constructed of ANSI 304 stainless sled. Wall 8. The low-pressure air test may be stopped (passed) if no potable water lines, sanitary force mains, and sanitary gravity sewers as contact with exterior surfaces of concrete shall be class C with plastfe o O " C. Tests: Certified records of the tests made by the manufacturer, or by a Recesses for the pipe bells or couplings shall be excavated by hand anchor bolts shall not be less than 5/8 inch and constructed of corrosion pressure drop/Ioss has occurred during the first 50 percent of the shown on the Drawings and specified herein. caps at least 1 Inch In length on the leg tips, or Class E with stainless ng Q `o reliable commercial laboratory, or both, shall be submitted with each digging. When the pipe is laid In the prepared trench, We to line and resistant metal. test period as calculated from the 1.0 psi pressure drop table (not steel legs. Bar Supporta shall be spaced not more than 100 times the shipment of pipe. All pipe will be inspected upon delivery and that which grade, the i e barrel shall receive continuous uniform su ort and no 3. Flows throw h existin lines shall be maintained durin construction with o Q a PP PP 9 9 9 leas than the minimum low-pressure air test period of 7 minutes 1.02 SUBMITTALS diameter of the bora to be supported, with not more than 1/4 spacing does not conform to the requirements of these apeciflcatdona shall be pressure shall be exerted on the pipe Joints from the trench bottom. existing structures. and 34 seconds). A.Submit manufacturers descriptive literature, Illustrations, specifications and from the and of the Supported bare to the flat chair. � o rejected and must be immediately removed by the Contractor. The 2. Cleanliness: The interior of all pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of all 4. The Invert channels of the existing structure shall be reshaped to V) .0 Contractor shall furnish and rovide sam les of i e for the erformance of forei n material before beim lowered in the trench and shall be ke t clean accommodate the existin line and ro osed line ass ecified herein before c. Safety Precautions other pertinent data. b. Bar aupparte for slabs on grade shall be plain concrete blocks, 3 P P D P P 9 9 P 9 P P P 1. This low-pressure air teat may be dangerous to personnel if, inches high by 4 inches square with tie wires embedded in Support. I such additional tests, as the Owner may deem necessary. during laying operations by means of plugs, or other approved methods. for manhole constructions. through lack of understanding or carelessness, a line is over Part 2.00 Products Concrete strength shall be at 3,000 psi at time of use. a! I 0 D. Each length of pipe shall bear the name or trademark of the Durin su ension of work for an reason at an time, a suitable sto er F. Roadwa Crossin °- 9 y y pP y g' reasurized or lu a ca s are Installed or restrained IED ro ori The K. Forma: Forma shall be of wood, metal or other approved materials. The o manufacturer, the location of the manufacturin lant, and the class or shall be laced In the and of the P P 9 / P P P Y• 9 P p pipe laid to prevent mud or other 1. New gravity sewer linea to be Installed under existing roadways shall be axial force on an 8 Inch lu at the start of a r ori conducted 2.01 PRESSURE PIPE IDENTIFICATION sheeting for all exposed surfaces shall be 5-ply plywood, unless otherwise @9 a- strength Clasalftcation of the pipe. The markings shall be plainly visible on foreign material from entering the pipe. installed in a casing to be bored and jacked under the pavement orby P 9 P °p y A.Durin the baekflllin E test Is over 200 pounds. Restraint systems must be designed to g g operation, the contractor shall place a pipe located tale specifically authorized. Forms of like character shall be used for concrete UL the pipe barrel. Pip-, which Is not marked, m the p subject to rejection. All open-cut ore shown on the plans. The steel caring and jacking procedures v rejected pipe shall be promptly removed from the protect aIle by the 3.02 INSTALLATION shall conform to the requirements of the spec(flcations and the local and handle these forces with adequate safety factors. One (1) foot directly above and parallel ll the pipe run with the printed aide from 1 foot below finished exterior grade to top of structure shall s. o `° Contractor. 2. No one shall be allowed pi the manholes or near a capped pipe Li for visual identification. The taps shall 2 inch ini as manufactured by carefully fabricated So as to provide a smooth finish without defects. The A. Pipe: state authority and any supplements thereto. during testing. All gauges, piping manifolds and control valves shall Lineguord, Inc. Wheaton, IL consisting of a 2-inch minimum width plastic and type, size, shape, quality and strength of all matertala of which the forma a E. For precast manhole structures, the date of manufacture and the name or 1. Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with spigot ends pointing in the direction 2. The Contractor shall maintain traffic on the roadway and shall keep all be located above round. metallized foil for detection b I eline locatin a ui ment. Tae shall be are made shall be subject to the approval of the engineer. If It is his trademark of the manufacturer shall be clearly marked on each precast of flow. Before pipe is joined, gaskets shall be cleaned of all dirt and workmen and equipment clear of the pavement during the work. All safety 9 y p P 9 q P P w 3. When sanitary sewer mama are tested, it ie mandatory that all coded as follows: opinion that the interior Surfaces of the farms are too irregular to produce (n w section. stones and other foref n material. The I of ends of the 1 e and or regulations of the Department of Transportation shall be complied with. the s ecified finish, the shall be lined with smooth, dense, moisture resistant 9 sP 9 P P / caps and plugs be braced as an added safety factor. P Y Z a F. All materials and manufacturers of said materials shall meet the I e askets shall be lubricated II hti with a lubricant as S ecified b the 3. The top of the casing shall maintain a minimum 30-inch clearance under or P P 9 9 Y P Y 4. Do not over pressurize the sanitary sewer main. Do not exceed - hardboard or other material of which he approves. P O requirements of the utility agency that will maintain this system. Contractor pipe manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. Sufficient pressure shall the roadway surface. Wood skids for sliding the carrier pipe through the 9.0 psi. PIPE COLOR PRIMING L Nonahrink Grout: Nonahrink grout shall be nonmetallic, pre-mixed H d shall obtain a copy of the requirements from the agency. be a Iced to the i e so as to r erl seat the socket into the bell of casing shall be pressure treated with creosote and the skids shall be t e and shall be Sauereisen F-100 Level fill• Master Builders Mosterflow 713 m PP P P Pop Y d. Teat Procedures Yp 4 Potable WaCr Blue "Caution Buried WaterUrs a the pipe. All pipe shall be laid straight, true to the Itnee and grades permanently banded to the carrier pipe. Aker the carrier pipe has been Burke Non-Ferrous - Nonahrink Grout ora roved a ual. O n 1.04 SUBMITTALS tested for leaks a the ends shall be blocked with an 8-inch wall of brick 1. After cleaning the interior surface n the sanitary sewer main, Below" PP q e shown on the Drawings. Variance from established line and grade, at any 9 the Contractor shall place and Inflate pneumatic plugs in the a A. Shop Drawings: point alon the len th of the i e, shall not be reater than 1 32 of an masonry with a weep hole installed near bottom of each wall. A vent shall Reuse Water Pumle "Reclaimed Water Buried 2.02CLASSIFlCATION AND STRENGTH OF CONCRETE 9 9 P P 9 / sanitary sewer main pipe at both eonneet(ng manholes. One of the U 1. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to be dnetallad as indicated on the Drawfnga. The carrier pipe of the croeaing edow' W w inch per Inch of pipe diameter and not to exceed 1/2 inch, provided that plugs must have an inlet tap, or other provision for connecting a A.Gaas and minimum strength requirements for concrete shall be as tabulated o conetructfon. Where applicable, the following information shall be submitted: shall be ductile Iron. Force Main Brown "Caution Buried Force Main below. Unless otherwise a ecified, Class B concrete shall be used. any such variation does not result d a level of reverse eloping invert. hose to a portable air control source. P a. Precast manholes. 4. If installed b o en-cut, the line shall be bedded and backfilled as shown - b. Manufacturer's certification of conformance to ASTM re ulrements for 2. Any pipe which is disturbed ce found to on defective after laying shall be an the lana.Existin avement and base shall be r laced with the new 2. Connect the air hose ti the Inlet tap and the portable air i_ ��' Issue Date: 3/23/2012 J ,= q taken yl and relaid or replaced at the Contractors expense. P 9 P control source. The air equipment shall consist of necessary valves - B.Strength Requirements: Concrete class and strength shall meet the precast arame �ea. pavement better than t. equal to aompen Contractor to adef r e for minimum corn ressive strep th re uirements at the a e of 7 and 28 da as j � 3. Polyvinyl Chloride Pfpe: and pressure gauges to control an of-free air source and the rate P 9 9 9 YB t c. Manhole frames, covers and other castings. a. Tran ortation: Care shall be taken durin trans ortation of the I e repairing any settlement. Na extra compensation will be made for repairs. at which airflow into the test section. In order to reclude osaible domestic water to in all under round shown in the following table. The compressive strengths shall be a C) s d. Manufacturers certification of conformance to ASTM re uirements for ep 9 P PP G. Additional Work: Additional Items of construction Such as cceonouts, terminal p P PP g' 9 determined b standard laborator c Ender tests in accordance with the REVISION INFORMATION q that It Is not cut, kinked or otherwise damaged. 3. Add air slowly to the teat section until the preeaura inside the sanitary sewage force mains shall be marked with a continuous painted yellow Y Y N o castings. lamp holes, special manholes and other items necessary for the complete Z b. Handling Pipe Lengths: en ha, fabric p rubber protected slings and sewer pipe reaches ply psi. After the pressure of int pad da obtained, pip e, u Inch minimum width located within the t 90 d tees m of the procedure set forth in ASTM Designation C-31 and C-39. (See article 3.03 e. Pipe pint and fittings. Installation of the system shall conform to specific details g the Drawfnga P W e9 ( 7 w w straps shall bt used when handling pipes. Chains, cables s hooka regulate the air supply So that the pressure o maintained between i e. Reuse water mains will be afnted with a 2-inch wide medium teen of this Section for quantity and testing of cylinders.) c f. Mill Teat CertiflcateS on ductile iron 1 e. and shall be constructed of first-does materials conformin to the P P D 9 m P P Inserted Into the pipe ends Shall not be used. Two slings spread apart 9 3.5 psi to 4.0 pal for at least two minutes to stabilize air/ground g. Certified test records for polyvinyl chloride pipe. applicable portions of these specifications. stripe within the top 90 degrees (90� of the pipe. u shall be used for ocky each length of pipe. Pipe or fittings shall not temperature conditions. Com rehensNe Strati min Pounds Per use Inch C) h. Pipe adapters. opP Y P P 9 PP Y P P P � be dr ed onto rock or un re orad round. 4. pose the air su I valve; release the resaure in the i e teat c B. Record Information: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the atatiane 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 2.02 OTHER REQUIREMENTS 3 Comecutive Cy§nder a c. Handling Pipeline: Thor handling of the Joined pipeline shall be in such a A. Teats• In actions and Acc tante of Materials and Workmanshi section to 3.5 pal and the teat period is started. Observe the time d. and left or right offsets of all services (terminal ends) as measured from manner that the i e fa not damn ed b dra in it over she and eP p' re uired for the ressure to dro from 3.5 si to 2.5 ori. The A. Water Service Class Fa Design Purposes Average Low Cylinder e D P 9 it 99 9 g 1. Workmanshl It Is im erative that all sewers and a urtenances be built q P D D P Water services will be marked with a 2-Inch PVC f e laced verticall in 7 D s 28 Das 7 Da s 28 Da N w the nearest downstream manhole °long the nd Inv rt of the sewer, along cuttln ob cis. Sections of the 1 ea with dee luta and ou es shall D' P es PP P Y 0 9 k PP P 9 9 racticall waterti ht and that the Contractor adheres ri loll to the minimum teat time/period is determined from the following 1.0 psi round with the to 2 feat ainted blue located behind the service. A x000 2950 x250 2600 3750 I n with the elevations of the manhole covers and inverts of all pipes in the be removed. P Y 9 9 y resaure dr table. 9 P P I manhdea. d. Lowerin Pi a Into Trench: Care shall be exercised when lowerin a or se tions a for materials and workmanship. Upon completion, the saw era, P oP B. Sewer Lateral B 3000 2100 '.Wr 1850 2800 o. 9 p 9 P p or sections thereof, will be tested and gauged and if leakage is above the 5. All pneumatic plugs shall be removed from both connecting The terminal end of the lateral will have a 2-inch by 4-Inch wood stake C 2500 1800 2700 1550 2300 a into the trench to prevent damage e ip twisting of the pipe. allowable limits a ecified, the sewer will be re tied. manholes after the teat. or a 2-inch PVC I e laced at Its Invert and extendin a minimum of 2 Part 2.00 Products e. S ectal Preeautfona: Pol n chloride d e connected to hes flttin s, P P P p 9 P Pp vY 9 2. Inspection: e. Failure of Low-Pressure Air Teat feat above finished grade with the top 2 feet painted green. a manholes and rigid structures shall be supported In such a manner that � a 2.01 MATERIALS a. On completion of each block or seetfon of sewer, or such other times Any sanitary sewer main/services that fails the low-preaeure air C.Valve Boxes and Meter Boxes , re no subsequent relative movement between the pipe and the joint with 2.03PROPERTIES AND DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIX s1 A. Pi a used In ravit sewer conatruetion shall be d n chloride I e ore the Engineer may direct, the block or section of sewer shall be test must be repaired. Upon completion of the repairs and the Covera are to be marked with ertnanentl affixed, minimum 1-1 2 Inch a P 9 Y P yvi Yl P P the rigid structures is possible. P Y / - A.Teats and Design Mtx: � r PVC or ductile iron i e DIP . cleaned, tested and lnapected. Each section of the sewer shall show, on backfill/compaction operation, the sanitary sewer mato shall be letters to identif as follows: r ( ) PP ( ) B. Service Connections: examination from either end, a full circle of li ht between manholes. retested as described in the above test rocedures. The En ineer y 1. The Contractor, f days before the beginning of concrete work, shall B. Pol n Chloride PI a PVC . 1. Service connections, of the size and t e called for on the Drawin a 9 P 9 'WATER' - Potable Water reads- the en ineer e, the ro osed sources of the materials, or � e m N D ( )� � 9 ' b. Each manhole or other appurtenance to the system shall be of the must witness the sewer main repair and backfill operation. The coat 9 P P C .0 1. PVC pipe and fittings for gravity sewer lines shall be manufactured from shall be provided in accordance with the details therefore as shown or "SEWS.' - Rause Water ready-mixed concrete, which the contractor intends pl use in the work. A O specified size and form, be t german neatly and ositiontand of the repair and backfill Is inefdental to the cost of the project. �, polyvinyl chlorfda realm confortndng to ASTM Designation D-1784. indicated on the Drawfnga. 'SEWER' - Sanitary Force Mafn deadgn mix which has been used by the concrete supplier before, may be c constructed, with the top set permanently to the position and grade f. Acceptance w 0 2. PVC pipe and fittings, 4-Inches to 15-inches in diameter, shall conform 2. Sewer pipe shall be extended to the street right-of-way line and plugged submitted for approval provided the proportions and strengths meet the / indicated on the Drawings. All repairs shown necessary ra the bpi paction The sanitary sewer main shell have passed the caw-i during air to the requirements of ASTM Designation D-3034, and shall have a with an a roved removable lactic lu unless otherwise indicated on the END OF SECTION re uirements of this a eciflcation. O PP P P 9 ( shall be made at the Contractor's a -nae, broken or cracked f e test if the pipe test seetfon does not drop below 2.5 psi during the 2.The source and manufacturer of material after once havin been a roved a Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) of not more than thirty-flue (35). PVC Drawfnga). All connectdona and changes of direction shall be made using p D SECTION 02847 9 PP replaced; all de lean removed and the sewer left true to line and specified teat period. TRAFFIC SIGNALS shall not be changed by the Contractor, except as approved by the Q pipe and fittings, 18-Inches to 27 Inches in diameter, shall eonfortn to standard Flttings designed for the purpose. grade, entirely dean and ready for U-e. MINIMUM SPECIFIED TIME REQUIRED FOR A 1.0 PSI PRESSURE DROP Part 1.00 General Engineer, and additional laboratory testa may be required by the Engineer U the requirements of ASTM Designation F-679, and shall have a Standard 3. In order to provide and insure economic service connections where septic c. Written notice shall be given to the Engineer and to the agency that FOR SIZES Aro LENGTHOF RPE INDICATED FOR 0-110015 / Dimension Ratio (SDR) of not more than thirty-five (35). tanks are to be abandoned and the house or building sewer connected to If prove conformance with specification indicatetha -o w will operate the system, if ddfferent from the Owner, a minimum of 48 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 3.If durin the ro teas of the work, teats Inddcate that concrete is not L 3. All PVC pipe shall bear the NSF-DW seal. The minimum standard length of the new collection system, the Contractor shall, with the Engineer or his aiicaton Timet°len n Shown MinuksSecoMs 9 P 9 hours eexcluding weekends) ardor to any teat for acceptance being run. A.The work included IN this Section consists of fumlahin o ori pipe shall be 13 feet. representative, locate and determdne the elevation of the septic tank Langur Toe g and erecting traffic being produced in accordance with these Specifications, the Engineer may o' u 4. PVC I e ints shall be into ral bell elostomeric asket Into influent line or house sewer before locatin or installin thew or other A representative of the Engineer shall be present during all testa for Pipe Minimum For For signs as shown on the Drawings. order changes In the materials or the proportions so as to secure as Pp a 9 9 a 9 9 act tante. The Contractor should determine that the sections to be loo 150 200 250 300 iso 400 450 1 manufactured in accordance with ASTM D-3212 and ASTM F-477. Rubber fitting In the street sewer. The Engineer or his representative shall approve eP Do. Time Minimum Longer Ft Ft. FL FL Ft. FL FL Ft. specified. w tested for acceptance will pass the required testa prior to giving the (In) (Minutes) Toe Lengln 1.02 WALITY ASSURANCE B.Slum Slums shall be as low osaible consistent with r er lacin Low J sealing rings shall be factory installed. all wch w)e or other fitting locations after giving due consideration to P P P P oP P 9• above notice to the Engineer. If any section fails to pass the tests for Feet Sec. IY `0 5. Minimum pipe stiffness (F/AY) at 5 percent deflection shall be 46 psi for lengths, obstructions and such other conditions affecting the location. 8 734 298 1.520L 734 7:34 734 7:34 736 852 1008 1124 A.The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's certification that all signs slump concrete shall be used for footing and slabs or grade. Medium slump acceptance, the Contractor shall make all repairs needed for the furnished conform to these ecifications and shall ra lace or re air, without concrete shall be used for walls, columns and su ended slabs. Concrete all aizea tested in accordance with ASTM Method of Test D-2412. 4. On curbed streets, the exact location for each service connection shall 10 923 z3s z.37aL 9zs 9:28 s:z6 ss3 ttsz 1331 13:43 naa sP P P I m 6. Polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be stored on level ground, preferably turf or be marked by etching or cutting an 'S' in the concrete curb. Where no section to pass and retest the section Including notification as above. 12 1120 139 3.418L 1120 1120 1124 14:15 1705 1956 2247 253a additional cost to the Owner, all signs that fail to meet this requirement. shall conform to the limits specified in the following schedule: E The Contractor shall bear all costs incurred by the Owner and/or the 15 14:10 159 5.342L 1440 14:10 17:48 22:15 26:42 3109 35:36 4004 ` sand, free of sharp objects which could damage the pipe. Stacking of the curb exists or Is planned, locations shall be marked by a method approved aassolCoricrete Medium Slum LowSlu Restaurant #: 457 u7 Engineer for the retests. s 1510 a9 s.zezL lsao 1s:az x033 zs:m atzs seas ats3 a7 o7 1.03 SUBMITTALS polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be limited to a height that will not cause by the Engineer. A 4 to 5 in. 2 to 3 in. v, d. All newly constructed manhdea shall be cleaned of any OeeU rUm su Of 18 17:00 133 7.692L 1790 19:13 2538 M03 3827 4452 51:16 5741 O c excessive deformation of the bottom layers of pipes. Where necessary, due C. Concrete Encasement: A. Contractor shall submit the Manufacturers certification that the Signa a ato5in. � 2to3in. sit, debris, or forth n matter fi an kind, and shall be free from such ___. __ O to ground conditions, the pipe shall ba stored on wooden sleepers, spaced 1. pass C concrete encasement shall be constructed oro as to protide a 9 Y furnished conform to these apecificationa. -- c Sro6in. 3to3i O c accumulations vi the Insp of final inspection. 0 suitably and of such width as not to allow deformation of the pipe at the minimum of 6 inches of concrete on all sides of the sewer pipe. 8. Vacuum Testin ASTM C1244 ro 3. Closed Circuit Television Inspection: 9 ( ) w point of contact with the sleeper or between supporta. Encasement shall be constructed where: a. Sc a Part 2.00 Products 0 a. Each sewer line 21 Inches s diameter and smaller shall be cirpected W Part 3.00 Execution to 7. All PVC pipe, fittings, and specials shall be manufactured by J-M a. The sewer or service pipe shall have leas than 30 inches of cover between manhdea b a dosed circuit television camera es entail i. This teat method covers procedures for testing precast concrete O c Manufacturing Company, Certain Teed or approved equal. between the top of the pipe and the final top of pavement or ground y D y manhole sections when usin the vawum test method to 2.01 GENERAL RED L B T E R / m designed for and adapted for this purpose. The Contractor shall employ 9 3.01 PREPARATION O C' C. Ductile Iron Pipe: line. demonstrate the int Tit of the installed materials and the A.Traffic regulating signs conforming to the colors, dimensions and `7 m a, a reputable testing agency for this Inspection, which shall be subject to eg Y A Concrete Mixing: I , 1. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA b. The PVC sewer or service pipe crosses over, or at a depth which conatructton rocedures. This teat method IS used for testin requirements of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets the Engineers approval. The type of equipment employed shall be P g 1. Equipment: The concrete shall be ready-mixed and the equipment A21.51/C151, with a clava thickness in conformance with the requirements provides less than 18 inches clear distance between pipes when croeaing concrete manhole sections utilizin mortar or mastic ints. and Highways and IDOT Standard Highway Signs Manual and displaying the o w sufficient to give adequate detail on the reviewing screen as may be 9 �° shall conform en the applicable requirements of ASTM determine nd T I GA R D of ANSI AWWA A21.50 C150. The 1 e shall be furnished in minimum under water mains. Encasement shall extend a minimum of 10 feat on 2. This teat method ie intended to be used ore a reliminar teat to lettering and symbols shown or the Drawings shall be furnished and installed c / / PP determined by the Engineer. The Engineer will provide a representative P y at the locations and in the manner indicated and herein a ecified. 2. Measurement: Equ(pmant necessary to positively determine and 3 a standard len the of 18 feet. each adds of the point of croeaing. enable the Installer to demonstrate the condition of the concrete P o w 9 c. The lateral ore oration of the PVC sewer f e and otable water I In to be present to view the screen when the inaof mea Is in progress. B.If not Indicated on the Drawin a the Contractor shall rovide the standard control the actual amounts of all matertala entering the concrete shall be 0) a 2. Flttings shall conform to ANSI Standard A21 adja0 psi iping. pressure P P P P P P 9 The Contractor shall rovlde suitable methods of measurin and locatin manholes prior to backfill. It may also be used to teat manholes 9 p provided by the Contractor or the concrete manufacturer. All matertala 111 a ratln Flttin s shall have the same linin as ad' cent i in la lees than 10 feet. P 9 9 after backfillin however, testin should be correlated with the size sign as shown in the Standard Highway Signs Manual. N to 9• 9 9 a P p g• •The installation of pressure-tight joint ductile iron pipe for the same defects found in the be c and shall anter such data in a log. Linea connector su 9, 9 shall be measured by weight, except that water may be measured by - c 3. Joints shall be mechanical type or 'push-on' type conforming to ANSI found defective shall be cornacted as ddrected b the En ineer and the palter. volume. A bag of cement weighs 94 pounds. °' Standard A21.11. dimenaione may be subetltutad for the concrete encasement. y 9 3. This standard does not u ort to address all of the safet 2.02 MATERIALS r aired linea shall be reins acted with the television camera until found p y Q) �+ d. The Engineer shall order the Ilne encased. eP D roblema, if an , oaeociated with iia use. It is the re onelbiltt of A.Materials for traffic signs and the construction thereof shall be in accordance a 4. Coalinga and Linings: Interior and exterior of ductile iron pipe shall be acceptable. P Y ep Y 3.021NSTALLATION PROTOTYPE N.A. v 2. If, through failure to provide suitable trench sheeting, or other nausea, the user of this standard to establish a r date safet and health with State DOT Standard Specifications for Highway and bridge Construction pdyathylene lined. The lining shall extend from the plain end of the pipe b. The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials and PP W Y A.Forme: a the maximum width for trench excavations, as specified slaewhere in these practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations (latest edition). o c t° the gasket set of the bell socket. Not less than flue m percent of shall conduct the dosed circuit television inspection as rst then No 1. Construction: a specifications, Is exceeded, the Contractor shall construct concrete prior to use. a. Forma shall be built We to Idne and rade, and shall be mortar Q the fico shall be checked from dry ml thieknesa, with compliance separate payment will be made for this work and the coat thereof shall g w encasement around the pipe for the length of the excessive excavation. 4. This teat method Is the tom anion to metric Teet Method C 2.03 FABRICATION OF SIGNS / certification submitted to the Engineer. be included in the unit prices listed in the proposal. P tight and aufflciently rigid to prevent displacement or sagging between WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON n No payment will be made for the concrete encasement required due to 1244M; therefore, no SI a uivalents are shown in this test method. A.Preparation of sign blanks and fabrication of reflectorized sign faces shall m a. Bituminous exterior coating, when polyethylene Idn(ng is not required, c. Inspection of sewer linea over 21 inches in diameter will be made by d supports. The Contractor shall give particular attention to the adequacy w Q Theepoin trench widths, b. References, ASTM Standards: conform to the applicable requirements of State DOT Standard Spectflcationa c shall have a dry thickness coating a minimum of 20 mile (0.02 inches) 3. The ofnts of be lnnin and end of sewer or service h e encasement shall the Engineer and the Contractor shall aeadet the Engineer in making a supporta and ashall b The aurfacea re forme used la permanently O o P 9 9 P P 1. C 822 Terminology Relating to Concrete Pfpe and Related for Highway and bridge Construction (latest edition). J 0 and shall be Koppers Bitumastic 300-M, or approved equal. not be more than 6 inches from a i e Int to talent the 1 e from these inspections, if necessary. Service connections need not be exposed aurfacea shall be smooth and free from Iregulrritle8, dents, sags, P P F P P P Products. I a b. Polyethylene Interior Iinfng shall comply with AWWA C716 and shall be crackin due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of inspected by the television camera method. or holes. Forme or surfaces s receive stucco finish shall be suitable for DRAWING w 9 2. C 924 Practice for Testdn Concrete PI a Sewer Lina- b Part 3.00 Execution Q compounded with enough carbon black during manufacture to resist 9 P y its application. Bolts and rods used for internal idea shall be oro arranged superimposed live loads. Low-Pressure Air Teat Method. 0 r ultraviolet rays o the above ground storage. The polyethylene ightl that, when the forme are removed, all metal is ed least 1 - y a Inch from 3. C 969 Practice for Inftitration and Exfiltration Acc tante Testin 3.01 ERECTION OF SIGNS AND SIGW SUPPORTS O shall be fined it the interior 0 the pipe hi heat, forming a hd -rhe eP 9 any concrete surface. Form ties shall o removed immediately after DARDEN CIVIL / ; of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines. A. Signe and sign supports shall be erected in accordance with the details bonded Iinfng, with minimum 40 mile dry thdckneae. The polyethylene removal of forme, and holes shall be thoroughly plugged with grout within c. Terminolo shown on the Drawin s and shall be set lumb unless otherwise indicated. Y 0 Cost system shall be 'approved', ore manufactured by the American 9Y 9 D sh hours after form removal and kept damp for 4 days to prevent SPECIFICATIONS a Caet Iron Pipe Co., or approved equal. For deflnitiona of terms relating to manhdea, see Terminology C All structural support members shall conform to the dimensions indicated. shrinking. ori o 822. E „ END OF SECTION O C a E 0) 0 o 0 FOR INFORMATIONAL CS4 o rE PURPOSES ONLY b. Wire ties will not be permitted. All forma shall be so 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 3.08 TESTING constructed that they can be removed without hammering or prying against A.General: The quality of the concrete as to conformance to the A.Accessories: A. Independent Testing Laboratory. the concrete. Unless otherwise indicated, suitable moldings shall be placed specifications is the entire responsibility of the Contractor until it is accepted ACI - 315, galvanized, chairs, stools, spacers, etc. Contractor employs and pays for services of an Owner-acceptable to bevel or round exposed edges at expansion joints or at any other in place in the structure and "rifled by the final cylinder testa made by the B.Expansion Joints: Independent testing laboratory to perform concrete cylinder testing. Test camera that are to remain. Beams below grade shall have forma at both laboratory. Arrangements for field testing shall be made by the Contractor 3/4 Inch diameter plain steel bars with sawn ends and expansion caps. cylinders shall be taken and cured by Contractor and tested by laboratory sides. with the laboratory as selected by the Owner. C.Underslab Vapor Barl for each different class of concrete placed In any one day. Take cylinders d B.Compressive Teats: Standard laboratory compressive test cylinders will be "Visqueen"; plastic sheeting, 6 mile thick, unless noted otherwise on in accord with ASTM C31, and cure and teat in accord with ASTM C39. One o Part 3.00 Execution obtained by the laboratory when concrete is discharged from the mixer at structural drawings. set of three cylinders is required for each 50 cu yd of concrete or less, 0 the site of the work. A set of 6 cylinders will be obtained for each 60 D.Floor Finishing: placed in any one day. Teat one cylinder at seven days, one at 28 days, N and hold one as g spare from each set of three. a 3.01 PREPARATION orbic yards or fraction thereof placed each day, for each type of concrete. 1. Floor Leveling Compound Floor Leveling Compound P A Concrete Mixing: The cylinders will be cured under laboratory condition and will be tested in "DEX-O-TEX'; Crossfield Products Corporation, Compton, California. B. Contractor Testa: 1. Equipment: The concrete shall be ready-mixed and the equipment shall two groups of three at 7 and 28 days of age, respectively. 1. Slump Teats c 2. Floor Sealing Compound Contractor take alum testa when cylinders are taken; maximum slum 5 o conform to the applicable requirements of ASTM Designation C-94. C.Slump Tests: The laboratory of the Owner or their representative Will make Co p yl p 'Master Seal Concrete Master builders, Cleveland, Ohio. c 2.Measurement: Equipment necessary to positively determine and control the slump testa of Claes A and Close B concrete as it Is discharged from the inches and minimum slump 3 inches. NOTE: Concrete floors to receive adhesively applied finishes or grouted `o actual amounts of all materials entering the concrete shall be provided by mixer at the site of the work. Slump teats may be made on any batch and 2.Air Entrainment finishes are not to be sealed. � the Contractor or the concrete manufacturer. All materials shall be failure to meet specified slump requirements will be sufficient cause for Air content by volume: 3 to 5 percent based on measurements made In _ E.Curing: m measured by weight, except that water may be measured by volume. A bag rejection of that batch. concrete mixtures at point of discharge of job site at time slump teats 1. Curing Compound E of cement weighs 94 pounds. D.prepared Proper reports of all tests tiedperformed prom by the laboratory will be Master Builders Technologies, 'Masterkure 200N^ water based wax emulsion are made. Air content by volume; ASTM C231. r prepared by the laboratory and submitted promptly to the Engineer and g C.Special Testing, 3,02 INSTALLATION Owner. Su_h reports shall be properly labeled so as to Identify the portions concrete curing compound. .. Owner may direct core testa; ASTM C42, or load testa; Section 202 of ACI ,g 2. Plastic Sheet Curing Membrane Kimley-Horn A.Forma: of the project Into which the materials have been placed. 318 be made of portions of structure under provisions of Article 7 of the w 1. Construction: 'VISOUEEN"; 6 mile thick, with Joint sealing tapes. GENERAL CONDITIONS. a. Forma shall be built true to line and grade, and shall be mortar tight END OF SECTION 3. Burlap for Moist Curing and Associates, Inc. ©2012 o and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement or sagging between supports. Standard grade burlap; FS CCC-C-467. 3.09 CLEANING CONCRETE The Contractor shall give particular attention to the adequacy of supports SECTION 03100 A. At completion of concrete work, clean surfaces exposed to view with water 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 CONCRETE FORMWORK 2.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN Completely p g p ORANGE,CA 92868 and shoring. The surfaces of forma used or permanently exposed surfaces and fiber bristle brushes. Com Istel stmt all curio compounds before ter°, shall be smooth and free from Irregularities, dents, saga, or holes. Forms or part 1,00 General A.Contractor employs and pays for services of an Owner-acceptable Installation of floor flniahea. (nd Independent testis laborator to deter mine concrete mix deaf n based on (714)939-1030 3 surfaces to receive stucco finish all be suitable for Is application. Brits °P g y g CA 00000696 e and rode used for internal flea shall be so arranged that, when the forms 1,01 SCOPE OF WORK compressive strengths of concrete shown on the structural Drawings. For 3.10 CLEAN-UP a design mix tests use aggregate, cement additive where specified, and water A.U on completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from KHA PROJECT# 095800015 are removed, all metal to at least 1 - 1/2 inch from any concrete surface. A.Fumish labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required for to be actuallyused in mixingconcrete. P P o Farm ties shall be removed Immediately after removal of forma, and holes concrete formwork indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. premises. m shall be thoroughly plugged with grout within 24 hours after form removal Part 3.00 Execution +' and kept damp for 4 days to prevent shrinking. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS END OF SECTION O c b. Wire ties will not be permitted. All forma shall be so constructed A. Material Standards: 3.01 DELIVERY AND TIME LIMITS that they can be removed without hammering or prying against the concrete. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) A. Concrete not placed within maximum time intervals, after adding mixing o Unless otherwise indicated, suitable moldings shall be placed to bevel or B. Concrete Standards: water, shall be rejected and removed. ay oround exposed edges at expansion joints or at any other comers that are to American Concrete Institute (ACI) 5, .5 remain. Beams below grade shall have forms at both sides. Temperature. Mix or Air Maximum Time Interval " m 2.Coating: Prior to the lotto of steel reinforcement or concrete, forma U to 75 Degrees F 90 min e g' placing Part 2.00 Products P g a for exposed surfaces shall be coated with a non-staining paraffin base oil or 75 to 89 Degrees F 60 min > v mineral oil. Forms for unexposed surfaces may be thoroughly wetted in lieu 2.01 MANUFACTURER Over 90 Degrees F 45 min. 0 of oiling, immediately before the placing of concrete. AThe Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of ` 3.Removal: Forma and/or forth supports shall not be removed from any using the products of specific manufacturers. Such is Intended to establish 3.02 VAPOR BARRIER INSTALLATION . E o concrete until it has obtained sufficient strength to support itself and any minimum quality standards, not to limit competitive bidding. Products with A. Install in accord with manufacturer's Instructions over prepared granular or o ? live loads it may be subjected to. equal or superior characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under non-exprnaive fill; seams lapped 6 inches minimum. O B.Retnforcing Steel: When placed in the forma, reinforcement shall be clean conditions of the Specifications. Nand free of all rust, scale, dust, dirt, point, o(1 or other foreign material and 3.03 PLACING REINFORCING ,-lE shall be accurately and securely positioned in the forms as shown on the 2.02 FORM MATERIALS A.General: cijr Drawings before the placing of concrete. Reinforcing steel shall be wired or A.Wood: Place accurately and securely saddle-tie at Intersection with 16 gage black, n otherwise fastened at Intersections and shall be supported by concrete or No. 2, or better, southern pine dressed lumber, white pine or Douglas fir, annealed wire. Support bars rigidly in place with chairs or spacers permitted N o metal supports, spacers or hangers. Bar supports, where adjacent to the non-stress grades. by ACI-315. Inches of concrete protection at reinforcement shall be in ground, shall be set on precast concrete pada compressed into the B.PPP accord with 'ACI Building Code", unless shown otherwise on Drawings. ON reinforcing steel at Intersections by welding methods. DFPA Plyfwm, Exterior B-B, edge sealed. B.Shop Drawings and Splicing: 0 1. Splicing of reinforcement shall be held to a minimum and shall be placed C.Plastic Fiber. Place bars and wire fabric in accord with accepted shop drawings and l.j $ at points of minimum stress. Bare shall be lapped splices a minimum of 36 Special forms of molded fiber, if required. schedules on structural Drawings. Splice wire fabric by lapping both (V .a bar diameters unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed by the D.Cardboard: directions not less than distance between wires, and tying two transverse Engineer, and shall be rigidly wired or clamped. wires. Splice bars as shown on Drawings. `o Beam void forma 'VOIDCO" or equal, as required under pier supported 2.Wire fabric shall be straightened before lotto and shall overlap one full C.Ina ection Before Coverings: o c 9 placing P grade beams. P g ' o apace of mesh at ends and edges and shall be securely fastened. Fabric E Metal, Owner's acceptance of Inserts and reinforcing in place is required before .o shall be supported so as to occupy its proper location in the concrete as Commercial standard, or as noted on drawings. concrete to placed; do not conceal until Inspected and authorized to shown on the Drawings. Fabric shall not cross any expansion joints. g proceed. Prior to Owners Inspection, remove water, clean, tighten forma, C.Embedded Items: In addition to steel reinforcement, pipes, Inserts and other N w P P 2.03 FORM ACCESSORIES close openings and coat forma with form of. Z 3 metal objects as shown, specified or ordered shall be built into, set In, or A.Gateway, Superior or equal, catalog items selected for minimum 350 psf U a attached to, the concrete. All necessary precautions shall be taken to form loadings. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE H c prevent these objects from being displaced, broken or deformed. Before A. General. Q ,«, concrete is placed, care shall be taken to determine that all embedded porta 2 04 FORM OL Deposit concrete ore nearly as practical to final position to avoid segregation U - are firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. They shall be due to re-handling or flowing. Deposit concrete at rate that It ata s A. Non-staining mineral oil of viscosity 250/100 F. 9 g• P ys L� thoroughly clean and free from paint or other coating, rust, scale, oil, or any plastic and flows readily into spaces between Inserts and reinforcing and U foreign matter. No wood shall be embedded in concrete. The concrete shall completely fills forma. Temperature of concrete at time of placing; between o Part 3.00 Execution P Y P P 9. W w be packed tightly around pipes and other metal work to prevent leakage and 50 and 90 Degrees F. a- to secure perfect adhesion. Drains shall be adequately protected from 3.01 FORM CONSTRUCTION B. Discharge and La rve ina: QQ d intrusion of concrete. A. General: Control concrete discharge so that concrete may be effectively placed in J D.Concrete: horizontal layers not more than 8 inches thick. Stacking or ilio concrete 1.General: Reinforcement shall be secured in position, Inspected and Design, construct and maintain forms so as to Insure that after removal, vier 9 piling > E P P finished concrete members will have true surfaces, be free of waves or in one place and then removing it any appreciable distance into position 9 approved before placing concrete. Runways for transporting concrete shall U o bulges, and conform accurately to Indicated shapes, d(menslona, lines and with hoes, rakes, shovels, and/or compactors is prohibited. v not rest on reinforcing steel. Concrete not placed within 90 minutes from positions of concrete members shown. Place, align and fit forma in O Z w the time mixing Is started will be rejected and shall be removed from the auccesaive unite to ensure smooth continuous completed surfaces free from C. Tremies and Chutes: w Y job by the Contractor. Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable form marks and Irregularities. Provide temporary openings In forma as Use tremies and chutes when placing concrete in piers, high narrow 0 in final position. Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely more than six g P y < c required to facilitate cleanings and inspection. Forms shall Cl readily retaining walls, etc., so that concrete will not vertical drop more than 3 o feat. All concrete shall be placed in daylight and (excepting seal concrete) o Q removable without impact, shock or damage to concrete. Clean form feet. 0 e shall be placed In the dry unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. surfaces before each use. D. Compacting: • 2.Slab Placed on Subgrade: Slab concrete placed an earth or fill subgrade B. Deflection and Leakage: Compact each layer of concrete using SPUD-type mechanical internal oshall be separated from direct contact with the subgrade by 6 ml Space walers, ties, bracing, etc. to prevent form deflection. Construct vibrators, supplemented with hand tampers. Maintain vibrator speed of not U polyethylene film or other approved material, unless noted otherwise on form joints sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of grout and cement paste less than 5000 cycles while submerged In concrete. Maintain at least one structural drawings. Sidewalks and walkways will not require a separationILJIJ a sheet. Polyethylene film shall be lapped 4 inches on sides and12 Inches on during placing. spare vibrator at hand. N o C. Exposed Surfaces: E. Bonding: ends. o. Give special care to formwork, flea, bracing, etc. for retaining walls or Before depositing fresh concrete on previously placed concrete which has E 3.Compaction: Concrete shall be compacted by internal vibrating equipment, other surfaces to be left exposed to permanent view. Waves, bulges, form partially or fully hardened, scrape surfaces of hardened concrete, hammer, supplemented by hand rodding and tamping as required. Vibrators shall in marks, staining, Int marks or Irregularities will not be acceptable. or wire-brush while hosing with water under pressure, until large aggregate v 9. l0 9 P 9 P 9 �� 11 `o no case be used to move the concrete laterally Inside the forms. Internal is exposed and scraping, laltance and dust removed. Tighten forms, wet 3 vibrators shall be used to maintain a speed of at least 5000 impulses per 3.02 CURING CONCRETE WITHIN FORMS concrete surfaces, slush with neat cement grout, and deposit new concrete -o o minute when submerged In concrete. (at least one spare vibrator, In working A.If surfaces are to be cured within forms, accomplish by keeping forms before grout attains initial set. Slushing grout; not less than 1/8 inch in Vim condition, shall be maintained at the site during concrete placing operations.) continuously wet. If fortes are removed before and of curing period, continue thickness. ZDuration of vibration shall be limited to the time necessary to produce curing as specified in CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. F. Jointina: U o- satisfactory consolidation without causing segregation. Vibrator shall be Locate and make construction joints In accord with the Drawings. d moved constantly and placed in each specific spot only once. 3.03 REMOVAL OF FORMS Construction joints will not be permitted at other locations without Owners Q a 4.Bonding: Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has A. Timing: acceptance. U a set, the surfaces of the set concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned so as to Remove forms after concrete has adequately hardened; not earlier than G. Anchor Bolts: L- m expose the coarse aggregate and be free of coatings, foreign matter and two days after concrete Is placed. Set anchor bolts, furnished by and/or for the work of other trades, in U a loose particles. The cleaned surfaces shall be dampened, but not saturated, B. Method: freshly placed concrete. Set bolts plumb and true and in accord with w w and then thoroughly covered with a coat of cement grout of similar Remove forms as a hand operation, take care to avoid damage to finished o P 9 accepted shop drawings and the Drawings. IL a proportions to the mortar in the concrete. The grout shall be as thick as concrete and/or reinforcing passing through forms being removed. Issue Date: 3/23/2012 possible on vertical surfaces and at least % inch thick on horizontal surfaces. 3.05 FINISHING CONCRETE J r The fresh concrete shall be placed before the grout has attained its Initial 3.04 CLEAN-UP A. Smooth Finish Slabs: 1 o set. A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from the 1. Tamping U ; 5.Protection: Rainwater shall not be allowed to Increase the ratio of mixing premises. While placing concrete, tamp to force coarse aggregate away from water, nor to damage the surface finish. Concrete shall be protected from surface. Screed with straight edges to bring surface to finish level REVISION INFORMATION Z ° disfigurement, damage, vibration, Internal fractures and construction END OF SECTION required. w overloads. 2. Floating 0 w E.Curing: Wood float to true plane with no coarse aggregate showing while Qu 1. All concrete, Including gunite, shall be water cured by covering with a SECTION 0300 concrete Is still green but sufficiently hard to bear a man's weight 0 a double thickness of dean burlap, cotton mats, or other approved material CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE `o kept thoroughly saturated with water. The forms shall be kept wet until without imprint. Float level or slope to drains as required. Use sufficient N e removed and upon removal, the curing specified herein shall be started Part 1.00 C ineral pressure while floating to bring moisture to surface. U °a immediately. Concrete shall be cured for a period of 7 days for normal 3. Troweling Portland cement or 4 days for high early strength cement. Concrete poured 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK Steel trowel not less than two passes. Begin with power trowel as soon 'a In the dry shall not be submerged until It has attained sufficient strength to A.Fumlah labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required for as little or no cement sticks to blades. Do not dual with dry cement o adequately sustain the stress Involved, nor shall it be subjected to flowing Cast-in-Place concrete work indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. third aggregate to absorb moisture fe to stiffen mix. Hand steel trowel water across its surface until it has cured 4 days. Curing of gunite shall be third pass to remove alight imperfections and produce smooth mm started as soon as possible without damaging surface and not later than 2 1.02 INTENT impervious face. Continue hand troweling until ringing sound is heard as trowel burnishes surface. + „a, hours after placing. A.Concrete shall be ready-mixed, or transit mixed, obtained from a plant; 4. Tolerance 0 2.In lieu of wet burlap or cotton mats as specified above, concrete slabs ASTM C94. Use job-mixed concrete only where and if authorized by Owner. = r may be covered with wet sand and kept moist for the specified wring period. Slabs to receive applied finishes, special finishes, or to be sealed shall In « The initial curing period of not less than 24 hours shall consist of the wet 1.03 MILL TESTS be level with tolerance of 1/8 Inch In 10 feet, when tested with 10 foot o straight edge at 3 foot Intervals in both directions. burlap or cotton mat method, then the wet sand method may be utilized A.Submit certified copies of reports to Owner, If requested. B. Depressed Slabs: r until the end of the curing period. W o 3.Concrete surfaces which will not be coated, painted, plastered, stuccoed, 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS Finish depressed Baba, if shown on the Drawings, to receive waterproofing, / covered with tile or floor covering or requiring a bonding surface may be topping, fill or mortar beds for tie, ate., as for smooth finish slabs but 0 „ only through wood floating. d b cured means of bid Ilieu f thet A a membrane curing compound eu owecure A.American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) DC. Surfaces Other Than Slabs: c method. The curing compound shall be applied immediately after a B.American Concrete Institute (ACI) U a 1. Exposed Vertical Surfaces satisfactory surface finish has been completed or forma have been removed. C.Federal Specifications (FS) FlII bolt and tie rod holes with some mix as placed concrete, except / The rate of application of membrane curing compound shall be at least one without course aggregate. FlII holes passing through concrete members gallon to every 200 square feet of exposed surface to be cured. The 1.05 SUBMITTALS from Inside face. Stone rub to uniform finish. O ai membrane curing compound and Impervious covering shall be continuous and A.Shop Drawings: 2.Patchingand Repairs rn a without defects and shall retain the required moisture In the concrete. Submit drawings of reinforcement for acceptance prior to start of 9 eP P Remove honeycomb voids, cracks, and irregularities. Where repair is F % Membrane curing compound that becomes damaged by rain, foot traffic or fabrication. List reinforcing and accessories quantities, sizes, bends, required, cut back defects not leas than 1/2 inch with square edges, brush J other conditions within 5 days of application shall be reapplied. dimensions and notes required for fabrication and placement. Draw placing out, drench with water and fill with some mix as placed concrete, except (If o F.Finishes: plans, elevations, details and sequence of placement. Member marks on 1. As soon as forms can safely be removed, all irregular projections shall be shop drawings; some as on structural drawings. without tremae aggregate. When cut-outs have been filled, trowel surface I a chipped off flush with the concrete surfaces. All voids produced by spacers B.Testing Laboratory Reports: smooth, remove excess grout. After set, grind alightly to uniform color and Y honeycombing P P g Submit three copies to Owner. appearance using neat Portland Cement applied with a power grinder wheel. E or an hone ombin shall be pointed u with rout and troweled flush with Restaurant #: 457 ,ry 3.Topping and Fills the concrete surface immediately after removal of forms and water cured to C) prevent shrinkage. Honeycombing shall be cut out to expose a sound Part 2.00 Products Screed, float and finish same as slabs. O '- concrete surface prior to pointing. The use of mortar pointing or patching O o shall be confined to the repair of small defects in relatively green concrete. 2,01 MANUFACTURER 3.06 CURING CONCRETE Where in the opinion of the Engineer substantial repairs are required, the A. Requirements: ,fy o P 9 P 9 A.The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written en the basis bl Cure concrete not leas than 7 days by protecting it against moisture loss, defective concrete shall be cut out to sound concrete and repaired with using the products of specific manufactures. Such Is intended o establish rapid temperature change, mechanical injury, and injury from weather, rain, O gunite or the concrete shall be removed and reconstructed as directed. minimum quality standards, not to limit competitive bidding. Products with or flowing water. Contractor's choice: RED LOBSTER / 2.Floor slabs shall be brought to a true and even finish by power or hand equal or superior characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable g t floating In a manner that will not bring excess fines to the surface. The under conditions of the Specifications. 1. Compound c consistency of the concrete shall be such that water does not accumulate at Apply in accord with manufacturers instructions. Protect compound-formed T I GA R D o d the surface. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the surface shall be 2.02 BASIC MATERIALS membrane on slabs with 1 Inch of sand. Compound must be completely ` = floated with a wood float and shall be steel troweled A.Concrete: d to a smooth finish. removed once concrete has achieved specified set. Remove per o o e Troweling shall be the minimum to obtain a smooth, dense surface and shall 1. Portland Cement manufacturers written instructions with a mechanical scrubber and water y n not be done until the mortar has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess fineASTM C150, Type I, unless noted otherwise on structural drawings. soluble stripper. ay w material from being worked Into the surface. If so directed, the surface 2.Aggregates 2.Plastic Sheet shall be brushed lightly with a push broom so as to produce a non-slip a. Fine Aggregates: Cover surface with membrane, edges lapped 4 inches or more and sealed surface. Washed sand; ASTM C33 with tape. PROTOTYPE N.A. Q> 3.Concrete surfaces that are not exposed in the completed work will require b. Coarse Aggregates: 3.Moisture no special finish other than such pointing up and rubbing as is necessary to Crushed atone; ASTM C33 Keep surfaces continuously wet or moist during curing period, by covering p o` leave them smooth and impervious. I. Members to 8 Inches in section - Table II, Size 67. surfaces with wet sand, wet burlap, or moist curing mats. 0 4.Other surfaces which will be exposed in the completed work shall be (i. All other concrete - Table ll, Size 467. 4.Surface Within Forma WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON / -°'• finished by being rubbed smooth and dense, without pita, irregularities, blow 3.Water Keep forms continuously wet. If forma are removed before end of curing UJ m holes or bubbles. Local tap water. period, continue for full curing period as for unformed surfaces. O co G.Grout' B.Reinforced Steel: J o 1. Grout for pointing and patching shall consist of cement and fine aggregate 1. Bars 3.07 SEALING CONCRETE DRAWING I e mixed in the proportions used in the concrete and a minimum amount of ASTM A615, grade 60 or as shown on the Drawings. A. Were shown on the Drawings, apply to slab in accord with manufacturer's Q water to produce a workable grout. 2. Wire Fabric instructions. Apply during later stages of construction. 5 2.Material for grouting manhole or drainage inlet openings, column base ASTM A185. DARDEN CIVIL U s places, anchor bolts, reinforcing bars, pipe sleeves and pump base plates / shall be of non-shrink type and shall be mixed and placed as recommended 1' t by the manufacturer. Machinery set on grout pada shall not be operated SPECIFICATIONS m until the grout has cured for at least 24 hours. ori a 0 E « C c C e 3 FOR INFORMATIONAL CS" o PURPOSES ONLY 0IF- = PLANT SCHEDULE i r WAS 04 _ { TREES CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME/COMMON NAME CONT CAL SIZE QUARf � / ACE 2 Acerb g rlanum/Trident Maple 3 g 2 Cal 1 2-14 • l °� uer e ' M le 0 al ' AJ 1 Acer japonicum Vdlfollum Vltlfollum Fullmoon Maple 15 gal 1 .25 Cal 7' -8' Al a BET 3 Betula plat yp hylla japonica 'Whitespire' /Japanese Birch 30 gal 2"Cal 8-10' ulti trunk qq '1 CO 3 Cercis occidentalis /Western Redbud 30 gal 2"Cal 8-10' x _ ' i AS SER NDSCAPE BED WITHIN BUILDING PAD AREA TO \: T lti .Aw EXISTING G VICE E ;.` \ a x RECEIVE RIVER ROCK MULCH ACE — \ SHRUBS CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME/COMMON NAME CONT Elm" \ \ % ' SOD ., O CD 76 Caryopteris x clandonensis Dark Knight' /Blue Mist Shrub 5 gal w `•` Jrn `. \ `` - 30" Min, Ht., 24"o.c. KlmandiAs o�iates, Inc. ' \ .\ APLE TREE \ \� FI 18 Forsythia x intermedia ' Lynwood Gold' / Lynwood Gold Forsythia 5 gal 765 THE CITY DRIVE, SUITE 400 REMAIN \ 24" Ht. x 20" Spr. 60"O.C. ORANGE,CA 92868 . AND BE \ ' \ i' (714)939-1030 a i AWMINUM EDGIN ' 0 HEM 87 Hemerocallis x'Stella de Oro' / Stella de Oro Daylily 3 gal (TMP ) \ *.PROTEC"fED I - /, \.• CA 00000696 KHA PROJECT# 095800015 \ � +� 3-5 FAN DIV, 24"O.C. y _'' • \ \\ { • } TM 26 Taxus x med a Ders'rformis / Dense Yew 5 al DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: Nm� VD 39 Viburnum davidii / David Viburnum 5 gal Ti Taw.. .�� ...� .... . 24" Ht. 36"O C Q- G\S FO o i 11 @' m•. --_--..- .... _ / `\ GRASSES CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME/COMMON NAME CONT 736 c C$ F5 TM 1 4D \ �y \ \\ Patrick B. Hart U i /\ OREGON _ CD BET PAN PAN HATCH REPRESENTS A"DRY FI / \\ PAN 76 Panicum virgatum •Shenendoah / Burgundy Switch Grass 5 gad 12/20/20100 s E PROPtRTY LINE • I 7 3 10 18 STREAM" COMPRISED OF RIVER \ ` 18^ Ht., 3s^O.C. sLq GZ` , Y ROCK ONLY. (NO PLANTING) \ LIMIT O)~GRADING 1 1 7 3 <\ �\\\ \ f'E AR DISTURBANCE \ NOTE: ANY SOD TO BE REPLACED ON SITE SHALL MATCH EXISTING. CONTRACTOR DATE: 06/25/2013 • C� r \ \ \ \\ " IS t0 SUBMIT A SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND/OR o \ k\ \\ OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE INSTALLATION. TM ° = JAPANE55 MAPLE VD \• I \ `\ UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT o TREE (8" D f3.H.) 10 ATCH BA511-t, \ IS TOREMAIN AND BE'PROTECTED. I { f ' : may } r' \` o c CALL TOLL FREE v� v `o C7 NORTH Y PAN 811 TREE TO REMAIN 5 r y.E PROTECTED (TVP). T i v 1 \\ WORKING JAPAN UAPLE TREE BEFOREYOU DIG 5 L�1 (8" D.B. /f0 BE REMOVED. _ _ _ \� " GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET EL"Y t '` .ji \\ 0 5 10 20 "o s i< OO ARRIEK RYP) z l l ? 1 tr \\ O (O d VD '�'. 3 ¢iw{�x' ^H✓ -.. ,3��...+f"1 . _,".f ` t,..l € `'f f # ✓; \ �� O ( ter, z �J 16 M o r_ - :` HEM '"• I�{:moi l.€''.'s v �€.,: L'" e LE" E^_ 0' `f' L ' " T _: \j }3�A�J�i11��W"J ,.\ •' [ w� I 9 FI1 t , COEX 1K� - r \ d 1 24' STONE MULCH CLEAR ZONELI Ld SF c o (REFER TO NOTE #8). = } NF 6, EXISTING DRAINAGE F 2. MAY BE REQUIRED t0 COVER WITH MULCH TO A DEPTH OF At LEAST SIX (6) m 4 TM 50D -' ' ? FI `` INCHES, OR WITH PLYWOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIAL, OVER THE ROOT TONE I ° _P / PE)E1OF A TREE IN ORDER TO PROTECT ROOTS FROM DAMAGE CAUSED BY HEAVY C3 FLa PAN PAN ° ° { \ a EQUIPMENT. / HEM 7 HEM 3 1 \\ 57 PAN 3. SHALL PROHIBIT EXCAVATION OR COMPACTING OF EARTH OR OTHER i 9 EM ? i •' CD .._. 5 ....... "- - - V ...- 7 5 \ POTENTIALLY DAMAGING ACTIVITIES WITHIN THE TREE PROTECTION ZONE. / D H J T CO f _- I PAN E REMOVED D B H ) E TM "� — c 4. MAY BE REQUIRED t0 MINIMIZE ROOT DAMAGE BY EXCAVATION OF A TWO MAPLE TREE (2 a 3 BA, R J TOB (2) FEET DEEP TRENCH, AT THE EDGE OF THE TREE PROTECTION ZONE, TO JAPANJEE MAPLE TREE VD ( :... ISTING SANITARY SERVICE CLEANLY SEVER THE ROOTS OF TREES TO BE RETAINED. 3 w PLANTEbTO;MITIGATE 7 REMOVAL OP ADJACENT • • . • • _ COI It4tcT OND F 5. MAY BE REQUIRED TO HAVE CORRECTIVE PRUNING PERFORMED ON Issue Date: 03/23/2012 • U C ; JAPAN5E MAPLE. • APTREE T; BUUILDIINRGEACTIIVVIITY. MAYES IN ORDER REQUIRED AVOID TO MAINTAIN TREES THROUGHOUT 1tS! y�, Iy�.,j,,,' " AI REVISION INFORMATION CONSTRUCTION PERIOD BY WATERING AND FERTILIZING a m • M N v T P ACE N , UNTIL THE OWNER CHANGES yf CITYDATE 5 29 2013 ° 0 50D REMOVAL K~j CD f VD BE/ / PROJECT ARBORIST AND REE PROTECTION AUTHORIZES ES THEIR PLACE AN (o. SHALL MAINTAIN THE NCING IN J 5 D _ M IE 5 � R - 1 PAN / a 2 ......... .- __ .... ... . SOD 1. SHALL ENSURE THAT ANY LANDSCAPING DONE IN THE TREE PROTECTION J CD TRIDENT MLE TREE __ 5 .2 AWMINUM ..... ........ { _ ZONE SUBSEQUENT TO THE REMOVAL OF THE BARRIERS SHALL BE - 9 PLANTED TO MITIGATE ' :,` ................- _-- - ACCOMPLISHED WITH LIGHT MACHINERY OR HAND LABOR USE PLANT EDGING (LYP.) AJ =REMOVAL-0F ADJA=N — .. RACK , MAPLE. ^T -- - — . _ MATERIALS WITH COMPATIBLE WATER REQUIREMENTS t0 TREE t0 BE _. _ .. _- ... - _ . ..... PRESERVED SERVED ANp DIRECT SPRAY IRRIGATION AWAY FROM TRUNKS. o � BOULDERS (TVP.) _. .... v BENCHES T CAIN 11, THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN PLANTED AREAS BY MEANS OF CONTINUOUS WATERING, PRUNING, RAISING TREE F. THE GRADE SHALL NOT BE ELEVATED OR REDUCED WITHIN THE TREE a PROTECTION ZONE WITHOUT THE PROJECT ARBORISt'S AUTHORIZATION. THE o m ROOT BALLS WHICH SETTLE BELOW GRADE, APPLICATION OF SPRAYS WHICH ARE NECESSARY t0 KEEP THE PLANTINGS FREE OF ROJECT ARBORIST MAY ALLOW COVERAGE OF UP t0 ONE HALF OF THE AREA Q ` 8 328' ALUMINUM EDGING - SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS AND DETAILS FOR INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION. INSECTS AND DISEASES, FERTILIZING, WEEDING, MOWING, EDGING AND/OR OTHER OPERATION NECESSARY FOR PROPER CARE AND P LANDSCAPE PLAN NOTES: UPKEEP. OF THE TREE'S ROOT ZONE WITH LIGHT SOILS (NO CLAY) TO THE MINIMUM DEPTH NECESSARY TO CARRY OUT GRADING OR LANDSCAPING PLANS, IF It WILL NOT 71 12. LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR TO TAG AND HOLD ALL PLANT MATERIAL A MINIMUM OF 30 DAYS PRIOR t0 DATE OF IMPERIL THE SURVIVAL OF THE TREE. AERATION DEVICES MAY BE REQUIRED . CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER t0 THE LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS, PLANT LIST, GENERAL NOTES AND ALL CONTRACT INSTALLATION. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS MADE WITHIN THE 30 DAYS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION TO BE THE NEXT SIZE t0 ENSURE THE TREE'S SURVIVAL. E w DOCUMENTS FOR FURTHER AND COMPLETE INSTRUCTIONS. LARGER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CLIENT. t a a 2. PLANT LIST QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED FOR CONVENIENCE IN THE EVENT OF QUANTITY DISCREPANCIES THE DRAWING SHALL TAKE 13. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE AND UPKEEP FOR 90 DAYS PAST FINAL INSPECTION. G. IF THE GRADE ADJACENT TO A PRESERVED TREE IS RAISED SUCH THAT IT PRECEDENCE. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. COULD SLOUGH OR ERODE INTO THE TREE PROTECTION ZONE, IT SHALL BE a E ° 14. ALL TREES WITHIN 5' OF HARDSCAPE TO RECEIVE ROOT CONTROL BARRIERS. INSTALL ALL CANOPY TREES WITH A MINIMUM OF 5' PERMANENTLY STABILIZED TO PREVENT SUFFOCATION OF THE ROOTS. Restaurant #: 457 3. ANY SUBSTITUTION IN SIZE AND/OR PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. ALL v SEPARATION FROM ALL UTILITIES, UNLESS AROOT-BARRIER IS UTILIZED. INSTALL ROOT BARRIER PER DETAIL G ON SHEET LI.2 o ; PLANTS WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND/OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PLANTING CAN (TYP). H. AN IMPERVIOUS SURFACE SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN THE TREE a BEGIN PROTECTION ZONE OF ANY TREE TO BE PRESERVED WITHOUT THE TREE PROTECTION NOTES- AUTHORIZATION OF THE PROJECT ARBORIST. THE PROJECT ARBORIST MAY ° 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD ADJUST LOCATION OF PLANT MATERIALD ELEEAS NECESSARY S AVOID DAMAGE TO ALL EXISTING REQUIRE SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION METHODS AND/OR USE OF AERATION RED LOBSTER UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND/OR EXISTING ABOVE GROUND ELEMENTS. ALL CHANGES REQUIRED SHALL BE COMPLETED AT THE TIGARD F-- CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE AND SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. A. NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO ANY ASPECT OF THE APPROVED URBAN FORESTRY PLAN WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM THE DEVICES TO ENSURE THE TREE'S SURVIVAL AND TO MINIMIZE THE POTENTIAL PRO.ECT ARBORIST AND CITY ARBORIST. FOR ROOT INDUCED DAMAGE t0 THE IMPERVIOUS SURFACE. a 5. ANY DAMAGE OR DISTURBANCE TO THE EXISTING LANDSCAPE/SOD AREAS SHALL BE CORRECTED AND COMPLETED AT THE Ln CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. B. TIMELINE FOR CLEARING, GRADING, AND INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION MEASURES: WORK WILL BEGIN WITHIN THREE (3) WEEKS OF 1. TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PRACTICAL, UTILITY TRENCHES SHALL BE LOCATED O c PFT PERMIT INSURANCE BY THE CITY. TREE PROTECTION WILL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY GROUND DISTURBANCE WORK, CLEARING, OUTSIDE OF THE TREE PROTECTION ZONE OF TREES TO BE PRESERVED. THE m PROTOTYPE N/A o � 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIM/HERSELF WITH THE LIMITS OF WORK AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AND VERIFY ALL AND GRADING WILL FOLLOW. PROJECT ARBORIST MAY REQUIRE THAT UTILITIES BE TUNNELED UNDER THE INFORMATION. IF DISCREPANCIES EXIST, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING WITHIN SEVEN q CALENDAR DAYS OF NOTICE TO PROCEED. ROOTS OF TREES TO BE PRESERVED IF THE PROJECT ARBORIST DETERMINES > G. PLACING MATERIALS NEAR TREES. NO PERSON MAY CONDUCT ANY ACTIVITY WITHIN THE PROTECTED AREA OF ANY TREE THAT TRENCHING WOULD SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCE THE CHANCES OF THE TREES WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON -1. MULCH: SMOOTH 3"-5" WASHED RIVER ROCK (TAN GREY BLEND) MULCH SHALL BE USED WITHIN THE BUILDING PAD LANDSCAPE DESIGNATED t0 REMAIN, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PARKING EQUIPMENT, PLACING SOLVENTS, STORING BUILDING MATERIAL AND SURVIVAL. AREAS. THESE AREAS WILL BE AT 3" THICKNESS DEPTH. FINAL COLOR AND SIZE TO BE SELECTED BY THE OWNER PROVIDE SOIL DEPOSITS, DUMPING CONCRETE WASHOUT AND LOCATING BURN HOLES.o DRAWING PERVIOUS WEEP FILTER FABRIC BELOW. J. DIRECTIONAL FELLING. DIRECTIONAL FELLING OF TREES SHALL BE USED TO Ln D. ATTACHMENTS TO TREES DURING CONSTRUCTION - NO PERSON SHALL ATTACH ANY OBJECT TO ANY TREE DESIGNATED FOR AVOID DAMAGE TO TREES DESIGNATED FOR PRESERVATION. 8. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN A 24" CLEAR ZONE FREE OF ALL PLANTING AROUND THE ENTIRE BUILDING PERIMETER. REFER TO PRESERVATION LANDSCAPE PLAN Y r DETAIL H, SHEET LI.2 m K• ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. THE PROJECT ARBORIST MAY REQUIRE £ ° 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL COSTS OF TESTING OF SOILS, AMENDMENTS, ETC ASSOCIATED WITH THE WORK AND INCLUDED E. PROTECTIVE BARRIER PRIOR TO ANY GROUND DISTURBANCE BY THE CONTRACTOR: ADDITIONAL TREE PRESERVATION MEASURES WHICH ARE CONSISTENT WITH ° IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. L SHALL ERECT AND MAINTAIN READILY VISIBLE TREE PROTECTION FENCING ALONG THE OUTER EDGE AND COMPLETELY TREE CARE INDUSTRY STANDARDS. ° E SURROUNDING THE PROTECTED AREA OF ALL PROTECTED TREES OR GROUPS OF TREES AS SHOWN. FENCES SHALL BE a 10. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALUMINUM EDGING BETWEEN ALL SHRUB AND SOD AREAS AS NOTED ON THE PLANS. CONSTRUCTED OF 5 FOOT TALL METAL, SECURED TO EIGHT FOOT TALL METAL POSTS. POSTS SHALL NOT BE PLACED FURTHER THAN **REFER TO SHEET L1.2 FOR TREE PROTECTION DETAIL. REFERENCE ONLY Ll . 1 3 ESTIMATED QUANTITY PROVIDED IN PLANT SCHEDULE, THIS SHEET. SEE DETAIL F, SHEET L1.2 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS. 8 FEET O.G. APART. NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMI ° m L � 1. TREES, PALMS, AND LARGE SHRUBS (15 GAL DR GREATER) SHALL BE PLANTED IN SIMILAR f MANNER 2 3' MINIMUM OF MULCH AS SPECIFIED. MERE - 0 TREES ARE PLACED IN SOD, MULCH RING FOR TREES COVER ROOTBALL SIDES AND EXTEND 3 18" BEYOND ON ALL SIDES. NO MULCH - SHALL BE PLACED OVER TRUNK. BEST FACE OF SHRUB/ GROUNDCOVER O TO FACE FRONT OF PLANTING BED. Top of shrub raotballs to be planted ROOTBALL -- oy� A 1" - 2" high with soil mounding up 1 + + 3. SHALLOW/ WIDE PLANT HOLE TOP SHALL BE Y < to the top of rootball. a 3X THE SIZE OF ROOTBALL LIMITS O REFER TO PLANT SCHEDULE FOR + + t F When used in masses- prune all 4. FINISHED GRADE - LANDSCAPE SOIL PLANT PIT O SPACING B E v' + + + + shrubs to achieve a uniform mass/height. 5. FIND TOP-MOST ROOT ON ROOTBALL; s,`•-a 'G _ _ POSITION ROOTBALL SO THIS TOP ROOT IS 1. FINISH GRADE _ 4A A ROCK MULCH INSTALLED TO A PLAN DEPTH OF 3" AS SPECT ED 3"-5" Diameter River Rock (inside 1-2' ABOVE LANDSCAPE SOIL (APPROX. _ E AND INDICATED ON PLAN. O building pad) 5 10% OF ROOTBALL SHALL BE ABOVE 2. HORIZONTAL 2X2 SCREWED TO 2X2 ❑ ❑ r 8 LANDSCAPE SOIL) STAKE. ALL WOOD SHALL BE /2 V k UNTREATED. Klmlel-Horn B.TREE STAKING AS SPECIFIED. PLAN 0 C.a' HIGH SOL BERN TO HOLD WATER A B C D E Excavate entire bed specified for 2 6. BERM SOIL SO THAT TOP OF BERM IS JUST 3. 3-1/2" DRYWALL SCREW, and Associates, Inc. O P 10% of BELOW THE TOP 10% OF THE TOP OF THE 3X ROOTBALL THREAD SIZE 12, SHARP POINT, 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 D.FINISHED GRADE(SEE GRADING PIAN) 9roundcover bed. ROOTBALL SLOPE DOWNHILL PORTION OF FULL THREAD, BLACK .. D rootball ORANGE,CA 92868 o BERM A REQUIRED TO MEET EXISTING PHOSPHATE FINISH E. TOP OF ROOTBALL MN. 1' ABOVE FINISHED (714)939-1030 GRADE O 4' Minimum of seetopgr di bang to GRADE.S 2 1 :�.. finished grade (see grading plan). 4. VERTICAL STAKES SHALL ABUT CA 00000696 n •, E F. B A.B OR CONTAINERIZED (SEE " B & BOR CONTAINER RENO AL SYNTHETIC SIDE OF ROOTBALL KHA PROJECT# 095800015 J2 - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROOT BALL o J2 REQUIREMENTS). Prepared planting sol as specified. ♦ : ` 7 MATERIALS FROM IROOTBALL. (SEE L I F O R& When ground- covers and {' . ♦ OR OTHER OT BALL 5. STAKES TO EXTEND INTO NATIVE SOIL DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: l:a G. PREPARED PLANTING SOIL AS SPECIFIED. shrubs used in masses entire bed to - 3 " �:� _,: SPECIFICATIONS BY 1-1/2 X THE ROOTBALL DEPTH it >a. , REQUIREMENTS) F .. be amended with planting soil mix as - ,. -, MIN. 1 •Tom'�: . ... H.ROmBALLS(BEATER THAN 24' DIAMETER - -. - F or ' -� ,( {T. -x-� `_ G :,,' ' ."'= ` ` :F `.'. `.V :..� specified. EXISTING GRADE •' -, � .._i -�, { ;�_ _ �\` �� - G\S T FR SHALL BE PLACED ON MOUND OF UNDISTURBED - - .- - H DASHED 8. ROOTBALLS SHALL BE PLACED ON 1 ° - SOIL TO PREVENT SETRLNG. ROOTBAILS Ap`"^`-• - O ( ) , vI I4_ '�.�, ` - NOTE: Q' O o SMALLER THAN 24'IN DIA MAY SIT ON E G Scarify rootball sides and bottom. -- ,.! .I E UNDISTURBED SOIL TO PREVENT SETTLING. ` j a i ` ° l COMPACTED STM' 3X Rootball Diameter ♦ Z IF SPATIAL REQUIREMENTS PRECLUDE • 736 • ....... . a 1/2 DIAMETER OF ROOT BALL I, STAKING WITH THIS METHOD SUBMIT o I. UNDISTURBED SUBSOIL i I- O NOTES: ALTERNATE FOR LANDSCAPE OREGON v - - •: r Patrick B. Hart I- A. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE I ARCHITECTS APPROVAL PRIOR TO 1z/2o/2010 v 1. TREE STAKING TO BE AS SPECIFIED AND DETAILED ON THIS SHEET. F G 00 E PERCOLATION OF ALL PLANTING INSTALLING PLANT. s 2 REMOVE BURLAP, WERE AND STRAPS(ANYTHING THAT COULD GIRDLE 12" TREE OR RESTRICT ROUT GROWTH). PITS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.2 2 sc q P RG r 3. SEE LANDSCAPE NOTES FOR THE TYPE OF MULCH MATERIAL TO USE. 5 E E 4. PRUNE TREE AS DIRECTED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT/OR OWNER. ALL TREES SHALL BE PLUMB VERTICALLY WITHIN A TOLERANCE B. FINAL TREE STAKING DETAILS A Y 5. BRANCHING HEIGHT TO ANSI SFANDARDS. OF THREE DEGREES, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY OWNER'S AND PLACEMENT TO BE APPROVED to details A and C for planting REPRESENTATIVE DATE: 03/23/2012 APPROVED BY OWNER. SECTION N `o C. SEE PRE-APPROVED STAKING METHODS, -o .y TREE PLANTING SHRUB GROUNDCOVER PLANTING PLANTING ON A SLOPE THIS SHEET TREE STAKING E v / ` PLAN/SECTION NTSPLAN/SECTION NTS C SECTION NTS D PLAN/SECTION NTS o v L c V ° c •� o o ` N � L 6 1. FINISH GRADE E 2. BACKFILL WITH PREPARED PLANTING O Top of edging to be J¢' above turf � C_ cV 3 SOIL MIX AS SPECIFIED. ROOTBALL ,- A O Top of stake to be 1" below top of edging NOTES: 3. FILTER CLOTH, MIRAFI 50OX OR 0 `a LIMITS OF 5 BETTER 8 O Weed barrier and pre-emergent herbicide SPECIFIED TREE ROOT BARRIERS ARE A MECHANICAL BARRIER AND ROOT DEFLECTOR TO (V TREE/ PREVENT TREE ROOTS FROM DAMAGING HARD- SCAPES AND LANDSCAPES. ASSEMBLED IN 2' o E SHRUB PIT H.P. 4. 12" CLEAN SAND, COMPACTED. C D Rive rack, see planting detail LONG MODULES TO CREAT VARYING SIZES OF CYLINDERS FOR SURROUNDING ROOT BALLS 9 ° ADJUST LAYER THICKNESS SO O 1 O N TOP OF ROOTBALL IS AT LEAST (SURROUND PLANTING SME) OR FOR LINEAR APPLICATIONS DIRECTLY BESIDE A HARDSCAPE 2 1/+• d N 1' ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. D ADJACENT TO ONE SIDE OF THE TREES (LINEAR PLANTING STYLE). ZIPPER JOINING SYSTEM o .085' ° A. MATERIALS T DOUBLE TOP EDGE FOR 3/8' W 8 PLAN 1 5. SLOPE BOTTOM TO DRAIN 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL TREE ROOT BARRIERS AS SPECIFIED. ee toot GRADE PREVENTION OF ROOT OVER oas" m THE TREE ROOT BARRIERS SHALL BE PRODUCT # UB 24-2 AS MANUFACTURED BY a p•�• GROWTH 7/t6, 0 6. f18'4 AUGURED HOLE PENETRATE ____ '. �.' 085" <,_`-, •. NTI-LIFT GROUND LOCK m THROUGH OCCLUDING LAYER TO ::.` :::.,I ENE ;i;:::-_j'>:!E DEEP ROOT PARTNERS, L.P.P345 LORTON AVE. X103, BURLINGAME, CA _ o $ WATER TABLE OR TO A DEPTH OFl_ - ^}- T xs : (800-458-7668), OR APPROVED EQUAL THE BARRIER SHALL BE BLACK, INJECTION - 90' ROOT DEFLECTING RIBS o- ! Y TO ASSURE PROPER VTn M �O1 m e -. I= , �� ; MOLDED PANELS, OF 0.085" WALL THICKNESS IN MODULES 24" LONG BY 24" DEEP; INTEGRAL PART OF PANEL PERCOLATION. CL MANUFACTURED WITH A MINIMUM 50% POST CONSUMER RECYCLED POLYPROPYLENE 0�- v 2 PLASTIC WITH ADDED ULTRAVIOLET INHIBITORS; RECYCLABLE. EACH PANEL SHALL HAVE: V c w ""' T-% ' ;r• _ ,y_ i 3 7. BACKFlLL WITH 1/2° - 3/4' GRAVEL " j;T�:? 1=ins E ` �(„^t;;at_I .Iry =L t STAKE PER MANUFACTURERS PANEL 0.085" (2.16MM) .085" / B. CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION m * , ,� Ik{ i , I` RECOMMENDATIONS ■'.. THICK POLYPROPYLENE a `. �`~L e. WATER TABLE DEPTH VARIES _ 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE TREE ROOT BARRIERS WITH THE NUMBER OF PANELS 4 ( ) 'I- 1. aj I al AND IN THE MANNER SHOWN ON THE DRAW- INGS. THE VERTICAL ROOT DEFLECTING RIBS �A t, a, E.' :_ ? ® PATENTED MOLDED GROUND ° w _ �:f„--. -- SHALL BE FACING INWARDS TO THE ROOT BALL AND THE TOP OF THE DOUBLE EDGE SHALL NOTE „< ).1 !.a .: �;,.::, TED a LOCKING ANTI-LIFT PADS BE 1/2" ABOVE GRADE. EACH OF THE REQUIRED NUMBER OF PANELS SHALL BE CONNECTED v, n : ic: "I . ,j ::- SEE DETAIL "B") 3 ° ttx• _.: FOR A PARKING ISLAND TO FORM A CIRCLE AROUND THE ROOT BALL OR WHERE SPECIFIED JOINED IN A LINEAR -v s oa - - 6 PLANTING SITUATION, DOUBLE TOP EDGE CONTRACTOR TO BACKFILL 1. Bed edge shall be 5" black commercial aluminum or steel FASHION AND PLACED ALONG THE ADJACENT HARDSCAPE. r Issue Date: 03/23/2012 o + .= 7 ENTIRE LENGTH OF PLANTING edging with 12" spikes at 3' on center maximum. 2. EXCAVATION AND SOIL PREPARATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE DRAWINGS ROUNDED EDGES FOR ZIPPER JOINING SYSTEM " AREA TO WITHIN 6" OF BACK OF SAFETY AND s 2. Install edging only in areas to separate river rock from 0 8 CURB OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT. mulch or turf, edging shall not be installed adjacent to " STRENGTH REVISION INFORMATION D sidewalks 3. THE TREE ROOT BARRIERS SHALL BE BACKFILLED ON THE OUTSIDE WITH 3/4 TO 1 o ,`o f18 REFER TO NOTE 0.3 OF WRITTEN 3. Where edging terminates at a sidewalk, bevel or recess 1/2" GRAVEL OR CRUSHED ROCK AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. NO GRAVEL BACKFILL m " SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ends to prevent trip hazards. IS REQUIRED FOR A LINEAR PLANTING C c° SECTION INFORMATION. v o NI POOR DRAINAGE CONDITIONS METAL BED EDGING 24" DEEPROOT TREE ROOT BARRIERS a _J PLAN/SECTION NTS PLAN/SECTION NTS NTS DRIPUNE �' Ot 6'H "PERIMETER PLUS' CONSTRUCTION FENCE BY ::; c'�`= •i T- CONNED PLASTICS DR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE o o ( ') F 7 APPROVED EQUIVALENT. SUBMIT PRODUCT INFORMATION Prepared sol as per specification f ,� FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. o O Rock mulch shall be 3'-5' diameter River Rock O eP P sP r +, -�, r m O O B 1 I Rode is flush with the walk elevation as shown F Typical shrub I " y I j m G F U .:a OB' TALL METAL °T POSTS OR 2" x 2" X 8' Sidewalk as per civil specification O T : 5 PRESSURE TREATED WOOD POSTS WITH j W C P sP G Building Wall 6 24" BURIAL BELOW GRADE. O Weed barrier O MIN. D H Footing see architectural sheets 2 $ INSTALLATION NOTES: O BOULDER TO BE SET A MINIMUM OF } OR A MAXIMUM QL ° A F A. POST SELECTION SHOULD BE BASED ON 3 BELOW GRADE. 1 m PLACE FLAT IF ROCK BELOW GRADE OR NATURAL ELEVATION EXPECTED STRENGTH NEEDS AND THE O FACE ABOVE GRADE2 n E LMEETALi"POSTS OR TREIATEDEWOODLPOSTS O ROCK/GRAVEL MULCH. B 24" (MIN TIME FENCE IN Restaurant #: 457 v ��� DRIPLINE ARE TYPICALLY USED FOR CONSTRUCTION U m j'cf C D F s /�/ �) (TYP.) AND OTHER APPLICATIONS. _J m 3 f 3 ( r1 X L •m �.. .�. ' 1 ars . RED LOBSTER Y TI �I ................... .................. ... GARD f POSTS SHOULD BE DRIVEN INTO THE � E - T - ' GROUND TO A DEPTH OF 1 4 OF THE HEIGHT m .� t •� ` ar ' it _ OF THE POST. FOR EXAMPLE, A 8' POST I E Lna ` I IE SET AT LEAST 2 INTO THE " 6' 8 p . :.T.�-x cts;:.t..; �::..:.-L.?:R• .5 s - -r i - ,_.... - O.C. GROUND. , ',-i3t;_;�1,.: `,'I•` 3:,-..:a:TE`:.EE .i . E✓;�_,., ,E i; - ( 1 ij - p .m ty Its ,,: •,..H ,• o ° :_:,•> R. ' L; PROTOTYPE N/A E PLAN VIEW cc 'R n Is J. li.: •r,•3 k.::<11, r:Ip".-:iE_.: �-- I_f. :- Fi :,x ;,,t o E T �' `�i •-i. . TS EVERY 6 (MIN.) 0 6 (MAX.). I j Y j YID € Ia ,. c SPACE POSTS WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON MIN. T - _ _ W ° y<.- D. SECURE FENCING TO POST WITH NYLON ROCK TO APPEAR THATIT HAS SETTLED OVER � � : r __:.. of � Ensure that all river rock adjacent to the sidewalks is flush and level CABLE TIES. WOOD STRIPS MAY BE ALSO BE TIME INTO THE LANDSCAPE. BOULDERS TO \_ __: p USED TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT APPEAR MORE WEATHERED AND ANGULAR IN m with the elevation of the walk. Sloped or rounded beds that allow the DRAWING 0 5 rock to roll onto walking surfaces are unacceptable H r ' AND PROTECTION BETWEEN RES AND POSTS APPEARANCE, RATHER THAN ROUNDED OR FLAT, Z g p AND SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP EDGES. U) Ensure to maintain a 24" clear zone free of all planting around the CORNER CONNECTIONCONNECTIONLANDSCAPE DETAILS Y r entire building perimeter. NOTE: IF 'HIRE TIES ARE USED, AVOID DIRECT CONTACT WITH REFERENCE FENCE. WARE MAY DAMAGE FENCE OVER TIME. iu:FERENCE ONLY E ROCK MULCH INSTALLATION TREE PROTECTION FENCE BOULDER/ROCK MULCH PLACEMENT ° m H srcnaa NTS --- NTs NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT USEC EF Barrier Detail N� 0 3 0 L1 .2 0 L L � r WAS IRRIGATION SCHEDULE SQf i t 0 t � _ xARE � SYMBOL MAN UFACTURER/MODEUDE5CRIPTION QTY P51 # # ;�` \'' ® Rain Bird I SOG-SAM-PRS 8 Series MPR I G 30 .. :A - ( � ��� I£ q r H F Turf Spray G.0" Pop-UpSprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper ` \ Seal. p/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic Check Valve, and Pressure Regulatmg. ti _. _.. _.._... ...._..._..._ -... - a _... - a f .._._ ._.- _ . �\ \ O ® � m®® -SAMPRam Bird 80G 5 ADJ. ---' � _ _..._._ Turf Spray G.O Pop-UpSprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper - ....... Seal. /2. 0 NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating. EXISTING GAS SERVICE :\ ® ® ® ® ® Ram Bird 181 2-SAM-PRS 15 Strip Series I CC \ \ \- `\ �\ EST LCS RCS CST SST Shrub Spray 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper \ Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Valve, a Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic cmmn E Check Val rid Pressure Regulatmg Device. Ns « ± . . 73 ` � � Kimle Horn \-\ Rain Bird 181 2-SAM-PRS 5 Series MPR y \ Q H F Shrub Spray 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper and Associates, Inc. /' `� l Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic 765 THE CITY DRIVE, SUITE 400 ' .. 1 „ \ '•.\\\ \ `.._. ��aa/ Check Valve, and Pressure Regulatmg Device. ORANGE, CA 92868 _ ,_ ... _......._......_ _ v4 \ / :.: (714)939-1030 - \\ 0 0 Rain Bird 181 2-5AM-PR5 8 Series MPR I G 30 CA 00000696 a f/ -:.. .. _..,._ ,._ ' . `• � - - �;' � .. '\. Q T H FKHA PROJECT# 095800015 r Shrub Spray 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper CODf f ,' ;� a 1„ \ \ " Seal. I/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic � DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: 1 -.... ..... _. �• \.. �� \ \ � � f� � Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. Q® Rain Bird 18 12 SAM PRS I O Serres MPR I I CC G\S T E Q T H F Shrub Spray 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper I F7 I 1 \ RF Seal. 112- NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic \ Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. 736 o _ d i 1 _ \\ �.. Patrick B. Hart F- E `• d OREGON U C ° 12 j \ ?' 12 12 12 � Rain Bird 181 2-5AM-PR5 12 Series MPR 12 Z 1s/zo/2mo \\ \ Q T H Q Shrub S ra 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper SC X F ROP�RTY LINT ..... \ Seal. I/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic qPF ARG \ E LIMIT OF,GRADING ,.. _ \ \ \\ \\ " Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. o ._ Is. Y D15TURBANCE // ✓ \ \ \ \ 12 15 t,r a - "'- _•' \\ `� - \ 12 HOE-VAN 15 HE-VAN Ra'n Bmd I8I 2-SAM-PR5 ADJ I 3C' DATE: 03/23/2012 ��/ �y \\ l �t,a \ \ Shrub Spray 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper o / `F \ Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic E a POCI 0 0 _ \` Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. P61NT OF CONNECTION / TCH BASIN INSTALL A NEW CONTROLLER TO G) © OB 1a 1B o ° �'O BE DETERMINED IN # lYa "" � RUN THE EXISTING ZONES AND Ram Bird 181 2-SAM-PRS ADJ 2 `oZONES. _ \\ Spray 1 2.0" Po U Sprinkler with CoMolded Wiper FIELD. = } . PROPOSED ZONES _.. \ . O O Shrub p y Pop-Up p p # �\ ` \\ Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic CONTROLLER TO BE LOCATED IN `. f 24.3 1 S _ � ,,_ \ \` Check Valve, and Pressure Re ulatm Device. oN t I ` r 12 a �` ? MECHANICAL ROOM. 9 9 I SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/MODEUDESGRIPTION QTY RAI � Rain Bird PESB-PR5-D 3 O I`' �5 I f - d. fr� i L✓ 4 �..�\ t t t "f \ Ff3 i } S :-21 j j \ �i V I ", 1 -1/2", 2" Plastic Industrial Valves. Low Flow Operating QO Capability, Globe Configuration. With Pressure Regulating �Q d ' ,y .....,. `' „b ...)': `�':' `Iwi �i i� L c� ty '3"' iE--x. i `` 0 lY4 /,' / ) FRES, - P11S O � 11 v � ODD S - ,� �� ' \ Module, and Scrubber Technology for Reliable Performance WU a , t „ _ in Dirty Water Irrigation Applications. 9 o %(' 26.i/' 6 7 2 F L13t / EXi ' . 0 ❑ I O 8t`` Toro TMG-424E-ID-8-8-8 I �O SF _ y • S 's YAR SI S' - F x a.... Ate✓ .i...F' .,} rW iii .i: vv l EXISTING DRAINAGE \� Point of Connection 2 I , w o ?€ Irrigation Lateral Line: Blu-Lock and PVC Class 200 +/- 1 ,024 I.f. F Irrigation Mainline: PVC Schedule 40 +/- 94.5 Lf. tag E € \ _ Pipe Sleeve: Blu-Lock and PVC Class 200 0 0 I r Im Typical pipe sleeve for irrigation pipe. Pipe sleeve size shall o -........-_._ _._.............. \ allow for irrigation piping and their related couplings to 44_... .... __. _ El F1 easily slide through sleeving material. Extend sleeves 15 o �$ inches beyond edges of paving or construction. Valve Callout r 8 Valve Number L a t I l (STING SANITARY SERVICE \ (STING FIRE DEPS ~ # #�- Valve Flow .__ c i „ s` #" Valve Size _. f` I ` CONNECTION Issue Date: 03/23/2012 _ . Co 1M, REVISION INFORMATION U r' 9 . . .. 1Y4„ .............. .... ..... ' ,.....`` I.' 3 11.9 ~'' OWNER CHANGES _ __ „ DATE: 5-29-2013 1 - ..... Q) 0 LEEVING Wff) - - .- , 1 a ' _ .. . -� _. _ t.. .. vim... 1(6") (4..) LEEV�IG (TYP) _ .... _. w - - ........ ...:. (27 _ _ ... . W Q f O T a IRRIGATION NOTES: C jm 1. THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO PROVIDE 100% COVERAGE. ANY CHANGES MADE 10. ALL VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN AN AMETEK PLASTIC VALVE BOX WITH A 18. ALL PVC SLEEVES SHALL BE 2 SIZES LARGER THAN THE SIZE OF THE PIPE IT IS -0Z IN THE LAYOUT DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE LOCKING LID. CARRYING. o STANDARDS. QUANTITIES IN SCHEDULE ARE ESTIMATED. PLAN SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. �I 11. IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE ANY AND ALL NECESSARY PERMITS FOR 19. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 90 DAYS PAST FINAL J 2. ALL IRRIGATION LINES AND VALVES ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY. ALL LINES TO THE WORK PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF HIS OPERATIONS ON-SITE. COPIES OF THE INSPECTION. 6 BE INSTALLED IN PLANTING AREAS WHERE POSSIBLE. PERMITS SHALL BE SENT TO THE OWNER/GENERAL CONTRACTOR. WORK IN THE R.O.W. REFERENCE ONLY SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF LOCAL AND/OR STATE 20. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO THE NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT o 3. FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS SEE SHEET L-2.2. HIGHWAY JURISDICTION. o CURRENT LANDSCAPING OR IRRIGATION SYSTEM DUE TO TRENCHING. REPAIRS TO Restaurant #: 457 SHALL BE REPAIRED PROMPTLY AND CONDITIONS SHALL BE RESTORED TO THEIR 00 0) 4. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATE ALL EXISTING IRRIGATION WATER MAIN LOCATIONS. 12. ALL 24 VAC WIRING SHALL BE OF DIRECT BURIAL COPPER WIRE AS FOLLOWS: ORIGINAL STATE. 0 CONTACT ENGINEER OF WORK PRIOR TO START OF WORK IF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN • CONTROL WIRES = #14 > THIS PLAN AND EXISTING/AS-BUILT CONDITIONS ARE FOUND. 0 COMMON WIRES - #12 RED LOBSTER LU 0I 5. INSTALL SPRAY HEADS TO AVOID OVER SPRAY (PER DETAIL ON SHEET L-2.2). 13. INSTALLATION OF WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS IN NORTH Zn SUCH A MANNER AS TO ALLOW FOR A SPEEDY AND ORDERLY COMPLETION OF ALL TIGARD j wo 6. LOCATE ALL VALVES A MINIMUM OF 24" FROM BACK OF CURB OR EDGE OF WORK ON THE SITE. a PAVEMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. •o 14. COORDINATE WITH PLANTING PLAN FOR PLANTER BED LOCATIONS AND TREE j 2 7. ALL PRESSURE MAINLINES UNDER ASPHALT PAVEMENT SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN LOCATIONS. GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET PROTOTYPE N/A SLEEVES AS NOTED. WHERE ELECTRIC VALVE CONTROL LINES PASS THROUGH A SLEEVE 0 5 10 20 o WITH OTHER MAIN OR LATERAL LINES THEY SHALL BE CONTAINED WITHIN A SEPERATE, 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH DEVELOPER FOR OPERATING PARAMETERS OF NI SMALLER CONDUIT. MASTER SYSTEM. THIS DESIGN REQUIRES 60 PSI TO OPERATE. IF THE MASTER WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON 0 SYSTEM CANNOT PROVIDE THESE PARAMETERS, CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE B. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS OF THE FINAL INSTALLATION TO ADJUSTMENTS TO THE DESIGN BY ADDING CONTROL VALVES, A BOOSTER PUMP, OR DRAWING o OWNER AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION BEFORE RECEIVING FINAL PAYMENT. OTHER EQUIPMENT, AS NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DESIGN REVISIONS TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT 9. ALL SLEEVES UTILIZED BY THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR, WHETHER INSTALLED BY HIM IRRIGATION PLAN t OR NOT, SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS. THE DEPTH BELOW FINISH 16. P.O.C.: CONNECT TO EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION y opc CALL TOLL FREE m GRADE, TO THE NEAREST FOOT OF EACH END OF EACH SLEEVE SHALL BE NOTED AT ON-SITE AND COORDINATE PROPOSED VALVES WITH EXISTING CONTROLLER. E EACH SLEEVE LOCATION ON THE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS. ALL SLEEVES ON PLAN FOR 811 0WALL PENETRATIONS AND UNDER SIDEWALKS SHALL BE SIZED TWO PIPE SIZES GREATER 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND oSERVICES PRIOR TO ANY DIGGING. CONTRACTOR ASSUMES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL TWO WORKING DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG L2 . 1 o THAN PIPE IT CARRIES. 3 a DAMAGE CAUSED BY FAILURE TO DO SO. 0 T o € U C 0-INCH LINEAR LENGTH OF o WIRE, COILED WATERPROOF CONNECTION POURED20 LBS MIN MUM, TYP TYPICAL. RAIN BIRD SPLICE-1 (1 OF 2) ID TAG: RAIN BIRD VID SERIES a = REMOTE CONTROL VALVE: v RAIN BIRD PESB-PRS-D III—III— I— III— — E WIDTH WITH NP-HAN o \ ❑_❑ Y MAY VARY VALVE BOX WITH BLACK — Kimley-Horn T h1�1 I COVER: RAIN BIRD VB—STD 3 i I, III=1 I -1 �— 1-III -III -1 —I and Associates Inc. — m -III III= —• 11 \ FINISH GRADE W 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 NATIVE SOIL BACKFILL i\� I— —III 45 DEC. ELBOW. TEE 90 DEG. ELBOW. ORANGE,CA 92868 0 COMPACT TO 95% M N. (714)939-1030 COMPACTION POP UP HEAD. 4 cA 00000sss PVC IRRIGATION LATERAL III TO CURB OR PLAN VIEW KHA PROJECT# 095800015 24' r z_ 1/2" MARLEX STREET ELL. _ MIN. BARB ELL X MIPT. WALK. DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: 3" MIN. PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE (CLOSE) FINISHED GRADE. III III III �'\ � 1/2- MARLEX STREET ELL. I 11=I III I III III III—III III _I �\S T e BACKFILL WITH NATIVE SOIL, WATER / PVC SCH 40 ELL R JET & COMPACT TO 90% OPTIMUM /\ / 4" MIN. — UTILITY BOX. — ,� III —III III III III �� FO DENSITY. ALLOW 48 HOURS TO %\\ /\ PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE O -� II �. —I — —� • • SETTLE, AND BACKFILL AND COMPACT /\\ LENGTH AS REQUIRED a ' ( ) r Patrick H. Hart I— WITH NATIVE SOIL. / 4" MIN. I v OREGON U a BEDDING _ BRICK (1 OF 4) Zp 2/20/zo° IRRIGATION MAIN \ \ \ \ scA G \ pE AR � E OR SUBMAIN (TYP.) PVC TEE (SXSXT) h" E 4 IN. 4" MIN. PVC MAINLINE PIPE `� 1 2°� POLYETHYLENE FLEXIBLE a EXISTING SOIL OR ELL. / DATE: 03/23/2012 c .`s SCH 80 NIPPLE (2-INCH LATERAL LINE. TUBING, LENGTH AS REQUIRED. END OF LINE. CAPPED LINE. a 3.0-INCH-1VC SCH 40 LENGTH, HIDDEN) AND SECTION VIEW o MINIMUM DEPTH OF MALE ADAPTER E 3/4-INCH GRAVEL SCH 40 ELL o PVC LATERAL PIPE PVC SCH 40 TEE OR ELL a � o TRENCHING DETAIL ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVE POP—UP SPRAY FLEX ASSEMBLY 4 THRUST BLOCKING 'o NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE 3 3" = t'-O" DETAIL—FILE 3/4' = 1'-0' 3 li= N L LEGEND Lo '; BLACK VALVE BOX LID, 1.wDOOR ODELN.TMC42440 HEAD BRAND wUaoRraaoELrw.TMca2u° �� N E "J BOX" ON LID SEE IRRIGATION LEGEND FOR WITH 2" HIGH LETTERS. %ISET BOX 2" ABOVE rAx®aTOFSTATIONS D O 9 1 O o J BOX GRADE AT SHRUBS. SECURETOWALLWRN s N SET BOX FLUSH TO ArPRaPRN EFAsmIETTs. N L `o BLACK 1 OX15 STANDARD BOX. GRADE AT LAWN. 2.EXISTING GROUNDED 115V OUTLET d 3 PLUG IN TRANSFORMER 113 VAG, c so HZ 4.3W FELD RELDWIREONOIdrSHOLE FOR WITCN S ° —III—III—III—III= SPARE WIRES THAT AREandtr EznmmE' m Ilr��I o� E TO TERMINATE AT THIS SECURE WFru ESTO ERIaRWALL BOX: COIL 30" LENGTH NTH APPROPEaATEPPE C"S. 4 lu�l 0 II;I III—I III I—IIIII IAND I.D. TAG. s OGP eulLnm OR GARAGE t d LOOP, BUNDLE, AND 111- V N 6 LABEL SPARE WIRES I N v THAT ARE TO 1 g CONTINUE, AS WIRES TO CONTROLLER OCCURS. 3 s w 5 \\\ Issue Date: 03/23/2012 v 1/2" WIRE CLOTH GOPHER J o t PROTECTION SCREEN, 0 a s WRAP 6" UP SIDES. FRONT �I TWO 6X2X16 CONCRETE SECTIONIEL.EVATION SEOT10N1ELE0 TION REVISION IN C d BLOCK CPAS, ONE ON NOT TO SCALE NDTTOSCALE 5 EACH SIDE OF BOX. MAIN LINE AS OCCURS. o � � o L q NOTES: NI a 1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. c�i a 2. PROVIDE GROUNDING ROD PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION. WIRE BUNDLE JUNCTION BOX TMC 424 SERIES CONTROLLER Q o NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE T 0 O y V Q C C _N U d U y > Y E N U 0 L o Q y E Restaurant #: 457 C 2 U m f/l c C o U J c RED LOBSTER 1 TIGARD N I v d o PROTOTYPE N/A 6 0 DO 0 a REFERENCE ONLY Li WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON o NOT APPROVED WIT 0H THIS PERMrr DRAWING I " o IRRIGATION DETAILS r v � o E z c C v o 2.2 '3 a o h L L o � SECTION 02700 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Part 1.00 General 3.04 PRESSSURE TEST 2.09 GUYING AND STAKING MATERIAL Part 4.00 Delivery, Storage and Handling 5.05 FER71UZING A. Test all pressure Imes under hydrostatic pressure of 100 lbs. per square Inch A. Stakes for supporting trees shall be as detailed on the drawings. Wire for A. Each tree and shrub shall be fertilized by placing the manufacturer's 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK and all non-pressure Imes shall be tested under the existing static pressure fastening trees to duckbill and turnbuckle shall be galvanized aircraft grade 4.01 PLANT MATERIAL recommended amount around the base of the ball before backfilling. A. This Section shall govern the furnishing of all labor, materials and equipment and both be proven watertight. guying cable as specified In the detail. Wires in contact with trees shall be A. The contractor shall exercise care In handling, loading and unloading, storage for a complete operating system for lawn Irrigation as specified herein and B. Pressure shall be sustained in the lines for not less than four hours. If encased in two-ply reinforced garden hose. Material for wrapping tree trunks and transporting all plant material and allied materials to prevent damage. 5.06 STAKING, GUYING AND WRAPPING shown on the applicable drawings. leaks develop, the pints shall be replaced and the test repeated until the shall be burlap, heavy crepe paper, or other acceptable material in stripe 6 The contractor shall assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping A. Staking or guying and wrapping of trees shall be time immediately after they entire system is proven watertight. to 10 Inches wide. of products stored on the job. are planted. Each plant shall stand plumb after staking or guying has been 1i 1.02 SUBMITTALS C. Perform teats prior to backfill. B. The contractor shall dig and prepare B B and WB B plant material for completed. It shall be the Controctor's responsibility to ensure that all trees A. Material Ust Submit list of all materials for irrigation system. 2.10 DRAINAGE GRAVEL shipment in a manner that will not damage roots, branch", shape and are plumb and secure after planting. Staking of tram of a 10 foot height IT B. Maintenance Items: Provide the following: 3.05 LOWERING OF HEADS A. Where Indicated on the drawing% or where soil conditions deem it necessary, future development after planting. or less shall be at the discretion of the Owner. NI other trees shall be v 1. Two sets of sprinkler wrenches for adjusting, cleaning or disassembling A. All sprinklers installed in lawn areas unless otherwise noted shall be lowered the contractor shall install gravel subdrains beneath trees and/or planting C. Trees Indicated on the plans as WB B and those where size, soil conditions staked. 2 each type of sprinkler. to finish grade within ten days following notification by the owner. areas to aid in sell drainage and percolation. The subdrain shall be and distance of transport to the site would warrant, shall be wireballed. B. Immediately after planting, tress shall be staked and guyed for support. h 2- Two service manuals far all equipment installed. Manuals shall be loose B. At the time of lowering heads, completely check and adjust the entire constructed as detailed on the drawings, or as directed by the landscape Bottom wired baskets manufactured specifically for use in tree handling may 'Duck-bill" earth anchors as Indicated shall be placed at sides of each tree, < leaf and show drawings or exploded views of equipment and catalog system and make any repairs that are necessary to complete this work. architect. Drainage growl sholl consist of washed, dan egravel 3/4 inch to be used. and shall be driven into undisturbed ground to a depth deep enough to numbers and current prices. 2 inches in size. D. for shall handle all plants so that roots and branches are sufficiently secure the tree. Care shall be taken when driving anchors to E 3. Operating Instructions for all equipment installed. 3.06 ADJUST AND CLEAN protected at all times from drying out, heating and from other injury. All avoid damaging the tree roots. Except as otherwise indicated or directed, q coupling Ys op q coupling Op H P 2.11 SOIL SEPARATION MATS plants shall be handled by the ball or container. the tree shall be fastened to each anchor as Indicated on the plans. The 4. One set of Dick sou lin keys to crate the quick cog lin valves. A. requested a and orations: Make such adjustments and repairs as E. Before moving plants from the nurse or storage area to the site; the C. Project Record Documents: Correct daily to Indicate changes from Contract requested ae necessary for acceptance at no additional coat to the owner. A. Sol separation mala, if indicated on the drawings, shall be Bidim (gray felt) g F ry g y wires shall be encased in hose at the tree to prevent direct contact with the = Documents. 0 9 shall be thoroughly sprayed with a solution of antidesiccant. Antidesiccant bark and shall be laced around the trunk in a single I Wires shall be as manufactured b Monsanto Co., 800 North Lindbergh Rood, St. Louis, MO P 9 aP• 1. Horizontal) at 90 degree angles. dimension the location of the following 3.07 COMPLETE AND ACCEPTANCE shall be applied to all collected pines, oaks and myrtles. Two weeks after tightened and kept taut b twisting the turnbuckle. A brightlycolored Y 9 9 9 83166 or approved equal. Mats shad m Installed c Indicated on the 9 eP Y 9 w Items from two permanent aunts of reference; i.e. curb attires, light A. Completion of work shall mean the full and exact compliance and conformity planting or as specified by the product manufacturer, the material shall be P P lu 9 P P Y to prevent and edges overlapped a minimum in 4 Inches. Care shall be taken flagging tape approximately t12'urnbuckles. In u length shall be securely tied to each guy 12M=F1 E standards, buildingcomers, aures hub aunts, or coordinates with a with revisions expressed or Implied In the drawings and specifications. sprayed again with the ant(deaiccont. The antidealccant shall be applied y p P xP P 9 sP to prevent tearing or excessive crushing during the Installation process. wire immediately ,bow the foliage. the tri Y tolerance of 12 Inch maximum. B. All work under this contract shall not be finallyaccepted Doll expiration of using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks, branches, stems, ep p C. If planted while void of foliage, the trucks of all deciduous trees shall be �/p o a. Sprinkler main linea routing. the guarantee period. Part 3.00 Plant Material twigs and foliage. wrapped spirally from bottom to top, and shall be securely tied with coed M Kimley-Hom b. Connections to the existingwater su i lines. C. The Irrigation contractor shall demonstrate and full acquaint the owner F. When transporting planta to and at the site, the contractor shall make t pp y g y q op and bottom and at 2 foot Intervals along the trunk. The wrapping shall A,,,,,,,,; c. Sprinkler control wives. and/or owner's representative with the entire system. proving that all remote provisions to protect plants from wind damage by avoiding high-speed P y 9 g and Assoeiafa InO. Sp / ep YS 9 3.01 QUALITY OF PLANT MATERIAL overlap and entirely cover the trunk from the round to the height of the c d. Gate wives. control valves ore properly balanced, that all heads are properly adjusted for highways, transporting in enclosed or partially enclosed vehicles, or covering P ve y P bl cl N A During Inspection, as set forth hereinafter, all plant material will be judged, second branch" and shall be neat and snug. Overlap ed wrapping material e. Electrical control wire path diagrammatically. radius and arc of coverage, and that the system Ie workable. dean and and rejections shall be based upon these standards. All planta shall comply the planta with burlap or other suitable material. Plants severely damaged shall be approximately 2 inches. Trees shall be Inspected for injury to 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 2 Vertical dimensions shall be Ivan for mains when site conditions require efficient This shall be a requirement for acceptance of the work. requiring Inspection P by wind will be rejected. trunks, evidence of Insect Infestation and improper q wrapping.g eq eq ep with federal and state law r uirin in action for loot diseases and paper prunin before vara in ORANGE,CA 92868 o Installation deeper than 24 inches, D. Contractor shall upon receipt for final payment, give owner a set on CD of infestations. Inspection certificates required by law shall be made available G. My plant with signs of Insecta, their eggs or larvae or disease will be (714)939-1030 s, as-built Irri ation system with all wives, tees and heads indicated as rejected and shall be removed from the project site. 5.07 MULCHING 9 In the owner or owners ref plant ma ri his/her request H. Onlythe nurser stock intended for planting on a articular da shall be CA 00000696 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING Installed. B. v determining the quality of plant material, the following dements will be y P g P y A. Immediately after planting operations are completed, all tree and shrub e A. Exercise care in handling, Iselin unloading and storing Irrigation tem delivered and stored on the elle during the day unless otherwise acceptable saucers, and shrub and rcundcover beds outside of the building ad shall KHA PROJECT# 095800015 9• 9• 9 9 9 ri valued: 9 k P materials to avoid damage. Store under cover. 3.08 GUARANTEE AND REPLACEMENT to the owner. All plants win be stored in one location as of all plan by 9 1. Root condition. be covered with a 2 to 2 Je Inch layer of shredded cypress bark. Limits of o A. The Irrigation contractor shall furnish warranties In writing certifying that the the owner, protected from wind and kept molal. The roots of all plants that t 9 9 Y1 9 2. Plant size (above ground). cannot be lanted Immediatel In soil shall be covered with mulch and other the mulch shall be as Indicated on the drawings. DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: e 1.04 PRODUCT CONDITIONS quality and workmanship of all materials and installation furnished is in 3. Insect and disease free condition. P y A. The Contractor shall make all temporary repairs as necessary to keep the accordance with these specifications and in accordance with original suitable material. No planta shall be taken from the temporary storage area 5.08 PRUNING irrigation system In operating condition. This exercise shall not affect the 4. General appearance (color, shape, pruning). for planting on the project until after the tree pita or holes for the planks in g is pe g manufacturer's a wmanuf ct Irrigation contractor shall further see h the s deficiency in one or more of these areas will be sufficient reason to reject A. Each tree and shrub shall s pruned n accordance with standard requirements to be performed under the Contract Documents. j° the section to be planted have been properly ezcawted and prepared ready ,; eq D fulfillment of all manufacturer a warranties. Irrigation contractor shall warrant selectively or lot. horticultural practice to preserve the natural character of the plant and In Y Y to receive the trees and shrubs. o B. Coordinate work with that of other trades, all underground Improvements, the the installation workmanshipfora period of one 1 year from date of the manner fitting Its use in the landscape design. Pruning shall be done o location and planting of specimen trees and all other planting. Location of P ( ) Ys C. The landscape architect work all have the right, at any stage of the operations, I. Trey moved by winch or crane shall be thoroughly protected from chain with dean, she tools and as indicated on the drawings. Q all planting requiring excavations 24 inch in diameter and larger shall be completion or acceptance of the pb, or any accepted portion of the Job. to reject any and all work and materials which, In his opinion, do not meet marks, girdling or other bark slippage by means of burlap, wood battens or 9 y verified with Owner prior to Installation of main lines. B. Should tethede urig�tf �contractor eonditionbs, he lahall throvtd the rived service are with the requirements of these specifications. Such rejected material shall other acceptable method. B. Approximately one third of the growth of large deciduous trees (those with 2 < D req be removed from the site and acceptable material substituted in Its place. Inch caliper or larger) shall be pruned by removal of superfluous branches. 1.05 INSPECTION and/or replacements promptly within three (3) day& 4.02 NONPLANT MATERIAL Main leaders of trees shall not be cut back. Branches shall be thinned out 3.02 SIZE AND MEASUREMENTS and not merely cut back. Long side branches may be shortened. Shrubbery o A. Verify dimensions and grades at job site. END OF SECTION A. Planta shall be measured when branches are In their normal position. with extremely hes tops shall haw one fourth to one third of the weaker P A. Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site in original, unopened container a heavy W Heights and spread dimensions specified refer to the main body of the plant bearing manufacturer's guaranteed chemical anal is name, trade name, growth removed by thinning. o Part 2.00 Products 9 9 Ye branch ti to ti . The measurements a eclfled aro the M and not to extreme p p P trademark and conformance to state law. In Ilei of containers and provided T 2.01 MATERIALS SECTION 02800 minimum size acceptable and where pruning Is required, these are that It Is to be applied at the time of delivery, fertilizer may be furnished in 5.09 CLEANUP a LANDSCAPE meawrements after pruning. When sizes are indicated as a range, the plant bulk and a certificate indicating the above infornatton shall accompany each A. During the course of planting, excess and waste materials shall be E A. Plastic pipe: Extruded from 100% Virgin Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), shall have the proper proportion as outlined In Department of Agriculture, delivery. continuously and promptly removed dally, lawns kept clear, and all reasonable Y 1. Plastic pipe Installed on pressure side of valves: (PVC) ASTM D1785, Part 1.00 General Grades and Standards for Nursery Planta Part 1 and 11. Caliper of trees B. Pesticide and herbicide materials shall be delivered to the site In the original, precautions taken to avoid damage to existing structures, plants and grass. � Schedule 40, or (PVC) ASTM D2241 Class 200. shall be taken 36 Inches above the ground level and shall be the determining unopened containers. Containers that do not haw a legible label that After completion of the work, the entire site shall be cleared of excess soils, DATE: 03/23/2012 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 2. Plastic pipe Installed s eon-pressure side of valvae: (PVC) ASTM D2241 measurement for trees. identifies the Environmental Protection Agency registration number and the waste material, debris and all f the s that may hinder maintenance and co_ Claes 160. A. This section covers furnishing and installing all landscape plants and nonplant B. Planta, which haw been headed back to conform to the size apeeifled, will j Y � affect the visual appearance of the site. materials covered by the drawings and these specifications. The work shall manufacturers registered uvea will be rejected. o B. Plastic fittings: (PVC) ASTM D1785, Type 2, IPS, Schedule 40, NSF. not be acceptable. Planta larger than specified may be used it approved by The Contractor shall clean all roads and walks of dirt film and loll clods. Include materials, labor, equipment and services as described herein and C. Storage of materials shall be in the area designated for use by the owner. n C. Solvent Ak geaner. As recommended by pipe manufacturer. the owner, however, the use of such planta shall not increase the contract The Contractor shall also pressure dean and broom sweep all asphalt o indicated on the drawings. Also, the work shall include the maintenance of All materials shall be kept in dry storage and away from contaminants. pavement ria to the final lift of asphalt to be laid. a D. Automatic Controller. Toro TUC 424, High Surge Expansion Modulen prise. D P sP r all plants and planting areas until sa s here by the Owner, and the o F. Weather Sensor. Ilwsr Climate Logic Sensor CL-Wireless fulfillment of all guarantee provisions os, herein specified. Part 5.00 Installation c F. Remote Control Volvox Toro P220 Series Plastic Valvas 3.03 LABEL 5.10 DISTURBED AREAS o G. Sprinkler Heads: Sprays - Toro 57OZ-XP PRX; Rotors - Toro T5PCK A. Plant materials shall haw durable, legible labels stating. In weather resistant 5.01 PREPARATION BEFORE PLANTING A. All areas outside of the limits of work that are disturbed by the Controctora Q 1.02 PLANTING LAYOUT `o H. Sprinkler Nozzles: Toro Precision Spray Nozzles A. Before beginning work, the contractor shall Investigate and verify, In the field, ink, the correct botanical and common names and size as Indicated in the A. The contractor shall verify that oil final grades have been established prior to construction activities shall be repaired and replanted to its original condition. I. Drip: Two Drip In PC Brown Dripline; Two Drip Zone Valve Kit Plant List Each plant, or sufficient representative samples of each ddlvered au o the take and location of all underground nceltlae and Irrigation piping, beginning planting operations. All unsatisfactory grading shall be reported to kn � J. Wire: Copper, UL approved direct burial wire. Minimum of 14 gauge or as and take precautions to prevent their disturbance. It shall be the shipment, shall have labels securely attached In a fashion that will not the owner, and the contractor shall not proceed with this work until the Part 6.00 Guarantees a r specified on the drawings. responsibility of the contractor to obtain all such information as it Is made Interfere with normal plant growth. Plant materials which haw (or will have) unsatisfactory conditions haw been corrected. When conditions detrimental to K. Remote Control Valve Boxes: Brooks /3 or Ametek VP-10. Box Itch shall a seasonal bloom shall be tagged with labels indicating the specific variety loot growth are encountered, such as rubble, fill or adverse drains a 6.01 GUARANTEED PROVING PERIOD available. Plana and specifications of related work may be obtained from the P 9 9 � o be marked 'R.C.V.'. of that species' botanical and common name. A. There shall be a guarantee period of 1 year for trees and specimen material ❑9 owner. P conditions, the contractor shall notify the owner for directions. and 1 your for shrubs. This guarantee period shall start at the final 0 c 1. Valve boxes for gate wire 3' and smaller. Ametek. B. The contractor shall locate all "neral reference aunts, take precautions to B. Should undesirable tractor vegetation a present o the site at the time of YB 9 P 09 0 s 2. Gate valve boxes shall be marked 'Irrl'Irrigation' or 'Water'. g P P 3.04 BALLED BURLAPPED, WIRE BALLED, BURLAPPED PLANTS acceptance date. Contractor shall replace any and all plant material, which I� 9 revert their disturbance, perform the layout work, be responsible for all inatallatton, the contractor shall prepare the alta for planting by use of s « P P Y° P A. All ball sizes shall be of a diameter and depth to encompass the fibrous and die during this guarantee proving period. Replacement of plants necessary L Conduit for Control Wires s shown on drawings): (PVC) ASTM D1785, Ines, elevations and moon to measurements of wok executed under the contract, eP P chemicals, when used as recommended ne the manufacturer, and/or 0 - ; Schedule 40 in locations as indicated. exercise proper precaution to verify figures on drawings before laying out feeding root system necessary for full recovery of the plant after planting. during the guarantee period shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, ���� mechanical means acceptable to the owner. Care shall l exercised to avid �0 ss, E M. Miscellaneous Materials: As hereinafter specified and as necessary to work and be responsible for any errrevolting from failure to a xcise such All balls shall be firm, shall not be broken or ltreecracked and shall be wrapped any misuse of chemicals, which would creole detrimental residual conditions. except for possible replacements of plants revolting from removal, vandalism, ���J((�J t0 a and securely tied with hes twine or wire. All trees shall be root pruned a acts of neglect on the part of others, or acts of God. All replacement 0 c complete this work and as shown on Drawings. precaution. The contractor shall make field measurements for his own work y heavy P Care must also be used not to alter final grades, which have been and be responsible far its accuracy. minimum ll fi weeks before delivery. When the tree m root pruned, the tree established or cause damage to previously established turf areas. material shall have the some guarantee time (1 year from installation of D C. Discrepancies between conditions existing w the site and conditions Indicated crown shall be selectively thinned to reduce the volume of the crown. This replacement for trees and specimen material and 1 year for shrubs). �� `o Part 3.00 Execution an the drawings shall be called to the attention of the owner before or at shall consist of thinning and shaping only. Care shall be taken to assure 5.02 SITE PREARATION B. Planting maintenance shall include all necessary watering, wltlwtion, weeding, 99 that the plant farm will not be distorted and wll remain typical of the A. If so called for b the owner, all loot locations and the areae of all planting pruning and spraying, wrapping and mulching, straightening of planta which 9 E the time plant locations are staked out. Y P P g E v 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFlWNG D. In the event of a variation between the plant Itat and the actual number of species growth characteristics. beds shall be staked out on the ground, far acceptance by the owner, before lean or sag and which develop more than a normal amount of settlement - os, A. Trenching - General: planta shown on the pions, the plana shall control. B. Plants designated 8 8 or WB B in the Plant List shall be adequately balled planting operations begin. The contractor shall stoke the location of the such adjustments to include excavating around and leveling or raising the O rA «D s 1. Dig trencher straight. with firm, natural bolls of soil in sizes at least equal to those set forth in center of each tree and paint the outline of each shrub and grmndcover ball when so directed and all other incidental work necessary for proper O N s_ 2. Provide continuous support of the pipe by the bottom of trench. Lay pipe 1.03 HORTICULTURAL STANDARDS ANSI Z60.1-1986. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with Jute burlap or bed. The stakes shall be oriented In a vertical manner so that they can be maintenance as directed by the Owner until substantial completion and 5E i t0 to even grade. Bottom of trench shall be free from rocks or other sharp A. Unless otherwise noted, plant material, including collected materials, shall be equivalent doth capable of rotting in the round. No balled plant shall be viewed and read from one direction. The contractor shall give the owner written release. &'i) € edge objects. grade No. 1 or better as outlined under Grades and Standards for Nursery planted If the ball is cracked, mushroomed or broken either before or during notice 24 hours prior to the completion staking described herein. C. Transplanted material (if applicable) shall not be guaranteed, however, good N o 3. Trenching shall follow layout Indicated. Planta, and shall also conform to American Standard for Nursery Stock, ANSI the process of planting. Trees grown In grow bags shall not be acceptable. B. The contractor shall verify the location of underground utilities, and Irrigation horticultural practices should be used before, during and after the material Is � a Synthetic strings, straps, and burlap material shall be properly removed from c 4. Minimum carr. Pressure Linea: 24 inches. (American Notional Standards Institute, Inc.) Z60.1-1996 as approved by the heads and valves, and provide markers or other suitable protection, where transplanted. Good horticultural practices should include but not be limited O o Non-Pressure Linea: 12 Inches. the root ball. Synthetic burlap le to be totally removed from the root ball. necessary, to reveal damage. to, all necessary watering, pruning and spraying, wrapping and mulching, American Association of Nurserymen. Y D 9 N '0 5. All linea shall have a 6' minimum clearance from each other and from fertilizing, moving, maintaining the some orientation and grade level from the /(� B. All plant names shall conform to the nomas given In Standardized Plant 3.05 COLLECTED PLANTS original location, and all other incidental work necessary forproper /^^\ N e linea of other crafts. Do not install linea directly over another line. Names, 1942 Edition, prepared by the American Joint Committee on 5.03 EVCAVATION OF PLANTING AREAS 9 Y '( ,1 A. All plant material (except Wax Myrtles and Sabal Palms) shall be nursery A. No tree or shrub pit shall be dug or prepared until their location is transplanting. IQ-_I ❑ N a6. Maintain 1' minimum between linea which cross at angles of 45 degrees to Horticultural Nomenclature. Names to varieties not Included thereto shall I�-v UL a 50 degrees. conform generally with names accepted M the nursery trade. All plant grown. Collected plants shall her been grown under climatic conditions acceptable to the owner. Reasonable care shall a exercised to hove pita dug YELL similar a those in the locality fi the project. All collected planta shall and soil prepared nor to be tants to respective locations for planting 6.02 A. Th INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE p E 7. Exercise care in exswting, trenching and working near existing utilities. materials shall be true to botanical, common and variety names. Botanical P eP P � 9 P P P 9 meet the requirements unles m the as specified and shall meet all specified grades and to ensure that the cull not be unnecessarily exposed to drying dements or A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner it writing when the wok has been B. Backflllin name shall have racedence over common name. Y Y xP rYi 9 a g' P standards, unless otherwise qualified in the Plant List or these specifications. to physical damage. completed in accordance with this Contract and request an inspection. The c 1. Compact to dry density equal to ut dips, sunken are sola C. The landscape architect shall her the right, at any stage of the operations, P Ys 9 o Root balm shall be increased in size one third greater than nursery grown B. Circular Its with vertical Hides shall be excavated for all plants. The depth Owner cull make the in action of the work and report findings as to 2. Conform to adjacent grades without dips, woken areae humps or other to reject any and all work and materials which, in his opinion, do not meet P P ep sP eP 9 U) o irregularities. with the requirements of these specifications. Such rejected material shall planta. of all plant pita shall be enough to accommodate the boll or roots and the acceptability and completeneae. Any wok remaining to be done shall be FA i C: o 3. Initial backfill on plastic linea shall be pulverized native sol no larger than be removed from the site and acceptable material substituted in Its place. prepared sol in the bottom of the pit Diameter of pits for trees shall be at subject to reinspection before final acceptance. The Contractor will be O , 2' in diameter and free of foreign matter. 3.06 CONTAINERIZED PLANTS least 1 foot greater than the diameter of the ball. notified in writing by the Owner of the final acceptance of the work. ;_, 0 9 A. All container grown plants shall be well rooted and established in the C. Plant beds and its shall be tested for proper drainage b fillip with water rc 4. Restore races and repair damage where settling occurs. 1.04 CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION P P oP 9 Y 9 g P g 9 A. All plant material shall be ins inspected b the De Department of A Agriculture, as container in which they are delivered to the site. The planta shall haw been twice succession. Conditions permitting the retention of more than 6 Inches 6.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBIUTY AFTER ACCEPTANCE U d C. Routing of Piping: P P Y P g In that container sufficiently long for the fibrous roots to hold the soil of water in 1 hour shall be brought to the attention of the owner. A written A. The Owner may elect to assume maintenance of all work, at the time of Zr- E 1. Pressure and non-pressure piping linea are routed diagrammatically on required by state law. Planta of a grade less than that specified in the 9 Y U a Drawings. article titled HORTICULTURE STANDARDS will not be accepted. together when the plant is removed from the container. Plants designated proposal and cost estimate for correction of such conditions shall be acceptance, or may deet to contract for maintenance by others for a y u 9 to be container grown may be famished with ball and burlap provided they submitted to the owner for acceptance, before proceeding with the work. specified period. Should maintenance after final acceptance be the a 2. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of linea. Planting shall conform to the size and quality required and that the re uiremants for N a take precedence over sprinkler and piping location. Report any major Part 2.00 Non-Plant Materials q Y eq a D. All tree pita curbed planting Islands, tree wells, or in areas, in which the soil monitor all r those other than the Contractor, the Contractor shall w deviation from routing indicated to landscape architect or owner prior to balled and bduring p plants ore met. Container grown planta found es be has been compacted et gr undesirable density, shall depth excavated e a monitor all work for which d is responsible iz guarantee, o assure that o root-bound during planting will not be acceptable. Containerized trees haw depth at least two feet realer than the measured d th and diameter of maintenance beta performed will not jeopardize the condition and unlit of 3 line Installation. 2.01 SOIL BACKFILL be sP 9 aP 9 P lthP quality a tendency to dry out quickly. The contractor shall be responsible for hand 3. Install linea In such manner as to conform with drawings without offsetting A. Sol for backfilling planting areae and plant pits shall be the existing surface the bell. The minimum depth and diameter of excavation shall be four feet. the work and materials guaranteed by the Contractor. My Inadequate or Issue Date: 03 /23/2012 Or watering the trees at time of delivery through the time of final acceptance Soil backfill in areas of densely compacted soil must meet specification damaging maintenance roctices shall be reported Immediately M writing to - M the carious assemblies from the pressure supply line. sol, free from subsoil, objectionable weeds, latter, code, stiff day, atones, Y P aP 9 9 P eP Y 9 _C? u rtump% root, trash, toxic substances, mortar, cement er any other material at a rate consistent with the nursery watering schedule to assure that the 201-C unsuitable soil to an approved location. the Owner so that appropriate meavoree may be taken ri to connect the ai `s 3.02 INSTALLATION which may be harmful to plant growth or hinder planting operations. Poorly tree does not go Into shock. E. In shrub and grcundcover beds where soils haw been compacted to a condition. Failure to so notify the Owner will Invalidate any later calm of REVISION INFORMATION C A. Water Supply. Refer to drawings. drained sol shall not be used. density, which is detrimental to plant growth, the contractor shall loosen negligence or malpractice in maintenance. 0 `0 3.07 SPECIMEN PLANTS B. Quick coupling calves: Installed at intervals so that not more than 150 feet B. Son amendments shall be added to the sell in the amount and manner soils to a depth of 18' minimum to allow root penetration beyond the prescribed b son analysis to obtain a H of 5.5 to 6.5. Results from awl A. After ed as ns the Notice to Proceed, the contractor shall erste all plants planting it. 6.04 ACCEPTANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PLANT MATERIAL ac of hose will be required to reach any plant or tree (if a pressurized main P Y Ya P specified as specimen. The contractor shall notify the owner so they may I g P U o system is beim used). analysis and a list of the prescribed amendments shall be presented to the F. If acceptable for use, existing topsoil in shrub and grcundcorr beds shall be A. At the expiration of the proving period, an Inspection of the plantings will be w u g ) owner and verified by the landscape architect prior to being Incorporated into agree on a time to mutually inspect the selected planta. The owner will treated with the specified soil amendments, at rates determined by soil made by the Owner. Only those plants that are olive and normally healthy C. Assemblies: inspect and to those plants, which are acceptable for use. Expenses 1. No multiple assemblies shall be installed on pressure linea. the soil. P g P P P teats. Amendments shall be Incorporated Into the sol to a depth of 12 will be accepted. Unaccepted material shall be removed and replaced by the N C C. If additional soil is required; It shall be furnished by the contractor and shall uncured by the owner for any subsequent inspection of specimen plants, at inches. Where soil is not acceptable as determined by soil teats, the soil to Contractor at his own expense, during the next planting season. Material C1. a 2. Provide each assembly with Its own outlet. be a natural, friable soil representative of productive, well-drained soils In any time, in addition to the mutually agreed time shall be the responsibility method N o D. Cathodic Protection: Provide In the piping systema where required by of the contractor. the entire area shall be removed to a depth of 8 inches and replaced with original planting replacement othemiaetidirected. bethe Contractor shall flcontinue the I o installing insulating couplings, flanges or unions between copper or brass pipe the vicinity. It shall be obtained from well drained areae which have never the specified planting soil. 9 P 9 a bean stripped before } and shall be free of admixture of subsoil and foreign make replacements until a plant shows vigorous and healthy growth for a NT or tubing and steel or cast Iron pipe. 3.08 PALMS (if required) 5.04 PLANTING period of 1 year from the date of acceptance by the Owner. All such matter, stones, toxic substances and any material or substance that may be tV n E. Plastic Pipe: Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturers harmful to plant growth . A. Palma, except cabbage palms and unless otherwise Indicated, shall be A. All planta, except as otherwise specified, shall be centered in their pits, replacements will be inspected for acceptance at the end of the proving J o recommendations. Install sprinklw head on plastic pipe as indicated. P 9 P 9 P burlopped. Buds of palms shall be tied and supported in an upright faced for beat effect and set plumb for backfilling. period by the Owner. / c D. The contractor shall provide the following information on Imported t son: position U) u 1. All welded pints shall be cleaned with manufacturer's cleaner prior to 1Specific location from which topsoil will be (or was) stripped. in accordance with the guidelines of Department of Agriculture, Grades and B. Burlap on B&B and WB&B plants shall be removed from top one third of the 4) ea applying ad .vent. Standards for Nursery Plants, Part 11, Palma and Trees. ball. Burls shall not be removed from under bales. If the ball is cracked w 6.05 REWIRED MAINTENANCE s 2. Present owner of that property. P L. a. Welded joints shall be given at least 15 minutes set-up curing time B. Special care shall be applied to the handling and planting of palma. Unless broken before or Burin g p responsible 0 3. Approximate amount of topsoil available. g planting proses, the loot shall not be removed A. Landscape contractor shall be re onaible or the maintenance an upkeep t before moving or handling. otherwise Indicated, palms shall have heavy straight trunks with full heads. from the site. Alla synthetic strings. straps,O b. Pipe shill be partially center loaded to prevent archin and shifting 4. Teat results showing topsoil b composition and analysis. yn g spa heel wire cages shall be removed for ag roof poet the ftnal inspection. At that point con tr a genera Q � P o P 9 g E. Sol tent shall be performed by a qualified soils laboratory, in accordance Sabal palm rat balls shall be dug with a minimum of 3' diameter ball 3' from the top of third of the root ball. Synthetic burlap shall be removed manager of the afore and determine If the landscape contractor cull remain ,`o under pressure. deep. The head shall be tied and supported during transport with a 2x4 tied cam on. If contractor will be responsible for the maintenance and warrantee U c. No water shall be permitted in pipe until a period of at least four with -Methods of Saila Analysis - Agronomy '9� as published by the American 9 is aha. Ya• aP 21 Society of Agronomy and shall be performed at the Contractor's expenses. parallel to the trunk extending up to the foliage. Avoid excessive pressure C. Planta shall be removed from cane by cutting two aides of a container with of all landscaping for one full year. If no, the landscape contractor is to I E hours has lapsed for advent weld setting or Bring or as required by Y 9 Y Pon the petioles when tying the head. Canary Island Date palm heads shall an acceptable can cutter. Sides shall not be cut with a spade. Sides of walk the site with the general manager, manager, the facilities manager and a solvent manufacturer. F. Planting soil backfill for raised architectural planters, if applicable, shall be teed using a 4x4 wood pole. knockout cans shall not be cut. Plastic containers with slanted sides shall the new landscaper and they shall agree that all planting is in good shape O 0 2. Backfilling shall be done when pipe is not In expanded condition due to consist of 40% potting soil, 40% comae washed builders sand and 20% horticultural parlite. not require cutting. Plants shall be removed from the container carefully, prior to the new landscaper taking over. c heat. 3.09 SUBSTITUTIONS without injury or damage to the plant and root system. Q u Coolie of pipe can be accomplished b operating the system for a short G. Areas designated to be planted with flowering annuals, if applicable, shall be lu y 9 9 PP P Y W 9 Ye A. The, use of materials differing in kind, quality or size from those specified will D. Bottom of plant boxes shall be removed before planting. Sides of the box END OF SECTION q) c time before backfill, or backflllin in the earl art of the morning excavated to a depth of 87 and backfilled with a mixture consisting of 40% N Y 9 Y D 9 be allowed only after the owner is convinced that all means of obtaining the shall be removed, without damage to the rat ball, after positioning the Mo before the heat of the day. peat 40% D.O.T. (coarse) sand, 10% pine bark (decomposed) and 10% specified materials haw been exhausted. plant and partially backfilling around it. The contractor shall hand . - 3. Curing: When the temperature is above 80 F. soluble weld pints shall be cypress chips. B. Where It is indicated that the contractor may furnish or use a substitute water-eontolnerized trees from the time of delivery until the time of the U 4F given at least 24 hours curing time before water Is Introduced under H. Planting soil backfill for tree walla. If applicable, shall be 2/3 approvedthat Is, equal to the material or equipment specified and if the contractor is final acceptance at a rate consistent with the nursery conditions from which .b• I pressure. topsoil and 1/3 cane washed builder's sand. to furnish or use a proposed substitute, he shall, after the award of the the trees were obtained. Trees, which go Into shock due to Insufficient water, t ,o, F. Automatic Controller. contract, make written application to the owner for acceptance of such a may be rejected. ` 0 1. Contractor shall be responsible for making control wire and electric power 2.02 FERTIUZER substitute. The substituted product or method shall be equal or superior in E Plante shall be set in the center of the pits and shall be plumb and straight 0 *5 connections to the automatic controller. A. Commercial fertilizer shall be 14-14-14 formulation of Os rocote brand, 3-4 all respects to the specified product or method, shall perform adequately the and at such a level that after settlement the root crown will be level with G. Remote Control Valves: month release of which 60% of the nitrogen is in urea-formaldehyde form duties imposed by the general design, shall be compatible with all other the surrounding grade. N € 1. Install at efficient depth to provide not more than 6' nor less than 4' and shall conform to the applicable state fertlizer Iowa Fertilizer shall be dements of the job, and shall be sufficient to complete the job. The F. Plant holes shall be backfilled with the specified planting mixture placed in Restaurant #: 457 CL 3 uniform in compoalt(on, dry and free flowing. substitution shall not add coat to the contract. Should it be necessary to layers around the roofs or ball. Each layer shall be carefully tamped in place 0 cover from the top of the wive to finish grade. U m 2. Install wkves in a plumb position with 24' minimum clearance from other accept a substitute of a quality less than specified, the unit price shall be to manner to avoid Injury to the rats or ball or disturbing the position of 0 c equipment for proper maintenance. 2.03 DOLOMITIC LIMESTONE used to adjust the contract price downward accordingly. No substitution the plant. When approximately two thirds of the plant hole has been C 3. All wars shall be installed 1n appropriate lazed calve boxes with cover. A. Dolomitic limestone shall be a natural limestone, designated for agricultural r shall be ordered or installed without the written permission of the owner and backfilled, the hole shall be filled with water and the soil allowed to settle c 0 a H. Wire Connections: All underground wire connections to electric remote use, shall contain not lose than 85 % of total carbonates, and shall be governing municipality. around the rata. Balled and burlopped planta shall have the burlap cut j o control wives shall be made by using waterproof wire connectors as ground so that 50% will pass a 100 mesh stave and 50% will pass a 20 away or folded back from the top of the ball before applying water. After manufactured by King Technology Inc. mesh sieve. the water has been absorbed, the plant hole shall be filled and tamped RED LOBSTER i c I. Gate Valves: lightly to grade. Any subsequent settlement shall be brought to grade. Or , 1. tine size and install where indicated and sufficient clearance from other 2.04 PRE-EMERGENCE WEED CONTROL G. Immediately after each ree pith backfilled, o phollow basinit slightly era larger T I GA R D materials for proper maintenance. A. Weed antral shall be Ronatar 2G as manufactured by Rhodin, Inc., Monmouth than the pit shall be formed with a ridge of topsoil to facilitate watering. "- 0 2. Equip valvas, sizes 3' and smaller, with standard operating wheal for Junction, New Jersey 08852 or Princap (Simazine) as manufactured by Geigy This sell saucer shall be formed in a circle and tamped around each tree so JI 'c operation. Valve bonnet packing shall be checked and tightened before Agricultural Chemicals, Ardsley, New York 10502, or an approved equal. that the saucer will retain water. Where carting occurs around plant pits, the Q: a backfill. All wives shall be 150 psi rated. saucer shill be omitted. Io 3. All wives shall be installed in appropriate sized wave boxes with cover. 2.05 WATER H. The contractor shall include adding a water retentive additive Terra-Sorb AG in a J. Sprinkler Heads: A. Water will be awloble for use on site during the landscape Installation at no for all shrubs, groundcovers, annuals and trees at the manufacturers I C 1. Install In a plumb position at Intervals not to exceed the maximum coat to the contractor. Care shall be exercised to assure that water is kept suggested rates. O e spacings indicated. free of harmful chemicals, acids, alkalis, or any substance, which might be DFPA Plykxm, Exterior B-B, edge sealed. PROTOTYPE N/A O o 2. Heade in lawn or turf areas where grass has not been established shall be harmful to plant growth. 1. Plastic Fiber. IX) v installed on temporary risers extending at least 2' above grades. Special forms of molded fiber, if required. (3) c 3. Where heads are Installed along walks, rade, etc., they shall be 2.06 ANTIDESICCANT 2. Cardboard: O s permanently positioned. A. Antidesiccont shall be an emulsion type; film-forming agent designed to Beam void forms 'VOIDCO' or equal, as required under pier supported WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON K. Thrust Blocks: Install thrust blocks on all main Irrigation linea 4' or larger Permit transpiration, but retard excessive lova of moisture from plants, such grade beams. ��-{ 2 as Dowax by Dow Chemical Co., or Wllt-Prof by Nursery Specialty Products, 3. Metal: REFERENCE ONLY LU a at all changes of direction, as detailed in manufacturers recommendation° Inc., or an ac table equal. The antidesiccant shall be delivered in the Q ` on pipe installation or as shown on the drawings. o sP q Commercial standard, or as noted on drawings. JI D L Flushing of System: manufacturers fully Identified containers and shall be mixed in accordance 0 I. Flush main and lateral systems to clean cut all debris and sediment prior dwith manufacturers Instructions. NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT DRAWING to Installation of heads. Zr 2 This does not relieve requirements of future adjustments of system or 2.07 BORICIDE q LS.1 SPECIFICATIONS j 3 reflushing system. A. Boricide shall be undone as manufactured by Platt or an approved equal. Y r 3.03 ELECTRICAL 208 MULCH o A. Be responsible for making wire connections from remote control wives to A. All mulch around building pad shall be stone, 3' deep. See plan for size, Gi m controllers. All wiring shall be in accord with applicable codes. calor and limits of stone mulch. Install a weed barrier under stone, and E submit a store sample to owner. a c C o kT u 3 L 1 a O e 0 GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES D1 .1 LEGEND D1 .1 KEYNOTES A. ALL MATERIALS THAT HAVE BEEN DEMOLISHED SHALL BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY AND DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. NO DEMOLISHED MATERIALS I. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTROL AND LIMIT DUST RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION AND PREVENT THE SPREAD OF DUST TO BUILDING AREAS 1. FRONT OF HOUSE SCOPE OF WORK(UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE): SHALL BE STOCKPILED ON SITE. TO REMAIN. ............._........ ...... EXISTING TO REMAIN. ........... A. REMOVE ALL FLOOR FINISHES TO EXISTING SLAB. PREPARE TO B. ALL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. J. THE USE OF BURNING ON THE SITE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE A PERSONAL INSPECTION OF THE SITE AND INCLUDE DOING EVERYTHING REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS. NOTIFY K. USE OF POWDER EXPLOSIVES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. [ __ __] EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED. B. REMOVE ALL OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK Brian S . Thomas, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LIGHT FIXTURES, DUCTWORK, THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF ANY INCONSISTENCIES IN THE DRAWINGS. L. WHERE DAMPERS AND CONDUIT. PIPING, ETC. ARE REMOVED FROM RATED WALLS, WALLS SHALL BE PATCHED AND SEALED TO MAINTAIN FIRE GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, ETC. Architect D. PROTECT OWNER'S PROPERTY AND PERSONS AT ALL TIMES. THIS INCLUDES ALL ITEMS AND SERVICES NECESSARY TO DEMOLISH OR AND SMOKE RATING INTEGRITY OF RATED WALLS. C. PROTECT EXISTING AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM UNDER DISMANTLE AND REMOVE ALL WALLS, EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND APPURTENANCES WHICH WILL INTERFERE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. ALL ITEMS MAIN BUILDING STRUCTURE AND PREPARE FOR RE-WORKING TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE FUNCTIONAL ALL CIRCUITS DISRUPTED BY DEMOLITION THAT ARE REQUIRED FOR REUSE. AS REQUIRED. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 E. ANY ITEMS NOT SHOWN TO BE DEMOLISHED THAT ARE DAMAGED SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR. N. OTHER ITEMS TO BE REMOVED AND NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED INCLUDE OLD FINISHES AND CEILING SYSTEMS IN AREAS OF WORK. D. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FURNISHINGS INCLUDING, BUT NOT T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 LIMITED TO, ARTWORK, BOOTHS, TABLES, CHAIRS, ETC. F. COORDINATE ANY SYSTEMS SHUTDOWNS WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED WITH THE OWNER. 0. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL WIRING, CONDUIT, WIRING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MADE OBSOLETE BY THIS DEMOLITION. ANY EXISTING CONDUIT SYSTEM THAT CAN BE REUSED IN PLACE IN THE NEW WORK MAY BE REUSED PROVIDED IT IS IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE 2. EXISTING FIRE RISER TO REMAIN. G. PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH THE DEMOLITION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASCERTAIN FROM THE OWNER WHETHER OR NOT THE OWNER TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND OWNER. 3. EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN. TYPICAL. WISHES TO RETAIN ANY ITEMS. ANY SUCH ITEMS SHALL BE REMOVED WITH CARE SO AS TO PREVENT UNNECESSARY DAMAGE. P. PROVIDE NEW PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS AS REQUIRED AFTER DEMOLITION/REWORKING OF EXISTING CIRCUITS. 4. REMOVE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME. PREPARE OPENING TO BE H. ANY ITEMS NOT TO BE RETAINED BY THE OWNER SHALL BE DISPOSED OF OFF SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR. FILLED. REFER TO DRAWING A1.2. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: Q. ALL WET UTILITIES LOCATED IN WALLS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE CAPPED AND ABANDONED AS CLOSE TO THEIR SOURCE AS POSSIBLE, WHERE REQUIRED. 5. EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS TO BE REMOVED. 11139 6. TOILET ROOMS SCOPE OF WORK: A. REMOVE ALL FLOOR FINISHES TO EXISTING SLAB. PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. B. REMOVE ALL OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK � t` /j( INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LIGHT FIXTURES, DUCTWORK, i GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, ETC. �- `� BRIANS.THD, ; C. REMOVE WALL FINISHES AND BASE. PREPARE TO RECEIVE e NEW FINISHES. g<; D. REMOVE ALL TOILET FIXTURES AND URINALS. 571-1 �•� I� E. REMOVE LAVATORIES AND VANITIES. vOF N\ �\ 7/16/20131�!\ 7. EXISTING GAS METER TO REMAIN. 8. REMOVE EXISTING TELECOMMUNICATIONS WIRING AND /� ♦a\ EQUIPMENT WITHIN WALL CAVITY . 9. REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST HOODS, FANS,AND DUCTWORK. !+1 ----- ----- ------ SEAL EXISTING ROOF PENETRATION. L---�\ 10. REMOVE EXISTING COOLER ASSEMBLY. / / lir��� 11. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING WALL. REFER TO SHEET A1.1. // �II 12 II \\ // IIIII� 24 N \ 12 12. REMOVE EXISTING WALL ASSEMBLY, TYPICAL. 12 II II \� 1111N 13 REMOVE EXISTING LOW WALL PARTITION, TYPICAL. — ————— I ————— ------- 'i ... . ..:: ---- :. 3i�i M i e� " e� I 14. REMOVE EXISTING SLAB AS REQUIRED O ACCOMMODATE NEW III EQUIPMENT. STRUCTURAL FOOTINGS TO REMAIN INTACT AND 'e' a FUNCTIONAL. REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR EXTENTS. o III 24 15. EXISTING MECHANICAL ROOM EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. FIRE / l RISER TO REMAIN. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS. III 111s O 16, EXISTING SERVICE YARD WALL TO REMAIN. PREPARE TO RECEIVE @ I I 3 III II \ NEW PAINT FINISH. a) III ' 25 3 3 3 25 3 i 3 I L _ III I I L 17. REMOVE EXISTING BAR, BACK BAR, AND BAR EQUIPMENT. CAP -- AND ABANDON ALL UTILITIES AND SERVICE LINES. —= a ��� M_ _ . J __ 3 U I �... r L----------- —J L J v € I I III I I -------------�\ k-----� F 18. EXISTING ROOF LADDER TO BE REMOVED. 3 lip I 1 2424 III I 9 I I \\ JI I 19. BACK OF HOUSE SCOPE OF WORK(UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) 0 IIp # e I I III I / L — L 5 [— __ = 7 A. REMOVE FLOOR FINISHES AND EXISTING SLAB (REFER TO 1�'�I III I � w II B. REMOVE ALL EXTERIOR WALL FINISHES AND SUBSTRATES TO 11� 26 3 --- I 25 EXPOSE STUDS. REMOVE ANY DAMAGED INSULATION AND Q II l [ 1 2x25 REPAIR BREAKS IN COVERAGE. o` .. ..... .I } Fah^— —^ . m r _. T � _. meq ®® j JIM — --- — �/ = 1�.. .. ..... ,J � ..1 _ _ _,_ � •� _ , _ . _ ,-- =_ J I n C. REMOVE ALL WALLS AND ASSOCIATED UTILITIES. CAP AND :I I ..... ...... _. .. _.. .... .... ... .. - I rr— r r� F— 4 ABANDON UNUSED UTILITIES BELOW GRADE WHERE POSSIBLE. 3 II 24 I I L_ D REMOVE EXISTING CEILING TILES, GRID, LIGHT FIXTURES, 00 �. � � -- ------- ---- - --- J p II I 1 24 n I I I O I 11 GRILLES, AND DIFFUSERS. PREPARE FOR NEW CEILING. ?i II 12 ABANDONED UTILITIES ABOVE E REMOVE L DUCTWORK AND ABANDO U S w I I I EXISTING CEILING. � II I r----- -------� 9 ---- -- ------------------ LJ� I I I 20. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING SERVICE YARD WALL, REFER TO o L 3 25 3 L_ I I I 16 SHEET A1.1. O a 11� I I — — _ I I I I I L------- O N —_—_ -- -----P"`7-- "" -r• ----- -` "' �` �� '�"�"'�°''`F"""" I L____ ___ �'.,: 21. EXISTING DUMPSTER GATE ASSEMBLY TO REMAIN. PREPARE TO 0 l; 1L -- r W ly T �f I RECEIVE NEW PAINT FINISH. �1 III I I I I 12 I I I 6. I I I I I � I 3 I I I I I 22. EXISTING STORAGE SHED TO BE REMOVED. p l __L_ ___ _____J_J__ I I I I I I I 23. EXISTING ELECTRIC METER TO REMAIN. III 12 24. REMOVE EXISTING MEZZANINE FLOOR, STAIRS, LOW WALLS, AND I� I r— ;, I ( I I I I 12 RAILS. PORTIONS OF MEZZANINE STRUCTURE TO REMAIN. REFER u III 3 (✓ L 1 I I I I I I TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. III v� _ _ __ _ _ __ _ ___ _ I I I T I I I I 25. EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL _ I r L 4 I I I I UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONFIRM REMOVAL WITH t _� J_ _ 1__ __ _ _ __ __ __ _ _____ _ __ _J I 14 J L--------------- STRUCTURAL DEMOLITION PLAN PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. \ �" r� I i I 13 i i O I(----------------- 1i REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS. Q fl \ J Q \ 261-- - --- - --- -- -- - - -- - - -- -- - ---- -� 26. WINDOW IN WALL ABOVE TO BE REMOVED. 5 \'_ Ili z4 I I I I 12 —— 10 i I REFER TO SHEET D2.1. ca E /' II \ LI 3 3 I 3 Uj -- _ _ -- I ---- I I w Issue Date 3-23-2012 -- / ------- r� --____-- � . rq __— _ _ J – ------_ _: _-------- C J�) -- -------� I 23 1 \ ---- —_—_—_---_ o /' I ( I 13 \\ w REVISION INFORMATION / I I I I \\\\\ za I i i--� I r- _T 4 i----- --- - =f EP EP W � r __ __ __ _ _ � a ,z I I I I \\\\ - -- IJ U - --- I I I I 2 6-17-2013 CL Owner Chan es a) � m J I I I I IIIIn r., r / \ o, I I I I 13 IIII11 (nj �� — I '/ \\j L J L-------------------------- I J� // r \ 13 L II II r ! / ] I \ I III I I 111111 --- r------------------- o III LJ Li LIIIII IIII I \ / II ,z II I II II. �; III u III IIII j � 1 I I I I I I I II III ___ IIII 3 g 3 3 I I ,s l „ LL -- ---- - -- -J� IIII r� .: ' Q II 0 III I I I I I I III I I I I III 1 11 ,.' 19 --------------------- - 1I I I �— � , o fl I OFir �III I ------------ -----------� I \\\\ < I II I I zoI I I I \\ Fill Ill 1 . .1 (K �.a1 I 111 j I I I \�\\\� IIII IIII � � ,ir,ir I I 3� / `��/ \ Restaurant #: 0457 _J --=JU ULJ -_U 13 I I I I _ 14 \ / III 26 ` O RED LOBSTER 457 14 iii O �`\ i t i I 1 ��-----� I RENOVATION III �— 6 III ' ----------------------------------- � L---- = \\ �' ,a ` \ rr�a--- III IhIF 3 X111 3 r---� 1 \ \ I I ) 10330 llt 111 Li., IDE_, _] `—J - -- �L=__ � _ — '.....L� SOUTHWEST I ' I III IIII I --- r _ GREENBURG ROAD 1 III IIII 1 u_ 1 12 III IIII I nl ul �--- --- -- I/ / TIGARD, OR \ raw———— r D /�—___====—l\ III ii ------ -- - - --- - DEMOLITION iii will- �\ — — — ��,/ \ x ----- -- III DEMOLITION -- --- --�---� L --- _ --- 12 I ===_-= FLOOR PLAN _= REFERENCE ONLY II A II ,z NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT IL \CJI � DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN D1 1/4" = 1'-0" D1 .2 LEGEND D1 .2 KEY NOTES 0 EXISTING TO REMAIN. 1. REMOVE EXISTING ROOF MEMBRANE AND INSULATION TO EXPOSE ROOF DECK. 2. REMOVE EXISTING COPING. TYPICAL. EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED. 3. EXISTING ROOF HATCH AND LADDER TO BE REMOVED. FRAME AND SHEATH Brian S . Thomas , OPENING AND SEAL. Architect 4. REMOVE EXISTING AWNING BELOW. 5. EXISTING PERIMETER LOW ROOFS, WALL ASSEMBLIES AND GLAZING TO BE 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 REMOVED. T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 /i \ 6. REMOVE EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. PATCH ALL ABANDONED / \ \ PENETRATIONS WITH DECK TO MATCH EXISTING. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED CURBS. / / \ 7. EXISTING ROOF DRAINS TO BE REMOVED. S. EXISTING SKYLITES TO BE REMOVED. PREPARE OPENINGS TO RECEIVE NEW I FRAMING AND DECKING. REFER TO WALL SECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: � � r- --- ---- -- -------- ------ ---- ------- - 11139 Fr------ - Q_ - -- 9. REMOVE EXISTING SCREENWALL ASSEMBLY. II II II II L 1 L v L ---- --- T 7 r T II I II II II I II I I z 1;RIAN...-130 II II II II II I II I I ` II II II II O II I II I I sna ° .,sc II II II II II I II I I " o 7ilOF/2013��G I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - -- ----- --- ------- - - -- - ----- ------ -- -- ---- � 1 L- -- ii I � ---- -- �- — T — T - -T- - — T — T - - — T - - — - - — T - - � D2 SERIES KEY NOTES OREMOVE ALL EXISTING EXTERIOR FINISHES TO SUBSTRATE. INSTALL NEW COMMERCIAL AIR BARRIER OVER EXISTING SUBSTRATE AND PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. TYPICAL ALL EXTERIOR WALLS WHICH REMAIN. 2. REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES. TYPICAL. Brian S . Thomas, 3. REMOVE ALL EXISTING COPING. Architect 3 4. REMOVE ALL EXISTING WINDOWS, TYPICAL. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 2 F. 864.232.7587 -- - -- - - --- -- - ---- ---- - -- - -- - Z 10330 5. EXISTING PERIMETER LOW ROOFS, WALL ASSEMBLIES AND GLAZING TO BE T. 864.232.8200 -- - -- - - --- -- - - --- ---- ---- - -- REMOVED. r-==- ---= � r--=- _-- � r--= = --- � r- \\ _ _ ___ ___� _ --_ - --- [7- - T__!] [! !] [� !] [ !_\\\\ \\ 1 6. REMOVE EXISTING CANOPY STRUCTURE. \ . 7. REMOVE EXISTING DOOR. O _ _-- - -- - AN �� 11 - -- -- -- 1 - S. REMOVE ROOF EQUIPMENT SCREEN WALL. _fit ---.- -- � II �� II II ,/f II II �� Il 1 , I I- -='=-__- - _ --�_= - _ ___ � 6 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: II II II II II II ' III �_ - --- --- - _- - - - �sE �i� //�{\//\� 9. NCLOSUREDOORSTOREMAIN. PREPARE SURFACES TO11139 � -1 r==== = == 1f�- � - -- - -- -- -- -- - _�L� RECEIVE NEW PAINT. E i' I. - LUJ ��_ == ==Jii'� { �_ _ H. I I \\ 10. EXISTING SERVICE YARD WALL TO REMAIN. PREPARE SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW .. .. .. .. - - --- PAINT I. . LLL - --L _-__ _ - -� - -- ---- - --= -- -- ---- ---- 1 1' \ --- - - -- --- -- - --- I I 11. EXISTING SIGNS TO BE REMOVED, TYPICAL. 1111 I •I. I :I I I L .. -- - - ---- r_====_=� . .. - I 1 hll I I I I' IT =_ ___ __� r�__=_ ____ =__ � I I I \.\I ° Qy 0 0 1 ¢In ____ _ _ ___ I �J : . L___ ___J 11 I k'I k 1 . 1. 111 11 /,��1 _ �� LL \\ ,�' J 12. PORTION OF WALL TO REMOVED FOR NEW DOOR OPENING. REFER TO A1.1 AND F� +I /. %- . 'r I. 1•. 11 11111 -- -� -- �. - -- - T- -- I rr // -__-_- - - ---• 1111 I I 1 1 / \ 1 DOOR SCHEDULE. '-= SRI;;ti`4.TH�?: rse " r--- - ---� . F ---- ---� : r - -_- IIIIi I I..I ' 11'1 • ii 1 I I r 1.11u { 1 II IIIIII '1 II I /r I I /f ' 1 /r I I. I r 11'11_ . I II 13. EXISTING ELECTRIC METER TO REMAIN. ri I rr / tl l l I 1 l' I � ' � f . . \ I I �r• . :,.��: a' I II 1 1 1 .1 1 1 .111 %/ � 5714 _> 111:1.1 1 . 1 Ill I I I 1 II Il 1 1 / 111 /Vi/ F I. I I IIII. ' All I I I I I I 11 II I I I p . ' I II V I I V Hill 1 I. 1 1 111 . L . : IL-� I ^ ,�� +IIII I I I r i 11 .111.1 1 1 . 1111 r I I r� 11 'll :' 11 11 I .I I II : 1 11111. 1 1 . 1.. 1: . 1 L- J L_-J I IIII .I l ll F.: I 11 /` OF I I 111 II II rr 11 II 11 �'' 11 11 1 Ai I I I I '1'. I 1f1 1 I 11 II l I 7/16/2013 11TT1-�T °'11111 1' .11111 I 11 1 II . I 1 II /� II II \ ,III f�II II I . .. I 111' 1111 II I' I '.I IIII 1. 111111• � ---___-� • L=J •' .'� �= __.= ___� I V I I I III I. I II 1 DEMOLITION ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0" - --- --- - ----- -- - --- - - -- - - - - - -- - - -- - --- -- -- ----- - --- --- - --- -- -- - - -.-- --- -----7 --- - ---- --- - -- - - --- --- - - -- - - - -- - -- --- - -- ---- --- -- -----^---- - - -- -- -- -- - TI 11 z - --- - - --- - -- ] //��/ �' a 111111 11 r =--- --- = r- = -- - --`.�. - - - ---- � rn 1. I 3 L-_-_ = �- � r �,--- - --11. :� _!-� � J L j- == = �-�1 /l O i' 111111 i' 11 C �.=- = =r7 C = �_ - -_- r7 C ---____� I _ _- - - --- - A LL L A 7 C -�=- = i-7 11 C- =- ==r 7 C - s- = _! L.s _ �6GI { -� _ T� =HT1=FT1� 1 - / --- - -JIJL- --- =----=-- -- __ _�IL- -� --= III ' - -- - - - - -- - == .T=-- - ---- - --- --- - II 1N1 I T 1 ..1 .-f-'FT -1' :.I I I 1 I IIII o " 1 - IIII.I r k i' 1 I - 11I.II rr- --=�� 11 I '� _= ='=� "� -T === '] II i= == ='=� �L =_ __� - 711 � 111 � ��� �� 1i II . I { I I I 'I II -- -- --- -- -- - - - -- - - -- �\\ : II 11 r / I I IIII II j H � FI�FF ����I� fl E 1111 1 1, 1 11 Ili \\ 1f. 11 l .r/ I ri\ I II 111 I I IM.r1 I I :.� I +{ if I I I M I I I 1111 I a) II II Illil l I I I 11 III / III \ 111111 1 1111111 :I a . . .. II II � . ' �\\ I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 11y V I I I i{ I I I I I M II II VIII I. I I III II �\ II Ilk' III VIII1 O 1IIII I I Iy I I I I 111 I I IIIA, b • { a 9 1 1 11.11 I � u, I I I l 11 l l l l i . l 111 " Ir \\ �� 11. .111\ 111 I I II II 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IM V I I I +I I I I I I M I 1 1 1111 I _ wII II IIII I l 1. 1 111 \ 111 / 1 IIIA 3 LL==_�� 1111. 1 I' I {. 111 II L= J' 11 \;'111 /%'I 1111.1{ r� I III I � 11M I I I VI1 I I 111' 111111 . 1 p :�1L_ �� I �i _JI11{1L fu[TrIL � T1_ �I�Tf�li�T1 I 1 1111# I Q O . 111-11 F- -- - - -- I 11. 11111 I I I I I .I I I' V I I I I. I I I.iII I. I' I I III I 09 1111 11' 11 1 I 1: I . :I 1 1 1 1 :1 '11 III O 9 aUi 11111.1 L LL L 1,:J_I_IJ 1 JJ 111.11 Ll LII J 0 0 a 0 OqDEMOLITION ELEVATION>,co „ = 1,_0„ co C: o a (� � C� ...._.................. .............................. -- -- z--- - -- ----- ---- ---- -- - - - - ----- --- -= I� ............. ............_.........._ L- T - -71C- - 1C -- -- -- -- --- - - ---- --- -.-- - ---- - -- - --- - - --- ---. --- - -- . ------- - U FF- - -- 2 � �--- -- - -- - -- -- - -- -- -- -- - -- --- - - - -- ---- - --- ----- ------ . - --- -- - 11 .1 tEl .------ -- -- - - -- - - --- -- C 2 111 cn / I TT fT I-I T T T -- I ---- - Issue Date: 3-23-2012 z -_ L ... ...................... ...... ......... ..... .. .... ........ ..... ..............-...W................ I .............._..----W_._....:...:... ........ ........... - I . I m � ... ... 1s '. �\ _.:,.....: ._ _�\_._........_...�__ I REVISION INFORMATION I J 1141 . I _ I - L - --- rr III I I I I I I � ___ � / I II I \_ _. ..... 11II II I' IT- 11'' .. I I Q II 1 Oa 1 11111 I I I I Oi 1 . {1 L� L 1 O \ / I 1 I I 0 11 I CL 111 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 m a� v. L_ _J (IIIIII I I / \ I . / \ I • . .. . .. II II . 1 I I @ 11 VIII I I I I ' . , . f . . \. , II 11 111111 I I I I / \ II // 11 I./. '. .\ I. �3 M a) Cn m t m 3 DEMOLITION ELEVATION 0_ 0 U ...................___.........._...........W.............________................................_._...................._ .............____.... ................_ .......................... _...............___; { I . Restaurant#: 0457 1 1 r RED LOBSTER 457 O 2 3 K_ r -= == =_-� r ===== _-� r = === - -- � r = __= ----1 r === ==_-� RENOVATION --- A- -- -- /r , /� �\ \\ -- - __ _�- -- ---- - _- - -_ --= ==-1� �L- -g-- -- - --- -- -- --- - ---- ---- - -- - ---- - -- - - --- --- - --- - � 10330 1 -- --- - --- -- -- -- -- - r -- - -- � r --== =__� r = - _ __- � --- --- / //moi \\\\ C =T=_ '_� = r== = =L � II C = r-= ==L7 F� ---- -���7 // / /j/� \�\\ \ \\ _�- --��� \�-- - ---_-_- ---_---- - - - - 10 11 a ,r a l/ii ,� \\�\ �\ 11 rr ,, o SOUTHWEST - ---- --- - ---- --- -- -- _= 11 II LL JJ LL�_-_-= JJ �LJ� 1�- - -- /-�\ _ _ - I I I I I it I III - -- - - I I I I 1111 1111 _ i i ; i i i € I:- -- � _ _== ===J ���� - LFA L -- - - --- �==_�- - -� € ; � € � : � G AD REENBURG RO -� E'i=-� -- ____ __= I III 11111 =__ _ __= III I I I LI rr-= EX1 . 1 GENERAL NOTES AFTER DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. Brian S . Thomas , Architect 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 11139 ����Iit) AR� c7i 17-7 ! HATCHED AREA AW ARV. AIAWASV. 14 3- /i INDICATES AREAOIiBLAB ABV. AW Aev. nev. ¢ J� j TO BE REMOVED. 93 �� ✓ ' " EDGE OF EXISTING SLAB `,/ 7/16/2013 J ^ J1 f�. //�// '• �'> , 'y ,Ff/�,/- ,R J ,>'` r ; U a T-31/2' T 0' T-0' T-0' T-0' T-0' T-0' 14'_2• ' �, '''.• f' I� LL J ^°I � con Mil 11 r rQAEk IAft V(1 Tt • L i O / / , > O EDGE OF EXISTING SLAB ` > `' ` M ` �� Q 6 C6 I l `f `` '` /; `. ; W f' w III '; o ^ f' w I Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m T-41/2' 28'-0' 28'-2. o ,'',J'' REVISION INFORMATION Q 4 e// ` `'` f f i f ' 2 6-17-2013 .'` > .> _. Owner Chan es ,`` >'��' / EXISTING FIRE RISER TO REMIAN. ; GC TO VERIFY LOCATION. i f '^ HATCHEDAREA INDICATES AREA OF SLAB TO BE REMOVED. r'''' /J ABV. ABV. r �,_ Agv_ �• — ,=' �`.,>� ,', ^ T^ EDGE OF EXISTING SLAB f J ' ABV. ABV. �,' fi'` �' ' .%"`., `jf'i • le - 'l! f , f , �// // JJ f i , ` " i ' ' 1 l ` /Jf ` le ABV. ABV. I(_, '' ` i //J/�/! ` F` ,a' / '`.F �•>` ,,''','` '`'' '• ''` f fn^ / 1 j > Restaurant #: 0457 ABV ABV RED LOBSTER 457 J - ' RENOVATION ` .............. `'�+ ................. 1 �n�```� � `f ✓ !'m''''il ( ``�J ^�i 10330 CID SOUTHWEST ` GREENBURG ROAD f' >>>'`'" J' f 17' 77' TrT _ �7 �— TT r^ — f� y: TIGARD OR ee '` Drawing EDGE OF EXISTING SLAB EXISTING CONDITIONS FLOOR PLAN EX1 1 1/4, = 1 _o, WALL LEGEND STONE VENEER` STONE VENEER W/ 5/8'GYP. BOARD 1/2' PLYWOOD 5/8" PLYWOOD G HARDIE-PLANK SIDING ABOVE 6' METAL STUD(18 GA) 2x10 WOOD STUD WALL TO 2x6 WOOD STUD SIDING. REFER TO ELEVATIONS A EXTERIOR SHEATHING C !%=%i;%-; 'j;% fi;-;;;%!� 5/8'GYP. BOARD E 6—INCHES ABOVE CEILING V-4- 8' 8' FINISH. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE B. EXTERIOR SHEATHING 2X6 WOOD STUD W/BATT 1-HOUR WALL PER UL DESIGN#405 2x8 WOOD TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES 2X6 WOOD STUD W/BATT A1 . 1 GENERAL NOTES INSULATION 12' PLYWOOD INSULATION FINISH. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE B. 3/8.OSB H P 2x4 VERTICAL STUD FRAMING TURNED FINISH. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE B. A. ALL WALLS ARE DIMENSIONED TO FACE OF Brian S . Thomas, 2x4 WOOD STUD LOW WALL REFER TO WALL SECTIONS 90°AND STAGGERED @ i6'O.C. STUD OR TO CENTER OF OPENING OR TO FACE D REFER TO DETAILS ON A8.3 OF BLOCK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Architect TOP OF PLATE AT 3'-10 1/2" AND DETAILS FOR STONE FINISH. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE B. "' "' 3/8" OSB HEIGHT AND EXTENTS 1/2"WATER RESISTANT PLYWOOD B. INTERIOR SHEATHING TO BE AS SPECIFIED DB SAME AS BUT WITH 2x6 STUDS BOTH SIDES K 1-HOUR SHAFTWALL PER UL DESIGN#415, SYSTEM A UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: B 2x4 WOOD STUD 2x6 WOOD STUD DINING AREAS 5/8" GYP ABOVE 3/8"OSB AT F 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 STONE VENEER 2x6 WOOD TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES FINISH. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE B. WAINSCOT PANELING ONLY. FINISH.REFER TO GENERAL NOTE B. SAME AS BUT WITH 2x8 STUDS T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 o- SAME AS �e BUT WITH 2x6 STUDS H6 2x6 VERTICAL STUD FRAMING @ 16"O.C. L 2x4 WOOD STUD,TURNED FLAT WITH 1-12' PLAT • KITCHEN AND SERVICE AREAS 5/8' Dt SAME AS ❑D BUT WITH 2x10 STUDS 2 X 4 STUD BELOW 3'-10' —— — — — — — — — REFER TO DETAILS ON A8.3 PLYWOOD ABOVE 5/8" DENSHIELD SAME AS �e BUT WITH 2x8 STUDS 5/8' PLYWOOD ,2SHEATHING. BOTH SIDES'WATER RESISTANT PLYWOOD M 1-5/8' METAL STUD WALL • RESTROOMS 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT 88 FINISH. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE B. GYP ABOVE 5/8" DENSHIELD SHEATHING. f^\ / • VESTIBULE 5/8" PLYWOOD,5/8" GYP. ` t 1' I ' m ! i 6 R n L i • MECHANICAL 5/8"TYPE "X" GYP. ; 1 2 ' 2 .w F 3.0 4 J 4.0 1 r. ; 1W-3- • NO SHEATHING REQUIRED IN CONCEALED y E AREAS OF FREEZERS AND COOLERS. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: • 5/8" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD 1T-10' 6'$' 28 ' 6'-71/2' 5'-31/2' 44'-6' 11139 REQUIRED BEHIND ALL TYPE 1 HOODS, EXTEND 18" IN EACH DIRECTION PAST 2Q HOOD. [ e t-D Alze 7'-i 3/4' 3'-21/2' T-0 3/4' 3'-2' 3'-11' T-61/2' 3'-61/2' 3'-01-62' 3'-6 12' T-11' Fn € k BRIAN S.THO ff i i s SC 5714 i . s e OF O A ) A A A A J ani 7/16/2013 fi o B D N I 16'-11 1/4' 6'-11 1/2" = 14' 14}0' 6' 91/4' T-2 3/4' 8'3' 14'6 '-9 12 � '-6 3/4' 2'-6 3/4' D8 D8 c7 ` I j j ~ . _ ' _ ......... ........ ......... W ....-- .......... ...... .... _............. ........ . .... ......._ ........ ............ . ...... co r N BB i B6 .: k 0 0 f s x x 3 T Q 0 t 16'-91/2' 3'-2 3/4' 2'-11" 9-31/4' T-W T-0' 7'-0 12'-0' 11'-51/2' 16'-7• 3'-9 3/4' 3'co -0 3/4' 8'-61/2' 51 N i c i 2 w I ` _._ C ...._. _. .._ 66 € B6 'a A D B8 3 68 } 4'-31(2" I c Q 1 Q K o o o Cn I I, B cn D g v B8 ;ri B6 f CL B f' 3 00 B8 ! j B6 O UA s CRITICAL 3 DIMENSIONS FOR t B WHEELCHAIR LIFT. o Q D10 DIMENSIONS ARE W =i €€ ! O d CLEAR WIDTH °° z o I € O 'v L FROM FINISH TO c ••••/ FINISH B'-11' 6'-T T-11' 9'-11/4' 'x 14;-0' 6'-91/4' 5'-3• 2'-9' 12'.53/4' 103/4 4'21/2' ' 2-612' 31/4' 0 N 2 ° N � f0 i [ � 2-11 i i L C a D10 88 O_ E N Z V1 B6 I L"L i (0 ,,... _ E W i I � C7 � . N x ..E.... Q 4 t v ( dp € o co cu E A n D D a € A CO Z 70 : C7 J H J 3'-6 1/4' TD Q w I E LO I m g `D B6 Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m` J D D C C? B v Z U) • REVISION INFORMATION 0) 0 �' M ( 2 6-17-2013 0_ 7. a W v a L Owner Changes U> 2'-71/2' 4'-41/4' -4' 3'-112' 6'-2' 3'-51/2' 8'-93/4' m 4'-101/4• 9'-13/4' 7'-2314' 5'-3' 2' 15'-113/4' w iq m x 2-T 11'-0314 5'512' 6'-0,2' N m _.. . ..._.. .. ......._. ........ W . .._ W ........ _.... .19 En _ __... ........ __ i 4 C13 �`O, B6 fO F F `° D D6 D C C a v :s fV CP N ALIGN — � v N B N EDGES L H H6 ; ro D D n r in O N 0_ 7" D o B6 BB U N 3'-51/2' 4'-11' 2'-0' `x V-111' 10'-1" 8'-23/4' 5'-91/4' 12'-3' ,1' 12' 512• 7' 1/4' '-113/4 B 16' 4" B -21/4" "� 5'-9" 5'-73/4' �n io 0 E H y ? D I a C? Zh N to p m B 86 J B I N N es auran R t t #: 457 f 0 f x z t .... ...._. ... ._ ...... .._ ._.....__.._ ....... ..... .. .. ......... ._.. 04 1'-23/ ' 6'-23/4 9'-43/4• T-0' T-0" 6'-1112• 5'-3314• '-111 6'-91/4" 14 ' N 0 RED LOBSTER 457 t 3'- 2'-5 ,/2' 3'- 3/4" 6'-7• 6'-5 3/4" f/ ! ` R E N OVAT I O N CV ! /y, Q i 1 A ' `_ ' D6 10330 B 1 A " q o SOUTHWEST _._.. W_..:... W' GREENBURG ROAD f$e1 I B6 Bs n z' ? TIGARD, OR s P l f A A Drawing zo VA VIA A __ ........� _ _...._ _..........._ ............. ......._....�...._........_..�............. ...... _.... .... ............. ..........._...�......................._ � DIMENSIONED T-3 1 31/2' 7'-10 3/4' 3'-, ,2' 8'612• 3'-1 ,2' FLOOR PLA N 7 3 4'-012' 10'fi,/4' 3'-212' 9-1 12' 3-212' 9-1 12' 3'-212' 10-012' 12'9' 7'-103/4' 14'-912' TAf .112' 1' ! i 3 A1 . 1 ter^,-„� r,.^•� . ..,.,� �..,,`, /'”`V �w..� �,. .�.^�. ,.. .,.3.,..� �.,,. ; 63/4' A1 .2 GENERAL NOTES EXISTING 6 3/4" 1x8 WOOD 7x8 WOOD I LINE OF SOFFIT TRIM ABOVE A. ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS TO BE WOOD STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER Co CLADDING CLADDING 1x4 TRIM ALIGN EDGE WITH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR EXTERIOR In ��� WALLS. SOFFIT TRIM ABOVE F WALL TILE WALL TILE B. REFER TO TITLE SHEET FOR SYMBOL LEGEND. C. FULL HEIGHT STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS AND WALL Brian S . Thomas, f z CLADDING IN KITCHEN AREA. REFERENCE SHEET FS1 FOR GYPSUM v F o_ Architect LOCATIONS. REFERENCE DETAILS 6/A8.4, 7/A8.4, AND 8/A8.4 . GUARDS WALL BOARD r }} r r W t` MR GYPSUM MR GYPSUM AND CLADDING PROVIDED BY RED LOBSTER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 1x4 TRIM WALL BOARD WALL BOARD 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 ri uO T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 PLYWOOD SHEATHING � � ' A1 .2 KEY NOTES 00 WOOD 2x WOOD STONE VENEER COLUMN FRAMING 1. FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING LINE OF CHASE. 1x6 TRIM 1x WOOD 1x WOOD 2. LOW WALL. REFER TO 16/A8.4 CLADDING CLADDING 1x4 TRIM 3. DECORATIVE WOOD COLUMN TO MIMIC ADJACENT STRUCTURAL 41- 1/4' REVEAL, 1/4" REVEAL, COLUMNS. REFER TO DETAIL 3/A1.2 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 1/411 TMP tx8 TRIM TYPICAL TYPICAL 4. STRUCTURAL COLUMN. REFER TO CLADDING DETAIL 3/A1.2 11139 2 WALL END DETAIL 3 COLUMN CLADDING DETAIL 4 DECORATIVE COLUMN DETAIL 5 WALL END DETAIL 6 WALL END DETAIL 5. RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET. REFER TO 12/A8.4. 3"=1'-0" 311=1'-O" 3"=1 '-0" 3"=1'-0" 311_11-0" 6. STAINLESS STEEL PANELS FROM TOP OF BASE TO 6" ABOVE ALIGN FACES OF NEW WALL SHEATHING CEILING. PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 3 AND EXISTING SHEATHING 7. BAR DIE WALL. , % t.D ,1 j'i<.7 As, - - - - - NEW SIDING OVER NEW BUILDING WRAP. l�` As z � - - - - - - - REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 8. INFILL EXISTING OPENING. MATCH EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION. ( ____I REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND WALL FINISH PLAN FOR FINISHES. G ARV. G V. G ABV.n ABV. H G ASV. EXISTING WALL a a 9. WROUGHT IRON DIVIDER. REFER TO 10/A8.4 13 ;� CONSTRUCTION. SC = �yL 5NE;; 10. WOOD POST WITH CAP. REFER TO MILLWORK.rrj.at 2 ` 11. FURRED OUT 2X6 WALL WITH CRITICAL STUD SPACING. REFER TOO Al U Al Al U /U1 AlTILE WALL FINISH. i1PREFER TO WALL FINISH PLAN T A10.2. 7/1612013 - - - - - - ALL S/S CORNER GUARD,TYP 12. STONE VENEER. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. CONSTRUCTION. NEW GWB ON EXISTING FRAMING. 13. LINE OF ROOF AWNING ABOVE. REFER TO A1.1 TYPICAL, BACK OF HOUSE EXISTING WALLS. 14. EXISTING FIRE RISER. GC TO VERIFY LOCATION. REFER TO DEMOLITION/ EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN. _ __ ""` "'`"'" "" ' ` "" " 15. TRELLIS FRAMING MEMBERS. REFER TO 2/A9.z. I - - - <-.. _-_- .. - ,6. CONCRETE WALK. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. Lj Lj LitL LI L ILI s 13 6 ® ' , 17. TRAY JACK. REFER TO DETAIL 3/A10.1 . ` 18. DOWN SPOUT/ROOF DRAIN DISCHARGE NOZZLE. REFER TO - ----- -----� ALL3 PLUMBING AND CIVIL DRAWINGS. 27 17 DISHWASH 6 ... DINING D A7.9 _ 5 33 BREAK AREA 19. INTERIOR ROOF LADDER. REFER TO DETAIL 2/A9.4. i 30 TYP. 33WVII ----, / 20. SECURITY MIRROR PLXR-18 FROM C.R. LAWRENCE CO. QUANTITIES � i i nsz @ q 5 21. CLEA":I".G f IOSE PORT. REFER TO 3!A9.1 i N A7 z i q 4 A7.3 4 22 30 22. FLYTRAP. REFER TO 4/A9.1. c 2 L - - - - - - - - - 2 UTILITY INK. REFER T 11/A8.4 '"%" 3 UT T S O A6.1 A72 A33 A6.1 24. KNOX BOX. FINAL LOCATION, HEIGHT AND SPECIFICATION TO BE PER N P I I LOCAL JURISDICTION. 30 25. EXISTING DUMPSTER GATES TO REMAIN. PAINT. REFER TO 3 ,9 30 c •_ , x ' , I I 1 I 8 , EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. w ❑ O / I ' r' y i 26. ELECTRICAL AND DIMMER PANELS, REFER TO ELECTRICAL E 4 11A 12 30 -- I I1 L_1 -J DRAWINGS. 18 Q 2 i 27. RECESSED CLEANING STATION, REFER TO 17/A8.4. c ^ STORAGE I I OFFICE 11 <13�--� O DINING C I 6 28. OPENING IN WALL, REFER TO ELEVATION. V 1 0 35 I I O t 3 T 6 n 29. REFER TO DETAIL 10/A9.5 FOR GAS LINE ROUTING DETAIL. p �� o O 000 / - - \ I 23 30. S/S CORNER GUARD OR ENDCAP. OWNER PROVIDED, GC INSTALLED. t1:1 i \Lj _j O31. S/S CLOSURE STRIP. OWNER PROVIDED, GC INSTALLED. 9 32. 3"SQ. STD. STEEL TUBE. EMBED AND EPDXY 18" INTO SLAB. EXTEND ob N 1 I p I 4 30 TO UNDERSIDE OF OF LOW WALL TOP PLATE. 9 Qf DINING B 7 It2 A z 10 I N 22 1 8 1 33. SOUND BATT INSULATION. O a) Az2 O 6 34. EXISTING COLUMN. WRAP IN STAINLESS STEEL PANELING TO ABOVE t � 32 RECEIVING CEILING. p I I I \ 30 - ; ;, 30 III ' I II - 31 J 35. WHEELCHAIR LIFT. REFER TO SPEC SECTION14420, SHEET AS5. @ A3s � p z 7 9 \\\ ISI + 28 29 cn 11 1 1 11 .... 1 off' Ass l� : 2 KITCHEN 6 000 30 5 tr U Az2 16 5 1 A1.2 33 \ O - 0 A 4 A7.2 \ 8 OPP. vi DINING C w N 2 1 I - J \ /\ I W 2 COOLER 4 /i -�� � 30 I \\ w t'n 5 5 ED - � I w HALL 2 @ sIM. zz \ / I I a 8 Issue Date: 3-23-2012 - � / 2 0 18 / 5 1 I z7 REVISION INFORMATION [n Al 2 N n SIM. _ 30 L , o � � DININGB 6 I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ` Q / / \ 14 rt - I Architectural Update 4-16-2012 < w _ _ 31 c � L A,z L - 2 6172013 Owner Changes Qm A2 B2 G �/ ` ' 0 00� MECHANICAL i 1 I ABV. BV. A1.2 ' A71 A32 2 A71 3 12 , sIM. 1 HALL 4 14 , 1 O Ae.4 ;. a) A2 B2 IG 27 cey 4 ,\`` DRY STORAGE 2 FR R 1 12 12 10 1 _.• 34 1 18 rn / - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Ll�� LJLJ 1 1 ` A2 B2 G - 2 >, 1 0- 1 p 1 ABV.I�Bv. D A122 1 r- ---L- 12 33 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 U As.1 - "' �Iror �_ 12 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - 12 - - - - 9 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - - As., O O O ; - - O 1 zo BAR L- ---L---� 10 3 SIM. I 1 1 ABV. BV. I 1 5 i �_ I HALL 1 10 7 5 O 9 1 A7.1 6 A9.5 IF1 I II II 1 / 1 6 O A2 B2 IG SERVICE BAR �r I I1 1 AT I K 1 I 33 1 j ,: � ,s � [Restaurant #: 0457 Aev. ay. ® I 1 4 R.R.STORAGE I 1 O WOMENS 1 1 � ' ® I 1 RESTROOM I RED LOBSTER 457 1 RENOVATION 15 4 1 I / 13 21 13 �-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � 6 I ,- - I - - - - - - - I 10330 q 6 DINING A 10 2 1 I 20 1 A7., A8.2 1 Aaa WAITING 1 33 MENS ` - - T� 1 I SOUTHWEST 1 I RESTROOM I 25 1 A84 BAR STORAGE GREENBURG ROAD - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I / 1 _ . ,, 0 TIGARD, OR ♦` -�� GAS O O O O 1 I E I - - I E I - - - - - ' E NEW GWB ON EXISTING FRAMING. - - - - - - J - 5,1 - - - - - - - - Drawing � - 4 A71 i - - - - - - TILE WALL FINISH. 2 1 I REFER TO WALL FINISH PLAN 13 13 1 13 D A7.1 3 A7.1 D 13 13 A8.1 I _ :: O A71 VESTIBULE O (� I �EXISTINGWALL NOTED CONSTRUCTION. FLOOR PLAN NEW SIDING OVER NEW BUILDING WRAP ON EXISTING 3 13 O I NEW WALL REFER O EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. A6.1 CONSTRUCTION. I I I REFER TO A1.1 STONE VENEER AND WATER TABLE BELOW. I � ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 1 NOTED FLOOR PLAN � As � Al 02 1/4"=l'-O" FLOOR FINISH PATTERN LEGEND FLOOR COVERING SCHEDULE BASE FINISH SCHEDULE FLOOR TILE MEMBRANE AS MANUFACTURED BY MAPEI,"MAPELASTIC F—c-il PORCELAIN TILE: QUARTZ-SLATE WITH GRIP SURFACE,COLOR: "IRON RUST", CB-1 1 TILE BASE: QUARTZ-SLATE. COLOR: "IRON RUST"6"x12" BULL NOSE(CUSTOM) HPG',(OR EQUAL)AT JOINT BETWEEN KITCHEN SLAB AND 12 X 24 AND 12 X 12 PATTERN. MAPEI ULTRAFLEX 2 MORTAR,CHARCOAL TRANSITION WALK IN TOP POUR PRIOR TO THINSET AND TILE a CONCRETE FLOOR GRAY GROUT 1/8"JOINTS. TILE IS AVAILABLE EXCLUSIVELY FROM TRINITY FC—B--21 QUARRY TILE COVE BASE AND CORNERS BY DAL-TILE, SEE FLOOR FINISH TAPER TILE SETTING BED APPLICATION TILE GROUP, BRAD WEATHERLY 866-568-026. FC-2 FOR SPECIFICATIONS UNDER CARPET TO MAKE SWEEP GASKET CB-3 VINYL WALL BASE 4" H VINYL BASE BY ROPPE COLOR: BLACK. TILE AND CARPET FLUSH CB-1 io CB 1 HEATER WIRE Brian S . Thomas , FC-2 QUARRY TILE: #0040 RED BLAZE, DOUBLE ABRASIVE 6x6, BLACK, NON SANDED EPDXY GROUT. KERAPDXY AS MANUFACTURED BY LATICRETE. IN (1/4"/FT. MAX. SLOPE) THRESHOLD PLATE CB 4 CARPET BASE ROLL WALL TOP WITH 1 x 2 WOOD TRIM. BASE TO BE E0. EQ. THROUGH TRINITY TILE GROUP, BRAD WEATHERLY 866-568-026 INSTALLED AFTER FURNITURE PACKAGE IS INSTALLED. NOT TO BE Se 4�—� TILE Architect INSTALLED BEHIND BOOTHS. REFER TO DETAIL 10/A1.3 _ L9 THINSET TILE PATTERNFC-3 SEALED CONCRETE, MEDIUM BROOM FINISH, G.C. TO PROVIDE. COAT WITH CB-5 COVE TILE BASE: HEWN. COLOR: "GOLDSTONE"6 X 12 COVE BASE AND 6 X 12 ! 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 SILOXANE SEALER BY CORONADO. COVE BASE CORNERS. i i i T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 CARPET/TILE TRANSITION TYPICAL TILE THRESHOLD er'll KiN i ii 2-LAYER of s,000 u3 PUMP FC-4 CUSTOM CARPET SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER. RL-DCR-142 REGAL i iv + + + BLUE. G.0 TO COORDINATE WITH INSTALLER: WESLEY GUNTER WITH 2 B 4 MneuFacruses i CARPET NO SCALE 1 =1 -0 C, /Z/77/77 i + + + + MASLAND 251-679-3626 WALK IN INSTALLER TO FILL IN ANY Z FC-5 SEALED CONCRETE, G.C.TO PROVIDE WAINSCOT PANELING a GAP BETWEEN FLOOR PANELS AND a QUARRY TILE 3/8" OSB BACKER BOARD RECESS WITH INSULATION FOAM Ir 8 FC-6 BLACK VINYL TRANSITION STRIP BY CARPET SUPPLIER - REFER TO WALL TYPE $ ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: REFER TO DETAIL 2/A1.3 SCHEDULE a a WALK-IN FLOOR PANEL ________ WATERPROOF TROWEL :6VA, 11139 APPLIED MEMBRANE FC-7 PORCELAIN TILE: HEWN. COLOR"EVENING ROCK," 12 X 12 PATTERIN. MAPEI 1 z 2 TRIM-STAIN SWEEP GASKET REQUIRED THIS WALL. REFER ULTRAFLEX 2 "42 MOCHA"GROUT 1/8"JOINTS. TILE IS AVAILABLE DOOR TILE I q� R BARRIER BETWEEN FREEZER TO DETAILS ON A9.5. EXCLUSIVELY FROM TRINITY TILE GROUP, BRAD WEATHERLY 866-568-026 THINSET Q I I CONCRETE SLAB. co CARPET- N.I.C. I C" rBRIAN3.'rt30 a a 5,114 1' DIAMETER DRAIN HOLES - FREEZER FLOOR/TILE DETAIL ,�/ Y OF O��OU 10 CARPET BASE DETAIL 4 COOLER FLOOR/TILE DETAIL 5 3"=1'-0" 7/16/2013 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + . . + + + + A1 .3 GENERAL NOTES + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A. HARD TILE FLOOR TILE SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM TIME OF + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + INSTALLATION TO TIME OF TURNOVER. + + + + + + + + + + + .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ^ f /•e r'�' + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + milli B. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY CHART ON COVER SHEET FOR OWNER + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + WFC + + + + + + + + + + + + FC-2 " ''i. PROVIDED FLOORING MATERIALS. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + FG2 CB 2 C. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL Z-CLIP AT BASE OF ALL WALLS WITH + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CB-2 3 STAINLESS STEEL PANELS. REFER TO WALL FINISH PLAN. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + FC 6 + + + + + + FC a + + + + + + + + _ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2 3 A1 .3 KEY NOTES + + + + + C&4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + . . . . + + + + �' 1. ALUMINUM THRESHOLD TO MEET ACCESSIBILITY c + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + �` REQUIREMENTS. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + m 2. TROUGH DRAIN. REFER TO PLUMBING AND FS DRAWINGS. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ¢ /� . co + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 3. CONCRETE IN THIS AREA TO BE SLOPED TO DRAIN. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + c + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + LINE OF TILE FINISH TRANSITION. 6"WIDE TO MATCH CB-1. TILE JOINT SHALL OCCUR AT THE MIDPOINT OF THE FRAMED + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MEZIZANAE DINING + + + + + + + + + + + + + z MEZZANINE SERVICE- 3 OPENING. REFER TO 6/A1.3. FC-3 " + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 5. CONCRETE CURB. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR HEIGHT AND LOCATION. 6. AREA OF SLAB TO BE DEPRESSED. REFER TO STRUCTURAL (VLA c + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + s DRAWINGS. ° N + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + liam 79 0114,13113 Sri 134,E + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + FCS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Q_ + + + + + + + + + + F _5.5 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + c + + + + + + + + + + + V + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + t FG2 I L + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CB-2 + + + + + + + + + + + FC-5 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 ? + + + + '�u7,y + + + + + + + 1-�r + + + + + + + + + + + 2� + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 'O 1 3 () + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + LJ o + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CB4 + + + CB-3 € I 9 Q + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1 ( o + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + O O y + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + T + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ? I . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + f + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a FC-1 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ? + + + + + + + `- c + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + O CB 1 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + N + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 'I + + + + + + + co + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + U + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + + + + ••'" •• •• •• ••••• L1 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + FG2 FC-2 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + C I CB 2 Q + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + + + + + + + + + + + + Eli + + + + + + + + + + + . . . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +ca E + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + l z 4 1 { — + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I H — + + + FC4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CB2 f A1.3 Cn + + + + CB-4 + + + ,' + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I + + + @ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CBS + + + + + + + + + + 3 ` + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 O L--- >1 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fc s + " REVISION INFORMATION + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 d ' 2 6-17-2013 o + + + + + + + + + + + + + + : + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A73 ° a + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + § Owner Chan es FC6 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + • " I '' 9 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I 3 7-01-2013 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ° 1 FG5 ° Owner Changes ar + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + C CB-3 I ' ° i c + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + FC 6 + + + FC-6 + ca + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 Q + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + % ^ • n + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + s0 + + T + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Cg2 • ° ° + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + s ........... a FC 5 sO, O ° CB 3 , 4 , 3 4 3 1 t E•° 4 CB- FC-7 ` `• CB-5 Restaurant#: 0457 / ° s It s ' ED LOBSTER 45 �^ i RENOVATION .......e..,.. ........ ......, . 4 ✓ r i � . 10330 ' '44c6-3 ° ° ° a •I t �. .� �� SOUTHWEST ° fl s d d d G d O GREENBURG ROAD EKE TIGARD, OR CB-1 Drawing FLOOR FINISH PLAN O� 1 FLOOR FINISH PLAN Al m 3 Upholstery Key Furniture and Seating Schedule FURNISHING SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES: 2 Name Description Manufacturer Size Material Qt Name Description Detail Quantity Supplied Installed PERIMETER DINING ® P Y A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SEATING F1 HOSTESS STAND 1/A10.1 1 OWNER GC CAPACITY, NUMBER OF SEATING CAPACITY SIGNS 81 BASE -WALL MOUNT FOR BOOTHS GAR 16' X32" STEEL 32 F2 GWHOURS SIGN 7/A5.1 1 EA OWNER GC REQUIRED, AND THEIR LOCATIONS WITH THE LOCAL CENTRAL DINING B2 BASE -FOR FREE STANDING TABLES GAR 5'X 22" STEEL 45 F3 BOOSTER SEAT AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. GENERAL – 12 OWNER GC BAR DINING B3 BASE -PIN LEG W/GLIDE FOR SIX TOPS BOOTHS GAR - STEEL a F4 HIGH CHAIR 10 OWNER GC CONTRACTOR SHALL ORDER THESE SIGNS. Brian S . Thomas , °o°o°o° – 0 0 0 o B4 I BASE-CUSTOM 5-POST BASE FSL36X36 GAR CUSTOM STEEL 1 4 B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE IN BID 40 F5 COAT RACK 15/A10.2 1 OWNER GC T1 TABLE TOP-4 TOP AMERICAN CHAIR 30" X 48' WOOD 21 F6 DOUBLE TRAY JACK 3/A10.1 6 OWNER GC HOURS OF TIME FOR HANGING AND PLACING OF Architect T2 TABLE TOP-4 TOP WIDE AMERICAN CHAIR 36" X 48' WOOD 18 OWNER SUPPLIED ART AND DECOR ITEMS AND 40 Q2 F7 LOBSTER TANK – 1 OWNER GC HOURS FOR INSTALLING SMALL WARES. GENERAL T3 TABLE TOP-6 TOP AMERICAN CHAIR 30'X 72' WOOD 4 F8 DINING B SIDE STATION 4/A10.1 1 OWNER GC CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T4 TABLE TOP-6 TOP WIDE AMERICAN CHAIR 36'X 72' WOOD 5 F9 HALL 4 SIDE STATION 4/A10.1 1 OWNER GCT. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 T6 TABLE TOP- ROUND AMERICAN CHAIR 60" DIA WOOD 3 C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS VERIFY FURNITURE F70 BACK BAR LIQUOR DISPLAY A6.2&A8.3 1 OWNER GC COUNT AND PLACEMENT WITH THE OWNER. T7 TABLETOP -FLIP SIDES AMERICAN CHAIR 36"X480(72') WOOD 4 F11 I.T.CABINET ABOVE 1/E4.3 1 OWNER GC ® C7 �t 2 Cl Cl �t Cl Cl �t 2 Cl Cl �t 2 Cl C7 CHAIR-SINGLE DINING AMERICAN CHAIR = MAPLE 122 D. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IST L RECEIVE AND INSTALL B2 82 62 B2 F12 MUZAK CABINET 8/A10.2 1 OWNER VENDOR ALL FURNISHINGS SETTING ALL TABLES LEVEL. C2 CHAIR-BARSTOOL A.C. FURNITURE BEECH 5 F13 RESTROOM CLOSET SHELVES 7/A9.5 1 OWNER GC Ct C1 C1 C7 C1 C7 C1 C1 E. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL STICKERS AND TAGS Ik B2 y B2 B2 B2 C3 BOOTH-4 TOP SINGLE WCI 45 L X 46"H J T 9 T2 T2 T2 T2 3 F17 RECESSED CLEANING STATION 17/A8.4 3 OWNER GC (i.e. UPC CODE STICKERS, MANUFACTURER F18 S LADDER AND STORAGE RACK – 1 GC GC IDENTIFICATION TAGS, etc.) FROM ALL MATERIALS ARCHITECT S PROJECT #: MEZZANINE DINING 74 BOOTH-4 TOP DOUBLE WCI 45"L X 460H JATOBA 12 F20 BAR SOFFIT LIQUOR DISPLAY A8.2 1 OWNER GC PRIOR TO PAINTING OR STAINING. 11139 MEZZANINE SERVICE C5 BOOTH-6 TOP SINGLE WCI 69'LX46'H JATOBA 8 F21 TRAINING MATERIALS CABINET 3/A10.2 SIM. 1 OWNER GC F. JOINTS BETWEEN OWNER SUPPLIED CASEWORK C6 BOOTH-4 TOP SINGLE-CONCRETE BASE WCI 45"L X 460H JATOBA 4 F22 LIGHTED LIQUOR DISPLAY WA8.3 2 OWNER GC (INCLUDING BOOTHS) 1/2"OR LARGER SHALL BE 2 C7 BOOTH-4 TOP DOUBLE-CONCRETE BASE WCI 45"L X 46'H JATOBA 1 COVERED USING 1x MATERIAL, SIMILAR TO ADJACENT F23 CHAIR STORAGE 1/A10.2 1 OWNER GC MATERIALS, STAINED OR PAINTED TO MATCH. T4• � T4_ � T4• C10 BANQUETTE-36' HIGH SECTIONED' WCI 360H JATOBA 2 – En r2 ICI fO C7 ICI D C7 LC7 `O C7 F24 OFFICE CABINETS COUNTER AND SHELVES 4-11/A102 1 OWNER GC ti- /• �J �J _ — C11 BANQUETTE-46' HIGH SECTIONED' WCI 46'H JATOBA 1 G. G.C.TO PROVIDE 2x BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS TO F25 TOILET PARTITIONS 2 GC THRU DARDENS VENDOR GC SUPPORT CANTILEVER TABLE BASES, COORDINATE F_ B2 B2 Y C12 BANQUETTE-46' HIGH SECTIONED-CONCRETE BASE' WCI 46"H JATOBA 1 F26 MENU HOLDER 5/10.1 3 OWNER GC WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER. • O o YOGI i�� Al 1§31 1 m Ci I l m Ci C13 LOBBY BENCH ' WCI 18'D JATOBA 4 F27 UMBRELLA STAND 14/A10.2 1 OWNER GC 0- 1 Zo IR—J �—J ' REFER TO PLAN FOR LENGTH H. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OTHERWISE, CLEAR 714L — _ — J F28 MEZZANINE SIDE STATION 6/A10.1 1 OWNER SILICONE CAULK(NSF APPROVED)SHALL BE USED AT p ¢ LC1 B2 Zo C1 6C1 B2 go C1 6C1 C1 F31 16' DEEP SHELF ABOVE OFFICE DOOR 10/A10.2 1 OWNER GC ALL BASE BOARDS IN THE DINING AREAS,COVE BASE IN fid' KITCHEN, RESTROOMS AND BACK OF HOUSE AREAS, / �F f3 BOOTH SEATS AT WALLS,TABLES AT WALLS,ALL 7/16/2013 STAINLESS TO ALL ADJACENT SURFACES AND ALL ESCUTCHEON PLATES. 2 MEZZANINE FURNITURE AND SEATING PLAN 1/4"=1 '-0" KEYED NOTES: – 3 1. CRUMB CATCHERS ARE SUPPLIED AS A C1 1 SEPARATE PIECE, ASSEMBLE WITH BOOTH. G.C. c �t 5 TO INSTALL.TYPICAL AT ALL BOOTHS ADJACENT B2 TO WALLS. B2 ni82 }fir ,162 }IB2 }162 B2 µ� ,,;, -, 2. 30"X 42"CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR ACCESSIBLE B2 T2 61 T2 U UI 1 U T2 U " DINING LOCATION. I B1 T4 T4 1 1 3. SEE GENERAL NOTE FF ON SHEET T1 FOR 0 YP P c1 c1 ct I c1 I c1 c1 I c1 I c1 ct ct ® SPECIFIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS. ; c6 L _ J L__J HALL 3 F6 / P21 C2 C2 C2 C2 A. FLY TRAP. �t B2 C1 � , 2T-4" FIELD VERIFY 6 DISHWASH ' B3` BREAK AREA 5. DO NOT INSTALL TRIM/CHAIR RAIL AT THIS DINING D S B2 C1 LU" T2 T3 2 2 F1 FE1 F2 F6 FS ;, LOCATION UNTIL AFTER BOOTH IS INSTALLED. T2 ° I I B1 ® 6. RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET, MODEL r 1 5 2 2409-R7 AS MANUFACTURED BY LARSON'S MFG. CO. 3 5 2 i C1 i C1 5 C3 7. BOOTH ON CONCRETE CURB BASE. REFER TO x r" In I T2 C1 L J 1 T2 T1 T2 T1 - F6 x FLOOR FINISH PLAN. � C1 B1 L I 2 > 2 r —, r— , 2 8. TRAINING TV PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY GC. tBi_r II c1 1 c1 IIg1 IB1 IIIB1 I TYP 1 OD g 9. DECORATIVE LAMP. REFER TO ELECTRICAL X DRAWINGS. o MEN/ 0 5 ❑ ; ; ; ; , ,- = .. � � � I — 10. LOBSTER TANK PANELING IS VENDOR SUPPLIED il �/� w n C N UNFINISHED. GC TO STAIN ST-1 AND SEAL. `�/� O 3 B1 T3 STORAGE _ T2 5 082 B2 nB2 n62 DINING C T1 c B1 \ F2 REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A4.3. � / OFFICE �]Q U o —B11 - - � �I If �I r--� 81 o F3 F4 1 1 � T2 ll U T2 U 1 12 O / \ �n 4 5 F3 F4 C1 I C1 i C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 / F12 F31 O o O > L - - J� ❑ L- - t o FE3 5 22'-4` FIELD VERIFY 2 u ui 0 DINING B C1 T7 =B1 O p 4 o U B1 T3 C1 C1 ^ 83 0 0 / �� RECEIVING 132,4 4�B2 C1 // " V \ ",OEM ISS 5 C1 U T6 C1 z C1 C1 c1 C1 / C1 Ci \ L < 12 N k11 I W I I B2hy div ; B4 1 g III I 24 X 54 24 X 54 U C1 1 I 77 C7 1 �. "� I C1 U T6 Al T7 " "� 1 T1 = —Bi I I x Q C1 1 U T71 U 1 1 1 c 62 J ii 1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 5 0, KITCHEN E L __J O x o C1 O O 000 m 2 ' TY 1 DINING C N 24 X DUNNAGE m 5 5 CC w Issue Date: 3-23-2012 O 5 T1 T1 3 C1 \ COOLER w SEATING SUMMARY REVISION INFORMATION w Q B1 B1 c1 c1 C1 c1 c1 Ipc1 s w TYPES PARTIES TOPS SEATING 2 6-17-2013 o B1 T3 n n 7 � U 1 HALL 2 Q_ — B3 I a FE1 0 \ BARSTOOL 11 0 11 I I Bz 4 4 B2 I I 4 00 I a DWAi Owner Changes (D 1 c1 2, Ts c1 I =" � I 9 ❑ DUNNAGE 4 TOP BOOTH 35 35 140 3 7-01-2013 Ft / / I U 6 TOP BOOTH 6 6 36 Owner Changes u T71 h u I m Fs Fs —__ —_ 4 TOP TABLE 4 4 16 m DINING B Q FE1 81 61 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 W O s I I cn 4 TOP TABLE (FLEX 6) 4 4 24 D CC F3 F3 F4 T1 T1 I C1 I F11 / I j 6 TOP TABLE 3 3 18 w F3 F3 F4 5 5 I I F26 O DtHVNAGE % % 8 TOP TABLE 3 3 24 L - - J F3 F3 F4 \ D 0O� ,� MECHANICAL t HALL 4 TMP 1 5 2 F4 F2 TOTALS 66 55 269 N % 1– DINING AREA PARTIES SEATS o, ® 5 F2 NOTE: 0- F9 F17 T1 Tt Tt T1 T1 F4 F4 \O 21 X 60 21 X 60 ¢ O MAIN DINING 40 -- ALL ITEMS 192 BE U ❑ F3 F3 / R I ;() FE2 = INSTALLED BOY THE U ❑ B7 1 B1 B7 x L�L� xz �J U DRY STORAGE 2 MEZZANINE DINING 7 34 GENERAL FREEZER BAR DINING 8 32 CONTRACTOR. F26 II II II I c1 c1 c1 ' Ft Z J�CJ�il�. ® ® ❑ O BAR STOOLS 11 11 L_ J x C1 0 0 --- - DUNNAGE 24 X 42 � � ': TOTALS 66 269 o , F22 BI oo -- ® 24 x 2 % DUNNAGE DUNNAGE DUNNAGEE ; – — o 00 Fl AIR - - _J C1 T2 i o00 / Restaurant #: 0457 °°O ? U o FIRE EXTINGUISHER SCHEDULE o c2 o <��LT _ __ 000 o HALL1 U. tb RED LOBSTER 457 -' 1 i Ij2 P o00 3 `,: MARK QUANTITY DESCRIPTION UL RATING ° ° „�, RENOVATION SERVICE BAR Ci �t o°o C2 0°0 Q F25 FE1 2 LARSEN'S#MP5 2A-10B:C 82 R.R. T RA E '% S O G 7 FE2 1 LARSEN'S#DC10 WITH#864 MOUNTING BRACKET 608:C ® T2 © 10330 C2 00o F1 WOMENS FE3 1 LARSEN'S#WC-6L W/#1007 MOUNTING BRACKET 2A:1B:C:K o°o RESTROOM L;� 00 C2 C2 C2 aim C2 Ll 2 C2 C2 F2 ❑ o SOUTHWEST 5 O ACCESSIBLE SEATING CALCS GREENBURG ROAD DINING A TY 1 5 WAITING C13 , �� Fz5 TOTAL SEATS = 269 MENS TIGARD OR CASE BEER STORAGE o T1 0°0 T1 0°0 T1 0°0 Ti 00 T1 0°0 T7 r � ,. RESTROOM ° OF 281 = 13.45 f o o 0 o O e' o ° 4'-6" 5/° 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 00 000 000 00o STO °o° Bl 0 0 00o B1 0 0 00o B1 0 0 00o Bi ° o° Bi ° °o° Bi 24 36 °o° n 00° n 000 n 7 °o° n 7 0° n 7 °0° n 7i O 00o° ° 7 ° ° 7 ° ° ° ° ° ° ° LOCATIONS PROVDED: o 000 °0 °OO° o00 00o o00 0o o00 00o 00o C13 ,' �, O [ ACCESSIBLE SEATING Drawing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 14 FURNITURE O AND SEATING 0 PLAN VESTIBULE 1 MAIN FURNITURE AND SEATING PLAN Al ■ 4 1/4"=1 '-0" A1 .5 GENERAL NOTES A1 .5 KEY NOTES 1. FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING LINE OF CHASE. A. ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS TO BE WOOD STUDS AT 16"ON CENTER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR EXTERIOR 2. LOW WALL. REFER TO 8/A1.5 WALLS. 3. LINE OF EXTERIOR BUILDING WALLS. REFER TO A1.1. 2 ^ B. REFER TO TITLE SHEET FOR SYMBOL LEGEND. 4. FURNITURE BELOW ON MAIN LEVEL. 2 ` # ._ 5. ALUMINUM THRESHOLD TO ACCESSIBILITY Brian S . Tho mas , R TO DOOR SCHEDULE.__ _-W_..___ .-- -_____-----____ _m ____,m ____.. ------___ m___ __ ----------------- ......... ...._ _....... _______________ _____�_ ._ -_____.______ Architect ........ _ . .......... . ; . 6. NOT USED. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 € # T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 3 ------------------------------- ------------------------------- ._................._........,._........._..,........,........._.,,.,......-._..._...,. „...._................ --...............,......— --...--............— --.-..........— -._...-....,,...-._,....-..._..--..,,.,..,,....._.-...a.....�..- .-...�.._... # < ».,.....-.._.............--.........._..-.-.........-.,.........a__....- _....-. _...___..,..............-........-.,.............,....-.._....,.........._-.....,..............-...-....................................-.._......-.......,_.....--1 E [ ........_....................__-... _,_.......................,,......................,...............................................3 ,............................................................................_..........................._. # s.............................._...............__...,.._.,.,....................._...............__.......,..............................,...,........._....................................... # # E # # E € # E ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: B6 11139 € # i + + + + + + ]+ + + + + + + + + f Al 2 SIM. '8-1 Ll LA 1A U 1:1 E CB-1 + + + + + + + + +MEZZANINE DINING 3 I E INE SE VI E MEZZANIAIE DININGEZZANINESERVICE � � 8 7 # + + + + + + + + +FC4 + + + + + + + + + + + + `1€.;,;C 4' 4-81! + + + + + + + + + + + + + X11. B B 2 € + + + + + + + + + 7/16/2013 B6 + + + + + + + + � + I r+----- + + + + + + + -------- --- .0 + + + + + + + + OPEN TO { --I - O BELOW t O + + + �+ + + +I+ + + + + + + + + + + [ i B 1 Z LL L+---__ _J 2 BB Z O L____—__ _J 11A I Z O z OPEN TO a ' + + + + + + + +� + + + + � + + + a BELOW O OPEN TO 11A BELOW � # r `• s;. ` OPEN TO BELOW J.2 3w wr .,............. r i, .... .._z... ,.�1 ... ._ t £ i" `. , $ .. .. 4 � r L O to � # I E Q C THIS PLAN CORRESPONDS WITH SHEET A1.3. L THIS PLAN CORRESPONDS WITH SHEETS A1.1 &A1.2 REFER TO A1.3 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND DETAILS. ?i REFER TO A1.1 &A1.2 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND DETAILS. O O w MEZZANINE FLOOR FINISH PLAN �� 3 1 MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN 2 1/4"=1'-0" � 9 0 ami 1/4"=1'-0" � • d 'o Q_ 2 r 1:3 w x O ,< --------------------------------------------------------- O i 1 1-1/2" DIAMETER METAL PIPE r?? ---- q i 3 E I RAILING. PRE-FINISHED BLACK. I' i LIL ______....._, 't i ._._.... ....... ......... .-.....�---_______...-...... _... N L } RETURN TO WALL AT ENDS. # c __. _______._______ _______________ _- _ __ _ _ # i.__ ___. __ ___...... ______._-... PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING WITHIN 10 --------------------------------------------- WALL FOR RAIL ATTACHMENT. `O U ' GWB SOFFIT. Q o REFER TO RCP Q ! O m V-0"CLEAR m E co 0 v Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m i 14 TREADS AT 11 1/4" E C __ _- 1-PT-1 i - 7 m i WT-3 -- --— -- STAIR RISE SHALL BE T I DIMENSIONALLY UNIFORM ' 2 REVISION INFORMATION 013 PL-6 GWB SOFFIT. a I I BETWEEN 7" MAXIMUM AND ........... ....... .............................. REFER TO RCP N # I _ _ J I "�""'"`''"""4"MINIMUM. FIELD VERIFY € E Owner Changes Q_ MEZZANINE DINING I TOTAL RISE DIMENSION. OL ZZANINE SERVICE I € , I-PT-1 1-1/2" E N 1 1 I s DIAMETER - BB 7 C13 I I METAL PIPE 1 RI , RAILING. c t I I PRE-FINSHED SAI 3 _ E I I I € BLACK. s I I I RETURN TO I 1 I I I ' I I ENDS R. 1n WALL AT O I o _ 3/4 HOUR (n zLL ----- - -- -- PL-6 -- -- - - - m REFER TOO REFER T 2X12 WOOD STRINGER, TYP. REFER TAIR RISE DOOR I o ¢ I I TO STRUCTURAL FOR SHALL BE SCHEDULE L j I O I II-PT-1-1 CONNECTION TO TOP LANDING 'DIMENSIONALLY / m I I AND SLAB. UNIFORM 1' 1 1 1 /4 1 1 1 HOUR SHAFT IBEWALL p i I � ', �« -- ' -------- ---- <AMUUAND 1P - 4 ASSEMBLY.I U , �- .� - -- ------- BB-1 - I 4„MNIM M. R 1.1 TRANSVERSE STAIR SECTION 1 I FIELD VERIFY ' \\ OPEN TO BELOW 1”-1' U" TOTAL RISE RING I 4)IMENSION. I R WOOD ooD s Al-s I Restaurant #: 0457 \� j E # 4 'x + ' € — — — — — — — — — — — 2x8 WOOD CAP WITH 1/2'RADIUS E 4 t/4• TOP EDGES STAIN ST 1. ..-_.....L...3 1x4 WOOD TRIM.STAIN ST-1. RED LOB f' I STAIR SE BB-1 OVER 3M OSB.STAIN ST-1. R E N OVATI O N SECTION -----------------`--==----- - -- ----------- 5 SCHLUTER YREP-T 6 11 Re$EarownuSeNlsH PUN. NON-SLIP METAL NOSING, TYP. 10330 TILE. REFER TO 1/4" CEMENTITIOUS SOUTHWEST / FLOOR FINISH PLAN UNDERLAYMENT ON FLUID THIS PLAN CORRESPONDS WITH SHEET A4.3 / o TILE. REFER TO APPLIED WATERPROOF GREENBURG ROAD REFER TO A4.3 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND DETAILS. FLOOR FINISH PLAN --- MEMBRANE OVER 5/8" " 2x4 WOOD FRAMING® 12"O.C. _:- / PLYWOOD DECKING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 3 MEZZANINE WALL FINISH PLAN 1/4" CEMENTIT��IOUS BACKER BOARD. 1 X WOOD RISER, TYP. SCHLUTER TREP-T G I I NON-SLIP x2 wooD TRIM.STAIN sr-1. T I GARD I OR 1/4" CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD. METAL NOSING, TYP. CARPET BASE AND FLOORING. # 2X12 TREAD Drawing 'j 1x WOOD CLADDING. STAIN ST-1 - , BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL MEZZANINE DRAWINGS FLOOR PLANS 2X12 WOOD STRINGER, TYP. REFER r'• •'_' 1x WOOD CLADDING. STAIN ST-1 Q TO STRUCTURAL FOR & DETAILS CONNECTION TO TOP LANDING AND SLAB. 1 HOUR SHAFT WALL GWB CEILING.REFER 70 RCP. ASSEMBLY. REFER TO A1.1 STAIR BASE DETAIL TOP DETAIL LOW WALL DETAIL Al ■ 5 (DS2TAIR 8 „_ , „1 "=1 -0" 1 1 0 A2. 1 KEY NOTES 1. KITCHEN HOODS. REFER TO MECHANICAL SHEETS FOR INFORMATION. SEAL ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN CEILING AND HOODS. 2. CEILING FINISH TO BE MOUNTED TO BOTTOM OF JOISTS. (BOJ) Brian S . Thomas, 3. HEADER. FINISH WITH FRP. Architect 4. HEADER. WOOD CASED. 5. DISHWASHER EXHAUST DUCT. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 6. NOT USED 7. AWNING ABOVE. 8. EXTERIOR TRELLIS FRAMING MEMBERS. 9. 1x2 MILLWORK STAINED TRIM TO COVER JOINT. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 10. SOFFIT ABOVE TO BE CONSTRUCTED AFTER COOLER AND 11139 FREEZER OR ELECTRICAL PANELS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. 11. SUSPENDED CABINET. REFER TO BAR DETAILS. 12. WOOD CASED HEADER AND TRANSOM. REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE. 8 13. PAINT HVAC GRILLS, SPEAKER GRILLS AND RECESSED LIGHT TRIM TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH IN THIS AREA. 14. 1 X 2 TRIM AT DIFFUSER BY MILLWORK, MATCH ADJACENT a • CEILING FINISH. A O 15. OCTAGONAL TRIM BY MILLWORK. REFER TO DETAIL 2/A2.2. 16. SOFFIT TO ALIGN WITH PREFAB WALL AND PLUMBING VENTS 7/16/2013 BELOW. FIELD VERIFY. REFER TO FS DRAWINGS. 17. 6" PVC TUBE-4'-0" LONG WITH ONE PERMANENTLY CAPPED END AND ONE SCREW CAP END. MOUNT TO WALL TO HOLD O O O 0 O O O O O .�:r;... :`/ >""'r'r'./��%, r.;; t` f'" / BUILDING PLANS. :•` 18. INSTALL CEILING TILE PROTECTORS AS MANUFACTURED BY Y AIRTECH AT ALL FRONT OF HOUSE HVAC RETURN AND SUPPLY y GRILLES WITHIN ACT GRID CEILINGS. AVAILABLE THROUGH -6• MILL HARDWARE AND FOOD SERVICE CO. 1-800-321-7878 OOX X O O c-1 O +7'-0• O O s 3 ' - 4 O 18 4 � O C7 O TY PT_6 10'-4' v .-. , C_3 +,,_o„ >._ ',:a 'C-2 CEILING SYMBOLS :•.' :' �•Y. a 4 3 �. _ SYMBOL DESCRIPTION t. o z 16 +7'-0" ,.i �•• ` t '?_ 10 F--�� 24"STRIP FLUORESCENT a' Z,'�Kli)IE�RVIC1=: �. E loll a:;.•.,, ; ;p..,� .. .• ,� •• • .ti. . *+•• •-�.••` , ' < ' i:: :>: 1'x4' FLUORESCENT x4 FLUORESCENT \ C2 2 %% "' PT•5 ® PERIMETER PENDANT \�4 q +7'-0" ,. . 12 +T 2" 12 12 ;;.r;, .; ;%. ;; r O O :' b M1 '? yp O < p p RECESSEDDOWNLIGHT-FLOOD IVU' o OO J� "rr JJ O RECESSED DOWNLIGHT-SPOT a. +T-0" PORT/STARBOARD ENTRY LANTERN MONOPOINT EMERGENCY LIGHT O e EXIT LIGHT QQ O� x COMBINATION EMERGENCY/EXIT PEN JC-2 O O EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT 4 O /' � EXTERIOR ENTRY AWNING � \ 3 10 C 7 D EXTERIOR WALL PACK C-3 1O �5II`liiiip EXTERIOR SCONCE O A2.1 EXTERIOR GOOSENECK LIGHT )lJ) 7 Q 18TY 7 I� A2.3 +g g• +9' 2' C 2 SUPPLY DIFFUSER C7 � RETURN GRILL :. .. . . - ... -:: :•:. . A RI W ® EXHAUST GRILL C-5 W O O +s' 6• W ADJUSTABLE EXTERIOR 8 O O4& O O � � SPEAKER BY VENDOR O INTERIOR SPEAKER IN A.C.T. Issue Date: 3-23 2012 CEILING BY VENDOR INTERIOR SPEAKER IN GYP BD. REVISION INFORMATION O +r-o• +7-0" i O 2 6-17-2013 O S1 CEILING. BY VENDOR P l `:r 17 Owner Changes a x ::C L 10 \ 9 O ........................ ....... ...........E., y ryC2 T +9'-0• CEILING FINISH KEY C-5 2'x 2'ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE U.S.G. GLACIER#707 C_1 4 . TAUPE CEILING GRID USG #DX/DXL-107 TAUPE. REFER TO 6/A2.3 .'.r. .:•.' '::. J61 GYPSUM WALLBOARD-ORANGE PEEL, FINISH, U.N.O. O O O +T-0" ■ O " "" "'' '' 2'x 4'VINYL CEILING TILE U.S.G.SHEETROCK CLIMAPLUS O O O O O O f } ; ".;"' .' ; ' .. C 3 #3270 WHITE CEILING GRID USG#ZXLA24 WHITE OR EQUAL +9'-6' +8'-0• O O REFER TO 6/A2.3 4 +7-0• '40 :.0 O 0 C-4 NOT USED ■ O O p 13 ST-1 PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CEILING 4 9 +8 < • a. . 13 0 of C 2 :. c-1 g 7Restarant#: 0457 C-6 T1-11 CEDAR WITH 4' GROOVES 10'-0 C_7 2 X 2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE U.S.G. GLACIER#565 "MARSH BROWN". R LOBSTER 457 ' ': •` ", >•' • :r CEILING GRID USG#DX/DXL-565 MARSH BROWN. - C-2 ,f O .;''': : :,' . : REFER TO 6/A2.3. 0 0 0 0 ,0'-4 0 9 9 tTs- { RENOVATION o z 18 X9> 10330 o:.':... ' . . ':. .` •.° .: Q. _.o..:,. SOUTHWEST :. +g'-0• o < . y GREENBURG ROAD ..'. TIGARD OR 0 O O 2 - Drawing 1 i REFLECTED `�`'`�•�, CEILING PLAN 0 0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 3 A2m 1 1 1/4"=1 -0" CEILING SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 24"STRIP FLUORESCENT Brian S . Thomas , 1'x4' FLUORESCENT Architect 2'x4' FLUORESCENT 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 ® PERIMETER PENDANT RECESSED DOWNLIGHT- FLOOD O RECESSED DOWNLIGHT-SPOT 0 PORT/STARBOARD ENTRY LANTERN 0 MONOPOINT ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: Z7 EMERGENCY LIGHT 11139 8 EXIT LIGHT �D COMBINATION EMERGENCY/EXIT QD EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT 1 LT rl EXTERIOR ENTRY AWNING w rc Q EXTERIOR WALL PACK 4 BRIAN S.THO � e EXTERIOR SCONCE lic Silt = EXTERIOR GOOSENECK LIGHT Or O�100 7/16/2013 2-0" 6'-5 Z. " 5'.7- 2 4' 2'-0" ® SUPPLY DIFFUSER �F•r a` "i%` :'!i' - /,-f .. i • f :'i f RETURN GRILL O O O O O O O ,' �• ® EXHAUST GRILL O OX x O O O O O O O ADJUSTABLE EXTERIOR SPEAKER BY VENDOR O O O J A.C.T. 2 O INTERIOR SPEAKER IN < • ✓ CEILING BY VENDOR `:.ti :•t . ~ :.:: :< ": ' `` s • : :s i - :- INTERIOR SPEAKER IN GYP BD. / O CEILING. BY VENDOR lu..ti:. .:.:�..> •'� •p- ..� ::4' .' .:`'.:,i. . p•..r: .... :-<•':,'' O f7 6'-2" 1 •,•i• •<., • � ter~ •.1•' . ,: ...••': .' , - i•. LU .r:"i. '. '.•• 'fit.T�'T - 4•' '•. T_ ���: — '.T�"�. �• . •,9. .. t ,.. W //,..%/ i, �,,;., ,/ OR T �4 Y-0. 6'_2., 6'_2., 2-0. M P, 0 c 2x6 WOOD RAFTERS oo 70 ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE. QQ d En REFER TO STRUCTURAL 2x4 FRAMING c 0ii2-6' DRAWINGS, � O O o ih d 11' x, 0 O W Y`�• ao ,�. 10'_0° 1'-5 1/2" III411------ILII _��VIII � OCTAGONAL TRIM PIECE B MILLWORK. \ 1X2 TRIM BY MILLWORK. FALSE CORNER BEAM, E ND. ^ . ; �'• .I ` „ SECTION VIEW O U W N J LL O O p p — Z - — — — — — p f p FALSE CORNER Issue Date: 3-23-2012 - \ BEAM. 71/4" 1X2 TRIM BY REVISION INFORMATION TYp MILLWORK. _ __ O 7-0" 6'•10" 5'-2" '-2" 9-5 1'-10' O : :;.: 2 6-17-2013 .:• :x•. — — — — — — — � �rE SECTION SECTION Owner Changes r' a` OCTAGONAL TRIM O O O O O ; ...:: PIECE BY ' N ' :."/ 2'-1 3 • :' is', MILLWORK. x eO . ........................ ....A... Y •+.� REFLECTED CEILING PLAN VIEW N N 5'*1" ' N 00W p 1 ® O N OCTAGONAL TRIM DETAIL X91 O O "' ■ m =y; 3 2 3 2 3 2' 3 2 •f' ','.9' "• ''gee - < •.••5' '•2`-F i. O ' O N 1 O :. r' • Restaurant #: 0457 _ R 7 • F� =" �.,' ED LOBSTER 45 a o: .r 42• 2 io•. ` RENOVATION _ O O O O OO to- 10330 -0• 6- �_ 2• 2" -a• j SOUTHWEST EO. ED. f i'. >• • ,:� _ �: ... :� GREENBURG ROAD TIGARD, OR ADrawing Xref J:\Red Lobsteri111 bster-Tigard, OR\Drawings\By Others\FS\RL 0457 Tigard, OR Rev 2_061013\RL 0457 Tigard, OR_061013.dwg DIMENSIONED CEILING PLAN DIMENSIONED CEILING PLAN A202 1 IL 1/4"=1 '-0" CONN:FOR 1009,POWER ACTUATED REOUBSEO REFERENCES -' FASTENERS NOT ALLOWED UNLESS +.. SUSPENDED ACOUST KCAL CEILINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED LISTING(SUCH AS ICC ES ASTM C 635ANDASTM C SM.AND.FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES OCE 8 F. REPORT)IS PROVIDED Brian S . Thomas , IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE:CISCA(CELING AND INTERIORS.SYSTEMS CONSTRUCTION.ASSOCIATION)GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTFO.R 2 D)RECFWUNG SUSPENDED CEILING ASSEMBLIES(ZONES 34) - 12 DA WIRE MIN.Wf NO BENDS. CONN.W/ rc Itect 9 TURNS WT AT ENDS.PLUMB AS MODIFIED BY ASCE 7-0SSEC.13.5.6221NCLUDING SUB-SECTKNIS A-M.ICBC () i WITHIN It SLOPE PE OR PROVIDE COUNTER 803.9.!.1 AND ASCE 7-07 135.622) SLOPE CONFIGURATION PER DET.2 T-BAR GRID t VERTICAL SUPPORT HEAVY DUTY T-BAR SYSTEM 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 2.THE PERIMETER SUPPORTING CLOSURE ANGLE SHALL.BE 2"MIN.WIDE IN EACH -� / T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 ORTHOGONAL DIRECTION,ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID SHALT.BE ATTACHED MAIL gl , To CLOSURE ANGLE,AND 714E DITHER END SHALL REST ON THE SLOPE 1 i SUPPORTING ANGLE WITH A0.73'CLEARANCE TO THE WALL AND BE FREE TO SLIDE.(ASCE 7-05 SEC.13.5.622 B) P=RIM fER CLOSURE ANGLE ENDS,AND ENDS OF MAIN T-BM AND CROSS T-BAR MEMBERS,SHALL BE TIED TOGETHER. (CISCA GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT) 7771 2' MIN. 1 �4 MIN. 3,A HEAVY DUTY T-BAR GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE USED AS DEFINED IN ASTM C 835 FASTENED TO WALT- FREE TO SLIDE AT NON-FASTENEDWALL (ASCE 7-05 SEC.13-5.622 A).THE MINIMUM MAIN T-BAR AND CROSS T41AR rr■AX. � THEN 46.O.C.Ew ADD BLOCKING AS ' CONNECTION STRENGTH SMALL BE 180 LBS.(CISCA GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC i ARCHITECTS PROJECT #: RESTRAINT) S= 2x4 WD. STUD FRAMINGi REQUIRED BRACING AT 32" O.C. 11 139 ATTACH TO STRUCTURE 4. MAIN 12 GAUGE RTICALS SHALL BERES.BE SUPPORTED INNING TRUCTUFROMWABOVE LLS DETAIL 1 - TYPICAL CONNECTIONS 2 X 6 WOOD STUD FRP OVER SHEATHING MIN./2GAUGEVERTICALSUPPORiUF)RES.eECilNNNtiB'MAX,FROMWALLS � ABOVE. REFER TO i AND EVERY WO-C.80TH WAYS.(CISCA GUIDELINES FORSEISMIC RESTRAINT sTRLK:TuftE ABOVE STRUCTURAL DRAWIN FRAMING @ 16" TO BOTTOM OF JOIST ASTM C 6362.1.362.1.6 A 2.324} VERTICAL SUPPORT WIRES SHALL BE PLUMB S O.0 FOR SOFFIT WITHIN 1608 REPLACED WITH TWO COUNTERSLOPING WIRES AT 45 DEGREES 2x4 BRACING @32" Q.C. MN.TO HORIZON7AL.(ASTM C 8382.11) VERTICAL SUPPORT WIRES SHALL BE FRP OVER ATTACHED WITH 3 TURNS AT ENDS WITHIN A T LENGTH.WIRES SHALL NOT COLIN TER SLOPED WIRES EA, 3 1/2" FRP OVER SHEATHING A.rTACH TO OR SEND AROUND INTERFERING MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT AND __--_ __- "-- --..-_ SIDE OF SUPPORTED T-BAR IN SHEATHING TO 6" TO 6' ABOVE FINISHED SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PREVENT ANY SUBSEQUENT DOWNWARD MOVEMENT. 777""" UEU OF VERT WIRES- ABOVE FINISHED FRP OVER7 Y,�,l? AR(, (HE CONNECTION IANND CONN.REC`TSSAME ns DETAIL t CEILING 7 1x4 DRESSED CEDAR SHEATHING TO 6" CEILING �'.`{G A*- S.THETAINFCT LOS.jCiGIDVERTICAL LINESFAni TEISMICSTRUCTURE MUST WOOD TRIM ABOVE FINISHED 7-10" U n SUSTANAMIN.100 LBB.(CISC:A GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT'). �s MW SUSPENDED CEILING 2x4 WOOD 1x8 DRESSED CEDAR CEILING � BRIAN S.THO LATERAL STUD FRAMING WOOD TRIM s 6. FOR CEILINGS OVER 1,W0 S.F..PROVIDE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT OF THE CEILING TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM(COMPRESSION STRUTS WITH 4 SPLAY CLOSURE STRIP WIRES}TRIBUTARY AREAS OF THE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT SHALL BE DETAIL 2 - COUNTER SLOPE OPTION CLOSURE STRIP COOLER BOX 5114 APPROXIMATELY EQUAL.EXCEPTION,RIGID BRACES ARE PERMITTED TO BE >; USED INSTEAD OF DIAGONAL SPLAY WIRES(ASCE 7-05 SEC.135.6.22 C). (VERTICAL W9tFe SPLAYED WIRE CONN. 7. LATERAL FORCE COMPRESSION STRUTS SHALL BE OF EMIT CONDUIT OR METAL NOTSHOWN,?Yi .... FOR2009T.'P. ELECTRIC CABINET /' 1ll'v / {fig O STUDS OR OTHER APPROVED STRUTS FBRACESSHALL THROUGHOUT. MAX.OF 6' 7/16/20 13 FROM WALLS AND 8E SPACED A MAX.OF 12'OC.THROUGHOUT. SPLAY WIRES AND BRACES TO BE SF.CURF.LY ATTACHED TO THE GRID AND THE SUPPORTING STRUCRtr�E.(CISCA GUIDELNESFOR SEISMIC RESTRAIN T. SOFFIT DETAIL AT ELECTRICAL PANELS FALSE BEAM DETAIL SOFFIT DETAIL AT COOLER SOFFIT DETAIL AT ICE MACHINE A SEISMIC SPLAY WIRES SHALL BE FOUR(4)12 GAUGE.WIRES ATTACHED TOT HE ^ ;. i 2 3 4 5 CEILING GRID WITHIN 2'OF THE STRUTS AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE as 3/4"=1 '-0" 3/4"=1 '-0" 3/4"=1'-0" 3/4"=1'-0" SPLAY WIRES ARE TO BE.ARRAYED 90 DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER AND A IY � MAXIMUM OF 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING• SPLAY BRACING CONNECTION STRENGTH SHALL BE 200 LBS OR DESIGNED PER ASCE 7-05 ♦ n' * ` CHAPTER 13.(CISCA GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT) �'`�\ ` 1' ~ `\'''S'• WIRING LIGHT#4G AIR T1ltMRULS 6 FILE SPRBJKLERS COMPRESSION STRUT � S'MAX.FROM WALLS 9.CABLE TRAYS AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED �� a 1Z O.0 EW INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CEILING.(ASCE 7-05 SEC.1356.22 G}ALL WIRING METHODS AND MATERIALS IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE APPROVER FOR _ 4-SPLAYED 12 GA THAT APPLICATION. NON-METALLIC SHEATHED CABLE IS NOT APPROVED FOR WIRES,90 DEG.FROM .8 EA OTHER A.45 DEG 1' 1 OPEN WIRING IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS.ALL WIRING A-40 OTHER COMPONENTS L : I^ USED IN PLENUM CEILINGS MUST BE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED FOR THAT USE. FROM CEILING PLANE '' IT (CISCA GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT) DETAIL 3 - LATERAL BRACING LAYOUT i i0.ALL SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS FOR SUSPENDED --" Sr. .- .....,....,.� CEILINGS SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE CEILING MEMBERS BY BOLTS. SCREW,RIVETS OR LISTED CLIPS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED FOR USE WITH THE .......,-- f i TYPE OF FRAMING AND FIXTURES.(CISCA GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12 GA.WIRE(MAY BE SLACK).PROVIDE 2 AND-_EC 410.16)LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS FOLLOWS: WIRES IF FIXTURE WEIGHTS LBS t= % i I xt 1X4 WOOD TRIM. STAIN ST-1 CEILING SYMBOLS A.LIGHT FUCTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 10 POUNDS SMALL HAVE ONE 12 PROVIDE DIRECT SUPPORT FROM I i I' STRUCTURE IF WEIGHT 56 LBS. .........................•..... rt GA.WIRE REM. AR BE SACK), FROM THE fI%TliFiE T071C STRUCTURE . # A9'YdE^hIRE MAY 9E S:ACK). £ ' LIGHTING GR Fl%1 URE fAS1T11E0 TO I B PICTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 10 POUNDS AND LESS"rW4 56 T-�t�IO POUNDS SHALL HAVE TWO(2)12 GAUGE WIRES AT OPPOSING CORNERS I / ; r SYMBOL DESCRIPTION To IME•STRUCTURE ABOVE(WIRES MAY BE SLACK). I :f 1 I C.FIXTURES WEIGHINGMORE THAN 56 POUNDS MUST BE DIRECTLY SEISMIC CUP I :f ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE BY APPROVED HANGERS(NOT I 1�1 24"STRIP FLUORESCENT DEPENDANT ON CEKNG GRID FOR SUPPOi N D.PENDANT HUNG FIXTURES MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE STRUCI'URE #9 X IN' SHEET METAL SCREW ABOVE BY ONE 9 GAUGE WIRE OR APPROVED ALTERNATE(NOT (ORAPPROVED FASTENER) N 1'x4' FLUORESCENT DEPENDANT ON CEILING GRIO FOR SUPPORT). ) 11.AIR TERMINALS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS FOLLOWS(CISCA GUIDELINES FOR DETAIL 4 - LIGHTING FIXTURE I I SEISMIC.ARESTRAI AL i 2'x4'FLUORESCENT A.AIR TERMINALS RID. NG LESS THAN 20 POUNDS SHALL BE POSITIVELY SUPPORT PENDANT FIXTURE DIRECTLY r i ATTACHED TO GRID. ? FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE W/WIRES OR B,PAIR OUNDS TERMINALS WEIGHING MORE THAN 20 POUNDS AND LESS THAN 56 - RKFW SUPPIXRTS I P(xINDS SHAH BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED,O GRIN AND SIAL!HAVE I PERIMETER PENDANT T� TWO(2)12 GAUGE WIRES AI OPPOSING CORNERS TO THE STRUCTURE ' '• i� ABOVE(WIRES MAY BE SLACK)- MAY BE CONNECTED TO GRIO(BUT I C.AIR TERMINALS WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 POUNDS MUST BE DIREC TLY NOT DEFENDANT ON GRID FOR I RECESSED DOWNLIGHT- FLOOD ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE BY APPROVED HANGERS[NOT SUPPORT) N i 5/8"GWB. PAINT I-PT-6 O RECESSED DOWNLIGHT-SPOT DEPENDANT ON CEILING GRID FOR SUPPORT). 4I • i L3 SUSPENDED CEILING I � N PORT/STARBOARD ENTRY LANTERN 12.ALL FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING AND LAYOUT TO BE APPROVED BY THE FIRE ) DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CELNG TILES.(CISCA GUIDELINES PENDANT FIXTURE. 1 2X4 SOFFIT FRAMING. E:4 FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT)EXCEPT WHERE WON)BRACED ARE USED TO LIMIT REFER TO STRUCTURAL. A MONOPOINT �, ^ LATERAL DEFLECTION,FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL HAVEAT OVERSIZE RING,SLEEVE DR AGAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TO ALLOW FOR AT LEAST Y' OF MOVEMENT IN ALL DIRECTION&OSCE 7.05S£c.1356221 DETAIL 5 - PENDANT FIXTURE EMERGENCY LIGHT O EXIT LIGHT 2X4 BRACING. 8 09 FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD PIPING REFER TO STRUCTURAL. �� COMBINATION EMERGENCY/EXIT LTPTgN.PRD•nDERK.IOBRACING EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT AT EA.SPRINKLER HEAD TO UNIT Y O • O LATERAL DEFLECTION Q EXTERIOR ENTRY AWNING 2"OVERSIZE RING.SLEEVE OR I ADAPTE-RTHROUGHCIA.TOALLOW'V j 5/8" GWB. PAINT I-PT-6 Q EXTERIOR WALL PACK MIN.MOVEMENT IN ALL DIRECTIONS I LIL PENDANT FIXTURE DETAIL 6 - FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD EXTERIOR SCONCE EXTERIOR GOOSENECK LIGHT SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING DETAILS SOFFIT DETAIL AT DINING ROOM C SUPPLY DIFFUSER 6 NTS 7 3/4"=1 '-011 RETURN GRILL ® EXHAUST GRILL ADJUSTABLE EXTERIOR S SPEAKER BY VENDOR O INTERIOR SPEAKER IN A.C.T. Issue Date: 3-23-2012 CEILING BY VENDOR 2 INTERIOR SPEAKER IN GYP BD. REVISION INFORMATION S1 CEILING. BY VENDOR 2 6-17-2013 Owner Changes >:• {:fir ••••I -!• Eli '.i '•2 9'-•• :..• '"••'r" ,.F: •—F` - �l .IRS--/:` ,' ! - .••`, �' •.�: ; ,� �'.••� k•.,<:.� :a..." .,.•' L:11hE ' ANI E.f]IfJI •�• :A,.• ..Y•in<• .`.+:,. NE R E` �; 6'-10? Z% . mss . ,.>••' '. „r'` ' t . Ar P f_ .,. :.. . :.•. . .. <M1 :> �•, , ={•..-M1. t � .l : �,< • .'�,. :;” .D a:. -.: Restaurant #: 0457 - RED LOBSTER 457 y, :• 4.: O RENOVATION CO 10330 SOUTHWEST :• • :.. • . CEILING FINISH KEY 1 6 • 814 iv , =cz'-� ' 4' :: 2 �.i io'. z,2 7. 0: :.. �o' �;' 4, 5;,:'.. '.1:' .a �I' �3' x GREENBURG ROAD •-> •• •�• t�t+" • -��.� +°'`';� ..> '� •• C-1 2' x 2'ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE U.S.G. GLACIER 707 s , ' ;•; TAUPE CEILING GRID USG #DX/DXL-107 TAU E. REFER O 6/A2 3 ' GYPSUM WALLBOARD ORANGE PE INIS N O C-2 EL. F H, �. . . TIGARD, OR .i M1.\~tet ':Y \ •IM1• _ t % tr-tJ, : •', --i `\' ,' y� i">•• r :,•{•;. a•:• :• ,re -• ., :.•>• ," ;• a C_3 2'x 4'VINYL CEILING TILE U.S.G. SHEETROCK CLIMAPLUS Drawing ,b). , " " ' • ` ': #3270 WHITE CEILING GRID USG #ZXLA24 WHITE OR EQUAL +' REFER TO 6/A2.3 ~ MEZZANINE C-4 NOT USED C-5 PREFABRICATED ALUMINUM CEILING CEILING PLAN C-6 T1-11 CEDAR WITH4' GROOVES AND CEILING DETAILS C-_77 2 X 2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE U.S.G. GLACIER#565 "MARSH BROWN". CEILING GRID USG #DX/DXL-565 MARSH BROWN. 1 MEZZANINE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REFER TO 6/A2.3. 1/4"=1 '-0" A203 VENT PIPE. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. NOTE: PROVIDE SHEET METAL SLEEVE FOR FLUES, (2" LARGER DIAMETER THAN FLUE)AND STAINLESS STEEL RAINCAPS CLAMP RING MECHANICAL UNIT- REFER TO MECHANICAL SHEETS FLASHING = FASTEN CONDENSERS TO FLASHING w Brian S . Thomas , CONDENSER CURB WITH LAG SCREWS PRE-MANUFACTURED 5/4" X 4" HARDIETRIM M Architect SET IN SILICONE CAULK ROOF TOP UNIT CURB. 5/4"X 4" HARDIETRIM W MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM FULLY 1/2"CARRIAGE BOLTS AT 2" HOT AIR WELD PER ROOF MEMBRANE — ALIGN TOP OF OPENINGS. — ¢ OVER INSULATION AND WOOD oC CAULK DECKING 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 ADHERED 4'-0"O.C. OR MINIMUM (2) MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS MEMBRANE PER CURB INSERT OVERFLOW d PREFABRICATED T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE SCUPPER PIPE FLASHING 2" HOT AIR WELD PER ROOF 2" HOT AIR WELD PER ROOF 0o 4 4 MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER'S 5/4" X 4" HARDIETRIM FASTENERS AND MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER'S PLATES AT PERIMETER OF SPECIFICATIONS 5/4"X 4" HARDIETRIM OPENING ROOF MEMBRANE SPECIFICATIONS AT PERIMETER OF 2 X 4 BLOCKING OPENING HARDIEPLANK LAP 2 4 k\ y` HARDIEPLANK LAP SIDING OVER AIR ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 5"OR R-0 EQUIVILENT ROF TRUSS- REFER TO SIDING OVER AIR BARRIER, SHEATHING, BARRIER, SHEATHING, 1 1 139 INSULATION ON WOOD STRUCTURAL DECKING 4 X 6 METAL 2 FOR TIE DOWN REQUIREMENTS REFER TO DOWNSPOUT PAINT LHISTRUCTURAL SHEET 50.0 C��LIt 1f1CIIII •r CONDENSER CURB DETAIL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT CURB DETAIL SCUPPER DETAIL 3B OVERFLOW SCUPPER DETAIL ROOFTOP VENTING DETAIL lih,<� .T,la 2a 2b 3A „ " 1/2"=V-0" . o 3 -1 -0 1 =1 -0 1 1/2"=V-0"-0 1 4 3"=1'-0" 5;14 } A [ 1 ( 3 12 -- — — — — — -- -- — — 7/16/2013 CIF �, v v v v 16 A3. 1 GENERAL NOTES < < < < N./ �/ v u < < < < < v v A. REFRIGERATION LINES FROM CONDENSER TO COOLER/FREEZER < < < < AND ICE MACHINE PURCHASED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.. LINES TO BE �/ v u u u v < < < < < PRECHARGED BY G.C.. SLEEVES RE REQUIRED IF LINES ARE TO BE NN/ v v 8 v v u v u u u v u �/ INSTALLED AFTER WALL FINISH. > v v v v v v v v v < < < < < < < < < v v v v v v v v v v v v v 20 B. IN FREEZE/THAW CLIMATES ONLY: INSTALL ICE GUARD (ICE&WATER > u v v �/ u < < < < v v v v v v v v v v v v v v SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.ROOFING. SEE > SLOP DOW < �/ �/ NN/ �/ �/ uv 3vvvvvv\'vvvvv\'vvv� .. :. ...... . '-- ::. SHIELD UNDERLAYMENT) UNDER ALL SHINGLE R u � u u > v v y v v < 1/ PER OT �/ C. IN FREEZE/THAW CLIMATES ONLY: INSTALL SELF REGULATING HEAT > O 3 u �/ �/ O �/ �/ v �/ �/ v > v u u �/ v �/( / / �/ �/ �/ �/ u �/ / �/ �/ �/ �/ TAPE IN ALL DOWNSPOUTS. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR FURTHER n m �/ �/ < < < < �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ v vD �"/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ < > > v �/ �/ �/ v /� v `N/ v v �/ v �/ v �/ INFORMATION. _ _ D. IN FREEZE/THAW CLIMATES ONLY: G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL p > > u Z �/ �/ �/ u 1/ u �/ �/ u u i �/ v �/ u �/ < > > > > v v v v v `/a m/ u v v v v v SNOW GUARDS AS MANUFACTURED BY SNO-GEM. CLEAR ORIGINAL o �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ u u �/ �/ �/ v �/ u v v �/ 7 > > > > v v v t t v TO $ 11 v v v v POLYCARBONATE SNOW GUARD 5"X 5" BASE. APPLY IN DIAMOND cp u v v < t8 2 > > u �/ �/� z/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ ORIENTATION ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, > > �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ a r U v p v v < > j �/ �/ �/ �/ U v v < WITH RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE. SNOW GUARDS TO BE LOCATED AT `/ v v �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ Um �/ �/ �/ �/ < > > > j � / �/ �/ u �/ �/ �/ �/ IN/ �/ < > > v v v v v ALL AREAS OF STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF OVER ENTRY WAYS > > > > u \' v \/ < �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ 9 m �/ �/ �/ < < < > > > > > > v v v �/ v v �/ �/ < > > > > v v v V v v v v UTILIZING THE MINIMUM REQUIRED. > > �/ u �/ �/ u �/ �/ �/ < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > v v v v < > > > > > �/ �/ �/ \/ \/ \/ s E. ROOFTOP PLUMBING VENTS ARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. REFER a) v v v ^ > > > > > > v \ v v v u TO DETAIL 4/A3.1 FOR TYPICAL DETAIL. REFER TO PLUMBING > > v v < > �/ v u u �/ �/ �/ < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > >' �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ v < - > > > > > > u v v v v < ^ ^ a > > > > > > > v v v v DRAWINGS FOR VTR LOCATIONS AND FURTHER INFORMATION. u v �/ �/ v �/ < < < < < < < < > > > > > > s > > > > > 0 7 s`:;: > < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > v v v v < > > > > > > > A3. 1 KEY NOTES V) �/ v > v v �/ �/ < < < < < < < < < < > 0 > > > > > > > > > > > > / < < > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < E > •/ < v �/ > > > ,4 > > > > > > > �. � v v > v v < < < � < �< < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < > � V� > > t� > > > > > 5 v 1. DOWNSPOUT AND CONDUCTOR HEAD. CONNECT TO UNDERGROUND o �SWIPE > > > > > > > > > > > > 13 STORM DRAIN- REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. Q j_...... ® ® < > > ® ® < < < < < < < < < 1/4'P`ERFOQT < < < <,< </ ' > > > 1147RFT > > > > > > > > > > < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > N i i ........ > 13 > < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < > > > > > O > > > > > > > > > > > > a t 2. DOWNSPOUT. IN, /� > /� /� < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > /� /� < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > /� /� < > /� /� 13 /� < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > n /� n /� < > > > > > > SLOP�� > > > > > > > > > ..... ...,s........ ....... __...... 3. GUTTER /� /� /� /� /� /� < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > /� /� /� n /� /� < > > > > > > > 1/4'PER FOOT > > > > > > /\ /� /� /� /� /� ? QQ > > > > > > > > > > > n ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 6 ^ 4. SCUPPER. REFER TO DETAIL 3A/A3.1 > /. n /� /. /� < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > O ,s /� /� /� < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > . n /� � /� /� � /N. 5. OVERFLOW SCUPPER. REFER TO DETAIL 3B/A3.1 Q 9 p s > > > >, /� /� /� /� /� /� /� /� n f 6. ROOF ACCESS HATCH. REFER TO 2/A9.4. o ............................... F. /� n /� /� /� / /� /� /� /� z;;;; 7. CRICKETS FORMED WITH TAPERED INSULATION. SLOPE AT 1/4° PER > /� /� /� /� /� /� /� /� /� /� /� /� /� /� /� /� 7 T m 8. SYNTHETIC SLATE ROOF. p n n p ^ ^ n n n n n n n n n n n n / on O > u v u u v u u u �/ �/ `N/ �/ �/ v �/ �/ �/ v �/ �/ v �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ v v �/ v n n n n /� /� /�/ ,7 /� /� /� /� Oo � n /� 9. MEMBRANE ROOFING. 10 � � Z n n u �/ v v v � v v IN, n u �/ v /� /� v n 0 < > NEAR OFFICE WIRING. LOCATE=n FOR SATELLITE G n n n > 10. METAL HOUSING O S Its > ^ ^ ^ > v v v v u v v �/ v v v v v < > �/ v v �/ v v v v v v v v v v v �/ < /� /� /� 7 11. ICE MACHINE CONDENSER. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS AND DETAIL /� n > / v _ I/ v �/ �/ �/ �/ < > v v �/ v N/ �/ �/ v v v �/ v < < /� /. /� /� n /� /. /� / /� /� / a /� 20 . 2A/A3.1. > > > m < < > > m m �/ �/ v v < < < a m �/ �/ � v v < < > > v v v v vy `/ < < < 12. LIGHT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. �/ Off/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ N/ �/ �/ �/ �/ 0 t2 -I_ n n n > > > o < < < > > > f < < < < v v v v v v n u v v v v v v ;;;;;;;;;;;;,;;;,;;;;;;j;;.:;:;;:;:;:: 13. COMBINATION ROOF DRAIN AND OVERFLOW. REFER TO DETAIL 5/A3.1 �/ �/ �/ �/ 'N/ AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. uS ^ ^ > > > > v IN/ v v ` v v � v < < < > > > < < < < < @ N �/ �/ �/ v v v v v v v v v v v v v < < < < < v �/ v u � �/ u �/ ' �/ �/ �/ �/ 14. ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT. REFER TO DETAIL 2B/A3.1. E /� o /� > > > < < < > > > p �/ v v v < < > > > > < < < < < < s 15. CONDENSER UNIT. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS AND DETAIL 2A/A3.1. /m m /� > > > > < < 3 /4 Zn n > > > > > > v v �/ �/ v < < < < < > > > > > 'N/ vvvv"vvvv v`/v`/ ' vvvvvvvv `/v �/v�/ > > > > > > u v v < < < < > > > > v v v v v < < < < < < < m m 16. VENT. REFER TO DETAIL 5/A9.4. Issue Date: 3-23-2012 u v v v v < < < > > > > > v v v v v < < < < < < < < v \' v v v v v v v v v v O� v v 17. EXHAUST FAN. o > > > > > �/ N`/ �/ �/ < < < < < > > > > > `/ v < < < < < < < < Z 18. ACCESS DOOR TO TOWER ATTIC SPACE. REFER TO DETAIL 3/A9.2. REVISION INFORMATION > z > > > > > > `/ v `/ < < < s < < > > > > > > " `/ `/ < < < < < < < < < v v v ,� N v v v v L , > > v �/ �/ �/ �/ v v v N./ �/ �/ v �/ �/ /i �/ 19. INSTALL SECOND LAYER OF ROOF MEMBRANE FOR 3'-0" PERIMETER 2 6-17-2013 o I I > > > > > > > > v v < < < <O< < > > > > > > `/ `/ < < < < < < < < < > > > > > v v v v �/ v �/ v v v / v �/ AROUND ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT AND ROOF HATCH. TYPICAL. L > > > > > > > > < < < < < < > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > u v v v v v v v v v v v v a € v Owner Changes I > > > > > > > > < < < < < < > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > v v v v v v v v v v €�/ v 20. PARAPET BRACING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAIL E 5/A9.4 N I I > > sLoP�> > > > > 19 < < < SLOPESLOP > > > > 19 < < < �-OP♦�^ < < < < > > > > > > > > LOP > > > �/ �/ �/ �/ �/ u........v v - N I > j/4°PER F00% > > > > < < < < <1/4'PER FOOT 1�'PER FooT> > > > > ® < < < < V4'PER FOO\ < < < < 9 16 W I > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > 1/4' ER > > > > > > < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > �/ /, /� /� < < < < < < < < < < < 7 > > > > > > > > > > > > > s n /� n /� /� < < < < < < < < < < < ^ ^ > > > > > > > > > > > > > > � /� /� < < < < > > > > /� /. /� /� /. /� /. < < < < < < < < < < ^ > > > > > > > > > > > > > `> o I I > > > > > > /� /. /� /� < < < < > > > > /� n /� /� n /N /� n /. /� n < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > U I I > > > > > > n n /. /� /. /. /. /. /� /. /� /� < < < < < < < < ,s 7 n /� n /� /. < < < > > > n /� n n /� n /� n /� /� n < < < < < < wvv > > > > > > > ..... ,a > > > /. / / /. o /� o/\ n n /. n /� < < > > n n /� n A o /. /. / n n < < < < < > ,s > > n /. n n /� g n /� M , z /� /. n /� /� n < > /� /. n n /. /° Zn /. /� /� /� /� /� n /. /� n < < < ,s es aura R t t # 0457 > > > > /. .. /. ^ /. ,. /. /. /. < .: RED LOBSTER 457 z RENOVATION 2 " `/ `/ `/ `/ `/ < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > sLOR DOWN I > > > > > > > a 10330 1/LERFON'SLOKPOWR „ „ 14'P F ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ,� SOUTHWEST /� /� < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > `� /, < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > /. G RE E N BU RG ROAD u ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ < < < < < e > ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ NOTE: ROOF DRAIN AND OVERFLOW DRAIN ARE COMBINATION UNIT. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. IN, nIN I ' a ? ROOF DRAIN OVERFLOW DRAIN ROOF MEMBRANE 1 OR ' W/2" HIGH COLLAR OVER TAPERED TIGARD2 12 ROOFEXTEND AND MEMBRA EURE PER INSULATION. Drawing ® DRAIN MFG. SPECS. ROOF PLAN \Red Lof"ster\11139 Red Lobster - Tigard, OR\Drawings\By O ers 2 0457_Tigard, OR_Rev 2_061013\RL 0457_Tigard, OR_061013. wg — — — — 3 8 ,2 REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LEADER INFORMATION 2 3 ROOF PLAN ® ® 5 ROOF DRAIN DETAIL A3 ■ 1 1 3/4"=1'-0" DOOR - PROVIDED BY MDW ASSOC. DOOR - PROVIDED BY MILLWORK (OWNER FURNISHED) DOOR - PROVIDED BY MDW ASSOC. DOOR - PROVIDED BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR/OWNER DOOR DOOR • WEATHER SHIELD DOORS-CONTEMPRA OUTSWING FRENCH DOOR-7/8"WIDE SDL . DOORS-OUTSWING FRENCH DOOR -7/8"WIDE SDL MUNTIN BARS IN A 9 • WEATHER SHIELD DOORS-CONTEMPRA OUTSWING FRENCH DOOR-7/8"WIDE SDL • SOLID CORE MAHOGANY DOOR • INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAME. • HOLLOW METAL INSULATED DOOR AND FRAME. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT MUNTIN BARS IN A 9 LITE PATTERN OVER TWO RAISED PANELS EXTERIOR FINISH- LITE PATTERN OVER TWO RAISED PANELS MUNTIN BARS IN A 9 LITE PATTERN OVER TWO RAISED PANELS EXTERIOR FINISH- • ART GLASS BY MILLWORK- REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE, WINDOWS L& K, • PAINTED REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS WALLS. ALUMINUM CLAD SURFACES TO BE "APPALACHIAN BROWN". WOOD SURFACES TO BE FIR, FINISHING AND SEALING BY GC. ALUMINUM CLAD SURFACES TO BE "APPALACHIAN BROWN". SHEET A4.2 • DOOR MUST BE ABLE TO OPEN 100° • PAINTED REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS INTERIOR WOOD SURFACES TO BE FIR, FINISHING AND SEALING BY GC DOORS TO BE PRE-HUNG IN JAMBS WITH PERIMETER WEATHER-STRIP, • INTERIOR WOOD SURFACES TO BE FIR, FINISHING AND SEALING BY GC HARDWARE HARDWARE HARDWARE • • DOORS TO BE PRE-HUNG IN JAMBS WITH PERIMETER WEATHER-STRIP, HAGAR OIL HAGAR OIL RUBBED BRONZE HINGES&CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS (OWNER • DOORS TO BE PRE-HUNG IN JAMBS WITH PERIMETER WEATHER-STRIP, HAGAR OIL RUBBED BRONZE HINGES,ADA SILL&CLEAR INSULATED TEMPERED GLASS PROVIDED, GC INSTALLED) RUBBED BRONZE HINGES,ADA SILL&CLEAR INSULATED TEMPERED GLASS QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH REMARKS QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH REMARKS Brian S . Thomas , (OWNER PROVIDED, GC INSTALLED) • GC TO PROVIDE: LABOR FOR BORING,CLOSURES, AND INSTALLATION OF (OWNER PROVIDED, GC INSTALLED) Architect • GC TO PROVIDE: LABOR FOR BORING, CLOSURES, AND INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE. HARDWARE FOR DOOR TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER'S • GC TO PROVIDE: LABOR FOR BORING, CLOSURES, AND INSTALLATION OF 1 1/2 PR MCKINNEY BUTTS 41/2"x 4 1/2"TA2314 613 4 2 CONT. MORTISE HINGE MCK-FM300 x 9 1/8 US32D 1 CONT. MORTISE HINGE MCK-FM300 US32D HARDWARE. HARDWARE FOR DOOR TO BE PROVIDED BY MDW ASSOCIATES. MILLWORK VENDOR HARDWARE. HARDWARE FOR DOOR TO BE PROVIDED BY MDW ASSOCIATES. 1 ROCKWOOD PULL PLATE 118 US10B 1 1 SCH LOCKSET AL80PD-SAT x C123 KWY 626 1 V.D. PANIC DEVICE 2670 GUARD-X CONTACT PAUL MARTIN @ 734-891-4046 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. CONTACT PAUL MARTIN @ 734-891-4046 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 1 ROCKWOOD PUSH PLATE 70G 4" x 20" US10B 1 MAG LATCH GUARD #8850-C US32D 1 NORTON CLOSER UNI-8300 8385 US32D 1 PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING AT CLOSER ARM LOCATION. 1 ROCKWOOD KICKPLATE 8" x 34" US10B 2 RXS 0.H. DOOR HOLDER 8HDX 8-326 US32D 1 PEMKO THRESHOLD 227A 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 • PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING AT CLOSER ARM LOCATION. • PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING AT CLOSER ARM LOCATION. 1 NORTON CLOSER UNI-36-8303DA 613 2 1 THRESHOLD PEMKO 2005 A 1 PEMKO SWEEP 315DN T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 1 DOOR STOP I IVES WS 407CCV US10B 2 DOOR SEAL PEMKO S88D 1 PEMKO DOOR SEAL S88D 1 FS FINGER GUARD 3SK1A BROWN 3 1 ASTRAGAL PEMKO 316DS 2 ROCKWOOD KICKPLATE .05 48H US32D HARDWARE - PROVIDED BY MDW ASSOC. HARDWARE - PROVIDED BY MDW ASSOC. HARDWARE - PROVIDED BY MDW ASSOC. 1 SET IVES FLUSH BOLTS FB358 (INACTIVE LEAF) 1 ROCKWOOD PULL 118 US32D PUSH SIDE QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH REMARKS: 1 V.D.PULL 210 NL PULL SIDE 2 V.D. PANIC DEVICE CD 99EO 313 2 V.D. PANIC DEVICE 2670 GUARD X 313 FEMALE SEX BOLTS SHALL BE CONCEALED BEHIND PUSH PLATE. 1 SECURITY WINDOW COVER FSF#6411534 2 2 V.D. INTERIOR CYLINDER MORT. CYL. 20-001 x 1 1/8" x C123 KWY 613 2 LCN DOOR CLOSER LCN 4111 DKBRZ 2 SCH. RIM CYLINDER (IN GUARD-X DEVICE) 20-022 x C123 KWY 613 USE HEX BOLTS TO ATTACH THROUGH DOOR ON INTERIOR. 1 SCH. RIM CYLINDER(IN GUARD-X DEVICE) 20-022 x C123 KWY 613 1 SCH. EXT. KEY LOCK RIM CYLINDER 20.022 x C123 KWY 613 2 TRIMCO PUSH PLATE 1001-3-4x16 613 INSTALL USING S.S. SCREWS AT 6"O.C. CONTACT FINGERSAFE AT 888-346-4723. 1 V.D. CENTER POST MULLION 4954 x 7'-2" SP313 SUPPLIED BY MILLWORK VENDOR.. 2 V.D. HANDLES TRIM 55ODT US10B 2 TRIMCO PULL PLATES 1014-3-4x16 613 2 LCN DOOR CLOSER LCN 4111 DKBRZ ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 1 V.D. CENTER POST MULLION 4954 x T-2" SP313 2 ROCKWOOD DOOR STOP #483 US10B 2" 2" REMARKS: 2 HG. PROTECTION PLATE KICK PLATE 190S 8"x34" US10B 2 „2" 11139 2 LCN DOOR CLOSER LCN 4111 DKBRZ 2 KICK PLATE 190S 8"X34" US10B 1 N.G. WEATHER STRIP SET 726S 17' CH �'I` _ - 1. FOR UNITROL DOOR CONTROL USE HEX BOLTS TO ATTACH THROUGH DOOR 2 HG. PROTECTION PLATE KICK PLATE 1905 8"x 34" US1062 ROCKWOOD DOOR STOP #483 US 10B a a (US32D AND COVER) 1 N.G. WEATHER STRIP SET 726S 17' CH 2. TO CONTACT FLORIDA STAINLESS FABRICATORS: PHONE 800-651-2763 2 ROCKWOOD DOOR STOP #483 US10B 6-2 1/4" R.O. 2 2 CLOSER y 1 HG ANODIZED THRESHOLD 431 S 76' DBA L K PULL MULLION K MULLION MULLION PUSH 12"x 12"x 1/2" PULL v Fr EXIT DEVICE FM F=1 EXIDEVICE ONINSIDE II ON INSIDE LAMINATED T BRlrl�>.lFiO SECURITY GLASS v v 1" UNDERCUT M LATCH SECURITY WINDOW - ! 57i 1 O O A O p COVER = BY MILLWORK GUAR a U 4L7�1_= C - - - - C I 0 2 0 o KICKPLATE - - o p� 111 n r` (PUSH SIDE OF DOOR ONLY) KICKPLATE �� `� ENTRY SIDE TOILET SIDE FULL LENGTH BAR 7/1OF 6/2013 KICKPLATE (PUSH SIDE OF DOOR ONLY) (PUSH SIDE OF DOOR ONLY) �I KICKPLATE DOOR O 6'-2 1/4" R.O. LDOOR O DOOR O �� 6'-2 1/4" R.O. -� DOOR_00 OPP. HAND DOOR O7 DOOR O INTERIOR ELEVATION A 1/4"=1 '-0" B 1/4"=1'-0" C 1/4"=1'-0" D 1/4"=1'-0" E 1/4"=1 '-0" F 1/4"=1'-0" DOOR 2 DOOR- BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR/OWNER DOOR- BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR/OWNER DOOR DOOR • INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DUTCH DOOR AND FRAME. 2 SOLID CORE DOORS WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH SOLID CORE DOOR WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH • HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME. PAINT DOOR AND FRAME TO MATCH • 3/4-HOUR FIRE RATED DOOR WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH TO MATCH DOOR 11A • PAINTED- REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE WOOD FRAME WITH 1 x 4 TRIM • WOOD FRAME WITH 1 x 4 TRIM ADJACENT WALLS WOOD FRAME WITH 1 x 4 TRIM HARDWARE HARDWARE ARDWARE HARDWARE HARDWARE QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH REMARK QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH REMARKS QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH REMARKS QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH REMARKS QTY. DESCRIPTION PRODUCT FINISH REMARKS 1 CONT. HINGE MCK-FM300 US32D 1 1 1/2 PREACH MCKINNEY BUTTS 4" x 4"TA2314 - 1 1 1/2 PR MCKINNEY BUTTS 4" x 4"TA2314 1 1 1/2 PR MCK 412'x412'BUTTS T2714 MRP US26D 1 1 1/2 PR MCKINNEY BUTTS 4" x 4"TA2314 1 SCH LEVER LOCKSET ND53PD x RHOX10-025 x 023 KWY 626 1 SCH LOCKSET AL80PD x C123 KWY 613 1 ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCKSET 613 2 , 3 1 SCH LOCKSET AL80PD-SAT x C123 KWY 626 1 SCH LOCKSET AL80PD x C123 KWY 613 c 1 SCH DEADLATCH 8660 x 2 3/4" 626 2 1 FLUSH BOLT ROCKWOOD#557 - 2 1 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPENER 2 , 3 1 SET IVES FLUSH BOLTS FB358 (INACTIVE LEAF) (DOOR 11 ONLY) 0 2 IVES STOP 407-1/2 US32D REMARKS: v 1 PMK DOOR SEAL S880 1. SUPPLIED BY OWNER'S MILLWORK VENDOR. REMARKS: (6 1 PMK AUTO. DOOR BOTTOM 4131CiL 2. rOP OF INACTIVE LEAF(INTERIOR SIDE) REMARKS: 1. SUPPLIED BY MILLWORK VENDOR. p) 1. SUPPLIED BY OWNER'S MILLWORK VENDOR. 2" 2^ 2. AS MANUFACTURED BY WHEELCHAIR LIFT MANUFACTURER. REMARKS: c 12" x 12" x 1/4" N TO BE INSTALLED PER WHEELCHAIR LIFT MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS TEMPERED ONE WAY 1. FIELD CUT FOR M MIRROR TOP AND BOTTO N 2" 2" DOOR FLUSH BOLT ` DEADBOLT,THROW TO 2. PROVIDE THROW 3 EXTEND INTO BOTTOM INTO BOTTOM DOOR LEAF DOOR LEAF. o PROVIDE = w PROVIDE INTEGRAL 6" 0- 1 3/4" HOLLOW REINFORCEMENT DUTCH DOOR SHELF METAL DOOR IN DOOR FOR E PROVIDE SHELF ON DEADLATCH Q OFFICE SIDE, SEE 1/A4.1 0 LEVER G DOOR H DOOR OO J DOOR 11 11 G)m R 10 L DOOR 12 1/4"=1'-0" 1/4"=1'-0" 1/4"=1'-0" 1' 0" 1/4"=1'-0" - - - - - - - _ PLYWOOD SHEATHING PLYWOOD SHEA HING O - - - - - - - - - � _ _ v 2X6STUD FFIAMING 2 X 6 STUD FRAMING O s 15# FELT OVER AIR HARDIEPLANK LAP SIDING o 1117 oo BARRIER ° BATT OVERTYVEKBUILDING BATT DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE STONE VENEER INSULATION WRAP INSULATION 2 x 6 STUD FRAMING NT. SHEATHING p T SIDING LOCATION DOOR FINISH FRAME FINISH HEAD JAMB THRESHOLD >1 WOOD HEADER- REFER TO WOOD HEADER- REFER TO DOOR (FROM/TO) NOMINAL SIZE MATERIALS INT. EXT. FRAME INT. EXT. ELEV. DETAIL DETAIL DETAIL REMARKS STRUCTURAL 1/4"WOOD SHIM STRUCTURAL 1/4"WOOD SHIM FRP OVER FRP OVER PLYWOOD STAINLESS STEEL DUTCH DOOR SHELF. SPACE WITH SPACE WITH PLYWOOD FLASHING - PAINT 1O VESTIBULE/EXT. (2)& xT-0'x1314' WOOD DCORE STA O8 WOOD STA SO A 2/A4.1 8/A4.1 14/A4.1 2 6 10 o SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. CONT. BEAD OF CONT. BEAD OF TO MATCH TRIM WOOD HEADER - CONTINUOUS METAL CONTINUOUS METAL WOOD HEADER- REFER TO FLASHING. PAINT TO a) NCAULK FLASHING. PAINT TO CAULK REFER TO STRUCTURAL O VESTIBULE/WAITING (2)Y x 7'-T x 1314' WOOD ST-1 ST-1 WOOD ST-1 ST-1 B 71A4.1 131A4.1 - 2 6 10 MATCH TRIM 1x4 WOOD HOLLOW METAL 1x6 HARDIETRIM SOLID CORE o MATCH TRIM 1x6 WOOD FRAME STRUCTURAL 1x6HARDIETRIM TRIM 1x6HARDIETRIM TRIM CLEAR WOOD SLD CORE C SEALANT O DINING/EXT. 3'-0'x 6' B'x 13/4' METAL CLAD ST-1 OS WOOD ST-1 8O C 3/A4.1 9/A4.1 14/A4.1 FLASHING FLASHING N I PRIMED STEEL OFFICE --"�� KITCHEN 1x HARDIE TRIM WOOD N a DOOR FRAME O4 MEN'S RESTROOM 3-0'x 6'$'x 1314' SOLID CORE ST-1 ST-1 WOOD ST-1 STA D 6/A4.1 12/A4.1 a) OFFICE SIDE KITCHEN SIDE EXTERIOR EXTERIOR CLEAR SEALANT Q v INTERIOR 5 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 3'-0'x6' 1314' WOOD ST-1 ST-1 WOOD ST-1 STA D 6/A4.1 12/A4.1 Q INTERIOR 713/16" INTERIOR O SOLID CORE �O EXTERIOR FRAME O6 RESTROOM STORAGE (2)2-0'x 6'-8'x 13/4' WOOD ST-1 ST-1 WOOD ST-1 ST-1 H 61A4.1 12/A4.1 SIM. NO TILE INTERIOR E OFFICE DOOR DETAIL DOOR HEAD DETAIL DOOR HEAD DETAIL DOOR HEAD DETAIL DOOR HEAD DETAIL SOLID CORE AT CLOSET 0 1 1 1/2"=1'-0" 2 1 1/2"=1'-0" 3 1 1/2"=1'-0" 4 1 1/2"=1'-0" 5 1 1/2"=1'-0" O MECHANICAUEXT. (2)3'-0'x6'-8'x13/4' METAL E-PT-2 E-PT-3 METAL E-PT-2 E-PT-3 E 5/A4.1 11 /A4.1 14/A4.1 HOLLOW (n a RECEIVING/EXT. 4'-0'x T-0'x 1 3l4' METAL E-PT-2 E-PT-3 H.METAL E-PT-2 E-PT-3 F 5/A4.1 11 /A4.1 14/A4.1 C 2 x 6 STUD FRAMING 2 x 6 STUD FRAMING ICU 63/4" STONE BELOW O HOLLOW - Issue Date: 3-23-2012 BATT INSULATION EXTERIOR 9 KITCHEN/OFFICE T-0"x 6'-8'x 1 3/4' METAL I-PT-7 I-PT-7 H.METAL I-PT-7 I-PT-7 G 16/A4.1 10/A4.1 5 7 m 5/8" 51/2" 5/8" SHEATHING FRP OVER FRP OVER o STONE VENEER PLYWOOD PLYWOOD 10 LINEN STORAGE 2` x6'-8'x13/4' HOLLOW I-PT-7 1-PT-7 H.METAL I-PT-7 I-PT-7 K 16 A4.1 161A4.1 REVISION INFORMATION >, MOISTURE RESISTANT 2 x 6 STUD FRAMING METAL GYPSUM BOARD 2 x 6 STUD FRAMING GYPSUM BOARD EXTERIOR GRADE OL 1 x 12 WOOD WOOD 2 6-17-2013 p WOOD HEADER- SOUND BATT TRIM SHEATHING BATT HOLLOW METAL STUD ANCHOR, 11 WHEELCHAIR LIFT LOWER T x 6'-8'x 13/4' SOLID CORE ST-1 ST-1 WOOD ST-1 ST-1 J 18/A4.1 12/A4.1 SIM. 17/A4.1 11 Q REFER TO INSULATION INSULATION FRAME INSTALL PER Owner Changes p) STRUCTURAL 2 x 6 WOOD STUD WOOD HEADER - REFER 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM 1 x 4 WOOD TRIM MANUFACTURER 11 WHEELCHAIR LIFT UPPER V-0"x 6'-8'x 1 314' WOOD ST-1 ST-1 WOOD ST-1 ST-1 J 6/A4.1 SIM. 12/A4.1 SIM. 18/A4.1 11 w x 6 WOOD TRIM 1 x 6 HARDIEfRIM SOLID CORE O TO STRUCTURAL BOARD 314 SHIM SHIM 314 HR FIRE RATED 1 X 4 WOOD TRIM a 12 HALLSTORAGE Z-6*x 6'$'x 13/4' SOLID CORE ST-1 ST-1 WOOD ST-1 ST-1 L 15/A4.1 15/A4.1 SIM - 12 p1 1 x6 WOOD TRIM 1x6 WOOD c 1 x 4 WOOD TRIM TRIM @ WOOD DOOR SHIM EXTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR N OFFICE KITCHEN FRAME DOOR& FRAME O DOOR& FRAME INTERIOR N VESTIBULE LOBBY DOOR& FRAME A4.1 GENERAL NOTES KEYED REMARKS-SCHEDULE t II A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT ALL HARDWARE AT ENTRY 6 DOOR HEAD DETAIL 7 DOOR HEAD DETAIL $ DOOR JAMB DETAIL 9 DOOR JAMB DETAIL 10 DOOR JAMB DETAIL DOORS COMPLIES WITH THE CURRENT GOVERNING STATE AND LOCAL 1 PROVIDE HC SIGNAGE. LOCATE ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR, 60"A.F.F. 3"OFF JAMB. REFER TO 1/A8.1 .r 1 1/2"=1'-0" 1 1/2"=1'-0" 1 1/2"=1'-0" 1 1/2"=V-0" 1 1/2"=V-0" CODES. 2 ENTRY DOORS TO BE FURNISHED WITH BACK CHECK CLOSERS. 0- B. ALL DOOR ACTIVATING HARDWARE SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN 3 PROVIDE SIGN: 'EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY, ALARM WILL SOUND'AT INTERIOR 0 2'-6"AND T-8"A.F.F. 4 PROVIDE SIGN 'LADIES', 'GENTLEMEN'. REFER TO 3/A8.1 U 5/8" 5/8" M.R. GYPSUM 2 x 6 STUD FRAMING EXTERIOR INTERIOR C. ALL DOORS TO BE KEYED PER DIRECTIONS FROM RED LOBSTER. 5 ONE WAY MIRROR. CENTER OF WINDOW AT 5'-4"A.F.F. STUD BOARD IN WET GYPSUM BOARD SIDING AREAS REFER BATT EXTERIOR DOOR D. PROVIDE DOOR SILENCERS(3 PER DOOR)AT ALL DOORS. SILENCERS 6 ALL GLAZING REQUIRED TO BE TEMPERED GLASS. 1/4" PANELING TO WALL TYPES INSULATION BY BALDWIN, #4035 FOR METAL FRAMES, #4036 FOR WOOD FRAMES 7 UNDER CUT DOOR 1" STUD ANCHOR, OVER 3/8" OSB CERAMIC WALL TILE 1x4 WOOD TRIM SURFACE APPLIED E. ALL THRESHOLDS TO BE SET IN DOUBLE FACED SEALANT TAPE AND AT g pREFINISHED INSTALL PER 1x4 WOOD TRIM MAX. HEIGHT. MANUFACTURER SOUND BATT REFER TO INTERIOR SWEEP SEAL CERAMIC TILE 9 4" HEAD INSULATION ELEVATIONS FOR SHIM F. ALL EXTERIOR DOOR BUTTS TO HAVE NON-RISING PINS. 1/2"TALL, OFFSET - Restaurant#: 0457 HEIGHT v 10 INSTALL SOLID BLOCKING AT CLOSER ARM LOCATION 1 x 6 HARDITRIM CLEAR SEALANT THRESHOLD- PANIC r� G. PROVIDE SPRAY FOAM AT ALL DOOR JAMBS AND HEAD SHIMS PRIOR SHIM WOOD FRAMING- TYPE SET IN FULL BED TO FINAL TRIM. 11 AUTOMATIC OPENER BY THYSSEN-KRUP REQUIRED. POWER REQUIRED, REFER TO ELECTRICAL. REFER TO WALL SEALANT a ° ° a H. ALL HINGES TO BE FRICTION TYPE EXCEPT AT ENTRY DOORS. ENTRY 12 3/4 HOUR FIRE RATED DOOR. TYPES a ° ° DOORSTO BEBALLBEARING. RED LOBSTER 457 1x4WOODTRIM 1x4 WOOD TRIM CONC. WALK e e '/O SLAB 1. ALL CLOSERS TO BE ADJUSTED TO5lb. MAX. FORCE/3SECONDS MANUFACTURER ABBREVIATIONS RENOVATION PRIMED STEEL COUNTERSUNK 1/4" x 2" DOOR FRAME- N VESTIBULE LOBBY ANCHORS AT V .O.C. EXPANSION J. WINDOW STOPS, MULLIONS AND MUNTINS SHALL BE PAINTED OR V.D. VON DUPRIN SEALANT 7 13/16" INSULATED WOOD DOOR MAT'L STAINED ON ALL SIDES. RAW WOOD VISIBLE THROUGH WINDOW IS NOT HG HAGAR FRAME FRAME ACCEPTABLE. EXTERIOR INTERIOR S F NGERSAFE SCH SCHLAGE 10330 MK McKIRIXS NEY SOUTHWEST 000, RXSDOOR JAMB DETAIL DOOR JAMB DETAIL DOOR JAMB DETAIL THRESHOLD DETAIL FSF RIXSON 11 1 1/2"=1'-0" 12 1 1/2"=1'-0" 13 1 1/2"-1' 0" 14 1 1/2"=1'-0" FSF FLORIDA STAINLESS FABRICATORS GREENBURG ROAD 2 X 4 STUD FRAMING DOOR 1/2"TALL, OFFSET CERAMIC TILE STAIR STRINGER FRP OVER PLYWOOD THRESHOLD- SET IN TI GARD, OR TYPICAL BOTH SIDES WHEELCHAIR LIFT FULL BED SEALANT MEZZANIN MEZZANINE FLOOR 7 FRAMING DOOR HEADER LIFT PLATFORM Drawing 2X4 FRAMING 1/2"TALL, OFFSET CONT. THRESHOLD-SET IN DINING METAL EDGE BLOCKING RABBET 1x4 TRIM PROTECTION DOOR OVER METAL FRAME FULL BED SEALANT N WHEELCHAIR LIFT 3/4 HOUR FIRE RATED HM FRAME CARPET SHIM 1 X 4 WOOD TRIM SCHEDULE A N D DOOR LIFT PLATFORM a CLOSET DINING REFER TO DOOR = a CHAMFER TRIM DETAILS SCHEDULE a 1 x 4 WOOD TRIM - j DINING 1 HOUR SHAFT WALL ° WOOD DOOR ASSEMBLY. REFER TO ° WALL TYPES A1.1 NTERIOR KITCHEN �a ° ° FRAME A48 DOOR HEAD DETAIL DOOR HEAD DETAIL (JAMB SIMILAR) THRESHOLD DETAIL DOOR HEAD / THRESHOLD DETAIL 15 1 1/2"=1'-0" 16 1 1/2"=1'-0" 17 1 1/2"=1' 0" 18 1 1/2"=1'-0" A WINDOW GLAZING SCHEDULE Brian S . Thomas , WINDOW LOCATION NOMINAL SIZE ROUGH MATERIALS HEAD JAMB SILL REMARKS (FROM/TO) OPENING DETAIL DETAIL DETAIL Architect O DINING ROOM/EXTERIOR 3'-0'x 6-2" ALUM CLAD EXT. 7/A4.2 13/A4.2 12/A4.2 Al 3'-01/2"x 5'-2 5/B' WOOD INT. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 OT. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 A2 BAR/EXTERIOR 3'-0'x 5'-2" 3'-01/2'x 6-2 5/8' ALUM CLAD EXT. 8/A4.2 13/A4.2 SIM 11/A4.2 BLACK LAMINATED INSULATED GLASS B1 DINING ROOM TRANSOM/EXT. ALUM CLAD EXT. 7/A4.2 13/A4.2 12/A4.2 3'-0'x VI 3-01/2'X V-4 5/8' WOOD INT HARDI EPLANK HARDI EPLANK --- LAP OR SHINGLE LAP OR SHINGLE INTERIOR 82 BAR TRANSOM EXTERIOR ALUM CLAD EXT. 81A4.2 13/A4.2SIM 11 /A42 BLACK LAMINATED INSULATED GLASS SIDING SIDING 3'-0'xVI 3'-01/2"X1'-45/8' WOOD INT 2x4 FURRED OUT WALL. REFER TO O ALUM CLAD EXT. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: WALLTYPES C DINING ROOM 2'-8'x4'61/8' 2'-81/2°X4'-65/B' WOOD INT. 7/�-2 13/A4.2 10/A4.2 11139 NTERIORFINISH. METAL DRIP INTERIOR FINISH. D VESTIBULE 4'-0'x5'-2" 4'-01/2'x5'-25/8' ALUM CLAD EXT. 7IA42 14/A4.2 10/A4.2 METAL DRIP REFER TO WALL WOOD INT FLASHING - PAINT. REFER TO WALL FLASHING- PAINT TYPES ALUM CLAD EXT. BLACK LAMINATED INSULATED GLASS TYPES E MEN'S RESTROOM/EXTERIOR 2'-8'x 4'-61/8" 2'-81/2'X 4'-6 5/8' 8/A4.2 13/A4.2 11/A4.2 1 x 6 HARDI PAINT 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM O WOOD INT. DO NOT COVER 1) ,� WOOD TRIM-SEE WINDOW OPENING O DINING TOWER FALSE WINDOWS 3'-0'x2'-4" 3'-01/2'x2'-45/8' ALUM CLAD EXT. 8/A4.2 13/A4.2SIM 11/A42 BLACK LAMINATED INSULATED GLASS `lt. . Pt{., j WINDOW ELEVATIONS FOR VENTILATION O MEN'S RESTROOM DOOR 2'-0 x3'-0" GL-2 SUPPLIED BY OWNERS MILLWORK CONTRACTOR 4. SRia'd 5.'THt S r GC TO INSTALL OGL-2 SUPPLIED BY OWNERS MILLWORK CONTRACTOR 5t WOMEN'S RESTROOM DOOR 2'-0'x3'-0" GC TO INSTALL ;7;q O GL-1 SUPPLIED BY OWNERS MILLWORK CONTRACTOR ~` N INTERIOR TRANSOM 15/A4.2 15/A4.2SIM 15/A4.2 '141 GC TO INSTALL P OF hw4 7/16/2013 HEAD DETAIL HEAD DETAIL 9 NOT USED 7 1 1/2"=1'-0" 8 1 1/2"=1'-0" 1 1/2"=1'-0" MATERIALS LEGEND GENERAL NOTES GL-1 GLASS BY THE RUDY ART GLASS A. PROVIDE SPRAY FOAM AT ALL WINDOW JAMBS AND HEAD SHIMS PRIOR TO FINAL TRIM. STUDIO, PRODUCT#05012. 717-843-3345 B. WINDOW STOPS, MULLIONS AND MUNTINS SHALL BE PAINTED OR STAINED ON ALL SIDES. RAW WOOD VISIBLE THROUGH INTERIOR GL-2 GLASS BY THE RUDY ART GLASS STUDIO, WINDOW IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. WINDOW AS INTERIOR PRODUCT CCNOTABLE. 717-843-3345 EXTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR 2x4 FURRED OUT `ALL RUDY ART GLASS IS OWNER C. FOR WINDOWS Al, T A2, 62, C & D: STATIONARY CASEMENT WINDOW AS MANUFACTURED FR WEATHER SHIELD. WHITE WALL. REFER TO SCHEDULED FURNISHED AND WILL ARRIVE WITH ALUMINUM CLAD EXTERIOR FRAMES. EXTERIOR SASH AND SOL BARS: OBSIDIAN. INTERIOR FRAME, SASH AND SOL BARS: WALL TYPES OWNER FURNISHED MILLWORK PACKAGE. PRIMED WOOD. WINDOW AS WINDOW AS SCHEDULED SCHEDULED INTERIOR FINISH. 1 x 6 WOOD TRIM -SEE D. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FILL ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES, VOIDS, GAPS,SHIM SPACES, ETC. WITH EXPANDING FOAM WOOD TRIM-SEE WINDOW REFER TO WALL HARDIETRIM WINDOW SEALANT. CLEAN OVER SPAY OF SEALANT AND PREP MATERIALS AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FINSIHES. SEALANT ELEVATIONS SEALANT TYPES 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM ELEVATIONS IAT SIMILAR: HARDIEPLANK NO INTERIOR 0 DO NOT COVER LAP OR SHINGLE v FLASHING UP AND INTERIOR FLASHING UP AND WINDOW OPENING SIDING TRIM REQUIRED. as UnlpEq ,N!Nr )w UNDER WINDOW FOR VENTILATION INTERIOR FINISH. M REFER TO WALL � a a 0 STONE VENEER a STONE VENEER a TYPES WITH SILL WALL FRAMING. REFER WITH SILL WALL FRAMING. REFER w TO WALL TYPES. TO WALL TYPES. WALL FRAMING. REFER N TO WALL TYPES. 3 Q C: SILL DETAIL 11 SILL DETAIL 12 SILL DETAIL 0 10 1 1/2--=1'-0` 1 112"=V-0" 1 1/2"=V-0" E pq CL w 3 -. QO t ap j 51/2" 5 1/2" 51/2" 51/2" 51/2" 5 1/2" 5 1/2' 5 1/2" N 2 x 6 FRAMING REFER TO 2 x 6 FRAMING REFER TO S-0 1/2" V-0 1/2" L 3'-0 1/2' 3'-0 1/2" 3'-0 1/2" 3'-0 1/2" 3'-0 1/2" 3'-0 1/2" 3'-0 1/2" 3'-01/2" ( O O 1x 6 WOOD TRIM AT SIMILAR: WALL SECTIONS WALL SECTIONS NO INTERIOR R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. p CL SEE WINDOW 2 X 6 EXTERIOR WALL- REFER 2 X 6 EXTERIOR WALL- REFER TRIM REQUIRED. N ELEVATIONS TO WALL TYPESAI.1 INTERIOR TO WALL TYPESAI1 0 INTERIOR 5/8' GYP BOARD 5/8' GYP BOARD O O L N N _ T vQMill G G GIm G G G C r 1 T-0 1/2" p ? 1 T-0 1/2" N 5 1/2" 5 1/2" 51/2" 51/2" 5 1/2" 5 1/2" 5 1/2" 5 1/2" a1 3'-01/2' 3'-01/2" 3'-01/2' 3'-01/2" 3'-01/2" 3'-01/2" 3'-01/2" 3'-01/2" 3'-01/2" 3'-01/2' R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. R.O. -"; M 4STONE VENEER. w 1x6 HARDIETRIM SEALANT n O g1 B7 B1 B1 B1 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM, v HARDIEPLANK LAP EXTERIOR TERMINATE PER MANFACTURER'S 11 11 Q 82 B2 B2 B2 B2 1 x6 HARDIETRIM, SEALANT EXTERIOR OR SHINGLE 1x6 HARDIETRIM SPECIFICATIONS. PAINT E-PT-2 PAINT E-PT-2 Q 1x6 HARDIETRIM SIDING REFER TO WALL SECTIONS 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM, Q LO PAINTARDI�ETRIM, PAINT E-PT-2 E-PT-2 m riB v w 0 (0 E N Q Al Al Al Al Al "� N Q A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 13 JAMB DETAIL 14 JAMB DETAIL q o NOTE: 1 1/2"-1'-0" 1 1/2"=V-0" ALL PANES TO LAMINATED T EXTERIOR SIDE EXTERIOR SIDE INSULATED Issue Date: 3-23-2012 CIO 0 o 1 16 REVISION INFORMATION Q WINDOW ELEVATION WINDOW ELEVATION 0 Al B1 1/a"-1' 0" A2 B2 1/4"=1' 0" Architectural pate Q. 2 6-17-2013 a1 LG G Owner Changes L C 4'-0 1/2" 2'-8 112051/2" M 5 1/2" L _.,., .,..,. 2'-8 1/2' R.O. D ED R.O. R.O En . 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM, PAINT 0i _ _ --- — BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM, E PT 2 O PAINT II 1 x 6 HARDIE IM, '�^� PAINT E-PT-2 ' LB O D V E-PT- 10� 1 x 4 WOOD D 3/4"COVE 1 x 4 WOOD �' TRIM. PAINT I-PT-7 °D NOTE: L � 4ytAN Sp'Pf L, 0- PAINTED WHITE T C TRIM. PAINT -PT-7 C " GRAPHICLOGO 3T 801 � E01 ALL PANES TO U fRESfi FIS} BY SIGCONTRACTOR1 -1 BE_ ' LA BLACK LAMINATED LYPTUS CONSTRUCTION STAINED _ - - - — INSULATED 1 x 6 WOOD o GLASS 3/8" RUDY GLASS EXTERIOR SIDE TRIM. PAINT I-PT-7 INTERIOR SIDE M � EXTERIOR SIDE INTERIOR SIDE "' EXTERIOR SIDE 3/4" COVE PAINTED WHITE WINDOW ELEVATION _ WINDOW ELEVATION E WINDOW ELEVATION Restaurant 1/4"=1'-0" r 2x8 WALL RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION ' - REFER TO DOOR TYPES 4&5 ON 4/A4.1 HEAD/SILL DETAIL 15 1 1/2"=V-0" K,L K,L 10330 SOUTHWEST 2, 0„ 5 B„ GREENBURG ROAD D 0� GL 1 GL 1 � TIGARD, OR ENTRY SIDE TOILET SIDE WINDOW ELEVATION WINDOW ELEVATION Drawing N1/4"=1'-0" WINDOW SCHEDULE AND DETAILS A4 . 2 PER TABLE 803.3 MINIMUM INTERIOR FINISH CLASSIFICATION FOR PLASTIC LAMINATES / SOLID SURFACEGENERAL STAIN NOTES OCCUPANCY "A", SPRINKLERED IS (C) CLASSIFICATION IS BB_1 WAINSCOT: MAHOGANY WOOD VENEER(RED OAK VENEER MAY BE USED IF MAHOGANY S NOT AVAILABLE)WITH 4' V-GROOVE PATTERN. WAINSCOT AND FINISH TO MATCH SAMPLE BOARD,CONTACT DARDEN FOR SAMPLE BOARD. G.C. TO SUBMIT ALL INTERIOR WOOD ELEMENTS INDICATED TO BE STAINED, SHALL BE FINISHED AS FOLLOWS: FINISHED PRODUCT SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL OF BOTH THE PANELING AND FINISH PRIOR MATERIAL FLAME SPREAD SMOKE DEVELOPMENTPL-1 NEVAMAR: S-6053-CR JETT BLACK(CRYSTAL) TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. 1. LIGHTLY SAND, NEWLY INSTALLED WOOD PANELING AND TRIMS,WITH THE DIRECTION OF GRAIN. PAINT, BENJAMIN MOORE CLASS A CLASS A PL-2 NEVAMAR: 5-7032 BONE WHITE (TEXTURED) ST-1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS: RED LOBSTER MANUAL WARM CHESTNUT.G.C.TO SUBMIT FINISHED p 2. REMOVE ALL DUST. Brian S . Thomas PAINT, SHERWIN WILLIAMS CLASS A CLASS A PRODUCT SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL OF BOTH THE PANELING AND FINISH PRIOR TO 1 PL-3 NEVAMAR: TM2001T OCHRE TEMPERA(TEXTURED) PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING CLASS A& CLASS C AS 200-450 3. BRUSH ON A COAT OF MINWAX PRE-STAIN WOOD CONDITIONER PER THE MANUFACTURERS Architect NOTED ON DRAWING PL-4 TAN/BROWN 3 CM. GRANITE: AVAILABLE EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH CONTINENTAL FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING BY KEMLITE,WHITE U.N.O. DIRECTIONS. GRANITE& MARBLE CONTACT PHIL HALEY 386-586-7059 PANELING 105-110 UNDER 450 GIALLO VENEZIANO 2 CM. GRANITE: AVAILABLE EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH 4. ALLOW TO DRY FOR 15 MINUTES BUT NO MORE THAN 2 HOURS. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 PL-5 CONTINENTAL GRANITE& MARBLE CONTACT PHIL HALEY 386-586-7059 FSS7 STAINLESS STEEL PANELING FROM TOP OF BASE TO 6"ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDED BY T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 PLYWOOD 95 OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. 5. BRUSH ON THE STAIN SPECIFIED TO ACHIEVE A UNIFORM COLOR APPLICATION. GYPSUM BOARD CONFORM TO ASTM C36 - pL_g P-LAM WAINSCOT TO MATCH BB-1 NEVAMAR WW0013N "VANTAGE WALNUT" CARPET CLASS A CLASS A NO FIN. NO INTERIOR FINISHES/SHEATHING REQUIRED ON INTERIOR FACE OF WALLS AT 6. ALLOW STAIN COAT TO DRY THOROUGHLY. COOLERS AND FREEZER. 7, BRUSH A COAT OF MINWAX SANDING SEALER PER THE MANUFACTURES DIRECTIONS. NOTES: 1. ALL INTERIOR TRIM WHICH IS NOT PAINTED OR ROUGH CEDAR IS TO BE FINISHED MAHOGANY. 8. ALLOW SURFACE TO THOROUGHLY DRY. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 2. FIXTURE TRIM RINGS, DIFFUSERS, SPEAKER COVERS, ETC.AND SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH 9. ABRADE SURFACE WITH 120 GRIT SANDPAPER OR SCREEN. 11139 ADJACENT CEILING FINISHES, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 10.REMOVE ALL DUST. 3. WHEN FINISHING INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR CORNERS OF GYPSUM BOARD WHERE TRIM WORK IS TO BE APPLIED, DO NOT INSTALL PREFABRICATED METAL CORNERS. 11.13RUSH OR SPRAY FIRST COAT OF SEMIGLOSS VARNISH PER THE MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. 4. ALL PAINTED WALLS ARE TO HAVE MEDIUM ORANGE PEEL TEXTURE, U.N.O. F•\L"L1 AI? 12.ALLOW PRODUCT TO THOROUGHLY DRY. 13.ABRADE SURFACE WITH 120 GRIT SANDPAPER OR SCREEN. < BRI AN&THO � s 14.REMOVE ALL DUST. SC 15.BRUSH OR SPRAY SECOND COAT OF SEMIGLOSS VARNISH. 57 14 i 16.ALLOW PRODUCT TO THOROUGHLY DRY. / / y�C OF h�ltiJ. 7/16/2013 17.RED LOBSTER REPRESENTATIVE IS TO INSPECT THE FINAL FINISH APPLICATION TO — I-PT-2 _ I-PT-1 _ — __ —_ _—__ DETERMINE IF ADDITIONAL WORK IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WOOD FINISH SYSTEM. -PT-1 - - 1-PT-1 PL-6 ----- ----- SS ---- PL6 ---- — --�---� FRP — I I-PT-1 I I I-PT-1 BB-11 _ -PT-2 I _ BB-1 WT-3 I / ` S I I i \t I 1 ST-1 ST-1 _ I-PT-1 _ U I Y` N ! BB-1 x _ FI-PT-1 1 i I I FRP — I-PT-1 �. -- ------ -- BB-1 S i 1 • - -- -- -- - - -- C I IPIRM FRP _ I-PT-1 1 1 . �_ __ BB-1 - - -- ' I � --- I-PT-1 SS fl I PL-6 I I-PT-5 I I I I I-PT-1 I 1 I �_— -- --� r NO FIN I PLS I I-PT-2 ?i i I BB-1 j I-PT-1 0 1 I I I I 3 --- - FRP LL Q I 1 1-PT-1 I o t — —— —— I-PT-1 '' PL-6 o PL 6 w I I NN p I I 1 1 1 1 0 � I-PT-1 — FRP I Q L C CU a 3 � 1 I I BB-1 V j Q I-PT-1 PL 6 I I BB-1 cc O I SS I D _.. FRP I � I I 7 I ca Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m � REVISION INFORMATION a� I I 4-16-2012 0 WT-3 77_ 1 1 I — C I 1 I N PL-6 I I I FRP -- i Architectural Update L 2 6-17-2013 «. J ST-1 I i �1, I I I Owner Changes I BB-1 I 1 I I � Q ' WT-3 I I ' WT 2 FRP L _J SS wT-3 I I I PT-5 I I I I I I 6'-0• I 1 rn CL I -- NO FIN - -- -- -- oI -- -- - - - ---- ---- WT-2 - - - - - - -- --- -- PL-6 U I I 1 I ST-1 T-1 _ _ 4 !� BB-'-- -- - - -- - - - — —� —I VyT_3 BB-1 I I 1 I I I I ''I III III 'II I I — ----- ' BB-1 BB-1 2 I I I - Restaurant#: 0457 I I� I PT 5 WT-3 I 1 I I I _ _�— I-PT-4 I I I I F WT-1 ----- -- - --- - BB-, - -- � lJ ---- - >F. RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION ST-1 1 I 3 I ' WT 2 I I ?sz 10330 ,` '} I 1 IBB; — - ------ ---- -- -- -- - - - -- ------- - IBB,' SOUTHWEST GREENBURG ROAD TIGARD, OR I I L _ I-PT-1 — —_ 1A Drawing BB-1 —- - INTERIOR FINISH PLAN AND SCHEDULE 1 INTERIOR FINISH PLAN A4 . 3 GENERAL NOTES A. PRIME FACE, BACKS AND EDGES OF ALL PLYWOOD, BATTENS AND TRIM PRIOR TO I I I INSTALLATION. 5 I I B. ALL EXTERIOR TRIM TO BE SCREWED. DO NOT USE STAPLES. FILL HOLES PRIOR TO u i COPPER FLASHING BEHIND HARDIEPLANK OVER 5/8" FINISH COAT OF PAINT. Brian S . Thomas, EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURE, EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD. C. SIGNAGE SHALL CONFORM TO LOCAL STANDARDS. Architect REFER TO ELECTRICAL PROVIDE CLEAR MASONRY p SHEETS FOR INFORMATION SEALER OVER COMPLETE �V D. ALLTRIM BOARDS, CAP FLASHING AND SOFFIT UNDERSIDES TO BE PAINTED E-PT-2 SLOPE U.N.O. �HARDIEBOARD STONE PIER. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 E-PT-2 —L lad E. WINDOW GRAPHICS, GRAPHIC LETTERING AND LOBSTER CRITTER BY SIGN COMPANY. T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 :Pi STONE WATERTABLE RIP �- -I- (� ° F. IN FREEZE/THAW CLIMATES ONLY: G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SNOW GUARDS AS 4RE ER TO STRUCTURAL x 4 TREATED WOOD T — 9• 9' 12 x 24 FLAGSTONE WALLCAP n ° ° ° MANUFACTURED BY SNO-GEM. CLEAR ORIGINAL POLYCARBONATE SNOW GUARD 5" X 5" r- — — — — — — — — 7 IN HALF LENGHTWISE 4 t I ° BASE. APPLY IN DIAMOND ORIENTATION ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S a INSTRUCTIONS, WITH RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE. SNOW GUARDS TO BE LOCATED AT ALL w 2� AREAS OF SLOPED ROOF OVER ENTRY WAYS UTILIZING THE MINIMUM REQUIRED. m I I I 4 x 4 WOOD POST 1'-0' STONE VENEER OVER SCRATCH (( s I p REINFORCING, SEE I ° , I , a < - _; ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: STRUCTURAL 4 a STONE VENEER, COAT OVER GALVANIZED ° d m I I r BELOW METAL LATH,OVER CAST IN 1 I I I° ° ° STONE STONE WATERTABLE. . PLACE CONCRETE 11139 4 CUT 12x24 EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE 14 FLAGSTONE WALLCAP STONE VENEER, 1 I EXTERIOR GRADE a,4 P51 I I BELOW • • PLYWOOD I II IN HALF LENGTHWISE I CAST IN PLACE 9 I a - 1 d SHEATHING I o ) N SLATE SIMULATED SLATE ROOF AS MANUFACTURED BY ECOSTAR(1.800.211.7170) MAJESTIC �T 1'-7"SQUARE PIER CONCRETE. I a ° I . I 1 x HARDIETRIM \ N a ° d SLATE TRADITIONAL-MIDNIGHT GRAY BLEND COLUMN FRAMING I d I • I I E-PT-2 ° I I STONE VENEER AND WATER TABLE AS MANUFACTURED BY CORONADO STONE ABOVE ° ° I - I I I STONE �: t• O STONE I I ° c a <I I o� I VENEER:SPLIT FIELDSTONE, DAKOTA BROWN. ( C2 WATER TABLE:CHISELED STONE SILL, LIGHT GREY, COLOR TO MATCH FIELDSTONE. BRIAN S-T"O . 6 I I 6 °� _ (FLAGSTONE WALL CAP AT COLUMNS: 12x24 LIGHT GRAY) MORTAR: NATURAL,JOINTS, • • ° u <It ° NOT TO EXCEED 1/2'.APPLY MATTE FINISH SEALANT. REFER TO 8/A5.1 TREATED 2 x 4 _ _ _fL — °a d I I I ° Hp_1 HARDIEPLANK LAP SIDING AS MANUFACTURED BY JAMES HARDIE BUILDING O� I I _ I WOOD STUDS a I I e d I P PRODUCTS-SELECT CEDARMILL 5/16'x 71/4"(6' EXPOSURE) tel( OF O�;GG L — — — — — — — JI— —Ih �HARDIESHINGLE LAP SIDING AS MANUFACTURED BY JAMES HARDIE BUILDING 7/16/2013 LINE OF COLUMN ° �r — It't, ° HP 2 PRODUCTS-STRAIGHT EDGE PANEL 1/4"x 48'x 16' (MAXIMUM 7' EXPOSURE CAP ABOVE HP_3 HARDIETRIM AS MANUFACTURED BY JAMES HARDIE BUILDING PRODUCTS- SMOOTH I I I XLD 5/4" HP-4 HARDISOFFIT AS MANUFACTURED BY JAMES HARDIE BUILDING PRODUCTS-VENTED COLUMN DETAIL - ELEVATION COLUMN DETAIL - BASE CUT 0, COLUMN DETAIL - UPPER CUT COLUMN DETAIL - LOWER BASE CEDARMILL HUD 1/4' 3 3/4"=1'-0" 4 5 1 1/2"1 Tg_18 PVC TRIM BOARD AS MANUFACTURED BY CERTAINTEED- 5/4'x 16'SMOOTH E-PT-1 BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT:AURA SERIES 2132-10(BLACK)-SATIN#631 E-PT-2 BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT:AURA SERIES 869(OXFORD WHITE) SATIN#631 E-PT-3 BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT:AURA SERIES HC-168 (CHELSEA GREY)SATIN#631 E-PT 4 BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT:AURA SERIES RME-26(CLASSIC BURGUNDY)SATIN#631 c 0 126'-0' T.O. ROOF Cn 124'-9' T.O. ROOF COORDINATE SIGN LOCATION AND SIZE WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR METAL COPING (n E_PT_2 6 x 8 SEAMLESS METAL GUTTER. a) FACTORY FINISH'WHITE" HP-3 APPL?i .� EPT-2 SIGN(CONTRACTOR ED GRAPHIC Y - 11 C HP-2 HP-1 AWNING HP-1 Q o E-PT-3 IE-PTS TB-16 E-PT 4 N E EPT 2 2 E 118-0' o T.O.ROOF � c HP-3 ! 1 11 1 if LIVE LOBSTER FRESH FISH SHRIMP RAB 3 E-PT-2 t(v//ClJ) 00 0 114'-0' — w i T.O. ROOF E-PT-2 o EXTERIOR TRELLIS HP-1 EHPT 4 c FRAMING MEMBERS I. E-PT-4 CID L111 xxx x FIFF FIFIF] ® ® ® ®® EPT-4 N HP / MJ ami E-PT-4 -O FIP-3 --FISH ...SHRIMP FISH SNRilFP tv FISH SHRIMP FISH - SHRIMP not SHRIMP — EPT2 U t Q ` F.F. ' ui -4 " F.F. — - m E4SQ. METAL DOWNSPOUT. FACTORY FINISH HP-3 4 x 6 SEAMLESS METAL GUTTER. WHITE. REFER TO CIVIL. E-PT-2 FACTORY FINISH'WHITE' HOURS OF OPERATION SIGN. REFER TO DETAIL 7/A5.1STONE GENERAL MANAGER SIGN. REFER TO DETAIL 7/A5.1 6' HIGH STORE ADDRESS NUMBERS, Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m o CENTER ABOVE DOORS REVISION INFORMATION m 1 4-16-2012 Q- 0 Q FRONT ELEVATION Architectural ate t 2 2 6-17-2013 2 Owner Changes cc CA rn c .3 m L 0 a� aD F- 126'-0" T.O. ROOF rn I T O. ROOF T EPT2 t1 0 METAL COPING SLATE tI HP-3 SLATE HP-3 E-PT-2 E-PT-2 HP-3 COORDINATE SIGN E-PT-2 LOCATION AND SIZE TB-16 T916 WITH SIGN E-PT-2 I E-PT-2 ; d.. ":..:1... . CONTRACTOR - Restaurant#: 0457 " I E-PT-2 EXTERIOR I—y l 1 TRELLIS SIDING OVER AIR BARRIER OVER RED LOBSTER 457 FRAMING EXTERIOR GRADE SHEATHING. n MEMBERS 4"x 6" SEAMLESS ` Irl - RENOVATION METAL GUTTER. ----___ FACTORY FINISH WHITE. �\ 1/2' EXTERIOR GRADE a 10330 SLATE EXISTING BLOCK HP-2 SIDING PLYWOOD, 9'H x 15'W. "I WALL. PAINT E- T-4 E-PT-3 SOUTH V V EST .. 5/4x6 HP-3 HP-1 m GREENBURG ROAD +5'-0' d UII ° n A.F.F HP-3 NOTE: ' Z E-PT-2 in GRANITE SIGN AND PLASTIC MOUNTING PLATE ARE OWNER T I GARD, OR p SIMPSON A21 0 16"O.C. in �RESH PI It SECURE INTO STUD FURNISHED, GC INSTALLED. � - d w STONE VENEER AND 6-1 GRANITE SIGN, RECESSED Drawing _ WATERTABLE OVER MORTAR, O9 311 X 15 4' BLACK PLASTIC SCRATCH COAT, METAL LATH, MOUNTING PLATE EXTERIOR #15 FELT OVER AIR BARRIER, SEALANT,TYR ANUFACTURERv 1 / SHEATHING. INSTALL PER ELEVATION S S STONE REQUIREMENTS. RIGHT ELEVATION STONE WATER TABLE DETAIL HOURS AND GM SIGN INSTALLATION SECTION DETAIL 1 1/4"=1 '-0" $ 1 1/2"=1'-0" 7 3"=1'-0" A5 . 1 V-8 3/4" I�'• N`e_ I KEYSTONE TRIM BY ;0 TB-16. MODEL K4TF. PAINT E-PI ` INSTALL FLAT 5/46 HARDITRIM @ BUILDING, • • • • .��.. Brian S . Thomas , BEHIND BRACKET. REFER TO DETAIL 2/A9.1. Architect } CIRCLE TRIM BY TB-16. 2 x 6 LEDGER MODEL CIR36X4F PAINT E-PT-2 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 INTEGRAL BLACK DECORATIVE LOUVER BY '^ 2 x 6 BLOCKING SHUTTERS SUPPLIED BY TB-16. MODEL RLV36 1 x4 HARDITRIM CLOSURE OWNER, GC INSTALLED. PAINT E-PT-2 TRIM PAINT SECURE WITH (4)3/8"x3 1/2" GALV. LAG BOLTS INTO LINE OF AWNING BEYOND SOLID IN-WALL WOOD NOTES: FLAT FRAMED 2 x 4 WOOD BLOCKING. -CENTER HORIZONTALLY ON WALL. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: TRUSSES WITH I ..��' 11139 DECORATIVE 4 x 6 - REFER TO ELEVATION FOR — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — BRACING. ALL EXPOSED 4 VERTICAL PLACEMENT. • FRAMING TO BE ro "�.. ARCHITECTURAL GRADE - PROVIDE WHITE CONTINUOUS ,�-^'" I I EXTERIOR FINISHED SEALANT AT ALL EDGES. LUMBER. SHUTTER •.. �` I BRIAN S.THO. KEYSTONE TRIM BY TB-16. -`" MODEL K4TF. c - • PAINT E-PT-2TT..�� . illi >SC SIDING OVER AIR �f'<" OF 00-0�� BARRIER ON EXTERIOR r 7/16/2013 SHEATHING. REFER TO = EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. ED . R 1/4"MAX SPACING,TYP. 01, 3 WINDOW AND AWNING DETAIL 4 SHUTTER DETAIL 5 DECORATIVE LOUVER DETAIL 0 1/2"=V-0" 1 1/2"=V-0" 1 11/2"=11-4- 0 /2"=1'-0"0 U c6 (6 a _N C HP-2 2 E-PT-3 3 125'-0' jk 124'-9' g E-PT-2 T.O.ROOF rQ T.O. ROOF 12 HP-2 SLATE HP_3 5 � E-PT_g N 0 E-PI N 3 EXTERIOR TRELLIS COORDINATE SIGN LOCATION AND E PT 4 _ TB-16 FRAMING MEMBERS 0 E-PT-2 SIZE WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR HP-3 no TB-16 � E PT-2 1 o LE PT 2 � d EXTERIOR TRELLIS o D FRAMING MEMBERS a c a LL3 o FC�d 11 Twe C N HP-1I In Ti HP - - Ig E-PT-4 c L) ® ® ® ® E-PT-3 ® PU fn PI5H 5NR3#iP LOB657'ER CRAG SCALLOP5 E E O t C6 C Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m T REVISION INFORMATION L Q 1 4-16-2012 REAR ELEVATION n 2 Architectural Update 1/4"=V-0" 2 6-17-2013 M 0 GENERAL NOTES Owner Changes a, 1 A. PRIME FACE, BACKS AND EDGES OF ALL PLYWOOD, BATTENS AND TRIM PRIOR TO CIO INSTALLATION. 0 a) B. ALL EXTERIOR TRIM TO BE SCREWED. DO NOT USE STAPLES. FILL HOLES PRIOR TO N HP-2 FINISH COAT OF PAINT E-PT-3 -128-0' _ ' T.O. ROOF C SIGNAGE SHALL CONFORM TO LOCAL STANDARDS 125.0" t r 124'-9' SLATE - p1 T.O. ROOF HP-4 - T.O. ROOF _ y y j y D. ALL TRIM BOARDS,CAP FLASHING AND SOFFIT UNDERSIDES TO BE PAINTED E-PT-1 E PT_2 12 U.N.O. o 5 U E. WINDOW GRAPHICS, GRAPHIC LETTERING AND LOBSTER CRITTER BY SIGN COMPANY. �— HP-3 - - - - F. T l IN FREEZE/THAW CLIMATES ONLY G.C.G C TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SNOW GUARDS AS MANUFACTURED BY SNO GEM CLEAR ORIGINAL POLYCARBONATE SNOW GU E-PT-2 i — _I. J ARD 5 X 5 COORDINATE SIGN LOCATION AND ' TB 16 E PT 2 BASE APPLY IN DIAMOND ORIENTATION ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S SIZE WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR EXTERIOR TRELLIS INSTRUCTIONS,WITH RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE. SNOW GUARDS TO BE LOCATED AT ALL 1 if_ - - FRAMING MEMBERS Y - -' AREAS OF SLOPED ROOF OVER ENTRY WAYS UTILIZING THE MINIMUM REQUIRED COORDINATE SIGN J T.O. ROOF ? y�l` f }^ J I, LOCATION AND SIZE Restaurant #: 0457 WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR -- - - ; ` EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE 1141_0. - - RED LOBSTER 457 ---- � r� �- ls-- --' --- ---------- -� ;� RENOVATION %7T.O. ROOF �� I;�� HP-3 SLATE SIMULATED SLATE ROOF AS MANUFACTURED BY ECOSTAR (1.800.211.7170); MAJESTIC E-PT-2 SLATE TRADITIONAL- MIDNIGHT GRAY BLEND OSTONE VENEER AND WATER TABLE AS MANUFACTURED BY COR NADO STONE E-PT-2 VENEER. SPLIT FIELDSTONE, DAKOTA BROWN. 0330 \ WATER TABLE: CHISELED STONE SILL, LIGHT GREY, COLOR TO MATCH FIELDSTONE. LLLJ 11 11 11 EM 4"x 6' SEAMLESS (FLAGSTONE WALL CAP AT COLUMNS: 12x24 LIGHT NOT TO EXCEED 1/2"". APPLY MATTE FINISH SEALANT.RREFER TO 8/A5AY) MORTAR: AITURAL,JOINTS, SOUTHWEST METAL GUTTER. HP-1 ^J� FACTORY FINISH FHP-1 HARDIEPLANKLAPSIDINGASMANUFACTUREDBYJAMESHARDIEBUILDING GREENBURG ROAD ® ® ® ® ® ;( WHITE. PRODUCTS SELECT CEDARMILL 5/16"x 7 TU E EXPOSURE) ® ® ® ® EPT4 HP1 E-PT-4 =`' HP-2 HARDIESHINGLE LAP SIDING AS MANUFACTURED BY JAMES HARDIE BUILDING ,� -' APPLIED GRAPHIC PRODUCTS-STRAIGHT EDGE PANEL 1/4' x 48' x 16" (MAXIMUM 7" EXPOSURE BY SIGN �tV■MAf•f. �� CONTRACTOR HP-3 HARDIETRIM AS MANUFACTURED BY JAMES HARDIE BUILDING PRODUCTS - SMOOTH T I GARD OR __ _ _ _____._..... .....___....... ......_.. .. ... _ - 1 LOB XLD 5/4.. FISH 5XE4IMP FISH 53/RIMR FISH SHRIMP LOBSTER trtwa SCALLOPS - ' I HP-4 HARDISOFFIT AS MANUFACTURED BY JAMES HARDIE BUILDING PRODUCTS - VENTED U f 71 i CEDARMILL HLD 1/4' STONE ,; Drawing 11 11 11 11 11 H 11 1 11 11 11 11 11 11 F 11 11 1 11 11 ` ;A TB_16 PVC TRIM BOARD AS MANUFACTURED BY CERTAINTEED- 5/4"x 16" SMOOTH �-^� 100' 0" BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT: AURA SERIES 2132-10(BLACK) - SATIN #631 � EXTERIOR �` E-PT-1 E-PT-2 BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT: AURA SERIES 869 (OXFORD WHITE) SATIN #631 ELEVATIONS E-PT-3 BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT: AURA SERIES HC-168(CHELSEA GREY)SATIN#631 E-PT-4 BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT: AURA SERIES RME-26( CLASSIC BURGUNDY) SATIN #631 0 LEFT ELEVATION A52 f f VARIES ............... 1 _ _ _�._..... _ .............. ..... Brian Thomas, �_. �2 Archlto 5 A9 a 211 East Broad Street T. 864.2 2.8200 F. 86eenville, SC 29601 4.232.7 8 I I I I I I I I __.. ....____._. . _..... _...__..... _........... . . _ i _ __..... . .., , , , , . i . _......r _.T ._.. ................_ . 7..... .. . 1 _........ ._ ......... .. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #. I1 I 1 1 1 I 1 I I �� I I I � �.� I I 1 � I I � 1 I I ''� 1 I ��•! � `y I 11139 I I I 1 I 1 1 I 1 I I I I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 I I 1 I 1 I I I I I I ,12'-3/4' 1 I I I — I IT 1023 TRELLIS Cz I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I ;:. .\\� _\\\t\\"Q I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I y13� I � I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I 1 � I I I I I 1 1 I � I I,;,: l a � I � I I i�`:.• p , .. ,, p �` (;/ o i i i i i i i I:• I U��� /// "ri MAN 5.1110 oa ------------ I „SC 51.4 I I I p <,F �, 0 0 p I p I 7/16/2013 0 0 I T1%0;--06B w ............................................. ............- 1 BUILDING SECTION 0 U f0 (0 .0 .. _.__ .,.._.... -- ,.... .... ....... ....... ........ .,,,....._ ......... _....-__________........_. ....... .......,. ......_. ..__________.,.., ---- .......... N N 0 A9.4 E 0 3 I I a o \ >` � �• •:::r::�S.•:i:���zfsc:��\j\�• 3..::��7•., .. �:•:. I I 1 fro' I I I C I I I 0 � O(�7 I I I I I I I I 1 I g \ < I I I I I I I I I 1 I I i a pp� M6 A15 I I 1 I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 (6 I I I I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I 1 I 1 I I Qcu I I I II I I I o I I I I I I I I I m I I I I I I Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m ,. 100'-0' REVISION INFORMATION 0 I I I I I 2 6-17-2013 CL 0 0- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — a) BUILDING SECTION Owner Changes w a) 2 1/4"=1'-0” m In rn c 3 co 2 N In N H — TT.O. RUSS 126'-0' r VARIES. T. Yi ; SIM T.O. Ass I 1 A9.3 Nc 0 ?z I '< RUSS BEARING Restaurant#: 0457 RED LOBSTER I I 1 I I 7 ti• A �. ............ ......._ I _ RENOVATION ,1 I I I 1 I "� ` �" " 11 ; 1 ' 1 1 1 •....^.^::�^ I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 I 1 112'-3/4' I 10330 T.O.TRELLI I I SOUTHWEST I i I� 1 1 1 I 1 I I A8.5 I I I I I I � GREENBURG ROAD I SIM I I 109'-6' I I I I T. . BEAM I I I TIGARD, OR Drawing I I I I I BUILDING 100'-0• MS -..7"' A•^. �,:vx• ..m:.�Wi, .i•' .L' . C ., i' >b5 1� 7.p, gLA6 :. _ .._-'. ....x....: ' - ..,:""���. >a n•.: ,:.. _ .,: ,,.:..,A..�:.kx>..,...e.::�a` .,..�a.. ,....,.. ::� .x..;a: ..:sr.>e, xM...m�r-<",-- +Y'yr T.O. SLAB SECTIONS — — T.O. SLAB 1 y; T7 7 if 3 BUILDING SECTION — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — J 4 BUILDING SECTION 1/4"=1'-011 1/4"=1'-0" A & 1 - -- -- _ A-7 SERIES GENERAL NOTES - - - A. CRUMB CATCHERS AT SIDES OF BOOTHS AT WALLS ARE SUPPLIED WITH BOOTHS. 5 ST-1 ST-1 5 ST-1 CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL. I-PT-1 19 1 PT-7 1 I-PT-7 MANUFACTURED STONE VENEER. B. FOR TYPICAL WALL ELEVATION AND CORNER TRIM DETAILS REFER TO 11/A7.1 & 12/AT1 Brian S . Thomas , _ 4 ST-1 4 REFER TO WALL FINISH PLAN. C. REFER TO SHEET A4.3 FOR FINISH SCHEDILE Architect - - - - 1/2" OSB SHEATHING I-PT-1 9 - - g 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 WALL FRAMING REFER TO FLOOR A-7 SERIES KEY NOTES T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 I I PLAN FOR WALL TYPES. t =F 5 I-PT-1 I I 5 GROUT JOINT AFTER PORT HOLE INSTALLATION. 1. GYPSUM WALLBOARD. ST-1 10 ( I I 10 A 31 T 2 SIAIA 8 ,0 J o PLYWOOD.2 LAYERS OF 1/2" x 1'-9 7/8' 0 2. PANELING. EE 0211 H 2331 1 - - - - - - 1-1/4" MAHOGANY WOOD RING 3. 1 X 2 TRIM 6" AFF. REFER TO DETAIL 10/A1.3. _ _ _ � ' AND PORT HOLE ASSEMBLY. - OWNER SUPPLIED. 4. 1x4 WOOD TRIM, TYP. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ARCHITEC1'S39 A.F. ROJECT #: F PROVIDE V-10" 0 LEAVE OUT IN I I I I +5'-0" STONE TONE VENEER FOR 5. 1x6 WOOD TRIM. 6. 1x WOOD TRIM. 3 I 3 INSTALLATION OF PORT HOLE II I( -- - I DECOR. 7. BUILT-UP WOOD POST AND DECORATIVE END WALUCORNER. 8. DECORATIVE GLASS DIVIDERS - REFER TO SHEET A4.2 BB-1 ST-1 BB-1 ST-1 BB-1 ST-1 BB-1 ST-1 0 Fr) 9. WINDOW- REFER TO SHEET A4.2 a BP,i:1N>.THO 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION 2 INTERIOR ELEVATION 3 INTERIOR ELEVATION 4 INTERIOR ELEVATION PORT HOLE DETAIL 10. DOOR - REFER TO SHEET A4.1 • ° 3/8--=V-0"-0' 3/8 =1 -0' 3/8"=V-0" 3/8"=V-0" 1 '=1 '-0" 11. NO FINISH (PANELING, STONE, TRIM) IS REQUIRED BEHIND BOOTHS. 5714 12. FURNITURE- REFER TO SHEET A1.4 OF 7/16/2013 13. TILE BASE - REFER TO SHEET A1.3 14. APPLIED PORTHOLE DECORATIVE WINDOW, OWNER SUPPLIED, INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO DETAIL 5/A7.1. 15. TRANSOM WINDOW. A16. STAINLESS STEEL WALL FINISH, SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 6 10 17. DECORATIVE POST, CAP&WROUGHT IRON DIVIDERS. REFER TO SHEET A8.4 9 18. HORN/STROBE - REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS. 19. DIFFUSER- REFER TO MECHANICAL SHEETS. 20. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE - REFER TO SHEET A2.1 U - - 21. BAR1CABINET- REFER TO SHEETS A8.2&A8.3 0 _ _- I-PT-7 _FU - - _ -- - II II II II II 22. STONE VENEER. =c 0-r 23. PORTHOLE THRU WINDOW, SUPPLIED BY MILLWORK. REFER TO MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE OF INSERT PIECE. DIMENSION FOR FRAMING GIVEN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. I-PT-1 I-PT-1 I(n lir-I I I I I;, I 24. LOW WALL. REFER TO A1.2 FOR LOCATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 3 1 y I25. DECORATIVE LAMP _ - - _ _ I I 26. WOOD CAP AT DOOR JAMB. U) �l E INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE 3 PT-1 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC - BM# 1034 "CLAY" EGGSHELL FINISH. �/111 00 0 PT-2 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC - BM # 1084 "LAKE SHORE TRAIL" EGGSHELL FINISH. O 3 d 13 3 5 2 11 3 12 3 4 2 11 PT-3 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC- BM #056 "MONTANA AGATE" EGGSHELL FINISH �� D aa)) 2 13 INTERIOR ELEVATION 1 O o Q 6 I-PT-4 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC- BM # 1066 "BARELY BEIGE" SATIN FINISH =1 0" O o I-PT-5 BENJAMIN MOOINTERIOR O WALLS, "SIMPLY WHITE" p SATIN INTERIOR ON WALLS, FLAT INTERIOR ON CEILINGS, GLOSS IN KITCHEN AND ON � >, DOORS AND FRAMES. c m C I-PT-6 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC- BM # 1028 "SPANISH BROWN" EGGSHELL FINISH 0 a) PT-7 BENJAMIN MOORE: 869 (OXFORD WHITE) INTERIOR SATIN a) Q a) O -0 yVT-1 FIELD TILE: HEWN 'GOLDSTONE" 12"X12"AND 3'X12' BULLNOSE. GROUT COLOR TO BE 'HARVEST' AS MANUFACTURED BY MAPEI. WT-2 CORONADO STONE VENEER: SPLIT FIELDSTONE, DAKOTA BROWN, NATURAL GROUT. _ - _ SEAL STONE AND GROUT WITH FLAT SEALER. MORTAR JOINTS, NOT TO EXCEED 1/2". U L Q _3 WALL TILE: FIANDRE, COLOR: COPPER RED 12x12, 2x6 BULLNOSE FOR OUTSIDE Ui E OPEN I OPEN CORNERS MAPEI ULTRAFLEX 2 MORTAR, CHARCOAL GRAY GROUT 1/8"JOINTS. TILE IS AVAILABLE EXCLUSIVELY FROM TRINITY TILE GROUP, BRAD WEATHERLY 866-568-0261. 0 OPEN BEYOND BEYOND TILE, MORTAR AND GROUT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. OPEN BEYOND V T-2 ~ BEYOND (nF__B_B_,7 WAINSCOT: 1/4' MAHOGANY WOOD VENEER (RED OAK VENEER MAY BE USED IF c -_ _ MAHOGANY IS NOT AVAILABLE) WITH 4" V-GROOVE PATTERN. WAINSCOT AND FINISH TO MATCH SAMPLE BOARD, CONTACT DARDEN FOR SAMPLE BOARD. G.C. TO SUBMIT Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m FINISHED PRODUCT SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL OF BOTH THE PANELING AND FINISH PRIOR o - - - - -_ - -_ - - - - - - - - - TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. > REVISION INFORMATION a ST-1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS: RED LOBSTER MANUAL WARM CHESTNUT, G.C. TO SUBMIT FINISHED 2 6-17-2013 p • • •• • • • • •• •• • • • • •• •• PRODUCT SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL OF BOTH THE PANELING AND FINISH PRIOR TO a PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. Owner Changes m L FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING BY KEMLITE,WHITE U.N.O. a) ca SS STAINLESS STEEL PANELING FROM TOP OF BASE TO 6" ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. � 2 3 11 12 22 WT-2 11 3 2 N NO FIN. NO INTERIOR FINISHES/SHEATHING REQUIRED ON INTERIOR FACE OF WALLS AT INTERIOR ELEVATION a) 7 3/8"=11' 0 8 INTERIOR ELEVATION COOLERS AND FREEZER. 3/8"=1 '-0" NOTES: 1. ALL INTERIOR TRIM WHICH IS NOT PAINTED OR ROUGH CEDAR IS TO BE FINISHED MAHOGANY. m 2. FIXTURE TRIM RINGS, DIFFUSERS, SPEAKER COVERS, ETC. AND SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH T ADJACENT CEILING FINISHES, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 0- 0 3. WHEN FINISHING INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR CORNERS OF GYPSUM BOARD WHERE TRIM WORK IS U TO BE APPLIED, DO NOT INSTALL PREFABRICATED METAL CORNERS, 4. ALL PAINTED WALLS ARE TO HAVE MEDIUM ORANGE PEEL TEXTURE, U.N.O. OPEN Restaurant #: 0457 BEYOND 6 RED LOBSTER 457 1 - - - - - - - RENOVATION I-PT-1 2 10330 SOUTHWEST GREENBURG ROAD _ OPEN - - BEYOND 25 OPEN 25 I-PT-1 OPEN I BEYOND BEYOND Imo ' TIGARD, OR 0 1 Drawing - - - ST-1 II I INTERIOR II III ST-1 III III I I I ST-1 IELEVATIONS 1I II MI 1I 2 3 NY 2 3 2 3 4 3 2 3 2 4 2 3 13 A701INTERIOR ELEVATION TYPICAL INTERIOR ELEVATION 9 3/8"=1 '-0" 10 3/8"=1 '-0" lI I�ST-1 it I Brian S . Thomas, Architect - I-PT-1 - - - - - 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 - - =--= 10 9 1 LIL III _ _ 2 15 15 15 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT 4: ' O <8> 15 liLL-<K] 11139 I-PT-1 -PT-1 I I_PT_1 III I 1-PT-1 I Ill I I I II I-PT-2 - _ 1 1 I 1 I I-PT-7 OPEN ST-1 I I I LI II I-PT-1 ST-1 �I I I-PT-� BEYOND OPEN - - - - - - - _ _ - - - - - - BEYOND . . . . .. . . . . . . 0 0 0 0 n Pr o Ill 0 0 0 1`60 0 Q BRIA\�..'fH0 ' o ., o / f OF ptt 7/16/2013 2 3 4 2 11 11 12 3 4 11 2 3 12 3 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION &318 NTERIOR ELEVATION 3/8"=1' 0" A-7 SERIES GENERAL NOTES 2 A. CRUMB CATCHERS AT SIDES OF BOOTHS AT WALLS ARE SUPPLIED WITH BOOTHS. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL. B. FOR TYPICAL WALL ELEVATION AND CORNER TRIM DETAILS REFER TO 11/A7.1 & 12/1 C. REFER TO SHEET A4.3 FOR FINISH SCHEDILE WT-2 0 14 II III A-7 SERIES KEY NOTES � I I-PT-2 I I I 1 1. GYPSUM WALLBOARD. c �. OPEN ST-1 I i I BEYOND I�I A I 1 I I I I-PT-7 2. PANELING. III - _ 3. 1 X 2 TRIM 6"AFF. REFER TO DETAIL 10/1 El L 91 4. 1x4 WOOD TRIM,TYP. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 0 5. 1x6 WOOD TRIM. 6. 1x WOOD TRIM. 11 Q 7. BUILT-UP WOOD POST AND DECORATIVE END WALL/CORNER. E-4 N8. DECORATIVE GLASS DIVIDERS-REFER TO SHEET A4.2 II 4 12 2 3 Rn 3 2 12 WT-2 22 9. WINDOW- REFER TO SHEET A4.2 INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION 10. DOOR-REFER TO SHEET A4.1 3 4 QQ 3 )318"=1'-0" 3/8„=1 11. NO FINISH (PANELING,STONE,TRIM) IS REQUIRED BEHIND BOOTHS. U 0 0 0 12. FURNITURE-REFER TO SHEET A1.4 0( O o d 13. TILE BASE- REFER TO SHEET A1.3 p 14. APPLIED PORTHOLE DECORATIVE WINDOW, OWNER SUPPLIED, INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO >, DETAIL 5/A7.1. ��J Lail c =o -- 15. TRANSOM WINDOW. 16. STAINLESS STEEL WALL FINISH, SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. lr� P OPEN J 17. DECORATIVE POST, CAP&WROUGHT IRON DIVIDERS. REFER TO SHEET ABA _0 BEYOND C: 18. HORWSTROBE-REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS. BEOPEND EST-1 �'I P it 19. DIFFUSER- REFER TO MECHANICAL SHEETS. Q v I PT 1 - _ 20. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE-REFER TO SHEET A2.1 vi 21. BARICABINET- REFER TO SHEETS A8.2&A8.3 CIO L2 22. STONE VENEER. H 23. PORTHOLE THRU WINDOW,SUPPLIED BY MILLWORK. REFER TO MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE OF INSERT PIECE. DIMENSION FOR FRAMING GIVEN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. mIssue Date: 3-23-2012 2 _ - - 2 3 24. LOW WALL. REFER TO A1.2 FOR LOCATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. p OPEN - 25 BEYOND � 'I 2 PT-1 15 15 15 15 15 15 25. DECORATIVE LAMP REVISION INFORMATION a IlI I OPEN 11 26. WOOD CAP AT DOOR JAMB. 2 6-17-2013 o BEYOND Owner Changes Q ST-1 jiI 1 i, - q ST-1 I'I - - -- _ INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE M ST-1 24 y rn I-PT-1 OPEN BEYOND o 0 0 0 0 o e o BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC-BM# 1034"CLAY"EGGSHELL FINISH. >'L6 I I-PT-2 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC-BM# 1084"LAKE SHORE TRAIL" EGGSHELL FINISH. En U 11 I I, I-PT 3 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC-BM#056-MONTANA AGATE' EGGSHELL FINISH W IIIs I-PT-4 R IT BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC-BM# 1066"BARELY BEIGE'SATIN FINISH t 2 3 4 2 I-PT-5 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC-"SIMPLY WHITE" > SATIN INTERIOR ON WALLS, FLAT INTERIOR ON CEILINGS,GLOSS IN KITCHEN AND ON J 5 INTERIOR ELEVATION 6 NOT USED DOORS AND FRAMES. 3/8"=1' 0" 3/8"=1'-0" I-PT 6 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC-BM# 1028"SPANISH BROWN" EGGSHELL FINISH I-PT-7 BENJAMIN MOORE:869(OXFORD WHITE) INTERIOR SATIN F-WI FIELD TILE: HEWN "GOLDSTONE" 12'1 AND 3'X12'BULLNOSE. GROUT COLOR TO BE'HARVEST'AS MANUFACTURED BY MAPEI. Restaurant #: 0457 VVT_2 CORONADO STONE VENEER: SPLIT FIELDSTONE, DAKOTA BROWN, NATURAL GROUT. SEAL STONE AND GROUT WITH FLAT SEALER. MORTAR JOINTS, NOT TO EXCEED 1/2". EI WALL TILE: FIANDRE,COLOR:COPPER RED 12x12,2x6 BULLNOSE FOR OUTSIDE RED LOBSTER 457 I-PT-1 6 wT 3 CORNERS MAPEI ULTRAFLEX 2 MORTAR,CHARCOAL GRAY GROUT 1/8"JOINTS. TILE IS RENOVATION 1 AVAILABLE EXCLUSIVELY FROM TRINITY TILE GROUP, BRAD WEATHERLY 866-568-0261. TILE, MORTAR AND GROUT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. BB1 MAHOGANY ISNOTAVAILAB EANY WIITH4NV-GROOVE PATTERN. WANSCOTAND EER(RED OAK VENEER MAY BE USED IFIN[SHTO 10330 MATCH SAMPLE BOARD,CONTACT DARDEN FOR SAMPLE BOARD. G.C.TO SUBMIT SOUTHWEST - �"' FINISHED PRODUCT SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL OF BOTH THE PANELING AND FINISH PRIOR /� 1 - - - _ - TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. GREENBURV ROAD fi I � � ST-1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS: RED LOBSTER MANUAL WARM CHESTNUT G.C.TO SUBMIT FINISHE D PRODUCT SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL OF BOTH THE PANELING AND FINISH PRIOR TO 1 Q. 11 WT-2 PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. _, ` 1 / IPr, 1 - o TIGARD OR i -- FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING BY KEMLI RITE U.N.O. f i F TE W OPEN /- STAINLESS STEEL PANELING FROM TOP OF BASE TO 6'ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDED BY - g l BEYOND a'' SS OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. Drawing OPENJ9 WT 2 r BEYOND BEYOND INTERIOR V y NO INTERIOR FINISHES/SHEATHING REQUIRED ON INTERIOR FACE OF WALLS AT - l! >� COOLERS AND FREEZER. -I: NOTES: ELEVATIONS 1. ALL INTERIOR TRIM WHICH IS NOT PAINTED OR ROUGH CEDAR IS TO BE FINISHED MAHOGANY. 2. FIXTURE TRIM RINGS, DIFFUSERS, SPEAKER COVERS, ETC.AND SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH J � YY A _-A C`w L. _ ADJACENT CEILING FINISHES, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 11 12 11 2 4 3 22 WT-2 2 3 3. WHEN FINISHING INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR CORNERS OF GYPSUM BOARD WHERE TRIM WORK IS TO BE APPLIED, DO NOT INSTALL PREFABRICATED METAL CORNERS. A72 7 INTERIOR ELEVATION 4. ALL PAINTED WALLS ARE TO HAVE MEDIUM ORANGE PEEL TEXTURE, U.N.O. A-7 SERIES GENERAL NOTES A. CRUMB CATCHERS AT SIDES OF BOOTHS AT WALLS ARE SUPPLIED WITH BOOTHS. 9 w CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL. B. FOR TYPICAL WALL ELEVATION AND CORNER TRIM DETAILS REFER TO 11/A7.1 & 12/A7.1 Brian S . Thomas, C. REFER TO SHEET A4.3 FOR FINISH SCHEDILE Architect 211 East Broad Street Grrenville, SC 29601 A-7 SERIES KEY NOTES T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 I-PT-1 I-PT-1 I � JJ II I II II II I_pT-, I-PT-1 I-PT-1 1 I 1 I 1 �I VI VI I 1. GYPSUM WALLBOARD. I-PT-7 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3. 1 X 2 TRIM 6"AFF. REFER TO DETAIL 1 O/A1.3. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4. 1x4 WOOD TRIM, TYP. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: d 11 11139 5. 1x6 WOOD TRIM. F5 p m 11 w 11 11 w I 1/ 11 w 11 w 11 U 11 U M 1-1 2 ^ 6. lx WOOD TRIM. 0- 1 3 2 12 2 4 3 I 1111 7. BUILT-UP WOOD POST AND DECORATIVE END WALL/CORNER. �� i ,yj) ,{/ fy,, 8. DECORATIVE GLASS DIVIDERS - REFER TO SHEET A4.2 w 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION 2 NOT USED 9. WINDOW- REFER TO SHEET A4.2 a ail"`` 'L{"' 3/8"=1'-0" 3/8"=1'-0" o 10. DOOR- REFER TO SHEET A4.1 5G �5i14 •� S 11. NO FINISH (PANELING, STONE,TRIM) IS REQUIRED BEHIND BOOTHS. �. Y OF iJ 12. FURNITURE- REFER TO SHEET A1.4 7/16/2013 13. TILE BASE - REFER TO SHEET A1.3 14. APPLIED PORTHOLE DECORATIVE WINDOW, OWNER SUPPLIED, INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO DETAIL 5/A7.1. 15. TRANSOM WINDOW. 16. STAINLESS STEEL WALL FINISH, SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 17. DECORATIVE POST, CAP&WROUGHT IRON DIVIDERS. REFER TO SHEET A8.4 18. HORN/STROBE- REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS. 19. DIFFUSER- REFER TO MECHANICAL SHEETS. 20. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE - REFER TO SHEET A2.1 0 U 21. BARICABINET- REFER TO SHEETS A8.2&A8.3 a1 22. STONE VENEER. A OPEN c BEYOND 23. PORTHOLE THRU WINDOW, SUPPLIED BY MILLWORK. REFER TO MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE OF INSERT PIECE. DIMENSION FOR FRAMING GIVEN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 3 1 24. LOW WALL. REFER TO A1.2 FOR LOCATION AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 3 25. DECORATIVE LAMP c 0 26. WOOD CAP AT DOOR JAMB. ra O f°f(V5w1'f .E CL � OPEN wII PTI BEYOND INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE E-14 99 3 ) OPEN I-PT-1 I-PT-1 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC - BM# 1034 "CLAY" EGGSHELL FINISH. 1 I BEYOND oo BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC - BM # 1084 "LAKE SHORE TRAIL' EGGSHELL FINISH. (� j 0 0 0 I-PT-3 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC- BM #056 "MONTANA AGATE" EGGSHELL FINISH Q I-PT-4 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC- BM # 1066"BARELY BEIGE' SATIN FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC- "SIMPLY WHITE" • o p _ - SATIN INTERIOR ON WALLS, FLAT INTERIOR ON CEILINGS, GLOSS IN KITCHEN AND ON >, DOORS AND FRAMES. c 0 4 12 2 3 4 2 3 2 3 PT-6 BENJAMIN MOORE: ECOSPEC- BM # 1028 "SPANISH BROWN" EGGSHELL FINISH 2 vJ I-PT-7 BENJAMIN MOORE: 869 (OXFORD WHITE) INTERIOR SATIN LUN 3 INTERIOR ELEVATION 4 NOT USED a O 3/8"=1 ' 0" 3/8"=1'_0" WT., FIELD TILE: HEWN "GOLDSTONE" 12"X12"AND 3"X12" BULLNOSE. c ip GROUT COLOR TO BE "HARVEST'AS MANUFACTURED BY MAPEI. 0 V�f_2 CORONADO STONE VENEER: SPLIT FIELDSTONE, DAKOTA BROWN, NATURAL GROUT. SEAL STONE AND GROUT WITH FLAT SEALER. MORTAR JOINTS, NOT TO EXCEED 1/2". t V QWT_3 WALL TILE: FIANDRE, COLOR: COPPER RED 12x12, 2x6 BULLNOSE FOR OUTSIDE N CORNERS MAPEI ULTRAFLEX 2 MORTAR, CHARCOAL GRAY GROUT 1/8"JOINTS. TILE IS E AVAILABLE EXCLUSIVELY FROM TRINITY TILE GROUP, BRAD WEATHERLY 866-568-0261. O TILE, MORTAR AND GROUT SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. t H (n BB-1 WAINSCOT: 1/4' MAHOGANY WOOD VENEER (RED OAK VENEER MAY BE USED IF c MAHOGANY IS NOT AVAILABLE)WITH 4"V-GROOVE PATTERN. WAINSCOT AND FINISH TO ca MATCH SAMPLE BOARD, CONTACT DARDEN FOR SAMPLE BOARD. G.C. TO SUBMIT Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m FINISHED PRODUCT SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL OF BOTH THE PANELING AND FINISH PRIOR 0 TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. REVISION INFORMATION CL ST-1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS: RED LOBSTER MANUAL WARM CHESTNUT. G.C.TO SUBMIT FINISHED 2 6-17-2013 O PRODUCT SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL OF BOTH THE PANELING AND FINISH PRIOR TO Q 2 PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. Owner Changes O 1F FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELING BY KEMLITE, WHITE U.N.O. t N m STAINLESS STEEL PANELING FROM TOP OF BASE TO 6" ABOVE CEILING, PROVIDED BY c - _ [E=Cl O 15 15No I-P -1 I-PT-1 / \ PT-1 IyI I' I-PT-1 NO FIN. COOLERSANDFREEZER. INTERIOR FINISHES SHEATHING REQUIRED ON INTERIOR FACE OF WALLS AT BOEN OND 1. H ALL INTERIOR TRIM WHICH IS NOT PAINTED OR ROUGH CEDAR IS TO BE FINISHED MAHOGANY. � - - - - - - - - - - - 2. FIXTURE TRIM RINGS, DIFFUSERS, SPEAKER COVERS, ETC. AND SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH T - - _ - _ - - - ADJACENT CEILING FINISHES, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. n0 0 0 0 3. WHEN FINISHING INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR CORNERS OF GYPSUM BOARD WHERE TRIM WORK IS U TO BE APPLIED, DO NOT INSTALL PREFABRICATED METAL CORNERS. 4. ALL PAINTED WALLS ARE TO HAVE MEDIUM ORANGE PEEL TEXTURE, U.N.O. 4 3 12 2 2 2 3 4 11 3 2 1P Restaurant #: 0457 INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION 5 3/8"=1'-0" 6 3/8"=1'-0" RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION 10330 SOUTHWEST GREENBURG ROAD I-� 1 III OPEN I BOPEN BEYOND WT3 ST-1 BEYOND \ TIGARD, OR OPEN - - - - - - - - - - - BEYOND - - - - - - - - - Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 12 3 2 12 2 3 7 INTERIOR ELEVATION 8 INTERIOR ELEVATION A73 3/8"=1'-0" A8. 1 GENERAL NOTES A. ALL TILE TO BE IN MINIMUM 6"WIDE PIECES WHERE CUTTING IS - a�< ��.'r";��a` �;�.�:• - .k•':`:,:,_: . _..�,. .` REQ. ,L.::: Brian S . Thomas p •,�. B. REFER TO SHEET A4.3 FOR WALL FINISHES. r Architect F' G GC TO COORDINATE DELIVERY OF OWNER SUPPLIED MATERIALS �v _ . ..n y:,:- W/SUPPLIER. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 M D. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULES ON SHEETS A1.3 AND A7.1. T. 864.232.8200 F.864.232.7587 11 o-/ 7 12 o-/ 1 19 10 10 WOMEN 4 4 CP9 LI 9 19 8 - - `/4\r / 6-2 1/2 GYP BOARD CEILING AND #: v 6 Q SUSPENSION SYSTEM. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT REFER TO REFLECTED 11139 12 A8.1 10 . iv ; CEILING PLAN FOR LAYOUT. 19 2x4 BRACE AT 32'O.C. UNCUT EDGE MEN ROUGH OPENING FOR LIGHT 4 v 4 11 20 FIXTURE, REFER TO A2.2 BULWOSE TILE SECTION AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ROUNDED 19 y f' FOR LOCTAIONS CORNERS ' ---- N �� • '' <<`` •-°'`�/>�' >�� � � 2x4 CEILING FRAMING ® 16" O a EQ EQ 2x4 SOFFIT FRAMING O.C. WALL TILE nDIA4 0 TI-IO Ad.I KEY NU I Lb 016°O.C.CONNECT FIRE BLOCKING TYPICAL AT • • TO TRUSS ABOVE ALL CEILING LINES N 1. WALL TILE (FOUR TILES HIGH, DO NOT CUT) 12. SOAP DISPENSER- BOBRICK B-8226 SUPPLIED AND SECTION PLAN 5714 o INSTALLED BY GC. GC TO PROVIDE TWO SPARES GYP. BD. REFER TO 2'1 2 X 4 STUD WALL 1 SG 4C) 4 1a 19 ,9 2. COVE BASE TILE (MOUNTED IN VANITY) ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH OS CORNER DETAIL, TYPICAL OF O� JJ 5'-0'HOLD 3. BULLNOSE TRIM CAP TILE 13. FEMININE NAPKIN DISPOSAL UNIT. 1" = 1'-O" 7/16!2013 KOHLER 2210 UNDERMOUNT SINK, COLOR BISCUIT,AND 4. BULLNOSE TILE LOCATED ON THIS SIDE OF OUTSIDE 14. PROVIDE PRE-FORMED PLASTIC PIPE INSULATION. ATTACHMENT KIT SUPPLIED INTERIOR SIGNAGE SPECIFICATIONS: p CIj CORNER- REFER TO DETAIL 4/A8.1{) AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 8' A8. 9 9 15. 18"GRAB BAR, PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AT WALL 19 1 6 Z-1- 5. PAINTED GYPSUM WALL BOARD,ORANGE PEEL FINISH. TYP. FOR MOUNTING &ADEQUATE SUPPORT TO MEET GRANITE VANITY TOP, 1. UPPER CASE CHARACTERS, HELVETICA 6. PICTOGRAM AREA A MINIMUM OF 6' FURNISHED BY { 7 CODE REQ. COP •-f`� r` U) 6. KOALA KARE PRODUCTS BABY CHANGING STATION- N CONTINENTAL GRANITE, 2. CHARACTERS RAISED 1/32' 7. COLOR CONTRAST BETWEEN 7 HORIZONTAL KB200-00 CREAM. MOUNT 53' A.F.F.TO 16. DECORATIVE MIRROR SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY GENERAL CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND a:^ ?' 13 13 TOP OF UNIT IN THE CLOSED POSITION. INSTALLED BY G.C. CONTRACTOR PL-5 3. GRADE 2 BRAILLE 2 Q 8. MOUNT ON WALL ADJACENT TO LATCH 7. 36'GRAB BAR, PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AT WALL 17. 6' DIAMETER OPENING IN VANITY TOP. o ' 2 x 4 WOOD BLOCKING AT 4. CHARACTERS AT LEAST 3/8' IN HEIGHT BUT SIDE OF DOOR '.� t a TYP. FOR MOUNTING AND ADEQUATE SUPPORT TO m NO HIGHER THAN 2' a PERIMETER OF 11 8 9 MEET CODE REQ. 18. SOLID PHENOLIC PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS COUNTERTOP PAINT TO 9. MOUNT 60' FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO °. °° MATCH COUNTER 5. EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTIONS PLACED CENTER OF SIGN 8. 42' GRAB BAR, PROVIDE WD. BLOCK AT WALL TYP. FOR 19. SOLID PHENOLIC PLASTIC PARTITION DOORS. BELOW EACH PICTOGRAM MOUNTING AND ADEQUATE SUPPORT TO MEET CODE 2 x 6 WOOD BLOCKING IN O REQ. 20. RECESSED TRASH CAN BY BOBRICK, MODEL B-43644. WALL FOR 9 ANCHORAGE-ON SIDE U REFER TO DETAIL 1a/AB., FOR ROUGH OPENING WALL ALSO BROWN O O BROWN 013 9. SURFACE MOUNTED DOUBLE ROLL TOILET TISSUE FRAMING DIMENSIONS. DISPENSER BY BOBRICK B-2740 SATIN FINISH 0 21. DECORATIVE GLASS•REFER TO SHEET A4.2 WRAP WATER AND DRAIN ¢ 10. H.C. SIGN- REFER TO DETAIL 3/A8.1 PLPES ASTIC CITH PIPE RE -FORMED WHITE 8'X8' WHITE r, 22. VANITY-REFER TO DETAIL 2/ NSULATIONA8.1 11. RECESSED PAPER TOWEL HOLDER. BOBRICK B-29744 TILE FINISH OVER 5/8' ICA a) RECESSED PAPER TOWEL HOLDER WITH AC POWER WATER RESISTANT GYP. ADAPTER(BOBRICK PART#3974-57) . REFER TO BOARDBULMOVALENT '3 DETAILS 13/A8.1 AND 14/A8.1. C ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN . SECTION THRU WOMEN'S VANITY (MEN'S SIMILAR) H.C. SIGNAGE 0 1"=1'-0" 3 NOT TO SCALE CL b 3 o ST-1 PT-4 TYP. O s Q 0 u Q, T o O WT-1 Typ. 0 11 4 ICU aJ ♦ 18 16 � 7 C 8 pip 1Z J H (u 9 m y..i ... m iE \ I J 14 J U LL v 14 TYP. i 2 vi CID E -f s H 5 INTERIOR ELEVATION ti INTERIOR ELEVATION 7 INTERIOR ELEVATION 8 INTERIOR ELEVATION � 1/2"=V-0" 1/2"=1'-0" 1/1 1/2"=1'-0" Issue Date: 3-23-2012 ML W W p sT-1 REVISION INFORMATION 1-TT-4 TYP. o O Os O 1a 2 6-17-2013 CL O Owner Changes w a `° 1s 0 '3 o is 16 �-1 a 1:1T 0 I 7 N 8 � 9 O g O O H tm 0 x .0 1 14 J 9\CC- 13 o LL U � 2 O 2 2 CB-5 TYP' CB-5 TYP. CB 5 TYP. 9 INTERIOR ELEVATION 10 INTERIOR ELEVATION 11 INTERIOR ELEVATION 12 INTERIOR ELEVATION Restaurant#: 0457 1/2"=V-0" 1/2--=V-0" 1/2"=1'-0" 1/2"=V-0" 2 X BLOCKING NOTE: PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER gULLIII O ETILE. REFER TO RED LOBSTER 457 `"� , REQUIRES ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. " -:: HOLES FOR FAUCET. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ? RENOVATION FAUCET SPECIFICATIONS. HOLE SIZE, LOCATION AND LINE OF 2'TALL GRANITE SPLASH 1'-4' R.O. `' QUANTITIES TO BE PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FAUCET MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION. LINE OF UNDERCOUNTER PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER q'_1 TRASH RECEPTACLE MOUNTED BOWL BELOW r -- - - -- - -� AREA OF GRANITE COUNTERTOP TO BE WALL FRAMING 10330 REMOVED. VERIFY WITH PLUMBING SOAP DISPENSER 1 1/4'0 , SOUTHWEST DRAWINGS FOR MODEL NUMBER OF HOLE REQUIRED I I LAVATORY FOR EXACT SIZE OF HOLE 6"0 HOLE FOR WASTE 6" ( I C7 39'TO 41' i Z a GREENBURG ROAD :ti.'u':r;:- _:. ._ �:.- ;+;;Y-c�:'.•. `�: e:.-: _�.. •aYi - ¢ 13 GD a. - I VI 7/8'R.Q. e . �- ^:tom /SJ. •Y l'°iA:�.M1�dil.-.:i. �Cv�`.'r•�-_l,..J;TI• •:R� `:;'.. :5: y •'.r ..'. \ tr T-.` S am I - 4I-(r1it N MAXit ,7•MIN. I TIGARD ORo it M rn 00 it it y+, ' ` "'" '' I I 1/2" PVC CONDUIT IN Z O rQn I N - .... - - it ;r.>-:•• �::. :: L - -J I I WALL FOR . a o � a O w I I Drawing t` .1e:1•;:;.; r :.• ;`.':'/ ;: :, J, ELECTRICAL CORD ID rJ a U ¢ Z O \ m ¢ M a- i i I I TILE FINISH. REFER TO TO PLUG. O OIr 0 it LL ' :' <•;. '.ti c-:<;..• S ; " " r INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. o: a Z Q W g \ ¢ nl i LL ENLARGED 7 .:Y • 1r. . A:x:v: - e: ♦ S^, _}, it n... OI W Q .....:...a;.>: F Z W N N LL Q i m •ss: � m n U it 2 0 0 d 6 1/2' 81/2' 81/2' 41/2 3 3' 41/2' 81/2' 81/2" 61/2' 14 ' ' - `� _ ; ___. WRESTROOM . ._..... I KNEEL DE AND ELEVATIONS 1'-3' 1' 4° 1'-4' 1'-3' 18' 3'-0'MAX. 8'MIN. it it i 1 0.1 1 ! I it it DUPLEX RECEPTACLES FOR �;;;; I ; i 5'-2° PAPER TOWEL " 1/2" PVC CONDUIT IN TOE CLEARANCE : i It it it it :;::.:. WALL FOR ELECTRICAL H.C.WATER CLOSET H.C. URINAL WATER CLOSET VANITY 6" MAX. DEPTHit CORD TO PLUG. GRANITE COUNTER DETAIL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER ELEVATION PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER SECTION TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS RECESSED TRASH CAN R.O. DETAIL A8el 17 1 ,=1' O.. 13 1 1/2"=1 ' O" 14 1 1/2"=1' 0" 16 1/2"=1' 0" 18 3/4"=V-0" 2 A8.3 Brian S . Thomas, 1 Jill [ Architect O O OO OO I 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 7777717-77 1 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 T 1 11 \� I I I 9 A8.3 --� OUTLINE OF RECESSED WNLIGHTS IN ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: r BAR CABINET � REFER T O 3/A8.3 CEILING,TY 11 39 BY MILLWORK AB.P ® ® OO BLACK LAMINATE B BAR EQUIPMENT p 4 I ' I A8.2/! l III° I ; 5 t l'.v ,11iC^�r ° ili ilii 4 ® A8. `10 1> A8.3 �Vn1 E 01i BRIT aTHQIO ❑ ° ❑ ❑ I1I511} �� or 7/16/2013 RE ESSED IGHTS AT BOTTOM SURFACE MC UNTIED IGHTS INC INET BY TRIP CO TRACT RY MI LWORK E ?7,8 A8.3 loJ loJ t A8.2 A8.3 A8.3 c rl� ENLARGED BAR PLAN CID I 1/2"=l'-O" �� 2 ENLARGED BAR CEILING PLAN _C 1/2„=1,_D„ _V (n ---i I!-- 'I a) AGED BRASS WIRE SCREEN DISPLAY AND (2) 3/8”AGED BRASS RAILS. WIRE MESH TO BE 16 GAUGE WITH SQUARE 1" OPENINGS. ROTATE MESH TO BE AT 45°. co C N � C � L � _ lot-- CL c I 1x4 WOOD TRIM IL V � 2'-51lGy `\ 3 \ _ 1x4 WOOD TRIM o ip ti v a I I C .9 LOCATION OF 1/2'0 a ) I J O p L ALLTHREAD.TYP. m I r± O i SOFFIT PLAN \� I ; ; 1x4 WOOD TRIM C: c� a 1x4 WOOD TRIMcc -111 r C a PURSE HOOK rn PANELING - — 1x2 WOOD TRIM I n Lla6 1/8 S-8 3/8' 3'-8 3/8' T-8 3/8' 1'-5 1/8" ? 1x4 WOOD TRIM I I I 2'-4 3/4• BASE REMOVABLE MESH PANEL LOCATION 8F 1/2'0 ,'_2= L V-2^ ... Q IH 4'CLEAR AREA FOR BOTTLES ALLTHREAD.TYR CABINET PLAN \\ 2'-4' tq m O LED LIGHTS 'Goo 1x2 WOOD TRIM PURSE HOOK 1 x4 WOOD TRIM PANELING ~ N BASE C cc IL m SIDE BAR ELEVATION FRONT BAR ELEVATION Issue Date: 3-23-2012 0 3-5 3/8' 3'.5318" 3-5 3/8' 3-5 3/8' 3'4' REMOVABLE PANEL 4 ,/z"=,'-o" 5 1/2"=1'-0" > qI REVISION INFORMATION (D 3 3 3 18'-7 5/8" 3' 3 3 0 a 1� BOTTOM PANEL L rn N C C13 L 0 N N L V-9 1/8" 1'-2" 2'-0• T-2' 2'-9' 5' 3'-2' V-2' 11-0 1/2' f— s 2'-11 1/8" T-11' T-91/2' rn >, 18'-7 5/8" CL 0 U 3 UPPER BAR CABINET PLAN 13'-8' 7- 2'-6" 4' 3'-3' 4' 3-3• 4' 2'-6" 7" WOOD CROWN MILLWORK CABINET BOTTLE DISPLAY. [Restaurant#: 0457 STONE VENEER , RED LOBSTER 457 re n _ I =1 I = i _= I ' i RENOVATION 1• / if jit lj } A ! i !� �y{'i��l�\} �I i 3 _ _ � I ii �! i± i3 Ix : [ E i 3 i E N 10330 FLAT SCREEN TV BY OWNER. c NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY SOUTHWEST �OELECTRICAL OUTLET BY MILLWORK G R E E N B U RG ROAD OPEN TO BEYOND MANUFACTURER 1 w DECORATIVE GLASS BY \t, r • f :' it it ' 1 THE RUDY ART STUDIO- li I i _ !' POS PROVIDED BYMILLWPRK TIGARD OR s it I iit tQ CONTRACTOR PRODUCT 1 tj #0501 17-843 3345 =i r WINE RACK WITH BOTTLE Drawing DIVIDERS ___— BLACK FRP ENLARGED _ — _____= 3'-5"A.F.F BAR PLANS A N D 3'-0 1/2" 6'-7" 3'-6 ,/2• ELEVATIONS LIGHTED LIQUOR 1 1/2" THICK BLACK LAMINATE TOP BY MILLWORK. DISPLAY REFER TO TILE BASE SEAMS SHALL ALIGN WITH EQUIPMENT EDGES BELOW. 31A8.3 A8e2 6 BACK BAR ELEVATION 7 BACK BAR CABINET DETAIL 1/2"=l'-O" 3/4"-1'-0" ALL INTERIOR SURFACES PL-2 1/8. OPAQUE PLEXIGLASS 3/4' PLYWOOD CONSTRUCTION (TYP) c FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE BY G.C. OPEN Brian S . Thomas , 7`1' Architect 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 4 _ T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE. PLAN LIGHT FIXTURE. REFER TO i ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 2'-3' " 5/8'SUSPENDED GWB i ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: ii 1'-8' ii CEILING SUSPENDED LW— FROM STRUCTURE. i c 11139 11MILLWORK ii a T 2 x 4 FRAMEWORK ii PANELING ON ii LL FRONT ELEVATION FOR SUSPENDED 4 Fn ii SOFFIT FRAMING c� Y 9'-60 AFF SOFFIT BY GC ii ii O PROTOTYPICAL CEILING IN BAR n n WOOD CROWN ti= SOFFIT WITHIN FIRST O LIGHTED LIQUOR DISPLAY WOOD CROWN BAR SOFFIT MILLWORK SHIPMENT 8'-9'AFF LED STRIP 3 BRL ."S 5.'I FIS) A 3/4"=1'-0" o WOOD TRIM ii 1 1 ii BOTTLE DISPLAY 2'-2 3/4' SC I SLIDE UP I 5i14 ' LED STRIP AGED BRASS WIRE SCREEN ii i� 1/2"THREADED HANGING RODS i PUCK LIGHT 1'-3 1/8' 11518, DISPLAY AND (2)3/8"AGED i WITH UNISTRUT HANGERS, Or BRASS RAILS. WIRE MESH SUPPLIED BY MILLWORK TO BE 16 GAUGE W/SQUARE INSTALLED BY GC. >_ FLAT SCREEN TV. 1' 2'-1 3/4' 7/16/2013 1'OPENINGS. ROTATE MESH ii ii m INSTALL FLUSH WITH TO BE AT 450. 1/2' WOOD TRIM w MILLWORK 11 1/2 7 7/8' 7 3/4" PLYWOOD 3 Z ELECTRICAL J-BOX • i — BY MILLWORK 1 x 4 WOOD TRIM i i tx WOOD TRIM cc ii BAR CABINET ii O PANELING BAR LIQUIOR CABINET WITH i° 3 I 3'-4' _ SECOND MILLWORK SHIPMENT T-0'AFF TOP OF PLATE - - - - - - 1 � 93/4' SLIDE UP I m BREAK METAL ADHERED TO UNDERSIDE OF BAR 1/2" 0ALL-THREAD WITH w DECORATIVE GLASS TOP. COLOR TO BE BLACK. FORM TO WRAP END 3x3x1/4"STL. PLATE z BY MILLWORK 1x2 TRIM OF BAR AS SHOWN. BAR BOTTOM a 3 cm TAN/BROWN GRANITE BAR TOP 3/4"VENEER PLYWOOD PANEL PANEL U WINE RACK WITH ANGLE SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED SEAL ALL SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS c0 INSTALLED AFTER CABINET BAR BOTTLE DIVIDERS BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION FROM INTERIOR M OF CABINET TO HIDE HARDWARE 1 MI THICK BLACK LAMINATE TOP C 3/4' PLY PANELING RECESSED LIGHT, SEE ELECTRICAL / MILLWORK. SEAMS SHALL LIQUOR TIERS. REFER TO 1x4 WOOD TRIM DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. / ALIGN WITH EQUIPMENT DETAIL 3/A8.3 c EDGES BELOW. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED 1 1/2"THICK BLACK LAMINATE CONTINUOUS 1x N WITH INTEGRAL BLACK TOP BY MILLWORK. SEAMS REMOVABLE PANEL. PANELING OVER LAMINATE TOP SHALL ALIGN WITH EQUIPMENT 1/2"WATER RESISTANT PLYWOOD. EDGES BELOW. 3 N / ✓J c ` _ _ _ / ? .............. N _......... BAR TOP SECTION AT RETURN Y��`-1�/✓� 0 ----------------- y $/8" PLYWOOD TYPICAL ON i 4 3"=1'-O" 7 2 x 4 WOOD FRAMING BACK BAR WALL A8.3 TURNED 90°AT 16"O.C. ~ c3 eG? 0- w BLACK FRP PANELING ON F o c 2 x 8 WOOD FRAMING g dAR WALL BEHIND w i CL I EOUIPMENT a ` v � 0 8 BAR EQUIPMENT zn M 2X6 WOOD STUDS b w °O Lc+1 A8.3 OUTLINE M x I t'' m 3 / QUARRY TILE ON FULL ¢ 11 U I j BED OF THIN SET MASTIC m ¢ I � i I 3 1/2'TALL m ; 0 I I CONC. CURB. ; 3 1/2' TALL V i o N I 3 CONC. CURB. N o Cl) L a. c ? REMANUFACTURED GLASS RACK. m PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED � c _ _ IL BY G.C. (Q e° ♦ D D 0 c b r e. � e ° D� ep D e • e ° p D a De D. a eDo e C ♦ Dp a Do e D . De. o e eD De De oD ° D pe ° ♦ D e pe s. D w • 's a s' ♦0 e • e e ° e ° ° er , e. s♦ ° � s. , e p e s' • e 0 a� SERVICE BAR CABINET ELEVATION 3 1 BAR SECTION (DfBAR SECTION 3/4 =1 0 5 C3 „=1' 0" „ a c 2' 8' 7 5/8' 3 cm TAN/BROWN GRANITE BAR TOP U 4 1/8" 3 1/2' Q L Q 1„ 41/8'6 5/8 3 1/2• 1• CHAIR RAIL BEYOND ui m E 0 L 2'-1 3/4" m 1'_31/8" Issue Date: 3-23-2012 0 1' 2'-0 3/4' RAIL DEPTH 1x2 TRIM C 11 1/2' 77/a' 63/8' (2) LAYERS 1/2' PLYWOOD, 1x4 WOODTRIM REVISION INFORMATION Q 1' CONTINUOUS 1x4 0 LAP JOINTS 30' MI 0 3/4" PLYWOOD GRANITE END TO MATCH TOP 2X4 WOOD FRAMING 16" O.C. SEAL ALL SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS w 1'-10 1/4• m REFER TO STRUCTURAL m DRAWINGS FOR ATTACHMENT TOP OF TO STRUCTURE. 9 3/4' 3 3'-2 1/2" N TOP OF J-BOX/BOTTOM OF PLATE p 1 x2 TRIM N v1 3 cm TAN/BROWN GRANITE BAR \1 — L A N ______ � TOP WITH SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL , _ BREAK METAL ADHERED TO i CONTRACTOR UNDERSIDE OF BAR TOP. COLOR i — — — — — L 2' 4 1/2' TO BE BLACK. FORM TO WRAP m 2 x BLOCKING FOR CLEARANCE 1 x 4 WOOD TRIM — — — — — — — — — — — — — J >. FROM CABIET EDGE TO CEILING END OF BAR AS SHOWN. Q CONTINUOUS 1 x 4 ATTACHED TO BLACK PLASTIC LAMINATE 0 �� 1 1/2•X 1 1/2'X 1/8" STEEL ANGLE U MODULAR BAR 2X4 FRAMEWORK FOR PAINTED BLACK AND INSTALLED 6' IN SUSPENDED SOFFIT BY GC SEAL ALL SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS 3/8' LAG SCREW W/WASHER FOR �� REMOVABLE PANEL. PANELING OVER ATTACHMENT OF 2x6 BLOCKING TO BAR I� FROM EDGE AT BOTH SIDES OF 1/26 WATER RESISTANT PLYWOOD. HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED J-BOX DIE WALL FRAMING,TYP. ACCESSIBLE TOP. 9'-6'AFF FOR UNDER BAR LIGHT STRIPS AND FR TYPICAL CEILING IN BAR FS-3.3 I 10 CONTINUOUS 1x4 SOFFIT WITHIN FIRST MILLWORK SHIPMENT 8'-6"AFF ® �� BAR SECTION �I REMOVABLE PANEL. PANELING OVER Restaurant#: 0457 1X10 WOOD TRI 7 3„=1' O” 1/4"THROUGH BOLT W/WASHER FOR II 1/2"WATER RESISTANT PLYWOOD. ATTACHMENT OF STEEL ANGLE TO 2x6 2'-7 1/2° BLOCKING,TYP. I 2x6 BLOCKING FOR STEEL ANGLE 1/2"THREADED HANGING RODS I RED LOBSTER 457 1 2X4 WOOD FRAMING RENOVATION SLIDE UP WITH UNISTRUT HANGERS, SUPPLIED BY MILLWORK �� TURNED 900 AT 16" O.C. INSTALLED BY GC. PANELING PACKAGE BY zo HOLES IN SIDE OF CABINET FOR MILLWORK INSTALLED BY GC. i ® 11 ® N CABINET DOOR ELECTRICAL I ® 10330 BLACK PLASTIC LAMINATE N SOUTHWEST OVER 5/8'TREATED PLYWOOD. ® 2X6 WOOD FRAMING G RE E N B U RG ROAD BLACK PLASTIC LAMINATE OVER 5/8' \� \� BAR UQUIOR CABINET WITH SECOND PANELING OVER P.T. 1 x 6 CONCRETE BASE FOR BAR TREATED PLYWOOD. 0 11 BLOCK LOCK TYPICAL MILLWORK SHIPMENT BLOCKING, STAIN BOTH SIDES IN EACH T-0'AFF DIE WALL AND FOOT REST 1x4 WOOD TRIM i DOOR — — — — — — — — — — CONCRETE BASE FOR BAR DIE WALL 1x2 TRIM BEYOND SLIDE UP 1I 11I SEALANT i TILE COVE BASE T I GAR D, OR 1/2"0 ALL-THREAD WITH I I 3/4"VENEER WOOD PANEL INSTALLED AFTER WATERPROOFING ON 5/8" CABINET INSTALLATION FROM INTERIOR OF SEALANT 3x3x1/4"STL. PLATE DENSGLASS SHEATHING TO CABINET TO HIDE HARDWARE p i p Drawing D 8'A.F.F. i C g 0 GLASS RACK BY OWNER ------ l ENLARGED RECESSED LIGHT, SEE ~ J ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR D p p SECTIONS ADDITIONAL INFO. a0 p QUARRY TILE ON FULL BED p p D OF THIN SET MASTIC i i i D p D D A8 . 3 6 SERVICE BAR CABINET SECTION $ BAR SECTION 9 ACCESSIBLE BAR SECTION 1"=1 '-0" 3„=1'-0" 3 = - 2x6WOOD STUDS INTERIOR 2,�wOODSTUDS 2x6 WOOD STUDS Brian S. Thomas, Architect EXTERIOR 2x10 WOOD STUDS 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 INTERIOR FYPON 1"x16"TRIM ON 01T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 O 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PANELING OVER OSB BATT INSULATION PLYWOOD SHEATHING. PLYWOOD SHEATHING BELOW, GYPSUM BOARD ABOVE VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXT. EXTERIOR EXTERIOR BATT INSULATION GRADE PLYWOOD INTERIOR SHEATHING 4" HARDIETRIM STONE VENEER BELOW SEALANT TYPICAL HARDIEPLANK LAP SIDING SEALANT TYPICAL HARDIEPLANK LAP SIDING 4' HARDIETRIM ABOVE ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: ABOVE NES, SEE FOOD VAPOR BARRIER OVER EXT. SEALANT TYPICAL SERVICE AND H&C WATER IP-SHEETS OR MORE 11138 VAPOR BARRIER OVER f-I EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD STONE VENEER BELOW GRADE PLYWOOD BATT INSULATION INFORMATION SHEATHING SHEATHING HARDIEPLANK LAP HARDIE SHINGLE SIDING ABOVE STONE SIDING 6' PVC SODA LINE, REFER TO FOOD SERVICE AND P-SHEETS FOR MORE VENEER INFORMATION C��S��T.I) •t[�C f!t'^ 91/4" w C 13Ri:1 5.11ItJ HOLD o e ..SC 5714 ENLARGED WALL DETAIL ENLARGED WALL DETAIL NOT USED ENLARGED WALL DETAIL rZ 1y 411 �� (.. 0 1 1/2"=r-0° 3 11/2' 1' a' 4 1 1/2"=V-0" 7/16/2013 ENLARGED WALL DETAIL J 1 1/2"=V-0" FULL HEIGHT STAINLESS STEEL WALL CAPS AND CORNER GUARDS ARE 9'-6" LONG 5/8" SQUARE WROUGHT IRON AND RUN FROM FLOOR TO 12'ABOVE CEILING. WALL AND BASE FINISHES BUTT PANEL ANCHORED INTO AGAINST. PROVIDED BY RED LOBSTER INSTALLED BY G.C. WOOD POST ® VERTICAL W/ 71/20 MIN.2 ANCHORS c 51/2' O .k211 1• � U ma "J' MOLD BY G.C. " N m FRP BY G.C. 1" FLORESTONE N MODEL# c 5/8'GYP. BY G.C. TTA MOP HANGER rn WOOD SILL WITH 3 CLAMPS I 13'WHEEL RIM o o 3 ANCHOR BOLTED o o C: ; , it N TO REEL i i 515 TO-30 Q. RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER Q 6 KITCHEN END WALL DETAIL KITCHEN END WALL DETAIL $ KITCHEN END WALL DETAIL 9 WROUGHT IRON SECTION FAUCET AND HOSE, z��5" M c���'cs CMMIUFACTIUOREDBYLARsoN's 1 1/2"-V-0" 1 1/2'1 1 1/2 =1'-0" 1 1/2"=1'-0" G c REFER TO .(O MFG. CO. PLUMBING 19 3 g w DECORATIVE POST FINISH - PROVIDED BY U (� AGED BRONZE > 0O A8.4 MILLWORK. ATTACH TO WALL CAP POST CAP Q STAINLESS 00 W STEEL \J 3 5/8'SQUARE WROUGHT IRON TUBES o FLASHING i 20 GA S/S 0 p (30 Q 2 . 2 a Q • A10.1 LL < O w � 3 o ----- , T I I c II II o __ _ __ MOP SINK it N 4.OUTSIDE DIAMETER 60 N I� C13 18 GA S/S CAP 18 GA S/S CONSTRUCTION i VARIES REFER TO A1.1 FOR LENGTH I I OVER CONC. CURB p U N &TILE BASE a, j I i i • WROUGHT IRON PANEL TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITH SUPPORT WALL v LENGTHS OVER 4'LONG. Q oci di • WOOD POST AND WROUGHT IRON DIVIDERS MANUFACTURED BY NAUTICAL m FURNISHINGS. OWNER PROVIDED, GC INSTALLED E 2 X 6 FULL HEIGHT STUD SECTION 0 WALL WROUGHT IRON SECTION1�1UTILITY SINK DETAIL12 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET (n MORTAR JOINTS, NOT TO 1 1/2"=1'-0" 1 1/2"=1'-0" 3/4"= 1'-0" c EXCEED 1/2" CU m 25 GA GALV WIRE LATH Issue Date: 3-23-2012 AND WI MIN MORTAR 0 SCRATCH COAT REVISION INFORMATION N 5/8" CDX PLYWOOD TYPICAL 0' 0 AT STONE VENEER FINISH CL r 1 X 4 WOOD TRIM TO ACCEPT STONE N 2 X 4 FURRING FOR f0 STONE LEDGE BLOCKING FOR TABLE BASE. WOOD CAP WITH 1/2" RADIUS TOP EDGES BY WAINSCOT PANELING MILLWORK p` 3/8' COX PLYWOOD 1'-4" 1'-10' N TYP R.O. L F- CARPETBASE L PORTHOLE. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONSi i n 1x4 WOOD TRIM BY MIL WORK it 0 it it iit itit itUit it it I it DO i i NOT INSTALL CHAIR RAIL TRIM BEHIND BOOTHS RECESSED CLEANING STATION. : WAINSCOT PANELING FRP OVER PLYWOOD SHEATH i1 . I I WALL SECTION AT DINING A OVER STAGGERED STUDWALL. I Restaurant#: 0457 14 1 v2"=r-o" O O O O O O O O 3/8"OSB BACKER ; RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION I II it I I I zi it it 2x WOOD BLOCKING Iit I I 10330 LL it SOUTHWEST it 9 LL II I 6'-2' (V O U.N.O. a I I GREENBURG ROAD 2 6" I I I I II I II it m I i i i N I Ci I C � i TIGARD, OR W Cl) t Iit it m II II ii io LL 2x WOOD BASE PLATE I I I Drawing o I ii g fV CARPET BASE ON BOOTH BASE AND AT WALL O UNDER TABLE. CARPET BASE NOT REQUIRED ARCHITECTURAL BEHIND BOOTHS. TO BE INSTALLED AFTER CARPET BASE i I i I i FURNITURE PACKAGE IS INSTALLED. I I I I I I e DETAILS • . ♦ .. . e D D D G D e e - C. D d`D D DO p BASE D„ D n n D D D De D e D .I> ! o 0 0 D n D Dn D D PREINSTALLED BYBOOTH MANUFACTURER TYPICAL BOOTH LAYOUT (U.N.O.) WALL SECTION AT DINING B @ BOOTH RECESSED CLEANING CABINET DETAIL 1 3/4"=1,_D,� 16 , ,/2„=1�_0�, 17 3/4"=1'_D„ A894 C °E"UN° UP SIDIIK METALS , W,C Brian S. Thomas �%S dCOL R TO MAfC"b Architect 0 0 CONT. 2x6 LEDGER OVER 1x10.ARCH GRADE FINISHED LUMBER -' 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 5/4" BLOCKING ' N 1x4 HARDIETRIM TRIM. PAINTED E-PT-2 SIMULATED SLATE ROOF OVER 30#ROOFING FELT ON 1/2' PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING INSTALL HARDIEPANEL ON INTERIOR 0 0 FACE OF AWNING. PAINT E_PT_2 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: LOCATION OF FLY CATCHER 11139 9 3/8" OUTLET METAL EDGE MANUFACTL ELEVATION Co BLOCKING BEHIND AS REQUIF MEBRANE M FLAT FRAMED 2x4 WOOD TRUSSES VERIFY WALL TYPE FOR EACF WITH DECORATIVE 4x6 BRACING. LOCATION, SEE SHEET A1.2 ALL EXPOSED FRAMING LUMBER L — J � ` t 2 x 10 TOP PLATE TO BE ARCHITECTURAL GRADE SEALANT ------- �� ff• -----....,,, –�" EXTERIOR FINISHED LUMBER. 2 x 6 TOP PLATE _...__. REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS k3Rl. AJ �1H(. STAINLESS STEEL HOSE SY 2x4 BLOCKING INSTALL PER MANUFACT WRAP RECESS WITH 5/8' GWE 5714 y 5/4x4 PTB CONTINUOUS BETWEEN O RECOMMENDATIONS, SL 31/2' AND COVER ENTIRE AREA WI- RUN MEMBRANE [C BY OWNER INSTALLED B FRP. ROUGH OPENING IS V-9 '� X71' �v N TRUSSES.TYPICAL AT OF tt ROOFING UP PARAPET N WALL AND UNDER EAVE, MIDPOINT AND v W x 1'-6"H. (FLY TRAP IS 19" w 7/16!2013 BRACKETS AS SHOWN b `� 1/2" h x 2 1/2"d) VERIFY LOCA' METAL CAP FOR RECESSED RECEPTACLE N - �L 2 x 6 BLOCKING ABOVE P OUTLET WITH MANUFACTURE 5/4x6 HAR G.C.TO PROVIDE BRACING ATBELOW SLEEVE.�^ LL 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE 2'-8 5/4x8 HAR " MAX SPACING SEE LL PLYWOOD SHEATHING STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR Q REFER TO STRUCTURAL ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ^�N o DRAWINGS 5/4x10 PT 7• h ih 8�8+ ANGLE FRAME AROUND 1n PORT PROVIDES CLEAN JOINT FOR EXTERIOR FII * PAINT TO MATCH ADJACI METAL FLASHING WITH FINISH DRIP EDGE CONTINUOUS 2x6 BETWEEN TRIM BOAFTRUSSES.ARCH GRADE 1X4 HARDIETRIM EAVE AND FINISHED LUMBER REFER TO AWNING DIUWtFRIM. PAINT E-PT-2 HOSE PORT DETAIL FLY TRAP BOX DETAIL c ELEVATIOF 2 1 1/2"-1 0" 3 4 o �'F• 1 1/2"=V-0" 1 1/2"=V-131" CU f REFER TO rn ; STRUCTUF 7L N 'a' PARAPETE O y` REQUIREM 0 ;:' `� TRIM BOAF .3 1` T� REFER TO 1 TYPICAL TOP OF WALL DETAILCn E 3"=1'-0" p�n� a� �I-1�C )�� 2 — - - - �(D 119 I0 3 / 1 RUN MEMBRANE ROOFING UP PARAPET WALL AND UNDER 0 L I METAL CAP I SINGLE PLY ROOF 3 As 1 As 1 MEMBRANE OVER (no SIM. I RIGID INSULATION. �I v I NEW ROOF DECKING OVER GAP LEFT N MECHANICALLY FASTENED MEMBRANE MASTERFLOW SSB960A ROOF TAPER 1/4" PER V-0" BY REMOVAL OF EXISTING SKYLITE. o I ROOFING SYSTEM OVER RIGID MIN. FOR POSITIVE LOUVER(WHITE). INSTALL PER I REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS O d 0- INSULATION OVER PLYWOOD SHEATHING. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. DRAINAGE TO ROOF O REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS w REFER TO ROOF PLAN FOR I 4X4 BLOCKING AT EDGE. � a mm u F o \ LOCATIONS. SECURE TO ROOF DECK. _ > c s u f (6 ♦ ea.. ,,,,,,,,;,,,,,,,,_ 33, 3 ,,i ,., .. .• '.F' F \ \ \. s..wa 1.,4<v;,,,:�•;••,,., 'ess \ 3$ '. .£ u i � � �' a p .r f.,,X \ mss. i ..1.: C ,;n � ,;•.,,.^ --.. ;�ass e � \ � r r \ 1�� \� _ > \� CONTINUE ROOF MEMBRANE UP AND o ., ., ... ., �..\.x.�.^s...i .,. a. ,.y ,. PARAPET BRACING. REFER TO ` \ \ �' �\ OVER STEP IN ROOF. STRUCTURAL DRAWING LAP SIDING OVER AIR N / M ! C TO CONFIRM CONTINUOUS BARRIER. REFER TO 1'. MINIMUM R-19 INSULATION EXISTS EXISTING CONSTRUCTION EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. WITHIN WALL CAVITY. INFILL ANY m I 1 CONTINUE ROOF MEMBRANE �� �:• VOIDS AND REPLACE ANY PQ UP AND OVER TOP OF WALL. A91 SINGLE PLY ROOF 1 x 4 WOOD TRIM TYPICAL r DAMAGED AREAS OF INSULATION t I I SIM, MEMBRANE OVER `` SINGLE PLY ROOF NEW 2X6 PARAPET TO ACHEIVE MINIMUM R-19 VALUE HARDIEPLANK LAPSIDING OVER RIGID INSULATION. MEMBRANE OVER WALL ON TOP OF ROOF FOR ENTIRE WALL ASSEMBLY. Q AIR BARRIER, SHEATHING, I REFER TO TAPER 1/4' PER 1'-0" RIGID INSULATION. DECK. REFER TO uj REFER TO STRUCTURAL,TYP. I MIN. FOR POSITIVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TAPER 1/4" PER 1'-0" STRUCTURAL STRUCTURAL FOR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION co I SOFFIT FRAMING DRAINAGE TO ROOF MIN. FOR POSITIVE DRAWINGS. AND BRACING DRAINAGE TO ROOF SINGLE PLY ROOF o I DRAINS/SCUPPERS RIGID INSULATION. DRAINS/SCUPPERS DETAILS. MEMBRANE OVER a zl ` ' � -� \� \ BATT INSULATION. TAPER 1/4" PER V-0" MIN. FOR POSITIVE CU ij : DRAINAGE TO ROOF Issue Date: 3-23-2012 DRAINS/SCUPPERS REVISION INFORMATION A9-1 N I NEW ROOF FRAMING " - = ,��"�:.�i , <' I �� \ _ \ \ 2 6-17-2013 REFEO TO STRUCTURAL CL ( DRAVINGS, i ... \` "" Owner Changes r""""".3""_ w I 2x8 WOOD STUD FRAMING @ 16'O.C. NEW LAP SIDING OVER NEW AIR BARRIER OVER 2x WOOD BRACING. , EXISTING SHEATHING. ,• ;� MOUNT AWNING TRUSS FULL BATT I LA REFER TO STRUCTURAL. REFER TO EXTERIOR (6 E xtj c ( OVER 5/4X6 HARDIETRIM I TYPICAL AT ALL ELEVATIONS. EXTERIOR WALL$ EXISTING CONSTRUCTION N I i # EXISTING CONSTRUCTION � I ii i i i � REFER TO A2.3 FOR SEISMIC REFER TO A2.3 ani I CEILING GRID # DETAILS. j CEILING GRID 5/8"GYPSUM WALL BOARD � \ � DETAILS. i L I Q \ 0 _ _ _ _ _ _ 1x6 WOOD TRIM U NOTE: 7'-0"TO BOTTOM -ALL EXPOSED BATT INSUL.TO BE OF TRIM FOIL FACED CLASS 3/FS-25 1x4 WOOD TRIM -ALL CONCEALED TO BE KRAFT tx WOOD TRIM PAPER FACED aRestaurant#: 0457 WINDOW PER SCHEDULE Q � NEW GWB SHEATHING OVER :•;�:°: RED LOBSTER 457 EXTERIOR EXISTING WALL FRAMING. RENOVATION GC TO CONFIRM 1x6 HARDIETRIM CONTINUOUS MINIMUM R-19 10330 INSULATION EXISTS WITHIN WALL CAVITY. INFILL ANY SOUTHWEST STONE VENEER AND N VOIDS AND REPLACE ANY WATERTABLE OVER MORTAR, 1 x 4 WOOD TRIM TYPICAL INSULATION TO ACDAMAGED AREAS OHEIVE G R E E N B U RG ROAD SCRATCH COAT, METAL LATH, MINIMUM R-19 VALUE FOR #15 FELT OVER AIR BARRIER, 1/4'WAINSCOT PANELING ENTIRE WALL ASSEMBLY. SHEATHING. INSTALL PER OVER 3/8"OSB TYPICAL AT MANUFACTURERS ALL WAINSCOT PANELING REQUIREMENTS. TYPICAL BACK OF HOUSE N TILE BASE DETAIL 5/A9.5 TYPICAL BACK OF HOUSE T I GAR D, O R MORTAR JOINTS, NOT NEW SLAB. STRUCTURAL TILE BASE DETAIL 5lA9.5 TO EXCEED 1/2". iv FINISHED FLOOR, SEE PLAN FOOTING TO REMAIN EXSITING SLAB. &SCHEDULE,SHEET A1.3 INTACT. REFER TO CONTINUOUS FLASHING. STRUCTURAL FOOTINGS Drawing CONT. COUNTER FLASHING g STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 5/4x6 HARDIETRIM. TO REMAIN INTACT. SEALANT REFER TOSTRUCTURAL q 6 WALL SECTIONS PAINT EXPOSED DRAWINGS. TYPICAL STONE BASE c CONCRETE BLACK. ° DETAIL. REFER TO a' EXISTING FOOTING. ���� AND DETAILS DETAIL 4/A9.2. °° �y TYPICAL FLEXIBLE MEMBRANE 1\ �� ��\ / / / NEW SLAB. REFER TO , FLASHING STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. PAINT EXPOSED REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS CRETE - BLACK REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS 0111FOR TYPICAL FOUNDATION 111111101111 DETAILS AND NOTES WALL SECTION WALL SECTION WALL SECTION 1 5 3/4"=1'-0" 6 3/4"=1 '-0" 7 3/4"=1'-0" 1 2 x 12 TRELLIS, DADO JOINT INTERSECTIONS 2'-7 1/4' 10" 71/4' CONT. FLASHING Brian S . Thomas, Architect P1 CONT. 2 x 12 NAILER 1 \� J 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 P T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 REFER TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBER CONNECTIONS SIMPSON H10 7/8-L. 10 5/8" s CONNECTING TRELLIS BEAM TO 2 x 12 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: y 4 x 8 TRELLIS BEAM FLASHING 111391 x 6 ~ e HARDIETRIM SIMPSON H3 EACH SIDE OF SUPPORT TO BEAM 4 x 8 CEDAR OR FIR SUPPORT BRACKETC' BRIAN S.T HO ul �� 5714 CM 3• OF SIMULATED SLATE ROOF OVER 7/16/2013 30LB FELT ON SHEATHING, REFER TO STRUCTURAL,TYP. (2) 1/4'x 6' LAG SCREWS AT EACH SUPPORT. COUNTER SINK SCREWS. V\A { t' F P k y 1x6 HARDIETRIM HARDIETRIM FASCIAw" I: DETAIL FLASHING PAINT E_PT_2 (DLTRELLIS HARDIETRIM EAVE SOFFIT 1 1/2 =1 -0 PAINT E_PT_2 Y p 1X4 HARDIETRIM RAKE WITH 3 PLYWOOD BACKER o APPLIED LOUVER. REFER TO =\ }<,, LAP ROOF MEMBRANE L) EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS -y UNDER SIDING 1'-0". STOP SIDING JUST BELOW LINE OF PARAPET 0 PREFABRICATED WOOD I ~ f I i 32'X 16"SINGLE PLY ROOF E TRUSSES. REFER TO '' —ILJ� STRUCTURAL SHEETS SINGLE PLY ROOF MEMBRANE FLAP OVER DOOR. v� a ACCESS PANEL. REFER TO 3/A9.2 :'>� MEMBRANE OVER REFER TO 4/A9.2 c �1 RIGID INSULATION. 4 NOTE:-ALL EXPOSED BATT INSUL. <-' TAPER 1/4' PER 1'-0' EZ:4 rn REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS T 3 WITHIN WALLS TO 8E FOIL FACED ( ",� MIN. FOR POSITIVE � CLASS 3/FS-25-ALL CONCEALED TO FOR TYPICAL FRAMING DETAILS DRAINAGE TO ROOF o BE KRAFT PAPER FACED AND NOTES I DRAINS/SCUPPERS WINDOW CAVITY MUST REMAIN ;;r,;;;; ;;; ; ;;;;; ;;;; ,;;,; ;;,,;;;;,;; „ 24'x36"WATER TIGHT/AIR TIGHT 3 I _ : ; a :..':; ;:aa ' ' ' ; ACCESS DOOR BY'ACUDOR �� OPEN FOR VENTILATION 1 _:,. • .• .•.• \\.:..: : ... .. U REFER TO WINDOW ♦ "�.. .a.:�:: .,a:. a.. aa �.... .a..., •tet:; .ia:=; a::; ,.;.,:\:: a:: a,., € ` _ I PRODUCTS' LT 4000 9 4? SCHEDULE FOR WINDOW \ •. :t: ° _\ : :: : .`-----------------...._—_.....----------------------.---------- _______ O DETAILS. ATTACH BATT INSULATION TO DOOR PANEL. O 1 I I I I I 1 I >1 C I I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 e , co 0 N FIRE BLOCKING AT ROOF LINE NEW ROOF DECKING AND i Hull FRAMING OVER PAP CONTINUE ROOF MEMBRANE UP WALL TO c FULL BATT INSULATION TYPICAL i i i i i LE BY REMOVAL OF i c fp "�"Mj 1 I 1 I 1 EXISTING SKYLITfi. "\h LAP UNDER SIDING 1'-0'. It JAI Jul AT ALL EXTERIOR WALLS ' RESER TO STRUC�URAL 1 pJ i i Ea (STING CON"UCTION DRAWINGS it CU t I I I I I I I 1 .•.k!q+'q';i q..•o.. ;..f-a--o.. = SIDE TOWER ACCESS PANEL DETAIL (SECTION) C: it I I I ' 3 1 1/2"=1'-011 @ = I I Issue Date: 3-23-2012 m REFER TO A2.3 I 1 — I FOR SEISMICo 1 1 i 1 I I I I CEILING GRID REVISION INFORMATION >„ DETAILS. a UNE OF ROOF MEMBRANE ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AND GRID WRAP EXISTING STRUCTURE IN 5/8" MR GWB BEHIND SIDING M m - 3 WINDOW CAVITY MUST REMAIN 2 OPEN FOR VENTILATION N u � A92 F _ — s HOT WELD TOP EDGE :€ w 2X4 STUD WALL. OF FLAP TO >+ IL MEMBRANE ON WALL o REFER TO WALL FINISH PLAN. 32" CONTINUE ROOF MEMBRANE UP U WALL TO LAP UNDER SIDING 0 LINE OF ACCESS 1 -0 DOOR SECURE SIDES OF FLAP WITH WINDOW PER SCHEDULE INDUSTRIAL STRENGTH VELCRO TAPE 32'X 16"SINGLE PLY ROOF MEMBRANE FLAP OVER DOOR. Restaurant#: 0457 LINE OF ROOF DECK 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM RED LOBSTER 457 SIDE TOWER ACCESS PANEL DETAIL (ELEVATION) RENOVATION 4 3/4"=1'-0" a 10330 -r4i y�\ 5/8'GYP BOARD AS PER WALL ---.,,., SOUTHWEST 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM \ ' TYPE SCHEDULE ON A1.1 = GREENBURG ROAD REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS "l FOR TYPICAL FOUNDATION CHAIR RAIL AS PROVIDED BY r :><al DETAILS AND NOTES MILLWORK ...,_ 3'-10 1/2 AFF FLEXIBLE MEMBRANE FLASHINGTIGARD, ORT-P 1/90 AFF PAINT EXPOSEDDrawing CONCRETE BLACK 3/8'OSB BACK W WALL SECTION S OE ITH WAINSCOT PA ELINGT3-9FF REFER TO ALL TY E SCHEDULE 01 Al. AND DETAILS I WALL SECTION CHAIR RAIL DETAIL A9e2 3/4"=1'-0" 3"=1'-0" Brian S . Thomas, Architect T� rte- 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 SIMULATED SLATE ROOF OVER 30#FELT 2 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT * 11139 METAL FLASHING,COLOR y TO MATCH SHINGLE ROOF ii SHEATHING, REFER TOFULL BATT INSULATII i 4 STRUCTURAL,TYP. N „ TYPICAL AT ALL ^� f � �i 2 x BLOCKING � ` METAL FLASHING, COLOR ' EXTERIOR WALLS TO MATCH ROOFING "� ?� " ° 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM SIMULATED SLATE ROOF ` � � � a FMAN 3.THO OVER 30#ROOFING FELT SHEATHING, REFER TO ; • STRUCTURAL, TYP. y. SIMULATED SLATE ROOF ROOF FRAMING, REFER Q� OVER 30#FELT TO STRUCTURAL ° yyy ° / ?F t) �U PRE-ENGINEERED WOOD DRAWINGS 7/16/2013 1 TRUSS, REFER TO 2 f STRUCTURALSHEETS Y .0 A9.3 SIM. I y/' .� .`.,.: J"•� - ' t �' FLASHING r }IA �iA A ti �' �£r , � r � 7 , � ! f � f � i ;f �� �r T � { f r %rr � ; F � . i pp f � l Z �[r �, 1 : � i F..,., FL. s +1 Y :1 u ii .'1V `- r'L v ;? ;F `s q y :i F .,.�...f`'...;�., . ...�h�.._,:�,.. _ r ....��.,...iWr�W .,..."� ..�. . . ..M �., _ ��.,..,✓ �.... _ . .�-�._✓`�W�;-...F 1'�...✓ .. ...FF, �. STONE ,'.`. 1x6 TRIM ON WALL BI VEN EER .,� i—5/1 GYPSUM c IOOE-ENGINEERED o I �� TOWER AWNING DETAIL VENTED HARDIESOFFIT- PAINT >. D TRUSS, REFER m I I 5 1 1/2"=1'-O° rK, STRUCTURAL 1 SACKER ROD AND SEALANT . AWINGS a) I � APPLIED LOUVER. REFER TO EATHING, REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS _ - "" RUCTURAL,TYP. c Q C 3 I I o oo 1 Q 9 0 1I GLE PLY ROOF 1 0 CL ` ACCESS PANEL. REFER TO 3/A9.2 MBRANE OVER u h O d ID INSULATION. t PER 1/4' PER V-0" 0 MIN. FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE TO ROOF C0 DRAINS/SCUPPERS c 0 O NOTE: \ ; M -ALL EXPOSED BATT wsUL.TO BE TOWER OVERHANG DETAIL C3 N FOIL FACED CLASS 3/FS-25 x m m< „ , 2 '0 -ALL CONCEALED TO BE KRAFT `` \A, _ \ 1 1/2"=11-0.. 94� O PAPER FACED f f� i U � \ r Q 5/8" PLYWOOD EXISTING CONSTRUCTION M COORDINATE SIGN E LOCATION AND 5 O SIZE WITH SIGN H CONTRACTOR A9 3 2 x 8 CEILING FRAMING AT 24"O.C. NEW ROOF DECKING AND FRAMING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL PRE-ENGINEERED CC E-PT-2 6 x 6 PAINT I DRAWINGS WOOD XR2 TOP Issue Date: 3-23-2012 CHORD. REFER 1'-21/2" T I I TO STRUCTURAL REVISION INFORMATION SHEETS 2x4 OVERHANG 2 6-17-2013 N O- SIMULATED SLATE SHINGLES OVER - 0 30#ROOFING FELT OVER SHEATHING, Q EXTENSION REFER TO STRUCTURAL,TYP. 12 Owner Changes N 6 x 12 RADIUS CUT 6 FALSE BEAM BEYOND FINISHED CEILING OVER 30#SIMULATED ELATE ROOF REFER TO CEILING PLAN m BRACKET TO 4 x 6 METAL FLASHING, .S COLOR TO ca MATCH ROOF N C-6 FINISHED CEILING 0 N REFER TO CEILING PLAN m Q FALSE BEAM BEYOND2x4 FRAMING ATTACHED METAL GUTTERS , ~ p HARDIE PANEL, U PAINT E-PT-2 "µ ROE ERRTO STRUCTURAL 1 x 4 HARDIETRIM DRAWINGS. 2x6 RAFTERS VENTED HARDIESOFFIT- PAINTW r� SHEATHING, REFER TO y N� STRUCTURAL,TYP. 5 1/2" DIA. WOOD SIDING OVER AIR BARRIER " SPHERE HARDIETRIM OVER 1X Restaurant#: 0457 FURRING, PAINT E-PT-2 3 TOWER OVERHANG DETAIL 1 1/2"=1'-0" RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION 4 EXTERIOR ENTRY � VESTIBULE bi 10330 SOUTHWEST WOODTRUSSRED GREENBURG ROAD WITH 2X12 TOP CHORD. REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS SIMULATED SLATE ROOF TIGARD, OR OVER 30#FELT METAL FLASHING, COLOR TO Drawing MATCH ROOF WALL SECTIONS 611 x 8"SEAMLESSJe AND DETAILS METAL GUTTER. 1 x 4 HARDIETRIM VENTED HARDIESOFFIT- P 1 WALL SECTION 4 TOWER OVERHANG DETAIL A93 3/4"=1'-0" 1 1/2"=V-0" NOTE: - EXTERIOR WALL INSULATION (R19) -CEILING SPACE INSULATION (R30) ROOF LADDER EXTENSION. - ROOF INSULATION (R30) REFER TO DETAIL 3/A9.4. -ALL EXPOSED BATT INSULATION TO BE FOIL FACED FSK-25 -ALL CONCEALED BATT INSULATION TO BE KRAFT PAPER FACED Brian S . Thomas, 3-0"x 2'-6' ROOF HATCH BY Architect a PADLOCK STEEL VENDOR-SEE BELOV NOTE: N FOR MANUFACTURER ALL JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS IN EXTERIOR WALLS ARE TO BE 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 CAULKED, GASKEfED, WEATHER-STRIPPED OR COVERED WITH A BASE FLASHING PER -SEE T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 MOISTURE VAPOR-PERMEABLE WRAPPING MATERIAL INSTALLED IN SPECS. -SECTION#07600 ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. O ' POLY NURATE OR EPS INSULATION 101/2" as DURO-LAST MEMBRANE OVE 4" DURO-FOLD OR ULTRA-FOL[ ` ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: "I + UNDERLAYMENT (2)3/4'- HANDRAILS W/ PRE-FORMED RIBS 11139 METAL DECKING W/METAL BLOCKING + FRP OVER 5/8' PLYWOOD JOISTS- REFER TO STRUCTURALSHEETS 1 1/2"X 26"X 1/4" + 2 x 4 FRAMING @ 16"O.C. 3" X 3"X5/16' e e LAY-IN ACT CEILING 3 o 3 LADDER EXTENSION DETAIL 57 1 3"=1'-0" / Yyr �^.Cr' 7/16/2013 HINGED ROOF ACCESS LADDER \ + ROOF HATCH MANUFACTURER: PRECISION STAIR COMPANY 5727 SUPERIOR DR. MORRISTOWN, TN 37814 PH(423)587-9390 FX(423) 586-2091 c + 2x FRAMING @ 16"O.C. p ICU c 2x BLOCKING @ SUPPORTS ` 2 o VERIFY HEIGHTS PREFABRICATED COOLER _ FINISH FLOOR �\ CONTINUOUS FLY N 3 (2)2x6 TREATED WOOD PLATE 0 E 2 ROOF LADDER DETAIL 4 WALL SECTION a1 3/4"=1'-0" 3"=1'-0" L� A9.1 SIM. ` 99 SINGLE PLY ROOF O MEMBRANE OVER I �� RIGID INSULATION. o I TAPER 1/4" PER 1'-0' I 1 9 0 Q MIN. FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE TO ROOF I O o a`) I DRAINS/SCUPPERS o MASTERFLOW SSB960A ROOF \\ r r \ a\ \y \ 7 \ LOUVER(WHITE). INSTALL PER c llaz \ I � , :.n� " \� MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. m ,` s ° ° a\._ s s ,�, w .^, -a3 ..F s -.s s SS. (}, s ., ..,'.` \d..a\.-\_ s: REFER TO ROOF PLAN FOR 0 1 -"" LOCATIONS. ..,,..... .._,..� _ . _,,.. _.......... .... a) A9.1 SIM. I I I � I •� CIO I SINGLE PLY ROOF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. PARAPET BRACING. REFER TO MEMBRANE OVER INFILL ROOF FRAMING AT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION LAP SIDING OVER AIR RIGID INSULATION. EXISTING SKYLIGHT(�PENI U I I BARRIER. REFER TO � I I REFER TO STRUCTURAL. EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. Q TAPER 1/4" PER 1'-0" L) HARDIEPLANK LAPSIDING OYER MIN. FOR POSITIVE EXTEND ROOF CONTINUE ROOF MEMBRANE Q AIR BARRIER, SHEATHING, I I DRAINAGE TO ROOF MEMBRANE UP WALL UP AND OVER TOP OF WALL. ui REFER TO STRUCTURAL,TYp. I DRAINS/SCUPPERS, 24" UNDER SIDING. REF DECKING AND I ` BEAM BEYOND EIi TO NEW ROOF m I FRAMING. NEW 2X6 PARAPET E SRUCTURAL. REFER TO STRUCTURAL WALL ON TOP OF ROOF O \\ DRAWINGS \a \ „ ,,,.\ a, .S�',I`"zC. \\ \` ate" S' \i \r\ �` DECK. REFER TO \ . . . o �. \t. st. . \ . . I .�.. ."� -r.. A._s,�A a . .�y... � .s STRUCTURAL .. , BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF FIRE BARRIER WALL MIEMBRANE ROOF DRAWINGS. m ` DRAWINGS. ABOVE CEILING TO ROOF DECK. BLOCK RIGID INSULATION. ca TRUSSES AND INSTALL GYP. BOARD AS REQ'D. Issue Date: 3-23-2012 o CAULK ALL VOIDS AT ALL ROOF TRUSSES WITH TAPER 1/4" PER V-0" BATT INSULATION. MIN. FOR POSITIVE REVISION INFORMATION UL APPROVED SYSTEM. N I S DRAINS GSC SCUPPERS 2 6-17-2013 E TO ROOF NEW ROOF FRAMING ' I I I I REFER TO STRUCTURAL BEAM. REFER TO RUCTURAL. DRAWINGS,i Owner Changes \ re Q I i I •• .� \� QS s . . \ 13 @ �ULL BATT INSULATION, rn MOUNT AWNING TRUSS NEW LAP SIDING OVER PICAL AT ALL OVER 5/4X6 HARDIETRIM XTEflIOR WALLS NEW AIR BARRIER OVER EXISTING SHEATHING. REFER TO EXTERIOR SLIP TRAK W/FIRE SAFING ELEVATIONS. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION REFER TO RCP FOR CEILING FINISH MAINTAIN 1/2" MIN.CLEARANCE t AFTER ROOF HAS BEEN FULLY F O LOADED. FILL ALL VOIDS WITH t \ HILTI FS-ONE FIRESTOP SEALANT rn SIM. TO UL DETAIL WL-5028(TYP.) Q \ "I p 'r 'i (1) HOUR FIRE RATED () WALL ASSEMBLY.ALL O PENETRATIONS THRU WALL TO BE UL RATED BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 5/8" PLYWOOD O CONTINUOUS NAILER. ALL MECHANICAL cu , ROOM WALLS a O Restaurant#: 0457 NOTE: F- WINDOW PER SCHEDULE WALK-IN BOX TO BE PRE-FABRICATED PANELS TH LL FOAMED-IN-PLACE JD,INSULATION IN O RED LOBSTER 457 2 ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION EXTERIOR 2603.4.1.2. TESTED AND LABELED IN 0 RENOVATION ACCORDANCE WITH UL1040 AND REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS CLASSIFIED. FOR TYPICAL FOUNDATION ------------------------------------------ DETAILS ---------------------------------------- 1x6 HARDIETRIM DETAILS AND NOTES o 10330 20H SEAL SYSTEM AS MANUFACTURED BY "EM SEAL". SOUTHWEST STONE VENEER AND r INSTALL AROUND FREEZER/COOLER WATERTABLE OVER MORTAR, 1 x 4 WOOD TRIM TYPICAL DOOR OPENINGS TYPICAL. O G RE E N B U RG ROAD SCRATCH COAT, METAL LATH, #15 FELT OVER AIR BARRIER, 1/4" WAINSCOT PANELING SHEATHING. INSTALL PER OVER 3/8"OSB TYPICAL AT MANUFACTURERS ALL WAINSCOT PANELING REQUIREMENTS. N TIGARD, OR MORTAR JOINTS, NOT O TO EXCEED 1/2". N FINISHED FLOOR, SEE PLAN CONT. COUNTER FLASHING " &SCHEDULE, SHEET A1.3 6" CURB. REFER TO STRUCTURAL g Drawin r TYPICAL STONE BASE CONTINUOUS FLASHI� WALL S E CT I O N S DETAIL. REFER TO '• a ...... ..... ... �— 5/4x6 HARDIE TRIM. " DETAIL 4/A9.2. AND DETAILS SEALANT FLEXIBLE MEMBRANE .• > . ,. >• , ' '. D • .. . . ° ." '>� FLASHING PAINT EXPOSED CRE o , P DEPRESSED SLAB AT FREEZER. A9A WALL SECTION AT NORTHWEST TOWER WALL SECTION AT COOLER AND RECEIVING RGGFR Tf1 CTR,,CTI,RAI 1 3/4"=1'-0" 5 3/4"=1'-0" 'Rg""', Vi NON-COMBUSTBLE FIFIESIOP 'MIT a\'k ..... MIN�\0'00071 Nm M 5, 11111 MIN," I AT CEILING LINE t11101 :i wN "M Milk 'I,-,Im '1 0011 -11 1,11,11\111" ........... IT_ -_--------. „... -__1111-111111----------- ZA N, 5/8” GYP. BOARD CEILING W/HAT PROVIDE CONTINUOUS CAULK CHANNEL OR DRYWALL TEE GRID BETWEEN CEILING AND WALLS, SUSPENSION SYSTEM- INSTALL TYPICAL. Brian S . Thomas, REFER TO STRUCTURAL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS CAULK PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN Architect SHEETS FOR ATTACHMENT OF 2 W BETWEEN CEILING AND WALLS, INSTRUCTION NON-COMBUSTIBLE FIRESTOP HOOD TO STRUCTURE M <Z TYPICAL. AT CEILING LINE 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 1/2" DIA.THREADED ROD ciOFFICE KITCHEN T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 — — — - — — — — — — — — — — — - — — — — — — — — — — — — BLOCKING AT MIDPOINT OF BLOCKING AT MIDPOINT OFGYPSUM BOARD IN HALL ALL WALLS, TYPICAL ALL WALLS,TYPICAL WITH WALL TILE. SEAL ALL CONNECTIONS FRP PANEL FINISH - REFER ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: BETWEEN HOODS AND EFER TO A4.3 FOR FINISHES. TO A4.3 FOR FINISHES. CEILING TRAY JACK MOUNTED AT 42" 11139 AFF- REFER TO A10.1 5/8" PLYWOOD SHEATHING FROM 5/8" PLYWOOD SHEATHING 12"A.F.F.TO 6"ABOVE FINISHED FROM 12"A.F.F.TO 6' ABOVE CEILING, BOTH SIDES, UNLESS FINISHED CEILING NOTED OTHERWISE STAINLESS STEEL EXHAUST HOODS PER NFPA 96-SEE 2 x 6 WOOD STUDS MECHANICAL PLAN SHEETS SECTION AT HOODS 5714 A I x 3/4"=1'-0" 0, c000 SIMULATED SLATE ROOF OVER TYPICAL 7/16/2013 30LB FELT ON SHEATHING, WALL AS SPECIFIED REFER TO STRUCTURAL,TYP. SEE FLOOR FINISH PLAN SEE FLOOR FINISH PLAN 7 FRP J CA ..... .... SEALANT ...... ....... v V Y v 411...... WALL SECTION .001SECTION AT OFFICE 4 A 3 A 'v 3/4"=V-0" A, A /\ / /\ 11\ / \ 's '� f , 3/4"=V-0" V py 'q y V V 'k 1 A. \1 HARDIETRIM FASCIA ...�AJ:; PAINT > HARDIETRIM EAVE SOFFIT E-PT-2 PAINT 1x4 HARDIETRIM RAKE WITH PLYWOOD BACKER 5/8" DENSHIELD SHEATHING 0 FRP OR S.S. PANELS WITH TRIM APPLIED LOUVER. REFER TO TROWEL APPLIED EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS PIECE AT TRANSITION ca WATERPROOF MEMBRANE CAULK JOINT CONT. WITH ra SILICONE SEALANT <\ CONTINUOUS BEHIND BASE > a) fK>< NOTE: CONTINUOUS'Z'TRIM SUPPLIED BY I HAVE FULL INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR- REFEI ALL TILE BASES SHALL D < A TILES AT INSIDE AND OUTSIDE TO DRAWING A1.3 FOR LOCATION Cn a) CORNERS. PARTIAL PIECES NO CAULK TOP EDGE OF TILE BASE LESS THAN ONE-HALF TILE WIDTH CONT. BEFORE INSTALLATION OF <1 CAN BE USED ELSEWHERE. TRIM ZZ 0 7� TYPICAL WALL BASE IN KITCHEN TYPICAL WALL BASE IN KITCHEN (n 5 —O. PREFABRICATED Ell WOOD--Y FILL WITH SEALANT AFTER 2x4 FRAMING @ 16' O.C. _0 (DI3„-1'P -0” TRUSSES. REFER TO INSTALLATION OF TRIM. SEAL ALL a) STRUCTURAL SHEETS RETURNS AND GAPS AT CORNERS EXISTING TECTUM SINGLE PLY ROOF ACCESS PANEL. REFER TO 3/A9.2 ROOF PANELS TO MEMBRANE OVER RIGID INSULATION. 3/4" PLYWOOD SHELVING ILr= REMAIN. REPLACE NOTE: -ALL EXPOSED BATT INSUL. WITHIN WALLS TO BE FOIL FACED ���5/8' PLYWOOD SHEATHING no DAMAGED PANELS AS TAPER 1/4' PER V-0" REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEETS W/WHITE P.LAM,TYP. POSITIVE FOR TYPICAL FRAMING DETAILS REQUIRED. MIN. FOR POS CLASS 3/FS-25-ALL CONCEALED TO DRAINAGE TO ROOF ���1/4" GAP, FILL CONTINUOUS WITH SEALANT,TYPICAL OO 0 BE KRAFT PAPER FACED 5/8' MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD < 1 X4 SUPPORTS W/WHITE DRAINS SCUPPERS I P.LAM,TYP. 1=! WINDOW CAVITY MUST REMAIN 1/4"GAP, FILL CONTINUOUS WITH SEALANT, EXTEND TROWEL APPLIED MEMBRANE TO V-0" 3. A A.F.F. IN FULL BED THIN-SET MASTIC TO BACKER OPEN FOR VENTILATION TYPICAL REFER TO WINDOW BOARD a) SCHEDULE FOR WINDOW 0 LU CERAMIC TILE W DETAILS. FRP OR B.S. PANELS WITH TRIM PIECE AT TRANSITION 9 0 z EXTEND TROWEL APPLIED WATERPROOF z SHELVING PROVIDED BY MEMBRANE TO V-0"A.F.F. IN FULL BED THIN-SET (E ____ _�5/8' DENSHIELD SHEATHING TO 12"A.F.F. OWNER'S MILLWORK (D co MASTIC TO TILE BACKER BOARD !y VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY _j 2 FILL WITH SEALANT 0 _j LU 0- W GENERAL CONTRACTOR 0_ 2 -------�5/8' DENSHIELD SHEATHING TO 12"A.F.F. fl- M < 6' COVED QUARRY TILE BASE SET >1 0- < LL < LL 6' COVED CERAMIC TILE BASE _j 0 IN THIN SET MASTIC ................... ........ .......... ......................... _j 0 (D C: W 0 \K 4>j 0 0 fr CONTINUOUS SEALANT BETWEEN BACKER BOARD Ir /--CONTINUOUS SEALANT BETWEEN BACKER FIRE BLOCKING AT ROOF LINE 9 13L 8 13L COD a) EXISTING Ir 1: AND CONCRETE SLAB 1: 1: BOARD AND CONCRETE SLAB U) LU I.- LU D CONSTRUCUTION a) CERAMIC TILE SET IN THIN-SET MASTIC QUARRY TILE SET IN THIN-SET MASTIC T INSULATION TYPICAL FULL BAT AT ALL EXTERIOR WALLS TROWEL APPLIED tO TROWEL APPLIED a) WATERPROOF MEMBRANE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE L) EXTEND TROWEL APPLIED WATERPROOF EXTEND TROWEL APPLIED WATERPROOF MEMBRANE TO 1'-6" DISTANCE FROM WALL, ON MEMBRANE TO V-6" DISTANCE FROM WALL, ON FLOOR, SET IN BED OF THIN-SET MASTIC TO FLOOR, SET IN BED OF THIN-SET MASTIC TO ca E FLOOR SLAB FLOOR SLAB 0 F_ REFER TO A2.3 Uj FOR SEISMIC CEILING GRID Li Issue Date: 3-23-2012 Ca DETAILS. TYPICAL DETAIL IN RESTROOMS TYPICAL DETAIL IN KITCHEN/BAR/ REVISION INFORMATION 0 STORAGE CLOSET DETAIL >1 FLOOR BASE DETAILS 7 6 3/4"=1' 0" a) NOT TO SCALE Q ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AND GRID 0 STAINLESS STEEL END CAP a) -- NEW 2x4 WALLS TO I AT PERIMETER OF OPENING CIO ALIGN WITH EXISTING (0 BEAM. REFER TO CARPET. REFER TO BEAMS STFICUTURAL FLOOR FINISH PLAN. 3 II CU _7 BEAM. REFER TO STRCUTURAL a) a) z CLAD WITH 1X WOOD 11 1/2" 71.7'p 2'-3" TRIM. STAIN ST-1 GWB SHEATHING REFER MEZZANINE FRAMING. 0) TO RCP. REFER TO STRUCTURAL >1 DRAWINGS. 0 WINDOW. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS 0 GAS LINE. REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE. II WINDOW PER SCHEDULE WALL SHEATHING. REFER TO DRAWING Nt 11-3N I A1.1. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - - Restaurant#: 0457 WALL PANEL. REFER TO DRAWING A4.3. 1 x 6 HARDIETRIM 6" METAL STUD FRAMING. RED LOBSTER 457 2X4 LOW WALL TO MATCH RENOVATION WINDOW SILL HEIGHT COOK LINE WALL ELEVATION STAINLESS STEEL FLASHING. (D. 1/2" 1'-0" STAINLESS STEEL CAP. 10330 REMOVABLE STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE, FULL HEIGHT OF WALL. SOUTHWEST GAS LINE. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. GREENBURG ROAD 1 x6 HARDIETRIM V.0. .......................... 77 TIGARD, OR -- -------------------- ....... ------------, ......... .............. ............. ...... ............... ........ -------------- .......... _j Drawing NEW SLAB. REFER TO PAINT EXPOSED G NS LINE. REFER TO MECHANICAL CONCRETE BLACK WALL SECTIONS STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. D:IAWINGS. AND DETAILS ........: ..:. ;...W:..,._......1111..._:._:......-..... EXISTING SLAB TO INFILLED. REFERTO STRUCTURAL ER SHEATHING ALL S 3/4 DRAWINGS, COOK LINE WALL DETAIL 10 GAS LINE DETAIL AT DOUBLE CONVEYER OVEN 3" = V-0" 3" = 1'-0" A9e5 5/8" SQUARE WROUGHT IRON PANEL ANCHORED INTO WOOD POST 1x WOOD TRIM VERTICAL POST BASE PROVIDED WOOD WALL WITH POST. INSTALLED BY Brian S . Thomas, GC CAP BELOW Architect 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 1" RADIUS CORNER T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 2 3!4"23/4" METAL CAP BY MILLWORK TO BE INSTALLED AFTER POST IS ATTACHED ARCHITECT'S PROJECT * TO WALL. (=7 11139 w x 2,. 5„ c a - o O BRIA:''S � e 1 2 3 4 &i: y 0 11 " LOW WALL POST DETAIL 7/16/2013 GREET LEAD `Z MONITOR MONITOR 1 1/2"=V-0" 361/411 361/4' 36 1/4" 361/4' GLOWSTER S NT AN 24 3/4" 24 3/4' 24 3/4" 24 3/4' OPI NN 2 8 /4' 83/ I v , O 7 Cl) r TO AGE TRA o 0 a DRAWER y N / v 13/8' DRAWER 1 5 LACK P-LAM BASE m RMV °D 21 3/8" 31 �3a No p NEL 213/ v 111/2" 9" 33 1/2" 20 3/4" j g 3"X 11 n 4 M 10" �t \ \ I � X12y" H \\ o STORAGE AREA N WASTE RAGE \� 183/8" BASKET DRAWER DRAWER Z 7;)a SELF ADHESIVE c LOOP VELCRO 70a O (A) KIDS MENU 85/e°X 105/8"-QTY. =APPROX. 200+ 183/8' POWER (B) (B) DINNER/LUNCH MENU 73/4"X 13"X Y6"-QTY. =APPROX. 120 SUPPLY - 1"R c (C)SPECIALS MENU 6Y2°X 11Y"Xx QTY. =APPROX. 70 O GREET O GREET O LEAD O LEAD 3/ - p BLACK P-LAM BASE (D) FRESH FISH MENU 6" X 9"X Y4"-QTY. =APPROX.28 SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION q, 10" TOP OF TRA N N JACK Sri2, 911 42"AFF MM O- N 4_2 1� Qa I E-24 i 3 HOSTESS STAND ISOMETRIC VIEW w 1 TRAYJACK HOLDER O p 3/4"=1'-0" 6'-4" DINING B QQ d w 6'-4" DINING B 3 9'-10°AT HALL 4 9'-10"AT HALL 4 I� U 2' 4 1/2" HOLES IN 6'-4" DINING B 0 GRANITE 9'-10"AT 3 TRAY JACK DETAIL 1 0 O Q_ 1„=1'-0" a 1'-10" 61/2" V-1 1/4" p C: N ;. . ; ::92, V' : 1;; :', SHELVES OPEN OPEN CU _ \ HIGH m HIGH CHAIR m STORAGE- v CHAIR p OPEN OP STORAGE v �I TRASH !%rn -OPEN r� N L i+ a " FINISHED - 0" 1 4 8" c " .6 GRANITE TOP BY END OTHERS GRANITE TOP BY OTHERS m 1'-1 1/4 rn " Q O Q O , 1/2' , 1/2•, r; r E F G GRANITE TOP BY E OTHERSGRANITE 6 O o OTHERS TOP BY HOLE FOR TRASH HOLE FOR POS GRANITE TOP BY OTHERS ISOMETRIC VIEW c CABINET DOOR REMOVABLEMENU HOLDER 31/2" 31/2" ADJUSTABLE m // SHELF- INTERIOR DRAWER Issue Date: 3-23-2012 o / SH AREA 0 cwi DJUSTABLEo F REVISION INFORMATION a \ B vSHELF INTERIOR - v 2 6-17-2013 p \ \ SHELVES N 1 N _ Owner Changes CL \ - - - \ OPEN I " 5 MENU HOLDER DETAIL r \ m cr) OPEN FOR i9� m 1"=1'-0 HIGH CHAIR STORAGE OPEN OPEN o 0 c OPEN OPEN L — C I m BLACK PLAM r INTERIORa c� c� D a) 1 -8„ N 4 DINING B SIDE STATION LM LO O O - G •T 3/4"-V-0" 0- O U 1'-6" 61/4" SHELVES OPEN OPEN CP m Restaurant #: 0457 cor a RASH RED LOBSTER 457 EIN�SHED 11_0. 1'-0" RENOVATION GRANITE TOP BY OTHERS GRANITE TOP BY OTHERS 10330 E F GRANITE O EOO SOUTHWEST OTHERS TOP BY GREENBURG ROAD GRANITE TOP BY O o OTHERSHOLE FOR TRASH CABINET DOOR ADJUS BLE SHELFTINTERIOR DRAWER � T RASH AREA TIGARD, OR D Q ADJUSTABLE O B HELF- TERIOR rawing \ \ SHELVES a N OPEN N MILLWORK \ — \ � \ n r; DRAWINGS FINISHED OPEN OPEN END OPEN q OPEN q AND DETAILS D BLACK SLAM INTERIOR v i � m � J DINING D SIDE STATION �� �� �� A10e 1 3/4"-1'-O" L 8'4' I ,lr ',': :ya.•.y.ti.::'.�•:�'�:'uv::• Sp'�':°t ''��,.� ' •+9..« ... ut:s� •rfs+-. � .;': .1:.._ rM,•l .. �:<�.•:+Y„'.,,. y�,.yl.=. y:-ee k1- ani-'dy:' �'..:r:ti�r.'..:..•.i:.. ..S}�,.���<�..<ip��,-'i 4":�'�r::y".% t:%..f�'i'�4 .41'-,: -e :R—•:C'ir`,..iRtl t� .Y'.w'.y.` �n.,iV�•::.'yL<::4°\ • ..+:Y..'ti:} a .7w al fir. it _,,,1f+"tf„ _+\' ,l-V..+•:e.� i:'ti ^•S w,.,s.,. �;. 'K;,{�Et+-... ":Jt�lL'hc•• . Y:^. ..r.F''1 .. yti!s'r: .(..:.�r:i.Sa YSi.),;',"tt!:. .,c-r.�i t:4^l".Cti.t.3:S.ia.`^-�cc.:,Ll' .. t:s>�:L<y a =f:•..•�+.�:'wy.,Hawti'^' i .�;�,..S:.F` '•,d;y'i"�•`S yy:v.•s'+:;'...::i;«e,c.i'i • ^;:.?,. tTiby�....S.F=ee _ '°� :L. .y . ♦ �:i. w '.s: :2'�'R y...�,.S.r y..:,- �:ro y� c.v 'ti`s .:i7.w�i•C .:t�:Y-•�:.,'`�'uTa.�1�'i 5 ::~.r wL�:Y•.M. aw''i�7 , �.1....YjJ y�„%MYf:....tom:M. 1.::�',": .h':!•. Brian S . Thomas t p) `;�J:�'!i'�•a:,'4':<!:� �`���si...:.w>1y y�Yl`li;-`r`osii'::e'•;,�'i. <.�<y4ti'ik%:.,,�a4f.r:;A�:;•.t..>.!:�'l'�nFa•,.1•..:.�,,,.Y�^�.y�.�:.y.�'.t' �-' � _.,�i4: .:3'r!,a< �aa•�'.a"i!�' '—W'R_'•1. ••SJ:i1R'Y- v v;:i'S"'.' •.r..,.'..:y�aa JiCi-�.S.,n;•-:•� i•,.,qe,.5.'.t:C :,.. ;y y:. _ <.s, a s i' u:•.ti"c':Y"4^.�E.�•�?'N: ,.. v v,•.•. fe?Z..a _.:i f_:x:,. i 'S.yS:+ '-tc'.'f2'a'c. :.�. •tr' .:'t s---�} .�.c°:i�;ry `i`,a_ ,t.t::. gam._.•.,..`. .';Y p.y,.`'t ,� .- r., e'• .r JY.-�. +y�;;...,b J 1'.r:� .:rho. -�' y=-ri'..'c••: 2[ .n!;iiwri',':�iV,.f_s,e.,a:i::s.s2:^fr(i � k t C`. w :Yi: iT:�-....\L3�..e.^,: .:lii:—ai:.pii„';+(C'Y'a:.'.'i,+}.A�Cl.. �%Y'�M`�':Zw•, Y.•i^C'."�.VS A.1 K 'this•:Y-�.•ri'v.iT....N�., ` � .,,�••,. Architect '.:F� S ,yi aw�" i.4�t:*.. { :w:J ; .:_,>, �''L�, Y.ic vii�<`'�y .hf�`°t��` t;a•i a rt'.Y-;_• Y a^••. ♦ .;a`:'',`^.' _ 'V• •`.: �.•.. y. Sp.. � �'l't4 t, ans•:—�'i1�p:: � i'•"+.:a.r:^.ry_ �."'ti4:• ...cJ< . rt�q,x i! .;ytiy's.•-•trt.x'n+'r:'�.: ':..K:?^.'•.`i`w ".0 ���tXr;•.r:i':: .:��>.'K• .?� .SF,!:•i'Cy` Y.a . e WALL END TQ RECEIVE •`Ny<•:`:.�al<;;}...:s*.; ..a-, .,.....i :�+%,.nt.�;:�y'''.+ �•G .cs5-.•Z-?rsi:h� .e'.'i'.,a:�,n��r.• :'._.,.,•a.5.rr:�.,r iu, i•;V ts,.%•r�sYit-•; ,��Slx« �;w�y:�}:!�4 ; ,:_;a: +;-`.�.a' ,�y,.y:; yiK}a�t.tia�.�,:^_:s;!-_:``_„�L�W'h;:fL,.S�-+>r:.!rycy'FIb L_ "°' 211 East Broad Street Greenville, ,S(�i 2960, UNFINISHED BACK x•:+15 ... a.•: :.?_: s ..+e=:"' . .a.:.y; w'.i.... .:.:x t ..r�ri7r «zb.a. .a,.:x.•c t :iF:•r >:rr.. ., , r.•tr. ' GRANITE TOP BY OTHERS T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 WALL END GRANITE TOP BY OTHERS WALL END TO RECEIVE UNFINISHED BACK 4 B WALL END I ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: OPEN Go O1 1 11139 OPENCi BLACK PLAM Ell) BLACK PLAM 8'-81/4" INTERIOR INTERIOR FINISHED FINISHED 8.4. END END A :Ir 57(7 ,0,x �^ 7/16/2013 1 CHAIR SHROUD - DINING ROOM C 3/4"=1'-0" 0 ICU CLIP CONCEALED m HINGE(4)AS MFG. a> BY BLUM, INC., c SELF CLOSING D rn N 3 a. HOLE WITH BLACK PLASTIC GROMMET.------, PHONE oa} KV PILASTER(4) f 21-5• to N #255 ZC 24" LONG Coll WITH SUPPORT IL SLOTS 14"w x 15 1/4'h x 14"d SOUND SYSTEMRS„ CLIPS (8)#256 ZC a) kSTIC LAM. REFER TO 12/A10.2 • . / � 0_ mt U? (2)-GROMMET' ' v IN'DESKTOP:• : �0 2 ADJUSTABLE I� ` 8" DIAMETE I '\ / ^ c SHELVES 3 CASH/POS :I / • 3'-5 7/8' FINISHED END 00 M ALL IN ONE SHELF N BRUSHED ALUM. 3 CABINETS ABOVE ) a 13 1 2 WIRE PULL TYP. QQ O ... . . . .• ,: � nto.z � 6'-01/4° � � c3 _ � JIUtl LUNQ'SYSTEM %r• \i WHITE PLAM Q DESKTOP / : ` 1'-51/4" \ I 1'-2" MAIL SLOT BOX LOCATION t MILLWORK TOP MODEM FILE CABINET — — — FOR SAFE i� .rt T ..� / / V-3- 0 \ �, WALL SHELF LIL T CPU t I I'r I . . :/\. / \\ /� m p N 11/4" PLAM c FILE CABINET / \• we CIO SAFE BOS CPU ' .I. '1 1. �\ 7- X •. N -1 C: I - ti. / •'I• .�' \. 12 WIDE - N PENCIL DRAWER `V �6 3 COUNTER TOP FOR OVER SAFE- LL 4'-7" 31-83/411 �I @ REFER TO OFFICE ELEVATION FOR CONFIGIRATION U OFFICE CABINETRY AXONOMETRIC OFFICE PLAN OFFICE COUNTER PLAN SUPP OFFICE UPPER CABINET PLAN SHELF Q SUPPORT Q 4 1/2"=T-O" 5 1/2"=1'-0' 6 1/2"-1'-0" 7 1/2"-1'-°" BRACKET of N 0 a 4" BACKSPLASH t H 31-85/811 2'-011 LM 1 1/4" PLAM m 1'-4" VA' Z-10" CLEAR INSIDE V-4" COUNTER TOP FIELD VERIFY Issue Date: 3-23-2012 00 ` \ STAINLESS STEEL EDGE HQ w0 1000 ) FLUSowea encP SMOKE ROUTED INTO PLYWOOD REVISION INFORMATION FLUSHI DETECTION \ C ` ' U I TEST SHELF BY G.C. �\ 2,_21, CL OUTLET FOR SOUND I SWITCHES v a) 19 MANAGER'S SYSTEM a ®, V-2- N p' PAGERS ®®® FRAME THIS AREA p p ptH T 3 AS INDICATED. U L L STUDS IN THIS rn 4'-6' H AREA ARE TO BE FIELD VERIFY o FLUSHwER INSTALLED AFTER ❑ SHELF V. W PANELS HAVE lCIO ALL IN ONE 00 BEEN INSTALLED. _ 0 Cn t PENCIL 1 m — — — — 0 WITH KV DRAWER L ❑ PHONE o a ❑ SLIDE#8250-18' rn (0 I I 11 11 I COON ao BLACK Q o = II N o 0 MODEM 24"WHITE METAL KV 06-9" � T 0 a SHELF SUPPORT FIELD VERIFY o1 co SAFE 0 i? BRACKET o 0zEl 11 I1 II 1I II 11 cai m CRITICAL: REFER TO E4.3 FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. CRITICAL: REFER TO E4.3 FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. Restaurant #: 0457 WHITE PLAM MAIL SLOT BOX RED LOBSTER 457 8 OFFICE ELEVATION 9 OFFICE ELEVATION � � OFFICE ELEVATION 11 OFFICE ELEVATION 12 MAIL SLOT AND MENU SYSTEM SHELF DETAIL 13 OFFICE COUNTER SECTION RENOVATION 1/2"=1 O'11/2"=1'-0" 1 1/2"=V-0" 1 1/2-'-V-0-' 10330 GRANITE TOP BY WALL END GRANITE TOP BY SOUTHWEST OTHERS OTHERS GREENBURG ROAD FINISHED 1'-01/8' EDGE D Z OPEN OPEN w !v = J j Qv 1, TIGARD OR 4lrrr ADJUSTABLE SHELF- 1 GRANITE INTERIOR LJ F\ `:: y+' ':� TOP BY OTHERS // \\ v • .,x: ry / Da'`�b ;�:�% vwK;.4;1•i:i.t'' / \ CABINET DOOR ravel / 3;• ^:ca; . .:'t:*-� iv OPEN Drawing 31-6" 3/16"x 3'TOGGLE BOLTS, °'�°F '° MILLWORK \ / v 1„ 10„ 1011 1011 1011 11, TOP Y 60"AFF . . DRAWINGS FINISHED N r?L„'zy;-.;,h",B.:iar�;.•:?x"r.iti74;.::rn<: m \ / N d .r n h V:Niilwe4'Y:'�:'"i�Nw,a'is„�[.,'• O EDGE ^ 'Pi:€-,:t:,�`f;i:.,o:,._, .:*r• r,ic.<.; - w o 'y;R �v:Y 4S _ 'ti (4 ( ( (� (� STANLEY PRONG -WHITE ±'• ,y+e:^:� N ��Vj ��Vj ��Vj ��Vj L�Vj ��Vj �V Vj ��Vj DOUBLE PRONG ROBE WALL END ;; ::ri ';, ✓= tY`� n4” I[1 .Yv. y:�„<,•r.4 r•1,�..h2: ("a+ •lrwf4;ti�1 a r o HOOK, QTY OF 10 AND DETAILS O WALL END O 2 8 O O 3- 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4'. 4" 411 4" 311 WHITE P-LAM ALL MOUNTING BOARD, SIDES. 14 UMBRELLA STAND 15 COAT RACK DETAIL A1092 3/411=11.011 1 1/211_11-011 SECTION 00010 1.06 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS E. In addition to periodic, recurring views, take photographs of each of the following events: 3.02 TOLERANCES DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Completion of site clearing. A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. TABLE OF CONTENTS(MASTERFORMAT 1995) A. Accessibility Compliance: 2. Excavations in progress. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. 2. Contractor is responsible for coordination, delivery, handling, storage, installation, leveling, P 9 DOCUMENTS 0-- INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, AND silicone sealing (where applicable),set-up, start-up,start-up and calibration of all Owner 1. Full compliance with Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS), and Americans with 3. Foundations in progress and upon completion. B. Comply with manufacturers'tolerances. Should manufacturers'tolerances conflict with CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS . provided Act(ADA), prohibiting discrimination on basis of disability by public provided equipment. Clarifications and exceptions are as follows: accommodations, is required for Work of this Project. 4. Structural framing in progress and upon completion. Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before proceeding. 00010-TABLE OF CONTENTS a. Walk-in cooler boxes shall be erected by Owner's vendor. All refrigeration unit lines, 2. This Project has been designed to and requires full compliance with ADA regulations, 5. Enclosure of building, upon completion. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 00200- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS power supply, calibration,etc. shall be installed and performed by the Contractor. The whether or not specific references or notes to regulations are made on Drawings or in 6. Final completion, minimum of ten(10)photos. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION foodservice suppliers will not furnish precharged lines. pe g q Brian S . Thomas , 00300- INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS Specifications. F.Views: A. See individuals specification sections for testing required. b. All custom fabricated stainless steel items are installed by the Owner's vendor. 1. Provide non-aerialphotographs from four cardinal views at each specified time, until Date of Substantial Completion. 00500-AGREEMENT 1.07 PROJECT GENERAL NOTES PecB. Testing Agency Duties: c. Equipment shown behind the bar shall be installed by the Owner's vendor. 2. Provide factual presentation. Architect 00700-GENERAL CONDITIONS d. decorative metal pan above the Pizza Oven shall be furnished and installed by the A. Unless noted otherwise, all work in these drawings and specifications shall be performed by 1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect/Engineer and Contractor in DIVISION 1 --GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General Contractor. the Contractor. G. Digital Photographs: 24 bit color, minimum resolution of 1024 by 768, in JPG format; provide files unaltered by photo performance of services. editing software. 01100-SUMMARY 3. Receiving and unloading of Owner furnished items: B. The Contractor shall field verily all conditions and dimensions prior to any work and shall b e 2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 1. Delivery Medium: Via email. a. Prior to deliveryand installation of the Owner's kitchen equipment,the following must be responsible for all work and materials including those furnished by subcontractors. Contractor 3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 01300-ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS g completed: P P responsibility or the condition o4. Promptly notify ArchitecUEngineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or shall accept remises as found, Owner assumes no res nsibili for the 2. File Naming: Include project identification, date and time of view, and view identification. T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 01329-SUSTAINABLE DESIGN AND REPORTING 1 Tile must be set and clean; Fiberglass Reinforced Panels FRP and/or tile shall be: existing site or existing structures at the time of bidding or thereafter. 3. PDF File: Assemble all photos into printable pages in PDF format, with 2 to 3 photos per page,each photo labeled non-conformance of Work or products. g (FRP) 01400-QUALITY REQUIREMENTS hung and trimmed;acoustical ceiling grid complete with all light fixtures, ductwork C. Dimensions take precedence over drawings. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE with file name;one PDF file per submittal. 5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect/Engineer. 01500-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS and diffusers installed; acoustical ceiling tile shall be installed; and all gypsum wall ANY LOCATIONS. The architect shall be notified if any discrepancy occurs prior to continuing 4. Hard Copy: Printed hardcopy (grayscale) of PDF file. 6. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. 01524-CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT ns P Agency board ceilings shall be finished. with work. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW C. Limits on Testing/Inspection Iection A enc Authority: 2) Contractor shall provide motorized, hydraulic forklift at site to assist in the off loading D. All plan dimensions are from centerline of stud or face of masonry unless noted otherwise. C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 01600- PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS of Owner provided kitchen equipment. The Contractor shall inventory the Owner E. The Contractor shall report to the Owner and Architect an errors, inconsistencies, or 1. Product data. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: furnished items delivered to the job site and check each item to ensure that the P Y 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 01700- EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1 omissions discovered. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 01780-CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS correct type and model number per the food service plans and kitchen equipment F. The Contractor is responsible for correcting an errors after the start of construction which has 3. Samples for selection. 11139 brochure provided at the beginning of the project has been delivered. The Contractor P 9 Y 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. DIVISION 2--SITE CONSTRUCTION shall notify the Owner immediately if any discrepancies are found. not been brought to the attention of the architect. The means of correcting any error shall first B. Submit to Architect/Engineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and D. Contractor Responsibilities: documents.expressed in the contract doc t ex n concept the desigppu . 02010-SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION 3) Contractor to provide copies of all delivery tickets, bills of lading, etc. certifying receipt be approved by the Architect and Owner. 1. Deliver to agency at designated location,adequate samples of materials proposed to be 02361 -SOIL TREATMENT FOR TERMITE CONTROL of the Owner furnished items. G.All construction shall comply with the applicable building codes and local restrictions. The C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color,or finish selection. used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs. Contractor must comply with the Contractor registration requirements of all governing 4) Inspection of all Owner furnished items upon delivery for evidence of damage is the ConD. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to . 02930- EXTERIOR PLANTS authorities responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall repair or replace, at no cost to documents purposes described in Section 01780-CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. manufacturers'facilities. Lt rel j, DIVISION 3--CONCRETE the Owner,any damaged equipment received at the job site and not noted on the bill H secuThered real building permits shall be paid hit subcontractor for r by thesOwner. All other permits shall be 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: `4,,4,V i(. '//fit REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS g P Y Y Po eq city, county, 5) The Contractor is solely responsible for care of the Owner furnished items once and/or state licenses shall be acquired and paid for by the individual subcontractor. A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. " DIVISION 4-- MASONRY 1. Design data. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be u BRIAN S.THo received until completion of the contract. Any los or damage during his possession I. It shall be the res onsibili of the Contractor to locate all existin utilities whether shown g 04100- MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT responsibility 9 To o will be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Owner. herein or not and to protect them from damage. The Contractor shall bear all expense of 2. Certificates. c. To facilitate testslinspections. 04700-SIMULATED MASONRY 4. Foodservice equipment installation: repair or replacement of utilities or other property damaged by operations in conjunction with 3. Test reports. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. i 14 -, DIVISION 5-- METALS a. The Contractor shall off load, uncrate and store all food service equipment not installed the prosecution of the work. 4. Inspection reports. ra 4. Notify Architect/Engineeranct laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations / by Owner's agent, set in place, level and scribe to walls, floor and base as required. Pull J. The Contractor shall be res onsible for and shall re lace or remed an faul p pe 5. Manufacturer's instructions. requiring testing/inspection services. Tr pts 05515- ROOF ACCESS LADDERS p p y y faulty, im ro r,or �v equipment tight and secure field joints and properly dispose of all packing material. inferior materials or workmanship which shall appear within one year or as otherwise specified 6. Manufacturer's field reports. f tlE DIVISION 6--WOOD AND PLASTICS 5. Employ services of n independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional 7/16/2013 1) Properly anchor or fasten to walls, floor, ceiling,and base as per installation for a specific component after the completion and acceptance of the wok under this contract. 7. Other types indicated. samples,tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 06100- ROUGH CARPENTRY recommendations of the food service equipment manufacturer. K. The Contractor is to provide blocking as required for mounting of booth tables,wal mounted 3.08 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT 6. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples,tests, and inspections 06200- FINISH CARPENTRY 2) provide silicone bead where equipment joins together or abuts wall surfaces. Color shelves,cabinets, HC grab bards and partition braces in addition to other requirements required b Contractor beyond specified requirements.of silicone to be clear. A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: eq Y Y P q DIVISION 7--THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION specified herein. 3) Assemble and secure in place all loose components such as,but not limited to, the 1. Project record documents. E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed 07212- BOARD AND BATT INSULATION following examples: tops of base units, shelves, legs, dispensers,etc. 1.08 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES 2. Operation and maintenance data. by the same agency on instructions by ArchitectfEngineer. 07260-WEATHER BARRIERS 4) Mounting of equipment: Equipment which is not provided with legs or casters A. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner: 3. Warranties. F. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for 07314- RECYCLED SIMULATED SLATE ROOFING meeting the applicable requirements should be mounted by the following method: 1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open 4. Bonds. by Contractor. Equipment desi designed and constructed to be mounted direct) to the floor, without leduring construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily 07466- FIBER CEMENT SIDING g y legs 5. Other types as indicated. G.Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed or casters,should be sealed around the entire perimeter of the equipment. altered. b the same agency on instructions b ArchitecUEn ineer. Payment for re testing will be 07530- ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 2. Do not obstruct roadways,sidewalks, or other public was without permit. B. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. Y 9e cY Y 9 Y 9 5) Installation of all food service equipment shall comply with all applicable codes and Y P Y P charged to the Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Price. 07620-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM standards required by the local health department. B. Utility Outages and Shutdown: 3.09 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS 6 The Contractor shall provide rough in water, drainage and other service piping 1. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities. A. Documents for Review: 3.04 DEFECT ASSESSMENT 07720- ROOF ACCESSORIES ) P gP P g P ty adjacent to food service equipment requiring same, capping drain outlets with 1. Small Size Sheets, Not Larger Than 8-1/2 x 71 inches: Submitthe number of copies that Contractor requires, plus A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements. 07900-JOINT SEALERS suitable plugs and terminating water and other service with shut-off valves and cocks. END OF SECTION one copy that will be retained by ArchitectfEngineer. B. If, in the opinion of Architect/Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, c DIVISION 8-- DOORS AND WINDOWS After installation of food service equipment, Contractor shall make all final SECTION 01300 2. Larger Sheets, Not Larger Than 30 x 42 inches: Submit the number of opaque reproductions that Contractor Architect/Engineer will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. o connections. � 08110-STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES requires, plus one copy that will be retained by Architect/Engineer. @ 0821 , 7) The Contractor shall supply one 14 inch diameter loop of soft copper coil at each ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS B. Documents for Information: Submit two copies. END OF SECTION _ FLUSH WOOD COORS water line for all applicable food service equipment and related cabinetry that may CC 08385- DOUBLE-ACTING TRAFFIC DOORS need to be re ositioned for maintenance or re air. PART 1 GENERAL C. Documents for Project Closeout: Make one reproduction of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of m P P 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES submittals for information. SECTION 01500 08571-ALUMINUM CLAD CASEMENT WINDOWS 8) The Contractor shall provide rough-in electrical wiring terminated in outlet boxed adjacent to food service equipment and, after installation of equipment, shall make all A. Preconstruction meeting. D. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 08710- DOOR HARDWARE final connections. This includes supplying devices, cord and plugs,etc, as requiredArchitect/Engineer. B. Site mobilization meeting. PART 1 GENERAL Cn 08800-GLAZING to complete installation. 1. After review, produce duplicates. N C. Progress meetings. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES DIVISION 9-- FINISHES 5. Soda System: contractor shall be responsible for coordination of soda system. Soda 2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. . vendor will provide and install the sodas stem. Contractor is responsible for PVC i D. Construction progress schedule. A. Temporary utilities. 09260-GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES P Y Po pipe 3.10 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES po ry chases, plumbing and electrical services per plan and coordinating installation. E. Progress photographs. B. Temporary telecommunications services. /��//� C: 09300-TILE A. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. /VC„ 0 6. Beer System: Beer system will be provided by Owner and installed by Owner's Vendor. F. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. C. Temporary telephone service. Ir� 09511 -SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Contractor is responsible for PVC pipe chases, plumbing and electrical services per plan B. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section 09771 - PREFINISHED PANELS and coordinating installation. G.Number of copies of submittals. number,as appropriate on each copy. D. Temporary sanitary facilities. at 09900- PAINTS AND COATINGS 7. Owner shall provide furnishings and decor shown on architectural drawings as by Owner H. Submittal procedures. C. Apply Contractor's stamp,signed or initialed certifying that review, approval,verification of Products required,field E. Temporary Controls: Barriers,enclosures, and fencing. P1 Q_ including, but not limited to,stools, chairs, booths,tables, light fixtures(as noted by Owner 1.02 PROJECT COORDINATION dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the F. Security requirements. """ 11VVQ C DIVISION 10--SPECIALTIES are on lighting fixture schedule), blackboards, bamboo mirror frames and decor. Contractor Work and Contract Documents. 70155-TOILET PARTITIONS shall provide 40 man hours for installation of Owner's smallwares. Note: Al millwork items A. Cooperate with the Project Coordinator in allocation of mobilization areas of site;for field G.Vehicular access and parking. LUN offices and sheds,for worker access,traffic,and parking facilities. D. Deliver submittals to Architect/Engineer at business address. 3 10260-WALL AND CORNER GUARDS shown on architectural drawings including, but not limited to,cabinets,shelving,vanities, H. Waste removal facilities and services. Q and toilet partitions shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor shall submit B. During construction, coordinate use of site and facilities through the Project Coordinator. E. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. I. Project identification sign. � 10445- DOOR AND ROOM SIGNS 00 o shop drawings of same for approval. C.Comply with Project Coordinator's procedures for intra-project communications; submittals, F. For each submittal for review, allow 7 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. J. Field offices. 10523- FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES 8. Illuminated Sign Package: Owner's vendor shall supply and install all illuminated exterior reports and records, schedules, coordination drawings, and recommendations; and resolution G.Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful 0 building signage under a separate contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for of ambiguities and conflicts. 1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES-See Section 01510 3 10800-TOILET, BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES i 9 9 P Po 9 performance of the completed Work. 0l� supplying individual electrical stub-ups at each site sign and/or each wall sign as required A. Provide and pay for all electrical power, lighting, water, heating and cooling, and ventilation MJ DIVISION 11 -- EQUIPMENT D. Comply with instructions of the Project Coordinator for use of temporary utilities and H. Provides space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps. m per plan and make final connection. grequired for construction purposes. 9 'p construction facilities. o 11400- FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT a. Owners vendor shall supply and install illuminated signageon free-standing base. I. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. PP Y9 B. Use trigger-operated nozzles for water hoses,to avoid waste of water. � fl E. Coordinate field engineering and layout work under instructions of the Project Coordinator. Contractor shall supply electrical service and appropriate stub-outs within sign base as J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with 1.03 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES O o t DIVISION 0-INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, BIDDING REQUIREMENTS,AND CONTRACT required per plans. F. Make the following types of submittals to Architect/Engineer through the Project Coordinator: requirements. o REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00200 9. All Carpet: Owner shall supply and install. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner's agent. 1. Requests for interpretation. A. Provide, maintain, and pay for telecommunications services to field office at time of project K. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. Lel T 10. Water Softener: Contractor shall plumb all soft water lines and stub-out for unit 2. Requests for substitution. mobilization. o C INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS L. Do not make requests for deviations from contract documents via shop drawings, product data,or samples. Deviations t IL M hook-up. Water Softener shall be provided by Owner. Installation shall be by Contractor. 3. Shop drawings,product data,and samples. will not be valid unless specifically approved under specified modification procedures. B. Telecommunications services shall include: C FORM OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11. Music/Intercom System: Owner's agent shall supply and install complete music G.Make the following C.Provide, maintain and a for facsimile service and a dedicated telephone line to field office at p g types of submittals to Owner through the Project Coordinator: pay P 0 1.01 See AIA Document A701 (1997 Edition), Instructions to Bidders following this document. system. Contractor shall supply electrical service and PVC wire chases with pull strings 1. Test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION time of project mobilization. C+�i (nper plans and coordinate installation with Owners agent. Contractor to provide adequate M� a) 1.03 backing to install all necessary equipment. (� =; 1.02 An invitation to bid shall be issued by GMRI, Inc. under separate cover from this manual. 2. Manufacturer's instructions and field reports. 1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES =0 a) 1.03 The instructions in this document amend or supplement the Instructions To Bidders and other 12. Point of Sale and Back Office Systems: All system equipment shall be provided by 3. Applications for payment and change order requests. A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project LL C: provisions of the Bidding and Contract Documents. Owner, including computer cable. All equipment shall be installed by Owner's agent. All 4. Progress schedules. SECTION 01400 mobilization. r6 5. Coordination drawings.END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS cable and wiring shall be installed in conduit as per plan. Contractor to provide 4 hours of 9 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS B. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. RR 0 carpentry and 4 hours of electrician labor on installation day for arty changes that may 6. Closeout submittals. PART 1 GENERAL 1.05 BARRIERS SECTION 00300 arise. PART 2 PRODUCTS- NOT USED 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas,to allow for owners use tf 13. Safes: Contractor to coordinate installation with Owners vendor. INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS PART 3 EXECUTION of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction Q 14. Telephones: Owner's agent(Lucent Technologies unless noted otherwise)will supply A. References and standards. EXISTING REPORTS AND SURVEYS 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING operations and demolition. P�� Cli and install permanent telephone and jacks. Contractor shall supply and install junction B. Control of installation. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public 1.01 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION REPORT boxes with pull strings per plans for said installation and coordinate with Owner's agent. A. Owner will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award. C.Tolerances. 15. Cable TV: Contractor to provide conduit as shown from 5 feet outside the building to rights-of-way and for public access to existing building. LA. A copy of a geotechnical report with respect to the building site,as prepared by others, is P 9 B. Attendance Required: D. Testing and inspection services. � included with this document: TV locations as shown on the plans and provide pull strings. Contractor shall also 1. Owner. C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic,stored materials, site, and structures from damage. coordinate installation with Owner's agent. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.06 FENCING WB. This report identifies properties of below grade conditions and offers recommendations for the 2. Contractor. 16. Sealing of Penetrations: A. ASTM C 1021 -Standard Practice for Laboratories Engaged in Testing of Building Sealants; 2001. C: design of foundations, prepared primarily for the use of Architect/Engineer. A. Construction: Contractor's option. M a. Contractor shall adequately seal with escutcheons and/or sealant all utilityand service C. Agenda: 1.02 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY q y 1. Execution of Owner-Contractor A reement. B. ASTM C 1077-Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and B. Provide 6 foot high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates Issue Date: 3-23-2012 00 piping and other required openings through walls and floors. g Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation;2006a. with locks. A. A copy of a topographic survey with respect to the project site is included with this document: 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. b. Contractor shall seal conduit/outlet penetrations with approved foam insulation. C. ASTM C 1093-Standard Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry;2006. 1.07 SECURITY REVISION INFORMATION 0 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. B. This survey identifies grade elevations prepared primarily for the use of ArchitecUEngineer in 17. Workmanship: D. ASTM D 3740-Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and establishing new grades and identifying natural water shed. a. Graining: Where two metal surfaces are butt welded, grain shall run in the same 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values,and progress q gg P A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work,existing facilities, and Owner's operations from -- n schedule. Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction;2004a. unauthorized entry,vandalism,or theft. O END OF INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS direction. ry, a b. Cove all intersections of vertical and horizontal sheet metal on a 5/8" radius unless 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract. E. ASTM E 329-Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged Construction Inspection and/or Testing;2007. 1.08 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING N SECTION 00500 otherwise indicated. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for F. ASTM E 543-Standard Specification for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing;2006. A. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner. w 18. Fastening: payments, proposal request,Change Orders,and Contract closeout procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants,free of obstructions. NAGREEMENT a. Provide nuts,bolts, and screws of American Standard unified screw thread design in 7. Scheduling. A. Test Reports: After each testlinspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Architect/Engineer,Owner,and to Contractor. C.Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. - - PART 1 GENERAL stainless steel,only when sanitary fastenings are impossible. In all instances, use D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two ren 1. Include: FORM OF AGREEMENT counter-sunk,flat, or oval head fasteners. round head fasteners are not acceptable. copies to Architect/Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. D. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space c b. Wherever bolt threads are exposed,or may come in contact with a wiping cloth, use a. Date issued. is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. - xPo Y P 9 3.02 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETING 3 2.01 The Agreement to be executed will be provided by owner. b. Project title and number. -- cts stainless steel acorn nuts. 7.09 WASTE REMOVAL 2.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Owner will schedule a meeting at the Project site prior to Contractor occupancy. c. Name of inspector. 0 19. Welding: A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and N A. Section 00700-General Conditions. a. All weldingshall be r AWS standards b electric arc method with rod of same B. Attendance Required: d. Date and time of sampling or inspection. W y 1. Contractor. e. Identification of product and specifications section. orderly condition. a) PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED composition as parts welded. make welds complete,strong, and ductile with rubble P ( ) B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically. � ground off and joints finished smooth, polished,and re-grained. Welds shall not be 2. Owner. f. Location in the Project. I- PART 3 EXECUTION(NOT USED) visible on continuous appearance. All welding shall be of a non-toxic nature when used 3. Contractors Superintendent. g. Type of test/inspection. C.If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable = 4.01 GMRI. Inc. Contract for Construction forms the basis of Contract between the Owner and on surfaces exposed to unpackaged food. 4. Major Subcontractors. h. Date of testlinspection. non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the -- Contractor. 20. Grinding, Polishing,and Finishing: structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. C. Agenda: I. Results of test/inspection. CL END OF AGREEMENT a. Any material sunken or depressed by welding operation shall be hammered and peened Conformance with Contract Documents. D. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers o flush with adjacent surfaces and, if necessary, g P 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. L --- 0 ry,ground again to eliminate lows spots. with lids. U SECTION 00700 Owner's requirements anda 2. qupartial itl occupancy prior o completion. k. When requested by ArchitectlEngineer, provide interpretation of results. Surfaces showing evidence of warpage and/or burn discoloration will not be accepted. 1.10 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION in all cases,textures from rough grinding shall be removed by successive finer polishing 3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. 2. Test reports are submitted to Owner for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given GENERAL CONDITIONS operations until the grain of the entire surface is homogeneous. 4. Survey and building layout. and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. A. Provide project identification sign of design and construction indicated on Drawings. _ FORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONS 21. Equipment Adjustment: 5. Security and housekeeping procedures. B. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or B. Erect on site at location indicated. 1.01 The General Conditions applicable to this contract will be provided by owner. a. Contractor shall operate all food service equipment,test for leaks, proper connections, 6. Schedules. installation/application subcontractor to Owner, in quantities specified for Product Data. C. No other signs are allowed without Owner permission except those required by law. END OF DOCUMENT inadequate or faulty performance, calibrate and correct and adjust for proper operation. 7. Application for payment procedures. 1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits,and 1.11 FIELD OFFICES All thermostatically controlled equipment and equipment with automatic features shall be 8. Procedures for testing. certifications as appropriate. operated for a sufficient length of time to prove controls are functioning as intended. all C. Manufacturers Field Reports: Submit reports direct) to Owner. A. Office: Weathertight, with lighting,electrical outlets, heating, cooling equipment, and food service plans, shopdrawings, and equipment brochures are to remain at the store 9. Procedures for maintaining record documents. P P y equipped with sturdy furniture,drawing rack and drawing display table. Restaurant #: 0457 DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS e10. Requirements for start-up of equipment. 1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept and be handed over to the Owner for future reference. expressed in the contract documents. B. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons. 22. Testing: 11. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period. 7.04 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS C.Locate offices a minimum distance of 30 feet from existing and new structures. SECTION 01100 a. Contractor shall test all water and gas piping built within the food service equipment for 3.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS 1.12 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES,AND CONTROLS RED LOBSTER 457 leaks using approved testing procedures. A. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document a documents not included in the Project Manual, also SUMMARY P g referred to as reference standards,comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment,facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion RENOVATION 23. Completion: meetings.PART 7 GENERAL a. Contractor shall remove all protective coverings,tags, labels,and tape from or are required by applicable codes. inspection. p g g p equipment. B. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers,Owner,as B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents,except where a specific date is B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated. 1.01 PROJECT b. Contractor shall thoroughly clean and polish Owner furnished items. appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. established by applicable code. C.Clean and repair damage caused b installation or use of temporary work. A. Project Name: Red Lobster. c. Contractor shall place protective coverings on all equipment after cleaning until final C. Agenda: P 9e Y P ry P 9 P 9 1. Review minutes of C.Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. B. Owner's Name: GMRI, Inc. acceptance of building at which time contractor shall remove protective coverings. previous meetings. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. 10330 D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals,planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion. S O U T H W E S T C.The Project consists of the construction of a Red Lobster BH68 Prototype. 1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY 2. Review of Work progress. PART 2 PRODUCTS- NOT USED 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress. proceeding. A. Contract T A single rime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations. P P pe P P g G R E E N B U R G ROAD Type: g P P 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. F. Neither the contractual relationships,duties,or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of Architect/Engineer shall be 00500-Agreement. C. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy. altered from the Contract Documents b mention or inference otherwise in an reference document. END OF SECTION 1.03 WORK BY OWNER D. Owner reserves right to occupy and to lace and install 6. Maintenance a progress schedule. Y Y g py p equipment as necessary in completed 7, Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES A. For items specified as supplied and installed b Owner,the Contractor shall coordinate and areas of building before Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy does not interfere P PP Y 8. Planned progress during succeeding work period. A. Owner will employ services of an independent testing agency to perform specified testing. accommodate the Owners contractors during the Work. Contractor shall provide all conduits, with completion of Work. boxes,chases,etc. as indicated on the drawings for a complete installation. E. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constituted acceptance of total 9. Maintenance of quality and work standards. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract T I G A R D r OR Work. 10. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. Documents. B. For items specified as supplied by owner and installed by Contractor, Contractor shall furnish 11. Other business relating to Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS- NOT USED all labor, material,equipment,and tools required to receive, unload, store, protect, move from F. owner or Owner's agent to prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific storage, uncrate,assemble, install, and level these items. portion of Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy. D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants,with two Drawing g p p cy. PART 3 EXECUTION 1. Food Service Equipment: G.Obtain Certificate of Occupancy from local building officials before Owner occupancy copies to Architect/Engineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION a. Owner shall furnish food service equipment shown on food service drawings including, 3.04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE H. Mechanical and Electrical Systems: A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions,and workmanship, to produce Work of SPECIFICATIONS but not limited to the following: 1. Before partial Owner occupancy, A. Within 10 days after joint review,submit complete schedule. quality.p p cy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully specified wall 1) Kitchen equipment operational. B. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. B. Comply with manufacturers'instructions, including each step in sequence. 2) Service bar equipment 2. Required inspections and tests shall have been successfully completed. C. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 3 Stainless steel tables and shelves C. Should manufacturers'instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect/Engineer before 3. On occupancy, Owner will provide operation and maintenance of mechanical and electrical 3.05 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS proceeding. 4) Walk-in coolers and freezers systems in occupied portions of Building. 5 Remote refrigeration units A. Submit photographs with each application for payment,taken not more than 3 days prior to D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified g 1.05 PRODUCTS ORDERED IN ADVANCE submission of application for payment. requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. 6) Booster heater A. Purchase Orders: 7) Exhaust hoods with integral fire suppression,associated exhaust fans,curbs,and B. Maintain one set of all photographs at project site for reference; same copies as submitted, E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. 1. Owner has negotiated purchase orders with suppliers of materials and equipment to be identified as such. F. Verify p g y MUA units. ty that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed b the manufacturer. incorporated into Work. C. PhotograT e: Digital,(a)AII ductwork(type 1 and type 2 hoods), flue caps and ductwrap shall be provided 2. Owner has assigned these purchase orders to Contractor. g Ph y YP g electronic files. G.Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses,vibration, physical distortion, AS1 and installed by the Contractor. D. Provide photographs of site and construction throughout progress of Work produced by an and disfigurement. 3. Costs for receiving, handling,storage, and installation are included in contract sum. experienced photographer, acceptable to Architect/Engineer. SECTION 01524-SUSTAINABLE DIVISION 3 - METALS CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT SECTION 01600 3.04 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. A. Mix toxicant to manufacturer's instructions. PART 1 - GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's 5. Details not on original Contract drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION RELATED DOCUMENTS PART1 GENERAL instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 3.01 EXAMINATION SECTION 05515 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions replacement. and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. For Each Product or System: List names,addresses and telephone numbers of A. Verify that soil surfaces are unfrozen, sufficiently dry to absorb toxicant, and B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement arts. ready to receive treatment. ROOF ACCESS LADDER 1.2 SUMMARY A. General product requirements. PP� 9 PP� P P C.Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and B. Verify final radio is complete. PART1 GENERAL A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: B. Transportation, handling,storage and protection. B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, fY grading P horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Salvaging nonhazardous construction waste. and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. 3.02 APPLICATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES d Prouct option requirements. 2. Recycling nonhazardous construction waste. C. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces,with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component arts of equipment Brian S S . Thomas , 3. Disposing of nonhazardous construction waste. D. Substitution limitations and procedures. g PP P Po PA. Spray apply toxicant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. A. Roof access ladder. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as E. Procedures for O B. Related Sections include the following: CUTG B. Apply toxicant at following locations: PART 2 PRODUCTS Architect Owner-supplied products. maintenance drawings.3.05 TINAND PATCHING 1. Division 1 Section 01329 Sustainable Design Reporting. 1. Under Slabs-on-Grade. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 1.3 DEFINITIONS F. Spare parts and maintenance materials. A. Execute cuttingand patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover D.Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of P 9 9 P 2. At Both Sides of Foundation Surface. A. Alaco Ladder Co. A. Construction Waste: Buildingand site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from 1.02 SUBMITTALS work in order to install improperlyse uenced work, to remove and replace defective or instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. p g 4 P � 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. non-conforming work,to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES C. Apply extra treatment to structure penetration surfaces such as pipe or ducts, 2.02 PRODUCT 1 P P P 9 9 A. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy and soil penetrations such as grounding rods or posts. T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 B. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent deposit in landfill to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute A. For Each Product,Applied Material,and Finish: A. Model 660 Hinged Wall,aluminum. or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. manufacturers'standard data to provide information specific to this Project. propatching to complement adjacent work,and to fit ducts together to integrate with other D. Re-treat disturbed treated soil with same toxicant as original treatment. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning PART 3 EXECUTION C. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent reprocessing in preparation work. g E. If inspection or testing identifies the presence of termites, re-treat soil and re-test. for reuse. B. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and 3.01 INSTALLATION B. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate 3.03 PROTECTION D. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in the same electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. 9 ry q surfaces to receive patching and finishing. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. form in another facility. service for functional equipment and appliances. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Do not permit soil grading over treated work. E. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation in C.Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product,with C. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and B. Provide blocking in walls as required. Adjust bracket lenghts to accommodate different wall the same form into the Work. integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: END OF SECTION elevations as required. D. Cut rigid materials using mason saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. ARCHITECTS PROJECT #: 1.4 PERFORMANCE GOALS 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the g g ry 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. END OF SECTION A. General: Develop waste management plan that results in end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling manufacturers standard colors,textures,and patterns. prior approval. fY P 9 9 11139 of 75 percent by weight of total waste generated by the Work. E. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 3. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS PART 2 PRODUCTS P q EXTERIOR PLANTS 1. Construction Waste: F. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves,ducts, conduit,and other penetrations through surfaces. B. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and a. Site-clearing waste. 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS g P P g communications;typed. PART1 GENERAL SECTION 06100 b. Masonry and CMU. A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. G.At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction,completely seal 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ROUGH CARPENTRY c. Lumber. voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07840,to full thickness of the C. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions B. Do not use products having an of the following characteristics: and sequences. Include regulation,control, stopping, PART1 GENERAL d. Wood sheet materials. P g Y g penetrated element. 4 9 Aping, shut-down,and emergency A. New trees, plants, and ground covet LVS D AI, , 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES r- , �Iz e. Wood trim. g g H. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest B. Maintenance. tis % f. Metals. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS D. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative A. Structural floor, wall, and roof framing. r, intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. C.Maintain plant life for three months after delivery date to Owner(referred to as v' Roofin maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions;and "turnover" � BRIAN 5.'1`t9i;1 9' i A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product I. Make neat transitions. Patch work to match adjacent work in texture and appearance. Maintenance by Owner). B. Sheathing. h. Insulation. 1 PPe alignment, adjusting, balancing,and checking instructions. $ meeting those standards or description. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. D. Maintenance to include: C. Preservative treated wood materials. 1. Carpet and pad. E. Include manufacturers printed operation and maintenance instructions. a B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the 3.06 PROGRESS CLEANING 1. Cultivation and weeding plant beds and tree pits. D. Fire retardant treated wood materials. f j. Gypsum board. 7iii , manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. F. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. k. Paint. g P pt 2. Applying herbicides for weed control in accordance with manufacturer's A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and E. Miscellaneous framing and sheathing. ? VC>`' I. Window glass C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for orderlycondition. G.Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams instructions. Remedy damage resulting from use of herbicides. / �,v required for maintenance. F. Communications and electrical room mounting boards. OF i3 m. Piping. Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. B. Remove debris and rubbish from i chases, plenums, attics, crawls aces, and other 4 3. Remedy damage from use of insecticides. 7/16/2013 n. Electrical conduit. P P P H. Provide framed information as follows. All information shall be framed in black metal 4. Irrigating sufficient to saturate roots stem. G.Wood nailers and curbs for roofing and items installed on roof. o. Packaging: Regardless of Salva e/r 2.03 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS 9 9 Y g g: g g ecycle goal indicated above, salvage or recycle 100 closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. frames. 5. Pruning,A. Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in C.Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior g, including removal of dead or broken branches, and treatment of H. Concealed wood blocking, milers,and supports. percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: p or to start of surface finishing,and continue 1. Subcontractor list and service company contact information (to be located in office) pruned areas or other wounds. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1) Paper. individual specification sections. cleaning to eliminate dust. 2. All warranty information (located in office) 6. Disease control. 2) Cardboard. B. Deliver to Project site;obtain receipt prior to final payment. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris,and trash/rubbish from site weekly and disposeA. ASTM A 153/A 153M-Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel 3) Boxes. PART 3 EXECUTION off-site; do not burn or bury. 3. Legend and locations of labels on valves and knobs in mechanical room (located in 7. Maintaining wrapping,guys,turnbuckles,and stakes. Adjust turnbuckles to Hardware;2005. 4 Plastic sheet and film. mechanical room) keep guy wires tight. Repair or replace accessories when required. 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 3.07 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK 4. Ma of zones for irrigation system located with irrigation controls. 8. Replacement of dead/dying in plant material. B. ASTM E 84-Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building 5) Polystyrene packaging. P g y g P Y g P Materials;2007. 6) Wood crates. A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. 3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS PART 2 PRODUCTS C. AWPA C20-Structural Lumber-- Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes; 7) Plastic pails during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of 2.01 TREES, PLANTS,AND GROUND COVER American Wood-Preservers'Association;2002. 1.5 SUBMITTALS B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in described products. A. Refer to landscape drawings for species, size, locations, and quantities for all D. AWPA Ut -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood;American A. Waste Management Plan: Submit three copies of plan within 30 days of date established for the Contractor. immediate work area to prevent damage. B. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. plant materials. Wood-Preservers'Association; 2007. commencement of the Work. B. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit three C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections,jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic END OF SECTION E. PS 1 -Structural Plywood;2007. t with C wContract Documents. copies of report. Include the following information: substitutionE. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic,dirt, wear,damage, or covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into F. PS 20-American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and 1. Material category. D. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: movement of heavyobjects,b protecting with durable sheet materials. related consistent groupings. 1 Y P 9 Technology(Department of Commerce);2005. C 2. Generation point of waste. 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality F. Prohibit traffic or storage u D. Cover: Identity each binder with ed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE o g upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is fY typed P DIVISION 3-CONCRETE G.RIS(GR)-Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber; Redwood 3. Total quantity of waste in tons. level of the specified product. INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Pro' 4. Quanti of waste Salva ed, both estimated and actual in tons. necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material rfI Project; identify subject matter of contents. Inspection Service;2000. CU tY 9 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. manufacturer. c A. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS P 5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons. E. Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system,with typed description of H. SPIB GR -Gradin Rules; Southern Pine Ins m 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the product and major component its of e ( ) 9 Inspection Bureau, Inc.;2002. s 6. Total quantity of waste recovered(salvaged plus recycled) in tons. G.Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if P 1 Po pa equipment. m Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. I. WCLB (GR)-Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber No. 17;West Coast Lumber 7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled)as a percentage of total waste. possible. F. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become DIVISION 4- MASONRY Inspection Bureau;2004, and supplements. _ C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals apparent. 3.08 SYSTEMS STARTUP G.Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text;fold larger and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. pP J. WWPA G-5-Western Lumber Grading Rules;Western Wood Products Association;2005. A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. drawings to size of text pages. SECTION 04700 0) D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE N organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. product data submittals,without separate written request,or when acceptance will require B. Ver' that each piece of equipment ors stem has been checked for proper lubrication, H. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of g 9 P p eq p q rfY py p p SIMULATED MASONRY A. Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and approved radio rules and inspection agencies. E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by revision to the Contract Documents. drive rotation, belt tension,control sequence,and for conditions that may cause damage. this Project Manual. P Y PP grading P 9 3 recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, 3.02 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS C. Verifytests, meter readings,and specified electrical characteristics agree with those 1. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume,with each product or system 1. Acceptable Lumber Inspection Agencies: RIS, SPIB,WCLB,and WWPA. C 9 Pe 9 PART1 GENERAL receipts, and invoices. description identified in three arts as follows: B. Exposed-to-View Rough Carpentry: Submit manufacturers certificate that r meet r 0 P required by the equipment or system manufacturer. P P P ga p oducts ee o A. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES exceeds specified re Fh F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names,addresses, and telephone numbers of p requirements, in lieu of grade stamping. incinerator facilities licensed to accept t them. Include manifests, weight ht tickets, receipts,ts, and 1. Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data,and samples. D. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. P 9 P Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors,and major equipment suppliers. A. Manufactured stone veneer. PART 2 PRODUCTS E invoices. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with E. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturers L 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions,arranged by system and subdivided by 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS N G. LEED® Submittal: LEER® Letter Template for Credit MR 2.1 and 2.2, tabulating total waste Owner. representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. M CL P 9 specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses,and telephone A. Performance Requirements: Provide manufactured stone veneer which has A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. o C material,quantities diverted and means by which it is diverted. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. F. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identity the following: been manufactured,fabricated and installed to withstand loads from standard N 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. functioning correctly. a. Significant design criteria. 1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; if no � A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having g g reference and to maintain performance criteria stated by manufacturer without grading g P P 9 y y grading g g c 9 rY e4 P Y 9 P 9 9 radio agency is specified, provide lumber graded b an radio agency meeting the F4 3.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 3.09 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION b. List of equipment. defects,dama a or failure.. 0@ 3 jurisdiction. g specified requirements. 3 B. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize A. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment,trouble-shooting,servicing, c. Parts list for each component. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE /� 00 2. Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, )1 0 Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled time, at equipment d. Operating instructions. P Y . performing ( g) P grading IIJJ t A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in erformin the work of this American Lumber Standard Committee www.alsc.or and who provides radio service related to waste management including, but not limited to,the following: B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturers instructions. location. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. section with minimum three years of experience. for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unless 3 1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of Waste Management B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other f. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning otherwise indicated. o C.Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 09 i Coordinator. season within six months. methods and materials,and special precautions identifying detrimental agents.surrounding areas. P P fy g g B. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Part 3: Pro A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 40 degrees o C.Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform jest documents and certificates, including the following: ng p gees F n 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities 4 P g I P g g prior to, during and for 48 hours after completion of work. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS ( e bins needed to avoid delays. are correct,and products are undamaged. demonstration and instruction of owner personnel. a. Shop drawings and product data. O d t 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products b methods to prevent soiling, 3.10 ADJUSTING b. Certificates. B. Protect materials from rain, moisture and freezing temperatures prior to, during, A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings,S4S unless rough lumber is specifically o P P Y P 9. and 48 hours after completion of work. indicated. 0 facilities. disfigurement, or damage. A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. J. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data,with tabbed dividers and space for > 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade. insertion of data. C. Allow no construction activity on opposite side of wall during installation and for B. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19. C: 3.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 3.11 FINAL CLEANING 48 hours after tom letion of work. 1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN P C. Stud Framing (2 by 2 through 2 by 10): t IL Co A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incomin products so that the K. Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of C: A. General: Develop plan consisting of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and 99 P y are delivered A. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. Architect/Engineer,Consultants, and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule 1.05 WARRANTY 1. Species: Douglas Fir, Southern, Western Cedars,or Sitka Spruce. � O cost/revenue analysis. Indicate quantities b weight or volume, but use same units of measure according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize B. Clean interior and exterior lass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, y 4 Y g 9 P P rY of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. A. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for materials from date of purchase.. 2. Grade: No.2. throughout waste management Ian. waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. ui 9 9 P stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces,vacuum carpeted 3.06 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 0 B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated D. Joist, Rafter, and Small Beam Framing (2 by 6 through 4 by 16): �I � p types and quantities of site-clearing and construction B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. and soft surfaces. o L waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. A. Obtain warranties and bonds,executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. Species: spruce, pine,fir, hem-fir, southern pine,or Douglas fir-larch. P l� C.Store with seals and labels intact and legible. C.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to esu Hers, and manufacturers,within 10 da p pp 0=1c C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or pp yes after completion of the livable item of 2. Grade: No. 2. D. Store sensitive products in weather tight,climate controlled, enclosures in an environment the surface and material being cleaned. work. Except for items put into use with Owner's 2.01 MANUFACTURERS N disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type P 9p permission, leave date of beginning of E. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds,and Furring: t of waste,quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. favorable to product. D. Clean filters of operating equipment. time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. A. Coronado Stone �� U 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. RQ d) 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. E. Clean debris from roofs,gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. B. Verity that documents are in proper form, contain full information,and are notarized. 2.02 MATERIALS 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. s describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work. F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation F. Clean site;sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. C.Co-execute submittals when required. A. Proprietary Products: Coronado Stone 2 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, F. Miscellaneous Blocking, Furring,and Nailers: Q include list of their names,addresses, and telephone numbers. to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G.Remove waste,surplus materials, trash/rubbish,and construction facilities from the site; D. Retain warranties and bonds until times specified for submittal. 1. Sizes and Shapes: Random sizes,shapes,and textures of finished product to P Pe 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. vi 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and G.Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration,or staining. dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. duplicate natural stones. 9 E. Manual: Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2 by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PANELS organizations, include list of their names, r 2. Simulated Masonry g e a es, add esses, and telephone numbers. H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, 3.12 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES plastic covers. 0 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials disfigurement,or damage. a. EXT-2 Coronado Stone: English Rubble. A. Wall and Roof Sheathing: APA Structural I Rated Sheathing, Exposure 1, and as follows: A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. F. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title WARRANTIES AND BONDS,with each will accept. Include names,addresses, and telephone numbers. 1) Color: Black Hills 1. Structural I. H I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verity 1. Provide copies to Owner. title of Project; name, address and telephone number of Contractor and equipment supplier; 5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, b. Watertable: 2.5 x 24 Chiseled watertable. 2. Span Rating: 24/0. Uj products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. and name of responsible company principal. C: address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. B. Accompany Owner on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion 1) Color: Light Gray 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch, nominal unless noted otherwise, with plywood clips for roof 6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating END OF SECTION or correction in Contractors Notice of Substantial Completion. G.Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project M g g Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section in c. WT-2 Coronado Stone: Split Fieldstone sheathing m recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location on C.Notify Owner when work is considered read for Substantial Completion. P Issue Date: 3 23-2012 _ Project site where materials separation will be located. fy y P Pe p oduct or work item. 1) Color: Dakota Brown B. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: PS 1 A-D plywood,or medium which s cified,and the name of r D. Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion and comply 2.03 ACCESSORIES density fiberboard;3/4 inch thick; flame spread index of 25 or less, smoke developed index 0 D. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste management SECTION 01700 H. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. > with requirements for access to Owner-occupied areas. REVISION INFORMATION plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List A. Metal Lath: 3.4 expanded metal lathe. a) Include the following: E. Notify Owner when work is considered finally complete. Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer,with name,address, and telephone number of 1. Corner Pieces: To match f field stone. C. Other Applications: CIL PART1 GENERAL 0 1. Total quantity of waste. F. Complete items of work determined by Owners final inspection. responsible principal. 1. Plywood Concealed From View But Located Within Exterior Enclosure: PS 1,C-C Q 2. Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include hauling and tipping fees and cost of collection 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 2.04 MIXES Plugged or better, Exterior grade. w 3.13 PROJECT SUPERVISION AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION END OF SECTION containers for each type of waste. A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. A. Mortar: Mix shall consist of one part thinset,two parts Portland cement, and five 2. Plywood Exposed to View But Not Exposed to Weather: PS 1,A-D,or better. 3. Total cost of disposal (with no waste management). B. Cutting and patching. A. Project superintendent shall remain on site through completion of punch list. DIVISION 2 -SITE CONSTRUCTION parts sand.. 3. Other Locations: PS 1,C-D Plugged or better. a> 4. Revenue from salvaged materials. B. Project superintendent shall be present on site for one week prior to store opening. PART 3 EXECUTION 4. Electrical Component Mounting: APA rated sheathing,fire retardant treated. CU 5. Revenue from recycled materials. C. Surveying for laying out the work. rn 6. Savings in hauling and tipping fees by donating materials. D. Cleaning and protection. END OF SECTION SECTION 02361-SUSTAINABLE 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS c 7. Savings in hauling and tipping fees that are avoided. SECTION 01760 A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturers product data, including product g transportation type of waste. E. Starting of systems and equipment. SOIL TREATMENT FOR TERMITE CONTROL technical bulletins, product catalog installation instructions and product carton 8. Handling and trans rtafion costs. Include cost of collection containers for each CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS P 9 P - 9. Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan. F. Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. instructions for installation. PART1 GENERAL PART 2- PRODUCTS(Not Used) G.Closeout procedures,except a ment procedures. PART 1 GENERAL PP Y P 3.02 EXAMINATION PART 3- EXECUTION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES - H. Project supervision after substantial completion. A. Verify that substrate conditions,which have been previously installed under 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION fY P Y = A. Project Record Documents. A. Chemical soil treatment. other sections, are acceptable for roduct installation in accordance with H A. General: Implement waste management plan as approved by Owner. Provide handling, containers, 1.02 QUALIFICATIONSp storage, signage, trans transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan A. For survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in Anywhere, USA and acceptable to B. Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS manufacturer's instructions.. 9Po 4 P 9 P Y P Y Y 9 Yv✓ p Burin the entire duration of the Contract. C. Warranties and bonds. 3.03 PREPARATION 9 Owner. Submit evidence of Surveyors Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the A. Title 7, United States Code, 136 through 136y- Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and 1. Comply with Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for operation, termination, form of an Insurance Certificate. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Rodenticide Act; United States Code; 1947(Revised 2001). A. Surface Preparation: Q_ and removal requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS U B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Owner with claim for final Application for 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Sheathed Surfaces: Install one layer of weather resistant barrier with lap joints 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS Payment. four inch shingle fashion. Apply code approved metal lath, attach with implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing this type of work and: B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Having minimum of 2 ears documented experience. galvanized nails a staples which penetrate a minimum of one inch. Apply six C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for P 9 Y P inches on center each way. Wrap weather resistant barrier and metal lath a as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site. patching and extending work. 1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents 2. Approved by manufacturer of treatment materials. minimum of sixteen inches around all outside and inside corners. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return. before start of Work. Architect/Engineer will review draft and return one copy with 3. Licensed in Anywhere, USA. PART 3 EXECUTION Yw 2. Concrete and Masonry Surfaces: No preparation needed. Examine newly 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities.when they first begin work on-site. Review plan comments. procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and dis disposal. 3.01 EXAMINATION 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS poured concrete closely to ensure that its finished surface contains no releasing P 9 P 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction agents. If it does contain form oil,etch surface with muriatic acid, rinse D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. A. Conform to applicable code for requirements for application,and comply with EPA thoroughly and/or score with a wire brush or use high pressure water or interference with roads, streets,walks,walkways,and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 da s after final regulations. g y g P 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to y be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. B. Verity sandblasting to remove. Restaurant #. 0457 that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work inspection. B. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of 3.04 INSTALLATION 2. Comply with Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, being applied or attached. C.Warranties and Bonds: toxicants. P Y Po rY 9 A. Product shalt be installed according to Coronado's printed instructions on environmental protection, and noise control. C. Examine and verity specific conditions described in individual specification sections. 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with 1.05 SEQUENCING "Proper Installation Methods" RED LOBSTER 457 3.2 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication,to Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance. A. Apply toxicant immediately prior to installation of vapor barrier under slabs-on-grade. A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used b on-site workers. minimize waste due to over-orderin or misfabrication. 2. Make other submittals within 10 da s after Date of Substantial Com letion, rior to final B. Mortar: Apply 3/8"- 1/2" scratchcoat of mortar to lath and allow a 48 hour drying cY P P 9 Y 9 Y P P 1.06 WARRANTY period. RENOVATION B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for E. Veritythat utility services are available, of the correct characteristics,and in the correct Application for Payment. recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor. ty y 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is dela ed beyond Date of Substantial A. Provide five year installer's warranty against damage to building caused by termites. C.Trim stone to fit as required. ovations. P y building t d d m d and to content building airs to b e for re Include coverage pug s damaged o ung C. Procedures: Coordinate waste collection and separation requirements with recycling receiver. Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as 1. D. Apply mortar to each stone(backbutter) 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until the are F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements damage. Repair damage and, if required, re-treat. 9 cY Y the beginning of the warranty period. removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing 2. Inspect annual) and report in writingto Owner. Provide inspection service for five ears E. Push firmly into place so mortar squeezes out around all edges of each stone. container and bin. f P P work,assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED from Date of Substantial Completio . P y 3.05 CLEANING 10330 a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. means acceptance of existing conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Cleaning: Remove excess mortar and smears using a wire brush or steel wool SOUTHWEST 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, 3.02 PREPARATION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS within 1 to 2 hours after installation G R E E N B U RG ROAD and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 2.01 MATERIALS A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the B. No acid cleaners shall be permitted. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining Work: A. Termador W8 termiticide/incecticide in water soluble packs as manufactured by BASF to trees. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. California standards. EPA reg. number 7969-209. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. C. Do not clean with high pressure power washer. 4. Store components off the round and protect from the weather. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate rimer, sealer, or conditioner prior 1. Drawings. P 9 P PP Y q P P 2. Specifications. B. Diluent: Recommended by toxicant manufacturer. END OF SECTION 5. Remove recyclable waste off Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor. to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. P 2.02 MIXES 3.3 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE 3.03 LAYING OUT THE WORK 3. Addenda. TI GARD I OR A. Packaging: 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry A. Verity locations of survey control points prior to starting work. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data,and samples. location. B. Promptly notify Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies discovered. 6. Manufacturers instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. C. Protect surveycontrol points prior to starting site work; reserve permanent reference Drawing 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project Po P 9 P P B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate,enabling future reference by Owner. 9 site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood points during construction. p p po pieces and C.Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. comply with requirements for recycling wood. D. Promptly report to ArchitecUEngineer the loss or destruction of any reference point or D. Record information concurrent with construction progress. SPECIFICATIONS 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. recycling wood. E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual B. Site-Clearing Wastes: Chip brush, branches, and trees on-site. changes without prior written notice to Architect/Engineer. products installed, including the following: 3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE 1. Manufacturers name and product model and number. F. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to G.Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. authorities having jurisdiction. appropriate means: 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading,fill and topsoil placement; F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: accumulate on-site. .site. utility locations, slopes,and invert elevations. 1Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and 2. Grid or axis for structures. AS2 areas. 3. Building foundation,column locations, and ground floor elevations. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. referenced to permanent surface improvements. C. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. H. Periodically verify layouts by same means. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, END OF SECTION 01524 1. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. SECTION 07260 PART 2 PRODUCTS d. Other joints as indicated or required. 2.04 ACCESSORIES 2.05 ADHESIVE 3.03 MEMBRANE APPLICATION 2. . Isolrtionta in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: WEATHER BARRIERS 2.01 HARDIEPLANK, HARDIEPANEL, HARDIESHINGLE CLADDING, HARDIETRIM FASCIA a. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. A. Fasteners and Anchors: A. Adhesive: Type recommended by laminate manufacturer to suit application. AND MOULDING A. Install the roofing system to Duro-Last, Inc's most recent published specifications. b. Other joints as indicated. 1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity 2.06 FASTENERS PART 1 GENERAL A. Non-asbestos fiber cement sidin made of cement and cellulose fiber formed under hi h B. Roll out membrane,free from wrinkles or tears. Place sheet into place without stretching. 9 9 3. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES pressure with integral surface texture, complying with ASTM C 1186 Type A Grade 11; with C. Mechanical Attachment: A I membrane and mechanical attachment devices in accordance A. Hot dipped galvanized for exterior and high humidity locations, untreated steel elsewhere. PP Y a. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. B. Joist Hangers: Hot dipped galvanized steel, sized to suit framing conditions. A. Va or Retarders: Materials to make exterior walls, joints between exterior walls and roof, and machined edges, for nail attachment. with manufacturer's instructions. B. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel. P 1 b. Tile control and expansion joints. oints around frames of o nin s in exterior walls water va or-resistant and air-ti ht. 1. Style: As specified on the drawings. P P p P P P P P 9 y j 2.05 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT 1 Pe 9 P 9 D. On all ora et locations,wra ora et with new re-manufactured ora et flashin s b c. Perimeter oints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and Brian S . Thoma S 2.07 WOOD TREATMENT 2. Texture: As specified on the drawings. Duro-Last Roofin A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category B. Air Barriers: Materials to stop passage of air through exterior walls,joints between exterior g and terminate on exterior of wall. windows. � A. Wood Preservative by Pressure Treatment(PT Type): AWPA Treatment C2 using water walls and roof, and oints around frames of o enin s in exterior walls. 3. Length: 12 ft, nominal. System for wood treatments determined by use cetegories, expected service conditions, and borne preservative with 0.25 percent retainage. J P 9 E. Around roof penetrations, seal flanges and flashings with flexible flashing. d. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls,floors, and counters. A rC h I to Ct 4. Width (Height): 7-1/4 inches. e. Other oints as indicated. specific applications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 3.04 PROTECTION J p ywood marked or stam b an B. Redry wood after pressure treatment to maximum 14 percent moisture content. 5. Thickness: 5/16 inch, nominal. 4. Interior 1. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and I ped y 2.01 WEATHER BARRIER ASSEMBLIES joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: A. Protect installed roofing and flashings from construction operations. ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with 2.08 FABRICATION 6. Finish: Field finished as scheduled on the drawings. a. Isolation joints in cest-in-place concrete slabs. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29801 AWPA standards. 2.02 VAPOR RETARDER MATERIALS 7. Color: As selected from manufacturers standard range. B. Where traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, protect surfaces using durable A. Shop assemble work for delivery to site, permitting passage through building openings. b. Control and expansion joints in file flooring. T. 864.232.8200 F.864.232.7587 A. Vapor Retarder: 6 mil thick polyethylene film type recommended for below grade application. 8. Warran : 50 ear limited;transferable. materials. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: AWPA Treatment C20, Exterior Type, chemical treatment pressure tY Y c. Other oints as indicated. B. Cap exposed plastic laminate finish edges with material of same finish and pattern. 1 impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread/smoke development rating of 25 B. Air Barrier: 9. Lap Siding Manufacturers: END OF SECTION 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS /30 minute duration. C. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. 1. Commercial Wrap as manufactured by Dupont Tyvek. a. James Hardie Building Products, Inc: www.jameshardle.com. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. A. Provide electromeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight C.Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA Use Category UC3B, 2. Fluid applied two coat system: Sto Guard waterproofing/Air Barrier(vapor B. Shingle Panels: Panels giving appearance of multiple shingles made of cement and cellulose SECTION 07620 continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. Commodity Specification A(Treatment C2) using waterborne preservative to 0.25 Ib/cu ft D. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. permeable)-Sto Gold Coat as manufactured by Sto Corporation. fiber formed under high pressure with integral surface texture, complying with ASTM C 1186 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM retention. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arises. Locate Type A Grade II;with machined edges, for nail attachment. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and 1. Kiln d lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 rcent. counter butt joints minimum 2 feet from sink cut-outs. PART 1 GENERAL water-resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. ry Pe PART 3 EXECUTION 1. Style: Straight Edge Notched Panel. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.04 SUBMITTALS 2. Treat lumber in contact with roofing, flashing, or waterproofing. PART 3 EXECUTION 2. Texture: Wood grain textured. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated. 3. Treat lumber in contact with masonry or concrete. 3.01 INSTALLATION 3. Length: 48 inches. A. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings, counterflashings, gutters, downspouts, and 11 139 A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. additional sheet metal fabrications as indicated on the drawings B. LEED Submittal: D. Pressure Treatment of Lumber in Contact with Soil and Concrete: AWPA Treatment C2 using A. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. 4. Width (Height): 7 inch exposure 1. Product Data for credit EQ 4.1: For sealants and sealant primers used inside the B. Vapor Retarders: Install continuous air-tight barrier over surfaces indicated, with sealed 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS preservative to 0.41b/cu ft retention. B. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not 5. Thickness: 1/4 inch, nominal. weatherproofing system, including printed statement of VOC content. Indicate VOC seams and with sealed joints to adjacent surfaces. A. AAMA 611 -Volunta S ecification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; American PART 3 EXECUTION use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. 6. Finish: Factory applied primer. ry P content in grams/liter(g/I)calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA method 24). 3.01 INSTALLATION -GENERAL 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES 3.02 INSTALLATION Architectural Manufacturers Association; 1998. 7. Color: as indicated on the drawings. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 8. Warranty:50 year limited;transferable. B. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)or showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/16 inch. 9. Shin le Panel Manufacturers: Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2006a. D. Sam les for Verification: For each J q p P C 1 �,It B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch. END OF SECTION 9 p type and color ot'oint sealant re wired, rovide Sam les accessory components, including: shims, bracing,and blocking. a. James Hardie Building Products, Inc: www.jameshardie.com. C. ASTM B 209- Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; with joint sealants in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long strips of material 1�� �'//1 3.03 SCHEDULE 2006. matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. I, 1 C. Where heated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation durirg and immediately C. Vented Soffit Panels: Panels made of cement and cellulose fiber formed under high pressure A. Exterior: SECTION 07314 with integral surface texture, complying with ASTM C 1186 Type A Grade II; with machined D. ASTM B 209M-Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate E. Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory, signed by product 4 13MAN`:.7I K I after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. manufacturer. 1. Standing and Running Trim: edges, for nail attachment. [Metric]; 2006. s a 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION a. Species and Grade: Douglas Fir or Rough Sawn Western Red Cedar, WWPA or RECYCLED SIMULATED SLATE ROOFING 1. Texture: Cedarmill. E. ASTM D 226-Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and F. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in"Quality Assurance"Article to , SC A. Set structural members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard pieces with defects that would WCLIB, B& Better- 1 &2 Clear Vertical Grain PART 1 GENERAL 2. Length: 96 inches, nominal. Waterproofing;2006. demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project 5;14 � names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners,and other information �1, ower required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members. b. Texture: Surfaced 3. Width:48 inches. F. ASTM D4586-Standard S cification for As halt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free;2000 B. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to c. Furnish surfaced lumber for trim indicated to receive painted finish. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Pe P specified. / Yl , 1�'' 4. Thickness: 5/16 inch, nominal. (Reapproved 2006). / MJF ���� A. Simulated slate tile. G. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 7/16/2013 maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and d. Furnish saw textured lumber for trim indicated to receive transparent finish. 5. Finish: Factory applied primer. G.SMACNA(ASMM)-Architectural Sheet Metal Manual;Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for installation of permanent bracing. B. Interior: B. Underlayment 6. Color: as indicated on the drawings. Contractors' National Association; 2003. compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. C. Install structural members full length without splices unless otherwise specifically detailed. 1. Standing and Running Trim and Rails: C. Fasteners 7. Manufacturer: Same as siding. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate D. Comply with member sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated, and fastener size and a. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI 300 Premium Grade D. Accessories 2.02 ACCESSORIES 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS preparation needed for adhesion. spacing indicated, but not less than required by applicable codes and AFPA Wood Frame b. Backs: Back out or groove backs of flat trim members, kerf backs of other wide flat 1.02 SUBMITTALS H. Product Test Reports: Based on comprehensive testing of product formulations performed by A. Trim: Same material and texture as siding. A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; minimum 0.02 inch Construction Manual. members except for members with ends exposed in finished work. a qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements. E. Sole Plates: Treated size indicated on the drawin s match studs set flat on concrete. c. Casings: Assemble in plant except where limitation of access to place of installation A. See Section : Pro -Administrative Requirements,too submittal procedures. B. Fasteners: Galvanized or corrosion resistant; length as required to penetrate minimum 1-1/4 thick base metal. 9 ( ) B. Product Data: Provide material descri tions, dimensions of individual com vents and inch. I. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. Anchor plates to concrete with anchor bolts at exterior wall conditions and with machine driven requires field assembly. P P° B. Elastomeric Flashing: Non-reinforced, homogeneous,extruded elastomeric sheet flashing .02 rofiles, and finishes for each of roduct. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE fasteners, s acin as recommended b the manufacturer, at interior conditions. Omit sole d. Moldin s: P tYPe P C. Joint Sealer: As specfied in Section 07900. nches thick;one of the following: P 9 Y 9 A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized Installer who is approved or licensed for plate at all openings. 1) Assemble in plant to maximum extent possible C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate Indicate installation criteria and procedures. PART 3 EXECUTION 1. Nervastral Seal-Pruf HD with cold application mastic, by Rubber& Plastic Compound Co., installation of elastomeric sealants required for this Project. F. Studs: Size indicated on drawings spaced at 16"o.c. 2) Miter corners in plant and prepare for field assembly with bolted fittings designed to 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.01 INSTALLATION Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single 2. Wascoseal with Wascoplex Mastic, by Wasco Products, Inc. G.Top Plates: Double member plates, unless shown otherwise on teh drawings, sizes indicated pull connections together. 1. Perform in accordance with the recommendations of NBCA Steep Roofing Manual. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. manufacturer. on the drawin s match studs s lice over studs, sta er s lices of members. e. Wood S ecies: Clear vertical rain Do las fir,clear vertical rain mah an clear 2. Maintain one co on ro ect site. 3. Nu-Flex with Nu-Flex Mastic, by Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc. 9 ( ) P 99 P P 9 u9 9 09 Y. PY P 1 1. Read warranty and comply with all terms necessary to maintain warranty coverage. C. Product Testing: Obtain test results for"Product Test Reports" Paragraph in "Submittals" vertical grain rough sawn cedar 2.02 ACCESSORIES Article from a ualified testin a en based on testin current sealant formulations within a H. Opening Headers: Two pieces of stud material and solid plywood spacer,or as noted on 1.04 WARRANTY 2. Use Vim details indicated on drawings. q 9 9 � 9 c Drawin s. Set on ed a and bear on studs 2. Wood Shelves: A. Fasteners: Same material and finish as flashing metal, with soft neoprene washers. 36-month period preceding the Notice to Proceed with the Work. p 9 9 ( ) A. See Section 01780-Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. 3. Touch up all field cut edges before installing. U I. Corners and Ts: Construction of not less than three full stud members. a. Panel product: 1. Testin A en Qualifications: An Inde endent testin a enc g @ 1) Grade: Premium B. Submit manufacturer's standard warranty against defects in product workmanship and 4. Pre-drill nail holes if necessary to prevent breakage. B. Primer: Zinc chromate type. 9 9 cY p g g y qua i i actor in to C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. J. Fire Stops: Install fire-stops (continuous blocking between studs) in all partitions. Space rows materials. B. Over Wood and Wood-Composite Sheathing: Fasten siding through sheathing into studs. C. Plastic Cement: ASTM D 4586,Type I. �p 2) Lumber Species: AB Grade vertical grain fir plywood with exposed edges. 2. Test elastomeric joint sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to M at 4'-0"o.c. vertically starting at floor plan. 3) Matching of adjacent veneer leaves: Book Match PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. Fasteners must penetrate minimum 3/4 inch or full thickness of sheathing. 2.03 FABRICATION ASTM C 920, and where applicable,to other standard test methods. (D K. Frame wall openings with two or more studs at each jamb; support headers on cripple studs. 4) Veneer matching within panel face: Running Match 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 2. Additional fasteners may be required to ensure adequate security. A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS L. Ceiling and Roof Framing: 5) Edge Treatment: Wood veneer matching veneer face for species and cut. A. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated- EcoStar division 3. Space fasteners no closer than 3✓4 inch and no further than 2 inch from side edge of trim B. Fabricate cleats of same material as sheet, minimum 4 inches wide, interlocking with sheet. A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: w 1. Size and spacing as indicated on the Drawings. Tops of rafters and joists shall form true board and no closer than 1 inch from end. Fasten maximum 16 inch on center. rn END OF SECTION B. Substitutions: Not permitted. C. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by a) places and shall be well spiked to plates. Frame openings in ceilings and roofs with C. Allow space between both ends of siding panels that butt against trim for thermal movement; joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. headers and trimmers. 2.02 ROOFING MATERIALS: Starloy 100%recycled rubber and plastic compound seal joint between anel and trim with exterior rade sealant. D. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners. DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION P 9 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3 2. Blocking: Provide blocking or suitable edge support between framing members where A. Majestic Slate Tile. D. Joints in Horizontal Sidin Avoid oints in la sidin exce tat corners; where oints are E. Form material with flat lock seams,except where otherwise indicated. At moving joints, use 3. Where'oint widths are less than those allowed b oint-sealant manufacturer for Q 9 1 P 9 P j J Y1 I la ba onet- a or interlockin hooked seams. o ncecessa to su rt ed es of finish materials. 1. Ratin Class A fire rated nevitable sta er oints between successive courses. sea ed pped, y typ 9 a licetions indicated. ry PPo 9 SECTION 07212-SUSTAINABLE 9 99 J PP 'y 3. Furring: Size as indicated on the drawings. Install sixteen inches on center unless 2. WeighUSquare: 278 lbs E. Do not install siding less than 6 inches from surface of ground nor closer than 1 inch to roofs, F. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with 4. Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint BOARD ANO BATT INSULATION �5�� otherwise shown, run in lengths as long as precticable, butt jointed and rigidly secured in 3. Len the 18 inches sealant. IVB-u' E place. PART 1 GENERAL 9 patios, porches, and other surfaces where water may collect. substrates. 4. Width: 12" F. After installation, seal all joints except lap joints of lap siding. Seal around all penetrations. G. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch (6 mm)and hemmed to 1.07 WARRANTY p- 3.03 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 5. Thickness: 1/4" Paint all exposed cut edges. form drip. 1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion. S�I�� ,, c A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, A. Board insulation at cavity wall construction, perimeter foundation wall, and underside of floor 6. Color: Midnight Gray 2.04 GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT FABRICATION I^I m fixtures, s tial items, and trim. slabs. END OF SECTION PART 2 - PRODUCTS /� Pe tY 7. Exposure: 6 1/2" A. Gutters: Profile as indicated. 3 3.04 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS WOOD B. Batt insulation in exterior wall, ceiling,and roof construction. 2.03 UNDERLAYMENT 2.01 MANUFACTURERS �� �/ SECTION 07530 B. Downspouts: Prof le as indicated. 2//�1 on � A. Place full width continuous sill flashi s under framed walls on cementitious foundations. La C. Batt insulation for fillip rimeter window and door shims aces and crevices in exterior wall A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other `/ (J n9 P 9 Pe P A. Eave Protection Membrane: Grace Ice&Water Shield as manufactured by Grace ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING C. Gutters and Downspouts: Size for rainfall intensity determined by a storm occurrence of 1 in 5 Part 2 articles. QO t flashing joints 4 inches and seal. and roof. Construction Products or equal. PART 1 GENERAL years in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. QQ 2.02 MATERIALS, GENERAL fl hip . Pun t r asket clean) and fit ti htl to rotrudin RD 3 B. Place sill gasket directly on sill as g c u e g y g y p g 1.02 REFERENCE STANDA S 2.04 ACCESSORIES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES D. Accessories: Profiled to suit utters and downs outs. foundation anchor bolts. 9 P A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible [LI v A. ASTM C 578- Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation; 2006. A. Hip and Ridge as manufactured by Carlisle SynTec Incorporated - EcoStar Division A. Elastomeric roofing membrane, mechanically fastened conventional application. 1. Anchorage Devices: In accordance with SMACNA requirements. with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as 9 C. Coordinate curb installation with installation of decking and support of deck openings. o 'p B. ASTM C 665-Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light 2.05 FASTENERS 2. Gutter Supports: Brackets. demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Insulation,flat and tapered. B. Colors of Ex sed Joint Sealants: As selected b Architect from manufacturer's full ran a for O d a 3.05 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing;2006. 3. Downspout Supports: Brackets. Po Y 9 p A. Nails: EcoStar Roofing Nail with a 3/8"diameter head and a minimum of 1-1/2" long shank 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS this characteristic. N A. Roof Sheathing: Secure panels with long dimension perpendicular to framing members,with C. ASTM C 1289-Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal made from stainless steel. Nails can be supplied either as a hand drive style or in coils for use E. Seal metal joints. t A. ASTM C 1289- Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal 2.03 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS o ends staggered and over firm bearing. Insulation Board; 2006. in pneumatic tools. PART 3 EXECUTION a$ Insulation Board;2006. o T 1. Use sheathing clips between roof framing members. D. ASTM D 2842- Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics;2006. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each � c B. NBCA ML104-The NRCA Roofin and Water roofin Manual; National Roofin Contractors 3.01 INSTALLATION Ii uid-a lied chemical) curin sealants ecified, includin those referencin ASTM C 920 2. Provide solid edge blocking between sheets. 9 P 9 9 q PP Y 9 P 9 9 m E. ASTM E 84-Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 3.01 INSTALLATION Association; Fifth Edition, with interim updates. A. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only where classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. c 3. Nail panels to framing; staples are not permitted. 2007 c 4. I with face rain at ri ht an les to su rts, end oints over su orfs and sta ered. A. UnderlaymenVlnterlayment: Install underlayment over sheathing prior to the installation of C. UL(RMSD)- Roofing Materials and Systems Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; permitted. Products shall not exceed 250g/L VOC content. " Appy 9 9 9 PPo 1 PP 99 F. ASTM E 136-Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace At 0)) Edges shall be 1/8 inch apart at side joints and 1/16 inches apart at end joints. Unless valley flashings. current edition. B. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings. B. General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Grade NS,Class 25, uses M, �I 750 Degrees C;2004. 1. La end and side oints in accordance with manufacturers instructions and in accordance G, &A; Single Component. Q � noted otherwise nail all supported edges at at 6 inches on center and at intermediate P 1 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE C. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and su orts at 12 inches on center with 8d rip shank nails. Nailin of ed es shall be 3/8 PART 2 PRODUCTS with SMACNA standards. 1. Color;Standard colors matching finished surfaces. Q& -p PP 9 9 9 A. Perform work in accordance with NBCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and lines accurate to profiles. p�� c nches from edge. 2.01 BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS B. Roofing Installation: 2. Applications; use for: manufacturer's instructions. D. Secure gutters and downspouts in place using concealed fasteners. �1 B. Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm A. Expanded Polystyrene Board Insulation (Perimeter): ASTM C 578; with the following 1. Beginning at the eave, install a layer of Majestic Slate tiles gapped a minimum of 3/8" a. Control expansion and soft joints in masonry. B. Installation shall be performed by qualified, Duro-Last Class 1 Certified Installers. For local E. Sloe utters 1/4 inch er foot minimum. i bearing and staggered, using nails. Refer to shear wall schedule for nailing. Otherwise, nail characteristics: between tiles and any projections, with two roofing fasteners per tile (in location shown on P g P b. Joints between concrete and other materials. installers please contact Duro-Last National Sales Department: all panel edges at 6 inches on center and at intermediate supports at 12 inches on center with 1. Flame Spread Index: 75 or less,when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. tiles). This layer of tiles will become the starter row. Install another layer of tiles in the F. Where sheet metal is shown contacting concrete, masonry materials, steel, other dissimilar c. Joints between metal frames and other materials. Q = 8d common nails. same manner as the first with the exception of the second layer having a 1/2"tile offset to metal, or is contacting wood, keep sheet metal from direct contact with the dissimilar materials d. Under exterior door sills. 2. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less,when tested in accordance wth ASTM E 84. 1. Place water-resistive barrier horizontal) over wall sheathin weather Ia in ed es and the first layer. John Deal by a coat of bituminous paint applied to a thickness of 12 to 14 mils. Q y 9' PP 9 9 3. Board Size: 48 x 96 inch. e. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is located. ui ends. 2. Continue installing tiles per the chose exposure. National Sales Manager 3.02 SCHEDULE N 4. Board Thickness: 1-1/2 inches. C. Interior sealants: NO SUBSTIUTIONS: C. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Secure with screws to studs with 3. Care must be taken to place tiles so color variations are evenly distributed over the entire 800-248-0280 ext. 2227-office A. Sheet metal flashings in contact with roofing: Galvanized 1. Silicone Sealant in kitchen areas: E 5. Board Edges: Square. roof area. Tiles between bundles and allets must t>e shuffled to insure even distribution of 989-737-5171 -cell p edges over firm bearing; space fasteners at maximum 24 inches on center on all edges and P s 6. Water Absorption: 4 percent by volume, maximum, when tested In accordance with ASTM color variations. "Patch "or"Blotchin in a earance is not acce table and the EcoStar B. Mechanical equipment support curb sheet metal caps and flashings: Galvanized a. Manufacturer: Dow Chemical Company � into studs in field of board. D 2842 Y 9" PP P jdeal(rDduro-last.com b. Product: 786 Mildew resistant silicone t. At fire-rated walls, install board over wall board indicated as part of the fire-rated assembly. authorized gold star applicator will be required to correct. It is recommended that work not C. Metal flashings (visible to public): Galvanized fn 7. Board Density: 0.7 Ib/cu ft. begin until all EcoStar materials have been delivered to the job site. c. Primer at stainless steel ONLY: P-5200 Primer. c 2. Where boards are indicated as full floor-to-ceiling height, install with long edge of board 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS D. Metal flashings (concealed): Galvanized m parallel to studs. 8. Compressive Resistance: 5 psi. 4. It is the responsibility of the Gold Star Authorized Applicator to insure that all Majestic Tiles 2. Restroom Sealant(Base of plumbing fixture) Issue Date: 3-23-2012 'c 9. Thermal Conductivity(k factor)at 25 degrees F: 0.28. are bent back in a downward curve rior to installation. Do not install tiles with an u ward A. Do nota roofin membrane Burin unsuitable weather. E. Gutters and Downspouts: Galvanized m 3. Install adjacent boards without gaps. P P pP Y 9 9 a. Manufacturer: Dow Chemical Company , 10. Thermal resistance- R value of 5 per inch of thickness, curve. B. Do not apply roofing membrane when ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F or above F. Exposed trim/fascia units: Galvanized b. Product: Dow Chemicals tub and the ceramic sealant. p 3.06 NAILING 5. Minimum Fastening: No less than 2 EcoStar fasteners per tile shall be used with a 110 degrees F. 3. Restroom Sealant: Plumbin REVISION INFORMATION T 11. Manufacturers: END OF SECTION ( g penetrations and clear applications) A. Where driivin of nails causes s IRtin holes for nails shall be sub drilled. The followin is the minimum len th of 1-1/2". 0) minimum schedule for common wire nails. 9 a. AFM Corp: www.r-control.com. 9 C. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is a. Manufacturer: Dow Chemical company 6. Caution: When using a pneumatic nailer care should be taken to insure that nails are not ex cted or occurrin a b. Diversifoam Products: www.diversifoam.com. Pe 9 b. Product: 786 Mildew resistant silicone 0 1. Build-up-beams: As noted on drawings over driven causing the tiles to curl upward. If tiles have been installed with over driven SECTION 07720 a c. Grace Construction Products: www.na.graceconstruction.com. D. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can lte 4. Dining room general clear silicone: 2. Double top and sole plates: Lower member to studs: (2) 16d; Upper member to lower: nails causing the ends of the tile to curve upward,tiles will never lay flat. Overdriven tiles ROOF ACCESSORIES 12. Substitutions: See Section 01600- Product Requirements. must be removed and re-nailed ro weathe proofed the same day. a. Manufacturer: Dow Chemical Company L staggered 16d at 12"; at intersection: (3) 16d p perly. PART 1 GENERAL 3. Blocking between studs: End nail, each end (2) 16d B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation (Roof): Rigid cellular foam, complying with ASTM C 1289; 7. A minimum 2" stainless steel, hand-driven EcoStar fastener should be used on an 1.05 WARRANTY b. Product: 786 Mildew resistant silicone or 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES c. Product: 999-A Silicone buildin and lazin sealant 4. Blocking between studs: Toe nail, each end (2) Bd Type I, aluminum foil both faces; Class 1, non-reinforced foam core. unventilated hip/ridge to fasten the hip/ridge file to the deck. Place fasteners in the location A. Provide Duro-Last, Ines standard written full roofing system repair and/or replacement 9 9 9 m 5. Ribbons to studs: i" (2)8d 11. Flame Spread Index: 75 or less,when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. marked on the tile. Majestic Slate- Universal Hip/Ridge Tile must be installed with 6" 15-year warranty at no additional cost, covering materials and labor.The warranty shall be a A. Roof hatches. 5. Interior floor joint sealer(Concrete) c_ 6. Wood strippings: (t)8d each bearing (use concrete nails at concrete) 12. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. exposure. no-dollar limit warranty issued by the original of the roofing membrane and include all PART 2 PRODUCTS a. Manufacturer: Dow Chemical Company 3 7. Multiple studs: For widhs over 4", stagger 16d at 12" 13. Compressive Strength: 16 psi 8. Majestic Slate Tiles may not be installed if the tiles have been stored in temperatures lower accessories supplied by the roofing . Warranty includes the repair or replacement of 2,01 ROOF HATCHES b. Product: 790 Silicone building sealant. 14. Board Size: S r 96 inch. than 45 degrees. If tiles have been stored in temperatures below 45 degrees F,tiles must membrane and materials and the cost of/or furnishing of labor at the contractor list price which 0 8. Studs to bearings: Toe nails, each side(2)8d be brought back to an ambient material temperature of 45 degrees F. As the temperature is in effect at the time of repair. Warranty shall include loss of consequential damages due to A. Manufacturers- Roof Hatches: 2.04 PREFORMED JOINT SEALANTS 9. Joists at all bearin s: Tae nail each side 2 8d 15. Thermal Resistance: R-value of 30. rises Majestic Slate will ex and be and desi ned installation attern if the roduct is failure of the roofs stem and contain no exclusions for onded water or biolo ical rowth. No 1. Precision Stair Com an www.bilco.com. A. Preformed Silicone-Sealant System: Manufacturer's standard system consisting of precured 9 O 1 P Y 9 P P Y P 9 9 P Y N16. Manufacturers: p P P ty p P B. Roof Hatches: Factory-assembled steel frame and cover,complete with operating and low-modulus silicone extrusion, in sizes to fit oint widths indicated,combined with a N 10. Rafters and trusses at all bearings: Toe nail each side (2)Sd installed while cold or frozen. private label roducts shall be acce ted. U on warran ins ection and acce lance of the J L a. Atlas Roofin Cor oration: www.atiasroofin com. roof, the warran shall be turned over to the Contractor on behalf of Darden b a Duro-Last neutral-curing silicone sealant for bonding extrusions to substrates. 11. Blocking between joists and rafters: Toe nails, each side, each end (3)8d or splice 9 P 9' 9. Do not install tiles directly adjacent to each other. A minimum gap of 3/8" must be tY Y release hardware. 1. Products: li A urance S ecialist. through using (2) 16d b. Dow Chemical Co: www.dow.com. maintained between installed tiles. Qua ty ss p 1. For Ladder Access: Single leaf; 30 by 36 inches. - t c. GAF Materials Corporation: www.gaf.com. 10. After the initial row of tiles has been installed, it is recommended that a chalk line be PART 2 PRODUCTS fo Dow Corning Corporation; ctu Silicone Seal. rn B. No staples will be permitted as a substitute for nails. C. Frames/Curbs: One-piece curb and frame with integral cap flashing to receive roof flashings; g, Preformed Foam Sealant: Manufacturer's standard reformed, recom ressed, o en-cell .` 7. Substitutions: See Section 01600- Product Requirements. placed parallel to the roof edge and running perpendicular to the first row of tiles. This 2,01 MANUFACTURERS extended bottom flange to suit mounting. P P P P > foam sealant that is manufactured from high-density urethane foam impregnated with a a END OF SECTION 2.02 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS chalk line will insure that the tiles stay true and plumb to the roof edge throughout 1. Material: Galvanized steel, 14 a e, 0.0747 inch thick. o installation. A. PVC Blend Membrane Materials: 9 9 nondrying, water-repellent agent; is factory produced in precompressed sizes in roll or stick U A. Batt Insulation: ASTM C 665; preformed batt;friction fit, conforming to the following: 1. Duro-Last, Inc. 2. Finish: Factory prime paint. form to fit joint widths indicated; is coated on one side with a pressure-sensitive adhesive and 11. Care must be taken to minimize foot traffic over completed areas of the roof. Majestic 1. Combustibility: Non-combustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 136,except for Slate tiles will show mud and dirt and cause a arance roblems. The removal of dirt and 2.02 ROOFING 3. Insulation: 1 inch rigid glass fiber, located on outside face of curb. covered with protective wrapping; develops a watertight and airtight seal when compressed to SECTION 06200 PPe P the de ree s ecified b manufacturer; and com lies with the followin facing, if any. debris is the responsibility of the applicator. A. Elastomeric Membrane Roofing: White, 40 mil single-ply membrane roofing system that is D. Metal Covers: Flush, insulated, hollow metal construction. 9 P y P g' FINISH CARPENTRY 2. Thermal Resistance: R of 21 in walls, 30 in roof. 12. Majestic Slate Tiles can be sli a when wet, caution should be exhibited with earl 1. Ca 1. Products: J PP rY Y fabricated of a weft inserted low-shrink, anti-wicking polyester fabric and has a thermoplastic gable of supporting 40 psf live load. PART 1 GENERAL 3. Facing: aluminum foil or kraft paper faced, one side. mornin dew and after rain. EcoStar su ests the use of toe boards and OSHA a roved a. EMSEAL Joint Systems, Ltd.; Emseal 25V. 9 99 PP material laminated to both sides as manufactured by Duro-Last Roofing, Inc., over insulation. 2. Material: Galvanized steel; outer cover 14 gage, 0.0747 inch thick, liner 22 gage, 0.03 inch 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 4. Manufacturers: harnesses and safety equipment at all time. thick. b. illbruck Sealant Systems, Inc.; Wilseal 600. B. Roofing Assembly Requirements: a. Knauf Insulation. 13. Upon completion of the roof system installation, inspect and remove all debris from 3. Finish: Factory prime paint. c. Polytite Manufacturing Corporation; Polytite B. 1. Roof Covering External Fire-Resistance Classification: UL Class A. A. Finish carpentry items. 5. Products: roof, sweep clean and wash with a mild, non-bleaching detergent. 4. Insulation: 1 inch rigid glass fiber. d. Polytite Manufacturing Corporation; Polytite Standard. Restaurant#: 0457 2. Insulation Thermal Value(R), minimum: R-30; provide insulation of thickness required. e. Sandell Manufacturin Co., Inc.; Pol seal. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS a. Walls: Knauf Insulation R-21 HD. END OF SECTION C. Acceptable Insulation Types: Any of the types specified. 5. Gasket: Neoprene,continuous around cover perimeter. 9 Y A. AWI/AWMAC (CSI)-Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated; Architectural b. Roof: Knauf Insulation R-30 HD. E. Hardware: Steel, zinc coated and chromate sealed, unless otherwise indicated or required by 2. Properties: Permanently elastic, mildew resistant, lams. ratory, nonstaining, and 1. Minimum 2 layers of Polyisocyanurate board. compatible with joint substrates and other joint sealants. RED LOBSTER 457 Woodwork Institute and Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada;2006, SECTION 07466 manufacturer. 8th Ed., Version 2.0. 2.03 INSULATION a. Density: Manufacturefs standard. Substitutions: None 1. Lifting Mechanisms: Compression spring operator with shock absorbers that automatically B. AWPA C2- Lumber,Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties-- Preservative Treatment by 2.03 ACCESSORIES FIBER CEMENT SIDING A. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Rigid cellular foam, complying with ASTM C 1289,Type I, opens upon release of latch; capable of lifting covers despite 10 psf load. 2.05 PREFORMED TAPE SEALANTS RE N OVATI O N Pressure Processes;American Wood-Preservers'Association;2002. PART 1 GENERAL aluminum foil both faces; Class 1, non-reinforced foam core and with the following 2. Hinges: Heavy duty pintle type. A. Back-Bedding Mastic Tape Sealant: Preformed, butyl-based elastomeric tape sealant with a A. Tape: Bright aluminum self-adhering type, mesh reinforced,2 inch wide. characteristics: solids content of 100 erten; nonstainin and nonmi ratin in contact with non orous C.NEMA LD 3- High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; National Electrical Manufacturers 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 3. Hold open arm with vinyl-coated handle for manual release. P 9 9 9 P Association;2005. B. Insulation Fasteners: Impaling clip of unfinished steel with washer retainer and clips, to be 1. Thermal Resistance: R-value of 30. surfaces;with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape manufacturers for A. Furnish and install Hardie lank, Hardie anel and Hardieshin le fiber-cement sidin 4. Latch: Upon closing, engage latch automatically and reset manual release. adhered to surface to receive insulation, length to suit insulation thickness and substrate, p P 9 9' 2.04 ACCESSORIES application indicated; packaged on rolls with a release paper backing;and complying with 1 0330 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Hardietrim fascia,mouldin and accessories where shown on the drawin s or ass cified 5. Manual Release: Pull handle on interior. capable of securely and rigidly fastening insulation in place. 9. 9 Pe ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: A. Perform work in accordance with AWI Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, herein. A. All roofing components used at roof penetrations shall be provided by Duro-Last Roofing, Inc. 6. Locking: Padlock hasp on interior. SOUTHWEST Custom grade. C. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application. 1. AAMA 804.3 tape,where indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION B. Coordinate this work with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequence of installation. B. Insulation Fasteners: Appropriate for purpose intended and approved by roofing PART 3 EXECUTION 2. AAMA 806.3 tape,for applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.02 SUBMITTALS manufacturer. 3.01 INSTALLATION 3. AAMA 807.3 tape,for applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure. G RE E N B U RG ROAD 3.01 BOARD INSTALLATION AT FOUNDATION PERIMETER C. Walkway Pads:, 30 x 60 inch. as manufactured by Duro-Last Roofing, Inc. A. Protect work from moisture damage. A. See Section 01300-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, in manner that maintains roofing B. Expanded Cellular Tape Sealant: Closed-cell, PVC foam tape sealant;factory coated with PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Install boards vertically on foundation perimeter. PART 3 EXECUTION weather integrity. adhesive on both surfaces; packaged on rolls with release liner protecting adhesive; and B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 2.01 MATERIALS- GENERAL 1. Manufacturer's requirements for related materials to be installed by others. 3.01 EXAMINATION END OF SECTION 1. Type 1,for applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 3.02 BOARD INSTALLATION UNDER CONCRETE SLABS 2. Pre aration instructions and recommendations. A. Veri that surfaces and site conditions are read to receive work. TI GARD O R 2.02 WOOD-BASED COMPONENTS P ty y A. Place insulation under slabs on rade after base for slab has been com acted. 2. Type 2,for applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid A. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. g P 3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. B. Verify deck is supported and secure. SECTION 07900-SUSTAINABLE sealant. � B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane. 4. Installation methods, including nail patterns. C. Verify deck is clean and smooth,flat, free of depressions, waves, or projections, properly 2.06 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING 2.03 LUMBER MATERIALS JOINT SEALERS A. Refer to schedule C. Prevent insulation from being displaced or damaged while placing vapor retarder and placing C. Within sixty days of Owner's notice to proceed: sloped and suitable for installation of roof system. PART 1 - GENERAL A. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint slab. 1. Three 6 inch X 6 inch pieces of Hardieplank, Hardiepanel,and Hardieshingle claddings in D. Verity deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice. substrates,sealants, primers, and other joint fillers;and are approved for applications indicated 0rav"ng B. Hardwood Lumber: Po lar or L tus s ecies, as indicated on the drawin s, uarter sawn, 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS P YP P 9 q 3.03 BATT INSTALLATION texture and widths shown and specified herein. by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. E. Verity that roof openings,curbs, and penetrations through roof are solidly set, and cant strips maximum moisture content of 6 percent; with vertical grain, of quality suitable for transparent 2. Three co ies of Product Data outlined above. A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary A. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. p are in place. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330. Provide any type approved in writing o SPECIFICATION S finish. Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. oint-sealant manufacturer for oint a licetion indicated, and of size and densi to control 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1 1 PP ty B. Install in exterior wall and roof spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. 3.02 INSULATION - UNDER MEMBRANE C. Exterior manufactured PVC Foam Trim: 1.02 SUMMARY sealant A. Store products under waterproof cover and elevated above grade, on a flat surface. 1. Certainteed Cellular PVC Foam Trim C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. A. Roof insulation shall be installed with approved fasteners and distribution plates placed A. This Section includes, but is not limited to, sealants for the following applications and those a. Smooth finish in sizes indicated on the drawings D. Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services B. Protect edges and corners from chipping. according to the manufacturer's most recent published specifications for the use under the specified by reference to this Section: within the lane of the insulation. 1.04 WARRANTY Duro-last roofing system and for issuance of the warranty. 2.04 PLASTIC LAMINATE MATERIALS P 1. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: E. Install insulation in walls with faced side facin the buildin interior. A. Provide James Hardie's limited roduct warran a ainst manufacturin defects in Hardie lank B. Attachment of Insulation: A. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD 3, HGS colors) as indicated; textured, low gloss finish. 9 9 P tY 9 9 P a. Construction joints(control and expansion) in cast-in-place concrete. F. Tape insulation batts in place. lap and Hardiepanel vertical siding for 50 years, Hardieshingle for 30 years and HardieTrim 1. Mechanically fasten insulation to deck in accordance with roofing manufacturer's b. Under exterior doors sills. for 10 years. instructions. G.Tape seal butt ends, lapped flanges, and tears or cuts in membrane. c. Control and expansion joints in concrete unit masonry. B. Workmanship: Application limited warranty for 10 years. C. Stagger insulation boards 50%from row to row. /� END OF SECTION D. Lay boards with edges in moderate contact without forcing. Cut insulation to fit neatly to 'JJ perimeter blocking and around penetrations through roof. E. Do not apply more insulation than can be covered with membrane in same day. depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: A. See Section 01300-Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. SECTION 08710 1. Comply with ASTM C 1036,Type I,transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality Q3 (glazing b. Thickness: ere inch. PART 2 PRODUCTS C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with B. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing,frame profiles, and DOOR HARDWARE select)and ASTM C 1048. c. Edges: Tapered. 2.01 TILE ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at identifying location of different finishes, if any. 2. Comply with 16 CFR 1201 [est requirements for Category II. C. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; ends square cut. A. Refer to finish schedule on the construction documents for material selections. temperatures dawn to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression set and of si to PART 2 PRODUCTS PART 1 GENERAL 2.02 SEALED INSULATING GLASS MATERIALS 7. Application: Vertical surfaces behind thinset tile, except in wet areas. 2.02 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES and shape to provide a secondary seal,to control sealant depth, and to otherwise contribute o 2 O7 MANUFACTURERS A. Insulated Glass Units: Double pane with glass to elastomer edge seal. 2. Core Type: Regular and Type X, as indicated. A. Ceramic Trim: Matching bullnose, surface bullnose, cove base, and cove ceramic shapes as optimum sealant performance. 1.07 SECTION INCLUDES D. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant A. Steel Doors and Frames: A. Hardware for wood and hollow steel doors. 1. Durability: Certified by an independent testing agency to comply with ASTM E 2190. 3. Thickness: 5/S inch. scheduled in sizes coordinated with field tile. manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint 1. Assa Abloy Ceco: www.assaabloydss.com. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS 2. Purge int thickn space with dry hermetic air. 4. Edges: Tapered. 1. Applications: Use ul the of owing ovations: surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide 2. Steelcraft: www.steelcraft.com. 3. Total unit thickness of 1 inch minimum. 2.04 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED BOARD MATERIALS a. Open Edges: Bullnose. B f I G�Il S . T h O 111 a S � serf-adhesive tape where applicable. A. ANSI/ICC At 17.1 -American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and 2.03 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Cementitious Backer Board: ANSI At 18.9, aggregated portland cement panels with glass b. Inside Corners: Jointed. 2.02 DOORS AND FRAMES Facilities; International Code Council; 2003. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Requirements for All Doors and Frames: A. Butyl Sealant: Single component;ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 72-1/2, Uses M and A; fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces, 5/8 inch thick. c. Floor to Wall Joints: Cove base. ArC I1 I to C l A. M feria) recommended b joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of R Accessibility: Comply with ANSI/ICC 111721. B. BHMA A156.1 -American National Standard for Butts and Hinges; Builders Hardware Shore A hardness of 10 to 20; black color; non-skinning. 2.05 ACCESSORIES 2. Manufacturer: Same as for tile. Primer. a Y 1 Manufacturers Association, Inc.;2006(ANSI/BHMA A156.1). 2.03 ADHESIVE MATERIALS etermined from reconstruction joint-sealant-substrate n ed es. B. Silicone Sealant: Single component; neutral curing; capable of water immersion without A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C 665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, untaced. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 sealant to joint substrates indicated, as d p 1 2. Door Top Closures: Flush with top of faces a d g C. BHMA 115622-American National Standard for Bored and Preassembled Locks&Latches; typ yP J P 9 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 tests and field tests and not specified elsewhere. Sealant primers shall meet the following: 3. Door Edge Profile: Beveled on both edges. loss of properties; non-bleeding, non-staining; ASTM C 920,Type el Grade NS, Class 25, g, Finishing Accessories: ASTM C 1047, galvanized steel, unless otherwise indicated. A. Organic Adhesive: ANSI 113621, thinset bond e; use T e I in areas subject to ro on 1. Sealant primers for non-porous surfaces shall not exceed 250g/L in VOC content. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association;2003 (ANSI/BHMA 115622). Uses M,A, and G; cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25; color as selected. moisture exposure. 4. Door Texture: Smooth faces. 1. Types: As detailed or required for finished appearance. 2. Sealant primers for porous surfaces shall not exceed 775g/L in VOC content. 5. Glazed Lights: Non-removable stops on non-secure side; sizes and configurations as D. BHMA 1156.3-American National Standard for Exit Devices; Builders Hardware 2.04 GLAZING ACCESSORIES B. Epoxy Adhesive: AN 1111823,t inset on type. E3. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants indicated on drawings. Manufacturers Association;2001 (ANSI/BHMA 115623). A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene,80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness, ASTM C 864 Option I. Y gyp 2.04 MORTAR MATERIALS nd sealant backin materials,free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or E. BHMA A156.4-American National Standard for Door Controls-Closers; Builders C. Joint Materials: ASTM C 475 and as recommended b sum board manufacturer for a 9 6. Hardware Preparation: In accordance with BHMA 1156.115,with reinforcement welded in Length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing project conditions. A. Mortar Bed Materials: Portland cement,sand, latex additive and water. harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way,and formulated to promote place, in addition to other requirements specified in door grade standard. .- Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.; 2000(ANSI/BHMA At 56.4). rabbet space minus 1/16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. VOC limits of cleaners shall not exceed 50g/1. F. BHMA A156.6-American National Standard for Architectural Door Trim; Builders Hardware 1. Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners,except as otherwise B. Mortar Bond Coat Materials: in I nts and surfaces 7 Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene,50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness,ASTM C 864 Option I. indicated. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with Jo t sea a Manufacturers Association;2005 ANSI/BHMA A156.6 . 1. Dry-Set Portland Cement type: ANSI 1118.1. B. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more ( ) Minimum 3 inch long x one half the height of the glazing stop x thickness to suit application, 2, Tape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise 2. Latex-Portland Cement 9NSI 1116.4. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: adjacent to joints. than one type of requirement, comply with all the specified requirements for each type;for G.BHMA A156.7-American National Standard for Template Hinge Dimensions; Builders self adhesive on one face. �� indicated. 3. E o ANSI 1718.3. 11139 PART 3- EXECUTION instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound-rated must comply with the Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2003(ANSI/BHMA At 56.7). C. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device; 10 to 3. Ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound. P 3.01 EXAMINATION requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirements H. BHMA A156.8-American National Standard for Door Controls-Overhead Stops and 15 Shore A durometer hardness;coiled on release paper; size as recommended by glass 2.05 GROUT MATERIALS conflict, comply with the most stringent. D. Screws: ASTM C 1002; self-piercing tapping type. A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants,with Installer present,for compliance with Holders; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.;2005 (ANSI/BHMA 1156.8). manufacturer; black color. A. Standard Grout: Any type specified in ANSI 1118.6 or 1118.7. requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting 2.03 STEEL DOORS I. BHMA A156.13-American National Standard for Mortise Locks& Latches; Builders 1. Manufacturers: PART 3 EXECUTION A. Exterior Doors: 8. Epoxy Grout: ANSI 1118.8, modified epoxy emulsion grout. joint-sealant performance. Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2005 (ANSI/BHMA At 56.13). a. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 3.01 EXAMINATION 1 ,F.1) A/; 'f Ei. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 3, physical performance Level A, Model 2, seamless. J. BHMA A156.14-American National Standard for Sliding& Folding Door Hardware; b. Tremco, Inc: www.tremoosealants.com. ty p j pp p ate for work of this section to commence. C. Furan Grout: ANSI 1118.5,furan resin type. `. 41 !f A. Veri that ro ect conditions area ro ri 2.06 ACCESSORY MATERIALS 3.02 PREPARATION 2. Core: Polystyrene foam. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association;2002 (ANSI/BHMA A156.14). c. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600- Product Requirements. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION `4 f' n : All com onents hot-di ed zinc-iron allo -coated alvannealed) in accordance A. Cleavage Membrane: 4 mil thick polyethylene film. x BRFAN S.TH. A. I anin of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply 3. Galvaniz g p pP Y (9 K. BHMA A156.18-American National Standard for Materials and Finishes; Builders A. Glazing Gaskets: Resilient silicone extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; Surface C e g 1 with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: with ASTM A 653/A 653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. A. Suspended Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members as permitted by ri r Doors Non-Fire-Rated: Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.;2006(ANSI/BHMA 1156.18). ASTM C 864 Option I;black color. standard. B. Liquid rubber water proofing and crack isolation membrane: Mapelastic 400 as manufactured • • 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint B. Inte o by Mapei. Install per manufacturer's specifications. SC L vel 2 h siva) rformance Level B, Model 1,full flush. L. BHMA A156.21 -American National Standard for Thresholds; Builders Hardware B. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. 1. Level ceiling system to a tolerance of 1/1200. sealant,including dust, paints(except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved 1. Grade: ANSI A250 8 e , p y pe C.Cementitious Backer Board: ANSI At 18.9; High density, cementitious, glass fiber reinforced, 5r J{ r for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. Manufacturers Association;2006 (ANSI/BHMA 1156.21). PART 3 EXECUTION 2. Laterally brace entire suspension system. 112 inch thick;2 inch wide coated glass f ber tape for joints and corners. Yf , Jv waterproofing,water repellents,water, surface dirt, and frost. M.DHI At 15 Series-Specifications for Steel Doors and Frame Preparation for Hardware; 3.01 PREPARATION B. Studs: Space studs as indicated. / � C)Fr u'' 2.04 STEEL FRAMES Door and Hardware Institute; 2000. PART 3 EXECUTION 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical A. General: A. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. 1. Extend partition framing as indicated. 7162 radio or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of N. DHI A115W Series-Specifications for Wood Door and Frame Preparation for Hardware; 2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to to ceiling framing in 3.01 EXAMINATION ab g, 1. Comply with the requirements of grade specified for corresponding door. B. Install sealants in accordance with ASTM C 1193 and FGMA Sealant Manual. developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after Door and Hardware Institute;2000. accordance with details. A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat w thin the tolerances specified for that type of cleanin o erations above b vacuumin or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. a. Frames for Wood Doors: Comply with frame requirements specified in ANSI A250.8 for O. DHI (LOCS) - Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors C. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. g P Y g 3. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach extended leg top runner to structure, maintain work and are ready to receive ti e. Level 1, 16 gage and Frames; Door and Hardware Institute; 2004. 3.02 INSTALLATION - EXTERIOR WET/DRY METHOD PREFORMED TAPE AND SEALANT clearance between to of studs and structure, and brace both flan es of studs with Porous joint substrates include the following: ( ) P 9 B. Verily that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified far that type of a. Concrete. 2. Finish: Same as for door. P. DHI WDHS.3- Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Flush Wood Doors; continuous bridging. work,are dust-free, and are rea to receive tile. B. Exterior Door Frames: Full welded. A. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, 3/76 inch below sight line. �' b. Masonry. Y Door and Hardware Institute; 1996. Seal corners by butting tape and dabbing with butyl sealant. C. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using C. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free and free of substances that could impair bonding of c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. C. Interior Door Frames, Non-Fire-Rated: Fully welded type. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS not less than double studs at jambs. settin materials to sub-floor surfaces. B. Apply heel bead of butyl sealant along intersection of permanent stop with frame ensuring g 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 2.05 FINISH MATERIALS A. Coordinate the manufacture, fabrication, and installation of products onto which door full perimeter seal between glass and frame to complete the continuity of the air and vapor 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION D. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are ready for tile installation by testing for moisture 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm A. Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. hardware will be installed. seal. A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces,around cut openings, behind and around emission rate and alkalinity;obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. PART 3 EXECUTION 1.04 SUBMITTALS C.Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through by rile manufacturer and setting materials manu acturer. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: partitions. a. Metal. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. See Section 01300-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. D. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape and heel bead of sealant with b. Glass. A. Install in accordance with the requirements of the specified door grade standard and NAAMM B. Shop Drawings: sufficient pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of pane or glass unit. B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. HMMA 840. 1. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware, schedules,catalog cuts, E. Install removable stops, with spacer strips inserted between glazing and applied stops, 1/4 3.04 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION 3.02 PREPARATION c. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Coordinate frame anchor lacement with wall construction. 5. All cleaning agents: VOC limits of cleaners shall not exceed 50g/1. P electrical characteristics and connection requirements. inch below sight line. Place glazing tape on glazing pane or unit with tape flush with sight q. Comply with ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end A. Protect surrounding work from damage. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, where recommended in writing by joint-sealant C. Coordinate installation of hardware. 2. Submit manufacturer's parts lists and templates. line. joints, especially in highly visible locations. B. Vacuum clean su aces an amp c eon. F. Fill gap between glazing and stop with sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on glazing, B, Sin le-La er Non-Rated: Install sum board in most economical direction, with ends and e manufacturer,based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests orjoint-sealant-substrate END OF SECTION C. Samples: 9 Y 9YP C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable g tests prior ex erience A I rimer to rom i with hint-sealant manufacturer's written b!.d net more than 3/8 inch below sight line ed es occurrin over firm bearin �� p pp Y P P Y J SECTION 08211 1. Submit 1 sample of hinge, latchset, lockset, closer, and closer;Ilustrating sryie, color,and 9 9 9 flatness tolerances. m instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration FLUSH WOOD DOORS finish. G.Apply cap bead of sealant along void between the stop and the glazing,to uniform line, onto adjoining surfaces. 2. Samples will be returned to supplier. flush with sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth. C assembly fisting truction: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of D. Install cementitious backer board in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and board manufacturer's rn C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining PART 1 GENERAL D. Maintenance Data: Include data ono eratin hardware, lubrication re uirements, and 3.03 INSTALLATION - INTERIOR DRY METHOD (TAPE AND TAPE) nstructions. Tape joints and corners, cover with skim coat of dry-set mortar to a Bather a ge. surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES P g q D. cementitious Backing Board: Install over wood framing members where indicated, in E. Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation in accordance with adhesive c r t r move sealant smears. Remove ta e immediate) after tooling without A. Flush wood doors;flush confi uration; non-rated and acoustical. inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. A. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) accordance with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's instructions. - methods requ ed o e p Y 9 disturbing joint seal. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS E suYSlieDeliver with identifying tags to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware above sigh line. manu aLLATI s instructions. E. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of all gypsum board. 3.03 INSTALLATION-GENERAL N pp B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. F. Installation on Wood Framing: For rated assemblies, comply with requirements of listing A. Install file and rout in accordance with a livable re uirements of ANSI 1108.1 throw h N 3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. AWI/AWMAC (QSI) -Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated;Architectural 9 pP q 9 f r r written installation instructions for roducts and r In tit t and Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; 2006, 8th F. Warranty: Submit manufacturers warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane or authority. For non-rated assemblies, install as follows: = A. Comply with joint-sealant manu actu e s P Woodwo k s u e .� applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. Ed., Version 2.0. Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. unit. 1108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCA Handbook reugh op n atwns. c // 1. Single-Layer Applications: Screw attachment. (n% e B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1.05 COORDINATION D. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above. G.Moisture Protection: Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with B. Lay rile fi pattern indicated. th not interrupt file pattern through openings. "/_"�-_► o sealants as applicable to materials, applications,and conditions indicated. C. Cut and fit rile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and rn A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. A. Coordinate the work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or E. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full sealant. N C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position fabrication of internal reinforcement for door hardware. continuous contact. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES bases neatly. Align floor joints. it to roduce cross-sectional sha es and de the of installed sealants relative to joint B. Accept doors wi site it manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. E requ ed p p p D. Place rile joints uniform in width, subject to variance intolerance allowed in file size. Make I nt movement ca abili C. Protect doors with resilient packaging. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas where PART 2 PRODUCTS F. Knife Vim protruding tape. A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as follows: joints watertight,without voids, cracks, excess mortar,or excess grout. o aN widths that allow optimum sea a p ty a sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 3.04 INSTALLATION -WALL MIRRORS 1. Not more than 30 feet apart on walls and ceilings over 50 feet long. e 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. one week. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. E. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. � a) 2. Do not stretch,twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS A. Install mirrors into Owner provided bamboo frames. B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. 1.04 WARRANTY F. Sound file after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and A. Provide products that comply with the following: B. Install spots of adhesive, 4 spots per square foot, approximately 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch thick 3.06 JOINT TREATMENT G.Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Apply sealant to joints. ��///��� 00 P y A. See Section 01780-Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. pp P A. Finish all gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C 840 Level 4. � U re lace them with dr materials. 1. A livable rovisions of Federal, State, and local codes. and 4 inches to 4 1/2 inches in diameter. r hind sealants where sealant backin s are not used between sealants B. Interior Doors: Provide manufacturer's warranty for the life of the installation. H. Allow file to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. OQ o D. Install bond b eake tape be 9 2. Provide products from the manufacturers and finish listed in the schedule located in the C. Provide bottom support for mirrors for 3 days until adhesive has set. B. Tape,till, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to and backs of joints. C. Include coverage for delamination of veneer,warping beyond specified installation tolerances, construction documents. No substitution allowed without written approval 1. Grout tile joints. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. .3 E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. D. Install bedding tape or cushion strip under bottom edge of each mirror. receive finishes. �� backings are installed: PART 2 PRODUCTS B. Finishes: Identified in schedule located in the construction documents. J. A I sealant to unction of tile and dissimilar materials and unction of dissimilar lanes. E. Tolerances: 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. PP Y J 1 P 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 2.03 KEYING 1. Offset in alignment of adjoining edges: Max 1/16 inch. and fixed ling, a d sandin is not re uired at surfaces behind adhesive a lied ceramic tile 3.04 INSTALLATION- FLOORS-THIN-SET METHODS 2. Ta ifi fillip g q pP o 'p A. Door Locks: Master keyed. 2. Offset in face alignment over wall surface: Max 1/8 inch. A. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F113, a 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. A. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: O 3. Produce uniform,cross-sectional sha es and de the relative to joint widths that allow 1. Include construction keying and control keying with removable core cylinders. 3. No gap between adjacent members. 3.07 TOLERANCES dry-set or latex-Portland cement bond coat, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated. P P 1 1. Assa Abloy Graham: www.grahamdoors.com. L optimum sealant movement capability. 2. Eggers Industries: www.eggersindustries.com. B. Supply keys in the following quantities: A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 1. Where epoxy bond coat and grout are indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook 3.05 CLEANING Method F131. o F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing 1. 4 master keys. A. Remove feet in any direction. o 0 T ins,tool sealants a lants:n toe uirements s Blom a below o form smooth, uniform beads of 3. Substitutions: See Section 01600- Product Requirements. glazing materials from finish surfaces. 3.05 INSTALLATION-WALL TILE � g g q p a. Stamp all permanent master keys with a set number and"DO NOT DUP" mconfiguration indicated;to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant 2.02 DOORS AND PANELS B. Remove labels after Work is complete. END OF SECTION c with sides of joint. A. All Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements. 2. 2 change keys for each lock. A. Over cementitious backer units install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W223, 3. Identify permanent keys in envelopes and deliver to the Owner. C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces. organic adhesive. ///��\\��\\ N 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 1. Quality Level: Premium Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC Architectural Woodwork 3.06 PROTECTIONPS )LJ) 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not Quality Standards Illustrated, Section 1300. 4. Rekey entire building per Owner's direction. SECTION 09300 3.06 CLEANING ���,II � 2.04 KEY CABINET A. After installation, mark pane with an 'X'by using removable plastic tape or paste; do not A. Clean tile and grout surfaces. C' N discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 2. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 5-ply unless otherwise indicated. mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units. TILE -p 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure SA in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise B. EMerior Doors: Flush solid core construction. A. Cabinet Construction: Sheet steel construction, piano hinged door with cylinder type lock END OF SECTION e indicated. 1. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. master keyed to building system. END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL m 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ,.; G. Installation of Preformed Tapes: Install according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated;flush construction. B. Cabinet Size: Size for project keys plus 50 percent growth. DIVISION 9-FINISHES SECTION 09511 wH. Installation of Preformed Silicone-Sealant System: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Provide solid core doors at all locations. C.Hooks for 150 keys. A. Tile for floor applications. Q � 1. Apply masking tape to each side of joint, outside of area to be covered by sealant system. 2.03 DOOR FACINGS SECTION 09260 -SUSTAINABLE B. Tile for wall applications. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS D. Horizontal plastic strips for key hook labelling with clear plastic strip cover over labels. L 2. Apply silicone sealant to each side of joint to produce a bead of size complying with preformed A. Wood Veneer Facing for Transparent Finish: Species as specified above, veneer grade as GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES C. Cementitious backer board as tile substrate. PART 1 GENERAL Q silicone-sealant system manufacturer's written instructions and covering a bonding area of not specified by quality standard, plain sliced, book veneer match, running assembly match; unless E. Finish: Baked enamel, color as selected. m less than 3/8 inch. Hold ed a of sealant bead 1/4 inch inside maskin tae. PART 3 EXECUTION D. Ceramic trim. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 9 P otherwise indicated. PART 1 GENERAL E 3. Within 10 minutes of sealant application, press silicone extrusion into sealant to wet extrusion 1. Vertical Edges: Any option allowed by quality standard for grade. 3.01 EXAMINATION 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES and substrate. Use a roller to apply consistent pressure and ensure uniform contact between A. ANSI 1108 Series/A118 Series/A136.1 -American National Standard Specifications for the B. Acoustical units. 2.04 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on � sealant and both extrusion and substrate. shop drawin s. A. Metal stud wall framing. Installation of Ceramic Tile(Compendium);2005. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS 4. Complete installation of sealant system in horizontal joints before installing in vertical joints. A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified. 9 � B. Fit door ed trim to ed of stiles after applying veneer facing. 3.02 INSTALLATION B. Metal channel ceiling framing. 1. ANSI A108.ta-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile A. ASTM C635 -Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance,and Testing of Metal e Lap vertical joints over horizontal joints. At ends of joints, cut silicone extrusion with a razor 9e 9e in the Wet-Set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar;2005. knife. C. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface-mounted hardware, in accordance with A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable codes. C. Fire rated area separation walls. Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings;2004. Issue Date: 3 - m I. Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each len th of sealant immediate) after hardware requirements and dimensions. D. Acoustic insulation. B. ASTM C 636/C 636M -Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems g y B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. o removing protective wrapping,taking care not to pull or stretch material, producing seal continuity D. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings,with edge clearances E. Cementitious backer board. for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels;2006. REVISION INFORMATION at ends, turns,and intersections of joints. For applications at low ambient temperatures where in accordance with specified quality standard. C.Mounting heights for hardware from finished floor to center line of hardware item: F. G sum wallboard. C. ASTM E 580/E 580M-Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for -2:` 1. For steel doors and frames: Comply with DHI "Recommended Locations for Architectural YP expansion of sealant requires acceleration to produce seal, apply heat to sealant in compliance 1. Exception: Doors to be field finished. 2. ANSI A108.1b-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint; 2006. awith sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Hardware for Steel Doors and Frames." G.Joint treatment and accessories. o E. Provide edge clearances in accordance with AWI Quality Standards Illustrated Section 7700. on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement D. ASTM E 1264-Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 1998 (Reapproved L 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL PART 3 EXECUTION 2. For wood doors: Comply with DHI "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS Mortar; 1999 (R2005). n for Wood Flush Doors." 2005). a1 A. ExaminatioNlnspection 3.01 INSTALLATION A. ANSI At 08.11 -American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer 3. ANSI A108.tc-Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the 1. Inspect joints for complete fill, for absence of voids, and for joint configuration complying with 3.03 ADJUSTING Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured 1.03 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. Units; 1999 (82005). r r Its in field adhesion test I A. Adjust work under provisions of Section 01700. B. ANSI At 18.9-American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and Portland Cement Mortar Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar; 1999(82005). A. See Section 01600- Product Requirements, for additional provisions. specified requirements. Reco d esu a o9 B. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. m 2. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: 4. ANSI At 08.4-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile B. Provide five percent of total acoustical unit area of each type of acoustical unit for Owner's use rn C. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. B. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. Specifications for cementitious Backer Units; 1999 (82005). rn a. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint C. ASTM C 475/C 475M -Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 1999 (82005). n maintenance of project. e_ D. Coordinate installation of glazing. END OF SECTION substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each type of Finishing Gypsum Board;2002. 5. ANSI 1108.5-American National Standard Specifications for Installation o Bromic r e PART 2 PRODUCTS � E. Install door louvers plumb and level. m product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 ( 2 sealant manufacturer's field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria. 3.02 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES D. ASTM C645-Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2007. 2.01 ACOUSTICAL UNITS 0 SECTION 06800 6. ANSI 1108.6-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile a1 b. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free from voids. A. Conform to specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. GLAZING E. ASTM C 665- Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and-Grouting Epoxy; 1999 (R2005). A. Manufacturers: N c. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. B. Conform to specified quality standard for maximum diagonal distortion. PART 1 GENERAL Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing;2006. 7. ANSI 1708.8-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile 1. USG: www.usg.com. H 3. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES F. ASTM C 754-Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive with Chemical Resistant Furan Resin Mortar and Grout; 1999 (R2005). B. Acoustical Units- General: ASTM E 1264,Class A. used to or ginally seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and new sealant END OF SECTION Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2004. 8. ANSI A108.9-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile 1. Model as scheduled on the construction documents. L A. Glass. G.ASTM C 840-Standard S ecification for lication and Finishin of G sum Board; 2007. with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout; 1999(82005). 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM S rn contacts original sealant. SECTION 08511 P °PP 9 YP ( ) .L B. Evaluation of Field-Test Results: Sealants not evidencin adhesive failure from testin or ALUMINUM CLAD WOOD CASEMENT WINDOWS B. Glazing compounds and accessories. 9. ANSI 1108.10-American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout in 9 9 H. ASTM C 1002-Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the A. Manufacturers: Tilework; 1999 (82005). Q noncompliance with other indicated requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Remove p9RT 1 GENERAL 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel 1. Same as for acoustical units. O sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. 10. ANSI A108.11 -American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious U A. 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; current edition. Studs;2004. Backer Units; 1999 (R2005). B. Suspension Systems-General: ASTM C 635; die cut and interlocking components,with Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Costs for retests and resultant required work will be paid for by Contractor. B. ASTM C 864-Standard S ecification for Dense Elastomeric Com ression Seal Gaskets, I. ASTM C 1047- Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum stabilizer bars, cli s s lices, erimeter moldin s p q A. Aluminum Clad Wood Casement windows with hardware. P P 11. ANSI 1118.1 -American National Standard Specifications for Dry-Set Portland Cement p , p p g , and hold down cli s as re wire . 3.05 CLEANING Setting Blocks, and Spacers; 2005. Veneer Base; 2005. Mortar; 1999 (R2005). 2.03 ACCESSORIES B. Glazing - i ti n f r sum Board 2006a. I nt or sealant smears ad scent to joints as the Work ro resses b methods C. ASTM C 920- Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants;2005. J. ASTM C 1396/C 1396M Standard Specif ca o o Gyp 12. ANSI 1118.3-American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic A. Clean off excess sea a 1 1 P 9 Y C. Accessories and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products D. ASTM C 1036-Standard Specification for Flat Glass;2006. K. ASTM E 72 -Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Water Cleanable Tile Setting and-Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement specified. in which joints occur. PART 2 PRODUCTS Construction;2005. Adhesive; 1999 (R2005). J E. ASTM C 1048- Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS, Kind FT B. Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid. 3.06 PROTECTION 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Coated and Uncoated Glass;2004. L. GA-216-Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association;2007. 13. ANSI 911824-American National Standard Specifications for Latex-Portland Cement 1. At Exposed Grid: Provide L-shaped molding for mounting at same elevation as face of Restaurant#: 0457 A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances A. Weather Shield Mfg, Inc. of Medford, WI Mortar; 1999 (82005). and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without F. ASTM C 1193- Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants;2005a. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS grid. 2.02 MATERIALS-STATIONARY CASEMENT WINDOW 14. ANSI 1118.6-American National Standard Specifications for Standard Cement Grouts PART 3 EXECUTION deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. It, despite such protection, damage or G.ASTM E 773-Standard Test Method for Accelerated Weathering of Sealed Insulating A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated assemblies as follows: for Tile Installation; me can Na). deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so A. Frame: Glass Units;2001. PART 2 PRODUCTS 15. ANSI 1118.7-American National Standard Specifications for Polymer Modified 3.01 INSTALLATION-SUSPENSION SYSTEM RED LOBSTER 457 lations with re aired areas are indistin uishable from ori inal work. 1. Exterior frame members milled from pine, kiln dried to a moisture content of 6-12%at the time of H. ASTM E 774- Standard Specification for the Classification of the Durability of Sealed 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Cement Grouts for Tile Installation; 1999 (R2005). A. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C 636, ASTM E 580,and manufacturer's nsta p 9 9 fabrication and treated with awater-repellent preservative. Exterior frame surfaces clad with Insulating Glass Units; 1997. RE N OVATI N extruded aluminum with mechanical) fastened mitered corners, and mechanical) and A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C 840 and GA-216. 16. ANSI 1118.8-American National Standard Specifications for Modified Epoxy Emulsion instructions and as supplemented in this section. END OF SECTION Y Y Mortar/Grout; 1999 (R2005). B. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum chemically bonded to interior wood substrate. The frame includes solid one- iece ambs free ASTM E 2190- Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and p j B. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C 645; galvanized sheet steel,of 17. ANSI 1118.9-American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and deflection of 1:360. DIVISION 8-DOORS AND WINDOWS from screws with interior glass stops finish nailed. Evaluation;2002. size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C 754 for the spacing indicated,with SECTION 08110 2. Interior frame materials to be milled from pine, kiln dried to a moisture content of 6-12%at the J. GANA(GM) -GANA Glazing Manual; Glass Association of North America;2004. maximum deflection of wall framing of 0240 at 5 psf. Specifications for cementitious Backer Units; rd fo (82005). C. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with time of fabrication and treated with awater-re (lent reservative. 18. ANSI 1136.1 -American National Standard for Organic Adhesives for Installation of other work. � 0330 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES P K. GANA SM - FGMA Sealant Manual; Glass Association of North America; 1990. 1. Exception: The minimum metal thickness and section properties requirements of ASTM C ( ) Ceramic Tile; 1999 (82005). 3. Frame thickness shall be 5/8". 645 are waived provided steel of 40 ksi minimum yield strength is used,the metal is D. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where SOUTHWEST PART 1 GENERAL 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS B. TCA HB Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation;Tile Council of North America, Inc.; 4. Frame shall have a standard jamb depth of 4 9/16". continuously dimpled,the effective thickness is at least twice the base metal thickness, and ( ) - carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane o adjacent mem ers. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 5. Frame provided with factory applied jamb extensions as required by wall thickness. A. Provide glass and glazing materials for continuity of building enclosure vapor retarder and maximum stud hei hts are determined b testin in accordance with ASTM E 72 usin 2007. E. Where ducts or other a ui ment revent the re ular s acin of hap ers, reinforce the nearest G RE E N B U RG ROAD A. Non-fire-rated steel doors and frames. air barrier: g y g g ca p P g P g 9 6. Exterior cladding: extruded aluminum of .050 inch thickness with a full integral nailing fin. assemblies specified by ASTM C 754. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. B. Steel frames for wood doors. 1. In conjunction with vapor retarder and joint sealer materials described in other sections. 2 02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Maintain one copy of TCA Handbook and ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series on site. F. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load C. Thermally insulated steel doors. B. Finish: 2. To maintain a continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout the glazed assembly 1. Exterior aluminum finish: Acrylic polyurethane enamel topcoat over primer; meets or exceeds from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant. 1. Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING to exceed deflection capability. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1AMA 2603 requirements. 2. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. A. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's G.Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or A. ANSI/ICC At 17.1 - American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildin s and 1.04 SUBMITTALS 3. Ceilin Channels: C sha ed. support components independently. T I GARD I O R 9 2. Interior finish: pine, suitable for stain. 9 P instructions. Facilities; International Code Council;2003. A. See Section 01300-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B, Ceiling Hangers:Type and size as specified in ASTM C 754 for spacing required. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS H. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. C. Glazing: Weather Shield ZO-E- Shield 5 B. ANSI A250.3 -Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Factory-Applied Finish Painted Steel B. Product Data on Glass Types: Provide structural, physical and environmental 2.03 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS I. Perimeter Moldin Install at intersection of ceilin and vertical surfaces and at 'unctions with Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 1999. 1. Two panes r glass 2. One eMerior Easy Care surface to resist dirt and cause water to sheet off. characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. A. Provide 10 sq. ft of each size, color, and surface finish of file specified. g� 9 A. Manufacturers: NO SUBSTITUTIONS other interruptions. Drawing C. ANSI A250.8-SDI-100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; C. Product Data on Glazing Compounds: Provide chemical,functional, and environmental 1. Use longest practical lengths. 3. Multiple layers of Low-e coatings 1. National Gypsum Company: www.nationalgypsum.com. 2003, characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. 2. Overlap and rivet corners. D. ANSI A250.10-Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for 4. One inert gas-filled insulating air space 2. USG: www.usg.com. Steel Doors and Frames; 1998 (R2004). 5. One real warm edge spacer 5 Certificates: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. S P EC I FI CATI N 6. .24 center of lass U-Value 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Sizes to minimize joints in place; ends 3.02 INSTALLATION-ACOUSTICAL UNITS E. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or 9 square cut. A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer s instructions. Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2006a. 7. .27 center of glass Solar Heat Gain Coefficient A. Perform Work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual and FGMA Sealant Manual for 1. Regular Type: F. BHMA A156.115-Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames;2006. 2.03 ACCESSORIES glazing installation methods. pp. B. Fit acoustical units in place,free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to PART 2 PRODUCTS a. A lication: Use for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. appearance and function. G. DHI At 15 Series-Specifications for Steel Doors and Frame Preparation for Hardware; Door and A. Interior Installation Clips. b. Edges: Tapered. C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting su aces. Hardware Institute; 2000(ANSI/DHI A115 Series). 2.01 FLAT GLASS MATERIALS 2. Fire Resistant Type: Complying with Type X requirements; UL or WH rated. H. NAAMM HMMA 840 - Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors B. Aluminum drip cap. D. Install units after above-ceiling work is complete. and Frames;The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; 1999. C. Exterior aluminum trim: color to match exterior frame. A. Clear Float Glass: Clear,fully tempered. a. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Rating: Use type required by indicated tested 1. Comply with ASTM C 1036,Type I,transparent flat,Class 1 clear,Quality Q3(glazing assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X. E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane,and free from twist, warp, and dents. I. NFPA 80-Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows, National Fire Protection Association; 2007. PART 3 EXECUTION select). b. Thickness: 5/8 inch. F. Cutting Acoustical Units: w J. UL(BMD)- Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 3.01 INSTALLATION 2. Comply with ASTM C 1048. c. Edges: Tapered. 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. 4 K. UL 10C-Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 1998. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. 6 mm minimum thick. 3. Ceiling Board: Special sag-resistant type. END OF SECTION 1.03 SUBMITTALS B. Safety Glass: Clear;fully tempered with horizontal tempering. a. Application: Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use products that comply with the VOC limits specified for the appropriate LEED SECTION 10445 DIVISION 11 -FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT DIVISION 14 -CONVEYING EQUIPMENT SECTION 09771 rating system. Refer to LEED Green Building Rating System for VOC limits. 1.7 MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY PART 3-EXECUTION A. Provide manufacturer's written warranty on its Panels, Pilasters and Doors for twenty five(25) DOOR AND ROOM SIGNS SECTION 11400 SECTION 14420 PREFINISHED PANELS 3.01 EXAMINATION years,against breakage, corrosion and delamination;to be replaced without charge,excluding PART 1 GENERAL FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT WHEELCHAIR LIFTS PART 1 GENERAL labor. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES AEXAMIN condition: 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES PART 1 GENERAL PART 2- PRODUCTS A. Door Signs. 1. The Contractor shall inform the Architect and Owner of any surfaces that are not 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.01 SUMMARY Brian S . Thomas , A. Prefinished panel system for adhesive mounting.. suitable for application. COLUMBIA PARTITIONS SUPER HD - 9233, by PSISC, P.O. Box 181, Columbia, S.C. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Food service equipment installation. A. A vertical platform (wheelchair) lifting device, manufactured by ThyssenKrupp Access, PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.The Contractor is responsible for protecting sidewalls, shrubbery,cars,fences or 29202, 803-252-3020, Fax: 803-256-7769. A. See Section 01300-Administrative Requirements,for submittal procedures. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK Architect adjacent surfaces not to receive paint. designed to provide access to or within a building for mobility impaired persons. Lift consists 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 1 P 2.2 MATERIALS B. Product Data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature for sign types specified, including components 3. Additional cost in time and money to replace or repair unpainted surfaces not A. Furnish labor, materials,services, equipment and appliances required for d service 2.02 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL(FRP) A. General: Provide material which has been selected for surface flatness and smoothness. and accessories. of machine tower and lifting platform selected and dimensioned to provide adequate lifting adequately protected will be aid b the Contractor. equipment installation work indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 q Y P P Y Exposed surfaces which exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, C.Shop Drawings: Indicate location of each individual sign in the project. 1.03 WORK INCLUDED, BUT NOT INCLUSIVE height to suit building access requirements indoors and out. A. Thickness: 3/32" 4.Upon completion, the condition of the unpainted surfaces shall be as originally telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 B. Finish: Pebble found prior to the work. Solid Phenolic shall meet or exceed all requirements for Class"B" Flame Spread Rating D. Manufacturer s instructions: Printed installation instructions for each product. A. Installation of Owner provided food service equipment. 1.02 REFERENCES C. Color: White3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION calculated according to ASTM E-8491 A,and shall carry a UL Class"B" Fire Rating PART 2 PRODUCTS B. Miscellaneous materials required for installation. A. Lift shall be designed, manufactured and installed in accordance with the following standards: D. Moldings: Solid vinyl, wide profile and match the color of the panels. A. CMU-Concrete Block: Certification. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). E. Closures: solid vinyl,wide profile an match the color of the panels. 1. Remove dirt and dust from horizontal mortar rows down to a clean dry surface. B. Material shall be Solid Phenolic with a High Pressure Melamine matte finish surface made as A. Kroy Sign Systems;Scottsdale,AZ A. mechanical services and final connections to equipment. an integral part of the core material. Laminated surfaces are not acceptable. 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME). F. Flamespread: Class C for non rated assemblies, Class A for rated assemblies. 2.Repair holes,cracks and loose mortar before application of the block filler and 1. Doors- Minimum .75"(19 mm) Finished Thickness B. Substitutions: See Section 01600- Product Requirements. B. Electrical services and final connections to equipment. 2.03 STAINLESS STEEL PANEL paint. 2. Divider Panels-Minimum .75"(19 mm) Finished Thickness C. Unless otherwise specified for an individual product or material, supply all products specified in this 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3. ADA Accessibility Guidelines(ADAAG). section from the same manufacturer. 4. Underwriters Laboratories(UL). ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 3.Do not apply block filler to a wet surface. Allow to completely dry before 3. Pilasters- Minimum .75" 19 mm Finished Thickness A. Installer;companies specializing in installation of commercial food services equipment with A. Type: 20 gauge, #304. ( ) 11139 PART 3 EXECUTION application. C.Colors: 7813-58 "Cardboard Solidz" matte finish as manufactured by Formica 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS minimum three years experience. 5. International Building Code (IBC). 4. Apply materials at the temperature recommended by the manufacturer. A. Braille Signs: 1.06 REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS 6. National Electrical Code(NEC). 3.01 INSTALLATION D. Pilaster Shoes: ASTM A 167,Type tache 4 Stainless Steel, minimum 4" high, 18 gauge, 1. Acceptable product: Acrylic Graphic Braille Signs. B.Ferrous Metal: finished with#3 Directional Polish, attached with Stainless Steel Through Bolts. A. Conform to applicable codes for installation. 7. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Colors: Face color brown; graphics and letter color white. B. Use the adhesives recommended by the panel manufacturer unless prohibited by local 1 Remove event proper adhesion dirt,dust, t, loose rut or other contaminates that would E. Continuous Brackets: Full High (57.5") Extruded 6063-T5 Aluminum with afSatinr Anodized 3. Sign size: 8 by 8 inches. 1.07 REFERENCE STANDARDS 8. American Welding Society(AWS). 1��,t L 't/t CA* P finish. The minimum weight shall be 1.685 pounds per lineal foot. Inside o opening A. Underwriters Laboratories UL r regulations;obtain manufacturers approval of alternative adhesives. 2.Remove all peeling paint and marginally loose paint down to a sound surface. Bracket shall be .50"for panels, .75"for pilasters. All holes for mounting to wall and 4. Graphics: International symbols for indicated information. ( ) 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION `O C. Avoid contamination of panel faces;clean as necessary and replace if not possible to repair to 5. Lettering: 5/8 inch high, raised 1/32 inch,with Number 2 Braille coding. B. National Electric Manufacturers Association NEMA 3.Sand rusty or bare metal surfaces and apply rust inhibitive metal primer. panel/pilaster shall be pre-drilled. Holes are to be spaced at 9"O.C. along the full length of 9 9 9 ( ) `� BRIAN S.T HO f original condition. A. Drive: a 4.Repair or replace damaged metal surfaces before priming or painting. the Bracket for a total of fourteen (14) holes for mounting to the wall and seven (7) holes for 6. Sign frames: Manufacturer's standard. C. American Gas Association (AGA) s D. Install stainless steel panels with a one inch ship lap. P P g mounting to the panel/pilaster. Each Bracket is to have a minimum wall thickness of.125". 7. Sign to conform with locally and nationally adopted accessibility standards. D. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME) 1. Battery powered ballscrew drive; 1/2 hp, VDC, instant reversing motor with two 12 V, ,.,SC 5.Remove old brittle or cracked caulking and recaulk to properly seal windows and Each Bracket is to be packaged in a separate poly tube, and is to be labeled by stock number B. Accessories: Installation accessories specified in manufacturer's instructions. 33 AH, sealed no maintenance batteries with 24V 1.7 amp"smart charge"battery 10 5714 `11 END OF SECTION doors. and manufacturer. E. National Fire Protection Association(NEPA) C.Non-Ferrous Metal: (Galvanized): PART 3 EXECUTION F. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) charger. y1C R11;1) SECTION SECTION 09900-SUSTAINABLE ( ) F. Hinge: 11 Gauge Cast Stainless Steel Hinge. Hinge shall be made of Type 304 Stainless 1_. OF 4 PAINTING 1. Remove all mildew,dirt, dust,white rust or other contaminates that would Steel and shall have a Satin finish. Hinge shall be gravity type for self-closing action and shall 3.01 EXAMINATION 1.08 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS B. Number of Stops: 2 stops 7/16/2013 prevent proper adhesion to the surface. be fully adjustable up to 360 degrees. Pivot pin shall be made of Type 304 Powder Cast A. Verity that surfaces to receive signs have been finished, and that finishes are dry and correctly A. Owner will provide equipment manufacturer's installation instructions for Contractor's use. C. Platform Configuration: enter/exit same side. PART 1 -GENERAL 2.Remove all peeling or marginally loose paint down to a sound surface. Stainless Steel. Plastic inserts are not acceptable. Hinges shalt provide emergency access by cured. 1.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATE 3.Sand edges to remove cratering and clean sanding dust from the surface. lifting the door. Hinges shall be pre-drilled for mounting to door and pilaster with Stainless D. Maximum Travel: 99" 1.01 SUMMARY of WORK Steel Through-Bolts. Each Hinge is to be packaged in a separate carton,and is to be labeled A. Owner will provide equipment manufacturer's operation and maintenance data for Contractor 3.02 INSTALLATION 's A.Project Overview 4. Make repairs or replace damaged metal before priming or painting. by stock number, manufacturer, and left or right hand. A. Install door signs in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions. use E. Rated Load: 750 lbs. with minimum safety factor of 5X. The Work in this Section requires the surface preparation and field application of LEED 5. Remove old brittle or cracked caulking and recaulk to properly seal windows, G.Strike and Keeper: Heavy Duty Cast Stainless Steel with a Satin finish. The Strike and B. Locate signs in accordance with approved shop drawings and ADAAG requirements. 1,10 COORDINATION F. Rated Speed: 9-12 fpm with rated load. compliant primers,paints, stains and coatings to surfaces appearing in the Schedule. Any doors and trim. Keeper shall be 2.50"high,with the mounting holes at 1.50"O.C., and the wall thickness shall be a minimum of.125". The Strike and Keeper shall have an integral rubber bumper door END OF SECTION A. Coordinate size of access and route to place of installation. G. Platform Size: 36"x48" with 42" high guard panels. product other than the products specified must be of equal or greater quality and must be D.Gypsum Board (Drywall): g 1.11 GUARANTEE H. Main Power Supply Wiring: Electrical contractor shall provide 115 VAC, single phase, 20 submitted including Technical Data sheets and color approvals. 1. Surfaces must be free of drywall dust and loose joint compound. stop. The stock number shall be molded into the back of the Strike and Keeper for ease in SECTION 10523 identification. Each Strike and Keeper shall be packaged in a separate poly bag, and is to be A. Provide start-up and one year service and maintenance contract in addition to regular one amp,60 Hz power circuit. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 2.Use primer on all bare drywall areas unless Benjamin Moore Aura series is labeled by stock number and manufacturer. Furnish one per door. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES year guarantee for self-contained refrigeration systems. A Drawings and DIVISION 00 Contract Requirements and Conditions, DIVISION 1 -General used. H. Slide Latch: Heavy Duty Cast Stainless Steel with a Satin finish. The Slide Latch shall be PART 2 PRODUCTS J. Operating Features: Requirements,and other Sections relating to the work specified in this Section. 3. Tint primers one half(1/2)the color of the finish coats. surface mounted. The slide bar shall be .150"thick, 1.020"wide and 3.720" long. Latch shall PART 1 GENERAL 2.01 EQUIPMENT 1. Platform Controls: Directional paddle switch, on/off key switch, emergency stop switch 4.Sand rimer coat before application of the finish coats. have an internal Stainless Steel buffering spring to prevent damage when door is 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.03 REFERENCES P PP with alarm and illuminated alarm button. inadvertently slammed against the Latch. Mounting holes are to be spaced at 3.50" O.C. A. Fire extinguishers and cabinets. A. Owner Provided (By Owner): A.US Green Building Council, (USGBC) Green Seal GS-11 qualifications for LEED paint E.Wood Doors&Trim: Stained Latch knob is to be riveted to the slide bar and then welded to insure that the knob will not 1. Equipment scheduled on the drawings B. 2. Landing Controls: Directional paddle switch and on/off key switch,emergency stop BAccessories. credits. 1. Remove mill marks and wood grade stamp completely. come off. The stock number is to molded into the back of the Slide Latch for ease in 2. Mechanical refrigeration systems, including compressor units, condensers, evaporator B.South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1113, Architectural Coartings, rules in 2.Fill holes, repair or replace damaged wood surfaces. identification. Each Slide Latch shall be packaged in a separate poly bag, and is to be 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS coils, and control valves switch with alarm, mounted inside gate/door frames. o effect on January 1,2004 for clear wood finishes 3. Apply stain to wood according to manufacturers labeled directions. labeled by stock number and manufacturer. Furnish one per door. A. NFPA 10-Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; National Fire Protection Association; 3. Motor starters 3. Constant pressure operation. ) C.Occupational Safety& Health Act(OSHA)Safety Standards I. Coat Hook: Heavy Duty Cast Stainless Steel with a Satin finish. Coat Hook and Bumper shall 2007. 4. Walk-in refrigerator/freezer thermostats 4. Grounded electrical system with upper, lower and final limit switches and 24 V 3.03 APPLICATION be 2.340" high, 1.230" wide and shall protrude out from the door 3.05". The hook portion D.American National Standards Institute (ANSI)Performance Standards B. UL(FPED)-Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.;current 5. Stainless steel trim strips, supports and connections,attachment devices,and accessories. A.Application of any primers, paints, stains or coatings will serve as acceptance by the shall have a finished diameter of .250". The stock number shall be molded into the back of edition. operating controls. E.Paint Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA)Application Standard contractor that surfaces were properly prepared in accordance to manufacturers label the Coat Hook and Bumper for ease in identification. Each Coat Hook and Bumper shall be B. Contractor Provided: a) 5. Platform underpanel equipped with obstruction sensors. g ( ) packaged P poly g Y PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. Sleeves, inserts, and other incidental items necessary to complete work C F.National Paint and Coatings Association NPCA Gloss Standard directions and written specifications. acka ed in a separate I ba and is to be labeled b stock number and manufacturer. rY P G.American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM)Testing Methods B.Apply paint only when surface and air temperature meet the manufacturer's Furnish one per door. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 2. Refrigeration piping;Type L copper; ASM B88 with wrought brass or copper solder fittings 6. Non-slip surface on platform floor and ramp. u= i H.Master Paint Institute (MPI)established paint categories and standards recommendations. J. Door Stop: Heavy Duty Cast Stainless Steel with a Satin finish. Plated Zamac Door Stops A. Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories: 3. Conduit; Rigid zinc coated steel and fittings conforming to electrical division, or approved 7. Grab rail on platform. W C. I even) ands read smooth) with manufacturers recommended a of brush, roller or are unacceptable. Door Stop shall have a 2.125" base diameter and shall protrude 1.80" 1. Larsen's Manufacturing Co: www.larsensmfg.com. Orangeburg or Transite duct I. Ozone Transmission Commission(OTC)established levels of Volatile Organic Compounds. Apply Y P y type from the wall. The bumper at the end of the Door Stop shall be .250"thick. The diameter of g -_ spray equipment. P P 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600-Product Requirements. 4. Sealant; clear silicone 8. Manual lowering device. 3 1.04 DEFINITIONS D.Apply the number of coats specified to achieve the recommended dry film thickness and the shaft shall be .6875". The stock number shall be molded into the back of the Door Stop 5. Insulation; "Armaflex"foamed plastic minimum 1/2 inch thickness 9. Integral ballscrew safety device and electromechanical brake(ballscrew drive). Q for ease in identification. Each Door Stop shall be packaged in a separate poly bag,and is to 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS C: A .Commercial as used in this Section refers to a painter grade product. coverage. 6. Solder; use silver solder,silver content not less than 50 percent, for steel to copper 10.Pit switch where required b code). be labeled by stock number and manufacturer. Furnish one for each Disabled Accessible A. Fire Extinguishers-General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 and applicable ( q y ) B.DFT as used in this Section refers to the Dry Film Thickness of the coating. E. material within the recoat time recommended b the manufacturer for each roduct connection.. Use Sil Fos for copper to copper. Do not use soft solder. N Appy y P door. codes,whichever is more stringent. 2�( E C.Enamel as used in this Section refers to a paint which dries leaving an eggshell, low lustre, used. K. Pull Handle: Heavy Duty Cast Stainless Steel with a Satin finish. Plated Zamac Door Pulls 1. Provide extinguishers labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.for the purpose specified 7 Hangers and Supports; conform to plumbing division,types as required and approved. 11.Telephone jack on platform . I"=�-'I N satin, semi-gloss or high gloss enamel finish. F.Allow each coat to dry before application of additional coats. are unacceptable. Pull Handle shall protrude from the face of the door .940" and shall be and indicated. S. Paint for piping; "Chromatone"or equal 12.Upper Landing Gate/Door: 99 o- 4.735" Ion The Pull Handle shall have mounting holes drilled and tapped for 10/24 threads 9. Rooftop equipment racks and curbs as detailed ,r c D.Gloss levels as established by the National Paint&Coating Association (NPCA) using G.Primers may be tinted half the color of the finish coat. g' g PP B. Dry Chemical Type Fire Extinguishers: Stainless steel tank,with pressure gage. a. 42" high,self-closing gate with VDR mechanical interlock and (specify:)steel 09 d) E:4 �= ASTM test method at 3.50" O.C. The Pull Handle shall be .655" wide and shall be mounted back to back with 10. Cooler/freezer box floor insulation: Urethane board insulation,2"thick, staggered H.Color schedules will appear on the drawings unless otherwise stated. 1. Class B:C. sheet. the Slide Latch. The stock number shall be molded into the back of the Pull Handle for ease joints 3 #D-523 is as follows: 2. Size 10. I. Coverage shall be complete leaving a uniform sheen, color and appearance. in identification. Each Pull Handle shall r. packaged in a separate poly bag, and is to be 11. Vapor barrier under cooler/freezer floor: 6 mil polyethylene sheet 13.Automatic Gate/Door opener ,o 1. Flat 0-5 60 degree meter labeled by stock number and manufacturer. Furnish one for each Disabled Accessible door. 3. Model: MP10 � 3.04 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE C.Installation Accessories: Provide all rough-in hardware, supports and connections, O 0 2.Eggshell 5-20 60 degree meter L. Overhead Bracing (Headrail): Continuous Heavy Duty Extruded 6063-T5 Aluminum Headrail 4. Bracket: B2 attachment devices,closure trim, and accessories required for complete installation. t A.Hardboard Siding: 3.Satin 15-35 60 degree meter g� with Anti-Grip profile. Headrail shall have integral reinforcing channel and curtain track. 5. Quantity: 3 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 0O 3 g 1. Low VOC System: one rimer coat and two finish coats PART 3 EXECUTION 4.Semi-Gloss 30-65 60 degree meter y ( P ) Headrail shall have a Satin Anodized finish. Provide Headrail Corner Brackets, Wall C. D Chemical T Fire Extinguishers: Stainless steel tank,with pressure gage Dry Type 9 P 9 9 A. Manufacturer: Provide wheelchair lift manufactured by a firm with a minimum of 25 years N Primer: Moore 023 Fresh Start 100%Acrylic All Purpose Primer(11 00 g/L) Brackets, and Headrail End Caps as required. The Headrail and Headrail Brackets shall 1. Class: B:C 3.01 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE o 5.Gloss over-65 60 degree meter have a minimum wall height of 2". The minimum wall thickness of the Headrail and Headrail A. Delivery P o Finish: Moore 526 Aura Waterborne Acrylic Satin Enamel (48 g/L) 2. Size: 10 experience in fabrication of wheelchair lifts equivalent to those specified. n E.L.E.E.D.as used in this Section refers to Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design. Brackets shall be .125". Each Headrail Bracket is to be packaged in a separate poly bag, 1. Upon receiving equipment,check crateslcartons identification labels with receiving PO; 0 Products listed meet LEED criteria for environmentally safe interior primers, paints and and is to be labeled by stock number and manufacturer. 3. Model: DC10 Po t9 B. All designs,clearances,workmanship and material, unless specifically excepted, shall be in o assure correct item has been received. t coatings. B.CMU,Concrete Block: M. Anchorages and Fasteners: All Fasteners shall be Stainless Steel with theft proof heads, 4. Bracket: B2 accordance with all codes having legal jurisdiction. O F.OTC as used in this Section refers to the Ozone Transport Commission.OTC has 1. Low VOC System: (one filler coat and two finish coats) Through-Bolted unless noted otherwise. Chrome plated steel or brass are not acceptable. 5. Quantity: 1 B. Handling: 1. Uncrate equipment in organized manner. Take care not to misplace loose parts, C. All load ratings and safety factors shall meet or exceed those specified by all governing e � c established the following VOC levels for the Northeastern United States: Products listed in Filler: Moore 285 Super Craft Acrylic Latex Block Filler(48 g/L) 2.3 FABRICATION D. Wet Chemical Type accessories, assemblyand operating instructions,and warranty cards. keep utility hookup @_ the Schedule meet OTC limits for VOCs. A. General: Provide standard doors, anels, screens and ilasters fabricated for artition 1. Class 2A:K P g ty P ty P agencies with jurisdiction and shall be certified by a professional engineer. Finish: Moore 526 Aura Waterborne Acrylic Satin Enamel (48 g/L) P P P notes and tags on equipment until after connections are made. Assemble in workmanship C D. Lift shall be subject to applicable state, local and city approval prior to installation and subject o G. Premium as used in this Section refers to the best quality product"top of the line". system,complete with all accessories and hardware listed above and as required for 2. Size: 6 liter manner in accord with manufacturers directions,taking care to make sure fasteners are I PP �' PP P � C.Ferrous Metal - Doors, Frames: installation of fully functional system, unless otherwise noted. Provide units with cutouts and 3. Model: WC-6L tight and components are aligned and square. M= a) H. VOC as used in this Section refers to Volatile Organic Compounds found in primers, paints, 9 P 9 q to inspection after installation. Determination of and adherence to these regulations is the sealers and stains. The level of VOCs appears after each product listed in the Schedule in 1. Low VOC System (one prime coat and two finish coats) drilled holes to receive partition-mounted hardware, accessories,and grab bars as indicated. 4. Bracket: B1 C. Storage: responsibility of the lift contractor. UL N rams per liter L Primer: Moore P-04 Super Spec WB Acrylic Metal Primer(54 g/L) B. Overhead-Braced and Floor-Anchored Partitions: p warping, ng, or sagging. g p (g/ ). 2.03 ACCESSORIES 1. Store equipment clear of floor in manner to revert wa in twisting, Finish: Moore 528 Aura Waterborne Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel (48 g/L) 1. Furnish Heavy Duty Cast Stainless Steel"Z" Bars, complete with Stainless Steel threaded E. Welders certified in accordance with requirements of AWS D1.1 shall perform all welding of a 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Extinguisher Brackets: Formed steel, chrome-plated. � N rods, lock washers and leveling-adjusting nuts at pilaster,to permit structural connection at 3.02 INSPECTION all parts. A.Submit a product data sheets and material safety data sheets for all primers, paints,stains D.Non- Ferrous Metal-Galvanized and Aluminum O floor. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Verity ventilation outlets, service connections,and supports are correct and in required N and coatings used. 1. Low VOID System: (no primer coat and two finish coats) 2. Make provision for setting and securing continuous Extruded Aluminum Anti-Grip Headrail F. Substitutions: No substitutions permitted. Q p g g P 3.01 INSTALLATION location. Verify all walls are finished, ceiling grid/panels and related items(lights, grills,etc) uB.Submit 8-1/2"X 11" samples of each color in the products to be used for approval by the Primer: None required on properly prepared surfaces at top of each pilaster. 0 Owner/Architect. Finish: Moore 526 Aura Waterborne Acrylic Satin Enamel 48 L 3. Furnish Stainless Steel Shoe at each pilaster to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. installed,and floor file installed and cleaned. Beginning of installation means acceptance of 1.05 WARRANTY Q ry ( g/ ) p' ppo g existing conditions. C.Submit shop drawings as required by the Owner/Architect. B. Secure rigidly in place. A. Manufacturer shall warrant the Porch-Lift®vertical platform lifts drive system for a period of 3.04 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE C. Doors: Unless otherwise indicated,provide 24" (610 mm)wide in-swinging doors for standard 3.03 PREPARATION m 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE Toilet Partitions and 36"(914 mm)wide out-swinging doors with a minimum 32"(813 mm) END OF SECTION two years after installation and all other components for one year after installation. A.Gypsum Board/ A. Broom sweep building clean. Study drawings and report to owner any compressor and E wide clear opening for Partitions indicated to be Handicapped Accessible. � A.Qualifications nconsistingof a ilaster and a ane) condensing unit located without adequate mmendat ons for correctiveaffect �o edulres.l enstall no of B. Extended Warranty: Manufacturer shall warrant the Porch-Lift®vertical plattorm lift for a 1. Low VOC System: (no prime coat and two finish coats) D. Floor Anchored Privacy Screens: Furnish Privacy Scree s p p SECTION 10800 such units, and include with repo eco P period of: 5 ears after installation with the purchase of a preventative maintenance program H 1. Work is to be done by qualified painters with a minimum of three years Finish: Moore 524 Aura Waterborne Acrylic Eggshell Enamel (47 g/L) � experience in surface preparation and paint application. of the same construction and finish as the Toilet Partitions. Furnish in accordance with the work until adequate ventilation is arranged. P y P P B.Wood:Trim(Painted) drawings. TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 3.04 INSTALLATION from lift contractor for an equal number of years. B.Field Samples CU 1. Low VOC System: (one prime coat and two finish coats) PART 3- EXECUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.06 MAINTENANCE Issue Date: 3-23-2 012C: 1. Apply a sample of the coating system in an area designated by the 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install items in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. co Primer: Moore 511 Natura Interior Waterborne Primer(0 g/L) 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Owner/Architect. B. Insulate to prevent electrolysis between dissimilar metals. A. The Porch-Lift®vertical platform lift must be maintained in accordance with manufacturer's o Finish: Moore 526 Aura Waterborne Acrylic Satin Enamel 46 L A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install Partitions rigid, REVISION INFORMATION C.Manufacturer's Warranty ry ( � ) A. Accessories for toilet rooms. L C.Wood: Doors&Trim-Stained straight, plumb,and level. Provide clearances of not more than .50" (13 mm)between C. Equipment: instructions. 1. Inspection of all surfaces to be coated must be done by the manufacturer's pilasters and panels,and not more than 1.0" (25 mm)between panels and walls. No evidence B. Grab bars. 1. General: Qrepresentative to insure proper preparation prior to application. 1. Acrylic Waterbase System: (one stain coat, one sealer coat,two clear coats) of drilling, cutting and patching shall be visible in finished work. PART 2 PRODUCTS a. Set in lace an position per kitchen equipment Ian; read for utility hook After utility o P P PP Y tY P' ty PART 2 PRODUCT Q 2. All thinners,fillers, primers and finish coatings must be from the same Stain: Sherwin-Williams Sher-wood water reducible wiping stain-custom color. B. Attach Wall Brackets to the wall with the following: 2.01 MANUFACTURERS hookups are made, level and secure dishtables to slope towards dishwasher. nt and a) manufacturer to support a product warranty. Products other than those 2 Coats: Sealer: Sherwin-Williams wood classics waterborne polyurethane varnish. Completely close and seal gaps,joints and seams between fixclear elicone sealant. 2.01 MANUFACTURER po y 1. At solid masonry: #14 x 1.50" long Stainless Steel Torx Head with Pin Screws and Plastic A. Products listed are made by Bobrick. walls,ceilings and floors with stainless steel trim strips and/or clear silicone sealant. Do submitted must be accompanied by a letter stating its fitness for use and #14/16 Anchors. �� compatibility. 2. At cavity masonry: .25"diameter x required length Stainless Steel toggle bolts. 2.02 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES not use sealant in joints or seams over 3/16 inch wide. A. Provide Porch-Lift®vertical platform lift model PL-S manufactured by ThyssenKrupp Access. END OF SECTION 2. Refrigerant Piping:M A. Refer to the drawings for locations and additional accessory information. 9 P g 16.Contact:4001 E. 138th Street, Grandview, MO;Telephone: 800-925-3100; Fax: 1.07 DELIVERY AND HANDLING m C. Overhead-Braced and Floor-Anchored Partitions: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, a. Install copper tubing and fittings. Cut with pipe cutters and reshape with sizing tool. 0) A.Product and tighten. Secure continuous Headrail to each pilaster with not less than two 2 B. Mirrors: Stainless steel framed,6 mm thick float glass mirror. 816-763-4467; Email: archassist@tkaccess.com;Web site: www.tkaccess.com DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES 9 P ( ) Expose piping to view as required by American Standard Safety Code for Mechanical 3: 1. Primers, sealers,stains and coatings must be delivered to the site in original, Through-Bolted Stainless Steel fasteners. Hang doors and adjust so tops of doors are 1. Size: as indicated on the drawings. Refrigeration. For exposed areas or accessible furred ceiling spaces, use hard copper 2.02 MATERIAL Mcontainers with manufacturers label intact. SECTION 10155 parallel with overhead brace when doors are in closed position. 2. Product: B-165 manufactured by Bobrick. tubing. Run exposed tubing in such manner as to prevent damage from activities in D. Screens: Attach with anchorin devices according to manufacturer's written instructions and A. Machine Tower: 14 ga. steel sheet. 2.Labels must remain on all containers used to hold primers, paints or stains while TOILET PARTITIONS g g C. Grab Bars: Stainless steel, 1-1/4 inches outside diameter, minimum 0.05 inch wall thickness, area; otherwise, run tubing in pipe or conduit. um) on site. Containers without labels are to be disposed of. to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb and to resist lateral impact. nonslip grasping surface finish, concealed flange mounting; 1-1/2 inches clearance between b. Suction Lines: B. Guide Rail: 3"x 2"x 1/8"ASTM A500 grade B steel tubing. 3.2 ACCESSORIES wall and inside of grab bar. 1 Size to give max pressure drop from evaporator to machine of 2 Ib.for high tem Q) 3.Product name, number, health and safety information, and precautions must be ) 9 P P Po 9 P C. Base Frame: 2" x 2"x 1/4"structural steel tubing and angle. � legible at all times during storage and use. A. Mount accessories to Partition units in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 1. Length and configuration: As indicated on drawings. system and 1 Ib. for freezer system, allowing gas velocities of not less than 750 RPM PART 1 -GENERAL D. Lift Weldment: 3/8" hot rolled steel plate and 2"x 2"x 1/4"wall structural steel tubing. s B,Storage 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING 2. Product: B-550 manufactured by Bobrick. in horizontal runs and 1500 RPM in vertical risers. Size liquid lines to give max pressure drop of 3 lbs.from receiver to evaporator. E. Side Guard Panels: 18 a. alvanealed steel sheet in 1" x 2"x 14 a. steel tubing frame. .� 1. Coatings material and thinners stored on site must be kept in a clean, secure A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to manufacturer's written D. Sanitary Napkin Disposal Unit: Stainless steel,surface-mounted, self-closing door, locking 9 9 9 9 a and climate controlled area designated by the Owner. instructions for proper operation. bottom panel with full-length stainless steel piano-type hinge, removable receptacle. C. Tubing Runs: O Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. F. Front Access Panel: 20 ga. galvanealed steel sheet. U C.Waste Management& Disposal 1.2 SUMMARY B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure Toilet Partitions and Screens are PART 3 EXECUTION Ti Grade to prevent trapping of oil. d. Ties: G. Platform: 11 ga. steel plate. 1. Disposal containers for recycled materials must be established on site. without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.01 INSTALLATION _ P Y A. Provide Overhead-Braced and Floor-Anchored, Solid Phenolic Toilet Partitions and Floor 1) Secure suction and liquid lines for each system together, except when run through H. Access Ramp: 11 ga. steel plate. 2.Dispose of rags containing solvent,daily. Anchored Privacy Screens as indicated on Drawings and as specified herein. Grab Bars A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. conduit;24-inch intervals with black plastic electrical tape. 3.Dispose of hazardous coatings in accordance with state, county and local provided under Toilet and Bath Accessories. END OF SECTION B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. e. Insulation: 2.03 FINISHES regulations for hazardous waste disposal. B. Related Sections include the following: C. Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations and as indicated on 1) Insulate refrigerant suction lines outside of refrigerated compartments back to A. Components shall be prepared with 1)alkaline detergent wash,2)clear water rinse,3)iron 1:08 SITE CONDITIONS 1. Division 5 Section"Metal Fabrications"for supports that attach units to overhead structural SECTION 10260 drawings compressors. phosphate coating,4)clear water rinse and finished with electrostatically applied and baked system. f. Hangers and Supports: Restaurant #. 0457 A.Site Inspection: 2. Division 10"Toilet and Bath Accessories"for toilet paper holders, grab bars, purse shelves, WALL AND CORNER GUARDS END OF SECTION 1) Provide adjustable hangers,anchors or straps required for proper support of piping thermostatic powder coat finish for indoor or outdoor use. 1. The Contractor will inspect surfaces to be painted of signs of defects, physical and similar accessories. PART 1 GENERAL not run in conduit. Space hangers not to exceed 10 feet oc and closer where B. Color to be standard brown. damage,excessive moisture or contamination that would prevent proper 1.3 REFERENCES required for proper support of small piping. Provide insulated refrigerant piping with application, adhesion or scheduling. 1.01 SECTION guards. RED LOBSTER 457 A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM). END OF ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, approved type sleeves at hanger points. 2.The Contractor will notify the Architect,Owner of any damages or defects that A. Corner guards.1 3. Walk-In Cooler/Freezer Boxes: 2.04 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 4 SUBMITTALS. ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS. would delay the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTSAR E N OVAT I O N Product Data: Submit manufacturer's detailed technical data for materialsfabricationand A. u , , a. Transit level floor screens prior to wall and ceiling panel erection. Seal wall and/or A. The electrical contractors shall provide a 115V, single phase,20 amp, 60 Hz electrical power 3.The Contractor will test existing coatings for lead. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS ceiling penetrations for electrical conduits and refrigeration lines, etc./to prevent frost 4. Inspection must be conducted prior to bid submittal. installation, including catalog cuts of anchors, hardware,fasteners,and accessories. A. Wall and Corner Guards: and condensate build-up. Electrical conduits; on exterior of box. source connection. B. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation of Toilet Partition and Screen assemblies. 4. Oil Separators: B. Electrical piping and wiring supplied by others. 1.09 SCHEDULING Include plans, elevations, sections,details, and attachments to other work. 1. Balco, Inc. Wichita, KS. 3? A.The Contractor will schedule the work in a manner to avoid dela or contamination to 2.02 COMPONENTS a. provide low temperature operations of system, return line connected to top of crankcase C. Final electrical connections performed by lift contractor. 10330 Y C. Samples for Initial Selection: above oil levet. Provide exposed oil return lines with shut-off valves of packless stem prepared surfaces or surfaces already completed. 1. Color shall be Formica 7244 Sun Wash A. Corner Guard: Stainless steel with adhesive applied paper covering for protection. Refer to type. PART 3 EXECUTION SOUTHWEST 1.10 MAINTENANCE 2. Submit certification that materials furnished comply with requirements specified. drawings for sizes and locations. 5. Evaporator Coils: 3.01 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A.Extra Materials: D. Samples for Verification: PART 3 EXECUTION a. Support by hangers utilizing fishplates on top of walk-in unit a full 4 inches clear from A. Installers shall be experienced in performing work of this section who have specialized in G R E E N B U RG ROAD 1. Provide one gallon of each type and color in full unopened cans. 1. Submit 6"square Samples of each color and finish on same substrate used in work,for 3.01 INSTALLATION underside of ceiling panels. 2. All paint cans shall be clearly marked with color name, number and type of paint. color verification after selections have been made. A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb, secured 6. Remote Beer Systems: work comparable to that required for this project. a. Installed by local manufacturer's representative installer. B. Installers shall be certified and trained b the manufacturer. PART 2-PRODUCT 2. Submit one(1)Sample of the following: rigidly in position to wall framing members only. Y a. Hardware(Complete) END OF SECTION 3.05 ADJUSTING TIGARD, OR 2.01 MANUFACTURER'S b. Pilaster(12"X 12") A. Adjust equipment and apparatus to ensure proper working order and conditions. END OF SECTION A.The products of Benjamin Moore&Company(Moore)are approved as the basis for design c. Divider Panel (12"X 12") B. Remove and replace equipment creating excessive noise or vibration. and appear in the Schedule. d. Continuous Aluminum Mounting Bracket(57.5") 3.06 CLEANING B.The products of Sherwin-Williams Company are approved as the basis for design and e. 11 Gauge Cast Stainless Steel Hinge Drawing A. Remove masking or protective covering from stainless steel and other finished surfaces. appear in the schedule for stains. E. Maintenance Instructions: Provide manufacturer's printed Instructions for Maintenance of 2.02 PRECAUTIONS installed Work. B. Wash and clean equipment. C.Polish glass, plastic, hardware, accessories,fixtures,and fittings. SPECIFICATIONS A.The Contractor is to review the product manuf'acturer's special instructions for surface F. Written Warranty preparation,application,temperature, re-coat times, and product limitations. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS END OF SECTION B.The Contractor is to review product health and safety precautions listed by the manufacturer. A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions in areas of installation by field measurements before C.The Contractor is responsible for enforcing on site health and safety requirements associated fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with the Work. with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the 2.03 MATERIALS Work,establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating units without field measurements. A.See Product Schedules in PART 3- EXECUTION Coordinate supports,adjacent construction, and fixture locations to ensure actual 1. Provide primers, undercoats, block fillers and finish paints and coating that are dimensions correspond to Established Dimensions. compatible with the substrate and one another. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING AS5 B.Low Emitting Material A. Deliver, store,and handle compartments as recommended by manufacturer to protect from damage. GENE RAL NOTES VII. STRUCTURAL STEEL IV. CONCRETE A. ALL HOT ROLLED STEEL PLATES, SHAPES, SHEET PILING,AND BARS SHALL BE NEW STEEL CONFORMING Brian S . Thomas , A. CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: TO ASTM SPECIFICATION A6-98A. I. GENERAL CONCRETE 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AND DENSITY REQUIREMENTS: B. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS, U.N.O.: Architect A. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, STRENGTH CONIC. 1. STRUCTURAL RECTANGULAR TUBING ASTM A500 GRADE B FY=46 KSI ELECTRICAL, SHOP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. USAGE (PSI) TYPE COMMENTS 2. ALL OTHER STRUCTURAL STEEL ASTM A36 FY=36 KSI B. IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND LATEST a. FOUNDATION FOOTINGS 3000 NWT 3. CONNECTION MATERIALS: 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 ADDENDA AND TO SUBMIT TO ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS PRIOR TO THE SUBMITTAL OF b. SLAB-ON-GRADE 3000 NWT a. BEAM COLUMN STIFFENER PLATES AND DOUBLER PLATES: ASTM A572 GRADE 50 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 SHOP DRAWINGS. 1. NWT= NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE b. ALL OTHER CONNECTION MATERIAL, U.N.O.:ASTM A36 UNLESS A HIGHER GRADE OF STEEL IS C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPARE ALL CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND REPORT ANY 2. ALL CONCRETE SHALL HAVE ALLOWABLE UNIT SHRINKAGE OF 0.045%AT 28 DAYS. (SEE ASTM C157) REQUIRED BY STRENGTH AND PROVIDED THE RESULTING SIZES ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE DISCREPANCY BETWEEN DISCIPLINES AND WITHIN A GIVEN DISCIPLINE TO THE ARCHITECT AND 3. EXTERIOR CONCRETE SLABS SHALL HAVE 4%"TO 6% ENTRAINED AIR CONNECTED MEMBERS. ENGINEER PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND ERECTION. B. ALL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT"ACI MANUAL OF CONCRETE 5. ASTM A572 GRADE 50 IS ACCEPTABLE AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR A992 D. IF A CONFLICT EXISTS AMONG THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, GENERAL NOTES, OR THE SPECIFICATIONS, PRACTICE". C. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL MEET THE LATEST AISC"SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND THE STRICTEST REQUIREMENTS, AS INDICATED BY THE ENGINEER, SHALL GOVERN. C. PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-150,TYPE I OR II. ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS". E. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED D. ALL AGGREGATE FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL MEET ASTM C 33. D. THE CENTERLINES OF ALL COLUMNS AND BEAMS SHALL BE LOCATED ON COLUMN LINES UNLESS TO THOSE FOR OPENINGS IN WALLS AND IN ROOF AND FLOOR SYSTEMS,WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, E. ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL MEET ASTM A615 GRADE 60: OTHERWISE SHOWN. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL,AND MECHANICAL PLANS. F. REINFORCEMENT DETAILING: E. CONNECTIONS: F. ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS,AND ANY OTHER CONDITIONS OF ANY EXISTING STRUCTURES OR OTHER 1. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE DETAILED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318. 1. BOLTS SHALL BE A325N TYPE 1, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 11139 FEATURES SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE 2. DEVELOPMENT AND SPLICE LENGTHS ARE IN TENSION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. ALL BOLTS SHALL BE SNUG TIGHT U.N.O. BOLTS SHALL BE TIGHTENED UNTIL ALL PLIES OF THE JOINT CONTRACT DRAWINGS REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE 3. LAP WWR ONE CROSSWIRE SPACING PLUS 2". ARE IN FIRM CONTACT. AFFECTED PART OF THE WORK. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS, IT SHALL BE SOLELY THE 4. PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL FOOTINGS AND WALL INTERSECTIONS TO MATCH HORIZONTAL 3. ANCHOR RODS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM F1554, GRADE 36, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AND TO REINFORCING SIZE AND SPACING. AT INTERSECTIONS OF CONTINUOUS SPREAD FOOTINGS EXTEND 4. WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS SET FORTH IN AWS PUBLICATION, "WELDING IN PROTECT FROM DAMAGE ANY PORTIONS THAT ARE TO REMAIN. ALL BARS TO FAR SIDE OF INTERSECTING FOOTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION". G. THE COMPLETED LATERAL-FORCE RESISTING SYSTEMS AND DIAPHRAGMS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE 5. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE SECURELY PLACED TO PREVENT DISPLACEMENT DURING CONCRETE 5. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ELECTRODES FOR WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO E70XX(SMAW), STRUCTURE TO RESIST LATERAL LOADS AND PROVIDE STABILITY UNDER GRAVITY LOADS. DURING THE PLACEMENT. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCING, UNLESS F7XX-EXXX(SAW), ER70S-X(GMAW), OR E7XT-X(FCAW). CONSTRUCTION PROCESS,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED BRACING DURING SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OTHERWISE: 6. ALL STEEL BEAMS BEARING ON MASONRY TO HAVE MINIMUM OF 8"BEARING LENGTH. CONSTRUCTION TO MAINTAIN THE STABILITY AND SAFETY OF ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS UNTIL THE a. CAST AGAINST EARTH 3" F. WHERE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES REQUIRES CUTS, HOLES, ETC., IN STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS, LATERAL-LOAD RESISTING OR STABILITY-PROVIDING SYSTEM IS COMPLETELY INSTALLED AND THE b. EXPOSED TO EARTHIWEATHER CUTS, HOLES, ETC., SHALL BE MADE IN THE SHOP AND SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS. STRUCTURE IS COMPLETELY TIED TOGETHER. #5&SMALLER 1 1/2" MAKING HOLES OR CUTS IN STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS IN THE FIELD WILL NOT BE PERMITTED H. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DETAILS SHOWN ON ANY DRAWING ARE TO BE CONSIDERED TYPICAL FOR C. SLABS WITHOUT SPECIFIC APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. ALL SIMILAR CONDITIONS. #11 &SMALLER 3/4" G. GROUT BELOW BASE PLATES SHALL BE NON-METALLIC, NON-SHRINK GROUT WITH A MINIMUM STRENGTH I. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION MEANS AND METHODS AND 6. PROVIDE DOWELS TO MATCH REINFORCEMENT SIZE AND SPACING INDICATED FOR ALL STRUCTURAL OF 6000 PSI WHEN BEARING ON 3000 PSI CONCRETE OR LESS, STRENGTH OF 8000 PSI WHEN BEARING ON FOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS. ELEMENTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. CONCRETE BETWEEN 3000 AND 4000 PSI. J. THE ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACTS OR OMISSION OF THE G. HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN CONCRETE POURS SHALL NOT BE USED UNLESS SHOWN ON THE H. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE SHIPPED WITH ONE COAT OF SHOP PRIMER EXCEPT THOSE MEMBERS CONTRACTOR OR FOR THEIR FAILURE TO CARRY OUT THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SHALL APPROVE ALL DEVIATIONS OR ADDITIONAL JOINTS IN THAT ARE GALVANIZED OR IN AREAS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE FIRE PROOFING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DOCUMENTS. WRITING. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING AREAS TO BE FIRE PROOFED. K. THE BUILDING OWNER SHALL PROVIDE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE TO INSURE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY. H. CHAMFER ALL PERMANENTLY EXPOSED CONCRETE EDGES 3/4-INCH, UNO. SUCH MAINTENANCE SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO PAINTING OF STEEL, PROTECTIVE COATING 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF OPENINGS AND SLEEVES IN FOR CONCRETE,SEALANTS, CAULKED JOINTS, CONTROL JOINTS,SPALLS AND CRACKS IN CONCRETE, CONCRETE WALLS AND SUPPORTED FLOORS. SPREAD REINFORCEMENT AT OPENINGS AND SLEEVES AND PRESSURE WASHING OF EXPOSED STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. DO NOT CUT REINFORCEMENT. SEE TYPICAL REINFORCEMENT DETAILS VIII. DEMOLITION FOR OPENINGS IN SLABS AND WALLS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. A. REMOVE STRUCTURE FROM TOP DOWN. DO NOT ALLOW DEBRIS TO PILE UP OR FALL ON SLABS WHICH / II. DESIGN CRITERIA J. NO HOLES OR OPENINGS THROUGH FOUNDATION WALLS AND/OR FOOTINGS WITHOUT ENGINEER'S ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE. PROVIDE PLYWOOD AND/OR PLANKING TO CUSHION AND PROTECT SLABS A. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE BASED ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE APPROVAL. FROM DAMAGE. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED SLABS, BEAMS, OR GIRDERS AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. AND THE INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE,2009 EDITIONS WITH 2010 OREGON SPECIAL K. ALUMINUM SHALL NOT BE EMBEDDED ANY CONCRETE. B. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO DEFINE LIMITS OF REMOVAL OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS. PRECAUTIONS TO BETAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO STRUCTURE WHICH WILL REMAIN. THE6 4,_ B. DEAD LOAD ✓ y GUIDELINES LISTED ARE TO BE FOLLOWED IN THE REMOVAL OF STEEL MEMBERS: 20 PSF ROOF » 1. IN ORDER TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO COLUMNS WHEN REMOVING ANY BEAMS OR GIRDERS CONNECTED ,d 4 C. LIVE LOAD TO A COLUMN WHICH IS TO REMAIN, DO NOT BURN OFF CONNECTION TO COLUMN AT THE FACE OF ROOF 20 PSF 2 COLUMN FLANGE OR WEB. OUTSTANDING LEGS OF CONNECTION ANGLES MAY BE BURNED OFF, BUT • c FLOOR 100 PSF ANY LEG OR PLATE IN CONTACT WITH THE COLUMNS(WELDED OR BOLTED)SHALL NOT BE BURNED. p O SUCH MATERIAL SHALL BE LEFT IN PLACE,AND WILL BE COVERED BY FIREPROOFING MATERIAL. D. DESIGN SNOW LOAD: O GROUND SNOW LOAD, PG 25 PSF 2. SIMILARLY,WHERE BEAMS WHICH ARE TO BE REMOVED,ARE CONNECTED TO GIRDERS OR OTHER co FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD, PF 25 PSF BEAMS WHICH WILL REMAIN, DO NOT BURN OFF CONNECTIONS AT THE FACE OF THE MEMBER WHICH 70- EXPOSURE FACTOR, CE 1.0 WILL REMAIN. SNOW THERMAL FACTOR, CT 1.0 { 3. BOLTED CONNECTIONS MAY BE REMOVED BY WITHDRAWING BOLTS AFTER SUPPORTED MEMBERS SNOW IMPORTANCE FACTOR, 1 1.1 s HAVE BEEN REMOVED. Pdw 43 PSF MAX. i 4. ANY QUESTIONABLE LOCATIONS OR SPECIAL CONDITIONS SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION W 10.0 FT 3 OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR CLARIFICATION. Cn N E. DESIGN WIND LOADS: C. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SUBMIT A WRITTEN REPORT TO THE ENGINEER BASIC WIND SPEED, V 95 MPH(3 SECOND GUST) FOR REVIEW AND/OR INSTRUCTION OF ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS,WHICH MAY VARY FROM 3 WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR, 1 1.15 INFORMATION, INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. EXPOSURE B D. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING OF STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED. INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFF GCPI +/-0.18 E. THE DETAILS AND ENGINEERING OF SHORING, BRACING AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR p SUCH WORK AND THE PHASING, STAGING,AND SEQUENCE OF SUCH OPERATION SHALL BE PREPARED IN E COMPONENTS AND CLADDING WIND LOADS. THE FORM OF SHOP OR DETAIL DRAWINGS BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, RETAINED BY THE O CONTRACTOR OR SUB-CONTRACTOR. THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE REGISTERED O 3 !'11lilsEBSI€r$ k ARCHITECT OR PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSPECTION OF SUCH WORK,WHO O T#ertlse W1sdArea(sc� SHALL REPORT TO THE OWNER ANY DEVIATIONS OBSERVED DURING HIS INSPECTION. 10 3MIS _ Wal# : 1.I 2#0 S0#1; 14.8 14.1 131 12.6 11.9 11.1 /X �, O 0 f1€encr - H y IX. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING ek ez 4 ' .�, �` �H �I 3 -160 15.3 -14.5 -13.8 -132 123 A. ALL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTION Q0 .. . AGENCY. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR FROM THIS TESTING AGENCY SHALL OBSERVE THE WORK FOR 14.8 14.1 13.2 12.6 11.5 11 1 VI. WOOD FRAMING CONFORMANCE TO THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 0) r,4e .ire r._. A. SAWN CUT LUMBER: 19.' 184 -16,7 153 -140 12.3 B. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL,THE e 'p - _ 1. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,ALL LUMBER TO BE#2 DOUGLAS FIR WITH A MAXIMUM MOISTURE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD,AND ALL OTHER DESIGNATED INDIVIDUALS. ALL • 0 fl6gP 2t 20 3iL 1011 : CONTENT OF 19%. $$ ,,,,,, DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION, ------- - - - 2. ALL EXTERIOR WALLS TO BE FRAMED WITH#2 DOUGLAS FIR 2X6 STUDS SPACED AT 16 OC. THEN, IF NOT CORRECTED,TO THE PROPER DESIGN AUTHORITY AND TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. Q r 100 ID 0 10.0 10-0 100 10,0 3. ALL INTERIOR LOAD BEARING WALLS SHALL BE 2x6 STUDS SPACED AT 16"OC. #2 SPRUCE-PINE-FIR interior Areal C. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL SIGNED REPORT STATING WHETHER THE WORK O 161 15' 152 -14.$ 148 148 SPECIES MAYBE SUBSTITUTED IN LIEU OF DOUGLAS FIR AT INTERIOR BEARING WALLS. REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION WAS,TO THE BEST OF THE INSPECTOR'S KNOWLEDGE, IN LR Y "' 4. ALL LUMBER IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY OR EXPOSED TO THE EXTERIOR T ... . .. ... .. C CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, SOILS REPORT AND CU Edge Area 100 100 10.0 10.0 100 t00 ENVIRONMENT SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED AND SHALL BEAR THE THIRD PARTY QUALITY MARK - - APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. C - -2'1 342 2tI,4 175 -1 17 "ABOVE GROUND USE" REFERENCE STANDARD AWPA C2 AND ASTM D1760 FOR PRESSURE D. ITEMS INCLUDED IN SPECIAL INSPECTION: TREATMENT OF TIMBER PRODUCTS. MJ a) 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL + 10.0 100 10.0 100' 10.0 IOU 5. AS A MINIMUM, FASTEN ALL WOOD FRAMING WITH COMMON NAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE 'FASTENING Corner Awa a SCHEDULE"OF THE AFOREMENTIONED BUILDING CODE. 2. CONCRETE FOOTINGS 33.? �4� 114 1-.5 175 6. ALL MULTIPLE PIECE WOOD BEAMS TO BE CONNECTED TOGETHER WITH (3)ROWS OF 16D NAILS @ 3. WOOD SHEAR WALL W/NAILING PATTERN 4" OR CLOSER. A1E�= l0 20 10Ui 290 500,,, 12"OC(U.N.O.). Area 1 + 10.0 W 10,0 10.0 10,0 10,0 10,9 7. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS UNDER ALL LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS RUNNING v Interior - PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS. a) -23.2 22.8 -'�?3 21.9 -1%0 -15.1 8. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING BETWEEN JOIST AT ALL BEARING LOCATIONS. Q Area 2 + 10A 10,0 10.0 10.0 10.0 100 9. THE DOUBLE TOP PLATES OF THE WALL SHALL RESIST THE CHORD FORCES IN THE ROOF DIAPHRAGM Q Edge - AND ACT AS DRAG STRUTS BETWEEN SHEAR WALL SEGMENTS. JOINTS SHALL BE LAPPED SPLICED -23,2 -22:8 -22.3 -'I.9 "19,0 -15.1 WITHIN THE CENTER THIRD OF A WALL LENGTH AND THE MINIMUM LAP SHALL BE 4 FEET. Area 3 + 100 100 10 4 fj 70() 10,0 10.TIMBER CONNECTORS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS ARE AS MANUFACTURED BY THE SIMPSON Corner ""' ""' " COMPANY. CONNECTORS BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE USED IF THE LOAD CAPACITY IS p - _v8.3 -30.1 19.2 .�i, -l0 -10.9 EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE CONNECTOR SPECIFIED. USE MANUFACTURER'S FURNISHED NAILS 1?r�SSurf, AND BOLTS. B. WALL AND ROOF SHEATHING: Hfecfiw Wind Area(sqft) 1. WALL SHEATHING SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY A MEMBER OF AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION, m Issue Data: 3-15-2012 200 3ti0 SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE APA GRADE STAMP AND CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: L 10„••„ , 2#E ' ' a. PANEL GRADE RATED SHEATHING m + 43,1 39,0 33.5 29:4 28.8 2?A b. SPAN RATING 16/32 REVISION INFORMATION O Pdlge area -' 0 ,1 23.6 216 301 28.7 266 X5,1 C. EXPOSURE DURABILITY CLASSIFICATION_EXPOSURE 1 _ +• -- -- - -- d. PRODUCT STANDARD PS1 O + 59.1 50.2. 38.3 29.4 28.6 37,6 e. THICKNESS 5/8 REV. 1 04/16/2012 O Conner Asea= - ---- 1.. ---- � 2. ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY A MEMBER OF AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION, Q 34 5 3 29.2 -26.9 2d.6 41.6 SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE APA GRADE STAMP AND CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: REV. 2 06/17/2013 a. PANEL GRADE RATED SHEATHING OWNER CHANGES CORNER AND EDGE ZONES ARE 7.2 FEET WIDE. b. SPAN RATING 40/20 C. EXPOSURE DURABILITY CLASSIFICATION EXPOSURE 1 F.FSEISMIC LOADS: � d. PRODUCT STANDARD PS1 SHORT PERIOD SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, SS 0.948 e. THICKNESS 5/8 1-SEC PERIOD SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, S1 0.340 3. ALL SHEATHING SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE STRENGTH (TYPICALLY FACE GRAIN)DIRECTION 3 SHORT PERIOD DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, SDS 0.708 PERPENDICULAR TO THE SUPPORTING FRAMING W ITH STAGGERED JOINTS. N � 1-SEC PERIOD DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, SD1 0.390 4. ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH 5/8 PSCL SHEATHING CLIPS BY SIMPSON STRONG TIE, O SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D INC INSTALLED BETWEEN THE EDGED OF ALL ADJACENT PANELS MIDWAY BETWEEN SUPPORTING N SITE CLASS D FRAMING MEMBERS THAT ARE SPACED MORE THAN 20-INCHES APART. s BASIC SEISMIC-FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM LIGHT FRAME SHEAR WALLS SHEATHED 5. WALL SHEATHING SHALL BE FASTENED TO SUPPORTING FRAMING WITH 10D COMMON RING SHANK WITH WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS NAILS AT THE SPACING INDICATED BELOW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE SHEAR WALL RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR, R 6.5 SCHEDULE: DEFLECTION AMPLIFICATION FACTOR, CD 3.0 a. WALL EDGE 6"O.C. >. SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR IE 1.25 b. SUPPORTED PANEL EDGES AWAY FROM EDGE OF WALL 6"O.C. p R SEISMIC RESPONSE COEFFICIENT CS 0.136 CENTER OF PANELS 12"O.C. SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE U ANALYSIS PROCEDURE EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE 6. ROOF SHEATHING SHALL BE FASTENED TO SUPPORTING FRAMING WITH 8D COMMON RING SHANK DESIGN BASE SHEAR V 31.6 KIPS NAILS AT THE SPACING INDICATED BELOW: G. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WEIGHTS, LOCATIONS AND ASSOCIATED a. ROOF EDGE 4"O.C., U.N.O. OPENINGS WITH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBMIT SUCH INFORMATION PRIOR TO FABRICATION b. SUPPORTED PANEL EDGES AWAY FROM EDGE OF ROOF 6"O.C. EDGE HOLD-DOWN OFTHE EIGHTOOWNONRCTUHE R.PROMPTLYNOTIFY THE ENGINEER IFTHE ACTUAL WEIGHT EXCEEDS URAL DRAWINGS. dC.. CENTORODPANELEDGESBLOCKEDDIAPHRAGM 6LS -O.C., MARK SHEATHING NAILS SPACING HOLD-DOWN ANCHOR SILL ATTACHMENT END STUDS H. PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE IN THE DETAILING, FABRICATION,AND ERECTION OF ALL CLADDING, 7. FLOOR SHEATHING SHALL BE 3/4"C-D GRADE PLYWOOD WITH EXTERIOR GLUE.ATTACH TO ALL 5/8" DIA W/ 5/8" 0 X 3 1/4" EMBED SIMPSON PARTITIONS,WALLS, ETC.TO ACCOUNT FOR FLOOR TO FLOOR D EFLECTIONS AND LATERAL FRAME SUPPORTED EDGES WITH 10D NAILS AT 6"OC WITH FIELD NAILING AT 12"O.C. UNLESS NOTED SW-1 15/32" PLYWOOD 8d 6" SIMPSON HDU4 8" EMBED TITEN HD @ 32" O.C. (2) 2X Restaurant #: 0457 DEFLECTION. OTHERWISE. 8. WHERE EITHER 2-INCH OR 21/2-INCH FASTENER SPACINGS ARE USED WITH 2-INCH WIDE FRAMING 15/32" PLYWOOD 7/8" DIA W/ 5/8" DJ X 3 1/4" EMBED SIMPSON III. FOUNDATIONS MEMBERS FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS USED AT ROOF OR FLOOR,THE FRAMING MEMBER SW-2 8d 4" SIMPSON HDU8 12" EMBED TITEN HD @ 24" O.C. (3) 2X A. FOUNDATION DESIGN IS BASED ON AN ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURE OF 1,500 PSF AND SHALL BE ADJOINING PANEL EDGES SHALL BE 3-INCH NOMINAL WIDTH AND NAILS AT PANEL EDGES SHALL BE RED LOBSTER 457 CONFIRMED BY A QUALIFIED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT. STAGGERED IN TWO LINES. B. ALL FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON UNDISTURBED EARTH OR ENGINEERED FILL AT ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON B. LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER(LVL): RENOVATION PLANS AND DETAILS. FLOOR SLABS SHALL BEAR ON 6 INCHES OF COMPACTED STONE. THE MOISTURE 1. ALL LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER SHALL BE DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED TO THE STANDARDS SET RETARDER SHALL BE PLACED BETWEEN THE STONE AND THE SLAB. FORTH IN THE NER-126 REPORT. C. SEE SOILS REPORT FOR PREPARATION OF SOILS AT BUILDING PAD. ALL SOILS WORK, INCLUDING 2. ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES REQUIRED FOR DRY CONDITIONS OF USE FOR VENEER LAMINATED NOTES: BACKFILL OF UTILITY TRENCHES AND THE VERIFICATION OF BEARING CAPACITY OF SAME SHALL BE LUMBER SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. PROVIDE a. BENDING 2900 PSI (2) 2X SILL PLATE AT SW-2 WITH 3"X3"X1/4" PLATE WASHERS AT SILL ANCHORS. UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A QUALIFIED SOILS ENGINEER. PROXIMITY OF UTILITY TRENCHES TO BUILDING 2. G.C. TO VERIFY EXISTING SHEATHING THICKNESS AND ATTACHMENT AT EXISTING WALLS DESIGNATED AS NEW SHEAR WALLS, IF 0330 FOUNDATION SYSTEM SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER TO INSURE INTEGRITY OF THE b. COMPRESSION PARALLEL TO GRAIN 2635 PSI BEARING SOILS. C. HORIZONTAL SHEAR 285 PSI EXISTING SHEATHING AND ATTACHMENT MEET OR EXCEED REQUIREMENTS IN TABLE, EXISTING SHEATHING MAY REMAIN. SOUTHWEST D. NO FOUNDATION CONCRETE SHALL BE INSTALLED UNTIL ALL FOUNDATION WORK HAS BEEN d. COMPRESSION PERPENDICULAR TO GRAIN 750 PSI 3. REFER TO 4/S4.2 FOR ADDITIONAL SHEAR WALL INFORMATION. COORDINATED WITH UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF 3. LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER MEMBER SIZES SHOWN ARE NET; OTHER MEMBER SIZES ARE NOMINAL. G R E E N B U RG ROAD RECORD OF ALL CONFLICTS THAT EXIST BETWEEN FOOTINGS AND UTILITIES. C. PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER(PSL): E. ALL FOUNDATIONS OR PORTIONS THEREOF, BELOW GRADE MAY BE EARTH FORMED BY NEAT 1. ALL PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER SHALL BE DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED TO THE STANDARDS SET EXCAVATIONS. FORTH IN THE NER-481 REPORT. F. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN,ALL FOOTINGS SHALL BE CENTERED ON WALLS AND/OR COLUMNS. 2. ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES REQUIRED FOR DRY CONDITIONS OF USE FOR PARALLEL STRAND G. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING REQUIRED FOR THE LUMBER SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: T I GARD, OR EXCAVATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW THE a. BENDING 2900 PSI PROPOSED PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING, PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. b. COMPRESSION PARALLEL TO GRAIN 2900 PSI H. FOOTINGS SHALL NOT BE PLACED ON FROZEN SUBGRADE OR IN STANDING WATER. C. HORIZONTAL SHEAR 290 PSI I. FOUNDATION TYPE: SPREAD FOOTING: 1500 PSF NET PRESSURE. d. COMPRESSION PERPENDICULAR TO GRAIN 650 PSI J. FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR A MINIMUM OF 24"BELOW FIN. FLOOR TO PROTECT FROM FROST. e. MODULUS OF ELASTICITY 2,000,000 PSI 3. PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER MEMBER SIZES SHOWN ARE NET; OTHER MEMBER SIZES ARE NOMINAL. D. GLULAMINATED MEMBERS SHALL BE WESTERN SPECIES 24F-V4. (24F-V8 FOR CANTILEVERS). General Notes S000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1.2 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.5 7.2 8.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1.2 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.5 I I I I I I I I I I I Brian S . Thomas, G _ / _.. I I Architect F / / I - - N 6}c2•x 10.25'BEAMS TOR MAIN 11 r r Greenville, 0 I I EXISTI G - 2 East Broad Street Green 'lle SC 296 1 F. ; T. 864232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 W z NOTE S / / / F. LU / I z I NOTE 3 I NOTES I - .. - - - - - - - - - - / / / ' F m -I ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: w NOTE ®� / ...... /. ..../ 11139 i7p z = �.{ E. -_.......... _................ / / / / / / NOTE 4 2--i ' // // •/ / / / // E /.. ' NOTE E D. FIRE ER TO REMAIN NOTE 3 ' EXISTING TRUSS T REMAI 14 NOTE 3 T I NOTENOTE N TE 4 B I� I I 3 I Cn I / j , /. / B T / / / /' / / / I I Cl) / z a c A - - 4 � ® FOUNDATION DEMOLITION PLAN A + I I I 1/8'= V-0" O CL I I I O 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.5 6.5 O NOTES: 1. EXISTING COLUMN TO BE REMOVED 0 2. m DENOTES AREA TO BE DEMOLISHED C 1 2 3 4 5 6 $ 9 3. DEMO ALL WALLS, COLUMNS, &BEAMS OUTBOARD cc EXTENTS SHOWN. o 1 2 3 4 5 6 N Q � a 1 2 3 4 5 s 7 $ 9 MEZZANINE DEMOLITION PLAN ILL �ILL 1.2 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.5 7.2 8.2 118"= I'-O' w r I I I I I I EXISTING ISTING COLUMN TO BE REMOVED 2. DENOTES AREA TO BE DEMOLISHED Q / I 3. DEMO ALL WALLS, COLUMNS,&BEAMS OUTBOARD I I 4. EXTENTS SHOWN. E G - - REMOVE BEAMS FRAMING INTO COLUMNS BELOW 14'-0". F. F. // Issue Date: 3-15-2012 REVISION INFORMATION o / / ---------------- - --------------- ------ -- o F / / - - - --, - - -- - -�i REV. 1 04/16/2012 CL L I I I j r•� r-� � I REV. 2 06/17/2013 L -1 I r LJ -�' OWNER co LIJLJL--- j. -itI L-4 i r-1 I II CD I I o r- ! ;'L Restaurant#: 0457 i L i i RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION c - . / L- --J i LJ i� 10330 ------------------- -- JJ -------------------------, SOUTHWEST GREENBURG ROAD _ . - - �'' TIGARD, OR A - - + - - � I Demolition Plans ROOF FRAMING DEMOLITION PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.5 6.5 NOTES: 1. DENOTES AREA TO BE DEMOLISHED soul 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 1 2 3 ( 4 ) 5 7 8 9 14'-0 1/2" 14'-0" 14'-0" i 14'-0" 14'-0" V 16'-9" 13'-5" 12'-5" I 7.2 I 8.2 I Brian S . Thomas, I I T-4 1/2'q3'-3 1/2" 2.5 7'-0" T-0" T-0" 7-0" T-0" T-0" I 2'-7" 10'-4 1/2" Architect NOTE 3 z tE z 30 SW-2 I I C-) Z 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 I L= 17'-10" I I I ; I I I I w T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 --------- I LL w w o i � NLL SW-1 SW-1A 2" ` 2" L= 12'-4 1/2" I L=20'-0" DENOTES LIMIT OF SLAB TO REMOVE \ 4 I I o o p p i Op 3'-0" 5 I I S2.0 O \I p S2.0 0 �O° �O° /1140f O I rr �°° °° 6+6 C 6+6 r,� 6+6 +�0 c�� DENOTESLIMIT OF66°pC6+6 Q°pC - E - Q Q° Q Q ------ SLAB TO REMOVE ARCHITEC 1 139 PROJECT G _ - - - - I - - 3 - -- E 2 , 9 I ------ --- ----- ---erg ,. _ S2.0 S20 I S2.0 W - foo ----------- - ° ° EFOUNDATION P QI I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ,� , t " I SCALE. 1/4 = 1-0 6x6 DFL r I W/ jCB Ouoo-auoe T-7- I FOUNDATION NOTES. I °O COLUMN BASE " p 6 6x6 F a.2 /; I 1. GC TO FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO W/ PSON CB 6-SDS2�, ,, ,,�' i� •6 C? FABRICATION OF NEW MATERIALS. \' _ S2.0 ( ( CJ 52.0 C MN BAS i` I 2. PROVIDE 2 2x6 STUDS @ 16"O.C. N '-6'x3'- x1'-0" DEEP' + O ' i i --T- f ® 4� b 3. BOTTOM OF EXTERIOR TURNDOWN FOOTINGS SHALL __ TI, KE D SLAB I �i 5' 7e-/I U) ^ i i p I �- I 4 p>' I 3'-9" - ) i 25 BE AT A MAXIMUM ELEVATION OF 98'-0". STEP t F, , J C>° z I I _ <' FOOTINGS, AS REQUIRED, BASED ON SITE F - - - - CONDITIONS. SEE FOUNDATION NOTES ON SO.O. ------- `� 4. CJ INDICATES A CONSTRUCTION OR CONTROL JOINT. I I I I - -.4 1A - - - 2,_ox I ` - _ I P� ( x = SEE DRAWING S2.0 FOR DETAIL. MAXIMUM SPACING ; a 6x6 DFL No. 2 L - .-�- - 1 I TR NCH DRA1,Ni I G° OF 12 FEET. J 4 5. CURBS AND DRAINS ARE SHOWN FOR BIDDING, I 4 SIMPSON x8 DFL 2 I I I I I I � '' ®. 9 4 r CBSC%6 SDS2 4 : ME iCOORDINATE LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITH al I '' 16" 3W_2 ,, I. I I I ,'-:::� t `'� '7 CURB ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. F w S2.0 I I COLUMN BASE SW-� 4 ::,,:,:: : e;;;: :::.;:.;;:;...2'-0"WI E x 16"°> > -;;: 6. SEE DRAWING S0.0 FOR GENERAL NOTES. O i E _ 6'-0" 6'-0" -0" - „I _ 7. SEE DRAWING S0.0 FOR SHEARWALL SCHEDULE. � 1 S r � i e4 b .. `1yw. K" " .. __ I ENING A VE OPENIN ABOVE ., "I OP ING ABO € HICKE ED SLAB u^ �'"A' 8. SEE PLUMBING AND FOODSERVICE DRAWING FOR I I I I w/(3)# T&B(TYP. CJ 4 LOCATION, ELEVATIONS AND TYPE OF DRAINS. I I 52.0 I 1'-0" 9. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM OUTSIDE FACE OF STUD/ 9-21 - - - - ; , . cJ - - - 1 i I I ALLS SHOWN ON °D 1 ' ` s I 10 1/8" 4 w EDGE OF SLAB. ,n i I 53/8" I 1 1 I I i - I I HIS P N UNO) 1. 10. PRIOR TO THE FOUNDATION INSPECTION,THE SOILS w I 2x8 DFL No. 5 1/4" ` 3 3 4" ENGINEER OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE MUST REVIEW O 4 I. <1 - I I 2;`f4 DF No.2 e I - _ _ I E @ I I I 14. 1 n _ THE FOOTING TO VERIFY THAT THEY WILL MEET ALL I �'� @ 16C. l �� °D I 44 r RECOMMENDATIONS IN THE SOILS REPORT. I I i, I "� I III v 52.0 n I a r :? 9"CURB ' 11. ALL HARDWARE FOR HOLDOWNS OR POST BASES °� MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO FOUNDATION 4 2x8 D L No. 2 I d6" .C. 3"RE ! I I I 13 I € C q p INSPECTION. I I SIM. I 4 fl ,tv I I I I I <f 4 �, _ _ _ _ _ 74 cli Zo '-113/4" 4'-1 1/4x I ! j `7 2 0" 3 N A O o i I I ` h+ DENOTES 4"CONCRETE SLAB c i 6 J I I 4 4 CJ jO a� REINFORCED W/6x6-W1.4xW1.4 WWR F- I I ON 10 MIL POLY VAPOR RETARDER ON E I _ o I �. 4 U 4 U U I 4" O C. S B REtPfF:W/' ` € I I I 4"STONE BASE ON GRADE E I VV_2 4"CONC. SLAB 1 W/ 4 4 C I I I I 6,x -W .4xWT.4 WWR ON 10 MIL " I i 4 6x6-W1.4xW1.4 ON STONE I FILL ' I I I I V O RETARDER ON 4" 4 o D 5 _ _ i i 4 4 4 i T.O. SLAB= 100'- ",(Tl P. U.N.O,) c I I ( 13 ® G N LAFi BASE ON GRADE ' DENOTES EXISTING SLAB TO REMAIN 7 I I I I s2.o r:q. s e=100' o" (TVP. U.N.O.) I 3 i s2.o I 4 a I I I �. I . 4 a 10 w I �y 4 ` DENOTES SHEAR WALL o S2.0 i z ( r� 4 4 I I I U U ctiSSj U 4 . 1. ®® r I, t1 DENOTES TRENCH DRAIN m DENOTES EXISTING WALLS TO CL i. 'I� ! 4 I 4 I I I I I t � Q+I- p I I 3 n REMAIN o 4'-0 1/2" 1 JIJ 6 2.0 <3 I E• I cn J 4 �"}.sox m 2. CJ I I. DENOTES CONCRETE CURBS - 1Gj 11 >+ i ! i a�J I 4. - 'T I i $2. 1x1' m T i` cc J I I I € I I III 4 4 r DENOTES EXIST. COLUMN TO BE 4 DEMOLISHED W °° �' J ; ' . T.Q. SLAB rn IE i i ! 4 I I I <t DENOTES EXIST. COLUMN TO 4i I 4. REMAIN Is -a 7-o" 4 I ' I I 77 � DENOTES NEW 6x6 DFL#2 I COLUMN 4 I ? 4 4 4 '•f I j I I 4 12 CJ DENOTES CONTROL JOINT, REFER U r--------_-ly ' I - - I re ! s. I I. 4 TO 18/S2.0 --- - J E• I I I S2.0 '` IRE RISE TO Q °p1 I <S I I I "I I I 2'-0" 2'-0" REMAIN R F F3.0 DENOTES 3'-0"x3'-0"x12"THICK �° +� I t 5s ® TO ARGH'L FOOTING W/ 3 #5 EA WAY o .1 III ? oSA+Q I BOTTOM ( ) F Q x6 DFL No I 1 +�� ~ i °°p W/SIMP N C SO 6 -SDS2 CJ 4 I - f 1 " • DENOTES HOEDOWN LOCATION, (q i s" r, Q ;r ,< 4 : F ; } ' REFER TO SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE COLU BAS O 6"x3'-6" -0" N _ I � y, �r ,. ;. y q f..,.< N I r. 'f .. I 6" RECESS `' } t 4 ON 50.0 � '\ DE THICKE sLA6 ( � ;� 3 v � �� - Issue Date: 3-15-2012 - - 3 - - - n - - , @ REEZER . 4 m 2x4 DFL 2 3 314 I .'. .r•, :, �.. . J 1.. o ¢ 6"CONCRETE SLAB REINFORC @ 16" �, 4 # - � 6xs-W1.4xW1 4 WWR ON A 10 MIL POLY 6"CURB RVISfON INFORMATION VAPOR BARRIER ON 4"STONE BASE ON r " T I 4 ' I I CJ GRADE (TYP. SLAB UNDER FREEZER) " ,� I z ;'� _ , . REV. 1 04/16/2012 +ro � ! I I h, �; I I ,-�� y{� ,TOP OF./SLAB EL. =99'-6" a ` � O !n N .E 1 I .I I I i ✓„� ,ft"c 'xdd ^: "'fi 'r'S Y'f 3t >.T'y,fi" e s, ' _ O REV. 2 06/1', 2013 ® ��- - �� Q E I I I B f.. .. rt: .r� .; 2s: x OWNER CHANGES 0 a� 0 s" 4 c < = o �a 3.5" cuRe �' I I I I « - N REV. 3 07/01/2013 1' 1/ ,,1 9'- 18'-0" 6'0 1/2" 4 i a I, sv CIO J OWNER CHANGES ° } co A 8"CURB a i iv 2"CURB S2.0 4 °500 to \ m U) s,s i L O I /^JI I P 'e ."Y fi.y t P h;v ro 4 f. ".fr '� h I >.>I d•'' I 6. .; e G.. -x s I�.�__ 6+0 f w F:- /Z61 101-0 1/2" 6'-2 7/6" >, 1 E € - - - - - - -. - >1 B - - - - �I -. .- - - - - - - - 4 E ; I >,': E 3/4" i ; - O i i 16' 9x 10„ 2,_ 3,_ 2, " 6" 8" s" I 8" 2'-6" 8" 2' 6" 1' 0" ! I ' U - ; I < I 8 SW 1A L= 12'-9" - f CURB �',. $2.0 ; I l0 N <O .'.; <u I S2.0 f t I s ,^ (s xM Am'.e ` esR `a / I .�`,s lE:{I - I I .f vaY .n F a .[ �, t-�'p R F ., yd,. r' .:I',�. ea _ ------ r--------------------------------'�'--_. ------------ ----------- ---- _____----------- ----------- -- -----.------- ----- an ---- ------------------------------------------- ---- ------------------------ --------------- -------------- a Restaurant #' 0457 _'3 �L,ry oe, h .l..k ----------------------- RED LOBSTER 457 DENOTES LIMIT OF i g i REFER -� 1 I `\` i I RENOVATION --------------------- SLAB TO REMOVE v I ` i I - �1 - I ------ ---, j t 52.0 I i I I. {"' I I I 1 L---------------------- ------- 2 I --------------- -- ----� I 31/2" ; I S2.0 -------------------- -- -- ------------------- I I N` I 52.0 : SW-1 I. I 2 4 I I SW 1 j I ! L=9'-103/4" ; I S2.0 i ; ' L=T-0 1/2' 10330 $w-1 I ' $W-1 `• I SW-1 I I t=- ------------------------� 1 I $W-1 SOUTHWEST L=9'-1" I L=6'-5" L=6'-5" I 16"WIDE CONT.TURNDOWN FTG. ---- -------------------------y L=5'-11 3/4" i (SEE NOT I THIS SHEET FOR GREENBURG ROAD nGaru F00TING)`_ - cam( A - - W/3#5 C TINUOUS I QO ---�`; 3 1/2" ��P�• I E T-0"Sq. x 24"THK. FOOTING k----� i T----" (\� Ik \� I I I I I W/3#5 OP&BOTTOM, E.W. ; ; ; n11VIS, I I I ------ -----------� ; �Q�� ' TIGARD, OR �M �POg'! Ax4S Aglao, 4"CONCRETE SLAB I I I I I WI�NEcc�oN 14 REINFORCED W/ I I I I GO I s20 6x6-W1 WWR ON I I 7'-4 1/2" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" T-0" 7'-0" 7' 0"le 4"STONE BASE ON GRAD"-- POURED RAD 7-0" I POUREDW/SIDEWALKS Foundation Plan @ END OF PROJECT 1.3 2.5 3.5 11'-5" 14'-0" 30'-2" 12'-5" I ' I 110'-0" : 1 9 S1 . 0 Q Q 2x6 STUDS @ 16-OC(TYP. U.N.O.) 2x6 STUDS @ 16-OC(TYP. U.N.O.) 2x6 STUDS @ 16-OC(TYP. U.N.O.) 2x6 STUDS @ 16-OC(TYP. U.N.O.) 2x6 STUDS @ 16-OC(TYP. U.N.O.) 15/32"PLYWOOD OR 15/32" PLYWOOD OR 15/32" PLYWOOD OR OSB WALL SHEATHING OSB WALL SHEATHING P.T. (2)2x6 CONT.W/5/8"0 HILTI HAS OSB WALL SHEATHING P.T. (2)2x6 CONT. W/5/8"0 HILTI HAS P.T. (2)2x6 CONT.W/5/8"0 HILTI HAS P.T. (2)2x6 CONT.W/5/8"0 HILTI HAS Brian S . Thomas , P.T. (2)2x6 CONT.W/5/8"0 HILTI HAS ANCHOR ROD, W/HILTI HIT HY150 MAX W/6" ANCHOR ROD, W/HILTI HIT HY150 ANCHOR ROD,W!HILTI HIT HY150 ANCHOR ROD,W/HILTI HIT HY150 ANCHOR ROD,W/HILTI HIT HY150 EMBEDMENT @ 36-OC INTO SLAB (TYP. UNO OSIB PLYWOOD OR OSB PLYWOOD OR Architect MAX W/6" EMBEDMENT @ 36-OC MAX W/6"EMBEDMENT @ 36-OC MAX W/6" EMBEDMENT @ 36-OC INTO SLAB(TYP. UNO) OSB WALL SHEATHING OSB WALL SHEATHING INTO SLAB (TYP. UNO PLATE WASHER 1/4"x3"x3" MAX W/6"EMBEDMENT @ 36"OC PLATE WASHER 1/4"x3"x3" PLATE WASHER 1/4"x3"x3' INTO SLAB(TYP. UNO) ) @ EACH ANCHOR ROD INTO EXISTING SLAB(TYP. UNO) @ EACH ANCHOR ROD #4 @ 16"OC; DRILL AND @ EACH ANCHOR ROD #4 @ 16"OC; DRILL AND #4 @ 16-OC; DRILL AND EPDXY 6" INTO EXISTING SLAB #4 @ 16"OC; DRILL AND EPDXY EPDXY 6" INTO EXISTING SLAB PLATE WASHER 1/4"x3'x3" EPDXY 6" INTO EXISTING SLAB 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 PLATE WASHER 114"x3'x3" T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 6' INTO EXISTING LAB (� EACH ANCHOR ROD @EACH ANCHOR ROD #4 16-OC CONC. SLAB CONC. SLAB a #4 @ 16'OC CONC. SLAB @ EXISTING CONC. SLAB #4 @ 16-OC O � iv � 11 12" HOOK(TYP.) O � .,,[,i„ .....,,,, � � 9 ..✓ Z { i.. >A .. .�. I I w € €... b f I w „ . Y ARCHITECTS PROJECT #: Q U v U 2 U Y i EXISTING m� .-.. .' . . ng .., a . 11139 r � EXISTING FTG. ¢ EXISTING i ¢ %' / 1 { "" £ 21 _,,, CONT. _,. 2 I,..:.;: t ( ) EX LAB 3'CLR. TYP. (2)#5 CONT. 3'CLR.TYP. (2)#5 CONT. S 1 6' 6' CUT&REMOVE I (2)#5 CONT. EXIST. SLAB @ NEW 1'-6"(TYP. UNO) 1'-6" P. UNO) VARIES FND WALL EDGE EE P J EXISTING FTG. SECTION 3 ' ' ` SECTION q SECTION 5 SECTION SECTION 2 32.0 3,q" = -o., 52.0 S2.0 3/4"= ,�-0" S2.0 3/4" = 1'-0" S2.0 3/4"= 1'-0" i 2x6 STUDS @ 16"OC (TYP. U.N.O.) „ 15/32"PLYWOOD OR OSB WALL SHEATHING P.T. (2)2x6 CONT.W/5/8"0 HILTI HAS EXIST.WOOD POST EXISTING 2x6 STUD WALL ANCHOR ROD,W/HILTI HIT HY150 PLATE WASHER 1/4"x3"x3' MAX W/6" EMBEDMENT @ 36-OC INTO SLAB(TYP. UNO) p SHORE EXISTING STRUCTURE, CUT 1/2"COMPRESSIBLE FILL @EACH ANCHOR ROD _ O SIMPSON CB POST BASE 34,[ d/3 � TO FIT EXISTING COLUMN REMOVE BOTTOM OF COLUMN 2'-0" M OR t✓,S REQ'D TO EXIST. FN � NEW 4"CONC. SLAB o WWR, SEE PLAN NEW 4"CONC. SLAB [ CONC. SLAB #4 x 1'-6"LONG @ 24"O.C., N o 1/2"COMPRESSIBLE FILL g GROUT INTO EXIST. SLAB E ■ . •• _^ `_ —� 4 0 a _ NEW 4"CONC. SLAB �� r r . #4 x 1'-6" LONG 24"O.C., _ C7 w w @ 1/2"COMPRESSIBLE FILL O WWR, SEE PLAN r'" .. £ z 1.... y� w rn GROUT INTO EXISTING 6" GROUT INTO EXIST. SLAB ✓ " - NEW 4" CONC. SLAB _I i _,-,,,,; r ' € I"_""`1 { "` € - 4 .. "50� W GROUT INTO EXISTING 6" WWR, SEE PLAN r #4 x 1'f'LONG @ 24"O.C., X ? 3 GROUT INTO EXIST.SLAB Lu ° 4 L) 194 CO { GROUT INTO EXISTING a a 2 w aD x D 'v . .� EXISTING WALL FTG. `' 1 11,S 41 tL c 3"CLR.TYP.ell OL (2)#5 CONT. LN 1'-6"(TYP. UNO) p "�" {�'•�:{�' �' � � € � EXIST.TURNDOWN SLAB Y STONE INFILL TO ! BE PROVIDED [ SECTION 6 ''-0•SQ. SECTION 8 SECTION 9 SECTION CL 3/4"= 1'-0" 52.0 314" = V-0" S2.0 3/4"- 1'-0" S2.0 3/4" - 1' 0" S2.0 G r SECTION 7 p 3/4"= 1'-0" \!!.,010/ c co co � � co 4) '�L�'I� #3 TIES #6 VERT. COLUMN (REFERENCE PLAN .. SHEATHING PER SCHEDULE FOR SIZE &CONNECTION) U O 2x6 STUDS @ 16-OC 0 3/16 PROVIDE BLOCKING @ 4'-0"OC y Q COLUMN KNOCK OUT INTERIOR WEBS h TOP OF PIER E ( SEE SCHEDULE PREFAB COOLER/FREEZER PLATE WASHER 1/4"x3"x3" AS REQ'D. FOR INSTALLATION C13 (1)#4 BAR CONT. @EACH ANCHOR ROD P.T. (2)2x6 CONT. (SEE SHEARWALL OF COLUMN BASE CONNECTOR EL. 105'-2 1/2 REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR ISOLATION SCHEDULE FOR SILL ANCHORS) E BASE PLATE INFORMATION POCKET 1/2' t SEE PLAN FOR SLAB 2"CONCRETE TOPPING, REINF. CONC. SLAB ON GRADE CONSTRUCTION REFER TO 8/S2.0 CONC. SLAB TERMINATE VERICAL PROVIDE 3"COVER(MIN.) " W/6x6-W1.4xW1.4 WWR ECT '�"--��' BARS W/STD. HOOK 100'-0" >•,•'.:.a m 'Too—os.'s— s` x— *• r—• •—a —_—_—• ' sz o Issue Date: 3-15-2012 S ION - u = m b. T STONE VENEER 3/4' 1'-0' Al > 99�-6" € REFER TO ARCH. o a....; � T.O.S. µ £ J I I' 6 a REVISION INFORMATION #4 BARS @ 12-OC 6"CONCRETE SLAB 2 ° a �a €""`{ LU w S2.0 L " h iv 12" 1 16' SQ. CMU PIER W/ - µ, .,.....� REV. 1 04/16/2012 o REFER TO PLAN (4)#S VERT.  TIES —� REV. 2 06/17/2013 P T.O.F. @ 8"OC; GROUT SOLID ' OWNER CHANGES 2 Yf t l4 ih SEE PLAN FOR SIZE o i 8" { & REINFORCING ry #3 4"O.C. 3"CLR.TYP. cc SECTION 12 SECTION 13 NEW CURB REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR CONC. SLAB N FOOTING SIZE &REINFORCING S2.0 3/4"= 1'-0" 52.0 G N 3/4" = 1'-0" rxTr 6 Q _ a SECTION w j EXISTING SLAB _ �. DRILL&EPDXY 3" U h 4 _ INTO EXISTING SLAB U 3/4"= V-0" S2.0 ¢ a 2 ;;: µ "Ill TURND19 OWN BEYOND PATCH SLAB PER TYPICAL DETAILS SECTION S2.0 Restaurant#: 0457 II II I' REFER TO PLAN FOR 3/4"= 1'-0" 3" CLR.(TYP) II jl CONT. FOOTING, BACK FILL WITH COMPACTED SIZE&REINFORCING ` IIS SEE PLAN FOR SIZE STRUCTURAL FILL OF PLOWABLE FILL ii &REINFORCING , I { RED LOBSTER 457 EXISTING OR NEW CONTINUOUS WALL FOOTING SECTION ,q RENOVATION II iii -€ $` �� FLOWABLE FILL WITH 100-PSI CORNER BARS SAME '""'"I, --,�, g �' g m MINIMUM STRENGTH 3/4"= 1'-0" S2.0 ihiil / SIZE AND SPACING AS - 11 I a, 1" EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL 10330 1 lil HORIZONTAL BARS j < NUT AND WASHER III tll. �� 4 ,� WRAPPED AROUND PIPE OR iil i` Ili PROVIDE OVERSIZED PIPE WHEN FORMED EDGE IS 111 II S € SLEEVE WITH INSIDE DIAMETER 1" STRIPPED, LIGHTLY 1-0. ABOVE AND o z SOUTHWEST a GREATER THAN PIPE DIAMETER GRIND. (DEBURR EDGE ' !2" , , " BELOW BASE PLATE g 111 � -----------_ --______�_ - @ TOP) DO NOT TOOL. g G RE E N B U RG ROAD io iil " Z---- ---- --^- -_ " LLI BASE PLATE xI{ a ss Y_d - , — _ Il ` _o GROUT c 11=III —III—I =1 I IJ I I- -1 I -1 I- 111 „ .€�{'—��.�; ..,...- ....,,,; OO OO 3/76 TOP OF FOOTING TI GARD 1 OR III ..—I tI € € „_.. [,.._.. {..-... ._.... I €- y -s NOTES: _ , , I { £ _ o l� ------='--- - `--�-_ 4 -- 3/4"0 F1554 GR36 m T___ SAW JOINT AS SOON AS POSSIBLE c COLUMN ,ell1. EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL SHALL COMPRESS TO PVC OR IRON PIPE _ ANCHOR ROD ' ` 50-PERCENT NT ITS ORIGINAL THICKNESS AT RESS I. CONSTRUCTION JOINT AFTER CONCRETE IS PLACED SO w EXISTING SOIL OR STRUCTURAL @CONTRACTORS OPTION. AS NOT TO DAMAGE SLAB. 2. NO PIPES SHALL RUN UNDER OR WITHIN 3-FEET OFA FILL W/BEARING CAPACITY 3/4"THICK BASE PLATE DBL. NUT 2'-6"LAP COLUMN FOOTING. LISTED FOR FOUNDATIONS IN O Q 3/4"ANCHOR ROD THE GENERAL NOTES Foundation Details 3. FOR INSTALLATION OF PIPES MADE OF A MATERIAL OTHER THAN PVC OR IRON CONTACT THE ENGINEER. 4. THE EXTENTS OF THE FLOWABLE FILL SHALL EXTEND A TYPICAL FOOTING CORNER MINIMUM OF 12-INCHES TO EITHER SIDE OF THE PIPE. CONSTRUCTION & CONTROL TYP. BASE PLATE TYP. ANCHOR BOLT 16 REINFORCING DETAIL 17 TYPICAL PIPE UNDER FOOTING DETAIL16 JOINT DETAILS DETAIL A DETAIL B S2.0 3/4• = ,,-0„ 52.0 3/4"= V-0" S2.0 3/4"= V-0' 1 112'=1'-0' S2.0 1 1/2'=1'-0' S2.0 SZO T4 14'-0 112" T 14'-0" T 14'-0" 14'-0" T 2x6 STUDS @ 16"O.C. (TYP.) SEE ARCH. Brian S . Thomas, T-4 1/2'q3' -3 1/2"q T-0' 71-011 T-0 T-0' T-0- T-0- t Architect HEADER, SEE PLAN PARITION WALL 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 REFER TO ARCH. GTI-6 .......... REFER TO ARCH. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT * F-1 H-1 �-i H-1 H-1 c 11139 F-----------A H-1 H-1 1 11 SIMPSON ECC5 1/4-6 LVL, SEE PLAN 6x6 POST (3)2x6 W1 1/2"FLITCH PLATES 0 2 S2.1 2'-3 1/4- A/ 3 1/2" 312" $ 6 I SECTION SECTION r2 IF 25 3/411 11-01.EXIs rING 6.5xl 0.25 EXISTING 6 5x10.25 3/4" = V-011 52.1 --N I VL5.15x Ln C14 LO 9.15 --1 ----- 2x8 16"10.c. LO C14 U) 1314" -&G F LYW)OD 5 S 0 - r4 �S2.1 2.1� AE JHP IG T 10 v ) 4wori efl E E S2.1 H3 13 SEE ARCH. --- LVI-3.5xE 25 --T — 7— 717 1 PLYWOOD SHEATHING N SEE PLAN 2x4 STUDS @ 12"O.C. 0 2)8 116"O 2:8 i_) 16"O.C. D (2)SIMPSON SP2 TIES @ EA. STUD cc (2)2x4 x CONT.W/ 1/4"x6"LONG PLYWOOD SHEATHING (4)218 1 rq N 3S21 1 LAG SCREWS @ 6"O.C. $2.1 SEE PLAN r (D —If S2 rl 4 11 -ji LV 5.25xg.25 I LVI-5.25X9 25 _j 2x4 — — — — — — — Z-3— ARCH. U) T SEE LVL BEAM 8 3 1/2" r 4 SEE PLAN ra� 0 (2)2x8 STRINGER t,-. "- .Ri I I S2.1 S2.1 2x6 @ 12"O.C. U) TOE NAIL TO 2x8&LVL MEZZANINE FRAMING PLAN FIN. FLR. = 10T-10 1/4" SECTION SECTION r4 0 REFER TO NOTE VI, B,#7 ON S0.0 FOR FLOOR SHEATHING ATTACHMENT. 3/4" 11.01, 3/4'. V-011 CA H-1 DENOTES (2)2x8 HEADER, REFER TO S3.0 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTESQQ H-3 DENOTES(3)2XI0 HEADER W/(2)2X6 KING STUDS&(2)2X6 STUDS BELOW HEADER. PROVIDE SIMPSON CS22 EA. END OF HEADER TO BEARING STUDS. T QA DENOTES SIMPSON HUCQ610-SDS FACE CL ce MOUNTED HANGERS DENOTES SIMPSON ECC5 1/4-6 COLUMN CAP O, @ DENOTES SIMPSON GLT6 TOP FLANGE HANGER @ DENOTES HHUS210-3 0 4) @ DENOTES (3)2x8 BEARING STUDS U) 2nL :L-L REFER TO ARCH. i IREFER TO ARCH. E SEE ARCH. -T SEE ARCH. ATTACH SHEATHING TO LEDGER W/ 2x4 STUDS @ 16-D.C. ca E 0 2x4 STUDS @ 12" D.C. 2x4 STUDS@ 12"O.C. 10d NAILS @ 6-OC&ATTACH LEDGER -r- ATTACH SHEATHING TO I ITO BLOCKING W/10d NAILS @ 6"OC 2x8 W1 1 Od NAILS@ 6-OC PLYWOOD SHEATHING (2)SIMPSON LSTA1 5 @EA.STUD2xFRAMING, SEE PLAN (2)SIMPSON LSTA15 @ EA. STUD L, SEE PLAN 2x6 PARTITION Issue Date: 3-15-2012 C13 WALL PLYWOOD SHEATHING PLYWOOD SHEATHING C6 rt...5 (2)2x4 x CONT.W/1/4"x6" SEE PLAN (2)2x4 x CONT.W/1/4'x6" SEE PLAN 2x4 BLOCKING co LONG LAG SCREWS @ 6-O.C. LONG LAG SCREWS @ 6-O.C. SEE PLAN '6 REVISION INFORMATION 2x8 x CONT. 15/32" PLYWOOD REV. 1 04/16/2012 OR OSB SHEATHING NT CL 15/32"STRUCTURAL .. ... . ... .... .... .. - — - ----- --- HEADE . ...... .... SIMPSON LU28(TYP.) REV. 2 061 0 CL 2x SHEATHING ....... ........ SEE ARCH. 2 SEE ARCH. METAL STUDS, SEE PLAN LVL BEAM 2x6 LEDGER w/(4) 16d I . ...... .... . MING . .... ..... O SIMPSON H2.5(TYP.) SEE PLAN LVL BEAM HEADER, OWNER CHANGES SEE PLAN SEE PLAN CONNECT TO COLUMNS W1 NAILS @ EA. STUD SIMPSON LU2El, SEE PLAN 2x8 STIFFCLIP AL800 W/ SIMPSON HUCQ610-SDS M LVL, SEE PLAN #10 SCREWS @ EA. STUD 6" METAL STUD BLOCKING @ 24-OC W/STIFFCLIP AL362 EACH END SEE ARCH. SECTION ,/� SECTION SECTION CL SECTION SECTION_@ SECTION 3114"= V-0" 3/4" 1 1-0.1 3/4" 1 P-011 C 3/4" 11-0. 3/4" V-0. 3/14" 1'-0" Restaurant#: 0457 RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION F 10330 SOUTHWEST PARTITION WALL, SEE ARCH. GREENBURG ROAD 2x FRAMING, SEE PLAN TIGARD, OR EXISTING0 RNEW BEAM,SEE PLAN SIMPSON LU28, TYP. Mezzanine Framing Plans �2 ' SECTION 11 ........... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 14'-0 1/2" 14'-0" 14,-0" 14'-0" 14'-0" 16,_9" 13'-5" 12._5" 1.2 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.5 7.2 8.2 3'-4 ,/2" 3'-3 1/2. T-0• T-0" T-0" T-0" T-0" T-0" I I 21.7" 2'-0 1/2', Brian S . Thomas , Architect EXTEND CS14 6'AL NG FACE 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 OF WALL. ATTACH O(2)2x6 EXTEND CS14 6'ALONG FACE OF WAL BLOCKING (REFER O 1/S4.1) 1 ATTACH TO (2)2x6 BLOCKING (REFER z F T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 SIM. S4.0 TO 1/S4.1) 0 3 0 w � Z ro , .a.,, N I I I w Of SIM w in of S4.1 G - - - - 1 -H - - - 1 H-, H , H-1 H-1 / I I ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: " - 7 11139 IMPSON CMST14x6'-0"LONG W/ 1 N �'f f N I (76) 10d NAILS @ TOP OF PARAPET (? S In Ea_ co i co °' a - N O _ £ . . . . . { . . s w 6'-0"BLOCKING W/ 6'-0" BLOCKING W/ - ______ - . F . . f -` . . . ) . . .€. . . I c # rt . . . . . . . . € . . . . . . i . . .'. . . . } 3 I SIMPSON 14 E . . . . . . . . . . .i t. . . t . . . . . .'. .. .:. . . € SIMPSON I L ROOF FRAMING PLAN 2x10 @ 16"O.C. 2x8 @ 16"O.C. 0 2x8 @ 6"O.C. € ( I £ € . . . I { �j x xR2O x x 6 € € t . . € SCALE: 1/4„_ 1,_0" n x N IN N I I r 2x6 16"G.C. j{ co @ : io in NO 20 ".:,:, f.;.:, ;,,;x- : ,. . iim :„ _ ., . sr1(1 ``2" lPSO 9. ,. c ..5 1/4 x16 L a . € £ ( ..... ..::.... .... :....c-.' ,,:,,: : :., .,.-. ;; ; f a �. ..:...:": :.,,;r,.r,u::,.....;sr.:,,.::. . , . . _X:� INC ....x. .�� .d�Pr: ; . ;.,,...; ; ,,. N ROOF FRAMING NOTES: - x _ . .._...... _ _ _ .....__......._......._ .......... , _ F ; N "xT6'� 51/4"x 1 1/4"LVL 5 1/4"x 1 1/4"LVL 5 1/4"x9 1�LVL(LOW) € €5T tdCi r,'R r VL 1 y»; £ j COQ E R ER 5 3 a 1. SEE GENERAL NOTES FOR ROOF SHEATHING AND 2 W, - 71�D FASTENING REQUIREMENTS. S4.0 RTU-2R 12 0 > € 26 ; 2. ELEVATION IS PROVIDED AT THE FRONT AND BACK OF THE PSF ¢ E I tI 2600# 3 I BUILDING, THE ROOF SLOPE SHALL BE CONSISTENT FROMiW.t rz x5x5 x: x; - f L €3.5 .25 / 2)2x10 _...„.,._._ ,,.„-, I I,,.., m I FRONT TO BACK. 5'-6" �= G L:: p L C C I I r-: SI S '€- ,F'.AV..•; s: '`.. 54.1 f £ MI .56 g EA ND € RE TE p' S . : . . 3. SEE DRAWING S3.1 FOR FRAMING PLANS OF HIGH ROOFS. I, FRE E NOTE 12 CO )EN R E 4. MECHANICAL - ao (2)2x10 £ LOCATIONS AND WEIGHTS SHALL - BE VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH TRUSS DESIGN AND - - f•s, j € EXIST.2%10 16" .C. (1 '-2") r' O X X X A X k'`Q.. �,. �.. .. ....,-.,,,,.d.......,,..,�. b-..-.,,, ° r..--. n ,. ,,,, „ ... -_ •.;-„-•• -_'r i = z I I > INSTALLATION. RE^ N ;.. , , € S )2x10 E 04 � in <4; I i � � � EF-6 €. ;EFS .. s. E 5. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO FACE OF STUD UNLESS NOTED . - c N 1 If I OTHERWISE. i\\\{-, ....'. ,, 10 +• p X x X is is X € J £ 6. ROOF OPENING SIZE AND LOCATION SHALL BE 2�J cc II- - € ;. ' { ' . ' ' COORDINATED WITH THE WORK ASSOCIATED WITH _ € 5• NOTE 12 ? OPENING. PROVIDE 2x6 FRAME FASTENED TO JOIST WITH >� " " - £ € ` - SIMPSON LB26 HANGERS AT ANY OPENING IN EXCESS OF 6•. EX€S N3 x0750 € E ; €a: � � ft, U £ : ? a; € X€ST':NL 5. 'Sx20.`r5 _Ai€.AM r"' { J ( f f ; _ _ - - - - - - _ 7. PROVIDE 3 2x6 BELOW BEAM W/SIMPSON HTS30 EACH y E - - - EY.€S, Ni:,5.1 .5x?0?'s E' ..s_?A1 _ .. _ .. _„m _ .. -.. E� S€N£' 2L-i 1.C.f%. Ll t v _.. - +p €sS G 5 18 f.-:(.11L1px£, : :'•2"; € ; SIDE OF BEAM. _ _... - - _..-... .. - -. ..._ .:.. . -._._ - _ 5 I N £ N "x9.26"LV.@ I 8. H-1 DENOTES(3)2x8 HEADER W/(2) 112"PLYWOOD FLITCH rn 4 3 I € (2) 0 EF_ P " eT W/S MF SON I PLATES (TVP. HEADER, U.N.O.)W/(2)2x6 KING STUDS&(2) 3 AWNING BELOW �I 2) I I I I 4 ( I t . . r.. F d e H C4 EA. N S4.1 S4.1 £ t ¢ 2x6 STUDS BELOW HEADER. WHERE HEADER ABUTS c o SEE 2/S3.1LU € I I € @ £ O �� _...... ........_._...... - _ - : . 1..� _ € E : COLUMN, PROVIDE SIMPSON HUC264 IL 3. _ £ I I 1 12 N 9. H-2 DENOTES ( ) PSF ) S (3)2x12 HEADER W/ 2 1/2"PLYWOOD 12 i" -' -' -' ' £ ' ' v o x SPACERS W/(2)2x6 KING STUDS&(2)2x6 STUDS BELOW 0 " o = ; ' S :. v^^:. I .. .. @1 ) i HEADER. ... EkIST. 1 6"€O.C. 11' E ; (1;', .: ."%..........-........................... ......... ...,....-..., .......... .....,,C1: .N,,.. ..... ,,........�.......... -Pis£+ri r,3 ry 10. SHORE&DEMO EXISTING FRAMING AS REQUIRED. ATTACHLd p in ,"-, in in r Lti in Y, i ini a... in;,.., .CS +., EE 6iSV.T. I N �E 1 EXISTING 2x10 TO 2 2x10 W/SIMPSON LU26c: c; 4 NOTE 12 3 3 I I € I . . t . . ( ) (TVP.) _........ _.... ..... ...... _...., € E ( 11. HD DENOTES HOLDOWN LOCATION,SEE DETAILS FOR L� o 5' - - £ mm - NOTE 12 i [ ADD'L INFO. 3 o N X O 2 x W x X5 X I I x3 i r 1 } € 5 € € 1 5 EIF 5 (2) 1 12. PROVIDE NEW 2x10 @ EXISTING 2x10 AS NOTED. ATTACH 0� N _ - I I RU TO EXISTING W/2 ROWS OF 16d NAILS @ 12-OC. ATTACH �;£ �„ „„- - o _............... ... ) !800ii . ; ., i NEW 2x10 TO BEARING SUPPORT W/SIMPSON LS90(TYP.). ttt CL } `': EXIST€hJi:',5.19"5X20.75 f.,t.t)3..: ,1 I I I =X€ST€NG s. 5.r,2{?.75:>€..:.il.:.t1t I I I i i £ £_ . LE ..�: : : : : 4� t ! ` . . . . . . i' . . D ........-.W.... _:;q: _ - - - - � 13. PROVIDE SIMPSON HUCQ612SDS @ EACH END OF LVL. O O - k:X€ST£N%G,- , .'x2075 GU Le x _ � 7SNC�s. .C.- _,_ - , E�{€ TiNC,5x1F Pv4 ; ,'-^ £ p ..._._,........._...__.,,.. ._ ........._........- ------- _•--. ------- _.....:.._.....,.._.....,..__.. -• - : ? I •. 5 14. DENOTES SHEAR WALL (11 '6 114"? LVL; .5x9,. 5 N! ( . . . c I 5 ': SIM SON € I £ 15. EXISTING TECTUM ROOF DECK PANELS. ASSUMED TO HAVE �' N o MIU .56 EA. D ; £ MINIMUM DIAPHRAGM CAPACITY OF 363 PLF FOR 34" MAX. Sx: Sx: {& LES 3x5 3x5 yw 5 �' l II --------'--+s-- I j NOTE 12 I € € I • . . ` SPAN BASED ON PRODUCT MANUFACTURER rn Z G G r C p SPECIFICATIONS. Q 7 m O I G I O O I p p £ € 5 ;. . N p Lem p L p k} O u LVL .5x9 5 4 ? > • EF-1€ I 16. PROVIDE SIMPSON HHUS210-3 EACH END. o - =' r I SI SON € € I RRU- (3)2x8 v^^, .- %, i „ . _ i: ..: MI .56/ EA. ND ', € 1600117 R E 2 R I y n _. .. _.,._ _ ,_ _ __ _, ," xn _._ �y. � 9 E € EF /S4 FOR MECHANICAL CURB AT I €. . REFER U v rs v x > ' k: ' j cJ k: j k k: ' } X 1 I X _n NOTEj12 , __... d t C7 I % % it, u xx 1 9 . .'. .'. . 18. #PSF DENOTES DRIFT ON TOP OF 22 PSF > _ E z N � 5 5 ' Z 's 35 e3 th .x•, >„ I I :h Y .27( 0@ "O.. . (1 t 2") 5 FLAT ROOF SNOW { O 0 PSF ,.........,,_ _ . ... _,.. �.., f Q ..�.......�._.... ._. ........ Z _., ...,,�..... EXIS 2 d Le Gi Aw Ji 0 C. V, V-1 € € fn rD ..._ ,... - .... ... - .._ - - 5 ftl f I X X Y. �( X X X X Y f i £ € s •,.,,,�/,,,,,,.�,., �,,,.i., E � II""��� � t ;a5 .ri ;�: ;;x ;x,i £x; £x: Sx: III �.i � 1 € £• € RE4 TE t I I I I l l _ I £ FR EF( I` 19. PROVIDE SIMPSON HUC28-3 1 , . . . SIMPSON HUCQ612 SDS EXISTIN ,5., :x't 75 GL. Ii._ x =X€ST€tdG 5. :>x20.75'wi€_ t.;.M I I 1 I ( X€ST(Pdt z ; - CON' EN £ ^ L� ;1 -2')f z 20 PROVIDE i €. . T M1 r ., d - P ` - EXIST€Nit 5.: . •x.tt;.; Gt.:l:..-.r. €STIP€ b, zt; SST€ 'G . 1 L =rgxJ i": 1`'i i5 NE 3 "x9.26•L�/"[; t . . ° Issue Date: 3-15-2012 m ............ _............_ _ ._ _ . _ v "r4`; _ __ € I € Y @ I 6 `/` , 's I 5: PP RAP T W/:SIM ON o O 1 CABINET( E 2/S4.2) I I € £. . . LVL x9.21 W/SIMP ON € HL C41 ,@ EA. EN ' S4.2 m I � M I M M I � M INIU3 /9 EA. EIS 5 € REVISION INFORMATION C = ix: ;x5 £x5 5x1 I - 3x5 -ix,,•"' 3xi -,,.,,. ..,�.,,�.... ........ 'iA I y ' =; 5 f n _. . _ - Iw. I aD , ; £ o x 0 I I _ Isr. 2x,°�1s o.c."1r-z i € € I REV. 1 0416/2012 N :... �., v CL ;.., i;e L: t;-, I I a 0 O O ) REV. 2 06/17/2013 £ } I € .; rn .,.. I f R O i �, " 1 _ ri£' _s _ �� • _ _. _._J ._ .... _ £ 5 I F OWNER CHANGES f6 54.0 ':£, I � ..:. sV- `` :n. ` E 3 i 3 . v k: M p' I I £ X X x: K I cdND �SER€ ; £ in in x I a m NOTE 12 2600#' I I t . ftlz .........._......._........._... ......... ......_........._............._ -a ,.................-................ I ._.._ _.1._'..y.;......... ......--- - z. _.. ............^ ,^.,,,,..- € [. { Q = V Z L�.r O X X I I y: € 11 X ri X XS ` 5 I S, PROVDESIMPSON I I I N i i�m r S4.1 5 HUC 12-SDS ` - _ , ... € O j0 1 O O 2ic I S € €, S . .L # . .. .. . .5. _ € / � , 5 1/4"x11 /4"LVL t -- - -- --- --� (3x8 51/4" /4'LVL 1` (3) 8 . . . . . . . < . . (3)2x8 _.............. _......._......... ... ....... ..,v _ _ - p, B LVL 5.25x16 � a I I 2 8 @ 6"O 1 LO SIMPSON CCQ663DS2.5 POST CAP / N io } o m f I 1 H-2 aGo :z5" .25"LVL . . Restaurant #: 0457 I H=r - I - 1t, a - I - "-1 - H1 H-, H-1 H-1 RED LOBSTER 457 L - - - - - J L - - - - - J L - - - - - J 2x6 ,6 O.C. L - - - - J L - - - - - - J RENOVATION n I t AWNING BELOW SEE SEE 2/53.1 I I I 1 ---I I I I I 10330 e,..... SOUTHWEST AWNING BELOW GREENBURG ROAD �,, �'* ,,,,, '•- , %'. .,,,�, � N z SEE 2/S3.1 �.,., O n CO w 3 2x8 LEDGER ' I N S4.° 1 TIGARD OR 50 0 2x10 @ 16"OC 2x8 43'-2 1/2" (2)2x10 W/ 1/2' 4'-0 1/2" 7'-0 1/2" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" PLYWOOD FLITCH PL. 7'-0" 1.3 2.5 I 3.5 I 4.5 .•..... 12'-9" , „� 6.5 Main o0 11'-5" 14'-0" 14'-0" ,4,-0" '....,N 30'-2" 12'-5" Framing Plan 1101-W 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 S300 1 2 3 4 5 6 14'-0 1/2' 14'-0" 14'-0" 14'-0" 14'-0" 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.5 T-4 1/2-q 3'-3 1/2' T-0" T-0• T-0" T-0" T-0" T-0• Brian S . Thomas , I I I Architect 6 112Z, 22'-0" 6 1 1 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 SI M. 54.0 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 I I 'e 2x6 @ 24 C 2 ...... .. .. ........ .... ... ._.._. ....... ........ ........ ..... ° ARCHITECT'S.. .... .+..... ..._. .,,..... _._ .. ...... . _._ ._ ......+ ..... . — T'S P11139 F.9 N 1 M { 6 1 <1 ; O 44 V @ w w _ w D ; E ; 3 t 1 2x6 724-OC 9 ,r m a„n 0) I I I Cn — Cn a� L 3 o I I I I ° L Y CL 7 O 3 9 U O .O o D T � o N c I 1, ”cc ILL v w 2 L N ^ 4 ca E 'H V/ _ m I I Issue Date: 3-15-2012 m` o 00REVISION INFORMATION RI GEC CL CM a 1 1 "` I REV. 1 04r16/2012 sa0 REV. 2013 OWNER CHANGES ccm22 I TRUSSES @ 24"OC 1' S/ 14,_6 7/8" to 0) isc 3 QEXTEND SHEAR WALLS TO ROOF DECK im) D € E I 2x6 @ 24-OC 1 1 1 TRUSS OVER WALL v 2x6 @ 24-OC i 2x6 OUTRIGGER ' L mB — — — — — — — — 4 t N 1 CL 1 ( i 16"O.C. @;SW x6R 1 I 1 (2)2 �DGE B IL w ° 4) Restaurant #: 0457 c 3 1/2 x 1 7/8 LVL (NOTE 2) RED LOBSTER 457 TRUSSES @ i N 2`"°C ' RENOVATION f I I I I i 3 x 11 7/8 LV (NOTE 2) 10330 SOUTHWEST A ' ---------- --------4......-7.... ....... _ ....... _..... .__ . GREENBURG ROAD I I I I TRUSSES @ 2 "OC(TYP.) 3 4'-01/2" 7'-41/2" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" )i 7'-0" TIGARD, OR 1.3 2.5 3.5 4.5 11'-5" 14'-0" 14'-0" 14'-0" '" 14'-0" High Roof z o Framing Plans Z Z 1 2 3 4 5 6 W W w w' w W O U) NOTES: HIGHROOF FRAMING P LAN 1. 5/6" PLYWOOD ROOF DECK(TYP.) SCALE: 1/4"= 1'-0" 2. PROVIDE (3)2x6 BELOW BEAM W/SIMPSON S11 HTS30 EACH SIDE OF BEAM. SIMPSON H2.5(TYP. UNO) SIMPSON L30 Q � ^, 2x6 OUTRIGGER 2 CONT.2x6 BLOCKING W/10d NAILS (4) 10d NAILS(TYP.) REFER TO ARCH. $VARIES @ 4"O.C. INTO 2x4 BLOCKING PROVIDE 10d NAILS @ 4"O.C. FROM 5 B.ODECK _ _SHEATHING TO 2x4 BLOCKING Brian S . Thomas, PROVIDE 10d NAILS@ 4 O.C. FROM Architect SHEATHING INTO 2x6 BLOCKING CONT.2x4 BLOCKING 15/32"PLYWOOD OR OSB 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 W/ 10d NAILS @ 4"O.C. @ ° i x ' /' T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 EDGES& 12"O.C.TYP. ° ° PROVIDE 10d NAILS @ 4"O.C. FROM VERTICAL 2x8 x CONT. W/(3) 16d NAILS @ EA.VERT. I ' SHEATHING TO 2x6 SILL PL. CONT. 2x4 BLOCKING W!10d 2x6 @ 16"O.C. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: NAILS @ 4" O.C. INTO LVL, E 11139 120'-3" ; PROVIDE 10d NAILS @ 4"O.C. 88 SIMPSON A34 EACH FACE h FROM ROOF SHEATHING TO 2x4 CONT. 2x6 SILL PL. W/ 10d NAILS @ 4"O.C. T.O. PLATE @ ACCESS DOOR WALL h 12'-91/2" 119'-0" ' y u e°e T.O�LVL TRS (2)2x4 @ 48"O.C. ACCESS DOOR SIMPSON H3 SEE ARCH'L (5) 10d NAILS(TYP.) SIMPSON LU28(TYP.) CONT. (2)2x6 LVL BEAM 2x6 @ 16" O.C. �1 TOP PLATE 2x8 x CONT.W/(3) 16d REFER TO PLAN 1 PREFAB WOOD TRUSSES NAILS @ EA. STUD w/2x12 TOP CHORDS PLYWOOD ROOF "PLYWOOD ; x SHEATHING CONT. 2xG SCR 0 x 3" %SHEATHING 2x6 @ 16"O.C. v �� BLOCKING LONG LAG SCREWS @ 12"O.C. h h EXISTING DECK _ _ _ _ _ _ _ — — — — — — (3)2x8 HEADER y REFER TO PLAN CEILING T REFER TO ARCH. h 115'-6 Y4" REFER TO ARCH. i CONT. 2x6 w/ i 3 10d NAILS 12"O.C. s 2x8 FRAMING O @ � r SIMPSON H3 CONT.2x6 LEDGER w/ SEE ARCH'L (3) 10d NAILS @ 12"O.C. 2x6 @ 16"O.C. '- TOE NAIL EA END y d EXISTING TRUSS i ,,,^ » ^,,,,, » , �`'•, �^4 p O CONT. 2x8 W/(4) 16d NAILS @ EA. POST " », rn SECTION j SHEARWALL SEE PLAN 2 3/4" = 1'-0" 54.0 3 c O N 0 SECTION , Pin CL 0 3 o0 Q � � ,,,,.,^^»^�,,,..,,,,,�/'-,.,,,,,,,/ ,%,",-,».»�,,.,-.,,,,,.,�"„^»,,fir »»�„,,,,,„�,.,,.,,,,,,,�”„r,.,.^.1�,,.,.,,�,,.,..,,,„,��”"",•„ ""^••,,,�,,,,•,,,,,, ATTACH EXISTING TECTUM PANELS w/y"0 LAG SCREWS @ 6"O.C.w/3" PENETRATION INTO BLOCKING N SIMPSON H2.5A(TYP.) (2)SIMotON ' ` ^»` �^`' ^^''•�"' • 2 EXISTING BEAM ATTACH SHEATHING w/8d O SIMPSON LaSI & Y CL NAILS @ 4"O.C. i 5 x � ^ 1•.-..,, � EXISTING �e N SIMPSON H2.5A KNEE WALL x O � s N GABLE END TRUSS )»», CONT.2x6 wYa''0 x 3" LONG SIMPSON SP1 (TYP.) N LAG SCREWS @ 12"O.C.TO 15/32" OSB OR PLYWOOD EXISTING FRAMING t CONT- 2 2x6 v I 2x4 @ 32"O.C. TOP PLATE SHEATHING Q f 2x6 @ 16"O.C. GABLE END TRUSS »Y E SHEAR WALL BEYOND O ATTACH OSB TO 2x6's EXISTING y w/8d NAILS @ 4"O.C. FRAMING CONT. 2x6 wl 120-8" ,..,, c E Od NAILS @ 6�O.C. m TRuss BEARING ........................................... Issue Date: 3-15-2012 IM ' PREFAB WOOD TRUSS CONT. 2x6 w/j2"0X3" LONG LAG SCREWS SHEATHINGD @1z"o.c. ' REVISION INFORMATION CONT. 2x6 w/(3) - OL O HOLDDOWN SIMPSON DTT2ZA f 10d NAILS @ EA STUD CL »p SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION a, REV. 1 04/16/2012 4 (4) 10d NAILS REV. 2 06/17/2013 2xs @ 16"D.C. I OWNER CHANGES V) CONT.2x8 w/(3) 10d NAILS @ EA STUD CONT.2x6 w/(2) EXISTING FRAMING ATTACH OSB TO 2x6's 3 10d NAILS @ 6"D.C. w/8d NAILS @ 4" O.C. SIMPSON DTT2Z HOLDDOWN 2x8 STUDS ' (4) 10d NAILS(TYP.) N T&B SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS ' t 2x8 CONT. BLOCKING 10 L » •� »„off. `; • • i CL NEW STUD "^»•,,, �115'-6 3/4" WALL SEE PLAN O T.O. PLATE _ _ CEILING EE ARCH'L CONT. (2)2x6 TOP PLATE] IM SO H2.5l�TYP 2x6 B OCKING W/ 2x8 STUDS SIMPSON LU26 EA. CONT. 2x6 END( P.) TOE NAIL TO EACH STUD CONT. (2)2x6 3/4" PLYWOOD 2x6 @ 16"O.C. Restaurant#: 0457 TOP PLATE SHEATHING 4"PLATE WASHER 112'-7 3/4" SECTION 4 :, SIMPSON LSSU26 (TYP) T.O. PLATE v" 2x4@ 32"O.C. RED LOBSTER 457 . . I 2x6 @ 32" 3/4"= 1'-0" 54.0 RENOVATION LVL SEE PLAN `I 10330 • • SOUTHWEST SIMPSON LU26 (TYP.) 2x6 @ 16"O.C. G RE E N B U RG ROAD (4) 10d NAILS TYPICAL LINO ' ' :: :" ti.....w. CONT.2x8 CONT.2x8 LEDGER w/ @ EA END w/(3) 10d NAILS • • = 109'-6" (2)Y4"0x3" LONG LAG T O BEAM SCREWS @ EA END • TIGAR OR . . 2x6 DIAGONAL BRACE, ,, _____"""""""""""""""",,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, SIMPSON H10 ATTACH TO EA STUD w, (2)8d NAILS j ? BEAM SEE PLAN ROOF FRAMING ATTACH TO POST 2x6 @ 16”O.C. w/SIMPSON BC4 HEADER HEADER i (4) 16d NAILS (TYP.) COLUMN CAP SEE PLAN SECTIONS „'....�. .,�' SEE PLAN `:...., , SECTION 3 3!4"= 1'-0" 54.0 S4 . 0 2x6 @ 16"O.C. a^ .,. 2x6 @ 16'O.C. 2 - CONT.2x6 BLOCKING W/ATTACHMENT TO 1 ATTACH NEW SHEATHING EXISTING TECTUM PER 4/54.0,ATTACH TO j W/6d NAILS @ 4'O.C. FIELD VERIFY ATTACHMENT OF 2 Brian S . Thomas, HORIZONTAL BLOCKING W/10d NAILS @ 4" EXIST. DECK CONT. 2x6 BLOCKING — — — Ac_ — — — SCREWS DE PER JOIST PER PER 4EL(MIN)OR Architect (2)SIMPSON SP1 EA. STUD SEE 4/S4.1 (2)SIMPSON SP, EA.STUDREFER TO 4/S4.1 NEW 2x8 ATTACHED TO r " EXIST. DECK EXISTING W/(2) 16d NAILS @ 16"O.C. EXIST. DECK 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 2x6 BLOCKING ., T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 (2)SIMPSON H2.5A ( - NEW 2x10 CONT. 2x10 CONT. 2x6 W/1/4"0x6" CONT.2x6 W/1/4"0x6' CONT.2x6 LAG SCREWS @ 8"O.C. ATTACH SHEATHING TO LAG SCREWS @ 8"O.C. g t BLOCKING WI 10d NAILS @4-O.C. EXIST. BEAM EXIST. BEAM 2x6 STUDS @ 16"O.C. - ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: LVL BEAM 11139 s (5) 16d NAILS (TYP) I 5/8"PLYWOOD 2x8 @ 16'O.C. 2x8 @ 16"O.C. 2x8 FRAMING SHEATHING (2) 10d TOE NAILS TOP (2) 10d TOE NAIL TOP (2)2x12 x 1'-6'W/(4) 3/4"0 THRU BOLTS @ EXIST. PURLIN EXIST. PURLIN & BOTTOM (TYP.) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — &BOTTOM (TYP. 3"O.C. CENTERED ON LVL i EXIST. BEAM EXIST. BEAM 2x6 BLOCKING W/ (3)2x8 £ 10d NAILS @ 6"O.C. SIMPSON LU28 (TYP) REFER TO PLAN LVL, SEE PLAN REFER TO 2/S4.0 SIMPSON LU28(TYP) I EXIST. GLULAM EXIST. GLULAM (2)2x6 BLOCKING W/ 10d NAILS @ 6"O.C. 2x6 @ 16" O.C. ' "u CONT. 2x10 LEDGER W/(5) 16d NAILS @ EA. STUD SECTION 3 SECTION 4 3/4"= 1'-0" 54., 3/4"= 1'-0" S4.1 (3) 10d NAILS (TYP.) - . � t 2x4 32"O.C. • . 1 c k ib .. SECTION , a c 3/4"= V-0" O REFER TO ARCH. i } EXPIRES: if CD C SECTION ,18'-, „2' , 1,8'-, 1/2' 3 - T 2 .5. PARAPET T.O. PARAPET CL (4) 10d NAILS(TYP.) (4) 10d NAILS(TYP.) 3 � Lo .. 0 o v� s 3 1/2' PLYWOOD 1/2"PLYWOOD �� y J OCKING @ O24 CL 5/8" PLYWOOD END C=0 NAIL OR OSB OR OSB _ ATTACH SHEATHING O d SHEATHINGA iv V O t W/8d NAILS @ 4"O.C. 2x4 BLOCKING (TYP.) >, EXIST. DECK CONT. (2)2x6 TOP PL. SEE 4/S4.1 2x6 STUDS 2x6 STUDS e @ 16.00 @ 16"OC p 15/32"PLYWOOD OR OSB SHEATHING 2x6 STUDS 2x6 STUDS j2x6 @ 16" O.C. c SICONON A35 T 2x6 W/1/4"0 4'0 x SIMPSON SP1 (TYP.) SIMPSON 2x6 W/ 1/4"0 xLL CONT. 2x6 G 1/4"0 x CONT. 2x6 W/(2) 16d NAILS @ 12"O.C. SIMPSON SP1 (TYP.) 4"LONG LAG ( ) 6"LONG LAG 6'LONG LAG 0 SIMPSON LU28(TYP) EXIST. PURLIN NEW(2)2x8 W/SIMPSON EXIST. 2x8 CONT. 2x6 W/1/4"0 x 4"LONG SCREWS @ EA.STUD SCREWS @ 12-OC SCREWS @ EA. STUD HUC68-2 @ EXISTING LAG SCREWS @ 12"OC SIMPSON H3 (TYP.) c LVL BEAM W/1/4"0x8" LONG - .;; ... COLUMN AND (2)BEARING "- • - Q LAG SCREWS @ 12'O.C. INTO Q BEAM&(1) INTO EA. PURLIN STUDS @WALL EXIST. BEAM s; s SIMPSON H3 r ) ,� ;€ L0 _._. EXISTING ) — EXISTING WALL EXISTING EXISTING WALL FRAMING to NEW 2x8 W/(3) 16d NAILS @ 12"O.C. {" FRAMING NEW LVL C y 4'-5" 4'-5' SEE PLAN co ' • Issue Date: 3-15-2012 a f. V m SECTION 5 SECTION 6 SECTION 7 SECTION 6 REVISION INFORMATION CL 0 3/4" = V-0" S4.1 3/4"= T-0" S4., 3/4'= 1'-0" 54.1 3/4"= 1'-0" S4.1 REV. 1 04/16/2012 CL t REV. 2 06/17/2013 m OWNER CHANGES m 0 rn c " i PARAPET(BEYOND) N rn 2 t 2x6 @ 16"O.C. c. CL CL 0 ( £ EX.6 1/2x10 1/4 BEAM 2x6 x CONT. REFER TO 1/S4.1 EX. 6 1/2x10 1/4"TIMBER t 2x6 @ 16"O.C. '101Z 6- PLYWOOD SHEATHING, MIN. PLYWOOD SHEATHING, 2x6 @ 16"O.C. BLOCK PANEL EDGES „ BLOCK PANEL EDGES 6 6 WOOD POST 1 (HIGH) SIMPSON T814605 @ 16"O.C. 4x4 POST x (3)zx z (H H Restaurant#� 0457 (2) 10d x 6"WOOD SCREWS,TOP&BOTT. SIMPSON HUC310 3 2x6 SILL 2x6 SILL PLATE W/ 10d NAILS @ 8"OC Y V SHEATHING 44 POST @ 2'-0"O.C. ' t RED LOBSTER 457 ( SHEATHING SIMPSON CCO66-SDS RENOVATION U- / 10330 DBL. BLOCKING TO MATCH LT. GA., SEE PLAN LVL,SEE PLAN (3)2x8 BELOW WALL JOISTS BELOW WALL SIMPSON L90 EA. ENDSOUTHWEST LVL, SEE PLAN 11 S4.1 2x10 JOISTS GREENBURG ROAD SIMPSON LU210 TYP.) EX. COL. SIMPSON HUCO612-SDS ( i � LVL BEAM LVL BEAM (LOW) REFER TO PLAN SIMPSON HUC0612-SDS TI GAR D, OR SECTION 9 SECTION „ SECTION 12 SECTION ,3 3/4" = 1'-0" S4.1 3/4"= 1'-0' S4.1 ��3/4'= 1'-0" S4.1 � 3/4" = 1'-0" 54.1 SECTION 14 Roof Framing 3/4" = ,'-0" 54., Sections S4 . 1 D C TOWER FRAMING B SPREAD OVER 4 JOISTS(MIN.) Brian S . Thomas, 5/8"0 LAG SCREWS TYP. Z EXIST. 3x5.75 (4) 10d NAILS Architect „. ........ „ . _------------ --„______......................_._........______._........,.,,,„.,,„,,,,_.,,,_.,,....._-----......................._,,,............. ...............,...,�..._,........................�................................._._......._.. ...... _. ..._ „,,,,,,,,,,,,„,,._,.......... ..,....�....., SIMPSON A23 EXIST. 2x10 c7 I ROOF DECK ROOF DECK 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 SIMPSON A23 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 _......_..........................................._------ .....------- _..............-------- _.............. .....________.._.._......... _.......,,_,............................... „,.,.,........................._ SIMPSON HL53 W/ 2) 1/2"0 BOLTSo,,,, o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o ? &(4) 1/2"0x5"LONG LAG BOLTS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NEW 6x6 POST I 6"TYP. NEW 2x6 W/SIMPSON NEW 2x10 W/SIMPSON i NEW 6x6 POST P1000 UNISTRUT@3'-0”OC HUC26 EA. END HUC210 EA. END MAX.ATTACHED TO BEAM ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 1 NEW W/1/2"0 x1"LAG SCREW. NEW 6x6 6x6 (2)2x6 W/(4 5/8"x6"LONG LAG SCREWS 2x4 DIAGONAL I I 111 BRACE @ 3'-0"O.C. MAX ATTACHED�O EA. EAM 11139 „,,,,,,,,,,,,, „„ „• ... ,,,,,,,„„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2x4 DIAGONAL BRACE W/1/2"Ox1 LAG SCREW. 3 f f 2,-3” 112"0 THREADED ROD 2x4 DIAGONAL BRACE (W/ SIMPSON A23 ETWEEN 30-60) i ,,,,,,,,,, ,,„,,,,__.. ... ,,,_,_,,,, SIMPSON A23 1/2"0 THREADED ROD y. >x zw ;„,,,,,, ,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,W------- .. _ ------.._._. 3' OGO.0 ATTACH TO TOP ' CHORD OF TRUSS W/(4) 1 Od 3., NAILS ( ) ; ! KITCHEN HOOD f , ««. ” 2X8 EA. FACE SIMPSON A23 ........................................ r'+ f .✓ .....____. _ _ ._. ___5,.. ...�� __.._......_.,..„„„„,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,•„•,.,,,1,,,,,,t;•a;,,,,,,,,,,,,,.,.,,„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.,,,,,, ,,,,,.,,, ,.,,._-------_ .........._............ ,,;h;„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,., .,_ ...... ,,,,,,,,, ALL-THREAD W/PL 1/4 x3 x3 1/2"0 314" PLYWOOD EXISTING RODS EXISTING BOTTOM SIMPSON HL53 A/(2) 1/2"0 TO REMAIN CHORD (6)5/8"0x4 1/2" LAG SCREWS BOLTS&(4) 1/2" x5”LONG J LAG BOLTS(TYP.) s j BAR SUPPORT KITCHEN HOOD SUPPORT l SECTION 3 ' SECTION 2 - EXISTING 9 NEW 6x6 POST 1/2" = V-0" S4 2 S4 2 NEW 6x6 POST COLUMN I NOTE: REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS i FOR EXACT HOOD LOCATIONS. O I I MAX. HOOD WEIGHT=500#co N -- Y 1 3 SIMPSON BASE, SEE PLAN N c_ I I s- C O y N a SECTION o v � w Ejo a� o O d CL a`> �o 0 M O o T m I� O ®r N n�n��1 N pg PROVIDE (8) 16d COMMON NAILS IUL CIO EACH SIDE OF TOP SPLICE, �IJf�t�1�1 i STAGGER LOCATION OF SPLICES EDGE NAILING PER SCHEDULE d STAGGER NAILS TO ATTACH TO 2x PROVIDE (8) 16d COMMON NAILS Q (2)2x6 CONT.TOP PLATES PLATES, TYPICAL AT TOP&SOLE EACH SIDE OF TOP SPLICE, D STAGGER LOCATION OF SPLICES E — — Ti—— — TF — — —i� — — Tr 'I . . . PROVIDE EDGE NAILING PER O 2x6 BLOCKING AT I I I I I I 71LSCHEDULE AT ALL BLOCKING FL– ELEVATION OF ROOF I I I I LOCATED AT ROOF PLYWOOD DIAPHRAGM (PARAPET I I I I I I I DIAPHRAGM ELEVATION (6 LOCATIONS AS REQ'D) FIELD NAILING PER SCHEDULE Issue Date: 3-15-2012 N — LAG SCREW UNIT TO CURB PER UNIT m I I I I HEADER PER ROOF PLAN MANUFACTURE RECOMMENDATIONS O •I •I •I I• LAG SCREW CURB TO BLOCKING PER CURB REVISION INFORMATION MECHANICAL UNIT MANUFACTURE RECOMMENDATIONS a II II II II - - 0 hl Ill Ill - - x /(2) 10D NAILS REV. 1 04/16/2012 @ 6-OC ALIGN WITH MECHANICAL CURB CL L 2x6 STUDS AT 16"OC I I %1 11 11 ' `\ I I _T T_ SIMPSON LSTA24 (TOP&BOTTOM) EXTEND 6" PAST CENTER II II REV. 2 06/17/2013 M I I I I (1)NAIL AT EACH MECHANICAL CURB BEYOND OF ADJACENT TRUSS OWNER CHANGES I• •I I• _ — I CORNER OF PLYWOOD 5" MIN. ROOF INSULATION SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS CONT.2x6 BLOCKING ATI I I I I EDGE NAILING: SEE ;;% , I ° PLYWOOD SHEAR ALL JOINTS IN PLYWOOD, I I I \ I• ;• y . '44'r?';'Y'+t STAGGER JOINTS AS SHOWN I' 'I 'I WALL SCHEDULE N SOLE ANCHOR BOLTS I I I I I J° CENTER JOINT ON 2x MEMBER (: F_ PER SHEAR WALL I I I I I SIMPSON TS12 EACH FACE ROOF SHEATHING SCHEDULE, SEE NOTE 9 t BELOW FOR STEEL PLATE I I I I I MIN. OF(1)STUD WASHER REQUIREMENTS •I I• I•I I•I BEARING UNDER SILL PL LVL BEAM oI I I I EXISTING 2x10 JOIST C0 I I I I MIN. OF(2)STUDS FULL-HEIGHT EXISTING 2x10 JOIST 2x10 JOIST 2x6 CONT. SOLE AT ALL 'I I AT EACH HOLDOWN SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS (2)2x4 PARALLEL TO TRUSSES SHALL BUTT INTO TOP OF SLAB THE SIDE OF (2)2x4 PERPENDICULAR TO TRUSSES SEE 2/S5.0 FOR HOLDOWN #: TYPICAL SHEAR WALL FRAMING DETAIL 4 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT DETAIL 5 Restaurant 0457 3/4"= 1'-1)" 54.2 3/4" = 11-01. 54.2 RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION 10330 SOUTHWEST GREENBURG ROAD TIGARD, OR Roof Framing Sections S4 . 2 NOTE: EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT ITEM #57, (CHEF'S COUNTER) WILL REQUIRE RECONNECTION OF NO. QTY. ITEM / DESCRIPTION NO. QTY ITEM / DESCRIPTION COMPONENT PARTS TO THE SUPPLIED LOAD CENTER ON EACH ITEM. REFER TO S/S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 1 1 WALK-IN FREEZER 51 2 SINGLE SECTION 28' BROIL BOX P3 GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR to 1 FREEZER COIL 52 - UNASSIGNED ( DETAILS REGARDING WALL BACKING ON ALL KITCHEN WALLS. ARCHITECTS 2.5� � 3� (3.5 , � 4� �4.5� � 5� 1b 1 FREEZER COMPRESSOR 53 - UNASSIGNED Y CHAR BROILER, ITEM 45, TO BE INSTALLED 4" MINIMUM OFF THE FACE OF WALL. 2 1 WALK-IN COOLER 54 1 BUTTER WARMER DP3 ARCHITECTS, LTD. 2a 2 COOLER COIL 54A 1 BUTTER WARMER SHELF 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 ALL WALK IN SHELVING UNITS ARE 4 TIER HIGH, ALL DRY STORAGE T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 AND UTILITY SHELVING UNITS ARE 5 TIER HIGH EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. A 1 COOLER COMPRESSOR 55 4 MICROWAVES (2100 WATTS) www.DP3architects.com 3 - UNASSIGNED 56 4 HOT FOOD HOLDING UNITS 3a - UNASSIGNED 57 1 PRE-WIRED CHEF'S COUNTER WfH LOAD CENTER ARCHITECT'S PROJECT i i i-----i 3b - UNASSKHED 57a LOT FILLER FAUCETS 1139 # 17C 89 81 83 85 84 81 � � � � � � � � � 88 � - I I I 4 UNASSIGNED 57b - UNASSIGNED I - - - - - L - - - - -�- - - - - - — - 44 - UNASSIGNED 57c LOT TRASH CANS E.S, - - - - O I I O I 4b - UNASIGNED 58 2 DUAL HEAT LAMPS �� L J L J IIUII - 5 1 FLOOR TROUGH 59 1 MICROWAVE OVEN (1000 WATTS) 1,6=9REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR 6 LOT CORNER GUARDS / END CAPS 60 1 4 DRAWER WARMER I LOCATION OF REMOTE COMPRESSORS AND 0 1 L 1:1 E ICE MAKER CONDENSERS 7 LOT WALK-IN SHELVING / DUNNAGE 61 - UNASSIGNED 8 - UNASSIGNED 62 LOT MOBILE GLASS RACK DOLLIES U1:1 9 LOT DRY STORAGE SHELVING / DUNNAGE 63 1 UNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR 10 1 CHEMICAL STORAGE SHELVING 64 2 MECHANICAL COLD PAN PLAN- 11 8 MOBILE PRODUCTION RACKS 65 1 COOK UNE SPRAY HOSE 3 MEZZANINE I N 12 1 SOAK TANK / FLATWARE STATION 66 1 MECHANICAL COLD PAN 13 1 WALL MOUNTED DOUBLE OVERSHELF 67 1 SWf SECTION FREEZER 14 - UNASSIGNED 68 1 APP WINDOW DUAL HEAT LAMP 15 1 CO2 TANK 69 2 SIDE SHELVES / 6. / / 16 - UNASSIGNED 70 1 LANDING TABLE �1.2� �1. 2� (2.5� 31 X3.5 , 4� (4.5 , I 5�' 6� 7� 7.1 $� I $.2� 9� 16a 1 BEER TOWER W/DRAINER 70a - UNASSIGNED - — _ - — _ — - _ _ _ _ 17 LOT COKE SYSTEM - BIB RACKS 70b - UNASSIGNED (F 17a 2 CARBONATORS W/ WALL SHELVES 71 2 DROP-IN HOT WELL 17b LOT CO2 PUMPS 72 - UNASSIGNED - I I (F.6� - - - - - � - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - 17c 3 SODA TOWERS 73 - UNASSIGNED \ i ; � I_ _ I I I _ lld 2 SODA GUNS 74 UNASSIGNED 21A ° - ° s_ ° - _ - 18 4 WALL MOUNT HAND SINKS W/ SPLASHES 75 1 REFRIGERATED PANTRY COUNTER 19 1 CLEAN OISHTABLE 76 UNASSIGNED L — -1 L — — _J 77 21 19 19A 62 99 18 p DISH/SCULLERY 24 19a 1 DOUBLE OVERSHELF 77 1 12" X 12' S/S FLOOR SINK 22 23 t6 12 13 6 24 " 20 - UNASSIGNED 78 - UNASSIGNED BREAKROOM 93 - - - - - - - - � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - =-��rR - _ _ _ _ _ 21 1 DISHMACHINE WITH BOOSTER 79 - UNASSIGNED � 11 y i1°5ir, h 21a 1 PANT LEG VENT DUCT 80 — UNASSIGNED ' I I 116 L�J� 1 $8 $8 x 9 22 1 SOILED DISHTABLE 81 3 BEVERAGE COUNTER W/ HAND SINK Qp Ll9 22a 1 PRE-RINSE HOSE REEL 81A 4 DOUBLE OVERSHELF 00 d ________ _ __ ________ 09 23 3 MOBILE SILVER SOAK SINKS 810 1 CUP DISPENSER _9 I I I 57 6 6 r-- -----JL_ �-raEs.�--JL--------J ( �J 24 1 3 COMPARTMENT SINK 82 1 WORK TOP REFRIGERATOR O �o 57 ,,-� 99 22 25 18 87 86 R� To ARCH1TEcrs ( ) /CENTERi 3 DDEETAAIItSGABOVVEOR 7HE ICE MAKER OFFICE 24a 1 OVERSHELF W/POT RACK 82A - UASSIGNED 91 ---- REFER TO 1 9'-0" FLOOR TROUGH � �� F 6 �. ARCHITECTURALS 25 83 LOT BEVERAGE DISPENSERS ECOLAB - FOR OFFICE 9 --__ r I 35 35 _ 4 51 g9 STATION 90 LAYOUT 26 1 8'-0" FLOOR TROUGH 84 3 TEA MAKER 39 94 27 - UNASSIGNED 85 3 COFFEE MAKERS 3 ' ' O NOTE 28 1 BREAD PREP COUNTER 86 1 4'-0" FLOOR TROUGH INSTALL ON 0 55 r,f I 33 35 37 99 PUSH/PULL DE OF DOOR - - t _ _ _ _ _ _ *� _ _ _ 33 3 i YOP _ — 28a 1 OVERSHELF WITH UTENSIL RACK 87 1 ICE BIN W/ TRANSPORT SYSTEM 64 -f, 96 f I RACK 116 120 28b 1 DIPPERWELL (HOT WATER) 88 2 ICE MACHINE (1300 LB. CAPACITY) Q - 56 tlrw 9 71 = , r 60 4 u ° . 51 ° I I 1 1 7 28c 1 WATER FILLER 88a 2 REMOTE COMPRESSORS 99 " 28d 1 DOUGH MIXER 89 3 WATER PITCHER FILLER m 54 r,. I r 1 JL 54 ili i i " 34 6 --— - g 11'-11" WALK IN BOX 28e - UNASSIGNED 90 2 POS/CASH REGISTER i i • 11 __-_ �9 11'-3" I.D. COOLER °O ° 28f - UNASSIGNED 91 LOT PRE-CHECK TERMINALS // \\ I 82 �` 64 I i iT- --- I .. 67 - - - l / 9 r I ! r .° 24 x 5 24 x 29 1 TAKE OUT PACKAGE TABLE 92 1 ICE MACHINE 500 LB. CAPACITY) 29 66 r---� 1 I I gg LL�, ` x ( Issue Date: 03-23-2012 \ y , Fir I I; r 29a 1 TAKE OUT OVERSHELF WITH DIVIDER BIN 93 1 S/S BREAK COUNTER ^ ' ' ' 63 47 9 9 REVISION INFORMATION 34 ,1 LJ _L, 30 1 PREP TABLE W/ SINKS 94 1 SAFE - -��� TRAYS =-_- - 71 33 70 6 x 7 2A x // I �% O r 99 W m 30a 1 OVERSHELF 95 1 ICE BIN 1 ___ 11 o Z / 48 �� 68 I r I 1 59 18 '� 24 x 24 x Y 1/31 2 WATER FILTER (UNSOFTENED WATER) 96 3 FRY/GRILL MOBILE UTILITY TABLES 6/17/2013 c c Y,,,� _ ' I =— ----a N ! i,', ;;, DUNNAGE I v o - - - - - - - - - - — - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 75 I r - - - I ^ . 11 _ 31a 1 WATER FILTER (SOFTENED WATER) 97 1 FLOOR TROUGH OWNER REVISIONS - - SEA - - tT 91 SHIELD I `` __ _ I 5 COOL R .m xas 32 - UNASSIGNED 98 - UNASSIGNED 3 OWNER REVISIONS /2013 i 8A- 71 7 /�i 6 - =====y - - 2A 0O 33 LOT EXHAUST HOOD SYSTEM 99 LOT S/S KITCHEN WALL CLADDING ° ° ° o I � I ! DRY xres xra 34 4 UNDER C NTER REFRIGERATORS 100 - UNASSIGNED 3 - STORA 1 6 ,, a ` 34 �� '� __I ° �� D24A48 11 11 11 11 / 4 'TURBO CHEF' OVENS AND STANDS 1 - UNASSIGNED 5 6 LA "ONLY O `, i' 30 UN GE 36 1 DOUBLE STACK CONVECTION OVEN 101 1 SERVICE BAR POURING STATION --J POWER AND DATA L_ • 36a - UNASSIGNED 102 3 ISLAND OASIS MACHINES 3 6 / HERE 0 +34" AFF. 81B JM { `` 36 i 9 LI I 1 \�\ g36b - UNASSIGNED 103 2 DRAIN BOARD TOP W/ STORAGE CAB.81 L-- _---J I 7 Q2 O ° Q 2 x 4 , LOCATION of REMOTE FILL 37 1 PASTA STATION TABLE W/ OVERSHELF 104 1 (4) COMPARTMENT SINK 41 2 33 NAGE ; MECHANICAL F CO2 w/ CO2 INSTALLER (IN ALL BY CO2 INSTALLER) ` 17C 42 ii O / N 38 1 PASS-THRU FREEZER 105 1 DRY STORAGE CABINET (MILLWORK) 8 GREETER 89 \\ 39 LOT S/S MOP SINK CAP 106 1 HANDSINK W/SOAP & TOWEL DISK '� 91 FIRE SYSTEM 21 X 6 O 21 X 316 (C� _ _ 11 CABINETD _ 40 1 PASS THRU REFRIGERATOR 107 1 CORNER DRAIN BOARD Restaurant #: 0457 �, I - FREEZER I I I r�'�A� "z w z - - - , I,^ 83 Y POKER CiRP„-.� ;- 41 1 BREAD WARMER TABLE 108 1 ICE BIN WITH COLD PLATE L...J ' 9 11 7 1A - DOLLY 42 1 COUNTER TOP BREAD WARMER 109 2 SODA GUN HOLSTERS RED LOBSTER 457 L_J L_J 1i 17B x - W SOFTENER b 43 UNASSIGNED 110 4 12" BOTTLE WELL RENOVATION 17C o p NNA 24 x 4 4 gp 2q gp _ , 81 4 x 2 Nf�SA D AGE DUNNAGE HW nHW 44 1 TRIPLE CONVEYOR OVEN ON STAND 111 1 S/S SHELVING UNIT Updated thru#2 - 2011 89 o 111 112 102 1 45 1 CHARBROILER 112 2 CUSTOM ISLAND OASIS STAND 10330 SOUTHWEST 81 `1 4113 90 105 113 i i � — 112 1 1T-4' I.D. FREEZER Q 45a 1 CHARBROILER STAND 113 1 3 DOOR REFRIGERATOR GREENBURG ROAD 83 101 BAR 110 I L _ T _ — 18'-0 WALK IN BOX 6 114 06 110 17D o 102 �— 0 46 1 PLATE TABLE 11 1 4 DOOR REFRIGERATOR (DIRECT DRAW) 85 110 46a - UNASSIGNED 114 1 36" MUG FROSTIER i _ _ II1i6111111 I 121 84 117 99 _ = 1 TROOM _ 0 0 0 0 0118 107 q RF_S 46b - UNASSIGNED 115 2 BLENDER SINK WITH SPLASH GUARDS ® 8, 17DFI TIGAR OR -= 47 1 FRYER BATTERY W/ FOOTPRINT FILTER 116 3 BUG ZAPPERS D / 109 - -- -- - --- B� - _ _ _ _ - - j - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 47a - UNASSIGNED 117 1 ICE BIN WITH COLD PLATE 50 110 103 104 103 115 108 109 48 1 HOT / COLD TAKE OUT BOX 118 - UNASSIGNED 6 119 115 2 6" C AR BOX CHASE FOR SODA d BEER LANES WAITING I 97 95 \r OVERH AD ELECTRIC AND WATER DS TO THE BAR AREA 49 1 WORK TOP REFRIGERATOR 119 1 SERVICE BAR DRAIN EIOARD TOP FOOD SERVICE RESTROOM ( 9� 50 LOT POS PRINTERS 120 1 FLY FAN EQUIPMENT ° I� - - � g � O 50A - UNASSIGNED 121 1 LOBSTER TANK NOTE: PLAN 92 24X4 24X3 ( O• °O REFER TO THE ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS �A.55� - - - - - - - -L - - - - - - - - - - FOR THE DUMPSTER YARD /\ CONFIGURATION FS1 . 1 ( 8� FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES ALL ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OUTLET STUB—OUT P3 EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL PLUMBING DATA EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL PLUMBING DATA HEIGHTS ARE GIVEN FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTER LINE ARCHITECTS CONNECTION WATER SUPPLY WASTE PIPING GAS CONNECTION WATER SUPPLY WASTE PIPING GAS OF OUTLET. (EXAMPLE: 1/2 C/W/ +2 ) ALL OUTLETS IMRED CORD & POINT OF CONNECTION SIZE v� G1 WIRED CORD & POINT OF CONNECTION SIZE G� G� NOTED AS "STUB—UP" TO BE BROUGHT ABOVE FINISHED NO. QTY. ITEM / DESCRIPTION REMARKS VOLT PH KW AMP HP DIRECT PLUG HOT WATER SIZE �� ��� SIZE MBTU's NO. QTY. ITEM / DESCRIPTION REMARKS VOLT PH KW AMP HP SIZE FLOOR AT LOCATION SHOWN. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DP3 ARCHITECTS, LTD. WA WATER DIRECT PLUG HOT WATER WA WATER �� SIZE MBTUs DIMENSIONS AT JOB SITE. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 1 1 WALK-IN FREEZER E.C. TO SUPPLY FLUORESCENT BULBS 120 1 20A • 51 2 SINGLE SECTION 28' BROIL BOX - (2) 120 1 15A EA • T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 ALL HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TAKEN FROM 1A 1 FREEZER COIL 1-1/8" SUCTION LINE & 1/2" LIQUID UNE 208-230 1 19A • 1" • 52 - UNASSIGNED - FINISHED WALL TO CENTER LINE OF OUTLET OR FROM www.DP3arrhitects.com CENTER OF OUTLET TO CENTER LINE OF OUTLET, UNLESS 18 1 FREEZER COMPRESSOR REF. CONT. TO SUPPLY REF. LINES 208-230 3 15.3A 3 HP • 53 - UNASSIGNED - OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS OR DETAILED. 2 1 WALK-IN COOLER E.C. TO SUPPLY FLUORESCENT BULBS 120 1 20A • 54 1 BUTTER WARMER - 120 1 10A • CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL SUITABLE 2A 2 COOLER COIL 7/8' SUCTION LINE & 3/8" LIQUID LINE 208-230 1 12A EA • 1" • 54A 1 BUTTER WARMER SHELF BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR BLOCKING OR BACKING IN WALLS AND CEILINGS TO ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: SUPPORT FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND CANOPIES. 1139 28 1 COOLER COMPRESSOR REF. TO SUPPLY REF. LINES 208-230 3 103A 2 HP • 55 4 MICROWAVES (2100 WATTS) 208-240 1 20A EA. • CONTRACTOR TO CUT OR PROVIDE HOLES THROUGH 3 — UNASSIGNED 56 4 HOT FOOD HOLDING UNITS 120 1 15A EA. • CEILINGS, ROOFS AND WALL FOR DUCTS, ETC. IN 3A — UNASSIGNED 57 1 PRE—WIRED CHEF'S COUNTER W/HANDSINK NTH INTEGRAL LOAD CENTER 120-208 1 225A • 1/2" 1/2' 1 1/2" • ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND IN 3B — UNASSIGNED 57A LOT FILLER FAUCETS (COLD WATER) — D2_0 1 • ACCORDANCE WITH DUCT SIZES SPECIFIED. THE PLANS PROVIDED ARE FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF 4 — UNASSIGNED 576 — UNASSIGNED — INDICATING OUTLET LOCATIONS & EQUIPMENT 4A — UNASSIGNED 57C LOT TRASH CANS BY SMALLWARES REQUIREMENTS. THE PLANS DO NOT RELIEVE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR & SUB—CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY 4B — UNASSIGNED 58 2 DUAL HEAT LAMPS W/ LIGHTS 1 0 96" 1 ® 48" (2) 0 208 1 20A EA. • OF COMPLYING WITH APPLICABLE CODES. 5 1 FLOOR TROUGH BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 3" • 59 1 MICROWAVE (1000 WATTS) — 120 1 20A • LAST DATED REVISIONS VOID ALL PREVIOUS DRAWINGS. 6 LOT CORNER GUARDS / END CAPS BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 60 1 4 DRAWER WARMER — 120 1 15A • 7 LOT WALK—IN SHELVING / DUNNAGE — 61 — UNASSIGNED — REFRIGERATION NOTES 8 - I UNASSIGNED - 62 LOT MOBILE GLASS RACK DOLLIES - 9 LOT DRY STORAGE SHELVING / DUNNAGE - 63 1 UNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR 120 1 3.5A • ALL CONDUIT TO BE PVC OR METAL, DIAMETER AS INDICATED ON PLAN, MINIMUM BENDING RADIUS TO BE 24", 10 1 CHEMICAL STORAGE SHELVING - 64 2 MECHANICAL COLD PAN W/ADAPTER PLATES AS REQ'D 120 1 10A • 3/4" • FACTORY "L'S" WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. L ATE ND HOD PER LAN 11 8 MOBILE PRODUCTION RACKS - 65 1 COOK LINE SPRAY HOSE� AT CONVEY-OR OVEN TUB H 142. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 5—WIRE SERVICE FROM FREEZER 12 1 SOAK TANK / FLATWARE STATION BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 66 1 MECHANICAL COLD PAN W/ADAPTER PLATES AS REQ'D 120 1 8A • 3/4" • AND 28" BLOWER COILS FOR AUTO, DEFROST SYSTEM TO STOP COMPRESSOR BLOWER COIL FAN & START HEATERS IN 13 1 WALL MOUNTED DOUBLE OVERSHELF BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR - 67 1 SINGLE SECTION FREEZER - 120 1 17A • BLOWER COIL. 14 - UNASSIGNED - 68 1 APP WINDOW DUAL HEAT LAMP - 208 1 10A • CONDUIT RUNS ARE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY EXACT 15 1 CO2 TANK VENDOR SUPPLIED & INSTALLED 69 2 SIDE SHELVES BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR LOCATION AND ROUTING TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD TO SUIT JOB CONDITIONS. 16 - UNASSIGNED - 70 1 LANDING TABLE BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR REFRIGERATION LINES FOR WALK—IN REFRIGERATOR TO RUN 16A 1 BEER TOWER W/DRAINER DIRECT DRAW SYSTEM 1" • 70A - UNASSIGNED - OVERHEAD & DROP DOWN TO COMPRESSORS. REFRIGERATION LINES ARE TO BE INSULATED AND 17 LOT COKE SYSTEM - BIB RACKS BY COKE 70B - UNASSIGNED - PROTECTED. 17A 2 CARBONATORS W/ WALL SHELVES BY COKE 120 1 73A EA 1/3HP • 1/2' 71 2 DROP-IN HOT WELL - 120 1 8.2A • 3/4' • 1 SLEEVES TO BE PROVIDED ON ALL WALLS REQUIRING 17B LOT CO2 PUMPS BY COKE 72 - UNASSIGNED - REFRIGERATION LINE PASS. 17C 3 SODA TOWER BY COKE 120 1 5A EA. • 1/2' 1" • 73 - UNASSIGNED - REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR TO WRAP COIL CONDENSATE AUG • - DRAIN TUBING WITH HEATER CABLE TO PREVENT 17D 2 SODA GUNS BY COKE 1' 74 UNASSIGNED - FREEZING (AT FREEZER ONLY). G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL HOSE BIBS 75 1 REFRIGERATED SALAD PANTRY COUNTER BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 120 1 12A 1„"'�-7► 18 4 HANDSINK W/ SIDE SPLASHES i/2' i/2° 1-1/2' • • W IXING VALVE UNDER EACH HANDSINK 00 19 1 CLEAN DISHTABLE BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 76 - UNASSIGNED - 77 1 12' X 12' S/S FLOOR SINK BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 3• • PLUMBING NOTES 09 19A 1 DOUBLE OVERSHELF BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR � 0 20 — UNASSIGNED 78 — UNASSIGNED — 21 1 DISHMACHINE WITH BOOSTER W TABLE LIMIT SWITCH TO OL INSTALLED (2) 208 3 56A • 3/4' (140) 2' • 79 - UNASSIGNED = THROUGH CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY RUNNING OF LINES OR DRAINS QQ O AT THE END OF ITEM 19 125A STORAGE SPACE ES SO AS NOT TO BLOCK SCRAP CAN OR DISHMACHINE PROVIDED W/ SINGLE POINT CONNECTION WATER LINE & DRAIN TO BE COPPER 80 - UNASSIGNED am PIPING ONLY CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE REQUIRED PRESSURE REGULATING ( O 9 LOAD END: 200 CFM 81 3 BEVERAGE COUNTER WITH HAND SINK BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 1/2" 1/2' 1-1/2' • 21A 1 PANT LEG VENT DUCT VALVES FOR HOT WATER LINE TO DISHWASHER RINSE � UNLOAD END: 400 CFM 0 1 SOILED DISHTABLE W/OVERHEAD RACK STORAGE & DUMP 2" • 81A 4 DOUBLE OVERSHELF BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR CONNECTION AND ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING 22 SINK W EMOVABLE BASKET PRESSURE REGULATORS. 22A 1 PRE-RINSE HOSE REEL - 1/2' 1/2" 818 1 CUP DISPENSER SEE PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR FURTHER I� 23 3 MOBILE SILVER SOAK SINKS LEVER WASTE FOR INDIRECT 2' • 82 1 WORK TOP REFRIGERATOR - 120 1 6A • INFORMATION. DRAIN AS REQ'D 24 1 (3) COMPARTMENT SINK BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR (2)1/2' (2)1/2• 2" • 82A - UNASSIGNED - Ig CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL INDIRECT DRAINS FROM �i 24A 1 OVERSHELF W/POT RACK BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 83 LOT BEVERAGE DISPENSERS EQUIPMENT TO FLOOR SINKS. � �� 25 1 9'-0" FLOOR TROUGH BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 3' • 84 3 TEA MAKER W/ QUICK DISCONNECT SWIRL HOSES 120 1 15A • 1/2' BAR EQUIPMENT INDIRECT DRAINS TO BE MANIFOLDED AND 26 1 8'-0" FLOOR TROUGH BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 3• • 85 3 COFFEE MAKER W/ QUICK DISCONNECT SWIRL HOSES 120 1 15A 1/2' RUN TO FLOOR SINK AL REDUCE CONGESTION D THE • FLOOR SINKS WHERE ALLOWABLE BY LOCAL CODES. 27 - UNASSIGNED - 86 1 4'-0' FLOOR TROUGH W/ GRATES BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 3' • Q 28 1 BREAD PREP COUNTER BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 87 1 ICE BIN WITH TRANSPORT SYSTEM 2' • 28A 1 OVERSHELF WITH UTENSIL RACK BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 88 2 ICE MACHINE (1,300 I.B. CAPACITY) 208-230 1 15A • 1/2• ELECTRICAL NOTES 288 1 DIPPERWELL (HOT WATER) 1/2" 1-1/2' • BBA 2 REMOTE COMPRESSOR FOR ICE MAKERS mechanical lines:(1) 3/8' liquid , (1) 5/8' discharg ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON REF. UNE Y REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR THESE PLANS ARE FOR FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS 89 3 WATER PITCHER FILLER BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR i/2' 1-1/2' 26C 1 WATER FILLER CONNECT TO FILTERED WATER 1/2" i-1/2' • • SHOWN ON EQUIPMENT PLAN ONLY. SEE ELECTRICAL 28D t DOUGH MIXER - 120 1 20A • 90 2 POS/CASH REGISTER DEDICATED CIRCUIT 120 1 • PLANS FOR FURTHER BUILDING ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. Issue Date: 03-23-2012 28E - UNASSIGNED - 91 LOT PRE-CHECK TERMINALS DEDICATED CIRCUIT 120 1 • SEE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR FURTHER 2BF - UNASSIGNED - 92 1 ICE MACHINE (500 LB CAPACITY) 120 1 20A • 1/2" INFORMATION. REVISION INFORMATION ALL CONDUIT TO BE RUN ABOVE WALK—IN COOLERS WITH 93 1 S/S BREAK COUNTER BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR PENETRATIONS INTO COOLERS SEALED. P.V.C. CONDUIT TO 29 1 TAKE OUT TABLE BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 1 29A 1 TAKE OUT OVERSHELF W/ DIVIDER BIN BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 94 1 SAFE - BE USED TO REDUCE THERMAL CONDUCTION. 7/1/2013 30 1 PREP TABLE W/SINKS BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR (2) 1/2' (2)1/2 (2) 2' • 95 1 ICE BIN NTH TRANSPORT SYSTEM 3/4' • WALL MOUNTED SWITCHES, OUTLETS, AND JUNCTION BOXES 2 OWNER REVISIONS TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CORD 30A 1 OVERSHELF BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 96 3 FRY/GRILL MOBILE UTIUTY TABLES BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR & PLUG FURNISHED W/UNIT UNLESS NOTED BY E.C. 3 7/1/2013 31/318 2 WATER FILTER (UNSOFTENED WATER) CW TO BYPASS SOFTENER 1"/(2)1/2" 97 1 FLOOR TROUGH BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR OWNER REVISIONS E.C. TO SUPPLY C&P FOR ITEMS # 49, 51, 67, 75, AND 31A 1 WATER FILTER (SOFTENED WATER) CW TO BRANCH FROM SOFTENER 1" 98 — UNASSIGNED — OTHER EQUIPMENT AS NOTED. 4 32 — UNASSIGNED 99 LOT S/S KITCHEN WALL CLADDING BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 33 LOT EXHAUST HOOD SYSTEM REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DATA � 100 — UNASSIGNED — NOTE: ALL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED WITH CORD AND CAPS TO 5 BE PROVIDED WITH SPRING HOLDERS TO PREVENT CORDS 34 4 UNDERCOIINTER REFRIGERATORS 120 1 6A EA. • t00A — UNASSIGNED FROM CONTACT WITH FLOOR Q35/35 4 "TURBO CHEF" OVENS & STANDS — (4) 208 3 50.OAEACR • 101 1 SERVICE BAR POURING STATION CUSTOM BAR EQUIPMENT 120 20A • 1/2• 1/2' 1-1/2' 6 36 1 DOUBLE STACK CONVECTION OVEN I DI N TS, X LIN S (2) 0 120 1 6A • ( ® . 110 M 102 3 ISLAND OASIS MACHINE — 120 1 20A • 1-1/2" & RESTRAINING CABLES 3 4 TOTAL 3 NOTE: CHEF'S COUNTER (ITEM #57) THE FOLLOWING ITEMS 7 36A — UNASSIGNED — 103 2 DRAIN BOARD TOP W/1DRY STORAGE CABINET — i" • ARE PRE—WIRED INTO THE PROVIDED LOAD CENTER: 368 — UNASSIGNED — 104 1 (4) COMPARTMENT SINK — (2) 1/2" (2) 1/2 (4) 1-1/2o • ITEM #34 — UNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR 8 37 1 PASTA STATION TABLE W/ OVERSHELF BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 105 1 DRY STORAGE CABINET — ITEM #54 — BUTTER WARMER ITEM #56 — HOT FOOD HOLDING CABINET 38 1 PASS THRU FREEZER — 120 1 17A • 106 1 HANDSINK W/SOAP & TOWEL DISPENSER (W/SPLASH GUARDS) 1/2' 1/2' 1" • ITEM #55 — MICROWAVE (2100 WATTS) Restaurant #: 0457 39 LOT S/S MOP SINK CAP BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 107 1 CORNER DRAIN BOARD - 1• • ITEM #58 — DUAL HEAT LAMPS W/ LIGHT ITEM #59 — MICROWAVE (1000 WATTS) 40 1 PASS OP S REFRIGERATOR 120 1 13A • 108 1 ICE BIN WITH COLD PLATE - 1' • ITEM #64 — MECHANICAL COLD PAN ITEM #60 — DRAWER WARMER RED LOBSTER 457 41 1 BREAD WARMER TABLE BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 109 2 SODA GUN HOLSTERS - 1' • ITEM #66 — MECHANICAL COLD PAN ITEM #68 — INFRABLACK HEAT LAMP RENOVATION 42 1 COUNTER TOP BREAD WARMER - 208 3 20A • 110 4 12" BOTTLE WELL - 1° • ITEM 71 — DROP IN HOT WELLS 43 - UNASSIGNED # Updated thru#2 - 2011 111 — UNASSIGNED ITEM #75 — REFRIGERATED PANTRY COUNTER ITEM #38 — PASS THRU FREEZER 10330 SOUTHWEST 3 ® ® 100 MBTU 112 2 ISLAND OASIS CUSTOM STAND BY S/S FABRICATOR ITEM #40 — PASS THRU REFRIGERATOR 2 3 44 1 TRIPLE STACK CONVEYOR OVEN ON STAND NEMA}' L6-20P �_ 1 2A EA. • 1-.3/4o TOT ITEM #42 — COUNTER TOP BREAD WARMER 45 1 CHARBROILER 1" 144 MOTU 113 1 3 DOOR REFRIGERATOR - 120 1 10A • (5 EA.) 120 VOLT UTILITY RECEPTACLES GREENBURG ROAD ® 20 AMPS EACH 45a 1 CHARBROILER STAND — 113A 1 4 DOOR REFRIGERATOR (DIRECT DRAW') — 120 1 13A • 46 1 PLATE TABLE BY CUSTOM S/S FABRICATOR 114 1 36' MUG FROSTIER — 120 1 BA . • 46A — UNASSIGNED — 115 2 BLENDER SINK PITH SPLASH GUARDS — 120 1 20A EA • i/4' 1/4' 1" • NOTE: ALL GFI RECEPTACLES IN PRE—WIRED UNITS ARE 468 — UNASSIGNED — 116 3 BUG ZAPPERS — 120 1 10A EA PROVIDED BY THE FABRICATOR EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. TIGARD, OR 47 1 FRYER BATTERY W/ FOOT PRINT FILTER — f 1& 11 '2�p • 1' 420 MBTU 117 1 ICE BIN WITH COLD PLATE 1" • 47A — UNASSIGNED — 118 — UNASSIGNED — 48 1 HOT / COLD TAKE OUT BOX EACH SECTION REQUIRES SEPARATE ELEC. 120 1 10.OA • 119 1 SERVICE BAR DRAIN BOARD TOP PERFORATED INSERTS TO BE REMOVABLE 1" • FOOD SERVICE 208-240 1 8.1A 49 1 WORK TOP REFRIGERATOR — 120 1 6A • 120 1 FLY FAN — 120 1 5.1A EA EQUIPMENT 50 LOT POS PRINTERS DEDICATED CIRCUIT 120 1 • 121 1 LOBSTER TANK — 120 1 15A • SCHEDULE 50a — UNASSIGNED FS2m 1 DRAIN SYMBOL KEY FD - FLOOR DRAIN (INDIRECT - AREA CLEAN & CONDENSATE) P3 ARCHITECTS �2.1 31 �3.1 41 45. 5� HD - 4" HUB DRAIN INDIRECT - CONDENSATE DP3 ARCHITECTS, LTD. QFS1 VTR 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 / www.DP3architects.com I F1_— _ � _ _ — _ , _ - - _ - _ -— - — - - - - - - ® FS1 - 12" X 12" FLOOR SINK (INDIRECT - GENERAL PURPOSE) CV ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: ® FS2 - 8" X 8" FLOOR SINK (INDIRECT - GENERAL PURPOSE) 1139 I I I I I �E.S, - --- - - - - - �- -� + -- ---- - - - -- -- VTR - 2" WASTE (DIRECT CONNECTED VENTED WASTE) 09 I I I I ® TD - 4" WASTE (INDIRECT - FLOOR TROUGHS 5" BELOW SLAB) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GENERAL NOTES 1 ALL DRAIN LOCATION DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE BUILDING EDGE OF SLAB. 2 ALL DRAIN LINES FROM FOOD SERVICE EQUIP. TO FLOOR SINKS ARE MEZZANINE PLAN SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. ALL DRAIN LINES ARE TO BE COPPER. 3. ALL AREA CLEAN FLOOR DRAINS ARE TO BE SET AT 3/4" BELOW FINISHED FLOOR GRADE. 12' X 12" S/S FLOOR SINK PROVIDED BY CUSTOM _ _ _ / 1 1 1 1 3.51 1 �4,� / 1 ( 61 STAINLESS FABRICATOR. PLUMBER TO USE HIGH TEMP (�1 (�1 � / ) MECHANICAL ROUGH-IN NOTES 2 , �13 , 2 �2.5 , 3 4 1 5 RESISTANT MATERIAL FOR DRAIN UNE. THIS DRAIN IS ', 8 I,8.2 , I` 9 , Y FOR 180' WATER DISCHARGE FROM THE DISH WASHER. Y THIS ROUGH-IN DRAWING INDICATES THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES �G�--- - - - - - - - - - - - - rr REQUIRED PLUS RECOMMENDED MINIMUM AREA FLOOR DRAINS. UTILITY REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS ARE BASED UPON THE EQUIPMENT FS1 TD VRt 1D FS2 FD SPECIFIED. I I I VTR I I I ID L ALL PLUMBING LINES SHALL BE EXTENDED THROUGH AND OUT OF THE 10-9 -9 2-2 0 2'-0 1 -11 14-7 BUILDING WALLS WHERE POSSIBLE. ALL PLUMBING LINES SHALL BE EXTENDED AND INTERCONNECTED TO ALL CONNECTION POINTS ON THE EQUIPMENT BY THE G.C. F� ALL INDIRECT WASTE AND CONDENSATE DRAINS SHALL BE EXTENDED FROM EQUIPMENT FITTING TO APPROPRIATE DRAIN BY THE G.C. N ONLY COMPONENTS SUPPLIED STANDARD BY THE MANUFACTURER ARE I"UI I I i INCLUDED. SHUT-OFFS, PRESSURE REGULATORS, VACUUM 1 F= - - -- - - - - — - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - - - --- - C] -- b r '- - - - - - -- -- - - - - BREAKERS,ETC.,SHALL BE BY THE G.C. 41 * ♦ L+_—� F oo TD -- 0 -_---- 1 o O L _JL _JL FS1 FD FS2 FS2 FD FS2 FS1 VTR TD �E.55� - ----- - - -—- - - - - - - - - — _. ❑ "v, 2'-10" 2'-3" 1,'-11" -2" -1" 2'-3' 1'-7" 3'-11' 3'-3' 2'- 1' 10'-11" I I I I I `� ___ -------- r- A Ful E '✓,�. lu4 I I 1 I I I 11 -- - - - cq 1 1 11II 1 E LJ f I I I I 1 I I I I ' I I I I I 0IL I I I /p.\5\ I I Issue Date: 03-23-2012 REVISION INFORMATION _ 1 I 00 a 6/17/2013 If OWNER REVISIONS UT I p= - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - — - - - - I I - - 3 7/1/2013 cn OWNER REVISIONS I I I 4 CD II ` - COC rn 1 I 5 I FD • I I I I FS2 - \ n I NOTE: I I , 1" COPPER CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES BY F1I I PLUMBER. RUN DRAIN LINES FROM EVAPORATORS TO FLOOR SINKS. LINES IN COOLER TO BE FULLY 8 Q3 001-- _ I INSULATED. LINES IN FREEZER TO BE WRAPPED IN Q I 120V HEAT TAPE. FS2 FS1 ` Restaurant #: 0457 C - - - - — - - - - T FD FS2 - - - FD - � - - - - - - -- - - } - - - - - - - , - - - - - - -- - - - - - - 3' Y 3'-1' 5'-3" '-4" '-6 RED LOBSTER 457 ' __ ____ ___ „� RENOVATION FS1 r, 1 O O I 1 � � Updated thru #2 - 2011 m - 10330 SOUTHWEST ' N I I i GREENBURG ROAD mIt O ¶¶ FD 1 1 1 N 4 0 _ flIIS I I II O CV III Qf 1 Ej M O O ® � 1 T I GA R D OR I Bim - - - - - {�— - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - -- — `� o --�- - - - � - - - -- - -� - - - - I - � � I REFERENCE ONLY I NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT FOOD SERVICE � DI RVAIN TD I I I i LOCATIONS I I IA.CC� _ _ _ _ - - - - L_—_ — _ 1 _ _ _ — FS3m 1 I I 3 , 2�J� (25 ,� 1 3.5 X41 4.5) ( 5� X61 X6.1 ( 8 , 3 , WATER CONNECTION SCHEDULE P1 8A (4 EA) 1/2" H&CW 18" AFF. (HAND SINKS). Q P1 8B (1 EA) 1/2' H&CW 12" AFF. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY & INSTALL 2 MIXING VALVE HOSE BIB BELOW HAND SINKS AND AT DISHWASH AREA AS SHOWN. 9 P1 8C 1/2' H&CW DN. FROM CEILING THRU FABRICATED CHASE TO 18' AFF. - CONNECT TO 2.5 , ( 3 3.5 ; (4_� (4.1 ( 51 HAND SINK. Y P21 3/4' HW (140 DEGREE) 18 AFF. (DISH MACHINE WITH BOOSTER). P22 1/2' H&CW 54' AFF. (PRE-RINSE HOSE REEL PLUMBER TO INSTALL MIXING VALVE FOR EACH). P24 (2 EA) 1/2' H&CW 12' AFF. (POTWASH SINK) 112 P28 1/2' H&CW 24' AFF. CONNECT TO 128B - DIPPERWELL, (HW ONLY - CAP CW). (FL - - - - -- -_ --� -- - - - - - - - - - - - --- --- - - - - P30 (2 EA) 1/2' H&CW 12' AFF. (PREP TABLE WITH SINK). CHASE _ _ I I P31 1' CW (UNSOFTENED WATER), 90' AFF. - REDUCE AND CONNECT TO FILTER SYSTEM AND BRANCH TO THE FOLLOWING: ITEM 17A -(2)CARBONATORS AT 90AFF. ITEM 28C -FILLER FAUCET AT 24' AFF 1 3'-11' 3'-5" 12" 1' I I I (BREAD COUNTER, ITEM 28). ITEM 85 - COFFEE BREWER AT 54' AFF. P31 6' P81 ITEM 89 - PITCHER FILLER AT 24' AFF. - P31A (E.5, -—- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — NOTE: ALL COPPER WATER LINES BRANCHING FROM FILTERS TO EQUIPMENT TO BE RUN ABOVE CEILING. ° ------- P31 3/4" CW (SOFTENED WATER), 90` AFF. - REDUCE AND CONNECT TO FILTER SYSTEM AND BRANCH TO THE FOLLOWING: ITEM 84 - TEA BREWER AT 54' AFF. NOTE: ALL COPPER WATER ONES BRANCHING FROM FILTERS TO EQUIPMENT TO BE RUN ABOVE FOR REFERENCE ONLY CEILING. P31 (3 EA.) 1/2' CW (UNSOFTENED WATER), 90" AFF. CONNECT TO: ITEM 88 - ICE MAKER HEAD 0 84' AFF. (EACH ICE MAKER TO HAVE ITS OWN FILTER) ITEM 92 - ICE MAKER HEAD 0 84" AFF. MEZZANINE P �A N NOTE: ALL COPPER WATER UNES BRANCHING FROM FILTERS TO EQUIPMENT TO BE RUN ABOVE CEILING. P39A 1/2' H&CW 60' AFF. (MOP SINK AS SUPPLED BY G.C.) P39B 1/2' H&CW 72' AFF. (ECOLAB EQUIPMENT) P57 1' H&CW DOWN FROM CEILING (CHEF'S COUNTER -BRANCH TO CONNECTIONS ON ALL FAUCETS. P65 1/2' CW DOWN FROM CEILING (CONVEYOR OVEN FILL FAUCET) (PROVIDE MIXING VALVE AND FOR REFERENCE ONLY �1.1 (1.1 (21 �2.1 (31 3.5 ; 4 (4. ( 51 6 ( 9\' RUN DOWN OUTSIDE FACE OF HOOD). 71 (7.� (81 '`8.21 P81 1/2" H&CW 18' AFF. (BEVERAGE COUNTER) Y P106A 1' H&CW DOWN THRU WALL TO 8' AFF., REDUCE AND RUN WATER LINES THRU BAR DIE —F — — — — - - - I TO UNDER BAR EQUIPMENT, (BAR SINK, BLENDER SINK, HAND WASH SINK & SERVICE BAR F.9, I BLENDER SINK). i I I I P21 Q P18A P24 5-7' 3'-11' 2' 2" (Esti-- - - - - -- - --- ----- -- ------ -------j- - - - - - --- - --- - I PLUMBING ROUGH—IN NOTES I N P24 THIS ROUGH-IN DRAWING INDICATES THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES 0 ' REQUIRED PLUS RECOMMENDED MINIMUM AREA FLOOR DRAINS. UTILITY I I I P22 I FROM FILTER BANK m ( REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS ARE BASED UPON THE EQUIPMENT TO FTID fE SPECIFIED. N �o (SEPARATE FILTERS) i9 __�� _i P31B ALL PLUMBING LINES SHALL BE EXTENDED THROUGH AND OUT OF THE }� C3 I ,1. P18B _ _ BUILDING WALLS WHERE POSSIBLE. ISI LTJ (F�- - - - - - - - -- - I- - - - - - - --- - - - - �- - - � - - - t - - - ---tLt - - - - - - - - - - N- ion'- � r�„•_ - - - - - - - - - L� =` ALL PLUMBING LINES SHALL BE EXTENDED AND INTERCONNECTED TO ALL CONNECTION POINTS ON THE EQUIPMENT BY THE G.C. ALL INDIRECT WASTE AND CONDENSATE DRAINS SHALL BE EXTENDED M I FROM EQUIPMENT FITTING TO APPROPRIATE DRAIN BY THE G.C. fl —g-2 HOLD ______-_- _- _-_- ONLY COMPONENTS SUPPLIED STANDARD BY THE MANUFACTURER ARE L _JL _JL _J 1 1 i P18C 2 INCLUDED.SHUT-OFFS,PRESSURE REGULATORS VACUUM BREAKERS O 0 (E.� - -_ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .6 ETC.,SHALL BE BY THE G.C. - - - - rO : P396 - ' P57 P65 P18A N PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL COPPER VENT STACKS rr, _ - - ON STEAMERS (ITEM #35) I I Ct ' ffJl ' I � f ' I ' ' N ' I�► � 00 SSPRAY I I 1 L�I I I f o �; 4, � I I I I I EILL FAUCET 1 1 11 (D 5\, - - 1 I I =__ ' - 111 I I - -� FAMFAM1' - - 1111 �„ � � 1 Issue Date: 03-23-2012 \ � '\ _LJ I -� REVISION INFORMATION I I I I I I - '--, , 0 1 0 1 P18A \ / I 6/17/2013 -- __ -- ” IfIIN I 1 ” ' OWNER REVISIONS (D� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - rt - - - - - � - - - - - \ 1 Yr 3 - - - 1 ' f �` \\ FROM FILTER O i s 4 TO FEED I= L _ I _ _' _ ' " 5 6 f I 1 I O L---- ----J i • I NOTE ALL COPPER WATER LINES BRANCHING FROM 7 ❑ I 2 ; P30 , FILTERS TO EQUIPMENT TO BE RUN ABOVE CEILING. 00- 8 r ( � - - - - - - - - - - ------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' - - - C -----— _ , — Restaurant #: 0457 - , I I 1 I I I 2 -- FROM FILTER BANK TO FEED7A ro P31 :h 31A RED LOBSTER 457 1 I I �r 8'-to" 4 -- ----------- RENOVATION RENOVATION , M Updated thru #2 - 2011 P81 I FROM hx elwc ro I FEEIIP5 LILA 10330 SOUTHWEST A I ' 210 GREENBURG ROAD I ; 1 BLOW71) 5nm TMBWroRD IN II vaa FLTM awe 0 I i -- o 0 0 o i 4 "; TIGARD, OR 1 ------ --- -- - --- PB, ------------- --- ----- -- - - - - - - �-4-1• - - � - - - - - - - - - - - f -- - - � - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- REFERENCE ONLY Q2 O6A I I I I NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT FROM FILTER BANK FOOD SERVICE TO FEED /92 P31B I I I I I I (9 , WATER REQUIREMENTS I I I I I I I I I I I FS302 1 6.3, 2 , 2.5 3 3.5 , 4 , 4.5 , 5 , 6 , 6.5 , 8 , ELECTRICAL ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE E1 120-V 1 PH SERVICE, 20.0 AMPS. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AT 102" AFF FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION LEGEND NOTE: SERVICE AT WALK-IN FREEZER (EXTEND TO LIGHTS AS REQUIRED - REFER TO SHOP LOCATIONS FOR REQUIRED DISCONNECTS DRAWING). DUPLEX RECEPT., 20-AMP, 120-VOLT, GROUND TYPE, HORIZONTAL SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE TO BE LOCATED BY THE ARCHITECT, E1A 208-V 1 PH SERVICE, 19.0 AMPS. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AT 102" AFF FOR P3 MOUNT SERVICE AT, WALK-IN DRAIN LINE HEATER. / ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IN E1 B 208-V 3 PH SERVICE, 3.0 HP, 15.3 AMPS. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AT 36" AF ARCHITECTS (25 , 31 (3.5� 41 (4.1 51 SIMPLEX RECEPT., 20-AMP, 120-VOLT, GROUND TYPE, HORIZONTAL ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL CODES. FOR SERVICE AT ITEM 1B, REMOTE LOW TEMP CONDENSING UNIT ROOF MOUNTED, MOUNT REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS. LOCATION BY ARCHITECT INTERCONNECT TO 3 EA. 10.9A EVAPORATORS- REFER 2 E200 T T ( DP3 ARCHITECTS, LTD. 2 QJ JUNCTION BOX TO SHOP DRAWING). 21 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 El E 5 E84 E2 120-V 1 PH SERVICE, 20.0 AMPS. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AT 102" AFF FOR T. asa.232s2oo F. 864.232.7587 1'-9" 4'-0' '- " 1 © POS / PRINTER SYSTEM DATA CABLE SERVICE AT ITEM 3, WALK-IN COOLER (EXTEND TO LIGHTS AS REQUIRED-REFER TO www.DP3architects.com F1 SHOP DRAWING). _ ® ELECTRICAL CONDUIT FEED NOTE: REMOTE COMPRESSORS AND E2B 208-V 3 PH SERVICE, 2.0 HP, 10.7 AMPS. ELECTRICAL AFF FOR SERVICE AT ROOF MOUNTED FANS SHALL BE ITEM 2B, REMOTE MEDIUM TEMP CONDENSING UNIT ROOF MOUNTED, LOCATION BY - - ' ❑ - - - FIELD WIRING, CONCEALED IN WALL, FLOOR, CEILING OR WITHIN LOCATED BY ENGINEER. REFER TO ARCHITECT (INTERCONNECT TO 10.9A EVAPORATORS- REFER TO SHOP DRAWING). EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL PLANS. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: NOTE: VERIFY ALL WALK-IN ELECTRICAL 1139 ------_J 12" X 48" FLOURESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS W/MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS E57 120/208-V 3 PH SERVICE, 225 AMPS. DOWN FROM CEILING THROUGH (E.5, - - - - - - - - - - - - NOTE: ITEM 57 ARE ASSEMBLED ITEMS CHASE CONNECT TO INTEGRATED LOAD CENTER IN PRE-WIRED CHEF COUNTER. THAT WILL REQUIRE RE-CONNECTION BY VERIFY ALL CONNECTIONS WITH FABRICATORS SHOP DRAWING. CHEF COUNTER THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. COMES PRE-WIRED WITH GFI RECEPTACLES TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: -- ITEM 34 120/1PH, 6.0 AMPS, UNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR ITEM 42 120/1PH, 6.0 AMPS., COUNTER TOP BREAD WARMER ITEM 55 208/1 PH, 55.0 AMPS, 210OW MICROWAVE OVEN ITEM 56 120/1PH, 15.0 AMPS., HOT FOOD HOLDING CABINET NOTE: ITEM 58 208/1 PH, 20.0 AMPS EA., DUAL HEAT LAMP, (2 LOC). ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS ITEM 59 120/1PH, 20.0 AMPS, 1000W MICROWAVE OVEN RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING THE SEALS ITEM 41 208/3PH, 20.0 AMPS., BREAD WARMER AROUND ALL PENETRATION TO THE ITEM 75 120/1 PH, 12.0 AMPS, REF. PANTRY COUNTER WALK-IN FREEZER AND/OR COOLER ITEM 64 120/1 PH, 10.0 AMPS, 12" X 47" MECH. COLD PAN. PANELS WHILE INSTALLING THE LIGHTS. ITEM 66 120/1 PH, 8.0 AMPS, 12" X 20" MECH. COLD PAN. MEZZANINE PLAN- VERIFY WALK-IN LIGHT LOCATIONS WITH ITEM 68 208/1 PH, 10.0 AMPS, APP WINDOW DUAL HEAT LAMP MANUFACTURERS SHOP DRAWINGS ITEM 40 120/1PH, 13.0 AMPS, PASS THRU REFRIGERATOR ITEM 38 120/1PH, 17.0 AMPS, PASS THRU FREEZER ITEM 71 120/1PH, 8.2 AMPS., DROP IN HOT WELLS, (2 LOC). ITEM 54 120/1PH, 10.0 AMPS., BUTTER WARMER ITEM 60 120/1PH, 15.0 AMPS, DRAWER WARMER. ITEM 200 120V 20A CONVENIENCE OUTLETS. (5 LOCATIONS). E57A 120/1PH DEDICATED POWER AND DATA CABLE FOR PANTRY PRINTERS / / / �4� / � 5� � 6� � 7� 62. � 8� �8.� � 9� �1.� 1.� 12� 12.1 � 3� �3.1 14.� AND MICROPHONES - DOWN FROM CEILING THRU CHASE AND RUN THRU WIRING Y CHASE TO LOCATIONS PROVIDED BY OTHERS. I I I ' NOTE: REFER TO S/S FABRICATORS SHOP DRAWINGS I E21 � I I FOR LOAD CENTER DETAILS 57 I I E21A 5'-8' El 7A 120/1PH, 7.7 AMPS, CARBONATORS, ELECRICAL CONNECTION AT 90' AFF �F.6, - - - - - —- — - - -— — - - - — - - - - — - El 7C 120-V 1 PH SERVICE, 5.0 AMPS. ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AT 24' AFF FOR SERVICE AT SODA SYSTEM. A, E21 208-V 3 PH SERVICE, 56.0 AMPS. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AT 72' AFF FOR SERVICE AT ITEM 21, - - DISHWASHER MOTORS & TANK HEAT. E21 208-V 3 PH SERVICE, 125.0 AMPS. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AT 72' AFF FOR SERVICE AT ITEM 21, DISHWASHER BOOSTER HEATER. f I E28D 120V 1PH SERVICE, 15 AMPS, 18" AFF. - BRANCH TO FABRICATOR SUPPLIED OUTLET IN BREAD TABLE. r E33 REFER TO EXHAUST SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS AND PROVIDE REQUIRED SUPPLY ON ROOF FOR EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS AS LOCATED BY MECHANICAL ENGINEER. " 19-6 E34 120/1PH, 6.OAMPS, ELECTRICAL CONNECTION, UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR (4 LOC) - (3) AT 18 _ _ _ -, ------- -- _ _ AFF FOR SERVICE AND (1) LOCATIONS POWERED THROUGH LOAD CENTER, ITEM 57. F - I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — r - - _ ��_ E35 (5) 208/3PH, 50AMPS EA., SERVICE FOR TURBO CHEF OVENS, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS (2) AT 24' AFF AND (2) AT 48' AFF.,(2 LOCATIONS). � ,o E36 (2) AT 120/1PH, 6.OAMPS EACH, ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AT 24-AFF FOR SERVICE AT DOUBLE O CONVECTION OVEN. E38 120/1PH 13AMPS, MOUNT RECEPTACLE IN COUNG, PASS THRU FREEZER (28 DEGREE FRY BOX). �0 E57 Q Q3 E44 (3) AT 208/1PH, 2.0 AMPS, DBL CONVEYOR OVEN, NEMA L6-20P, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AT 18', 9 24" AND 36' AFF. (1 IS FOR FUTURE USE) ( O ____-�C________-JC J E47 1 AT 120 1PH, 10.0 AMPS, AND (3) AT 120 1PH 8.1 AMPS, 4 BANK FRYER BATTERY, ELEC O E57A E35 E56 I E E51 O / / o - CONNECTION AT 18' AFF �E.55� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I -6" 2'-0' '=6' '-3 13 1 1'-9' ' 1'-9' 1'-1 ' 2'-3' 1 E48 (1) AT 120/1PH 10AMPS AND (1) AT 208/1PH 8.1AMPS., HOT/COLD TAKE OUT BOX, Chi / I ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AT 85' AFF.IL REJ 02 e E49 120/1PH, 6.0 AMPS, WORKTOP REFRIGERATOR CONNECTION AT 18' AFF E51 120/1PH, 15.OAMPS., SINGLE SECTION BROIL BOX, AT 85' AFF (2 LOCATIONS). O iii iii -- -- C E55 208/1 PH, 20.OAMPS, 2100W MICROWAVE OVEN, NEMA 6-20P, (2) AT 72 AFF AND (1) POWERED � THROUGH LOAD CENTER, ITEM 57. G E56 120-V 1 PH SERVICE, 900W, 15.0 AMPS., 1/2 SIZE HOT HOLDING CABINET (3 LOC) - (2) LOCATIONS ELECTRICAL OUTLET AT 48' AFF AND (1) LOCATIONS POWERED THROUGH LOAD CENTER, , ITEM 57. t " E33 1 ----_ E59 120-V, 1 PH 20 AMPS. 24" AFF. (1000 WATT MICROWAVE) (E 1rI ~ it - - E63 120/1PH 3.5AMPS, ELEC CONNECTION AT 18' AFF., UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR. Q I /9-F, I E67 120/1PH, 17.OAMPS., ELEC CONNECTION AT 85' AFF., SINGLE SECTION FREEZER _II '-8 1'-8" E82 120/1PH, 6.0 AMPS, WORKTOP REFRIGERATOR, ELEC CONNECTION AT 18" AFF 0 � - w E64 120-V i PH SERVICE, 15.0 AMPS. ELECTRICAL OUTLET AT 54' AFF FOR SERVICE AT ICE TEA BREWER. MOUNT OUTLET HORIZONTALLY. E85 120-V 1 PH SERVICE, 15.0 AMPS. ELECTRICAL OUTLET AT 54" AFF„ COFFEE BREWER, MOUNT OUTLET II, II E12D - ----- HORIZONTALLY. E82 T�rT- - E88 208-V 3 PH SERVICE, 15 AMPS EA. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION OWN FROM CEILING AT 98' AFF, 1,30OLB (D ___--y ii -3• 2'-5' 1' ICE MAKER. (2 CONNECTIONS) E200 III . II --- r-""-`-`-iI E88A POWER FOR REMOTE CONDENSER COMES FROM ICE MAKER, ITEM E88 ROOF MOUNTED, LOCATION BY Issue Date: 03-23-2012 II 0 IIII <%s____J ARCHITECT. (2 CONNECTIONS) �, r \ ;; E92 120/1PH, 20.0 AMPS EA, ICE MAKER, OFC CONN AT 38' AFF REVISION INFORMATION E34 n -�j E55 E63 E47 E49 E67 co 3 E101 ELECTRIC FEED FROM ABOVE CEILING DOWN THRU WALL CHASE FOR THE BAR AND SERVICE BAR. EXIT CHASE AND RUN WIRING THRU BAR DIE WALL AND THRU SERVICE BAR AND CONNECT AS 1 FOLLOWS: o° ° _ _ `` BAR LIGHTS - 120/1PH, 20.0 AMPS TOTAL, ELEC CONNECTION AT 39' AFF E48 \ o -- E35 6/17/2013 _ __ ---- i r —� UTILITY OUTLET - 120/1PH, 20.0 AMPS ELEC CONNECTION AT 38" AFF -� ==Y • ' E2 _' �- ---, ITEM 102 - 120/1PH, 15.0 AMPS EA, ISLAND OASIS, ELEC CONN AT 12 AFF AT BAR DIE WALL OWNER REVISIONS - � - - (p , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - __- T- 9 0 _ _ I • � - AND 54" AFF AT OTHER LOCATION. 7/1/2013 E28D ITEM 114 - 120/1PH, 8.0 AMPS, MUG FROSTIER, ELEC CONN AT 12' AFF. 3 OWNER REVISIONS EJ o I I. I I ITEM 115 - 120/1PH, 20.0 AMPS, BLENDER SINK, ELEC CONN AT 12' AFF. _y --- -------------- -- (BRANCH TO OUTLET). N 4 „ E200 �`.17 � j 03 E102 (3 EACH) 120/1PH, 15.0 AMPS EA, ISLAND OASIS, ELEC CONN AT 38' AFF E113 120/1PH, 10.0 AMPS, 3 DOOR REFRIGERATOR, ELEC CONNECTION AT 18 AFF. 00 -- -- E34 _ p L__________J I E113A 120/1PH 13.0 AMPS, 4 DOOR REFRIGERATOR, ELEC CONNECTION AT 18' AFF. 5 M E115 120/1PH, 20.0 AMPS, (BLENDER STAND) E117 120/PH, 5.0 AMPS FOR UNDER BAR LIGHT 0 39' AFF (HORIZONTAL) 6 ---- -- E200 E36 I 12" x48' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE i E121 120/1PH, 15.0 AMPS, LOBSTER TANK, ELEC CONNECTION AT 24" AFF. ! ' E200 120-V 1 PH SERVICE 20.0 AMPS. DUPLEX OUTLETS AT 54 AFF CONVENIENCE OUTLETS. MOUNT ' (TYP). LIGHTING FIXTURE LAYOUT ; OUTLETS HORIZONTALLY (5 LOCATIONS). 7 ON WALK IN SHOP DRAWINGS O E33 ,El E201 120/1PH 20A 38' AFF. (LIQUOR DISPLAYS - MOUNT HORIZONTAL) TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER THESE El DRAWINGS. E17C 0' , 8 \ , i 00 I I o _---__ ELECTRICAL ROUGH-IN NOTES Restaurant #: 0457 - - - - - - - - r-� r--� -e V _ _ ,. E102 E113A E201 E201 E201 113 1 I 1 1 % L- � �'� - i i E200'`,` ii I I -' ~`��_ i 1. THIS ROUGH-IN DRAWING INDICATES THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES *-------( ' i REQUIRED PLUS RECOMMENDED MINIMUM CONVENIENCE OUTLETS. UTILITY RED LOBSTER 457 15' -6' -6' -2' 4'-8' REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS ARE BASED UPON THE EQUIPMENT QE85 N L_� -- �_� i SPECIFIED. RENOVATION III I IP IE84 �'' 2. ALL ELECTRICAL LINES SHALL BE EXTENDED THROUGH AND OUT OF BUILDING Fi WALLS WHERE POSSIBLE. Updated thru #2 - 2011 3. ALL ELECTRICAL LINES SHALL BE EXTENDED TO AND INTERCONNECTED TO E17C I - �' I i ALL CONNECTION POINTS ON THE EQUIPMENT 10330 SOUTHWEST 4. ALL NECESSARY LINE DISCONNECTS AND STARTERS SHALL BE FURNISHED _ x c -0 1'-3" 1 AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS INCLUDED ASA GREENBURG ROAD c" I `._ STANDARD COMPONENT OF MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT E200 -------- ------------ ----- 5. ALL JUNCTION BOXES, DISCONNECTS, ETC., SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO ° II 'n ISLAND OASIS E121 ZQ I E17A NOT INTERFERE WITH EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT. - 6. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS SHALL BE LOCATED BY/ARCHITECT TO ASSURE C-4 unuTY I COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES. ALL OUTLETS SHOWN AS UTILITY E117 , , OUTLETS TO BE FURNISHED WITH GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT RECEPTACLES E84 0 0 0 0 - - - ® -- ALL S .I _ _ 7. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL BE WIRED BY OTHERS IN STRICT CONFORMATION WITH TIGARD, OR "' ' THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. / - - - - -- - - - - 8. ALL INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN POWER SUPPLY AND FOOD SERVICE I B� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - EQUIPMENT AND ALL NECESSARY HARDWARE TO IMPLEMENT THESE ERVIDE 3/4 DIAMETER CONDUIT , , 4-2'-11' 2'-9' '-11' '-4 CONNECTIONS ARE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL • - - - - - � - - - - - - 7 EA. #10 WIRES AND INTER- E115 E101 NECT TO EVAPORATOR COIL IN CONTRACTOR. UGHT �---- ---- 9. STARTERS, RELAYS, HEATERS, AND SWITCHES REQUIRED FOR EXHAUST AND FOOD SERVICE E92 Q BIENOFR STAN LER AND FREEZER i i I i 9 i SUPPLY FANS ARE TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL 2 E88A , E88A , 1 CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL L_____J L_____, i i 10. WALK-IN FREEZER COMPRESSORS: REFERENCE ONLY - - i(� �_____� i i INTERCONNECT TO COIL IN FREEZER BOX NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT I T i i INTERCONNECT BETWEEN TIMER & CONTACTOR ROUGH-IN E2B E1B INTERCONNECT BETWEEN TIMER & PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID -� ' - -'fi- 1 1 INTERCONNECT BETWEEN CONTACTOR & COMPRESSOR FAN �A.5, - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ` / 11 INTERCONNECT FREEZER BOX: TERMINAL & CONTACTOR `------------------- = CONNECT DRAIN LINE HEATER TO TERMINAL STRIP FS303 I CONNECT PAN HEATER TO TERMINAL STRIP / (6.55), / 2 12. ALL ELECTRICAL UNDER COOKING LINE EXHAUST HOOD TO SHUT DOWN NTH 1 1 11 11 11 I 1 I 61 I s 18� CONFIRMUNT ALLTCOMPLIANCE IP TIED IN TO HOOD SYSTEM. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO � 1 (1.3 , (2 , (2.5 , 3 , 3.5 , 4 , ,4.5 , 5 , KITCHEN DISPLAY SYSTEM LOCATIONS KEY ® ALLEY #1 - DECK MOUNTED TO BACK OF CHEF'S COUNTER UPPER SHELF - FACING SERVER ALLEY SIDE. FEED FROM OVERHEAD, DOWN CHASE TO THE UPPER SHELF CHASE RUN TO J-BOX LOCATION. ® GRILL - POLE MOUNTED AT THE END OF THE HOOD AS SHOWN. FEED OVERHEAD THROUGH CEILING TO LOCATION. ® LOAD SCREEN - POLE MOUNTED AT THE END OF THE HOOD AS SHOWN. FEED OVERHEAD THROUGH CEILING TO LOCATION. ® FRY - POLE MOUNTED AT THE END OF THE HOOD AS SHOWN. FEED OVERHEAD THROUGH CEILING TO LOCATION. KDS5 ASSEMBLER #1 - DECK MOUNTED TO THE UPPER SHELF OF CHEF'S SIDE OF CHEF'S COUNTER. FEED FROM OVERHEAD, DOWN CHASE ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: THROUGH THE UPPER SHELF CHASE TO J-BOX LOCATION. 11139 NOTE: THIS UNIT ALSO REQUIRES A PRINTER. K_DS 6 APPS - DECK MOUNTED TO THE UPPER SHELF OF CHEF'S SIDE OF THE CHEF'S COUNTER. FEED FROM OVERHEAD, DOWN CHASE OF CHEF'S COUNTER THROUGH UPPER SHELF CHASE TO J-BOX ® LOCATION. PANTRY - DECK MOUNTED TO THE UPPER SHELF OF CHEF'S SIDE OF THE CHEF'S COUNTER. FEED FROM OVERHEAD, DOWN CHASE OF CHEF'S COUNTER THROUGH UPPER SHELF CHASE TO J-BOX LOCATION. NOTE : ALL KDS LOCATIONS REQUIRE A DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND DATA LINE MEZZANINE PEAK I IFI ni I I II I or II n� II u u r ----- O ----------- - O COUNTER CHASE / ---- - F,F O 8'-3' LL X01 L= Q pG o -- Nr- 0o o El El ❑ L u Ills �' i +�- ____ 0 KDS1 Ifs—T,, I I I I I I I I_II • I S I II I • I I o O „ -11• o m LL= III I II II `` II III II \\� _ N� I I II ❑ � NII I II p \\ I pll I II II I - - - - • I \ I Y I I IIT Issue Date: 03-23-2012 N I I II 1 I I II IIII / \ � --11 �/ � II III ILi/ � � \\\`_J \ -� " ' ' " ' � \ 3'-3f REVISION INFORMATION II / —4JI °o° I I I El —��N =_LZ Ip //\ II I//\ II N I` 1 \ II �Y �1' __ _ • \ N __ 3 I I , / 4 I o°o ,. "I 1 5 / I )---- --- 6 . 1 08 o00 Restaurant #: 0457 o =;•o' \, I ❑ J RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION O I ; - - Updated thru #2 - 2011 --- 10330 SOUTHWEST Ill ( [[I GREENBURG ROAD E; ' I p ' 111 I 1 III 11 I I I I , III I I o C C G O o _ e ----J � , o TIGARD, OR I El ❑ ❑ ❑ 7-7 FOOD SERVICE KDS LOCATIONS FS304 GAS CONNECTION SCHEDULE PGA 2' GAS DOWN FROM CEILING AT END OF WALL AND CONNECT TO EQUIPMENT AS FOLLOWS: ITEM 45 - BROILER, 1' GAS 144,000 BTU ® 24' AFF. ITEM 47 - FRYER BATTERY, 1' GAS 420,000 BTU ® 24' AFF. (2.1 (31 (3.) 45. ( 5 PGE1 2' GAS DOWN DOWN FROM CEILING AT END OF WALL AND CONNECT TO EQUIPMENT AS FOLLOWS: I ' I ITEM 44 - DOUBLE CONVEYOR OVEN, (3 EA.) 3/4' GAS 120,000 BTU EACH DECK 360,000 BTU TOTAL), 0 (F --— - - r-- -—, — - — — - —- -— - - —- - - --- - - - FOR FUTURE USE C UNTIL NEEDED) 18', 24' AND 36' AFF. - 1 IS o I I I PGG 1' GAS DOWN FROM CEILING - TEE OFF TO (2 EACH) 3/4' LINES AND CONNECT TO EQUIPMENT AS FOLLOWS: ITEM 36 - CONVECTION OVEN DECKS, (2 EACH) 3/4' GAS, 55,000 BTU EACH DECK (110,000 BTU TOTAL) � I, FUTURE USE -3/4' GAS, 32,000 BTU 0 24' AFF. (E.51 - - - - - —- - - - - — - - - - — -— -—- -;-—-—- - - - NOTE: GAS VALVES TO BE LOCATED BY ARCHITECT. ALL GAS ROUGH-INS STUB OUT BOTTOM OF WALL OR END OF CHASE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS O PLUMBER TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL GAS VALVES IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LOCAL CODES. ALL GAS DROP FROM CEILING TO BE HELD AS TIGHT AGAINST WALL AND/OR END OF WALLS AS POSSIBLE. FOR REFERENCE ONLY MEZZANINE PLAN FOR REFERENCE ONLY (4� (4.1 ( 51 (81 ( 71 (7.1 (8� (8.2� - ( gam ( 2 (2.1 ( 31 �3.1 Y YY F.9( , - _ I I I I I I I I I ED r p NI `✓ I I I I I I I O NOTE GAS UNE TO BE I _J L J L AS nGHT TO WALL as o -, POSSRE -__------------- El ____________ I I ❑ , ,. PGB , I Q p�� Nil 11i 1.I 11 �' \`� 1 N TTT }�- I I BROIDt I I I Irl f 13' 1 ,_r 16'-4' TIT- Issue Date: 03-23-2012 REVISION INFORMATION 1 1 NOTE GAS UNE TO BE AS TOT M FACE OF 1 OO 6/17/2013 1 OWNER REVISIONS I \/ I 1 ---- , -1� - - - - - 3 I � I --___ I I I I = 4 o ` ' I I I I Lj oo =====y --- - I � I I I 5 i (2 EACH) I 6 ---- --- ' j ES 0VM DECKS { FUME DSE 7 I I I I I I I I ; I F18 I I I II I PGC OI Restaurant #: 0457 NOTE GAS USE W BE - - - (() - - - - -� - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - — } - - - - -- - s - - - -- -- AS 'nW TO O FAa OF - - - - - - - - W&L AS PRE ❑ I I I I - I RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION Updated thru #2 2011 10330 SOUTHWEST 11 I I � , I I I I I GREENBURG ROAD I I TIGARD OR ® IIII ' ------ ------------- - - ------- (- - -- - - - - - - - - - --- - - - -- I -- -- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — REFERENCE ONLY FOOD SERVICE NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT GAS REQUIREMENTS I I I 1 FS305 (1.3) 2 (2. (3 , 3.5 , 4 , 4.5, 5 , ( 1 5 , P3 1ARCHITECTS (4. � 51 DP3 ARCHITECTS, LTD. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864232.7587 www.DP3architects.com o I I ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 1139 ------- - - - -- --�I - - -I— - -—- —- - —- � — - - -- I 1 0 LAN VENT RISERS ARE INTEGRAL TO PANT LEG WI MEZZANINE P L_/�N DUCT BY S/S FABRICATOR TH A 10" X 10" DUCT COLLAR. SEE FABRICATOR'S SHOP DRAWING FOR DETAILS 1 1 1 1 41 (4% .1 51 ( 61 s" x z2" VENT (�� (�1 81 42 g1 (1.1 (1.) 2 , (2.5, 3 , (3°5 , 6 X 22 VENT RISER (LOAD END) RISER (UNLOAD Y T - - -- - - - —+ k9, 400 CFM END) 200 CFM . I I I I I I � I LiI - - - I II I I 1 I I I I I 1 I C -— - - - — - - - r WALL STYLE EXHAUSTI CANOPY � ALL INFORMATION PERTAINING TO COLLAR OUANTITIES, SIZES, uc LOCATIONS AS WELL AS CFM CALCULATIONS AND STATIC PRESSURE ARE TO BE OBTAINED FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S SUPPLIED SHOP DRI NGS. L 0 I %/ I I I I ❑ I I I I 1 ---- rr,-��I I I I I I I I n 1 1 11 I;� 11 nLLI I II , L= I r �J I I O 1 00 II i R 1 --- ---- -- – - - - – - - -- – – - – - – -- II II – — – y -- -- -- - – - – -- – b I_II to _� 61II I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 1 ` \ ilj I I II II 11 I I (D.5' - I I iu' ' __ I � STNNLESS BAR STOCK EDGE OF HOOD FOR APP. WELDED TO BOTTOM INSIDE Issue Date: 03-23-2012 FAUCET 1 I REVISION INFORMATION 1 WALL STYLE EXHAUST CANOPY ALL INFORMATION PERTAINING TO COLLAR QUANTITIES, SIZES 6/17/2013 LOCATIONS AS WELL AS CFM CALCULATIONS AND STATIC OWNER REVISIONS PRESSURE ARE TO BE OBTAINED FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S (pL - --- - I - - - - - I - - - - -- — I - -- - - - - - - - -�; - - - - a _ - - - SUPPLED SHOP DRAWINGS. Q 7/1/2013 ---- - - I 3 OWNER REVISIONS I \ + 1 I I , 5 1 I I WALL STYLE EXHAUST CANOPY 6 ALL INFORMATION PERTAINING TO COLLAR QUANTITIES, SIZES, LOCATIONS AS WELL AS CFM CALCULATIONS AND STATIC I I I O 7 PRESSURE ARE TO BE OBTAINED FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S SUPPLED SHOP DRAWINGS. 1 ; - ❑ I I I I I I 11 � I Co ;- I II 1 Q 8 o 1Y Fff SYSTEM CABINET Restaurant #: 0457 ( � - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - - - p - - - -- - - - - - - -- \ � ■ I I I I I 1 I _ G y � ' RED LOBSTER 457 I I I I I I I 1 1 RENOVATION PDUpd0 O 10330aSOUTHWEST ti i I I r I I I GREENBURG ROAD I I I I ------ --- ----------- -- ------ --� TIGARD OR CIE �8� - - - - - --- ----- --- -- - - -- -- - �— - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - -- -- -- - - - - - - - - - - - REFERENCE - - - - - - - - -- ' REFERENCE ONLY FOOD S E RV I C E NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT (y1 EXHAUST HOOD LOCATIONS NOTE: ALL HOOD LOCATION DIMENSIONS ARE TO EDGE OF SLAB. FS306 �1 �1 J1 �1 J1 �1 (�� ��� ( 1 (6� (s) (8� ( 1 (1.3 , (2 , (2.5 , (3 , (3.5 , 4 , 4.5 , 5 , GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECT IS TO DETERMINE IF LOCAL CODES MANDATE THE USE OF CHASE MATERIAL TO HOUSE BEER AND SODA LINES RUNNING OVERHEAD ABOVE THE CEILING AND DOWN WALL CHASES. IF A CHASE IS REQUIRED, THE G.C. IS TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL 6" PVC (2.� ( 31 �3.� �41 �4.� � 5� CHASES PER THE LAYOUT SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. THE CHASE(S) SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 24" SWEEP WHERE REQUIRED, NO 45 OR 90 DEGREE BENDS ARE ALLOWED. IN THE EVENT PVC MATERIAL IS Q2 NOT ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODES, THE ARCHITECT IS TO DETERMINE THE CHASE MATERIAL ALLOWED AND THE G.C. IS TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL OVERHEAD CHASES PER THE LAYOUT SHOWN ON THIS - - - - - - I - SHEET. z - I ® SODA LINES AT ALLEY BEVERAGE COUNTER: SODA LINES TO RUN OVERHEAD FROM BIBB RACKS TO WALL sooA TOW�t I I I CHASE AT BEVERAGE STATION AS SHOWN. RUN LINES DOWN WALL CHASE LOCATION AS SHOWN. THE SODA LINES ARE TO EXIT WALL CHASE 0 8"A.F.F AND CONNECT TO VENDOR SUPPLIED SODA TOWER. SODA LINES TO BAR GUNS: o SODA LINES TO RUN OVERHEAD FROM BIBB RACKS TO WALL ---- I I I I I CHASE AT BAR AS SHOWN. TEE SODA LINES AND RUN ONE BUNDLE DOWN WALL CHASE, EXIT WALL CHASE AT 12" AFF. I I AND RUN SODA LINES THROUGH BAR DIE WALL AND CONNECT 013 FOR REFERENCE ONLY TO SODA GUN. THE OTHER BUNDLE IS TO RUN DOWN WALL CHASE, EXIT AT 12" AFF. AND RUN SODA LINES TO CONNECT TO TWO SODA GUNS IN SERVICE BAR. SODA LINES TO BEVERAGE STATION SODA TOWER SODA LINES TO BAR GUNS MEZZANINE PLAN ALL SODA LINES ARE TO BE INSTALLED BY COCA—COLA USA FOR REFERENCE ONLY ( 81 ($ 1 (91 � (2� (2.� ( 3� (4. ( 5� ( 6 7 (? - Y 1 G /'- - - - - - - - - - - IIII I I III -♦ - ♦o - ♦-- ( .9, \ II Ii I I III I -- ♦ ♦-♦IIII II I I II1I II♦ ♦ -III II I II I III I \ ♦ ♦ \ \ 1IIIII I II IIIIIIIII ♦ \ \ ♦ 11 II 1 I1 I II III1I \ ♦ w-/\_i�iIi 1IIl TII�11 1l -------- J' I+I II} I J _- J II I ,I - _ / I1 II 1 l III I I� p yI�ra 1— o9oyLO1p03/0 WALL CHAE Q JL__ 0 E.5El 0 1 ------------- ll L11 01OI -TlIssue Date: 03-24Lrr ll LI 3-2 0 12 REVISION INFORMATION Lj rj oo 6/17/201 3 R REVISIONS__ OWNE I \ 1 LidiF _ 3 [L] o 5 IF ♦ i' L I I I I I I I I ♦ ♦ I/ \1 F' I ' I I ' 6 ---- L---_ _ J I I I I I I I 2 _ \ , \ I / I I I I I 7 8 00 i I SODA TOWER \ Restaurant 0457 ---- ----- ---- d' 7 7 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - -; - {- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - `' __ RED LOBSTER 457 - - - - - - - - - - - I N 2 - - --- ♦ 1 ____ _ _ RENOVATION - - -=� u I I ♦ _- Updated thru #2 - 2011 SODA TOWER I �uEE i = A II l � GREENBURG ROAD 1 i 1 BEER TOWERWDA o ; TIGARD, OR ---- - --- am (B� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - N ULL CH _ 1 _ — -— — - — — - — - — - — - — _ --_- - - - - - - ---� _ � FOOD SERVICE 1 ; `✓, I I I SODA C &4 OSCINE I I I I I 1 I (A.555� --+ - - - - - - FS307 J J� 1 J1 J1 (J� (�� �4 � ( 5_ (61 (S� X81 ( 1� (1.3 , ( 2 , (2.5 , (3 3.5 , 4 , , MEMBRANE AS MANUFACTURED BY MAPS, "MAPELASTIC HPG', (OR EQUAL) OVER SILL BETWEEN KITCHEN SLAB AND WALK N TOP POUR PRIOR TO THNSET AND TILE APPLICATION SWEEP GASKET DOOR HEATER WE (2.5 , 45Y 51THRESHOLD PLATE � DP3 ARCHITECTS, LTD. 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 F) — www.DP3architects.com r SILL - * / BY WICK IN i Y LAYER OF 3`000 LB Pill . ❑ ® j / / j MANUFACTURER j W/OVER ft00R PAIFIS / x d 04 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: < 1139 WALK IN INSTALLER TO FILLIN ANY GAP BETWEIN FLOOR � INSULATION FOAM WALK-IN ( PANELS AND RECESS PATH IE.S - - - - - - - - - + - � - — / / FLOOR PANEL / I I I RECESSED FLOOR FREEZER WITH TILE AND GROUT NO SCALE MEZZANINE PLAN (1.� (1.1 (3.5� (41 (4.51 ( 5� ( 6� (71 (7.� ( 81 (8.21 (9� , , , , , , . . .SII/ ` ,Y `Y `Y `T - ' (F.9, I I I I I I I I I 1 0 23'-10" vzzzzz�1 ' / o ZZAI CU N SLABFLOOR IFOM r- ---- - ---- REFER TO PLUMBING AND OR STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE FLOOR TROUGH DETAIL. II \. \. \ ,\ o �� 1 I N 9 4- V O �pp NOTE: SLAB CUT OUTS DIMENSIONED TO EDGE OF SLABLij ° I I ❑ I I 1 I I I I I 11 -Y -- -- r-- it 0 0 1 1 It I L= I r lu4 OOOIII 7'1i ❑- - r , I I � 1 I II I Q NOTE: L3:� GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSURE THAT THE WALK—IN BOX RECESS IS O 4-; SMOOTH AND LEVEL. __ I L__ F; ; - - - GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 2 YARDS OF ROCK FREE SAND TO u LEVEL THE WALK— IN BOX AT TIME OF INSTALLATION. , ` I it `117— — , \, , I_ II I I, ❑ --- Issue Date: 03-23-2012 III II I uLL I II I REVISION INFORMATION X 0 1 I n g -' `� I�A I rn Ili n =__—� ❑ In I LJI --- I `\ _� 1 Oo I 6/17/2013 OWNER REVISIONS I `\ I � 7/1/2013 p1 — - - - - ; - - - - - -� - - - - - - - - - - - - r _ - - - VA 3 LNJ / OWNER REVISIONS I = 0 I 4 ��• 1 I I I I I I I I 00O '` 5 i L _ L---- _--J { I I I fG I I I IElI , O II , ❑ I 0 II OO - ;' f 8 EDGE FACES TO H 21340 X21X 4AVE COVED TILE BASE. F BACK BAR CABINETS. HK;H CRETEPOSED CURB ( - - - - - - - - - - ;❑ - - Restaurant #: 0457 II I I I I ❑ I I I Iit i RED LOBSTER 457 IN SLAB FOR Q -- -- 6" DEEP RECESS 316 2• 7 ALKAIK-N �E R RENOVATION hil Upd- - - 10330 SOUTHWEST 3-s• r 11'-s• GREENBURG ROAD I II A I I ARE TO UNFINISHED INSID OF WALLS 00 -29-40— N TE STUD BAR DIE WALL L TION DIMENSIONS a) I II „I I I I I I I ao A 211; I I I 7 TIGARD, R - - -- B , —F—L r 17'-5" CLEAR INSIDE�OF BAR DIE WALL A . 9-10 5-9 18',1w FOOD SERVICE _ (9� SLAB CONDITIONS Q 4"�-2-2•-t-2 • 7 I � � � � I � CU T IN SLAB FOR 'n & DETAILS TRQWH _ -5 ❑ - - FS308 ( 11 ❑1 ( �1 (21 � 31 13.1 �41 14.1 ( 51 (81 (81 ( 81 P3 ARCHITECTS �2.1 � 3� �3.1 � 41 �4.1 � 5DIP31 T ARCHITECTS, LTD.T 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 www.DP3architects.com - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - I c�l o I ARCHITECT'S 3 9ROJECT #: 1-24'-7' I ° I I I I MEZZANINE PLAN �1. (1. 2� (2.1 31 �3.1 4� �4.1 62. �Y, 48.1 9� I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I Li I 0 P E=4 � C3 I Cit _------- - - - - - C I I I I I OO II I O , I I I 1 I I � i� i� •� I ' II 1 1 I 1 - --- 1 ❑ 9 14._ . 5 r ,r r________, ❑ _JL -J - — — - - - - - - - - L1 L -------- I 0 71, O L I I I \��/ 00 II II Ih "' 1 II I II __ \' i I 11`;11 I X m II ' \ I I I I LL-��' \�J , - - - - � - - - - - - - - - - II - -Of - - - T�/' _ _ ii ---- II III I I I I /i-?li �Ip1 I I I 1 I Q -i-ii '-0• -- 11'- 0• 4'-9• ' I I IILI_I II IIT- I I I I I 0> 111 I II <0 ' II I II .m IIII Issue Date: 03-23-2012 g ❑ FL 11 REVISION INFORMATION i I °° -- ❑ 6/17/2013 OWNER REVISIONS 1FA 3 7/1/2013 �D� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---J - - � r - - -� ❑ �� � OWNER REVISIONS I II00 ; --- 10'-3' 10'-3• 6 --- --- II 7 ❑ I I OO I OO ; 0 ❑❑ I Restaurant - � - � - - - - - � �- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ❑ -- - `'�: RED LOBSTER 457 I I I I I I I ❑==❑ RENOVATION I Updated thru #2 -2011 L ° I 10330 SOUTHWEST X , I a�F�wux-x+ eax GREENBURG ROAD ° I I I I III I I I I I I ❑ O , Oq - - ® __ __y TIGARD, OR --- -- ------------------- ----------------- - (BL - - - - - ,-11' • '-8• k - �- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I I I I I I I FOOD SERVICE X ( � CRITICAL DIMENSIONS & ELEVATION KEY I I FS3m9 X81 J1J� X1 �4.� � 51 X61 X65 (1.3 , \2 , \2.5 , , 3 , 13.5 , 4 , P3 ARCHITECTS DP3 ARCHITECTS, LTD. 30A 6 211 East Broad Street Greenville, SC 29601 6 28C 28A 99 T. 864.232.8200 F. 864.232.7587 www.DP3architects.com ROLL TOWEL 6 33 33 DISP. 33 ss ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: 1139 IFI O ® ❑ e 55 o Q UG hu 35 � i CSO o e 34 O 35 49 0 0 0 O 7p 35A 28D 28 36 9 55 96 47 30 18 63 ELEVATON D ELEVATION E ELEVO CIN F- 57 57 WIRING CHASE BRIDGE FOR WIRING CHASE BRIDGE FOR UPRIGHTS AND BREAD UPRIGHTS AND BREAD oc ss sa 58 ss ss 58 sa 59 WARMING EQUIPMENT WARMING EQUIPMENT s4A 54A so oc) 50 �0 54 54 d 9 oo HEAT SHIELD o HEAT SHIELD ILL El 42 Off_ milli_ 40 39 � � 75 41 �� p nn uni MOBILE STAND SO 71 57 UNIT CAN BE ROLLED 56 56 64 66 57 60 OUT FOR CLEANING. ELEVAT O GIssue E E AT Of H Date: 03-23-2012 REVISION INFORMATION 1 6/17/2013 2 OWNER REVISIONS Q 7/11/2013 OWNER REVISIONS 4 RAISED CEILING AREA ABOVE ICE MAKERS, REFER 5 88 TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS A 6 TOO T 6 55 56 65 O 7 6 6 A3 N\ 8 0 56 33 COVEN BELT 33 99 o o o Restaurant #: 0457 � 0 RED LOBSTER 457 LRENOVATION __ Updated thru #2 - 2011 351110330 SOUTHWEST egegogogooegegegogoge � -- -- ;® � � GREENBURG ROAD ae 35 -- ---- 51 TIGARD, OR 96 5696 ' --_-----_ 45A 45 J 35A 37 34 44 18 46 L 86 23 18 FOOD SERVICE ELEVAMN J ELEVUM K ELEVATION EQUIPMENT NOTE: ALL PAPER TOWEL & SOAP DISPENSERS ARE OWNER ELEVATIONS SMALLWARES SUPPLIED AND G.C. INSTALLED REFER TO THE BAR MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR BAR & SERVICE BAR ELEVATIONS I, � „ FS401 NOTE: ALL ELEVATIONS ARE 1 /2 = 1 -0 i 64 85 81A 6 81A CP 6 6 29A g g g g 6 2 22A ARCHITECT'S PROJECT #: IT S/S WALL'S 11139 CABINET CLADDING 2'-7° UNEN STORAGE CLOSET m B ROLL TOWEL DISP. 48 J 09080 000 SOAP DISP. o 0 V MAAq o o o m I I o o E 00 HOSE BIB 81 83 89 17C 91 9 91 34 2g 82 23 ELEVAT� ON M ELEVAT� ON N E=q oo 0 21A 9 22A 19 19A 24A O g WgLL /DDING S/S WALL CLADDING LITAIRE a EC101� ISPENSER 0 DISPENSER a ROLL TOWEL DISP. ECOLAB CHEMICAL 0 o SHELHNG Q I w WASH MAX SOAP DISP. MOP SINK RINSE MAX H & I—I o AUCET IL JI H BY GC o d o CHEMICAL MOP SINK & d o STORAGE o FAUCET BY GC 1 0 m o o a � C) in v ------- 21 H H 0 H Issue Date: 03-23-2012 N 1 H _ I H _ II - - ---- REVISION INFORMATION 24 39 1 62 18 24 39 ELEVOON P 2 ELEVATUN 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 Restaurant#: 0457 RED LOBSTER 457 RENOVATION Updated thru#2-2011 10330 SOUTHWEST GREENBURG ROAD TIGARD, OR FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT NOTE: ALL PAPER TOWEL & SOAP DISPENSERS ARE ELEVATIONS OWNER SMALLWARES SUPPLIED AND G.C. INSTALLED REFER TO THE BAR MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR BAR & SERVICE BAR ELEVATIONS ,> >, FS402 NOTE: ALL ELEVATIONS ARE 1 /2 = l '-0 These plans provide sufficient information for the contractor to e able to pro e t-t e existing-trees:—Trees---to be-protected are PLANT SCHEDULE � i == -= - identified, tree protection locations are shown to scale, there is �_ � �,A/ TREES CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME/ COMMON NAME CONT CAL SIZE ®®®®®® T� S��A-- = a tree protection detail, and there are corresponding tree RERt7q,� protection notes. AB 3 Acer buergenanum / Trident Maple 30 gal 2"Cal 12- 14 / --- t�lC AJ 1 Acer Japonicum 'Vitifohum' / Vitbfohum Fullmoon Maple 15 gal 1 .25"Cal 7'-8' P 3 Betula platyphylla Japonica 'Whitespire' / Japanese Birch 30 gal 2"Cal 8-1 0' ,, .. __ - ,- _,_ _ 7/18/2013 Multi-trunk Todd Prager AICP ISA Certifi Arborist WE-6723A E , , CO 3 Ceras occidentalis/ Western Redbud 30 gal 2"Cal 5- 10' � �I �` ;' / LANDSCAPE BED WITHIN � t / BUILDING PAD AREA TO 7 ( EXISTING GAS SERVICE E J f RECEIVE RIVER ROCK MULCH AB — _ \ GT I Gleditsia triacanthos inermis /Thornless Common Honeylocust 30 gal 2"Cal 81- 10 ❑_❑ Y I� )• TM IN f ry � SOD 5 2_11 / y - !/ y" °su SHRUBS CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME/ COMMON NAME CONT Kimle Horn / APLE TREE \ �, O CD 76 and Associates Inc. Caryoptens x clandonen5is 'Dark Knight' / Blue Mist Shrub 5 gal jar+ IS TO REMAIN n� 30" Min, Ht., 24" O.C. 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 (10" D.B.H.) � ORANGE,CA 92868 AND BE � �°''° (714)939-7030 \/ �_5/ FI 18 Forsythia x intermedia 'Lynwood Gold' / Lynwood Gold Forsythia 5 gal I LJ" CA 00000696 ALUMINUM EDGINC3 PROTECTED. I j cq 24" Ht. x 20" Spr. 60" O.C. KHA PROJECT# 095800016 u � / • • • • • -ti ( 1 HEM 89 Hemerocalhs x 'Stella de Oro' / Stella de Oro Dayldy 3 gal DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: 3-5 FAN DIV, 24 O.C. r-... ""`" F--ry— d• • TM 68 Taxus x media 'Den51form15' / Dense Yew 5 gal / F ° PINE TRE r \ • Q O r R 24" Ht. 48" O.C. a (30 D.B.H.) ! \ PAN `.__. w ,,; . 736 15 TO REMAIN VD 38 avid Viburnum g CD FI GD v AND BE 8 5 4 ! _ ._._.._�__. — t - Viburnum davidu / D 5 al r Patrick B. Har 1-- _ ___� 24" Ht., 36" O.C. v OREGON U PROTECTED. / CID BP PAN PAN HATCH REPRESENTS A "DRY �o '2f3j/1013J_ \� • 7 3 0 8 STREAM" COMPRISED OF RIVER APLE TREE GRA55E5 CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME/COMMON NAME CONT S ni0 1 PROPERTY LINE I 8 � ;� c G Y TM PAN CD --- - F1. ROCK ONLY. (NO PLANTING) (8 D:B.H.) PE AR T LIMIT OF GRADIN / 10 11 7 3 r 15 TO REMAIN ;\ PAN 76 Panicum virgatum 'Shenendoah' / Burgundy Switch Grass 5 gal AND 7 DISTURBANCE. \ ( GD \ \ PROTECTED. NOTE ANY SOD t0 BE REPLACED ON SITE SHALL MATCH EXISTING. CONTRACTOR IS TO SUBMIT DATE: 06/25/2013 A SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND/OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE • BEFORE INSTALLATION. ocu � .H.) UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT B 0 o JAPANESS MAPLE��/: VD • ( , J F TRE (8" D.B.H.) 15 TO REMAI ° O ATCH BASIN j . _ GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET o '- 15 TO REMAIN AND AND BE' ` l l ygFF CALL TOLL FREE o BE`PROTECTED. � • ♦� PRONECTED ��' y 'fi 0 5 10 20 - PAN I ter' APLE TREE 811 NORTH E IS TO REMAIN TWO WORKING DAYS JAPANE5E MAPLE TREE (8" D.B:H.) TO BE REMOVED. ( l AND BE BEFORE YOU DIG I� PROTECTED. pp�/� o .-t' i• 1 - } `�I O f I I I °` \ \ 2. MAY BE REQUIRED TO COVER WITH MULCH TO A DEPTH OF AT O VD 1 ROOT BARRIER (TVP) L JDD �L LEAST SIX (W INCHES, OR WITH PLYWOOD OR SIMILAR O0 66 j J 0 WJJ =� MATERIAL, OVER THE ROOT ZONE OF A TREE IN ORDER t0 HEM E o Nvl f 6 D D EXISTING PROTECT ROOTS FROM DAMAGE CAUSED BY HEAVY EQUIPMENT. 9 FI 1 l oN ° • I al,. CO EXIST. PROTOTYPE DRAINAGE I `., 1 3. SHALL PROHIBIT EXCAVATION OR COMPACTING OF EARTH OR ' �o 5 ' / l OTHER POTENTIALLY DAMAGING ACTIVITIES WITHIN THE TREE 15TING FIRE r • 24" STONE MULCH CLEAR ZONE 8,584 SF GT / PROTECTION TONE. o (REFERTONOTE #8). F.F, E � � , DEPT. / ,N i III ILn v ; �: =1 CONNECTION/`r % •41 I E MAPLE TREE! 4. MAY BE REQUIRED TO MINIMIZE ROOT DAMAGE BY o SOD EXCAVATION OF A TWO (2) FEET DEEP TRENCH, AT THE EDGE ° a E • { TM rl` ` 15 TO.REMAIN OF THE TREE PROTECTION ZONE, TO CLEANLY SEVER THE ROOTS M5 PAN 5 PAN AND BE OF TREES TO BE RETAINED � , a 4 I HEM HEM 3 ` PROTEC7. I �IJtJ� 0 57 9 VD HEM HONEY LOCUST TREE 5. MAY BE REQUIRED TO HAVE CORRECTIVE PRUNING Ir— ° TREES IN v CID _ PAN 6 7 • \ PLANTED-TO MITIGATE ORDER TO AVOID JAPANESE MAPLE TREE s t `, � 5 I CO I, b_ �' / PERFORMED ON PRESERVED PLANTED TO MITIGATE 9 2 MOVAL'QF ADJACENT /� OpT d DAMAGE FROM MACHINERY OR BUILDING ACTIVITY. MAY BE �0 REMOVAL Of ADJACENT $, AN MAPLE TREE (20" D.B.H.) BARRIER TM r L UST. � ` REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN TREES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION JAPAN5E MAPLE. ` —± 3 TM TO BE REMOVED 3 i• j EXISTING SANITARY PERIOD BY WATERING AND FERTILIZING. J I I E y i.- . ,..,, w . , _ _ 1,, .. LOCUST TREE ERV C a ; (20"FIR D.E 7 __�. _ 6. SHALL MAINTAIN THE TREE PROTECTION FENCING IN PLACE (20" D.B.t{.) , • _. .:- �,.._.. (12 D.B.H.) / UNTIL THE PROJECT ARBORIST AND CITY ARBORIST AUTHORIZES IS TO REM . • • • . • / / TO BE REMOVED, Issue Date: 03/23/2012 C) s AND BE I • • • / / , THEIR REMOVAL. OCU5T TREE o PROTECTS (12" D.B.H.) REVISION INFORMATION - (1 " REMAIN 1. SHALL ENSURE THAT ANY LANDSCAPING DONE IN THE TREE o FIR TREE _..._... 00� AB 1 ; I _ ✓ / AND BE PROTECTION ZONE SUBSEQUENT TO THE REMOVAL OF THE (30" D.B.HJ U I PROTECTED. BARRIERS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH LIGHT MACHINERY OR OWNER CHANGES ° IS TO REMAIN 7 ... SOD VD - - c ° CD o ' '1 HAND LABOR. USE PLANT MATERIALS WITH COMPATIBLE � L../ii .'� ` I L 2 DATE: 5 29 2013 aAND BE f 5 g PROTECTED '- - ( APLE TREE \ WATER REQUIREMENTS TO TREE TO BE PRESERVED AND /' L ry 1 96.55' — 2" D.B. EE \ SOD (18" D.B.HJ DIRECT SPRAY IRRIGATION AWAY FROM TRUNKS. / CID TRIDENT MAPLE TREE n r __- 42" D B H. TO BE REMOVED. IS TO REMAIN ...._r_ w 9 PLANTED TO MITIGATE ALUMINUM EDGING (1YP•) -_ \ AJ , c o1 `',• PAN AB AND BE f -._......_.__ .... . .. F. THE GRADE SHALL NOT BE ELEVATED OR REDUCED WITHIN y L REMOVAL OF ADJACENT ___( II o o ; 5 BIKE RACK TRIDENT MAPLE TREE --- ' " _ THE TREE PROTECTION ZONE WITHOUT THE PROJECT ARBORIST'S 1 MAPLE. - = PLANTED TO MITIGATE a TM PROPOSED HEDGE SHALL BE SET BACK 2' FROM BACK OF CURB. THE HEDGE SHALL BOULDERS (TYP.) REMOVAL OF ADJACENT --�` _=_ =— - AUTHORIZATION. THE PROJECT ARBORIST MAY ALLOW U I 2 BE 3' TALL AND PROVIDE SCREENING (90% OPACITY) WITHIN ONE YEAR OF PLANTING. BENCHES MAPLE. COVERAGE OF UP TO ONE HALF OF THE AREA OF THE TREE'S ROOT C 11. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN PLANTED AREAS BY MEANS OF CONTINUOUS WATERING, PRUNING, RAISING TREE ZONE WITH LIGHT SOILS (NO CLAY) t0 THE MINIMUM DEPTH _U \ ROOT BALLS WHICH SETTLE BELOW GRADE, APPLICATION OF SPRAYS WHICH ARE NECESSARY t0 KEEP THE PLANTINGS FREE OF IFITN07 MPERILSSARY TO RTHEUSURVIYDAL OF ORING LANDSCAPING THREE AERATION UPKEEP. NS SHEET L1 .2 MATC H LI N E INSECTS AND DISEASES, FERTILIZING, WEEDING, MOWING, EDGING AND/OR OTHER OPERATION NECESSARY FOR PROPER CARE AND ia � UPKEEP. DEVICES MAY BE REQUIRED TO ENSURE THE TREE'S SURVIVAL. N a6 328' ALUMINUM EDGING - SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS AND DETAILS FOR INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION. '- LANDSCAPE PLAN NOTES: 12. LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR TO TAG AND HOLD ALL PLANT MATERIAL A MINIMUM OF 30 DAYS PRIOR TO DATE OF G. IF THE GRADE ADJACENT t0 A PRESERVED TREE IS RAISED JUL 2 2 2013 U ° INSTALLATION. ALL PLANT MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS MADE WITHIN THE 30 DAYS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION TO BE THE NEXT SIZE SUCH THAT IT COULD SLOUGH OR ERODE INTO THE TREE ° CITY OF TIGARD IE y I. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS, PLANT LIST, GENERAL NOTES AND ALL CONTRACT LARGER At NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CLIENT. DOCUMENTS FOR FURTHER AND COMPLETE INSTRUCTIONS. PROTECTION ZONE, It SHALL BE PERMANENTLY STABILIZED TO PLANNING/ENGINEERING a o 13. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE AND UPKEEP FOR 90 DAYS PAST FINAL INSPECTION. PREVENT SUFFOCATION OF THE ROOTS. ID E 2. PLANT LIST QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED FOR CONVENIENCE IN THE EVENT OF QUANTITY DISCREPANCIES THE DRAWING SHALL TAKE ° PRECEDENCE. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT To THE ATTENTION OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. 14. ALL TREES WITHIN 5' OF HARDSCAPE TO RECEIVE ROOT CONTROL BARRIERS. INSTALL ALL CANOPY TREES WITH A MINIMUM OF 5' H. AN IMPERVIOUS SURFACE SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN Restaurant#: 457 N SEPARATION FROM ALL UTILITIES, UNLESS A ROOT-BARRIER IS UTILIZED. INSTALL ROOT BARRIER PER DETAIL G ON SHEET LI.2 THE TREE PROTECTION ZONE OF ANY TREE TO BE PRESERVED i° a 3. ANY SUBSTITUTION IN SIZE AND/OR PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. ALL (TYP). WITHOUT THE AUTHORIZATION OF THE PROJECT ARBORIST. THE o PLANTS WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND/OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PLANTING CAN PROJECT ARBORIST MAY REQUIRE SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION ° BEGIN. METHODS AND/OR USE OF AERATION DEVICES TO ENSURE THE RED LOBSTER ° TREE PROTECTION NOTES TREE'S SURVIVAL AND TO MINIMIZE THE POTENTIAL FOR ROOT 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD ADJUST LOCATION OF PLANT MATERIAL AS NECESSARY t0 AVOID DAMAGE TO ALL EXISTING INDUCED DAMAGE TO THE IMPERVIOUS SURFACE. TIGARD ~l UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND/OR EXISTING ABOVE GROUND ELEMENTS. ALL CHANGES REQUIRED SHALL BE COMPLETED AT THE A. NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE t0 ANY ASPECT OF THE APPROVED URBAN FORESTRY PLAN WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM THE N CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE AND SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. PRO.ECT ARBORIST AND CITY ARBORIST. I. TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PRACTICAL, UTILITY TRENCHES SHALL - 5. ANY DAMAGE OR DISTURBANCE TO THE EXISTING LANDSCAPE/Sop AREAS SHALL BE CORRECTED AND COMPLETED AT THE BE LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE TREE PROTECTION ZONE OF o y CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. B. TIMELINE FOR CLEARING, GRADING, AND INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION MEASURES: WORK WILL BEGIN WITHIN THREE (3) WEEKS OF TREES TO BE PRESERVED. THE PROJECT ARBORIST MAY PFT PERMIT INSURANCE BY THE CITY. TREE PROTECTION WILL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY GROUND DISTURBANCE WORK, CLEARING, PROTOTYPE N/A REQUIRE THAT UTILITIES BE TUNNELED UNDER THE ROOTS OF j� 2 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIM/HERSELF WITH THE LIMITS OF WORK AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AND VERIFY ALL AND GRADING WILL FOLLOW. TREES TO BE PRESERVED IF THE PROJECT ARBORIST INFORMATION. IF DISCREPANCIES EXIST, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING WITHIN SEVEN CALENDAR DAYS OF NOTICE to PROCEED. DETERMINES THAT TRENCHING WOULD SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCE THE WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON C C. PLACING MATERIALS NEAR TREES. NO PERSON MAY CONDUCT ANY ACTIVITY WITHIN THE PROTECTED AREA OF ANY TREE CHANCES OF THE TREES SURVIVAL. _j 1. MULCH: SMOOTH 3"-5" WASHED RIVER ROCK (TAN GREY BLEND) MULCH SHALL BE USED WITHIN THE BUILDING PAC) LANDSCAPE DESIGNATED TO REMAIN, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PARKING EQUIPMENT, PLACING SOLVENTS, STORING BUILDING MATERIAL AND o AREAS. THESE AREAS WILL BE AT 3" THICKNESS DEPTH. FINAL COLOR AND SIZE TO BE SELECTED BY THE OWNER PROVIDE SOIL DEPOSITS, DUMPING CONCRETE WASHOUT AND LOCATING BURN HOLES. J. DIRECTIONAL FELLING. DIRECTIONAL FELLING OF TREES SHALL DRAWING Z PERVIOUS WEED FILTER FABRIC BELOW. BE USED TO AVOID DAMAGE TO TREES DESIGNATED FOR D. ATTACHMENTS TO TREES DURING CONSTRUCTION - NO PERSON SHALL ATTACH ANY OBJECT TO ANY TREE DESIGNATED FOR PRESERVATION. LANDSCAPE PLAN Y r 8. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN A 24" CLEAR ZONE FREE OF ALL PLANTING AROUND THE ENTIRE BUILDING PERIMETER. REFER t0 PRESERVATION o DETAIL H, SHEET LI.2 K. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. THE PROJECT ARBORIST MAY ° 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL COSTS OF TESTING OF SOILS, AMENDMENTS, ETC ASSOCIATED WITH THE WORK AND INCLUDED E. PROTECTIVE BARRIER PRIOR TO ANY GROUND DISTURBANCE BY THE CONTRACTOR: REQUIRE ADDITIONAL TREE PRESERVATION MEASURES WHICH o E IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. 1. SHALL ERECT AND MAINTAIN READILY VISIBLE TREE PROTECTION FENCING ALONG THE OUTER EDGE AND COMPLETELY ARE CONSISTENT WITH TREE CARE INDUSTRY STANDARDS. ° SURROUNDING THE PROTECTED AREA OF ALL PROTECTED TREES OR GROUPS OF TREES AS SHOWN. FENCES SHALL BE L 1 . 1 a3 10. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALUMINUM EDGING BETWEEN ALL SHRUB AND SOD AREAS AS NOTED ON THE PLANS. CONSTRUCTED OF 5 FOOT TALL METAL, SECURED t0 EIGHT FOOT TALL METAL POSTS. POSTS SHALL NOT BE PLACED FURTHER THAN -REFER t0 SHEET LI.2 FOR TREE PROTECTION DETAIL. ESTIMATED QUANTITY PROVIDED IN PLANT SCHEDULE, THIS SHEET. SEE DETAIL F, SHEET LI.2 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS. 8 FEET O.G. APART. 1. TREES, PALMS, AND LARGE SHRUBS (15 GAL OR GREATER) SHALL BE PLANTED IN SIMILAR MANNER 2. 3" MINIMUM OF MULCH AS SPECIFIED. WHERE 6 TREES ARE PLACED IN SOD, MULCH RING FOR 3 TREES COVER ROOTBALL SIDES AND EXTEND t j 18" BEYOND ON ALL SIDES. NO MULCH SHALL BE PLACED OVER TRUNK. o BEST FACE OF SHRUB/ GROUNDCOVER ROOTBALL ' o TO FACE FRONT OF PLANTING BED. O Top of shrub rootballs to be planted �11 B % 1" - 2" high with soil mounding up ' to the top of rootball. / a+ o Y + + , 3 3X THE SIZE OF R00 BAIDE PLANT OLE; TOP SHALL BE UMITS OF REFER TO PLANT SCHEDULE FOR + �' PLANT PIT E ` SPACING t O When used in masses- prune all 0 4. FINISHED GRADE - LANDSCAPE SOIL o + +- + + shrubs to achieve a uniform _ mass/height. 5. FIND TOP-MOST ROOT ON ROOBALL; 1. FINISH GRADE 9 v A A.ROCK MULCH INSTALLED TO PLAN POSITION ROOTBALL SO THIS TOP ROOT IS 2. HORIZONTAL 2X2 SCREWED TO 2X2 E ?_.n AND N IC 3' As SPECIFIED O 3"-5" Diameter River Rock (inside 1-2" ABOVE LANDSCAPE SOIL APPROX, ❑-❑ E AND INDICATED ON PLAN. building pad) 5 10% OF ROOTBALL SHALL BE ABOVE STAKE. ALL WOOD SHALL BE #2 8 B.TREE STAKING AS SPECIFIED. LANDSCAPE SOIL) PLAN UNTREATED. Klmle Horn ' 3. 3-1/2" DRYWALL SCREW, f� y fl o D C.3' HIGH SOIL BERM TO HOLD WATER A B C D EO Excavate entire bed specified for 2 6. BERM SOIL SO THAT TOP OF BERM IS JUST 3X ROOTBALL' THREAD SIZE 12, SHARP POINT, and Associates, Inc. B D.FINISHED GRADE(SEE GRADING PLAN) groundcover bed. 1 0% of BELOW THE TOP 107 OF THE TOP OF THE FULL THREAD, BLACK t rootball ROOBALL. SLOPE DOWNHILL PORTION OF PHOSPHATE FINISH 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 1 E. TOP OF ROOTBALL MIN. 1' ABOVE FINISHED 4 BERM A REQUIRED TO MEET EXISTING 1 GRADE O 4" Minimum of topsoil to bring to CA 928 GRADE.S 4. VERTICAL STAKES SHALL ABUT ORANGE,(714)939-103068 111 111 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROOT BALL( EE g ( 9 9 plan). I 1 I 1-11 SIDE OF ROOBALL E F. B & B OR CONTAINERIZED finished rade see radio CA 00000696 '- 6 7. B & B OR CONTAINER REMOVE ALL SYNTHETIC KHA PROJECT# 095800015 N F REQUIREMENTS). Prepared planting soil as specified. I 5. STAKES TO EXTEND INTO NATIVE SOIL F Note: When round- covers and � -1[1=1 11 r . s MATERIALS FROM ROOBALL. SEE -rT J 1 G.PREPARED PLANTING SOIL AS SPECIFIED. O g1 : �.. BY 1-1/2 X THE ROOBALL DEPTH _ _- shrubs used in masses entire bed to I - SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER 00T BALL Jh -I DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: ._Ibe amended with planting soil mix as I MIN. 6 - - [ .,III -.�.I L - - y� REQUIREMENTS) y J. I I'IllJ1 1 -I.-.'s H.ROO7BALLS GREATER THAN 24' DIAMETER ..1 _ - ,. .. .. _ . ., w_,_ : ...,.., .r,-. _ .. .- I L..- _:.I L........ (= . - '1",_.,. ..,.zs� 7 ..- III -:;::, -l.;:;:- SHALL BE PLACED ON MOUND OF UNDISTURBED III .. I i I'. - -,, f -. �.,. -,L.- specified. EXISTING GRADE .,-L, - - --I ' - IIIA-n, H SOIL TO PREVENT SETTUNG. ROOTBALLS 111 1 y : I LL.L... r i. a.,- L.....:LLJ.. _TIL. 11:.-.'1111 I, _�� IJ: �1I�, Se'- .�' ,�,. NOTE. °m SMALLER THAN 24" IN DIA. MAY SIT ON -. --- --I T„I_ I- G Scarify rootball sides and bottom. (DASHED) it 1 _-1 I fr-� 8. ROOTBALLS SHALL BE PLACED ONt, 1F a I COMPACTED EARTH. I (, ..,� III. --1��_� O _ :::: III- °' UNDISTURBED SOIL TO PREVENT SETTLING. \ IF SPATIAL REQUIREMENTS PRECLUDE v 1/2 DIAMETER OF ROOT BALL O - 3X Rootb 31 Diameter- I I ' -11i,�11 f-'-- ♦ N01ES �1 _ -' T 1 __ i.i, _(.,, STAKING WITH THIS METHOD, SUBMIT • 736 • o I. UNDISTURBED SUBSOIL ,;.. I i l- .. -: i ALTERNATE FOR LANDSCAPE ,,-111 1, - (1 - F G O cp - 1 =III 4 ARCHITECTS APPROVAL PRIOR TO v Pa Oick B REGON rt U E 1. TREE STAKING TO BE AS SPECIFIED AND DETAILED ON THIS SHEET. III -� A. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE <t INSTALLING PLANT. 0 12" PERCOLATION OF ALL PLANTING = 2. REMOVE BURLAP, PARE AND STRAPS(ANYTHING THAT COULD GIRDLE 8 PITS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 5 2 2�SC, IT TREE qt RESTRICT ROOT GROWTH). d 3. SEE LANDSCAPE NOTES FOR THE TYPE OF MULCH MATERIAL TO USE E 4. PRUNE TREE AS DIRECTED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT/OR OWNER. o ALL TREES SHALL BE PLUMB VERTICALLY WITHIN A TOLERANCE B. FINAL TREE STAKING DETAILS E A r 5. BRANCHING HEIGHT TO ANSI STANDARDS, o Refer to details A and C for lantin r OF THREE DEGREES, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY OWNER'S AND PLACEMENT TO BE SECTION P g REPRESENTATIVE. APPROVED BY OWNER. oTRE PLANTING C. SEE PRE-APPROVED STAKING METHODS. TR EE STAKING DATE: 06/25/2013 a a OPLAN/'TCTION &PLAN RUB / GROUNDCOVER PLANTING ANTING ON A SLOPE THIS SHEET NTS /SECTION NTS OLSE PLAN/SECTION NTS CTION NB � o SHEET L1 . 1 MATCHLINE 00 L NOTES: S ; SPECIFIED TREE ROOT BARRIERS ARE A « MECHANICAL BARRIER AND ROOT DEFLECTOR TO 6 1. FINISH GRADE PREVENT TREE ROOTS FROM DAMAGING HARD- 2 1/a" ;? • SCAPES AND LANDSCAPES. ASSEMBLED IN 2' LONG % / �' ¢ ; t� TM yr E - 2. BACKFILL WITH PREPARED PLANTING /{ Top of edging to be XZ" above turf .085' fO l 35 I`-q 99 O g g MODULES TO CREAT VARYING SIZES OF CYLINDERS 3/8" a m ILrS "I SOIL MIX AS SPECIFIED. �� 1 FOR SURROUNDING ROOT BALLS SURROUND ..It 0 ROOBALL A To ( 085" r `� -. o - B p of stake to be 1" below top of edging / r � C0 Z O PLANTING STYLE) OR FOR LINEAR APPLICATIONS • 3. FILTER CLOTH, MIRAFI 50OX OR ( LIMITS OF S BETTER B O Weed barrier and pre-emergent herbicide DIRECTLY BESIDE A HARDSCAPE ADJACENT TO 7/16' IJ' 085• " TREE/ ONE SIDE OF THE TREES (LINEAR PLANTING ANTI-LIFT GROUND LOCK V 4" O E SHRUB PIT H Pt C D River rock, see planting detail STYLE). ,J m • 4. 12" CLEAN SAND, COMPACTED. PROPOSED Ball 9 o ADJUST LAYER THICKNESS SD as I HD6€-SJIALL BE r; TOP OF ROOBALL IS AT LEAST O A. MATERIALS 065" ; j • SET BACK 2' O 1" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. D 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND G ' i FROM BACK OF O INSTALL TREE ROOT BARRIERS AS / ° ° SPECIFIED. THE TREE ROOT BARRIERS SHALL 085" 1/2 / • CURB. THE PLAT 1 BE PRODUCT # UB 24-2 AS a _ HEDGE SHALL BE ti Ol c 5. SLOPE BOTTOM TO DRAIN f , • 3"T'A1_L�,ND w MANUFACTURED BY DEEP ROOT PARTNERS, 0 6. ±18'4 AUGURED HOLE PENETRATE m PROVIDE * a THROUGH OCCLUDING LAYER TO jl- L.P. 345 LORTON AVE. #103 BURLINGAME, J a a iT-II[ (r-�-T(1 O - SCREENING (909 p o WATER TABLE OR TO A DEPTH OF til IIJ-II[ 11�j� ZI III III - ° _ CA (800-458-7668), OR APPROVED EQUAL ' % t` • OPACITY) WITHIN Npl E ....._ -_.,_--__. I T TO ASSURE PROPER ,l L1=1TI 11 Ill Ilt .III= ice ' THE BARRIER SHALL BE BLACK, INJECTION % `*' ; 0 o a '- CD4-� PERCOLATION. rI]11(111jJ11�-LIIJI�IIlllll� _ ONE YEAR OF L� MOLDED PANELS, OF 0.085" WALL DOUBLE TOP EDGE m �CANTLaG. `. .- � L[=11 i Zj ; IIL h"III=LI THICKNESS IN MODULES 24" LONG BY 24° r DEEP; MANUFACTURED WITH A MINIMUM 50% ZIPPER JOINING SYSTEM • ,j -" I I I I =ll1 71 III i ti-11111( 111 1 1.:( I)i Tf-� o H -(JI` I . III r r_:.-< ' - ...::1 3 7. BACKFILL WITH 1/2" - 3/4° GRAVEL. ,:III t '. 1=11j III III:.: ,Jrl (.::{IL- (J... IJ.[r�=�- / STAKE PER MANUFACTURERS Cl II -1 Ifl (11 JJj 111 III: 1i ((I III j �( 1 jIl : POST CONSUMER RECYCLED POLYPROPYLENE a FIR TREE ° T �' llj-III of 111j-III iII IJT- l {[I 11 IIEj �l 111�J1 RECOMMENDATIONS PLASTIC WITH ADDED ULTRAVIOLET /, HH �[ I I N ,lF uI III L U1 III iii III i[ I J)[ it III��Li ( o° D.B.H.) C� J a __ 4 8. WATER TABLE. (DEPTH VARIES) III; III J1 - 111 Ill -lll- 1[[ Ill-Jll Ill fl.[ 1J0 :J,I INHIBITORS; RECYCLABLE. EACH PANEL ZIPPER JOINING SYSTEM lj ---- � ISTO"R€MAIN 5 NOTEril i� �Jll�ll. .11 lli�rjrl. SHALL HAVE: ' AND BE o TTrI .+u B. CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION T DOUBLE TOP EDGE FOR m / PROTECTED. _ FOR A PARKING ISLAND PREVENTION OF ROOT OVER 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE TREE ee Aoot GRADE \ 00 0 6 PLANTING SITUATION, w P GROWTH ; \ MAPILE TR= It ..i CONTRACTOR TO BACKFILL 1. Bed edge shall be 5" black commercial aluminum or steel ROOT BARRIERS WITH THE NUMBER OF / r (22" D B.Hj ``-� •O -H ro> ] ENTIRE LENGTH OF PLANTING edging with 12" spikes at 3' on center maximum. PANELS AND IN THE MANNER SHOWN ON THE - I ' (2 " REMAIN Issue Date: 03/23/2012 a ; Jv AREA TO WITHIN 6" OF BACK OF DRAW- INGS. THE VERTICAL ROOT a m \ Q 2. Install edging only in areas to separate river rock from 90' ROOT DEFLECTING RIBS ' / / AND BE l o CURB OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT. mulch or turf, edging shall not be installed adjacent to DEFLECTING RIBS SHALL BE FACING INWARDS 8 g 9 p INTEGRAL PART OF PANEL -`- PggTECTED. REVISION INFORMATION C' t18 sidewalks TO THE ROOT BALL AND THE TOP OF THE ° REFER TO NOTE 0.3 OF WRITTEN 3. Where edging terminates at a sidewalk, bevel or recess DOUBLE EDGE SHALL BE 1/2" ABOVE GRADE. m v SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ends to prevent trip hazards. EACH OF THE REQUIRED NUMBER OF PANELS ' m OWNER CHANGES o SECTION INFORMATION. SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FORM A CIRCLE �, PANEL 0.085" (2.16MM) I °' a ; • l 2 DATE: 5-29-2013 q jz. THICK POLYPROPYLENE w1 AROUND THE ROOT BALL OR WHERE �ri POOR DRAINAGE CONDITIONS METAL BED EDGING SPECIFIED JOINED IN A LINEAR FASHION AND m • E PLACED ALONG THE ADJACENT HARDSCAPE, PATENTED MOLDED GROUND j w PLAN/SECTION NTS O�PLAN/SE CTION NTS ® LOCKING ANTI-LIFT PADS N 2. EXCAVATION AND SOIL PREPARATION • i SEE DETAIL 'B' - a SHALL CONFORM TO THE DRAWINGS ( ) ti L` � O 3. THE TREE ROOT BARRIERS SHALL BE BACKFILLED ."" m • -TREE _ Q DRIPLINE u e F 1 6'H 'PERIMETER PLUS" CONSTRUCTION FENCE BY ,_. , ' ROUNDED EDGES FOR (20' D.B.H.) ¢ w (TYp•) , CGNWED PLASTICS OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ON THE OUTSIDE WITH 3/4" TO i 1/2' GRAVEL a APPROVED EQUIVALENT. SUBMIT PRODUCT INFORMATION OR CRUSHED ROCK AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. SAFETY AND \ • IS TO REMAIN A Rock mulch shall be 3"-5" diameter River Rock E Prepared soil as per specification .. , "' FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. STRENGTH \ AND BE o O c NO GRAVEL BACKFILL IS REQUIRED FOR A LINEAR / STRENGTH- 0 O O r .. PLANTING PROTECTED. B Rock is flush with the walk elevation as shown F Typical shrub 1 I , f�Z��"" "T" • B' TALL METAL "T' POSTS OR 2" x 2" X 8' A2 O O g G y, 0 G 24 DEEPROOT TREE ROOT BARRIERS - - • C Sidewalk as per civil specification G Building Wall r '° K PRESSURE TREATED WOOD POSTE NTH \ m •2 6' 24" BURIAL BELOW GRADE. G NTS O Weed barrier O g ayi •- D H Footing see architectural sheets 2 MIN. �. d O- O BOULDER TO BE SET A MINIMUM OF OR A MAXIMUM N ' --- r % - - INSTALLATION NOTES: 1 i Q I a` ° A F OF 3 BELOW GRADE. 1 m A. POST SELECTION SHOULD BE BASED ON O i PLACE FLAT SIDE OF ROCK BELOW GRADE OR NATURAL v ELEVATION EXPECTED STRENGTH NEEDS AND THE 2 ' a E FACE ABOVE GRADE. 2 O B 24" (MIN LENGTH OF TIME FENCE WILL BE IN PLACE. (n JC D F / METAL "T" POSTS OR TREATED WOOD POSTS O ROCK/GRAVEL MULCH. r4 6 ' Restaurant M 457 ��� L DRIPLINE ARE TYPICALLY USED FOR CONSTRUCTION 1 ' C `o �� i (TYP.) AND OTHER APPLICATIONS. •/ 0 3 10"15' -� X MAPtf aE t ° e - \ (22" D.B.H.)....,._ RE R �- a• / ; ' 1 15 TO REMAIN D LOBSTER C. B. POSTS SHOULD BE DRIVEN INTO THE \ AND BE TIG E I-U.I lll�l i I iJIII� 11 >- .' (JI11� 11 GROUND TO A DEPTH OF 1/4 OF THE HEIGHT I ( I ') /.._... u il.:. m \ --Pg0TECTfD. TIVARD 'nII' 1-11 J j_ 1 ( L1 I .... E OF THE POST. FOR EXAMPLE, 18 POST III .... ( . _ -_-, -_- ! • ~~ III III-III II I : If';1) IJ llJ 'III .III J11-JJ1 III I -II I . JJ �ll1 I,f.j � 111 I,I 1 i SHOULD BE SET AT LEAST 2 INTO THE � , FIR TREE o q [I I--I:`-fII='I� III '11__1 TII li[;7�1I j�j Ili:: 1111 1, Il[: - -111 Ill'.=1�T lll III f[J��f Til Ili';: =i O.C. GROUND. .-.... I o d 91.1.1' 0 LL-1A L IL.I.-aI� IIJ.:111 Ilr IOiL =0 IJI lLI �1= III IIL , 111_91 ! -! :_ 1 L ... _ / (18" D.B.H.) 11- _ " ,...--... j.-[. _L 11._1.-, PLAN VIEW __ I I ___: ( I__ `I �.1 I 15 TO REMAIN PROTOTYPE N/A o LT1 II 11 JI�11 j 17 11 1J L [ , 1TII :..IJj�I In _IIT�11i11111==Jr til III .- 191-_ltd-LJ III ..I 1 nI 11_ 1 i� Ilu,::111-I„ �1 O IIIJ'= - IIII iI11T�iZr III: H11�,iiJ,tllt. T;: llll.(.III=�I=III ([j.;1=11111111 �,.. C. SPACE POSTS EVERY 6' MIN. TO 8' �.�:.., --._. ......I .. 1,111111 111 }.11111I1(liilt;l 1n (MIN.) (MAX.).( _ -....,_ _L I I1. j .. I (� _I i. =i I ( 'T I - ..::III;." • -., - FRO ECTED. w v jT1L,T i, II f I.- - - WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON E D. SECURE FENCING TO POST W11H NYLON ROCK TO APPEAR THAT IT HAS SETTLED OVER III 1 1 ( ( _) I (,'- III MAPLE TREE o Ensure that all river rock adjacent to the sidewalks is flush and level (/ CABLE TIES. WOOD STRIPS MAY BE ALSO BE TIME INTO THE LANDSCAPE. BOULDERS TO ( ( \ • JI d with the elevation of the walk. Sloped or rounded beds that allow the USED TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT APPEAR MORE WEATHERED AND ANGULAR IN -: I __ ( (20 « rock to roll onto walking surfaces ore unacceptable AND PROTECTION BETWEEN TES AND POSTS. APPEARANCE, RATHER THAN ROUNDED OR FLAT, - - - "" _. v IS TO REMAIN N r 9 P H O 1 ) L-.I I l IIID ( ' I ( ' _.,_ AND BE DRAWING AND SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP EDGES. '\� PROTECTED. Ensure to maintain a 24" clear zone free of all planting around the CORNER CONNECTION CONNECTION - Y � entire building perimeter. I (_ - a LANDSCAPE DETAILS d 4i 0 NOTE: IF N7RE TES ARE USED, AVOID DIRECT CONTACT NTH E ROCK MULCH INSTALLATION FENCE. WIRE MAY DAMAGE FENCE OVER TIME. GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET TREE PROTECTION FENCE BOULDER/ROCK MULCH PLACEMENT - - 0 H 10 20 o E SECTION NTS o U Barrier Detail NTS `� SECTION NTS NORTH al L1 .2 l Wry WAS�"Il�►G�'(���� _ ___ ' � .,� IRRIGATION SCHEDULE / "Qt1 ,,,„ � SYMBOL MAN UFACTURER/MODEUDESCRIPTION CITY PSI R �q - y� / �r � � � � � ® Rain Bird 1806-SAM-PRS 8 Series MPR 16 30 -- (PUBLIC UBL (C \ Q r H F Turf Spray 6.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper 1 Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating. s v � �.,\ `� --..__ . -. _._._.._.. _-_. - ._ _.-..."... _ _ *'n 0 © � �' ®®� Ram Bird 1806-SAM-PRS ADJ 6 30 4 6 8 18 12 15 18 Turf Spray 6.0,i Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper __ % - IkS Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic a - Check Valve and Pressure gat g I r� , a Re ul E � i"-� / �� .EXISTING GAS SERVICE � J\\ \ in 4 ' t � .. �� \\ Ram Bird 181 2-SAM-PRS 15 Strip Series I 30 z (� � ^ �� \ `ti��� / � ® ® ® ® Shrub Spray 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Go-Molded Wiper / )) � // Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic E �" �'�- �• , /� Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. ❑-❑ ' ® -Horn KI ley -SAM-PR5 5 Series MPR 73 30Ra n Bird 18 12 F Shrub Spray 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper and Associates, Inc. Seal. 112" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal A Matic 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 ,/ �`' ��' "•• Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. ORANGE,CA 92668 .; �:. F - . .F - _ ....._. ''v, ` 714)939-1030 (CA 00000696 Q - _....__ _ \ / / ® Rain Bird 181 2-SAM-PRS 8 Serves MPR 1 6 30 /� \ / \ \ 4 T H F Shrub Spray 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper KHA PROJECT# 095800015 o C* C15 i ,, Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. 12 0900 Rain Bird 15 1 2-5AM-PR5 10 Series MPR 1 1 30 G\S T E 0 T H F Shrub Spray 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper Q O H Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic • 736 • a / Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. Patrick B. Hart I- r y 1 / v\ 102 t2 H 120 12 Rain Bird 18 1 2-5AM-PR5 12 Series MFR 12 30 2 OREGON o N \ Shrub Spray 12.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper 01 r PRO RTY LINA LL - Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic E A E LIMIT O GRADING �� v "" Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. Y DISTURBANCE. i �� \\ 12 15 Rain Bird 18 2-5AM-PR5 ADJ 1 30 DATE: 06/25/2013 Shrub Spray 12.0" `o ' 1' \ \ 12 HE-VAN 15 HE-VANPop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper l12 Seal. 1/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic POC C ° P LINT OF CONNECTION � Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. ATCH BASIN INSTALL A NEW CONTROLLER TO \ \ m BE DETERMINE[) IN 1A" RUN THE EXISTING ZONES AND \ s m ® ® ® 16 Rain Bird 181 2-5AM-PRS ADJ 2 30 ° /" PROP05ED ZONES. \ \ 4 6 8 10 to Shrub Spray 2.0" Pop-Up Sprinkler with Co-Molded Wiper I^� ,`o_ IELD. H CONTROLLER TO BE LOCATED IN ` Seal. I/2" NPT Female Threaded Inlet. With Seal-A-Matic MECHANICAL ROOM. \'\ \ ,� Check Valve, and Pressure Regulating Device. o 24.3 1 I121 E » - \� SYMBOL MAN UFACTURER/MODEUDE5CRIPTION QTY t: n ° D \ Rain Bird PESB-PRS-D 3 g /j t - EzaaD ( I " 1 -1/2", 2" Plastic Industrial Valves. Low Flow Operating 'a f ,%• �.._--- � �� Capability, Globe Configuration. With Pressure Regulating E / t / e \ 5 T o 1 --- � ��� �Qj� o ��� �,Q�o �(�Q `, Module, and Scrubber Technology for Reliable Performance �I C) E ` in Dirty Water Irrigation Applications. ( 9 ° zs7� 2 EXIST. PROTOTYPE _ Y 584 SF ` © Toro TMC-424E-ID-6-8-8 I 1Y POC oN ° S►('��I �I a F.�.E 19 6. - I=i Point of Connection 2" g EXISTING DRAINAGE �+ O °o rt I Ij Irrigation Lateral Line: Blu-Lock and PVC Class 200 +/- ,024 I.J. ® rrig anon Mainline: PVC Schedule 40 +/- 94.5 Lf. � a I ( °^ - - - - -- - - tag c: E a - - - - -- - - Pipe Sleeve: Biu-Lock and PVC Class 200 F1 11111 Typical pipe sleeve for irri ation pipe. Pi Y 9 a sleeve size shall F - ___�..._ d - �� allow for Irrigation piping and their related couplings to on easily slide through sleeving material. Extend sleeves 18 i 1 ---. inches beyond edges of paving or construction. < " Valve Callout o I 1 15TING SANITARY SERVICE Valve Number _ __ _--- b. # #• Valve Flow J n I t / 1 -7,197771", 15TING FIRE DE \ IF -- CONNECTION #" Valve Size ' � � - - - `�� Issue Date: 03/23/2012 `o REVISION INFORMATION - -. al w4 1144' ' -- o t\ l I' 3 11.9 I I OWNER CHANGES - - DATE: 5-29-2013 21 C » „ - 1„ 11/2 - - - - J�3 N ._. S � EEVEVING (TVP) LEEVING( ) NG...-( dP)1(4) _ ..-..__ --......__ __.-- .._..�... �,.. ..� ... ° I5TING IRRIGATION SHALL BE __.. -..- __:.. _ __..... -c..- - - - �2 ) ADJUSTED TO PROVIDE HEAD TO HEAD \ _ COVERAGE FOR THE PROPOSED PARKING LOT SCREENING HEDGE. CaJ o p 8 T 1 IRRIGATION NOTES 0 a 1. THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO PROVIDE 10096 COVERAGE. ANY CHANGES 10. ALL VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN AN AMETEK PLASTIC VALVE BOX WITH A 18. ALL PVC SLEEVES SHALL BE 2 SIZES LARG=ER THAN THE SIZE OF THE PIPE IT IS MADE IN THE LAYOUT DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCKING LID. CARRYING. '- THESE STANDARDS. QUANTITIES IN SCHEDULE ARE ESTIMATED. PLAN SHALL TAKE Uo PRECEDENCE. 11. IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE ANY AND ALL NECESSARY PERMITS 19. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM 90 DAYS PAST ME FOR THE WORK PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF HIS OPERATIONS ON-SITE, COPIES FINAL INSPECTION. 0 2. ALL IRRIGATION LINES AND VALVES ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY. ALL OF THE PERMITS SHALL BE SENT TO THE OWNER/GENERAL CONTRACTOR. WORK IN LINES TO BE INSTALLED IN PLANTING AREAS WHERE POSSIBLE. THE R.O.W. SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF LOCAL 20. THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO THE a E AND/OR STATE HIGHWAY JURISDICTION. CURRENT LANDSCAPING OR IRRIGATION SYSTEM DUE TO TRENCHING. REPAIRS TO Restaurant #: 457 ° 3. FOR IRRIGATION DETAILS SEE SHEET L-2.2. SHALL BE REPAIRED PROMPTLY AND CONDITIONS SHALL BE RESTORED TO THEIR vo 12. ALL 24 VAC WIRING SHALL BE OF DIRECT BURIAL COPPER WIRE AS FOLLOWS: ORIGINAL STATE. o 4. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATE ALL EXISTING IRRIGATION WATER MAIN # CONTROL WIRES - 014 LOCATIONS. CONTACT ENGINEER OF WORK PRIOR TO START OF WORK IF • COMMON WIRES - #12 DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THIS PLAN AND EXISTING/AS-BUILT CONDITIONS ARE RED LOBSTER C) t FOUND. 13. INSTALLATION OF WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS NORTH ~i v IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO ALLOW FOR A SPEEDY AND ORDERLY COMPLETION OF TIGARD y 5. INSTALL SPRAY HEADS TO AVOID OVER SPRAY (PER DETAIL ON SHEET L-2.2). ALL WORK ON THE SITE. I w n 6. LOCATE ALL VALVES A MINIMUM OF 24" FROM BACK OF CURB OR EDGE OF 14. COORDINATE WITH PLANTING PLAN FOR PLANTER BED LOCATIONS AND TREE 0 PAVEMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LOCATIONS. GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET a0 5 10 2p PROTOTYPE N/A 00'n1. ALL PRESSURE MAINLINES UNDER ASPHALT PAVEMENT SHALL BE PLACED 15, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH DEVELOPER FOR OPERATING h WITHIN SLEEVES AS NOTED. WHERE ELECTRIC VALVE CONTROL LINES PASS PARAMETERS OF MASTER SYSTEM. THIS DESIGN REQUIRES 60 PSI TO OPERATE. WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON > v THROUGH A SLEEVE WITH OTHER MAIN OR LATERAL LINES THEY SHALL BE IF THE MASTER SYSTEM CANNOT PROVIDE THESE PARAMETERS, CONTRACTOR LUCONTAINED WITHIN A SEPERATE, SMALLER CONDUIT. SHALL MAKE ADJUSTMENTS TO THE DESIGN BY ADDING CONTROL VALVES, A j N BOOSTER PUMP, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT, AS NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR SHALL DRAWING 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS OF THE FINAL SUBMIT DESIGN REVISIONS TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT jINSTALLATION TO OWNER AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION BEFORE RECEIVING FINAL TO SUBMITTING BID. IRRIGATION PLAN Y ; PAYMENT. O CALL TOLL FREE 16. P.O.C.: CONNECT TO EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION ' E 0 9. ALL SLEEVES UTILIZED BY THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR, WHETHER INSTALLED ON-SITE AND COORDINATE PROPOSED VALVES WITH EXISTING CONTROLLER. 811 o BY HIM OR NOT, SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS. THE DEPTH 0 BELOW FINISH GRADE, TO THE NEAREST FOOT OF EACH END OF EACH SLEEVE 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND TWO WORKING DAYS o SHALL BE NOTED AT EACH SLEEVE LOCATION ON THE "AS-BUILT" DRAWINGS. ALL SERVICES PRIOR TO ANY DIGGING. CONTRACTOR ASSUMES FULL RESPONSIBILITY BEFORE YOU DIG L2 . 1 3 SLEEVES ON PLAN FOR WALL PENETRATIONS AND UNDER SIDEWALKS SHALL BE FOR ALL DAMAGE CAUSED BY FAILURE TO DO 50. 0FS SIZED TWO PIPE SIZES GREATER THAN PIPE IT CARRIES. J C 2C EAR LINEAR LENGTH OF WIRE, COILED POURED IN-PLACE CONCRETE, a WATERPROOF CONNECTION 120 LBS. MINIMUM, TYPICAL. RAIN BIRD SPLICE-1 (1 OF 2) ID TAG: RAIN BIRD VID SERIES 4 s REMOTE CONTROL VALVE: — — a ,c ❑=❑ WIDTH RAIN BIRD PESB-PRS-D w I—III—III—I III—III-1 E MAY VARY WITH NP-HAM III—III—III— —III—III _ _ s VALVE BOX WITH BLACKI�;III;,ill III=1 =1 ' ' —1 I—III- —III III—I� ' III—III Kimley-Horn r I I COVER: RAIN BIRD VB-STD =III=III hJ I�, I o — ,III-1 I I- 'I-1 I;,I i 1- =1 I II II and Associates, Inc. ..................... .. --- ' ' _1 I I— 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 \ FINISH GRADE w —III1 , 11 - NATIVE SOIL BACKFILL i\i — — — m 45 DEG. ELBOW. TEE 90 DEG. ELBOW. ORANGE,CA x2666 t 714)939-1030 COMPACT TO 95q 12 COMPACTION i —III—III MIN. POP UP HEAD. 4" ICA 00000696 a PVC IRRIGATION LATERAL I=1 11- 24„ z 1/2" MARLEX STREET ELL. TO CURB OR PLAN VIEW KHA PROJECT# 095600015 a _ . " BARB ELL X MIPT. WALK. DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: MIN 3 MIN. PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE (CLOSE) 1 FINISHED GRADE. III—III III �� � 1/2" MARLEX _ _ _ �� I= III III III . ,I I l III-1I / PVC SCH 40 ELL STREET ELL. I=1I I—I I IIi—III I I III III III—III=1I I I G\S T f H BACKFILL WITH NATIVE SOIL, WATER // 4" MIN. I I I=1 I UTILITY BOX. —111-1 I I I—III=III 1 I l—1 I l—I I i Q SFO o JET & COMPACT TO 90% OPTIMUM \\ I- 0 DENSITY. ALLOW 48 HOURS TO % PVC SCH 80 NIPPLE I III;III=III III—I I • 736 • " SETTLE, AND BACKFILL AND COMPACT a '\ (LENGTH AS REQUIRED) O Patrick B. Hart �- WITH NATIVE SOIL. i 4" MIN. BEDDING BRICK (1 OF 4) r 0 , 3/ \w 2 � ? IRRIGATION MAIN PE ARG OR SUBMAIN (TYP.) 4' MIN. 4" MIN. PVC MAINLINE PIPE E PVC TEE (SXSXT) S EXISTING SOIL OR ELL. 1/2" POLYETHYLENE FLEXIBLE DATE: 06/25/2013 TUBING, LENGTH AS REQUIRED. s SCH 80 NIPPLE (2-INCH LATERAL LINE. END OF LINE. CAPPED LINE. m 3.0-INCH C o MI IMUM DEPTH OF VC SCH 40 LENGTH, HIDDEN) AND SECTION VIEW -No a 374-INCH WASHED MALE ADAPTER SCH 40 ELL E ° GRAVEL PVC LATERAL PIPE PVC SCH 40 TEE OR ELL O o TRENCHING DETAIL ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVEr___7 POP—UP SPRAY FLEX ASSEMBLY 4 THRUST BLOCKING NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE 3" = 1�-0" DETAIL-FILE 3/4" = I'-0" E o LEGEND oa BLACK VALVE BOX LID, 1.WALL4XXIftCCNTROLLERTORO pQ O HEAD BRAND INDOOR MODEL NO.TMC-42M £ "J BOX" ON LID SEEgiSGATIaNLEGEIOFOR ' WITH 2" HIGH LETTERS. SET BOX 2" ABOVE NUMBER CIFNATIONS © 1 O C14 J BOX GRADE AT SHRUBS. SECURE TO WALL WITHz ® I 0 " SET BOX FLUSH TO APPROPRIATE FASTENERS. BLACK 1OX15 STANDARD BOX. GRADE AT LAWN. 2.EwsTNGaaoAI0EO115vounET d a.PLUG IN TRANSFORMER 114 VAC, b MZ (n �' A. W FIELD OONDUfr HOLE FOR FIELD WIRES,RAIN SMIRCH y o o aT —III=III—III=III= SPARE WIRES THAT ARE WWOTE 0tEZ REM § �� o E �—III—III=III—I TO TERMINATE AT THIS SECURE WIRES TO INTERIOR WAIL 4 II1IIIIIIIII—III1 BOX: COIL 30" LENGTH VAIN APPROPRIATE PPE CIAAPS C: Tj= — AND I.D. TAG. e OR 9ut0w 0 0 —1j11 111111 1 1 W GARAaE t LOOP, BUNDLE, AND 1 N LABEL SPARE WIRES THAT ARE TO 04 a CONTINUE, AS WIRES TO CONTROLLER a OCCURS. `.. W s Issue Date: 03/23/2012 v r 1/2" WIRE CLOTH GOPHER J o r PROTECTION SCREEN, o WRAP 6" UP SIDES. REVISION INFORMATION FRONT RIGHTSIDE 0I TWO 6X2X16 CONCRETE SECTIONIELEVATION SECT041ELEVATION o CHANGES BLOCK CPAS, ONE ON MAIN LINE AS OCCURS. NOTTOSOAUE NOT TOEcu1: OWNER U EACH SIDE OF BOX. 2 DATE: 5-29-2013 o a o ` NOTES: C'4 a 1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. ni a 2. PROVIDE GROUNDING ROD PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION. u v WIRE BUNDLE JUNCTION BOX TMC 424 SERIES CONTROLLER NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE U ° T I o C) y U Q y N_ y V v � u y > N L N Qo o Restaurant#: 457 V w N c C o O RED LOBSTER r �I TIGARD J � N I � Lnd C) PROTOTYPE N/A 0 Ln Ln i a WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON w o 0 DRAWING I Ln a t IRRIGATION DETAILS r m N � 0 E O 01 L2.2 3 ° ou0 � r SECTION 02700 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Part 1.00 General 3.04 PRESSSURE TEST 2.09 GUYING AND STAKING MATERIAL Part 4.00 Delivery, Storage and Handling 5.05 FERTILIZING A. Test all pressure linea under hydrostatic pressure of 100 lbs. per square inch A. Stakes for supporting trees shall be as detailed on the drawings. Wire for A. Each tree and shrub shall be fertilized by placing the manufacturers 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK and all non-pressure lines shall be tested under the existing static pressure fastening trees to duckbill and turnbuckle shall be galvanized aircraft grade 4.01 PLANT MATERIAL recommended amount around the base of the ball before bockfllling. A. This Section shall govern the furnishing of all labor, materials and equipment and both be proven watertight. guying cable as specified In the detail. Wires In contact with trees shall be A. The contractor shall exercise care in handling, loading and unloading, storage for a complete operating system for lawn Irrigation as specified herein and B. Pressure shall be sustained In the linea for not less than four hours. If encased In two-ply reinforced garden hose. Material for wrapping tree trunks and transporting all plant material and allied materials to prevent damage. 5.06 STAKING, GUYING AND WRAPPING shown on the applicable drawings. leaks develop, the joints shall be replaced and the test repeated until the shall be burlap, heavy crepe paper, or other acceptable material to strips 6 The contractor shall assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping A. Staking or guying and wrapping of trees shall be done Immediately after they entire system (a proven watertight. to 10 inches wide. of products stored on the job. are planted. Each plant shall stand plumb after staking or guying has been i 1.02 SUBMITTALS C. Perform tests prior to backfill. B. The contractor shall dig and prepare B B and WB B plant material for completed. It shall be the Contractors reaponafbility to ensure that all trees A. Material List: Submit list of all materials for Irrigation system. 2.10 DRAINAGE GRAVEL shipment in a manner that will not damage roots, branches, shape and are plumb and secure after planting. Staking of trees of a 10 foot height uii B. Maintenance Items: Provide the following: 3.05 LOWERING OF HEADS A. Where Indicated on the drawings, or where soil conditions deem it necessary, future development after planting. or lees shall be at the discretion of the Owner. All other trees shall be a 1. Two sets of sprinkler wrenches for adjusting• cleaning or disassembling A. All sprinklers installed In lawn areas unless otherwise noted shall be lowered the contractor shall install gravel subdralns beneath trees and/or planting C. Trees indicated on the plans as WB B and those where size, soil conditions staked. U each type of sprinkler. to finish grade within ten days following notification by the owner. areas to old In soil drainage and percolation. The subdrafn shall be and distance of transport to the alta would warrant, shall be wireballed. B. Immediately after planting, trees shall be staked and guyed for support. °w 2. Two service manuals for all equipment installed. Manuals shall be loose B. At the time of lowering heads, completely check and adjust the entire constructed as detailed on the drawings• or as directed by the landscape Bottom wired baskets manufactured specifically for use In tree handling may 0 leaf and show drawin s or ex loded views of a ui ment and catalo a tem and make an re airs that are necessar to com lete this work. be used. 'Duck-bill' earth anchors as indicated shall be placed at aides of each tree, < 9 P q P 9 Ya Y P Y P architect. Drainage gravel shall consist of washed, clean gravel 3/4 Inch to and shall be driven into undisturbed ground to a depth deep enough to numbers and currant prices. D. The contractor shall handle all tante so that roots and branches era sufFlciently secure the tree. Care shall be taken when driving anchors to a 2 inches in size. P `0 3. Operating Instructions for all equipment installed. 3.06 ADJUST AND CLEAN protected at all times from drying out, heating and from other Injury. All avoid damaging the tree roots. Except as otherwise indicated or directed, 4. One set of quick coupling keys to operate the quick coupling valves. A. Installations and Operations: Make such adjustments and repairs as 2.11 SOIL SEPARATION MATS planta shall be handled by the ball or container. the tree shall be fastened to each anchor as Indicated on the plans. The o C. Project Record Documents: Correct dally to Indicate changes from Contract requested as necessary for acceptance at no additional coat to the owner. A. Soil se °tattoo mala• If Indicated on the drawln s, shall be Bid(m ra felt E. Before moving planta from the nursery or storage area to the site; they _ Documents. P g (g Y ) shall be thorou hl wires shall be encased In hose of the tree to prevent direct contact with the ae manufactured by Monsanto Co., 800 North Lindbergh Road, St. Louts, MO g Y sprayed with a solution of antidesiccont. Antldesiccont bark and shall be placed around the trunk in a single loop. Wires shall be 1. Horizontally at 90 degree angles, dimension the location of the following 3.07 COMPLETE AND ACCEPTANCE 63166 ora roved a ual. Mats shall be Installed as Indicated on the shall be applied to all collected pines, oaks and myrtles. Two weeks after - pP q tightened and kept taut by twisting the turnbuckle. A brightly colored w Items from two permanent points of reference; I.e. curb Junctures, Ilght A. Completion of work shall mean the full and exact compliance and conformity drawln a, and ad ea ovaria ed a minimum of 4 inches. Care shall be taken planting or ae apecifled by the product manufacturer; the material shall be E standards, building comers, survey hub points, or coordinates with a with rovisions ex reused or im lied in the drawln s and g g PP flagging tope approximately 12' In length shall be securely tied to each guy x p p p c specifications. to prevent tearing or excesalve crushing during the Installation process. sprayed again with the ovide an ade The amidase trot shall be applied wire Immediately above the tumbuckies. ❑_❑ tolerance of 12 Inch maximum. B. All work under this contract shall not ba finally accepted until expiration of using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks, branches, stems, C. If planted while void of foliage, the trucks of all deciduous trees shall be « a. Sprinkler main lines routing. the guarantee period• Part 3.00 Plant Material twigs and foliage. wrapped spirally from bottom to top, and shall be securely tied with cord at Kimley-Horn r b. Connkler ca tr the existing water supply lines. C. The Irrigation contractor alive demonstrate and fully acquaint tha owner F. When transporting planta to and at the site, the contractor shall make top and bottom and at 2 foot Intervals along the trunk. The wrapping shall c. Sprinkler control valves. and/or owner's representative with the entire system, proving that all remote 3.01 QUALITY OF PLANT MATERIAL provisions to protect plants from wind damage by avoiding high-speed ovaria and entire) cover the trunk from the round to the hal ht of the a d. Gate valves. P Y 9 9 and Associates Inc. a control valves are properly balanced, that all heads are properly adjusted for A. Durin Ina ection, as set forth hereinafter, all lank material will be ud ed, highways, transporting In enclosed or partially enclosed vehicles, or covering i e. Electrical control wire ath die rammaticall 9 P P 1 9 second branches and shall be neat and snug. Overlap of wrapping material P 9 Y• radius and arc of coverage, and that the system Is workable, clean and and re ctlons shall be based u on these atandarda. All loots shall com I the planta with burlap or other suitable matarlal. Planta severely damaged 765 THE CITY DRIVE,SUITE 400 2. Vertical dimensions shall be iven for mains when site conditions re uire le P P PY shall be approximately 2 inches. Trees shall be inspected for in Jury to 9 q efficient. This shall be a requirement for acceptance of the work. with federal and state law re uirin Ina ection for loot diseases and by wind will ba rejected. o Installation dee er than 24 inches. q g P P trunks, evidence of Insect Infestation enol Improper pruning before wrapping. ORANGE,CA 92868 P D. Contractor shall upon receipt for Flnal payment, give owner a set on CD of Infeatatfons. Inspection certfflcotes required by law shall be made available G. Any plant with signs of Insects, their eggs or larvae or disease will ba (714)939-1030 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING as-built Irrigation system with all valves, tees and heads indicated as rejected and shall be removed from the project site. 's to the owner or owner a representative at his/her request. 5.07 MULCHING tnatalled. H. Only the nursery stock Intended for planting on a particular day shall be CA 00000696 .0 A. Exercise care In handling, loading• unloading and storing Irrigation system B. v determining the quality of plant material, the following elements will be A. Immediately after planting operations are completed, all tree and shrub delivered and stored on the aIle during the day unless otherwise acceptable materials to avoid damn e. Store under cover. valued: saucers, and shrub and groundcover bade outside of the building pad shall KHA PROJECT# 095800015 9 3.08 GUARANTEE AND REPLACEMENT to the owner. All planta shall be stored in one location as dealgnated by c 1. Root condition. be covered with a 2 to 2 '4 Inch layer of shredded cypress bark. Limits of t A. The Irrigation contractor shall furnish warranties in writing certifying that the the owner, protected from wind and kept moist. The roots of all planta that e 1.04 PRODUCT CONDITIONS 2. Plant size (above ground). the mulch shall be as Indicated on the drawings. DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: quality and workmonehtp of all materials and installation furnished la In cannot be planted immediately in Boil shall ba covered with mulch and other A. The Contractor shall make all tem orar re airs as necessar to kee the 3. Insect and disease free condition. u P Y P Y P accordance with these apeciFlcations and In accordance with original auttable material. No planta shall a taken from the temporary storage area 5 irrigation system fn operating condition. This exercise shall not affect the 4. General appearance (color, shape• pruning). for lantin o the n ct until after the tree its to holes for the loofa In 5.08 PRUNING manufacturer's warranties. Irrigation contractor shall further see to the P 9 P k P P rn requirements to be performed under the Contract Documents. s detively y In one or more of these areas will be sufflclent reason to reject the section to be looted have been ro eft excavated and re ared read A. Each tree and shrub shall s pruned n accordance with standard fulfillment of all manufacturer's warranties. on ot1on contractor shell warrant selective) orb lot. P P P Y P P Y hortfcultural ractice to reserve the natural character of the loot and in m B. Coordinate work with that of other trades, all underground improvements, the g Y Y to receive the trees and shrubs. P P P a the tnatallatfon workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of C. The landsca a architect shall have the ri ht, at an sta a of the o erations, the manner fltttn Its use (n the landaca a deal n. Prunin shall be done location and planting of specimen trees and all other planting. Location of P 9 Y 9 P I. Trees moved by winch or crane shall be thoroughly protected from chain 9 P g 9 'v completion or acceptance of the Job, or any accepted portion of the job. to ra ct an and all work and materials which, In his o Inion, do not meet with clean, shat tools and ae Indicated on the drawln s o all planting requiring excavations 24 Inch In diameter and larger shall ba Y P marks, girdling or other bark slippage by means of burlap, wood battens or P g m verified with Owner prior to Installation of main linea. B. Should the irrigation contractor be notified that work or replacements are with the requirements of these specifications. Such rejected material shall other acceptable method. B. Approximately one third of the growth of large deciduous trees (those with 2 warranteed under these conditions, he shall provide the required service be removed from the site and acceptable matarlal substituted In Its place. Inch caliper or larger) shall be pruned by removal of superfluous branches. 1.05 INSPECTION and/or replacements promptly within three (3) days. 4.02 NONPLANT MATERIAL Main leaders of trees shall not be cut back. Branches shall be thinned out c A. Verify dimensions and grades at job site. 3.02 SIZE AND MEASUREMENTS and not merely cut back. Long side branches may be shortened. Shrubbery ` END OF SECTION A. Plants shall be measured when branches are in their normal position. A. Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site In original, unopened containers with extremely heavy tops shall have one fourth to one third of the weaker 0 Part 2.00 Products Heights and spread dimensions specified refer to the main body of the plant bearing manufacturers guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trade name, growth removed by thinning. and not to extreme branch tip to tip. The measurements apecffled are the trademark and conformance to state law. In lieu of containers and rovided e;` 2.01 MATERIALS SECTION 02800 minimum size acce table and where runin Is re uired, these are P LANDSCAPE P P g q that it is to be applied at the time of delivery, fertilizer may be furnished In 5.09 CLEANUP E A. Plastic pipe: Extruded from 100% Virgin Polyvinyl Chloride PVC . measurements after pruning. When sizes are Indicated as a range, the plant A. Durin the course of lantin ( ) bulk and a certtflcate Indicating the above information shall accompany each 9 p g, excess and waste materials shall ll Y 1. Plastic I e installed on resaure side of valves: shell have the proper proportion as outlined In Department of Agriculture, continuous) and tom tl removed doll p p p p (PVC) ASTM D1785, Part 1.00 General delivery. y p p y y lawns ke t clear, and all reasonable n Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part 1 and 11. Caliper of trees recautiona taken to avoid damn a to existin structures, lants and rasa. Schedule 40, or (PVC) ASTM press Class 200. B. unopene and herbicide materials shall be delivered to the site in the original, P 9 9 P 9 2. Plastic i e tnatalled on non- resaure aide of valves: shall r taken r Inches above the ground level and shall be the determining After cam talion of the work, the entire site shall be cleared of excess Boils, c p p p (PVC ASTM D2241 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK unopened containers. Contalnera that do not have ° legible label that P DATE: 06/25/2013 meoaurement for trees. waste material, debris and all ob cts that ma hinder maintenance and 4 Class 160. A. This section covers furnishing and installing all landscape plants and nonplant Identiflee the Environmental Protection Agency ragistratlon number and the le Y a B. Plastic fltttn s: PVC ASTM D1785, T e 2, IPS, Schedule 40, NSF. B. Plante, which have been headed back to conform to the afze apecffled, will affect the visual a earance of the site. materials covered by the drawings and these speciflcatfona. The work shall manufacturer's registered uses will be rejected. PP 9 ( ) YP not be acceptable. Plants larger than specified may be used If approved by The Contractor shall clean all roads and walks of dirt film and soil clods. n C. Solvent & Cleaner. As recommended b I e manufacturer. include materials, labor, equipment and seMcea as deacrlbad herein and C. Storage of materials shall be in the area designated for use by the owner. a Y P P the owner; however, the use of such plants shall not increase the contract The Contractor shall also pressure clean and broom sweep all oaphalt v D. Automatic Controller: Toro TMC 424, HI h Sur a Ex ansion Modules Indicated on the drawings. Also, the work shall Include the maintenance of All materials shall be kept in dry storage and away from contaminants. a E. Weather Sensor: Irritrol Climate Logic Sensor CL-Wireless all plants and planting areas until acceptance by the Owner, and the price. P P P avement tier to the final lift of as halt to be laid. c F. Remote Control Valves: Toro P220 Series Plastic Valves fulfillment of all guarantee provisions as herein specified. 3.03 LABEL Part 5.00 Inatallatlon a 5.10 DISTURBED AREAS G. Sprinkler Heads: Sprays - Toro 57OZ-XP PRX; Rotors - Toro T5PCK A. Plant materials shall have durable, legible labels stating, In weather resistant Q c H. S rinkler Nozzles: Toro Precision S ra Nozzles 1.02 PLANTING LAYOUT 5.01 PREPARATION BEFORE PLANTING A. All areas outside of the limits of work that are disturbed by the Contractor's o P P Y Ink, the correct botanical and common names and size as Indicated In the I. Dr( Toro DrI In PC Brown Dri line; Toro Dri Zona Valve Kit A. Before beginning work, the contractor shall investigate and verify in the field, A. The contractor shall verify that all sat grades have been astabllsh o prior to construction actlWtiea shall ba repaired and replanted to Ile original cond(tlon. Q .a P P P P Plant Llst. Each plant, or sufficient represantatfve samples of each delivered J. Wire: Co er, UL a roved direct burial wire. Minimum of 14 au a or as the exiatance and location of all underground ut(Iftles and irrigation piping, beginning planting operations. All unsatisfactory grading shall be reported to 0 PP wi 9 9 and take recautiona to revent their disturbance. It shall be the shipment, shall have labels securely attached In a fashion that will not the owner, and the contractor shall not roceed with this work until the Part 6.00 Guarantees al `o apecffled on the drawings. P P Interfere with normal plant growth. Plant materials which have (or will have) P K. Remote Control Valve Boxes: Brooke /l3 or Ametek VP-10. Box Ilde shall reaponalbllity of the contractor to obtain all such Information as It is made unsattafactory conditions have been corrected. When conditions detrimental to O available. Plans and speclFlcatfons of related work may be obtained from the a seasonal bloom shall be tagged with labels indicating the specific variety plant growth are encountered, such as rubble, fill or adverse drainage 6.01 GUARANTEED PROVING PERIOD """"���� Fo 1. marked es fa.'. owner. of that species botanical and common name. A. There shall be a uarantee eriod of 1 ar for trees and a admen material c 1. Valve boxes for gate valvae 3' and smaller: Ametek. conditions, the contractor shall notify the owner for directions. 9 P Ye P oG'{ a B. The contractor shall locate all general reference points, take precautions to B. Should undesirable existing vegetation be present on the alta at the time of and 1 year for shrubs. This guarantee period shall start at the Flnal M N 2. Gate valve boxes shall be marked 'Irrigation or 'Water. prevent their dfaturbance, perform the layout work, be responsible for all 3.04 BALLED BURLAPPED, MARE BALLED, BURLAPPED PLANTS Inatallatlon, the contractor shall prepare the site for planting by use of acceptance date. Contractor shall replace any and all plant matarlal, which 0 L Conduit for Control Wires if shown on drawin a PVC ASTM D1785, A. All ball sizes shall be of a diameter and de th to encom ass the fibrous and die durin this = - `3 ( 9 ): ( ) linea, elevat(ona and measurements of work executed under the contract, P P chemicals, when used as recommended by the manufacturer, and/or g guarantee proving period. Replacement of planta necessary v Schedule 40 in locations as Indicated. exercise proper precaution to verify figures on drawings before laying out feeding root system necessary for full recovery of the plant after planting. mechanical means acceptable to the owner. Care shall be exercised to avoid during the guarantee period shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, @* Fa M. Miscellaneous Materials: As hereinafter specified and as necessary to work and be res onsible for an error resultin from failure to exercise such All bolls shall be firm, shall not be broken or cracked and shall be wrapped except for possible replacements of plants resulting from removal, vandalism, 00 P Y 9 any misuse of chemicals, which would create detrimental residual conditions. complete this work and as shown on Drawings. precaution. The contractor shall make field measurements for his own work and securely tied with heavy twine or wire. All trees shall be root pruned a Care must also be used not to alter final grades, which have been acts of neglect on the part of others, or acts of God. All replacement O and be res onsible for Its accurac . minimum of 6 weeks before delivery. When the tree is root pruned• the tree material shall have the same uarantee time 1 ar from installation of y P Y eatablfahed or cause damage to previously establfahed turf areas. 9 ( Ye ,p C. Dfscrepanciea between conditions existing on the site and conditions indicated crown shall be selectively thinned to reduce the volume of the crown. This replacement for trees and specimen material and 1 year for shrubs). pp a Part 3.00 Execution on the drawin s shall be called to the attention of the owner before or at shall consist of thinning and shaping only. Care shall be taken to assure 9 5.02 SITE P calledI fo B. Planting maintenance shall include all lching, s watering, coo plants weeding, E the time loot locatlona are staked out. that the plant form will not be distorted and will remain typical of the y P P g runin and a r pp g q, g g p P A. If so called for b the owner, all lout locations and the areae of all lantin l g Paying, wde in and mhch(n strut ham in of loots which F u 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING D. In the event of a variation between the loot Ifet and the actual number of species growth characterfatfcs. o P bads shall er staked out on the ground, for acceptance by the owner, before lean or sag and which develop more than a normal amount r settlement ( o a A. Trenching - General: loots shown on the lana, the lana shall control. B. Plants dealgnated B B or WB B fn the Plant Lfst shall be adequately balled p P P P planting operattona begin. The contractor shall stake the location of the such adJuatmenta to include excavating around and leveling or raising the O d 9 1. Dig trenches straight. with firm, natural balls of soil in sizes at least equal to those set forth to center of each tree and paint the outline of each shrub and groundcover ball when so directed and all other Incidental work necessary for proper O 0 t 2. Provide continuous support of the pipe by the bottom of trench. Lay pipe 1.03 HORTICULTURAL STANDARDS ANSI 260.1-1986. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with jute burlap or to even grade. Bottom of trench shall be free from rocks or other sharp A. Unless otherwise noted, lant material, lncludin collected materials, shall be equivalent cloth capable of rotting in the round. No balled plant shall be bed. The stakes shall be oriented in a vertical manner ll that they can be molntenance as directed by the Owner until oubatantial completion and c p g viewed and read from one direction. The contractor shall give the owner written release. o edge objects. rade No. 1 or better as outlined under Grades and Standards for Nurser planted if the ball la cracked, mushroomed or broken either before or during (�f/ 9 Y notice 24 hours prior to the completion staking described hereto. C. Transplanted material (If applicable) shall not be guaranteed, however, good e o a 3. Trenching shall follow layout indicated. Planta, and shall also conform to American Standard for Nurser Stock, ANSI the process of planting. Trees grown In grow bags shall not be acceptable. u Y B. The contractor shall verify the location of underground utllftiea, and Irrigation hortfcultural practices should be used before, during and after the matarlal Is e LLII, 1 c 4. Minimum cover: Pressure Linea: 24 Inches. S thetic str(n a, afro a, and bursa material shall be ro erl removed from a (American National Standards rymeute, Inc.) 260.1-1996 as approved by the ym g P P P P Y heads and valves, and provide markers or other auttable protection, where transplanted. Good horticultural practices should Include but not be limited Non-Pressure Lines: 12 inches. the root ball. Synthetic burlap Ia to be totally removed from the root ball. g y g, pruning and spraying• wrapping and mulching, � O 'v American Assoc(atlon of Nurserymen. necessary, to prevent damn e. to, all necessar woterin N 5. All lines shall have a 6' minimum clearance from each other and from B. All plant names shall conform to the names given in Standardized Plant fertilizing, moving, maintaining the same orientation and grade level from the lines of other crafts. Do not install lines direct) over another line. 3.05 COLLECTED PLANTS `e Y Names, 1942 Edition, prepared by the American Joint Committee on 5.03 EVCAVATION OF PLANTING AREAS original location, and all other Incidental worts necessary for proper O o 6. Maintain 1' minimum between Ifnea which cross at angles of 45 degrees to Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of variatiea not Included thereto shall A. All plant matarlal (except Wax Myrtles and Sabal Palms) shall be nursery A. No tree or shrub pit shall be dug or prepared until their location is transplanting. Q�, town. Collected lants shall have been rown under climatic conditions c n 50 degrees. conform generally with names accepted in the nursery trade. All plant 9 P 9 acceptable to the owner. Reasonable care shall be exercised to have pita dug E 7. Exercise care in excavating. trenching and working near existing utilities. materials shall be true to botanical, common and variety names. Botanical similar to those fn the locality of the project. All collected planta shall and soil prepared prior to moving plants to respective locations for planting 6.02 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE El � - B. Backflllin name shall have recedence over common name. meet the requirements as specified and shall meet all spe)fled grades and to ensure that the will not be unnecessaril ex osed to dr n elements or A. The Contractor shall notif the Owner fn writln when the work has been v 9 P Y Y P Yt 9 Y 9 c atandarda unless otherwise ualifled in the Plant Liet or these s ecfficationa. a 1. Compact to dry density equal to adjacent undfaturbed soils. C. The landscape architect shall have the right, at any stage of the oparattons, q P to physical damage. completed in accordance with this Contract and request an Inspection. The n 2. Conform to ad cent rades without di s, sunken areas, hums or other to re ct an and all work and materials which, in his o inion• do not meet Root balls shall be Increased in size one third greater than nursery grown B. Circular Its with vertical sides shall be excavated for all lants. The de th Owner will make the Ina ection of the work and re ort findin s as to PQ Irre ularities. h 9 P P k Y P P P P P P 9 m ° 9 with the raqulrementa of these apeclflcationa. Such rejected matarlal shall planta. of all plant pita shall ba enough to accommodate the ball or roots and the acceptability and completeness. Any work remaining to be done shall be c 0 3. Initial backfill on plastic Ifnea shall be pulverized native soil no larger than be removed from the site and acceptable material substituted In its place. prepared soil In the bottom of the pit. Diameter of pits for trees shall be at subject to reinspection before final acceptance. The Contractor will be (Q O � 2' In diameter and free of forei n matter. 3.06 CONTAINERIZED PLANTS least 1 foot 1� ° 9 A. All container rown tante shall be well rooted and established in the greater than the diameter of the ball. notified in writing by the Owner of the final acceptance of the work. 0 = 4. Restore grades and repair damage where settling occurs. 1.04 CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION 9 P C. Plant beds and pita shall be tested for proper drainage by filling with water O C. Routin of PI In A. All lant material shall be ins ectad b the De artment of A riculture, as container In which they are delivered to the site. The planta shall have been twice succession. Conditions d 9 P 9: P P Y p c permitting the retention of more than 6 inches 6.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AFTER ACCEPTANCE .- v 1. Pressure and non- resaure fin lines are routed dla rammat(coll on re uired b state law. Plants of a rade leas than that s ecifled In the in that container sufflciantly long for the Flbrous roots to hold the loll p p p g g y q y g p of water in 1 hour shall be brought to the attention of the owner. A written A. The Owner may elect to osaume molntenance of all work, at the time of u °a Drawings. article titled HORTICULTURE STANDARDS will not be accepted. together when the plant Is removed from the container. Planta designated proposal and coat estimate for correction of such conditions shall be acceptance, or may elect to contract for maintenance by others for a 0 2. Coordinate s ecimen trees and shrubs with routin of linea. Plantin shall to be container grown may be furnished with ball and burlap provided they submitted to the owner for acce tante, before roceedin with the work. s ecifled al P 9 9 p P g p period. Should maintenance after final acceptance be the a take recedence over s rinkler and I In location. Re ort an ma r Part 2.00 Non-Plant Materials conform to the afze and quality required and that the requirements for N N P P P P 9 P Y io balled and burls ed lants are met. Container rown lants found to ba D. All tree pits curbed planting Islands, tree wells, or In areas, In which the soil reaponalbllity of those other than the Contractor, the Contractor shall a deviation from routing Indicated to landscape architect or owner prior to PP P 9 P has been compacted to an undesirable density shall be excavated to a monitor all work for which he fs responsible by guarantee, to assure that 3 line Installation. 2.01 SOIL BACKFILL root-bound during planting will not be acceptable. Containerized trees have depth at least two feet greater than the measured depth and diameter of maintenance being performed will not jeopardize the condition and quality of rn = 3. Install linea in such manner as to conform with drawings without offsetting A. Soil for backfilling planting areas and plant pita shall be the existing surface a tendency to dry out quickly. The contractor shall be responsible for hand the ball. The minimum depth and diameter of excavation shall be four feet. the work and materials guaranteed by the Contractor. Any Inadequate or Issue Date: 03/23/2012 the various assemblies from the resaure su I line. soil, free from subsoil• ob ctionable weeds, litter, sods, stiff cls , stones, watering the trees at time of delivery through the time of final acceptance P PP Y Je y at a rate consistent with the nurser waterin schedule to assure that the Soil backfill t areas of densely compacted soil must meet spaciflcation damaging maintenance practices shall s reported immediately In writing to -o c stumps, roots, trash, toxic aubatances, mortar, cement or any other material Y 9 201-C unsuitable soil to an approved location. the Owner so that appropriate measures may be taken to correct the ai s 3.02 INSTALLATION which may be harmful to plant growth or hinder planting operattona. Poorly tree does not go into shock. E. In shrub and groundcover beds where soils have been compacted to a condition. Failure to so notify the Owner will Invalidate any later claim of c A. Water Supply. Refer to drawings. drained soil shall not be used. density which Is detrimental to plant growth, the contractor shall loosen ne Ii ence or mal ractice In maintenance. REVISION INFORMATION 2 B. Quick cou lin valves: Installed at intervals so that not more than 150 feet B. Soil amendments shall be added to the soil in the amount and manner 3.07 SPECIMEN PLANTS g g P . P 9 soils to a depth of 18' minimum to allow root penetration beyond the 0 c of hose will be required to reach any plant or tree (if a pressurized main prescribed by soil anal is to obtain a H of 5.5 to 6.5. Results from soil A. After receiving the Notice to Proceed, the contractor shall locate all planta ya P planting pit. 6.04 ACCEPTANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF PLANT MATERIAL U w anal fa and a list of the rescribed amendments shall ba resented to the apecffled as specimen. The contractor shall notify the owner so they may system is being used). Ya P P F. t acceptable for use, existing topaoll in shrub and groundcover beds shall be A. At the expiration of the proving period, an Inspection a the plantings will be OWNER CHANGES ;= � owner and verified b the landaca a architect tier to beln loser orated Into agree on a time to mutually inspect the selected plants. The owner will 2 C. Assemblies: Y P P 9 P treated with the apecifled soil amendments, at rotes dto a d p by soli made by the Owner. Only those planta that are alive and normally healthy O o the soil. Inspect and tag those plants, which are acceptable for use. Expenses DATE: 5-29-2013 c 1. No multiple assemblies shall s tnatalled on pressure lines. testa. Amendments shall be incorporated Into the soil to a depth of so will ra accepted. Unaccepted material shall xt removed and replaced by the � o C. If additional soil is re uired; it shall ba furnished b the contractor and shall Incurred by the owner for any subsequent Inspection of specimen plants, at a 2. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. q Y Inches. Where soil Is not acceptable as epth ofned by soil testa, the soil h Contractor at r own expense, during the next planting season. Material e be a natural, friable soil re reaentative of reductive, wall-drained sells to of time, it addition to the mutually agreed time shall ba the responstb(Iity N m D. Cathodic Protection: ProWda in the piping systema where required by P P the entire area shall be removed to a depth of B Inches and replaced with and method of replacement planting shall be the same as specified for the I o instalfln Insulatin cou Ito s, flan es or unions between co the vicinit It shall be obtained from well drained areas which have never of the contractor. a g g p g g pper or brass pipe Y• the apecifled planting soil. original planting unless otherwise directed. The Contractor shall continue to I"> > or tubing and steel or cast iron pipe. been stripped before d-and shall be free of admixture of subsoil and foreign make replacements until a plant shows vigorous and healthy growth for a N a. E. Plastic Pipe: Install plastic pipe In accord with manufacturers matter, stones, toxic aubatances and any material or substance that may ba 3.08 PALMS (If required) 5.04 PLANTING period of 1 year from the date of acceptance by the Owner. All such J u harmful to plant growth . A. Palms, except cabbage palms and unless otherwise indicated• shall be A. All lants. exce t as otherwise s ecifled, shall be centered in their its, re lacements will be Ins ectad for acce tante at the end of the rovin recommendatfona. Install a rinkler head on lactic i e as indicated. P P P P P P P P 9 / `� P P P P D. The contractor shall provide the following Information on Imported topaoll: burlapped. Buds of palms shall ba tied and supported fn an upright position faced for beat effect and set lumb for backFlllin eriod b the Owner. u! u 1. All welded joints shall be cleaned with manufacturer's cleaner prior to P 9• P Y N w pp yi g 1. S ec(flc location from which to soil will be or was atri ad. fn accordance with the guidelines of Department of Agriculture, Grades and B. Burls on B&B and WB&B lants shall be removed from to one third of the o. a l n solvent. P P ( ) PP P P P jim 2. Present owner of that ro ert Standards for Nursery Planta, Part 11, Palma and Trees. ball. Burls shall not be removed from under bolls. If the ball Is cracked or 6.05 REQUIRED MAINTENANCE a. Welded Joints shall be given at least 15 minutes set-up curing time P P Y• P = before moving or handling. 3. Approximate amount of topaoll available. B. Special care shall be applied to the handling and planting of palma. Unless broken before or during planting process, the plant shall not be removed A. Landscape contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance and upkeep 4. Test results showin to soil com osition and anal is. otherwise Indicated, palma shall have heavy straight trunks with full heads. from the site. Alla thetic strip s, stra a and wire ca es shall be removed for 90 da b. Pipe shall be partially canter loaded to prevent arching and shifting 9 P P Ya rd 9 P . 9 Ya past the final inspection. At that point contact the general Q `o under pressure. E. Sell teat shall be performed by a qualiFlad soils laboratory in accordance Sabal palm root balls shall be dug with a minimum of 3' diameter ball 3' from the top of third of the root ball. Synthetic burlap shall be removed manager of the store and determine if the landscape contractor will remain U with -Methods of Soils Anal fa - A ronom 9' as ublished b the American deep. The head shall be tied and supported during transport with a 2x4 tied com letel on. If a contractor will be res onsible for the maintenance and warrantee r c. ho water shall be permitted in pipe until a period of r least four Ys 9 Y P Y P Y• Ye P parallel to the trunk extending up to the foliage. Avoid excessive pressure C. Planta shall ba removed from cans b cuttln two aides of a container with of all landsca In for one full ar. If no, the landsca a contractor to fo o hours has nufactu for solvent weld setting or curing or as raqulred by Society of Agronomy and shall ar performed la the Contractor's expenses. on the etioles when t n the head. Canar Island Date alm heads shall y g P g P solvent manufacturer. F. Planting soil backfill for raised architectural planters, If applicable, shall P N 9 Y P on acceptable can cutter. Sldee shall not be cut with a spade. Sldea of walk the site with the general manager, manager, the facilities manager and O 'o 2. Backfilling shall be done when pipe fa not In expanded condition due to consist of 40% potting soil, 40% coarse washed builders sand and 20% be tied using a 4x4 wood pole. knockout cons shall not be cut. Plastic containers with slanted aides shall the new landscaper and they shall agree that all planting Is In good shape v heat. horticultural partite. not require cutting. Plants shall be removed from the container carefully, prior to the new landscaper taking over. Q E 3.09 SUBSTITUTIONS without in r or damn a to the lant and root s / Cooling of pipe can be accomplished by operating the system for a short G. Areas designated to be planted with flowering annuals, If applicable• shall be A. The use of materials differin In kind, ualit or size from those s ecifled will y g P y ming al 9 time before backfill, or by backfilling In the early part of the morning excavated to a depth of 87 and backfilled with a mixture consisting of 40% be allowed only after the owner Is convinced that all means of obtaining the D. Bottom of plant boxes shall be removed before planting. Sides of the box END OF BECTON before the heat of the day. peat, 40X D.O.T. (coarse) sand, 10% pine bark (decomposed) and 10% shall be removed, without damage to the root ball, after positioning the 7 - specified materials have been exhausted. lant and artiall backflllin around It. The contractor shall hand , 3. Curing: When the temperature Is above 80 F. soluble weld joints shall be cypress chips. P P Y 9 u W B. Where it is Indicated that the contractor may furnish or use a substitute water-containerized trees from the time of delivery until the time of the u given at least 24 hours curing time before water Is Introduced under H. Planting soil backfill for tree wells, if applicable, shall be 2/3 approved al that is equal to the materiel or equipment apecifled and if the contractor Ia final acce lance at a rate conalstent with the nurser condttiona from which , pressure. to soil and 1 3 coarse washed builder's sand. P y iE a P / to furnish or use a proposed substitute, he shall, offer the award of the the trees were obtained. Trees, which o Into shock due to InaufFlclent water, F. Automatic Controller: 9 P 9 P 2.02 FERTILIZER contract, make written application to the owner for acceptance of such a ma ba re sled. c 1. Contractor shall be res onsible for makin control wire and electric ower Y le `o all res est The substituted product or method shall be equal or quatel r In E. Plante shall be set in the center tl the its and shall n lumb and atith ht Q connecttona to the automatic controller. A. Commercial fertilizer shall be 14-14-14 formulation of Osmocote brand, 3-4 P P 9 c G. Remote Control Valves: month release of which 60% of the nitro en Is in urea-formaldeh a form all respects to the apecffled product or method, shall perform adequately the and at such a level that after settlement the root crown will be level with 0 9 Yd duties Imposed by the general design, shall be compatible with all other the surrounding grade. E 1. Install at sufflclent depth to provide not more than 6' nor less than 4' and shall conform to the applicable state fertilizer laws. Fertilizer shall be elements of the b, and shall be sufflclent to tom late the b. The Restaurant #: 457 a to P k F. Plant holes shall be backfilled with the specified planting mixture placed in 0 cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. uniform In composition, dry and free flowing. substitution shall not add cost to the contract. Should it be necessary to layers around the roots or ball. Each layer shall be carefully tamped in place U 0 2. Install valves In a plumb position with 24' minimum clearance from other acce t a substitute of a ualit less than a ecifled, the unit rice shall be !u y g position of m c P 9 Y P P t manner h avoid r r to the roots or ball or dant hal the equipment for proper maintenance. 2.03 DOLOMITIC LIMESTONE ju p g y the plant. When approximately two thirds of the plant hole has been -0 used to ad at the contract rice downward accordin I . No aubstitutlon c 3. All valves shall be installed in appropriate sized valve boxes with cover. A. Dolomitic limestone shall be a natural limestone• designated for agricultural shall be ordered or Installed without the written backfilled, the hole shall be filled with water and the soil allowed to settle o permisston of the owner and 0 H. Wire Connections: All under round wire connections to electric remote use, shall contain not less than 85 % of total carbonates, and shall be J y 9 governing munlcfpality. around the roots. Balled and burlappad planta shall have the burlap cut o control valves shall be made by using waterproof wire connectors as ground so that 50% will pass a 100 mesh slave and 50% will pass a 20 away or folded back from the top of the ball before applying water. After 0 manufactured by King Technology Inc. mesh sieve. the water has been absorbed, the lant hole shall be filled and tam ed RED LOBSTER i 'a I. Gate Valves: P P II htl to rade. An subsa uent settlement shall be brou ht to rade. 0 e 1. Line size and install where indicated and aufFlcient clearance from other 2.04 PRE-EMERGENCE WEED CONTROL 9 Y g y q g 9 rn t G. Immediately after each tree pit is backfilled, a shallow basin slightly larger 1- materials for proper maintenance. A. Weed control shall be Ronstor 2G as manufactured by Rhodia, Inc., Monmouth TIGARD o than the pit shall be formed with a ridge of topsoil to facilitate watering. I 2. Equip valves, sizes 3' and smaller, with standard operating wheel for Junction, New Jersey 08852 or Princap (Simazine) as manufactured by Geigy This soil saucer shall be formed In a circle and tamped around each tree so J c operation. Valve bonnet packing shall be checked and tightened before Agricultural Chemicals• Ardsley New York 10502, or an approved equal. that the saucer will retain water. Where curbing occurs around plant pita, the 0_ h backfill. All valves shall be 150 psi rated. e saucer shall be omitted. I 3. All valves shall be installed in appropriate sized valve boxes with cover. 2.05 WATER Lo o. H. The contractor shall Include adding a water retentive additive Terra-Sorb AG J. Sprinkler Heads: A. Water will be available for use on site during the landscape Inatallatlon at no for all shrubs, groundcovers, annuals and trees at the manufacturers Oc 1. Install fn a plumb position at intervals not to exceed the maximum coat to the contractor. Care shall be exercised to assure that water Is kept rn suggested rates. O .y spacings Indicated. free of harmful chemicals, acids, alkalis, or any substance, which might be DFPA Plyforn, Exterior B-B, edge sealed. OOO 0 2. Heads In lawn or turf areas where groes has not been eatabllshed shall be harmful to plant growth. D Plastic Flber: PROTOTYPE N/A Ln v Installed on temporary risers extending at least 2' above grades. Special forms of molded fiber, If required. 0) `0 3. Where heads are Installed along walks• roads, etc., they shall be 2.06 ANTIDESICCANT 2. Cardboard: O « permanently positioned. A. Antidastccant shall ba an emulsion type; film-forming agent dealgned to Beam vold forms 'VOIDCO' or equal, as raqulred under pier supported WASHINGTON COUNTY OREGON / a K. Thrust Blocks: Install thrust blocks on all main Irrigation lines 4' or larger permit transpiration, but retard excessive loss of moisture from planta, such grade beams. � u at all than es of direction, as detailed In manufacturers recommendations as Dowax by Dow Chemical Co., or Wilt-Prof by Nursery Specialty Products, W 9 3. Metal: c Inc., or an acce table a ual. The antideaiccant shell be delivered In the p a Fl pipe Installation or as shown on the drawings. P q Commercial standard, or as noted on drawings. J ° L. Flushing of System: manufacturers fully Identlfled containers and shall be mixed in accordance 0 1. Flush main and lateral systems to clean out all debris and sediment prior with manufacturer's Instructions. DRAWING 0 = to installation of heads. Z « 2. This does not relleve requirements of future adjustments of system or 2.07 BORICIDE j 's reflushing system. A. Borlcide shall be Lindane as manufactured by Platt, or an approved equal. LS.1 SPECIFICATIONS Y t 3.03 ELECTRICAL 2.08 MULCH m A. Be responsible for making wire connections from remote control valves to A. All mulch around building pad shall be stone, 3' deep. See plan for size• 0 0 controllers. All wiring shall be In accord with applicable codes. color and limits of atone mulch. Install a weed barrier under atone, and F submit a stone sample to owner. O c C e . a) E .3 .a O 9 L t I] ~